And Others Child Protective Services - ERIC

ED 125 233

AUTHORTITLE

INSTITUTION

SPONS-AGENCY

PUB DATEGRANTNOTEAVAILABLE FROM

EDRS PRICEDESCRIPTORS

IDENTIFIERS

DOCUMENT BEMUSE

EC 090 501

Naughton, M. James; And OthersChild Protective Services: A Bibliography withPartial Annotation and Cross-Indexing -- 1976.Washington Univ., Seattle. Health Sciences LearningResources Center.Washington State Dept. of Social and Health Services,.Olympia.761248-ABF-4911621p.Health Sciences Learning Resources Center, Universityof Washington, Seattle, WA 98195 ($15.00)

NF-$1.16 Plus Postage. BC Not Available from EDRS.Abstracts; *Annotated Bibliographies; Bibliographies;*Child Abuse; *Child Welfare; Exceptional Child.Services; *Social ServicesNeglected Children

ABSTRACTContained in the bibliography are citations for 1500

publications concerned with child abuse and neglect of which 700include abstracts. Titles are listed alphabetically by author underthe following broad subjects or child protective service case types:generalized abuse/neglect, generalized abuse, generalized neglect,physical abuse, physical neglect, emotional abuse, emotional neglect,sexual abuse, exploitation, historical, and training related. Each ofthe above case types is defined. Within each of the case typescitations indicate amount of attention devoted to each of thefollowing child protective service activities: non specific, initialcomplaint, initial interview, indicators of abuse/neglect, problemdefinition, treatment, legal considerations, referral, ancillaryservices, followup, prevention, and statistics. Each abstract(alphabetical by author) distinguishes between subject matterreceiving main emphasis, sections, paragraphs, or mention; notes thetarget population; and indexes the subject matter on a grid using thecase types and service activities as axes. A final listing isstrictly alphabetical by author with abstracted articles asterisked.(DB)

***********************************************************************Documents acquired by ERIC include many informal unpublished

* materials not available from other sources. EPIC makes every effort ** to obtain the best copy available. Nevertheless, items of marginal ** reproducibility are often encountered and this affects the quality *

* of the microfiche and hardcopy reproductions ERIC makes available *

* via the ERIC Document Reproduction Service (EDRS). EDRS is not* responsible for the quality of the original document. Reproductions ** supplied by EDRS are the best that can be made from the original. ************************************************************************

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH.EDUCATION & WELFARENATIONAL INSTITUTE OF

EDUCATION

THIS DOCUMENT HAS SEEN REPRO-DUCED ,EXACTLY AS RECEIVED FROMTHE "CRSON OR ORGANIZATION ORIGIN.ATING IT POINTS OF VIEW OR OPINIONSSTATED 00 NOT NECESSARILY REPRE.SENT OFFICIAL NATIONAL INSTITUTE OFEDUCATION POSITION OR POLICY

Child Protective Services: A Bibliography

with Partial Annotation and Cross-

Indexing - 1976*

M. James Naughton M.S.W.Stephanie K. Steppe B.A.Marilyn Hart-Nibbrig M.A.

Department of Social and Health ServicesState of Washington

School of Social WorkUniversity of Washington

Health Sciences Learning Resources CenterUniversity of Washington

'PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THIScoayRIGHTED MATERIAL SY MICROFICHE ONLY HAS BEEN GRANTED BYStephanie K. Steppe

TO ERIC AND ORGANIZATIONS OPERATINGUNOEI AGREEMENT SWITH THE NATIONAl 1.451ITUTE OF EOUCATIONFUR THPR REPRODUCTION OUTSIDETHE ERIC SYSTEM REQUIRES FERMISSION OF THE COPYRIGHT OWNER'

(INti

*This literature review was made possible by training funds from the Washington StateDepartment of Social and Health Services, Grant #120-ABf-4911.

® 1976

M. James Naughton, M.S.W.Health Sciences Learning Resources CenterUniversity of WashingtonSeattle, WA 98195

ou

ii

-I

Our purpose in developing this review is to make literature on protectiveservices available to Child Protective Service Workers. We hope that thisinformation, in the form of bibliography, grid index, and abstracts, wiZZprove useful in the worker's management of C.P.S. cases and wee time byproviding quick reference to desired literature.

Over 1,500 publications relating to different aspects of protective servicework were located. Of these publications, about 700 articles were read,indexed, and abstracted.

These articles are classified in three areas:

1. types of abuse /neglect,

2. types of C.P.S. worker activity (for example, initial contact withthe client, treatment planning), and

3. a quantitative reference to the amount of information about aparticular topic in the article (main emphasis or merely a mention).

With this bibliography you can identify literature by author's name, scanthe indices and abstracts for articles/topics of'interest, or search forspecific information relative to a particular case type or C.P.S. jobelement. An explanation of this procedure is given in the GUIDE TO USEsection.

Because we will continue to gather information on C.P.S., we welcome youradvice, comments, and criticism about this material. Please let us knowhow useful it is to you.

4

iii

M. James NaughtonH.S. Learning Resources CenterUniversity of Washington

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

In completing a literature review of this magnitude, many more individuals are involved thanappear on the title page. We would like to acknowledge the advice and guidance of:

Dan Jensen, M.S.W., Chief'of Manpower Training and DevelopmentDepartment of Social and Health Services

Scott Briar, D.S.W., Dean, School of Social Work

University of Washington

Vern Bryant, M.S.W., Director, Office of Continuing Education and CommunityRelations, School of Social Work, University of Washington

Robert S. Hillman, M.D., Director, Health Sciences learning Resources CenterUniversity of Washington

James W. Green, Ph.D., Current Project Director, Performance Based InstructionalDevelopment Project for Child Protective Service Workers

Several Department of Social and Health Services advisors clarified for us many of thecomplexities of the Child Protective Service job. They are:

Louise BowlerEllen EickmeyerJim JohnstonGordon McDougallColleen Waterhouse

We owe special thanks to the following Child Protective Service workers, who in addition totheir heavy work load, answered our incessant questions.

Michael BeachJan BlackburnDiana DarlandKenneth FossNaomi HanleyTerry Lewis

Ruth MollerKatie MonaghanJudy PierceMari SaxtonJean Torres

Many other individuals contributed to creating this volumereaders, research assistantsand typists.

Isabel BritanellRexine CaseyColleen CaahmanLynn DahmBarbara !WeftValeria MeslerTom Miyoshi

Connie MerzRosalyn OreskovichPhi/Zip OsborneElaine SundtRon TakinshiBob Watanabe

If we have inadvertently overlooked other contributors to this project, we apologize. We

acknowledge all errors of'ommission and commission in this volume as ours.

M. James NaughtonStephanie K. SteppeMarilyn Hart-Nibbrig

V

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION

IntroductionAcknowledgmentsTable of Contents

Guide To UseDefinition of TermsSubject Index

Generalized Abuse/Neglect --

PAGE

iiivii

1

511

- Non Specific 13

Initial Complaint 18

Initial Interview 19

Indicators of Abuse/Neglect 20

Problem Definition 21

Treatment 24

Legal Considerations 27

Referral 29

Ancillary Services 30

Follow-up 31

Prevention 32

Statistics 33

Generalized Abuse --- Non Specific 35



Indicators of Abuse/Neglect 39'


Treatment 42

Legal Considerations. 43

Referral 44


Follow-up 46

Prevention 47

Statistics 48

Generalized Neglect --- Non Specific 49



Indicators of Abuse/Neglect . 52


Treatment 54


Referral 58


Follow-up 58

Prevention 59

Statistics 60

Physical Abuse --- Non Specific 61



Indicators of Abuse/Neglect 66Problem Definition 68Treatment 72


Referral 74

Ancillary Services 75Follow-up 76Prevention 77

Statistics.. 78

Physical Neglect --- Non SpecificInitial ComplaintInitial InterviewIndicators of Abuse/NegTectProblem DefinitionTreatMent

6vii

798081

828384

Physical Neglect --- Legal Considerations 85

--- Referral 86

--- Ancillary Services 87

--- Follow-up 88

--- Prevention 89

--- Statistics . 90

Emotional Abuse --- Non Specific 91

--- Initial Complaint 92

--- Initial Interview 93

--- Indicators of Abuse/Neglect Q4

--- Problem OefinitiOn 95

--- Treatment 96

--- Legal Considerations 97

--- Referral 98


--- Follow-up 100

--- Prevention 101

--- Statistics 102

Emotional Neglect --- Non Specificv

103



--- Indicators of Abuse/Neglect 106

--- Problem Definition 107

--- Treatment 108


--- Referral 110


--- Follow-up 112

--- Prevention 113

--- Statistics 114

Sexual Abuse --- Non Specific 115





--- Treatment 120


- -= Referral 122

--- Ancillary SerVices 123

--- Follow-up 124

--- Prevention 125

--- Statistics 126

Exploitation --- Non. Specific 127




--- Problem Definition ,131

--- Treatment 132


--- Referral 134


--- Follow-up 136

--- Prevention 137

--- Statistics 138

Historical Non Specific 139

Initial Complaint 14G


Indicators of Abuse/Neglect 142


Treatment 144


Referral 146


Follow-up 148

Prevention 149

Statistics 150

7

Training Related --- Non Specific 151





--- Treatment , 156


--- Referral 158


--- Follow-up 160

--- Prevention 161

--- Statistics 162

ABSTRACTS AND GRID INDEXING 163

CITATIONS 527

ix

GENERALIZED ABUSE /NEGLECT--NONSPECIFIC (CONTINUED)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Brandwein, HaroldThe Battered Child: A Definite andSignificant Factor in Mental Retardation.

Braun, Ida G., et al.The Mistreated Child.

Calkins, C. F., et al.Children's Rights: An Introductory

Sociological Overview.

Class, NorrisSome Comments on the Child WelfareLeague of American Standards for Child

Protection Service.

Committee on Infant and Preschool Child/American Academy of Pediatrics

Maltreatment of Children--TheBattered Child Syndrome.

Dine, M. S., et al.Slaughter of the Innocents.

Elmer, ElizabethIdentification of Abused ,Children.

Fairburn, A. C., et al.Caffey's "Third Syndrome"--A Clinical

Evaluation.

Fairburn, A. C.,Small Children at Risk.

Fontana, Vincent J.Child Abuse: A Tragic Problem.

Fontana, Vincent J.Factors Needed for Prevention of ChildAbuse and Neglect.

Fontana, Vincent J.Recognition of Maltreatment andPrevention of Battered Child Syndrome.

Gelles, Richard J., et al.Toward an Integrated Theory of Intra-

Family Violence.

Giovannoni, Jeanne M.Research in Child Abuse: A Way of

Seeing and a Way of Not Seeing.

Grislain, J. R., et al.Social and Legal Problems Raised by

Cruelty to Children.

Guttmacher, Alan F.Unwanted Pregnancy: A Challenge to

Mental Health.

Helfer, Ray E.; Gil, David G.Physical Abuse of Children.

SECTIONS (3)

OVerton, AliceServing Families Who "Don't Want Help."

Platou, Ralph V.Battering.

Salmon, M. A.The Spectrum of Abuse in the BatteredChild Syndrome.

Sandusky, Annie LeeServices to Neglected Children: APublic Welfare Responsibility.

Scherer, LorenaProtective Casework Service.

Stringer, Elizabeth A.Homemaker Service in Neglect and Abuse:A Tool for Case Evaluation

Ten Have, RalphA Preventive Approach to Problemsof Child Abuse and Neglect.

Williams, Fredericka D.The AFDC Worker's Role in ProtectiveServices.

GUIDE TO USE

The Bibliography is organized for easy reference to articles on a variety of levels:

CITATIONS: a traditional listing of 1,500 articles by author's last name (pp 527-620)Asterisks mark articles that have been abstracted.

ABSTRACTS: approximately 700 articles arranged alphabetically by author's last name(pp 163-526). Each article has been abstracted for target populationand points of emphasis. Content has been classified according to one ormore of nine Client-Related Case Types and ten Worker-Related Activities,organized into the form of a grid. Since our use of these terms maydiffer somewhat from yours, we have included a DEFINITION OF TERMS section(pp 5-10) where each subject heading is defined.

LEVEL OF CONTENT WITHIN ARTICLE:

4 = MAIN EMPHASIS3 = MAJOR SECTION(S)2 = PARAGRAPH(S)1 ---- MENTION. i.e. ONE OR TWO SENTENCES

w

0

CC

CLIENT RELATED CASE TYPES

.

Io0WNW 1NO:111i.xg.cco,wwZnLIJO30 <

0IliN:3«(.)cro,twnznIli CO0 <

0111NrifcrUlLa-,z(7III LU0 2

w=co<,,s<`..,(7)>20.

ILLI

L7

2,.'t`..'(7)>20.

In(17

CD<..J<zc,I0MLU

I...czico

0.11-...100203W2

LLIU)

Dco

.(

..1<DxLLIU)

2CIr_-

<0_,aXLU

-J<ci,r0I-(17..

Z

0LLII<

12j

coz2Ztcr4-

NON -SPECIFIC

INITIALCOMPLAINT

4-INITIALINTERVIEW

INDICATORS - - -.- - - I

r1

POMRDEFINITION

TREATMENT I

1

I

I

I1

tij_

I

I

I

I

t

1

_iLEG ALCONSIDERATIONS

REFERRALI

It

rI

I

1 1

1

I 1

ANCILLARYSERVICES

FOLLOW-UP 1

I

I

I

I1

1

1

-II

iI

7I

I

1

II

PREVENTION

STATISTICS II

II

fI

I

1

I

I

The grid is used to display numbers depicting each article's level of contentby major and minor points of emphasis. (See above -- Level of Content WithinArticle). The four numbered content levels are:

4 = Main emphasis - The intersecting Type and Activity indicate themain emphasis of the article.

3 = Major section(s) - The article has a major section on this Type andActivity.

2 = Paragraph(s) - The article has a paragr4h on this Type and Activity.

1 = Mention, i.e., one or two sentences - There is mention of this Typeand Activity.

Simply by scanning the grids, it is possible to identify articles appropriateto a particular- subject area. This can be of great value in the review of asubject area, the development of a comprehensive bibliography, or in cross-referencing activities. The numbers act as a key to the specificity anddepth of coverage of any article. In addition, the grid classification formsa basis for future computer access to the bibliography.

3

INDEX: a subject listing of all articles with main (4) and major (3) emphases

(pp 11-162). The Index is organized according to Client-Related Case

Type subject headings. Worker-Related Activities appear as subsections

of each Client-Related Case Type. For easy reference in the ABSTRACTS,

article citations are alphabetized by author's last name. If you have

difficulty finding the appropriate subject headings, the TABLE OF CONTENTS

(pp vii) also lists the various categories.

REPRINTS: If you want a reprint of a complete article, telephone the WashingtonState Library: Ethel Saucier or Laureen Lawty, Reference Librarians,Reference Section, Washington State Library, Olympia, WA, 98504 at206/753-5590 (or SCAN 234-5590). Articles will be mailed to you within

one day of your call. Give your name, address, and the author and title

of each article you want. Reprints are presently available to State of

Washington Department of Social and Health Service Child ProtectiveService, workers and supervisors at no cost.

114

DEFINITION OF TERMS

5

CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICE CASE TYPES:

DEFINITIONS OF TERMS ON THE HORIZONTAL AXIS OF LITERATURE GRID

These categories pertain to acts (of commission or omission) that are made against thechild, which result in a worker becoming involved in the case. They are client-oriented.

GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLECT: Article (book) describes incidents of abuse or neglect butdoes not break it down to physical and/or emotional.

GENERALIZED ABUSE: Interaction with the chill resulting in disability or death.Example: Battered Child Syndrome: This term applies to thechild who has had repeated injuries of a severe nature usu-ally involving fractures of the bones, internal injuries,hemorrhage, or central nervous system damage. The hallmarkof this type of maltreatment is where one of the accidentsor incidents as described by the parents does not appearadequate to explain the injuries sustained by the child.

GENERALIZED NEGLECT: Failure to provide adequate care for the child. This caninclude medical neglect, lack of appropriate safety pre-cautions for the child or emotional neglect. The parentor guardian fails to provide the basic needs of food,shelter and clothing to the child.

PHYSICAL ABUSE: A single episode of physical abuse (i.e. violent outburstagainst the child) or moderate forms of repeated physicalabuse applied in disciplining (i.e. severely bruised fromspanking, the child being hit about the face causing nofracture, etc.). Example: child dies, has broken bones,head injuries, massive bruises, hematomas, burns, etc.

PHYSICAL NEGLECT: There is evidence of poor skin hygiene, lack of adequatenutrition and lack of seeking the proper medical attentionfor a child with illness or injury. Parent takes inappro-priate safety precautions for a child at a given age ofdevelopment so that injury occurs. Does not provide ade-quate housing, clothing or food for the child. Example:

"dirty" house syndrome, child without proper shelter orsleeping arrangements and/or left unattended, unsupervisedfor long periods of time.

EMOTIONAL ABUSE: Repeated berating, swearing at the child and tearing downof self-image. The child is severely scapegoated by thefamily, outwardly rejected, subjected to severe chronicverbal abuse.

EMOTIONAL NEGLECT:

SEXUAL ABUSE:

EXPLOITATION:

Lack of emotional attachment to and stimulation of the child.The child is denied normal experiences that produce feelingsof being loved, wanted, secure and worthy.

Child is sexually molested in some way by a family member (orthird party). Sexual abuse of children may be divided intothe following major groups: rape: penile entrance into thevagina as a result of physical force, threat of force or de-ceit; sexual intercourse with a minor: voluntary participa-tion by a person under 16 years of age in sexual intercourse;sodomy: oro-genital or ano-genital sexual contact; incest:sexual intercourse with someone nearer of kin than firstcousin; indecent liberties/molestation: general, non-specific, classification for most other acts of sexual abuse.

Parent's (or guardian's) using the child for either illegal orimmoral purposes. Example: training a child to be a pick-pocket, encouraging a child to steal or panhandle.

TERMS ON HORIZONTAL AXIS (continued)

HISTORICAL:

TRAINING RELATED:

This involves many of the older articles that give a back-ground and historical perspective to the area of childabuse/neglect. child's right's, parent's authority and legal

considerations of children.

This specifically points out what the worker should know asinformation and as skills in order to perform a certaintask. Example: a CPS worker must know which agencies tocontact in order to facilitate handling of a case, what arethe pertinent questions and probes to ask during certainphases of the case, what to do when a client pulls a gun,what happens in the case where the client fails to followthe prescribed treatment plan, etc.

14

CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICE ACTIVITIES:

DEFINITIONS OF TERMS ON THE VERTICAL AXIS OF LITERATURE GRID

These are activities engaged in by the worker in a child abuse/neglect situation. They are

set up chronologically as they would happen in a "normal" case. It is not necessary that

each case or article follow through the entire list of activities. Many articles will fo-

cus on just one phase of the worker's duties in a particular case.

NON SPECIFIC: This is a catch-all category used when an activity by theworker does not fall into any of the other prescribedcategories.

INITIAL COMPLAINT: First contact the worker has with a new case. This can come

in the form of a phone call from a neighbor reporting theincidence of child abuse; parents turning themselves in; aschool reporting they have an abused/negleCted child, etc.This is not the first contact that the CPS worker has withthe parent, rather it is the first report of a child abuse/neglect incidence.

INITIAL INTERVIEW: First interview between the CPS worker and the abusive party.

INDICATORS OF ABUSE/NEGLECT: Physical signs of abuse/neglect which can 1e seen, heard,sensed--that can be easily measured or put in quantifiableterms. Example: bruises or lacerations on the child, a .

"dirty" house, child cowering in the corner, etc.

PROBLEM DEFINITION: The over-all scope of family situation. (This comes from

probing and questioning by the worker.) What event pre-cipitated the incident of abuse/neglect, what is the fami'iysocio-economic status, total number of children, is thefather working or at hone? Whatever is necessary to givebackground and validity to the situation. of abuse/neglect.

TREATMENT: What total plan is decided upon to alleviate the situationof abuse/neglect (initially) and reconstruct the familysituation to eliminate as much of the problem (as desEribed

in problem definition) as possible? Example: parent(s) aresent to a psychiatrist, child is removed from the home andplaced in foster care, a homemaker is brought in to clean thehouse, parent(s) must attend parenting classes.

LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS: Any information, reference or indication that the law is part

of the case. What specifically does the law(s) cover in thisparticular instance, what are the responsibilities of theworker in the courtroom, the parent(s) in the courtroom, whatinformation should the doctor have when he presents his case

of abuse, etc.?

REFERRAL:

ANCILLARY SERVICES:

FOLLOW-UP:

Responsibility and control of the case is transferred to an-

other agency or individual, leaving the person who referswith minimal contact with the client. Example: case is not

considered Child Protective Service jurisdiction and is turnedover to Child Welfare Service or Aid to Families with DependentChildren; doctor, school, turns the case over to the ChildProtective Service worker, etc.

Those services that the CPS worker brings to the case, whilestill maintaining legal control of the case. Example:

parenting classes, use of homemaker, parent's aid, psychiatrist,counseling, etc.

Checking back with the family when the referral has been madeor any attempt to check the family (child) situation after the

case has been closed.

.-

111. el

9

TERMS ON VERTICAL AXIS (continued)

PREVENTION:

STATISTICS:

Action taken in Circumstances which suggesta need to-in-tervene because of the possibility of an incident or re-occurrence of abuse or neglect. Such situations might be axmother who brings a child into the emergency room sfx times,though the child is totally healthy; a mother who was anabimed child herself; a father who tends to react With-physi-cal responses to tension situations (slapping, hitting, kick-ing, etc.).

Charts, tables and/or numbers that give data on child abuse/neglect. They can be specific results of a research'projector generalized information. Example: there is a higher per-centage of abute/neglect in military families than -in thecivilia population; the ratio of reported physical neglectto physical abuse is approximately ten to one.

1610

GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLECT--NON-SPECIFIC

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Alberts, M. E.

Child Abuse.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #1: Cook County Children'sHospital, Chicago, Illinois, January 10,1974.

American Academy cf PediatricsSite Visit #2: University of ColoradoMedical Center, Denver, December 18.1973.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #3: William Beaumont ArmyMedical Center, El Paso, Texas.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #4: Children's ProtectiveServices Center, Kauikeolani Children'sHospital, Honolulu.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #5: University of IowaHospital, Iowa City, Iuwa, January 71974.

American Academy of PediatricsConclusion.

Amiel, ShirleyA Report of Child Abuse, Child Mis-treatment and Child DiscriminationWhile the Children are Under AdultSupervision Other Than That of TheirParents or Legal Guardians in theState of Washington.

Anderson, J. P., et al.Attitudes of Nova Scotia Physiciansto Child Abuse.

Anthony, E. JamesIt Hurts Me More Than It Hurts You.An Approach to Discipline as a Two-WayProcess.

Bezzeg, Elizabeth D., et al.The Role of the Child Care Worker inthe Treatment of Severely BurnedChildren.

Mllingsley, AndrewThe Role of the Social Worker in a ChildProtective Agency.

Billingsley, Andrew, et al.Agency Structure and the Commitment toService.

Birrell, R. G., et al.The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children:A Hospital Survey.

13

0

SECTIONS (3)

Amiel, ShirleyChild Abuse in Schools.

Amlel, Shirleychild Discrimination by the WashingtonState Child Protective Services.

Bleiberg, NinaThe Neglected Child and the ChildHealth Conference.

Brown, John A.

Some Observations on Abusive Parents.

Callaghan, K. A., et al.

Practical Management of the BatteredBaby Syndrome.

Davies, JoannWhen the Agency Must Intervene.

Fontana, Vincent J.

The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children.

Fontana, Vincent J.The Neglect and Abuse of Children.

Fontana, Vincent J., et al.The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children.

Foresman, LouiseStrengthening Family Life.

Goldfarb, W.

Psychological Privation in Infancyand Subsequent Adjustment.

Hammell, Charlotte J.

Preserving Family Life for Children.

Herre, Ernest A.

A Community Mobilizes to Protect ItsChildren.

Holder, A. R.Child Abuse and the Physician.

lukianowicz, N.

Battered Children.

Martin, Harold P., et al.The Development of Abused Children.

Miller, Donald S.

Fractures Among Children, Part 1:Parental AssaLt as a Causative Agent.

Morris, Marian G., et al.:Toward Prevention of Child Abuse.

Morse, C. W., et al.A Three-Year Follow-up Study ofAbused and Neglected Children.

GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLECTNON-SPECIFIC (CONTINUED)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Brandwein, HaroldThe Battered Child: A Definite andSignificant Factor in Mental Retardation.


Calkins, C. F., et al.

Children's Rights: An Introductory

Sociological Overview.

Class, NorrisSome Comments on the Child WelfareLeague of American Standards for Child

Protection Service.

Committee on Infant and Preschool Child/American Academy of Pediatrics

Maltreatment of Children--TheBattered Child Syndrome.

Dine, M. S., et al.Slaughter of the Innocents.

Elmer, ElizabethIdentification of Abused ,Children.

Fairburn, A. C., et al.Caffey's "Third Syndrome"--A ClinicalEvaluation.

Fairburn, A. C.,Small Children at Risk.

Fontana, Vincent J.Child Abuse: A Tragic Problem.

Fontana, Vincent J.Factors Needed for Prevention of Child

Abuse and Neglect.

Fontana, Vincent J.Recognition of Maltreatment andPrevention of Battered Child Syndrome.


Family Violence.

Giovannoni, Jeanne M.Research in Child Abuse: A Way of

Seeing and a Way of Not Seeing.

Grislain, J. R., et al.Social and Legal Problems Raised byCruelty to Children.

Guttmacher, Alan F.Unwanted Pregnancy: A Challenge to

Mental Health.

Helfer, Ray E.; Gil, David G.Physical. Abuse of Children.

SECTIONS ..(3)

OVerton, AliceServing Families Who "Don't Want Help."



Sandusky, Annie LeeServices to Neglected Children: A

Public Welfare Responsibility.


Stringer, Elizabeth A.Homemaker Service in Neglect and Abuse:A Tool for Case Evaluation


Williams, Fredericka D.The AFDC Worker's Role in ProtectiveServices.

GENERALIZED ABUSE /NEGLECT--NONSPECIFIC (CONTINUED)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) SECTIONS (3)

Hick, John F. , et al.

Sudden Infant Death Syndrome and ChildAbuse

Holter, Joan C., et al.Child Abuse: Early CaseFindings in theEmergency Department.

Hopkins, Joan, R. N.The Nurse and the Abused Child.

Irvine, MayCommunication and Relationship in SocialCasework.

Jacobziner, HaroldRescuing the Battered Child.

Joos, Thad H.Child Abuse: A Different Point ofView

Klaus, Marshall H., et al.Mothers Separated from Their NewbornInfants.

Koel, Bertran S.Failure to Thrive and Fatal Injury asa Continuum.

Kunstadter, Ralph H., et al.The Battered Child and the CeliacSyndrome.

Langer, Marion F.New Year's Resolution: No MoreCorporal Puni shment.

Leaverton, David R.The Pediatrician's Role in MaternalDeprivation.

Leserman, S.There's a Murderer in My Waiting Room.

Marker, Gail, et al.Rethinking Children's Rights.

Massing, RoseNeglected Children: A Challenge to theCommunity.

McCort, James, et al.Visceral Injuries in Battered Children.

McFerran, J.Parent's Group in Protective Services.

McKinney, G., et al.Child Abuse and Neglect Concerns SRSMulti- Efforts.

Miller, John K.Red, White and Bruised. The MaltreatmentSyndrome in the Army.

15

GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLECT NON SPECIFIC (CONTINUED)


Miller, Mary BaileyCommunity Action.

Money, John, et al.Pain Agnosia and Self Injury in theSyndrome of Reversible SomatotropinDeficiency (Psychosocial Dwarfism).

Newberger, Eli H., et al.Reducing the Literal and Human Cost ofChild Abuse: Impact of a New Hospital

Management System.

Nyden, Paul V.The Use of Authority.

Oettinger, Katherine B.Protecting Children from Abuse.

Oliver, J. E., et al.A Family Kindred with Ill-Used Children:The Burden on the Community.

Oliver, J. E., et al.Five Generations of Ill-Treated Childrenin One Family Pedigree.

Oliver, J. E., et al.Six Generations of Ill-Used Children in a

Huntington's Pedigree.

Palomeque, L. E.. et al."Battered Child" Syndrome.

Reinhard, WillieKindesmisshandlungen.

Rodham, HillaryChildren Under the Law.

Salk, LeeWhat Every Child Would Like His Parents

to Know. .

Sayre, James W., et al.Community Committee on Child Abuse.

Schmidt, Delores M.The Protective Service Caseworker:How Does He Survive Job Pressure?

Schwartz, Emanuel K.Child Murder Today: Playwrights andPsychologists View Filicide in Life,

Drama.

Shopfner, Charles E.Periosteal Bone Growth in Normal

Infants.

Silver, Larry B., et al.Agency Action and Interaction in Casesof Child Abuse.

Smith, S. M., et al.Failure to Thrive and Anorexia Nervosa.

cs 2.1

16

GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLECTrNOW*SPECIFIC (CONTINUED)


Storey, BruceThe Battered Child.

Streshinsky, N., et al.A Study of Social Work Practice inProtective Services: it's Not WhatYou Know, It's Where You Work.

Varon, EdithCommunication: Client, Community, andAgency.

`t2

17

GENERALIZED Ai3USE/NEGLECTINITIAL COMPLAINT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Amiel, ShirleyChild Discrimination by the WashingtonState Child Protective Services.

Diggle, Geoffrey, et al.Child Injury Intensive MonitoringSystems.

Ireland, William H.A Registry on Child Abuse.

James, Joseph, Jr.Child Neglect and Abuse.

Kohlhass, von MaxDuty to Secrecy in Cases of Child Abuse(Article in German, Summary in English).

Leivesley, S.

The Maltreated Child: A Cause for

Concern. /

Parker, Graham E.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Shade, D. A.Limits to Service in Child Abuse.

Silver, Larry B., et al.Child Abuse Syndrome: The "Gray Areas"

in Establishing a Diagnosis.

Swanson, Lynn D.Role of the Police in the Protection ofChildren from Neglect and Abuse.

18

C

SECTIONS (3)

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #1: Cook County Children'sHospital, Chicago, Illinois, January

10, 1974.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #2: University of ColoradoMedical Center, Denver, December 18,1973.

American'Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #3: William BeaumontArmy Medical Center, El Paso, Texas.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #4: Children's ProtectiveServices Center, Kauikeolani Children's

Hospital, Honolulu.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #6: Children's Hospital,Los Angeles, February 6, 1974.


Brieland, DonaldProtective Services and Child Abuse:Implementation for Public Welfare.


Gibbens, T. C. N., et al.Violent Cruelty to Children.

Riley, N. M.The Abused Child.

Scherer, LorenaFacilities and Services for NeglectedChildren in Missouri.


Schmidt, Dolores M., et al.Facilities and Services for NeglectedChildren.

Silver, L., et al.Mandatory Reporting of Physical Abuse

of Children in the District of Columbia:Community Procedure: and New Legislation.

Special Committee on Child Health ofMedical Society of New Jersey .

Medical Management of Child Abuse.

Ten Have, RalphA Preventive Approach to Problems ofChild Abuse'and Neglect.

Winking, Cyril H.Coping with Child Abuse: One State's

Experience.

GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLECTINITIAL INTERVIEW

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)


19

SECTIONS (3)

Callaghan, K. A., et al.Practical Management of the BatteredBaby Syndrome.

Morris, Marian G., et al.ToWard Prevention of Child Abuse.

Special Committee on Child Health ofMedical Society of New Jersey


GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLECT~INDICATIONS OF ABUSE/NEGLECT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Bratu, M., et al.Jejunal Hematoma, Child Abuseand Felson's Sign

Fontana, Vincent J.The Battered Child--1973--Whento Suspect Child Abuse

Fontana, Vincent J.

The Diagnosis of the MaltreatmentSyndrome in Children.

Fontana, Vincent J.Which Parents Abuse Children?


Jackson, GrahamChild Abuse Syndrome: The Cases We

. Miss.

Miller, Donald S.Fractures Among Children, Part 1:Parental Assault as a CausativeAgent.

Morris, Marian G., et al.Toward Prevention of Child Abuse.


Sattin, Dana B., et al.The Ecology of Child Abuse Within aMilitary Community.

Stern, LeoPrematurity as a Factor in Child Abuse.

Wolman, Irving J.The Abused or Sexually Molested Child:Clinical Management.

20

SECTIONS (3)

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #8: Children's Hospitalof Pittsburgh, January 3, 1974.

Bhattacharya, et al.Battered Child Syndrome: A Review

with a Report of Two Siblings.

Birrell, R. G. et al.

The Maltreatment Syndrome in

Children: A Hospital Survey.

Caffey, John, etChild Battery: Seek and Save.

Cameron, J. M.The Battered Baby.

Cameron, J. MalcomThe Battered Baby Syndrome.


Fontana, Vincent J.Why Do People Beat Up Their Kids?

Grantmyre, Edward B.Trauma X--Wednesday's Child.

Gregg, Grace S.Infant Trauma.

Kempe, C. HenryPediatric Implicatiods of theBattered Baby Syndrome.

Silver, Larry B.Child Abuse Syndrome: A Review.

Simons, Betty, et al.Child Abuse: Epidemiologic Study

of Medical Reported Cases.


Vt

GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLEC TPROBLEM DEFINITION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Allen, Ann FrancisMaltreatment Syndrome in Children.

Amiel, ShirleyChild Abuse in Schools.

Bleiberg, NinaThe Neglected Child and the Child HealthConference.

Blumberg, MyrnaWhen Parents Hit Out.

Boehm, BerniceThe Community and the Social AgencyDefine Neglect.

Boisvert, Maurice J.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Borgman, Robert D.

Intelligence and Maternal Inadequacy.

Caffey, John, et al.Child Battery: Seek and Save.

Cameron, J. M.The Battered Baby.

Cameron, J. MalcolmThe Battered Baby Syndrome.

Coles, R.Terror-Struck Children.

Corbett, James T.A Psychiatrist Reviewing the BatteredChild Syndrome and Mandatory ReportingLegislation.

Delaney, D. W.The Physically Abused Child.

Dine, Mark S.Tranquilizer Poisoning: An Example ofChild Abuse.

Eisenberg, LeonThe Sins of the Fathers: Urban Decayand Social Pathology.

Elmer, Elizabeth, et al.Developmental Characteristics of AbusedChildren.

Fleming, G. M.Cruelty to Children.

Fontana, Vincent J.Further Reflections on Maltreatment ofChildren.

Fontana, Vincent J.The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children.

2'21

SECTIONS (3)

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #3: William Beaumont AnyMedical Center,1 Paso, Texas.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #7: New York FoundlingHospital, New York City, January 4,1974.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #8: Children's Hospital ofPittsburgh, January 3, 1974.


Bellucci, Matilda T.Group Treatment of Mothers in ChildProtection Cases.

Bezzeg, Elizabeth D., et al.The Role of the Child Case Worker inthe Treatment of Severely Burned Children.

Bhattacharya, et al.Battered Child Syndrome: A Reviewwith a Report of Two Siblings.

Block, HarryDilemma of "Battered Child" and"Battered Children."

Blue, M. T.The Battered Child Syndrome from aSocial Work View Point.



Brown, John A.Some Observations on Abusive Parents.

Calkins, C. F., et al.Children's Rights: An IntroductorySociological Overview.


Fairburn, A. C,, at al.Caffey's "Third Syndrome"--A CriticalEvaluation.

Fanaroff, et al.Follow-up of Low Birth Rate Infants...The Predictive Value of MaternalVisiting.

Finberg, LawrenceA Pediatrician's View of the Abused

Child.

Fontana, Vincent J.Why Do People Beat Up Their Kids?

GENERALIZED ABUSE /NEGLECT - -PROBLEM DEFINITION (CONTINUED)

MAIN EMPHASIS (II


Gibbens, T. C. N., et al.Violent Cruelty to Children.

Giovannoni, Jeanne M.Parental Mistreatment: Perpetrators

and Victims.

Golub, SusanThe Battered Child: What the Nurse

Can Do.

Hammell, Charlotte J.Preserving Family Life for Children.

Kelley, Joseph .What Protective Service Can Do.

Kempe, C. HenryPediatric Implications of the Battered

Baby Syndrome.

Kempe, C. HenryA Practical Approach to the Protectionof the Abused Child and Rehabilitationof Abusing Parents.


Morse, C. W., et al.Three-Year Follow-Up Study of Abused

And Neglected Children.

O'Neill. James A., Jr.Deliberate Childhood

Trauma: Surgical Perspectives.

Paulson, Morris J., et al.The Physically Abused Child: A Focus

on Prevention.


Reinhard, J. B., et al.Love of Children--A Myth?

Rowe, Daniel S., et al.A Hospital Program for the Detectionand Registration of Abused and Neglected

Children.

Salmon, M. A.The Spectrum of Abuse in the Battered

Child Syndrome.

Sattin, Dana B., et al.The Ecology of Child Abuse Within a

Military Community.

Shankar, Yelaga A.The Abused Child...A Reminder of Despair.

2'1' 22

SECTIONS (3)



Family Violence.

Gillespie, Robert W.The Battered Child Syndrome: Thermal

and Caustic Manifestations.


Guttmacher, Alan F.Unwanted Preganancy: A Challenge to

Mental Health.

Henry, C. S.Motivation in Non-voluntary Clients.

Molter, Joan C., et al.Child Abuse: Early Case Findings in

the Emergency Department.

Isaacs, SusannaEmotional Problems in Childhood and

Adolescence: Neglect, Cruelty and

Battering.

Jacobziner, HaroldRescuing the Battered Child.

Joyner, Edmund N.Child Abuse: The Role of thePhysician and the Hospital.

Kaufman, IrvingThe Contribution of ProtectiveServices.

Klaus, Marshall H., et al.Mothers Separated from Their NewbornInfants.

Kunstadter, Ralph H., et al.The Batterd Child and the CeliacSyndrome.

Leaverton, David R.The Pediatrician's Role in Maternal

Deprivation.

Leivesley, S.The Maltreated Child: A Cause for

Concern.

Martin, Helen L.Antecedents of Burns and Scalds inChildren.


Miller, John K.Red, White and Bruised. The Maltreatment

Syndrome in the Army.

GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLECTPROBLEM DEFINITION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)


Smith, Selwyn M., et al.EEG and Personality Factors in BabyBatterers.

Steele, Brandt F.Distorted Patterns of Parenting andTheir Origin.

Stern, LeoPrematurity as a Factor in Child Abuse.

Togut, Myra B., et al.A Psychological Exploration of theNon-Organic Failure-to-Thrive Syndrome.

Trube-Becker, ElizabethAutopsy in Sudden Death of a Child.Absolutely Indicated.

Zilboorg, GregorySidelights on Parent-Child Antagonism.

216

23

SECTIONS (3)

Nixon, H. H.Non-Accidental Injury in Children.

Ryden, Paul V.The Use of Authority.

Oliver, J. E., et al.Six Generations of Ill-Used Childrenin-a Huntington's Pedigree.

Silver, Larry B., et al.Agency Action and Interaction inCases of Child Abuse.

Simons, Betty, et al.Child Abuse: Epidemiologic Studyof Medical Reported Cases.

Smith, S. M., et al.Failure to Thrive and Anorexia Nervosa.

Special Committee on Child Health ofMedical Society of New Jersey



Ten Have, RalphA Preventive Approach to Problems ofChild Abuse and Neglect.

Terr, Lenore C., et al.The Battered Child Rebrutalized:Ten Cases of Medical-Legal Confusion.

Williams, Frederick D.The AFDA Worker's Role in ProtectiveServices.


Experience.

Zalba, Serapio R.The Abused Child: A Survey of theProblem.

GENERALIZED ARUSEfiEGLECTTREATNENr

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #7: New York FoundlingHospital, New York City, January 4, 1974.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #8: Children's Hospital ofPittsburgh, January 3, 1974.

American Academy of Pediatrics

Site Visit #9: St. Paul, Minn., Ramsey

County Mental Health Center,January 8,1974.

Avery, Jane C.The Battered Child--A Shocking Problem.

Bellucci, Matilda T.Group Treatment of Mothers in Child

Protection Cases.

Birrel, John H. W."Where Death Delights to Help the Living."

Forensic Medicine--Cinderella?

Boehm, B.An Assessment of Family Adequacy in

. Protective Cases.

Brem, JacobChild Abuse Control Centers--A Projectfor the Academy?

Brown, John A.Some Observations on Abusive Parents.

Brimbaugh, Oliver L.

Discussion.

Burt, Marvin R., et al.A New System for Improving the Care ofNeglected and Abused Children.

Callaghan, K. A., et al.Practical Management of the Battered

Baby Syndrome.

Cameron, James S.Role of the Child Protective Organization.


Fontana, Vincent J.Synopsis of Program on Child Abuse at

New York Foundling Hospital.

Henry, C. S.Motivation in Non-Voluntary Clients.

Herre, Ernest A.Aggressive Case Worker in a Protective

Service Unit.

24

SECTIONS (3)

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #2:' University of ColoradoMedical Center, Denver, December 18, 1973.



American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #5: University of IowaHospital, Iowa City, Iowa, January 7,

1974.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #6: Children's Hospital,

Los February 6, 1974.


Barnett, B.Violent Parents.

Birrell, R. G. et al.The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children:A Hospital Survey.

Boisvert, Maurice T.The Battered Child Syndrome.


Burt, Robert A.Protecting Children from TheirFamilies and Themselves: State

Laws and the Constitution.

Caffey, John, et al.Child Battery; Seek and Save.

Committee on Infant and PreschoolChild/American Academy of PediatricsMaltreatment of Children--The BatteredChild Syndrome.

Delaney, D. W.The Physically Abused Child.

Eisenburg, LeonThe Sins of the Father: Urban Decay

and Social Pathology.

Elmer, Elizabeth, et al.Developmental Characteristics ofAbused Children.

Golub, SusanThe Battered Child: What the Nurse

Can Do.

GENERALIZED ABUSE /NEGLECT--TREATMENT (CONTINUED)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Herre, Ernest A.A Community Mobilizes to Protect ItsChildren.

Isaacs, SusannaEmotional Problems in Childhood andAdolescence: Neglect, Cruelty, andBattering.

Joyner, Edmund N.Child Abuse: The Role of the Physicianand the Hospital.

Kaufman, IrvingThe Contribution of Protective Services.

Kempe, C. HenryPediatric Implications of the BatteredBaby Syndrome.

Kempe, C. HenryA Practical Approach to the Protectionof the Abused Child and Rehabilitationof Abusing Parents.

McFerran, JaneParent Discussion Meetings: A ProtectiveService Agency's Experience.

McFerran, JaneParents' Groups in Protective Services.

Morse, C. W., et al.A Three-Year Follow-up Study of Abusedand Neglected Children.

Nixon, H. H.Non-Accidental Injury in Children.

Overton, AliceServing Families Who "Don't Want Help."

Ball, Mary E.

The Casework Process in Work with theChild and the Family in the Child's OwnHome.

Sandusky, Annie LeeServices to Neglected Children: APublic Welfare Responsibility.

Savino, Anne B., et al.Wqrking with Abuse Parents: Group

Therapy and Home Visits.



25

SECTIONS (1)_


Kunstadter, Ralph H., et al.The Battered Baby and the CeliacSyndrome.

Lazenby, Herbert C.Do We Need Child Abuse Laws?

Lukianowicz, N.Battered Children.


Massing, RoseNeglected Children: A Challengeto the Community.


Miller, John K.Red, White and Bruised. The MaltreatmentSyndrome in the Army.


Oliver, J. E., etal.A Family Kindred with Ill-UsedChildren; The Burden on the Community.

Paulson, Morris J., et al.The Physically Abused Child: AFocus on Prevention.

Reinhard, J. B., et al.Love of Children--A Myth?

Sayre, James W., et al.Community Committee on Child Abuse.

Schmidt, Dolores M.The Protective Caseworker: How DoesHe Survive Job Pressure?


Silver, Larry B., et al.Agency Action and Interaction inCases of Child Abuse.

Wasserman, HarryEarly Careers of Professional SocialWorkers in a Public Child WelfareAgency.

Winking, Cyril H.

Coping with Child Abuse: One State'sExperience.

rGENERALIZED ABUSE;NEGLECTTREATMENT (CONTINUED)


Schmidt, Dolores M., et al.Facilities and Services for Neglected

Children.

Ten Have, RalphA Preventive Approach to Problems of

Child Abuse and Neglect.

Terr, Lenore C., et al.The Battered Child Rebrutalized: TenCases of Medical-Legal Confusion.

Williams, Frederick D. .

The AFDC Worker's Role in Protective

Services.

31 26

GENERALIZED-ABUSE/NEGLECTLEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Askwith, Gordon K.Authority, Prevention, and a New ChildWelfare Act.

Becker, Thomas T.Child Protective Services and the Law.

Birrell, John H. W."Where Death Delights to Help the Living."Forensic Medicine--Cinderella?

Blue, M. T.The Battered Child Syndrome from aSocial Work View Point.


Burt, Robert A.Protecting Children from Their Familiesand Themselves: State Laws and theConstitution.

Cameron, James S.Role of the Child Protective Organization.

DeFrancis, Vincent, et al.Child Abuse Legislation in the 1970's.

DeFrancis, VincentTermination of Parental Rights:Balancing the Equities.

Fraser, Brian G.A Pragmatic Alternative to CurrentLegislative Approaches to Child Abuse.

Hessel, Samuel J.Rights of Parents and Children.

Holder, A. R.

Child Abuse and the Physician.

Isaacs, Jacob L.The Law and the Abused and NeglectedChild.

Kansas City TimesA New Missouri Approach to the Agonyof Child Abuse.

Kelley, Florence M.The Role of the Courts.

Low, ColinThe Battering Parent, the Community and

the Law.

New York State Dental JournalDentists Required to Report Cases ofAbused and Maltreated Children.

Paulsen, M. G.The Legal Framework for Child Protection. 3

?7

SECTIONS (3)


American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #1: Cook County Children'sHospital, Chicago, Illinois, January 10,1974.



American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #5: University of IowaHospital, Iowa City, Iowa, January 7,1974.

Amiel, ShirleyChild Discrimination by.the WashingtonState Child Protective Services.

Avery, Jane C.The Battered Child--A Shocking Problem.



Brumbaugh, Oliver L.Discussion.

Finberg, LaurenceA Pediatrician's View of the AbusedChild.




and Caustic Manifestations. ^

James, Joseph, Jr.Child Neglect and Abuse.

Lazenby, Herbert C.Do We Need Child Abuse Laws?



GENERALIZED ABUSE /NEGLECT--LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS (CONTINUED)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Riley, N. M.The Abused Child.

Rosenberg, A. H.Law-Medicine Notes; CompulsoryDisclosure Statutes.

Russell, Donald HayesLaw, Medicine and Minors (Part IV).

Silver, L., et al.Mandatory Reporting of Physical Abuseof Children in the District of Columbia:Community Procedures and New Legislation.

Trube-Becker, F.Wisconsin Medical Journal Editorial.(The Abused Child Law).The Doctor's Pledge of Secrecy and hisRight as a Witness to Refuse to Answerin Crimes Against Children.

il;)28

SECTIONS (3)

Parker, Graham E.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Platou, Ralph V.

Battering.


Schmidt, Dolores M.

The Protective-Caseworker: How

Does He Survive Job Pressure?

Schmidt, Dolores M., et al.Facilities and Services for Neglected

Children.

Shade, D. A.Limits to'Services in Child Abuse.


Silver, Larry B., et al.Agency Action and Interaction in

Cases of Child Abuse.

Silver, Larry B., et al.

Child Abuse Syndrome: The "Grey Areas"

in Establishing a Diagnosis.

Special Committee on Child Health of

Medical Society of New JerseyMedical Management of Child Abuse.

Swanson, Lynn D.Role of the Police in the Protection

of Children from Neglect and Abuse.

Terr, Lenore C., et al.

The Battered Child Rebrutalized:

Ten Cases of Medical-Legal Confusion.


Experience.

GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLECT--REFERRAL


Shade, D. A.Limits to Service in Child Abuse.

3429

GENERALIZED ABUSEJNEGLECfMCIllARY SERVICES

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Foresman, LouiseStrengthening Family Life.

Stringer, Elizabeth A.Homemaker Service in Neglect and Abuse:

A Tool for Case Evaluation.

30

SECTIONS (3)

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit 02: University ofColorado Medical Cehter, Denver,December 18, 1973.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit 03: William BeaumontArmy Medical Center, El Paso, Texas.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit 09: St. Paul, Minn.,Ramsey County Mental Health Center,

January 8, 1974.

Boehm, B.An Assessment of Family Adequacy inProtective Cases.


Burt, Marvin R., et al.A New System for Improving theCare of Neglected and AbusedChildren.

Swanson, Lynn D.Role of the Police in the Protectionof Children from Neglect and Abuse.

GENEIMIZED ArtzEINEGLECrFOLLOW-UP


American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit 01: Cook County Children'sHospital, Chicago, Illinois, January 10,1974.

32

31

American Academy of'PediatricsSite Visit 05: University of IowaHospitals, Iowa City, Iowa, 'January7, 1974.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit 06: Children's Hospital,Los Angeles, February 6, 1974.


GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLECTPREMTION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Fanaroff, et al.Follow-up of Low Birth. Rate Infants...ThePredictive Value of Maternal Visiting.

Fleck, StephenChild Abuse.

Lowry, Thomas P., et al.Abortion as a Preventive for Abused

Children.

Newberger, Eli H., et al.Reducing the Literal and Human Cost of

Child Abuse: Impact of a New Hospital

Management System.

32

SECTIONS (3)


Elmer, Elizabeth, et al.Studies of Child Abuse and Infant

Accidents.

Epstein, Norman, et al.Paraprofessional Parent'Aides and

Disadvantaged Families.

Fontana, Vincent J.The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children.

Golub, SharonThe Battered Child: What the Nurse

Can Do.

Kempe, C. HenryPediatric Implications of theBattered Baby Syndrome.

Lukianowicz, N.Battered Children..

Oliver, J., et al.Five Generaticns of Ill- Treated

Children in One Family Pedigree.

Paulson, Morris J., et O.The Physically Abused Child. AFocus on Prevention.

GENERALIZED ABUSE/NEGLECTSTATISTICS

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)


Pugh, R. J.

Battered Babies.

Simons, Betty. et al.Child Abuse: Epidemiologic Study ofMedical Reported Cases.

3033

SECTIONS (3)

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #1! Cook County Children'sHospital, Chicago, Illinois, January 10,1974.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #2: University of ColoradoMedical Center, December 18, 1973.


American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #5: University of Iowa,Hospitals, Iowa City, Iowa, January7, 1974.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #6: Children's Hospital,Los Angeles, February 6, 1974.

American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #7: New York FoundlingHospital, New York City, January 4,1974.


American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #9: St. Paul, Minn.,Ramsey County Mental Health Center,January 8, 1974.


Birrell, R. G., et al.The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children:A Hospital Survey.

Burt, Marvin R., et al.A New System for Improving the Careof Neglected and Abused Children.

Eisenburg, LeonThe Sins of the Fathers: Urban Decayand Social Pathology.

Gibbens, T. C. N., et al.Violent Cmelty to Children.

Holter, Joan C., et al.Child Abuse: Early Case-Findings in,The Emergency Department.

Jackson, GrahamChild Abuse Syndrome: The Cases WeMiss.

Kempe, C. HenryPediatric Implications of the Battered

Baby Syndrome.

GENERALIZED ABUSE /NEGLECT--STATISTICS (CONTINUED)



Miller, John K.Red, White and Bruised. The Mal-treatment Syndrome in the Army.

Morse, C. W., etal.A Three -Year Follow -Up Study ofAbused and Neglected Children.

Oliver, J. E., et al.A Family Kindred with Ill-UsedChildren: The Burden on theCommunity.

Paulson, Morris J., et al.The Physically Abused Child: AFocus on Prevention.

3934



Togut, Myra B., et al.A Psychological Exploration of theNon-Organic Failure-to-ThriveSyndrome.

Zalba, Serapio R.The Abused Child: II. A Typology forClassification and Treatment.

GENERALIZED ABUSE--NON-SPECIFIC

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Amiel, ShirleyThird Party Child Abuse.

Bain, Katherine, et al.Child Abuse and Injury.

Berlow, LeonardRecognition and Rescue of the BatteredChild.

Birrell, R. G.The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children.

Buist, Neil R. M.Violent Parents.

Davies, Joann F., et al.Battered, but Not Defeated: The Story

of an Abused Child and Positive Casework.

Dieffenbach, A. (Times), A.P. (P.I.)"Schools Mistreat Children;" "Abuse tobe Probed."

Duncan, Jane Watson, et al.Murder in the Family: A Study ofDome Homicidal Adolescents.

Eisenstein, Elliot, et al.Jejunal Hematoma: An Unusual Manifes-tation of the Battered Child Syndrome..

Gans, BrunoBattered Babies - -How Many Do We Miss.

Gardner, John W.The Abused Child.

Gil, David G.A Holistic Perspective on Child Abuseand Its Prevention.

Gil, David G.Physical Abuse of Children.

Gil, David G.Violence Against Children.

Gil, David G., et al.Public Knowledge, Attitudes and Opinionsabout Physical Child Abuse in the U.S.

Hepworth, PhilipLooking at Baby Battering: Its Detection

and Treatment.

KiM, Tach, et al.Pseudocyst of the Pancreas as aManifestation of the Battered ChildSyndrome. .

O'Neill, James A., et al.Patterns of Injury in the BatteredChild Syndrome. 40

35

SECTIONS (3)


Buglass, RobertParents with Emotional Problems.

Caffey, John, M. D.On the Theory and Practice ofShaking Infants.

Cameron, J. M., et al.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Cochrane, W. A.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Curphey, Theodore J., et al.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Flynn, William R.Frontier Justice: A Contributionto the Theory of Child Battery.

Foresman, Louise, et al.The Team Approach in ProtectiveService.

Helfer, Ray E., et al.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Hotter, Joan C., et al.Principles of Management in ChildAbuse Cases.

Kempe, C. Henry, et al.'she Battered Child Syndrome.

Kuipers, F., et al.Child AbuseBattered Child Syndrome.

Lowry, Thomas P., et al.Abortion as a Preventive for AbusedChildren.

Nechamin, SamuelBattered Child Syndrome and BrainDysfunction.

Oversted, Christopher, et al.The Aspects of Bonding Failure: ThePsychopathology and PsychotherapeuticTreatment of Families of BatteredChildren.

Scott, P. D.Fatal Battered Baby Cases.

Silver, Larry B., et al.Does Violence Breed Violence? Contri-

butions from a Study of the ChildAbuse Syndrome.

GENERALIZED ABUSE--NON SPECIFIC (CONTINUED)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Sanders, R. WymanResistance to Dealing with Parents ofBattered Children.

Scott, P. D.Parents Who Kill Their Children.

Sims, B. G., et al.Bite Marks in the "Battered Baby Syndrome."

Smith, AustenThe Beaten Child.

Smith, R. C.New Ways to Help Battering Parents.

Zalba, Serapio R.Battered Children.

Zlotnik, GideonChild Abuse, A Material from a CourtPsychiatric Practice.

4136

SECTIONS (3)

Simpson, KeithThe Battered Baby Problem.

Smith, SelwynChild Injury-Intensive MonitoringSystem.

Ten Bensel, Robert W., et al.The Battered Child Syndrome

GENERALIZED ABUSE--INITIAL COMPLAINT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)


Mitchell, BettyWorking with Abusing Parents--A Case-worker's View.

Silver, Larry B., et al.Child Abuse Laws--Are They Enough?

Smith, SelwynChild Injury-Intensive MonitoringSystem.

SECTIONS (3)


Cremin, B. J.Battered Baby Syndrome

Goldney, R. D.Abusing Parents: Legal and Thera-peutic Aspects.

Molter, Joan C., et al.Principles of Management in ChildAbuse Cases.

Johnson, Betty, et al.Injured Children and Their Parents.

Kempe, C. Henry, et al.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Kuipers, F., et al.Child Abuse--Battered Child Syndrome.

Sanders, R. WymanResistance to Dealing with Parents ofBattered Children.

GENERALIZED ABUSE--INITIAL INTERVIEW

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)


4 38

SECTIONS (3)

Court, Joan, et al.The Battered Child Syndrome - APreventable Disease.

Kempe, C. Henry, et al.

The Battered Child Syndrome.

Mitchell, BettyWorking with Abusing Parents- -A Caseworker's View.

Raffalli, Henri ChristianThe Battered Child: An Overview ofa Medical, Legal and Social Problem.

GENERALIZED ABUSE--INDICATORS OF ABUSE/NEGLECT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Bratu, M., et al.Jejunal Hematoma, Child Abuse, andFelson's Sign.


Cremin, B. J.Battered Baby Syndrome

Gregg, GracePhysician , Child Abuse Reporting Laws,and Injured Child.

Grislain, J. R., et al.Medical Consequences of Cruelty toChildren (Article in French, Summary inEnglish).

Kuipers, F., et al.Child Abuse--Battered Child Syndrome.

Striker, M.Mutilation of the Columella.

4439

SECTIONS (3)

Berlow,.LeonardRecognition and Rescue of theBattered Child.

Birrel, R. G.The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children.


Eisenstein, Elliot, et al.

Jejunal Hematoma: An UnusualManifestation of the Battered ChildSyndrome.

Galdston, RichardDysfunctions of Parenting: TheBattered Child, the Neglected Child,

The Exploited Child.


Hepworth, PhilipLooking at Baby Battering: Its

Detection and Treatment.


O'Neill, James A., et al.Patterns of Injury in the BatteredChild Syndrome.

Sims, B. G., et al.Bite Marks in the "Battered BabySyndrome."

GENERALIZED ABUSE--PROBLEM DEFINITION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)


BuqlaSs, RobertParents with Emotional Problems.

Caffey, John, M. D.On the Theory and Practice of ShakingInfants.


Court, Joan, et al.The Battered Child Syndrome - APreventable Disease?


Flynn, William R.Frontier Justice: A Contribution

the Theory of Child Battery.

Galdston, RichardDysfunctions of Parenting: The Battered

Child, The Neglected Child, The Exploited

Child.

SECTIONS (3)



Berl ow, LeonardRecognition and Rescue of the Battered

Child.

Birrel, R. G.The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children.


Gil, David G.A Holistic Perspective on Child Abuse

and Its Prevention.

to Goldney, R. D.Abusing Parents: Legal and

Therapeutic Aspects.


Holter, Joan C., et al.Principles of Management in Child Abuse

Cases.

Hyman, Clare A.I.Q. of Parents of Battered Babies.

Johnson, BettyInjured Children and Their Parents.


Lauer, Brian, et al.Battered Child Syndrome: Review of

130 Patients with Controls.

Melnick, Barry, et al.Distinctive Personality Attributes of

Child Abusing Mothers.

Milowe, Irvin D., et al.The Child's Role in the Battered Child

Syndrome.

Nechamin, SamuelBattered Child Syndrome and Brain

Dysfunction.

Rodenburg, MartinChild Murder by Depressed Parents.

4v

Grislain, J. R., et al.Medical Consequences of Cruelty to

Children (f -title in French, Summary

in English).

Helfer, Ray E.A Plan for Protection: The Child

Abuse Center.


Hepworth, PhilipLooking at Baby Battering: Its

Defection and Treatment.

Hiller, Renate B.The Battered Child--A Health Visitor'sPoint of View

Joyner, Edmund N.Child Abuse: The Role of thePhysician and the Hospital.

Juhasz, Anne M.To Have or Not to Have--Children?That is the Question.

Lowry, Thomas P., et al.Abortion as a Preventive for AbusedChildren .

Marer, J. W.Development of the Law of the"Battered Child Syndrome."

Oversi.ed, Christovher, et al.The Asnects of bonding Failure: The

Psychopathology and PsychotherapeuticTreatment of Families of Battered

Children.

4GENERALIZED ABUSE--PROBLEM DEFINITION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)


Silver, Larry B., et al.Does Violence BreedViolence? Contribu-tions from a Study of the Child AbuseSyndrome.

Solomon, TheodoreHistory and Demography of Child Abuse.

Steinhausen, H. C.Social Medicine Aspects of PhysicalChild Abuse.

Terr, Lenore C.A Family Study of Child Abuse.

Van Stolk, MaryWho Owns the Child.

Zlotnik, GideonChild Abuse, A Material from a Court-Psychiatric Practice.

4641

SECTIONS (3)

Raffalli, Henri ChristianThe Battered Child: An Overviewof a Medical, Legal and Social Problem.

Scott, P. D.Parents Who Kill Their Children.


Smith, R. C.

New Ways to Help Battering Parents.


Zalba, Serapio R.Battered Children

GENERALIZED ABUSE- -TREATMENT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Alexander, HelenLay Therapists.

Helfer, Ray E.A Plan for Protection: The Child-

Abuse Center.

$

Hiller, Renate B.The Battered Child--A Health Visitor'sPoint of View.

Joyner, Edmund N.Child Abuse: The Role of the Physicianand the Hospital

Oversted, Christopher, et al.The Aspects of Bonding Failure: ThePsychopathology and PsychotherapeuticTreatment of Families of BatteredChildren.

Polansky, Norman A., et al.Verbal Accessibility in the Treatmentof Child Neglect.

47 42

SECTIONS (3)


Court, Joan, et al.The Battered Child Syndrome- -

A Preventable Disease?

Galdston, RichardDysfunctions of Parenting: TheBattered Child, the Neglected Child,

the Exploited Child.

Goldney, R. D.Abusing Parents: Legal and

Therapeutic Aspects.

Helfer, Ray E., et al.

The Battered Child.Syndrome.

Holter, Joan C., et al.Principles of Management in Child

Abuse Cases.


GENERALIZED ABUSE--LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Hoshino, George, et al.Administrative Discretion in theImplementation of Child Abuse

Legislation.


Raffalli, Henry ChristianThe Battered Child: An overview ofa Medical, Legal and Social Problem.

Sherman, GilbertThe Abused Child--New York State.

Snedeker, LendonNotes on Childhood Trauma.

Ten Bensel, Robert W., et al.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Wilson, Reginald-A.Legal action and the "Battered Child."

4 L.1

43

SECTIONS (3)

Amiel, ShirleyChild Discrimination by the Wash-ington State Child ProtectiveServices.


Berlow, LeonardRecognition and Rescue of theBattered Child.



Goldney, R. D.Abusing Parents: Legal and Thera-

peutic Aspects.


Bolter, Jaon C., et al.Principles of Management in ChildAbuse Cases.


Milowe, Irwin D., et al.The Child's Role in the BatteredChild Syndrome.

Oversted, Christopher, at al.The Psychopathology and Psychothera-peutic Treatment of Families ofBattered Children.



Simon, KeithThe Battered Baby Problem.

GENERALIZED ABUSE--REFERRAL


NO ARTICLES IN THIS CATEGORY

49 44

GENERALIZED ABUSE--ANCILLARY SERVICES

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

50

45

SECTIONS (3)

Smith, R. C.New Ways to Help Battering Parents.

GENERALIZED ABUSEFOLLOWUP


Rolston, Richard HummelThe Effect of Prior Physical Abusein the Expression of Overt and FantasyAggressive Behavior in Children.

46

GENERALIZED ABUSEPREVENTION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Oversted, Christopher, et al.The Aspects of Bonding Failure: ThePsychopathology and Psychotherapeutic

Treatment of Families of BatteredChildren.

VI

47

SECTIONS (3)

Gil, David G.A Holistic Perspective on Child Abuseand Its Prevention.


GENERALIZED ABUSESTATISTICS

MAIN EMPHASIS 14)



548

SECTIONS (3)



Lauer, Brian, et al.Battered Child Syndrome: Review of

130 Patients with Controls:

Lowry, Thomas P., et al.Abortion as a Preventive for Abused

Children.


Rodenburg, MartinChild Murder by Depressed Patients.

Scott, P. D.Fatal Battered Baby Cads.


GENERALIZED NEGLECT--NONSPEC I FI C

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Barness, Lewis A."What's Wrong With The Hip?"

Bourke, William A. F.

Developing an Appropriate Focus inCasework With Families in WhichChildren are Neglected.

Freedman, D. A., et al.On the Role of Coenesthetic Stimulationin the Develmment of Psychic Structure.

Lampard, F. GillianNanook of Eskimo Point.

Martin, Helen L.Antecedents of Burns and Scalds in

Children.

Polier, Justine WiseThe Invisible Legal Rights of thePoor.

Yelaja, ShankarThe Concept of Authority and Its Usein Child Protective Services.

5'49

SECTIONS (3)

Adelson, LesterHomicide by Starvation: The Nutri-tional Variant of the Battered Child.

Barbero, Giulio J.Environmental Failure to Thrive: AClinical View.

Bullard, Dexter M., et al.Failure to Thrive in The NeglectedChild.

Evans, Sue L., et al.Failure to Thrive: A Study of 45Children and Their Families.

Maginnis, Elizabeth, et al.A Social Worker Looks at Failure toThrive.

Polansky, Norman A., et al.Child Neglect in.a Rural Community.

Salmon, Wilma H.Protecting Children Through Services

to Families.

Shames, MiriamUse of Homemaker Service in FamiliesThat Neglect Their Children.

Silverman, Martin A., et al.Early Intervention and Social Cla;s.

GENERALIZED NEGLECT-- INITIAL COMPLAINT



tA50

GENERALIZED NEGLECT--INITIAL INTERVIEW

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)


t..)r, rz

U

51

SECTIONS (3)

GENERALIZED NEGLECT--INDICATORS OF ABUSE/NEGLECT

MAIN EMPHASIS.(4) SECTIONS (3)

Barbero, Giulio J. Bullard, Dexter ML, et al.

Environmental Failure to Thrive: A Failure to Thrive in The Neglected

Clinical View. Child.

52

Galdston, RichardDysfunctions of Parenting: TheBattered Child, The Neglected Child,


Togut, Myra B., et al.A Psychological Exploration of theNon-Organic Failure to Thrive Syndrome.

GENERALIZED NEGLECT--PROBLEM DEFINITION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Adelson, LesterHomicide by Stravation: The Nutri-tional Variant of the Battered Child.

Arnold, M.

Children in Limbo.

Bullard, Dexter M., et al.Failure to Thrive in the NeglectedChild.

Cherry, Barbara J., et al.

Obstacles to the Delivery of MedicalCare to Children of NeglectingParents.

Evans, Sue L., et al.Failure to Thrive: A Study of 45Children and Their Families.

Fontana, VincentPhysical Abuse of Children.

Galdston, RichardDysfunctions of Parenting: TheBattered Child, The Neglected Child,The Exploited Child.

Givannoni, Jeanne M., et al.A Study of Parental Adequacy in Familiesof Child Neglect Among the Poor: ThreeEthnic Groups.

Krieger, Ingeborg

Food Restrictions on a Form of ChildAbuse in Ten Cases of PsychosocialDeprivation Dwarfism.

Maginnis, Elizabeth, et al.A Social Worker Looks at Failureto Thrive

Polansky, Norman A., et al.Child Neglect in a Rural Community.

Polansky, Norman A., et al.Two Modes of Material Immaturityand Their Consequences.

53

SECTIONS S3)

Hepner, R., et al.Growth Rate, Nutrition Intake, and"Mothering" as Determinants of Mal-nutrition in Disadvantaged Children.

Jocobucci, L.

Case Work Treatment of the Neglect-ful Mother.

Kushnick, Theodore, et al.Syndrome of the Abandoned Small Child.

Lewis, HaroldParental and Community Neglect

Oltman, Jane E., et al.Parental Deprivation and PsychiatricConditions, III.

Salmon, Wilma H.

Protecting Children Through Servicesto Families.

Shames, Miriam

Use of Homemaker Service in FamiliesThat Neglect Their Children.

Weinberger, Paul E., et al.The Disposition of Child Neglect CasesReferred by Caseworkers to a JuvenileCourt.

Yelaja, Shankar

The Concept of Authority and Its Usein Child Protective Services.

Young, Leoutive R.An Interim Report on an ExperimentalProgram of Protective Service.

GENERALIZED NEGLECT--TREATMENT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Jacobucci, L.Case Work Treatment of the Neglectful

Mother.

Lewis, HaroldParental and Community Neglect.

Moss, Sidney Z.Authority - An Enabling-Factor inCasework with Neglectful Parents.

Salmon, Wilma H.Protecting Children Through Services

to Families.

Yelaja, ShankarThe Concept of Authority and Its Usein Child Protective Services.

Young, Leontine R.An Interim Report on an ExperimentalProgram of Protective Services.

SECTIONS (3)

Arnold, M.Children in Limbo.

Rarbero, Giulio J.Environmental Failure to Thrive: A

Clinical View.

Beck, Bertram M.Protective Casework: Revitalized -

Part II.

Cherry, Barbara J., et al.Obstacles to the Delivery of Medical

Care to Children of NeglectingParents.

Galdston, RichardDysfunctions of Parenting: The

Battered Child, The Neglected Child,


Gordon, Henrietta L.Emotional Neglect.

Kushnick, Theodore, et al.Syndrome of the Abandoned Small Child.


Weinberger, Paul E., et al.The Disposition of Child NeglectCases Referred by Caseworkers to a

Juvenile Court.

GENERALIZED NEGLECT--LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Beck, Bertram M.

Protective Casework: Revitalized -

Part II.

Cheney, Kimberly B.Safeguarding Legal Rights in ProvidingProtective Services.

Columbia Journal of Law and SocialProblemsRepresentation in Child NeglectCases: Are Parents Neglected?

DeFrancis, VincentDue Process in Child ProtectiveProceedings.

'sill, Thomas P.The Legal Nature of Neglect.

Goldberg, H. L.Social Work and Law.

Mnookin, Robert H.Foster Care - In Whose Best Interest.

Rosenheim. Margaret K.The Chi ' and His Day in Court.

I

CA)

55

SECTIONS (3)

Polier, Justine WiseThe Invisible Legal Rights of the

Poor.

Weinberger, Paul E., et al.The Disposition of Child NeglectCases Referred by Caseworkers toa Juvenile Court.

GENERALIZED NEGLECT--REFERRAL



- 61 56

GENERALIZED NEGLECT--ANCILLARY SERVICES


Foresman, Louise, et al.The Team Approach in Protective Service.

Mnookin, Robert H.Foster Care - In Whose Best Interest.


6 ,`... ',

57

GENERALIZED NEGLECT--FOLLOW-UP


Bullard, Dexter M., et al.Failure to Thriven the NeglectedChild.

6 .--) 58

GENERALIZED NEGLECT-PREVENT I ON

MAIN EMPHASIS '(4) SECTIONS (3)


6459

GENERALIZED NEGLECT--STATISTICS

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Kushnick, Theodore, et al. Mnookin,

Syndrome of the Abandoned Small Fo

Child.

Oilman, Jane E., al.

Parental Depriv ion and PsychiatriConditions, III.

Weinberger, Paul E., etThe Disposition ofCases Referreda Juvenil

al.

Child Neglectby Caseworkers to

e Court.

C

by60

SECTIONS (3)

Robert H.ster Care - In Whose Best Interest.

PHYSICAL ABUSE--NONSPECIFIC

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Adelson, LesterThe Battering Child.

Adelson, LesterHomicide by Pepper.

Adelson, LesterSlaughter of the Innocents: A Studyof 46 Homicides in Which the VictimsWere Children.

Altman, Donald, et al.Unrecognized Trauma in Infants andChildren.

Bain, Katherine

Commentary--The Physically AbusedChild.

Baron, Michael A., et al.zieurologic Manifestations of theBattered Child Syndrome.

Barta, Rudolph, et al.Willful Trauma to Young Children - -AChallenge to the Physician.

Bongiovi, J. J., et al.

Pancreatic PseuGocyst Occurring in theBattered Child Syndrome.

Caffey, JohnTraumatic Cupping of the Metaphyses ofGrowing Bones.

Collinsy CamillaOn the Dangers of Shaking Young Children.

Elmer, ElizabethHazards in Determining Child Abuse.

Fisher, Robert H., et al.Congenital Syphilis Mimicking theBattered Child Syndrome.

Fisher, Samuel H.

Skeletal Manifestations of Parent-Induced Trauma in Infants and Children.

Flato, CharlesParents Who Beat Children.

Frew, Mary J., et al.Role of the Pediatric Nurse Clinicianin Early. Identification of PotentialChild Abuse.

Galdston, RichardObservations on Children Who Have BeenPhysically Abused and Their Parents.

Griffiths, D., et al.Multiple Epiphysial Injuries in Babies("Battered Baby Syndrome").

61

SECTIONS (3)

Allen, Hugh D., et al.The Battered Child Syndrome--I-IV.

Bakwin, Harry

Multiple Skeletal Lesions in YoungChildren Due to Trauma.

Blockey,.N. J.

Observations on Infantile Coxa Vara.

Boardman, HelenA Project to Rescue Children fromInflicted Injuries.

Bolz, W. ScottThe Battered Child Syndrome.

Brenneman, GeorgeBattered Child Syndrome.

Browne, Kenneth M.

Willful Abuse of Children.

Caffey, John

Multiple Fractures in the Long Bonesof Infants Suffering from ChronicSubdural Hematoma.

Caffey, JohnThe Whiplash Shaken Infant Syndrome.

Cohen, M., et al.Psychologic Aspects of the Maltreat-ment Syndrome of Childhood.

Currie, J. R. B.

A Psychiatric Assessment of theBattered Child Syndrome.

Earl, Howard

10,000 Children Battered and Starved.Hundreds Die.

Elmer, ElizabethChild Abuse: The Family's Cry forHelp.

Elmer, Elizabeth, et al.Studies of Child Abuse and InfantAccidents.

Felder, SamuelA Lawyer's View of Child Abuse.


Friedman, Morris S.

Traumatic Periostitis in Infantsand Children.

Fulk, Delores L.

The Battered Child (and PreceedingEditorial Introduction).

PHYSICAL ABUSE - -NONSPECIFIC (CONTINUED)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Haas, L.Injured Baby.

Harcourt, Brian, et al.Ophthalmic Manifestations of the

Battered Baby Syndrome.

Harrington, J. A.Violence: A Clinical View Point.

Havens, Leston L.Youth, Violence and the Nature ofFamily Life.

Hazelwood, Arthur L.Child Abuse: The Dentist's Role.

Hiller, H. G.Battered or Not--A Reappraisal ofMetaphyseal Fragility.

Isaacs, SusannaPhysical Ill-Treatment of Children.

Jenkins, Richard L., et al.Interrupting the Family Cycle of

Violence.

Jones, H. H., et al.Multiple Traumatic Lesions of theInfant Skeleton.

Kiffney, G. T.The Eye of the Battered Child.

The Lancet"Violent Parents."

Lis, Edward F., et al.Multiple Fractures Associated withSubdural Hematoma in Infancy.

MacDonald, John M.The Threat to Kill.

Maroteaux, P.The Sequelae of Silverman Syndrome:Infant's Multiple Fractures, So-Called"Battered Child Syndrome."

McHenry, Thomas, et al.Unsuspected Trauma with Multiple SkeletalInjuries During Infancy and Childhood.

Morris, T. M. 0., et al.A Battered Baby with Pharyngeal Atresia.

Moyes, P. D.Subdural Effusions in Infants.

Parry, W. H., et al.Child Abuse Syndrome.

Pfundt, Theodore R.The. Problem of the Battered Child.

(3"62

SECTIONS (3)

Gutkelch, A. N.Infantile Subdural Hematoma and ItsRelationship to Whiplash. Injuries.

Gwinn, John L., et al.Roentgenographic Manifestations ofUnsuspected Trauma in Infancy.

Hamlin, HannibalSubgaleal Hematoma Caused by Hair-Pull

Harder, ThogerThe Psychopathology of Infanticide.

Holmes, S. A., et al.Working with the Parent in ChildAbuse Cases.

Jones, Douglas, et al.A Teething Lotion Resulting in theMisdiagnosis of DiphenylhydantoinAdministration.

Klein, Michael, et al.Low Birth Weight and the BatteredChild Syndrome.

Krige, H. N.The Abused Child Complex and theCharacteristic X-Ray Findings.

Mushin, Alan, et al.Ocular Injury in the Battered BabySyndrome: .Report of Two Cases,

Pena, Sergio, et al.Child Abuse and Traumatic Pseudocystof the Pancreas.

Resnick, Phillip J.Child Murder by Parents: A PsychiatricReview of Filicide.

Schloesser, Patricia T.The Abused Child.

Schmidt, Dolores M.The Challenge of Helping the"Untreatables."

Silverman, Frederic N.The Roentgen Manifestations of Unrec-ognized Skeletal Trauma in Infants.


Steele, Brandt F.Distorted Patterns of Parenting andTheir Origin.

Toulakian, Robert J.Abdominal viscoral Injuries inBattered Cnildren.

PHYSICAL ABUSE--NONSPECIFIC (CONTINUED)


Pickel, S., et al.Thirsting and Hypernatremic Dehydration- -A Form of Child Abuse.

Pickering, DouglasNeonatal Hypoglycemia Due to SalicylatePoisoning.

Pickett, L. K.

Role of Surgeon in the Detection ofChild Abuse.

Russell, Patricia A.Subdural Hematomas in Infancy.

Santhanakrishnan, B. B., et al.PITS Syndrome.

Scrimshaw, N. S.Early Malnutrition and Central NervousSystem Function.

Strauss, P.

From Unrecognized Accidents toDeliberate Injuries.

Teng, Ching Tseng, et al.Skeletal Injuries of the BatteredChild.

Till, KennethSubdural Hematoma and Effusion inInfancy.

Turner, EricBattered Baby Syndrome.

Wickes, Ian G., et al.Battered or Pigmented?

G';

63

Wertham, FredericBattered Children and Baffled Adults.

Weston, W. J.Metaphyseal Fractures in Infancy.

Wolff, HowardAre Doctors Too Soft on Child Beaters?

PHYSICAL ABUSE--INITIAL COMPLAINT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)


Fuller, Marjorie G.Child Abuse: The Physician'sResponsibility.


Illinois Medical JournalReport Suspected Child Abuse

Journal of Louisiana State Medical SocietyBattered Child Law (LSA RS 14:403).

Murdock, C. GeorgeThe Abused Child and the School System.

Scranton, William M."Battered Child" Bill: State Legisla-

tion of 1963 of interest to Physicians.

Wolff, HowardAre Doctors Too Soft on Child Beaters?

Ziering, WilliamThe Battered Baby Syndrome.

Gu 64

SECTIONS (3)

Allen, Hugh D., et al.The Battered Child Syndrome-4-1V.



D'Agostino, Paul A.Dysfunctioning Families and ChildAbuse: The Need.for an InteragencyEffort.


Everett, M. G., et al.The Battered Baby Syndrome: The

Tasmanian Approach.

Fulk, Dolores L.The Battered Child (and PreceedingEditorial Introduction).

Gray, JaneHospital-Based Battered Child Team.

Martin, David L.The Growing Horror of Child Abuse andthe Undeniable Role of the Schools inPutting an End to It.

PHYSICAL ABUSE--INITIAL COMPLAINT


Delsordo, James O.

Protective Casework for AbusedChildren.

Frew, Mary J.; et al.Role of the Pediatric NurseClinician in Early Identificationof Potential Child Abuse.

Hopkins, Joan, R. N.

The Nurse and the Abused Child.

65

PHYSICAL ABUSE--INDICATORS OF ABUSE/NEGLECT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Blockey, N. J.Observations on Infantile Coxa Vera.


Caffey, JohnMultiple Fractures in the Long Bonesof Infants Suffering from ChronicSubdural Hematoma.

Caffey, John'Significance of the History in the

Diagnosis of Traumatic Injury toChildren.

Caffey, JohnSome Traumatic Lesions in GrowingBones Other Than Fractures andDislocations: Clinical and Radio-

logical.


Friendly, David S.Ocular Manifestations of PhysicalChild Abuse.


and Caustic Manifestation.:.


Griffiths, D., et al.Multiple Epiphysial Injuries inBabies ("Battered Baby" Syndrome).

Guarnaschelli, Frederich, et al.Fallen Fontanelle. A Variant of theBattered Child Syndrome.

Gwinn, John L. , et al.Roentgenographic Manifestations ofUnsuspected Trauma in Infancy.

Hamlin, HannibalSubgaleal Hematoma Caused by Hair-

Pull

Hartley, A. I.

Identifying ne Physically Abused Child.

Jones, Douglas, et al.A Teething Lotion Resulting in theMisdiagnosis of Diphenylhydantoin

Administration.

Krige, H. N.

The Abused Child Complex and theCharacteristic XrRay Findings.

66

SECTIONS (3)


Allen, Hugh D., et al.The Battered Child Syndrome--I-IV.

Baron, Michael A., et al.Neurologic Manifestations of theBattered Child Syndrome.

Barta, Rudolph, et al.Willful Trauma to Young Children- -A Challenge to the Physician.


Caffey, JohnThe Parent-Infant Traumatic StressSyndrome.

Ebbin, Allan J., et al.Battered Child Syndrome at the L. A.

County General Hospital.

Elmer, ElizabethIdentification of Abused Children.


Finberg, LawrenceA Pediatrician's View of theAbused Child.

Friedman, Morris S.Traumatic Periostitis in Infants andChildren.


Heins, MarilynChild Abuse--Analysis of a CurrentEpidemic

Jones, H. H., et al.Multiplt traumatic Lesions of the

Infant Skeleton.

LeBourdais, EleanorLook Again--Is It Accident or Abuse.

PHYSICAL ABUSE--INDICATORS OF ABUSE/NEGLECT (CONTINUED)


Lloyd-Roberts, G.The Diagnosis of Injury of Bones andJoints in Young Babies.

Meacham, William F.The Neurosurgical Aspects of the BatteredChild.

Mushin, Alan, et al.

Ocular Injury in the Battered BabySyndrome: Report of Two Cases.

Pena, Sergio, et al.Child Abuse and Traumatic Pseudocystof the Pancreas.


Swischuk, Leonard E.Spine and Spinal Cord Trauma in theBattered Child Syndrome.

Toulakian, Robert J.Abdominal Visceral Injuries in BatteredChildren.

Uhiplash Injury in InfancyMedical Journal of Australia

Wooley, Paul V., Jr., et al.Significance of Skeletal Lesions inInfants Resembling Those of TraumaticOrigin.

PHYSICAL ABUSE--PROBLEM DEFINITION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Andrews, John P.The Battered Baby Syndrome.

Asch, Stuart S.Crib Deaths: Their PossibleRelationship to Post-PartumDepression and Infanticide.

Bakwin, HarryMultiple Skeletal Lesions in YoungChildren Due to Trauma.

Battered Babies.British Medical Journal (Editorial).

Berant, M., et al.A "Pseudo" Battered Child.

Blumberg, Marvin L.Psychopathology of the AbusingParent.


Bongiovi, J. J., et al.Pancreatic Pseudocyst Occurring inthe Battered Child Syndrome.

Bryant, Harold D., et al.Physical Abuse of Children--An AgencyStudy.

Caffey, JohnSignificance of the History in theDiagnosis of Traumatic Injury to

Children.

Cohen, M., et al.Psychologic Aspects of the Maltreatment

Syndrome of Childhood.

Currie, J. R. B.A Psychiatric Assessment of the Battered

Child Syndrome.

Curtis, George C., M. D.Violence Breeds Violence--Perhaps?

DeFrancis, VincentParents Who Abuse Children.

Delsordo, James D.Protective Casework for Abused Children.

Earl, Howard10,000 Children Battered and Starved

Hundreds Die.

Ebbin, Allen J., et al.Battered Child Syndrome at the L. A.

County General Hospital.

68

SECTIONS (3)


Adelson, LesterSlaughter of the Innocents: A Study

of 46 Homicides in Which the VictimsWere Children.

Allen, Hugh D., et al.The Battered Child Syndrome- -I -IV.

Altman, Donald, et al.Unrecognized Trauma in Infants and

Children:

Baker, David, et al.Special Trauma Problems in Children.


Brenneman, GeorgeBattered Child Syndrome

Broeck, Elsa TenThe Extended Family Center.


Claus, H. G..The Intricacies of Violence AgainstChildren in American Society.

Cosgrove, John G.Management and Follow-up of Child

Abuse.

Erlanger, Howard S.Social Class and Corporal Punishmentin Child-rearing: A Reassessment.

Everett, M. G., et al.The Battered Baby Syndrome: TheTasmanian Approach.



Fulk, Delores L.The Battered Child (and PreceedingEditorial IntrodUction).

Galdston, RichardObservations on Children Who HaveBeen Physically Abused and Their

Parents.

Griffiths, D., et al.Multiple Epiphysial Injuries inBabies ("Battered Baby" Syndrome).

PHYSICAL ABUSE PROBLEM DEFINITION (CONTINUED)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Elmer, ElizabethChild Abuse: The Family's Cry forHelp.


Feinstein, Howard M., et al.Group Therapy for Mothers withInfanticidal Impulses.

Fisher., Samuel H.

Skeletal Manifestations of Parent-Induced Trauma in Infants and Children.

Friedman, Morris S.

Traumatic Periostitis in Infants andChi ldren.

Galdston, Richard

Preventing the Abuse of Little Children.

Galdston, RichardViolence Begins at Home--The Parents'Center Project for the Study andPrevention of Child Abuse.

Gil , David G.

A Socio-Cultural Perspective onPhysical Child Abuse.

Gluckman, si.. K.


Goode, W. J.

Force and Violence in the Family.


Gregg, Grace S., et al.Infant Injuries: Accident or Abuse.

Guthkelch, A. N.Infantile Subdural Hematoma and ItsRelationship to Whiplash Injuries.

Hall, MarianThe Right to Live.

Hamlin, HannibalSubcialeal Hematoma Caused by Hair-Pull

Harder, ThogenThe Psychopathology of Infanticide.

Heins, Marilyn

Child Abuse--Analysis of a CurrentEpidemic.

Helfer, RayThe Etiology of Child Abuse.

Hiller, H. G.

Battered or Not--A Reappraisal ofMctaphyseal Fragi 1 ity.

7469

SECTIONS (3)

Hartley, A. I.

Identifying the Physically AbusedChild.

Havens, Leston L.

Youth Violence and the Nature ofFamily Life.



Jenkins, Richard L., et al.Interrupting the Family Cycle ofViolence.

Kempe, C. Henry

The Battered Child and the Hospital.

Maroteaux, P.The Sequelae of:Silverman Syndrome:Infant's Multiple Fractures, So-Called "Battered Baby Syndrome."

Myers, Steven A.The Child Slayer: A Twenty-FiveYear Survey of Homicides InvolvingPreadolescent Victims.

Roaf, RobertChild Care in General Practice:Trauma in Childhood.


Teng, Ching Tseng, et al.Skeletal Injuries of the Battered Child.

Tracy, James J., et al.

Treatment for Child Abusers.

Wasserman, Sidney

The Abused Parent of the Abused Child.

PHYSICAL ABUSE--PROBLEM DEFINITION (CONTINUED)


Holmes, S. A., et al.Working With the Parents in Child Abuse

Cases.

Hudson, P.How to Set Up a No-Budget Battered

Child Program.

Klein, Michael, et al.Low Birth Weight and the Battered ChildSyndrome.

Laury, Gabriel V.The Battered Child Syndrome: Parental

Mot.vation, CliniCal Aspects.


Martin, David L.The Growing Horror of Child Abuse andthe Undeniable Role of the Schools in

Putting an End to It.

Mintz, A. A.Battered Child Syndrome.

Morris, Marian G., et al.Role Reversal: A Necessary Concept in

Dealing with the "Battered Child Syndrome."

Resnick, Phillip J.Child Murder by Parents: A Psychiatric

Review of Filicide.

Schloesser, Patricia T.

The Abused Child.

Shaffer, Helen B.Child Abuse: Search for Remedies.

Shaw, AnthonyThe Surgeon and the Battered Child.

Silverman, Frederic N.The Roentgen Manifestations of Unrecog-nized Skeletal Trauma in Infants.

Spinetta, John M., et al.The Child-Abusing Parent:gical Review.

Steele, Brandt F.Violence in Our Society.

A Psycholo-

Sussman, Sidney J.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Sussman, Sidney J.Skin Manifestations of the Battered

Child Syndromc.

Tate, R. J.Facial Injuries Associated with theBattered Child Syndrome.

70

PHYSICAL ABUSE PROBLEM DEFINITION (CONTINUED)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Toulakian, Robert J.Abdominal Visceral Injuries inBattered Children.

Trouvern-Trend, J. B., et al.Prevention of Child Abuse:Current Progress in Connecticut:.I. The Problem.

Wertham, FredericBattered Children and Baffled Adults

Wright, Byron W.The Control of Child-EnvironmentInteraction: A Conceptual Approachto Accident Occurrence.

Wright, E. A.Dysmorphogenesis: Parental Behaviorand Survival of Normal and Deformed

Offspring.

Zalba, Serapio R.The Abused Child:the Problem.

Zalba, Serapio R.

The Abused Child:for Classification

I. A Survey of

II. A Typologyand Treatment.

7

71

SECTIONS (3)

PHYSICAL ABUSETREATMENT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Bean, Shirley L.,The Parents' Center Project: A Multi-Service Approach to the Prevention of

Child Abuse.

Broeck, Elsa TenThe Extended Family Center.

Browne, Kenneth M.Willful Abuse of Children.

Chabon, Robert S., et al.The Problem of Child Abuse: A

Community Hospital Approach.

Chandra, R. K.

The Battered Child.

Cosgrove, John G.Management and Follow-up of Child Abuse.

Criswell,.Howard D., Jr.Why Do They Beat Their Child?

D'Agostino, Paul A.Dysfunctioning Families and Child

Abuse: The Need for an Interagency

Effort.

Everett, M. G., et al.The Battered Baby Syndrome: The

Tasmanian Approach.


Holmes, S. A., et al.Working with the Parents in Child

Abuse Cases.

O'Doherty, N. J.Subdural Haematoma in Battered Babies.

Reintz, Freda G.Special Registration Project on the

Abused Child.

Schmidt, Dolores M.The Challenge of Helping the"Untreatables."

Snedeker, LendonTraumatization of Children.

Tracy, James J., et al.Treatment for Child Abusers.

Wasserman, SidneyThe Abused Parent of the Abused Child;

Zalba, Serapio R.The Abused Child: I. A Survey of the

Problem.

Zalba, Serapio R.The Abused Child: II. A Typology for

Classification and Treatment.

I

72

SECTIONS (3)

Blumberg, Marvin L.

Psychopathology of the Abusing Parents,

Bryant, Harold D., et al.

Physical Abuse of Children--AnAgency Study.

Currie, J. R. B.

A Psychiatric Assessment of theBattered Child Syndrome.

DeFrancis, VincentParents Who Abuse Children.

Delsordo, James D.

Protective Casework for AbusedChildren.

Elmer, Elizabeth, et al.Studies of Child Abuse and WantAccidents.

Feinstein, Howard M., et al.Group Therapy for Mothers withInfanticidal Impulses.


Galdston, Richard

Preventing, the Abuse of LittleChildren.


Isaacs, SusannaPhysical Ill-Treatment of Children.


Kempe, C. HenryThe Battered Child and the Hospital.

McRae, Kenneth, et al.The Battered Child Syndrome.


Silverman, Frederic N.The Roentgen Manifestations ofUnrecognized Skeletal Trauma inInfants.

Teng, Ching Tseng, et al.Skeletal Injuries of the BatteredChild.


PHYSICAL ABUSE--LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Bain, KatherineCommentary--The .Physi cal ly AbusedChild.

Curran, William J.The Revolution in American CriminalLaw: Its Significance for PsychiatricDiagnosis and Treatment.

Felder, SamuelA Lawyer's View of Child Abuse..

Ferguson, William M.The Reporting of Child Abuse.

Fuller, Marjorie G.Child Abuse: The Physician'sResponsibility.

Gunn, Alexander D.Wounds of Violence.

Hansen, Richard H.Doctors, Lawyers, and the BatteredChild Law.

Hansen, RichardLegal Implications of the BatteredChi 1 d Syndrome.

Harper, Fowler V.The Physician, The Battered Child,and the Law.

Journal of Louisiana State Medical SocietyBattered Child Law (LSA RS 14:403).


Reinhart, John B., et al.The Abused Child: Mandatory ReportingLegislation.

Social Welfare Court DigestFirst Degree Murder Indictment ofParents.

7 0

73

SECTIONS (3)

Allen, Hugh D., et al.The Battered C.hild Syndrome I-IV.


Fulk, Delores L.The Battered Child (and PreceedingEditorial Introduction).

Heins, MarilynChild Abuse--Analysis of a CurrentEpidemic.

The Lancet"Viol ent Parents."


Murdock, C. GeorgeThe Abused Child and the School System.


PHYSICAL ABUSE--REFERRAL


Friendly, David S.Ocular Manifestations of PhysicalChild Abuse.

74

PHYSICAL ABUSE--ANCILLARY SERVICES


Friendly, David S.Ocular Manifestations of Physical

Child Abuse.

30

75

PHYSICAL ABUSE--FOLLOWUP

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Cosgrove, John G.Management and Follow-up of Child Abuse.

Zuckerman, Kenneth, et al.Child Neglect and Abuse: A Study ofCases Evaluated at Columbus Children'sHospital in 1968-69.

l

GI76

SECTIONS (3)



PHYSICAL ABUSE--PREVENT I ON

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Frew, Mary J., et al.Role of the Pediatric Nurse Clinicianin Early Identification of Potential

Child Abuse.

Gil, David G.A Socio-Cultural Perspective on

Physical Child Abuse.

Harnett, Arthur L.How We Do It.

McRae, Kenneth, et al.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Smith, Clement A.The Battered Child.

77

SECTIONS 13)

D'Agostino, Paul A.Dysfunctioning Families and ChildAbuse: The Need for an InteragencyEffort.


Helfer, RayThe Etiology of Child Abuse.

Hopkins, Joan, R. N.

The Nurse and the Abused Child.


Resnick, Phillip J.Child Murder by.Parents: APsychiatric Review of Filicide.

PHYSICAL ABUSE--STATISTICS

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Claus, H. G.The Intracacies of Violence AgainstChildren in American Society

Myers, iteven A.The Child Slayer: A Twenty-FiveYear Survey of Homicides InvolvingPreadolescent Victims.

78

SECTIONS (3)


Chabon, Robert S., et al.The Problem of Child Abuse: ACommunity Hospital Approach.

Cohen, M., et al.Psychologic Aspects of theMaltreatment Syndrome of Childhood.

Ebbin, Allen J., et al.Battered Child Syndrome at the L. A.County General Hospital.


Harder, ThogerThe 'Psychopathology of Infanticide.

Hartley, A. I.

Identifying the Physically AbusedChild.



Klein, Michael, et al.Low Birth Weight and the BatteredChild Syndrome.


McHenry, Thomas, et al.Unsuspected Trauma with MultipleSkeletal Injuries During Infancyand Childhood.

Pickett, L. K.

Role of Surgeon in the Detection ofChild Abuse.

Sussman, Sidney J.The Battered Child Syndrome.

Wooley, Paul V., Jr., et al.Significance of Skeletal Lesionsin Infants Resembling Those ofTraumatic Origin.

Zuckerrian, Kenneth, et al.

Child Neglect and Abuse: A Study ofCases Evaluated at Columbts Cnildren'sHospital in 1968-69.

PHYSICAL NEGLECT--NONSPECIFIC

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Bhattacharya, et al.Battered Child Syndrome: A ReviewWith a Report of Two Siblings.

Pickel, S., et al.Thirsting and Hypernatremic Dehydra-tion - A Form of Child Abuse.

Richardson, Stephen A.The Background Histories of SchoolChildren Severely Malnourished inInfancy.

Rosen Shirley R., et al.Aftermath of Severe MultipleDeprivation in a Young Child:Clinical Implications

Schwartz, L. H., et al.Psychiatric Case Report of NutritionalBattering With Implications For Com-munity Agencies.

Scrimshaw, N. S.Early Malnutrition and CentralNervous'System Function.

8

79

. SECTIONS (3)

Chase, H. Peter, et al.Undernutrition and Child Development.

Paget, Norman W.Emergency Parent: A ProtectiveService to Children in Crisis.

PHYSICAL NEGLECT-INITIAL COMPLAINT



80

0 17:UV

PHYSICAL NEGLECT--INITIAL INTERVIEW



86

81

PHYSICAL NEGLECT--INDICATORS OF ABUSE/NEGLECT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

I

8 ..61

82

SECTIONS (3)

Fleming, G. M.Cruelty to Children.

PHYSICALNEGLECT--PROBLEM DEFINITION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)


Smith, Selwyn M., et al.Parents of Battered Babies: AControlled Study.

88

R3

SECTIONS (3)


Richardson, Stephen A.The Background

Histories of SchoolChildren Severely

Malnourished inInfancy.

Sheridan, Mary D.Neglectful Mothers.

Tracy, James J., et al.Treatment for Child Abusers.

Yarrow, Leon J.

Maternal Deprivation: Toward anEmperical and Conceptual Re-evaluation.

PHYSICAL NEGLECT-- TREATMENT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Sheridan, Mary D.

Neglectful Mothers.

Tracy, James J., et al.

Treatment for Child Abusers.

SECTIONS (3)

Rosen, Shirley R., et al.

Aftermath of Severe Multiple Depri-

vation in a Young Child: Clinical

Implications.

PHYSICAL NEGLECT--LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS


Downs, William TThe Meaning and Handling of Child

Neglect - A Legal View.

Social Welfare Court DigestPhysically Abused Child Held

Deprived.

DO

85

to

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

PHYSICAL NEGLECT--REFERRAL

SECTIONS (3)


86

- 91

PHYSICAL NEGLECT--ANCILLARY SERVICES

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) SECTIONS (31

Paget, Norman W.Emergency Parent: A Protective Service'

to Children in Crisis.

9;<;

87

PHYSICAL NEGLECT--FOLLOW-UP



88

93

3'

.,.

PHYSICAL NEGLECT--PREVENTION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

NO ARTICLES IN THIS CATEGORYI

9440

89

,SECTIONS (3)

PHYSICAL NEGLECT-- STATISTICS

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): SECTIONS (3):

90

9


Richardson, Stephen A.The Background Histories of SchoolChildren Severely Malnourished inInfancy.

Sheridan, Mary D.Neglectful Mothers.

EMOTIONAL ABUSE--NONSPEC I FIC


Buist, Neil, R. M.Deliberate Injury of Children

Isaacson, Edward K.

The Emotionally Battered Child

Meerloo, J. A. N.Mental Cruelty.

96

91

ENO olONAL ABUSEINITIAL- COMPLAINT



0 'i92

EMOTIONAL ABUSE--IN I TIAL INTERVIEW



9v

93

EMOTIONAL ABUSE--INDICATORS OF ABUSE/NEGLECT



94

99

EMOTIONAL ABUSEPROBLEM DEFINITION


Adams, Paul L., et al.Authoritarian Parents and Disturbed

Children.

Laury, Gabriel, et al.Subtle Types of Mental Crueltyto Children.

10 0

95

Yarrow, Leon J.Maternal Deprivation: Toward anEmpirical and Conceptual Re-evaluation.

EMOTIONAL ABUSE--TREATMENT



r

96

101

EMOTIONAL ABUSE--LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS



10297

EMOTIONAL ABUSE--REFERRAL


Laury, Gabriel, et al.Subtle Types of Mental Cruelty toChildren.

98

103

EMOTIONAL ABUSE--ANCILLARY SERVICES



10.199

EMOTIONAL ABUSE-1-FOLLOW-UP .

MAIN EMPHASIS ,(4).- .,


SECTIONS () :1'`

EMOTIONAL ABUSEPREVENT I ON



106101

EMOTIONAL ABUge-iTAT I I C§' ':

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) SECTIONS *(3)


102

107

..1[1.40alL

EMOTIONAL NEGLECT--NON-SPEC I F IC


Class, Norris E. Elmer, Elizabeth

Neglept, Social Deviance and Com- Failure to Thrive: Role of the

munity Action. Mother.

Hepner, R., et al.Growth Rate, Nutrition Intake and"Mothering" as Determinants ofMalnutrition in Disadvantaged

Children.

1 0 S103

EMOTIONAL NEGLECT--INITIAL COMPLAINT


Sall:, Lee

On the Prevention of Schizophrenia.

. 104

10

EMOTIONAL NEtLEtT-,-INITIAL INTERVIEW



t

110105

EMOTIONAL NEGLECT -riNDICATORSA0 ABUSE/NEGLECT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4).

Powell, G. F., et al.Emotional Deprivation and GrowthRetardation Simulating IdiopathicHypopituitarism: I. ClinicalEvaluation of the Syndrome.

Sharlin, Shlomo A., et al.The Process of Infantilism.

106

SECTIONS (3)

Leonard,. Martha F., et al.Failure to Thrive in Infants.

EMOTIONAL NEGLECT--PROBLEM DEFINITION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Caldwell, BettyeThe Effect of Psychosocial Depriva-tion on Human Development in Infancy.

Elmer, ElizabethFailure to Thrive: Role of the

Mother.

Laury, Gabriel, et al.Subtle Types of Mental Cruelty to

Children.

Leonard, Martha F., et al.Failure tc Thrive in Infants.

Spitz, Rene A.Hospital ism.

Whitten, Charles F., et al.

Evidence That Growth Failure FromMaternal Deprivation is Secondary

to Undereating.

Yarrow, Leon J.Maternal Deprivation: Toward an

Empirical and Conceptual Re-

Evaluation.

107

.SECTIONS

Gordon, Henrietta 1,Emotional Neglect.

Mulford, RobertEmotional Neglect of Children: AChallenge to Protective Service.

Powell, G. F., et al.Emotional Deprivation and GrowthRetardation Simulating IdiopathicNypopituitarism: I. ClinicalEvaluation of the Syndrome.

EMOTIONAL NEGLECT--TREATMENT


Class, Norris F.Neglect, Social Deviance, and Com-munity Action-

108

Le..::lard, Martha F., et al.

Failure to Thrive in Infants.

Mulford, RobertEmotional Neglect of Children: AChallenge to Protective Service.

EMOTIONAL NEGLECTLEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

MAIN EMPHASIS 14) SECTIONS (3)

Gordon, Henrietta L.Emotional Neglect.

114Ion

Downs, William T.The reaning and*Handling of ChildNep'cct - A Legal View.

Gill, Thomas P.The Legal Nature of Neglect.

Mulford, RobertEmotional Neglect of Children: A

Challenge to Protective Service.


EMOTIONAL NEGLECT--REFERRAL

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) SECTIONS S3)


110

116

EMOTIONAL NEGLECT--ANC I LLARY SERVICES



116111

EMOTIONAL NEGLECT--FOLLOW-WP



112

117

EMOTIONAL NEGLECT--PREVENTION


Laury, Gabriel, et al.Subtle Types of Mental Cruelty to

. Children.

118

113

F

EMOTIONAL NEGLECT-- STATISTICS


Leonard, Martha F., et al.Failure to Thrive in Infants.

119114

Powell, G. F., et al.Emotional Deprivation and GrowthRetardation simulating IdiopathicHypopituitarism; I. ClinicalEvaluation of the Syndrome.

Whitten, Charles F., et al.Evidence That Growth Failure FromMaternal Deprivation is Secondary

to Undereating.

SEXIIAL. ABUSE--NONSPECIFIC

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Chaneles, SolFamily Structure of Child Sex

Victims.

Eist, Harold I., et al.Family Treatment of Ongoing IncestBehavior.

Lindzey, G.Some Remarks Concerning Incest, TheIncest Taboo, and PsychoanalyticalTheory.

Parson, T-The Incest Taboo in Relation to SocialStructure and the Socialization of theChild.

Raphling, D. L., et al.Incest: A Geneological Study.

115

SECTIONS (3)

Bender, L., et al.The Reaction of Children to SexualRelations with Adults.

Cavillin, M.Incestuous Fathers: A Client Report.

Chaneles, SolAdjustment-in Crisis in Families ofChild Sex Victims.

Chaneles, SolChild Victims of Sexual Offenses.

Kaufman, Irving, et al.The Family Constellation and OvertIncestuous Relations Between Fatherand Daughter.

Lewis, Melvin, et al.Some Psychological Aspects ofSeduction, Incest and Rape in

Childhood.

Lustig, Noel, et al.Incest.

Machotka, Pavel, et al.Incest as a Family Affair.

P.hinehart, John W.Genesis of Overt Incest.

Shengold, LeonardThe Effects of Overstimulation:

Rat People.

Sloane, Paul, et al.Effects of Incest on the Participants.

Weiner, I. B.Father - Daughter Incest: A Clinical

Report.

Wolm?n, Irving J.The Abused or Sexually Molested Child:Clinical Management.

SEXUAL ABUSE--INITIAL COMPLAINT


DeFrancis, VincentProtecting the Child Victim of Sex

Crimes Committed by

116

121

iiagnon, John H.Female Child Victims of Sex Offenses.

SEXUAL ABUSEINIIAL INTERVIEW

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

117

SECTIONS (3)

Libai, DavidThe Protection of the Child Victimof a Sexual Offense in the CriminalJustice System.

Schultz, Leroy G.The Child Sex Victim: Social,Psychological, and Legal Perspectives. .

Wolman, Irving J.The Abused or Sexually Molested Child:Clinical Management.

'-I

SEXUAL ABUSE--INDICATORS OF ABUSE/NEGLECT. .,

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)SECTIONS (3)


118

12 '6

SEXUAL ABUSE--PROBLEM DEFINITION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Bender, L., et al.The Reaction of Children to SexualRelations with Adults.

Cavallin, M.Incestuous Fathers: A Client Report.

Chaneles, Sol

Adjustment in Crisis in Families ofChild Sex Victims.

Chaneles, SolChild Victims of Sexual Offenses.

DeFrancis, VincentProtecting the Child Victim ofSex Crimes.

DeFrancis, VincentProtecting the Child Victim of SexCrimes.

Gagnon, John H.Female Child Victims of Sex Offenses.

Kaufman, IrvingHelping Pm-1)1e Who Cannot ManageTheir Lives.

Lewis, Melvin, et al.Some Pyschological Aspects of Seduc-tion, Incest, and Rape in Childhood.


Machotka, Pavel, et al.Incest as a Family Affair.

Rhinehart, John W.Genesis of Overt Incest.

Schultz, Leroy G.The Child Sex Victim: Social, Psycho-logical, and Legal Perspectives.

Shengold, LeonardThe Effect of Overstimulation:Rat People.

Sloane, Paul, et al.Effects of Incest on the Participants.

SECTIONS< (3)

Birrell, John H. W."Where Death Delights to Helpthe Living" Forensic Medicine-Cinderella?

Chaneles, Sol

Family Structure'of Child Sex Victims.

Eist, Harold I., et al.Family Treatment of On-going IncestBehavior.


Mulcock, DonaldA.Study of 100Non-SelectedCases ofSexual Assaults on Children.

Raphling, D. L., et al.Incest: A geneological Study.

Weiner, I. B.

Father-Daughter Incest: A Clinical Report.

Wolman, Irving J.

The Abused or Sexually Molested Child:Clinical Management.

124

119

SEXUAL ABUSE--TREATMENT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)


Schultz, Leroy G.The Child Sex Victim: Social,Psychological, and Legal'Per-spectives.

120

126

SECTIONS (0

DeFrancis, VincentProtecting the Child Victim of SexCrimes

Eist, Harold et al.Family Treatment of On-going IncestBehavior.

Lindzey, G.Some Remarks Concerning Incest, TheIncest Taboo, and PsychoanalyticalTheory.

Machotka, Pavel, et al.Incest as a Family Affair,

Pfundt, Theodore R.Problem of the Battered Child.

.

SEXUAL ABUSE--LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Libai, DavidTheProtection of the Child Victim ofa Sexual Offense in the Criminal

Justice System.

Schultz, Leroy G.The Child Sex Victim: Social, Psy-

chological, and Legal Perspectives.

1.N

121

SECTIONS (3)


Crimes.-


Crimes

Pfundt, Theodore R.The Problem of the Battered Child.

SEXUAL ABUSE--REFERRAL



122

SEXUAL ABUSE--ANCILLARY SERVICES



Libai, DavidThe Protection cf the Child Victimof a Sexual Offense in the CriminalJustice System.

128

123

SEXUAL ABUSE--FOLLOW-UP



124

129

SEXUAL ABUSE--PREVENTION


.NO ARTICLES IN THIS CATEGORY

130125

SEXUAL ABUSE--STATISTICS

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Mulcock, DonaldA Study of 100 Non-Selected Cases ofSexual Assaults on Children.

131126

SECTIONS (3)

Chaneles, SolAdjustment in f.risis in Families of

Child Sex Victits.

DeFrancis, VincentProtecting the Child Victim of SexCrimes



0

EXPLOITATION--NON-SPECIFIC



132

127

EXPLOITATION-INITIAL COMPLAINT



136 128

EXPLOITATION--INITIAL INTERVIEW



Battered Child, the NeglectedChild, the Exploited Child.

134129

EXPLOITATIONINDICATORS OF ABUSE/NEGLECT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) SECTIONS (3).



i 30

135

EXPLOITATION--PROBLEM DEFINITION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) SECI:ONS (3)



136

131

Solomon, TheodoreHistory and Demography of Child Abuse.

EXPLOITATION-- TREATMENT


Solomon, TheodoreHistory and Demography of ChildAbuse.

132

137

EXPLOITATION- -LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS



1. 3 S

133

EXPLOITATION--REFERRAL


13/z)


134

11=MIN

t

EXPLOITATION -ANCILLARY SERVICES



1.40

135

EXPLO I TAT I ON-:FOLLOW-UP



136

141

EXPLOITATION--PREVENTION



142

137

>

EXPLOITATION -STATISTICS



138

143

H I STOR I CAL--NONSPEC IFIC

MAIN EMPHASIS (4_1

OBeck, Bertram M.Protective Casework: Revitalized.

Block, HarryDilemma of "Battered Child" and"Battered Children."

Doxiadis, SpyrosMothering and Frederick II.

144

139

SECTIONS (3)

Blumberg, Marvin L.Psychopathology of the Abusing

Parent.


Gluckman, L. K.


HISTORICAL-- INITIAL COMPLAINT



140

14 '6

re;

HI STOR I CAL-I NIT I AL INTERVIEW



146141

HI STOR I CAL-- I ND I CAT I ONS, OF ABUSE/NEGLECT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Astley, RayMultiple Metaphyseal Fractures inSmall Children.

Caffey, JohnThe Parent-Infant Traumatic StressSyndrome.

Fairburn, A. C., et al.Caffey's "Third Syndrome"--ACritical Evaluation

142

14:1'

SECTIONS (3)

Barta, Rudolph, et al.Willful Jrauma to Young Children- -A Challenge to the Physician.

Caffey, JohnSome Traumatic Lesions in GrowingBones Other Than Fracture andDislocations: Clinical and Radio-logical.

Chabon, Robert S., et al.The Problem of Child Abuse: ACommunity Hospital Approach.

Sims, B. G., et al.Bite Marks in the "Battered BabySyndrome."

H I STOR I CALPROBLEM DEFINITION

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Caffeyi JohnThe Parent-Infant Traumatic StressSyndrome.

Evans, PhillipInfanticide.

Martin, Harold P., et al.The Development of Abused

Solomon, TheodoreHistory and Demography of

Children.

Child Abuse.

14

143

SECTIONS (3)

Altman, Donald, et al.Unrecognized Trauma in Infants andChildren.


Friedman, Morris S.Traumatic Periostitis in Infants andChildren.


Giovannoni, Jeanne M.Parental Mistreatment: Perpetratorsand Victims.

Hall, MarianThe Right to Live.

Harder, ThogerThe Psychopathology of Infanticide.


Langer, William L.Europe's Initial Population Explosion.






Van Stolk, MiryWho Owns the Child?

Zalba, Serapio R.Battered Children.

HI STOR I CAL--TREATMENT


Heins, MarilynChild.Abuse--Analysis of a CurrentEpidemic.

Mulford, RobertEmotional Neglect of Children: AChallenge to Protective Services.

Shaffer; Helen B.Child Abuse: Search for Remedies.

Zalba, Serapio R.The Abused Child: I. A Survey ofthe Problem.

144

HISTORICAL--LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS


Becker, Thomas T.Child Protective Services and the Law.


Fuller, Marjorie G.Child Abuse: The Phyiician'sResponsibility.

Gregg, GracePhysician, Child Abuse ReportingLaws and Injured Child.

Silver, Larry 8,, et al.Child Abuse Syndrome: The "GrayAreas" in Establishing a Diagnosis.

Zalba, Serapio R.The Abused Child: I. A Survey of

the Problem.

160145

HISTORICAL-REFERRAL



146

151

e

H I STOR I CAL7ANCILLARY SERVICES

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)SECTIONS (3)

Epstein, Norman, et al.

Paraprofessional Parent-Aides andDisadvantaged Families.

1.5:-,

MAIN EMPHASIS 4

HISTORICAL-FOLLOW-UP


148

SECTIONS 3

HI STOR I CAL--PREVENT ION



149

H I STOR I CAL--STAT I STI CS



155150

TRAINING RELATED--NONSPEC I F IC

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

Kemp, Maude von P.Supervising the Beginner in Child

Protection.

156

151

SECTIONS (3)

Alexander, HelenLay Therapists.

Yelaja, Shankar A.The Concept of Authority and ItsUse in Child Protective Services.

Zalba, Seraoio R.The Abused Child: II. A Typology

for Classification and Treatment.

TRAINING RELATED--INITIAL COMPLAINT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) SECTIONS .(3)


152

157

TRAINING RELATED-- INITIAL INTERVIEW


Delsordo, James D.Protective Casework for AbusedChildren.

Polansky, Norman A., et al.Verbal Accessibility in the Treatment

of Child Neglect.

153153

TRAINING RELATED--INDICATORS OF ABUSE/NEGLECT


NO ARTICLES IN-THIS CATEGORY

1.3z,4 r ,-,,

-:-.2-- -

154

TRAINING RELATED--PROBLEM DEFINITION


Delsordo, James D.Protective Casework for Abused Children.

155

TRAINING RELATED--TREATMENT


Polansky, Norman A., et al.Verbal Accessibility in the Treatmentof Child Neglect.

161 156

Bumbalo, Judith A., et al.The Self -Help Phenomenon.

Criswell, Howard D., Jr.Why Do They Beat Their Child?

Delsordo, James D.Protective Casework for Abused

Children.

Galdston, RichardViolence Begins at Home--TheParents' Center Project for theStudy and Prevention of Child

Abuse.

Hopkins, JoanThe Nurse and the Abused Child.

Miller, John K.Red, White and Bruised. The

Maltreatment Syndrome in the

Army.

Savino, Anne B., et al.Working with Abusive Parents:Group Therapy and Home Visits.

Winking, Cyril H.

Coping With Child Abuse: One

State's Exnerience.

TRAINING RELATED--LEGAL CONSIDERATIONS



162

157

TRAINING RELATED-- REFERRAL



158

TRAINING RELATED--ANCILLARY SERVICES


Foresman, Louise, et al.The Team Approach in ProtectiveService.

1U2

159

TRAINING RELATED -FOLLOW-UP



160

16c

TRAINING RELATED--PREVENT I ON



166

161

TRAINING RELATED--STATISTICS

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) SECTIONS (3).

167


162

ABSTRACTS AND GRID INDEXING

1 (Z 0r;..t. v

163

CITATION: Adana, Paul L., at al.

Authoritarian Parents-and Disturbed ChildrenAMERICA!? JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, 1965, 121: 1162-1167

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Research studies found that themore parents are unable to take on the role of thechild in imagination, the more likely they are tohave disturbed children. The more "fascist-conservative" parents are, the more likely theyare to have emotionally disturbed children.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists

zkZw0

.1Zz 1 zw:w0 . o

MIRII.IIII.11

gligi4i----1--11

c c

>Ia.

-1--

z)--xa

I

---i

.C: Z0 : 02:2w , w

i

,-

<

wxcr)

11111

iii.xw

.

IJ,w1-, I 11=,ixX : k-

NON-SP

11111

111111111

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

Pil II YEF

TREAT.... ___1.E- G CON

REFER

ANC SER 111111

in ,__FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 10 1

: 1111 -4--

111111=R11111=

--;-..

STATS

CITATION: Adelson, testerThe Battering ChildJCUP7AL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOC'N., 1972, 222(2): 159-61

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A report of 5 case studies wherechildren under 8 years of age attacked and killedinfants.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The implications of the casestudies and the characteristics of assailants;(b) The physical condition of the infants, thecauses of death determined by autopsies, anddifferences among the cases.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<

W000Riammial

< Z

W W

< 2:

I Xanwww,w

<1

Z

2

1

4!

X.e.lalx

Jw

I- Mr:mmo-

NONSP

IN COM :

IN INT11

MOM ..i._ 1. : .. ._1..PRB DEF 3 I

..

TREAT 3 -; ._L.

LEG CON

RE

i- On IIIIIANC S ER

PliEVE& It ),, 111111111INIMEMII

EllMISTATS

165

169

CITATION: Adelson, LesterHomicide by Pepper

JOURNAL OF FORENSIC SCIENCE, 1964, 9(3): 391-5

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A case study of child abuse inwhich the child was killed by forcing black pepper

down its throat. The parents had been suspectedin child abuse of a sibling in another state prior

to this child's death. Two weeks earlier the chilhad been treated at the hospital for a fracturedhumurus for a reported "fall."

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zW0

<zw0

11.10.1111111111

Zzwa

<,ia.

zxa.

'

1

ct : Z0:02: 2W' w

x ew . X(/) 1 w

I

;-;.w

t : m..: mI' 1-

NONSPIN COM

IN INTlin

INDIC

PRB DEFI :

1

E :

:

TREAT

LEG CON

I :1

'

REFER

----ANC S111 : : HE

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ININEMEREIMI

__:

STATS

CITATION: Adelson, LesterHomicide by Starvation: The Nutritional Variant of the Battered Child

J.A.M.A., Nov., 1963, 186: 458-460

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Homicide by starvation is avariant in battered child syndrome but mothersoften contend that child was always healthy up

until now. Some of the characteristics noted

include: homes that are disorderly, money problemsand babies born out of wedlock.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case studies depict anatomical

conditions of victims of starvation.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

aZwwwxf.70.7

zzz

4r>a

zm2:2taxtp.;mawiwo

.:z0:0

,, ewm,i-

.,w

._ .

NON-SP MEI i U InIN INT 11111 ; 11111111

iINDIC

PRB DEF

'

4 HETREAT

LEG CON

111 1

''REFER

-ANC i --111 :

1

:

-1-.FOLLOW

PR EVEN.1_.

.

.i-- __-I

STATS 11.111111111.rn

170166

CITATION: Adelson, LesterSlaughter of the Innocents: A Study of 46 Homicides in .Which the Victims

Were ChildrenNEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, 1961, 164 (26): 1345-9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A study of 46 infant homicidescommitted mainly by blood relatives.

SECTIONS (3): The killers were of no particularracial background, but did have rather seriousmental illness. Loss of temper and sexual attackwere involved. The murderer usually committedsuicide.

'PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Statistics reveal age and sex ofvictims and victimizers.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzww0

2z0

Z

wzzE2w>c0

ic

o.

z

o.

*2

W

Z

u.s

<

co

_,

u.s

Id7 :Ix!,,l:IoexI--

NON-SP MUM= :

IN COM

IN INT :1

1

r-r° --1--

IND.'.....

' -i---3

--i-- -- --

TREAT

ciaCOWIA ..)._ ..)..

:

EMI:

:,

:

:REFER

ANC SER: :

'1' 1

:

"1",

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 ; ; m ;1

IIIIIIMMI1111111

;

STATS

CITATION: Alberts, 11. E.

Child AbuseJOURNAL OF THE IOWA MEDICAL SOCIETY, May, 1972, 62: 242

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This editorial introduces asymposium on child abuse by stressing the magnitudeand history of the problem and the physician'simportant role in its detection.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzuJuitaxX2:0

4Z0

Zz0

1

.:(

a.

z

o.

'1

a ',z

La:La

<xWco

JXLi,

1-Jluii-V xth:.::Ix

xo-NON-SP DIM i MI '

IN COM

IN INT

j.. :

INDIC

.131.3.13 DEF 111111mmums .

TRETcia

A

COW

111111111111 :1 iREFE

ANC SERII ..:_.:.

'

1111111

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

,

1

STATS MIMI ME

CITATION: Aidous, JoanChildren's Perceptions of Adult Role Assignment: Father-Absence, Class,

Race, and Sex InfluencesJOURNAL OF 'MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY Feb. 1972, 34: 55-65.

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): In analyzing the importance ofinteraction with both parents for children tolearn appropriate sex roles, low-income black andwhite children from father-absent and father-present homes were interviewed concerning theirperceptions of sex roles. Neither father-absent

or lower class subjects showed consistent dif-ferences from father-present or middle-class sub-jects. Includes discussion of these results andtheir implications for programs with low- income

preschool children.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

Mention (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


as

zw(.7

a:ZzizLa:w0,(5

cc

>.xa

z>-xa.w

a02

Z02win

cxw

F'xw

Jqii.,

ri; ---Ice1.1-

NONSP ' I

IN COM

IN INT

,

A.'

"\

--

410

(j -

.

INDIC

1138 6EF.

00 .c04

'<i'j.

0f.(,

TREAT

LEG CON-r-

I 4

s-

-- -

REFER

ANC SER-- -- 1--

'FOLLOW

PREVEN

. .

STATS 1 11.111111111.11

CITATION: Alexander, HelenLay TherapistsDENVER: AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION,

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of parent-centeredtreatment program utilizing lay therapists (Univ.of Colorado Medical Center).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Selection and training of lay

therapists.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Kempe/Helfer books used in training:

The Battered Child; Helping the Battered Child

and his Family.

TARGET POPULATION:


aazqzaZqZZz>->-00,46!!7,mwwwXx2CCD 0 CI

IIMEN111111111111111

amwwwwx..-2 w X

-,w

;Ce

NONSPIN camIN INT

:

.

.

, ,

INDIC

PRB DEP

I

1

1 ..

TREAT

LEG CON

4:

,

.

'

REFER

ANC SER

. . .

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

. , .

,

STATS IIIIMMIIIMI168

172

CITATION: Allen, Ann FrancisMaltreatment Syndrome in Children

THE CANADIAN NURSE, April 1966, 62(4): 40-2

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Paternal characteristics andsigns of abuse and neglect are listed.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Legal difficulties are encoun-tered in protecting the child, parents, and doc-tor both in Canada and the U.S., (b) Preventioncan be accomplished by: (1) developing a degreeof suspicion among medical staff, and (2) educa-tion of the public.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Case illustration shows the need forproper care by agency.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical and BehavioralScientists

z<

wwwxxZ:Ewx=It0

<

0

z

0

<

0-

z

0.

a :Z

0:0ta : w

<x0

e

w

-I.iii.

t:'

X . I-

NONSP ri : EMIIN COM

IN INT

:..t....i1

:_,1

__;..

INDIC

PRB DEF

111111 :

1

Ill :

:

TREAT

LEG CON

11 :

"I

'

-4.-

:

-r -I-- -1-

REFER

ANC SER

:

-r- 1- -r.

-i.-

FOLLOW

PREVEN :

....r. 4. .... _ ....!...

STATS 11111111111111111

CITATION: Allen, Hugh D., et al.The Battered Child Syndrome, Parts I, II, III 4 IVMINNESOTA MEDICINE, 1968, Dec., 1793-1799; 1969, Jan., 155-166; Feb., 345-347;

March, 539 -540

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This is a four-part article onchild abuse. There is no main emphasis. Titlesof the four parts are: (1) Medical Aspects, (2)Social and Psychiatric Aspects, (3) Legal Aspects,(4) Summary.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case studies report evidence ofabuse and of the history of abuse of the assail-ant, and subsequent results are also related, (b)The most significant indicators of abuse are evi-denced by trauma disproportionate to the historygiven, (c) The child beater can come from anysocio-economic group, often there is a neurosis orpsychosis present that is not outwardly visible;impulsiveness, pre-marital unwanted pregnancy, (d)The initial complaint should be discovered by thephysician; however, he/she often does not recog-nize the syndrome, and does not know how to report(e) Legally - Minnesota law requires reporting ofhealth care workers, with protection from lia-bility.

MENTION (1): Statistics show incidence of abuse,death rate, who reported, who abused, and signifi-

cant other data.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ztzzz,.wiawxxZEwxrzIer000amw.wwwx.r-1111=1111111111111111

.

z

I

'.

.,x z

1 I''.4.

,

,

4:z0:0

I

<x a

,w

,,,I-:Cg

.

;..

NON.SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC.-PRB DEF

'

I3_i..3 1

__!..e

,

.1

TREAT

LEG CON

...1.-

.

_4_4.3 ..

REFER-ANC SER

FOLLOWPREVEN

, .

--- -i-

1111111111111.11111M1

-r-STATS

169

1'7 t)

CITATION: Altman, Donald, et al.

Unrecognized Trauma in Infants and Children

JOURNAL OF BONE AND JOINT SURGERY, 1960, 42-A(3): 407,13

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Twelve case studies eaphasizingthe clinical and metaphysical fragility of thebone.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Historically, the phenomena hasbeen recognized since 1946 by Caffey, then Smith,Asthey, and Wooley and Evans; (b) This type ofabuse occurs most commonly by twisting or shaking,resulting in periosteal and subperiosteal hemor-rhages; the resultant calcification becomes visiblon the roentgenogram.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZZwwwx0

a:

0

:

zzQ

.:(

a

z>.x22wx=Icea

a0W

z0ta

<xu)

ri!

W

:,.ta

h-: cc

x . t-

NOIISP ElH1.11.IN COM I IIII :

IN INT : : :

INDIC

PRB DEF.4.

;

.I.31

j . _i_1

_i-3

TREAT

LEG CON '.

REFER F : MI :ANC SER .

FOLLOW 111 :

-,-. .4_1

4. .L.

PREVEN 1

. ,

.IN1 HillSTATS

CITATION: American Academy of Pediatrics,A Descriptive Study of Nine Health Based Programs in Child Abuse and NeglectCONTRACT ERA 106-74-9 WITH HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, April, 1974

MAIN EMPHASIS (4); Introduction and Methodology -latter includes following information: (1) Com-mittee on Infant and Preschool Child conductedsurvey project; Child Abuse Survey Task Force as-sembled; (2) Criteria for selection of 9 sites(e.g., health-based, same variety of populations,wide geographic distribution, etc.) - no sitefound in South, no Indian program found; (3) Pro-ject - impressionistic; very little hard data tobe used; (4) Format - one day site visit; ques-tionnaire mailed in advance; (5) Final report -based on critiques from 2 workshop sessions onmaterial gathered from survey.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Infanticide as population con-trol, religious use of injury - historical.

MENTION (1): (a) Statistical estimates on true in-cidence of child abuse/neglect.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavior and MedicalScientists

ZZzwwwxm2;2wx=ox0

.1

z

0

Zz

0

cc

)..

a

z).

a

.;

a :z

o:ow.w

<x

ma.'

W

-1sta

,,,1-1``

m.)-

NOSP MEMIN COM

'

,

IN INT.4

INDIC..i.. ..i.. .. :__ i..

PRB DEF. i 1

21

TREAT

LEG CON -1- -1- -1-.

REFER :

+_.ANC SER -1-111111111

--

FOLLOW :

.1_ _1_ _;..

PREVEN 1 1 .

STATS 1 =MEI= :170

17

CITATION: American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #1: Cook County Children's Hospital, Chicago, Ill., Jan. 10, 1974

CONTRACT ERA 106-74-9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, April, 1974: 7-12

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of Cook County Hospi-tal's handling of abuse/neglect cases: entirelycrisis-oriented, no long-term follow-up, even medi-cally; social and psychological follow-up almostnon-existent.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Initial Complaint - 60% by police,none by private M.O.'s; 100% through emergencyroom; referral of abused, neglected, and abandonedchildren to CFS (Children and Family Services);maintains hospital registry in addition to stateregistry (poor coordination); (b) Legal considera-tions: CFS role - dispositional, make court re-ferrals; - 30% of reported cases go to court.Judge determines if home is safe or not (c) Com-pleted questionnaire from hospital.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Personnel make-up of hospital'schild abuse team; (b) Followup: CFS has responsi-bility here. A weak area: does not inform hos-pital of disposition of child.

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics on 150 abuse/neglect pa-tients; (b) CFS has 24 hour phone for reporting -operation erratic; (c) Initial interview - hospi-tal; social information including home situation,circumstances of abuse incident and who respon-sible; (d) Prevention - parent education programfor parents of premature babies.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral and MedicalScientists

<<zZZz>>00xet;crwwwxx22wxr-qm0 ci

.

C7

..cz<Z.ic

Q. O. W w 0 w

: -1I w

I .1NONSP 4 1111..11.111111

t...1-.,

1.

1

1

1 .

...I..

.

IN COM

IN INT

El.)._

INDIC

PRB DEF

i 1.

,

1111111111.)e

1

...L.

I

TREAT

LEG CON

111111 : :1 _.I..

REFER

ANC SER

..L. ..:..

, I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

N :

.

-Ir..

1

I

-41

I

-4--1

-4.-

STATS 3 nun ! EN

CITATION: American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #2 - University of Colorado Medical Center, Denver, Dec. 18, 1973CONTRACT HRA 106-74-9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, April, 1974: 13-22

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of services of Na-tional Center for Prevention and Treatment of ChilAbuse and Neglect, and Child Protection Team inconjunction with Colorado General Hospital. In-

cludes detailed "guidelines" for handling A/N case

at hospital. Includes completed questionnaire(statistics).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Treatment approach of the Team -personnel makeup, when to hospitalize, guidelines;(b) Ancillary services of Center; Crisis Nursery,Families Analymous, Public Health nurses; (c) Cen-ter sponsors annual lay therapists training semi-nar and continuing education programs; (d) Guide-lines; reference to initial interviews, indicatorsof A/N, diagnosis of problem, treatment, reporting,followup by hospital for physical status and CPSfor psychological status.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Initial complaints to Center;40% - parents; 50% comes through Emergency room ofhospital; 2% M.D.'s; (b) Parameters of problem- -most welfare recipients but sell-referrals from allsocioeconomic levels; (c) Reports should be filedon all suspected cases - to police, child welfare,state registry.

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics - 126 patients at Centerin 1972; 25% abused, 75% neglected; 1 sexual abuse(b) Le al custody of child - parental wishes

eij

TARGET POPULATION:


zw0

«:zZwti

.,

zwC7

<>xa.

Z>xa.

.

.4:z

0:0z!41.1a

<xwx,.V)

e.7,:-w

: -1.

2.1NONSP 4 IIIIIIil :

IN . .. ..j.. .

..1...

.4..

IN INT , 1

INDIC

PRB DEF1

2.I.

:

.I.

:

.1._ unTREAT

ITCCO14

..I.. ...L. .4.. ..!..

i

REFER ...L. ..L. ..L. ..L.

ANC SER. 1 1

FOLLOW

PREVEN i 1

1

.

1,

111111111111111111STATS 3

CITATION: American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit 113 - William Beaumont Army Medical Center, El Paso, Texas

CONTRACT 11114 06-74-9, Health Resources Administration, April, 1974, 23-33

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of function of In-

fant and Child Protection Council (ICPC), and theChild Abuse Program of above hospital for armed

forces. Includes completed questionnaire (sta-tistics).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Ancillary services - problem of

hiring or involving new personnel, e.g., psychia-trists; must cooperate with social workers.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Problem definition - primarilyfrom middle enlisted grades, young; when olderparents involved, abuse often secondary to alcoholabuse; (b) Statistics on number of A/N cases athospital - about 4/month. All deaths from neglect;(c) M.P.'s deal with offenders as criminals - aweakness in program; (d) Legal process enablestemporary placement of children in Texas fosterhomes.

MENTION (1): (a) Service only to military personneland dependents - no civilian abuse programs in ElPaso; (b) Referrals from neighbors, police, emer-gency room, schools, self-referral (5%), hospitalwards; (c) Any child under 3 admitted to hospitalmust be seen by M.D. with interest in abuse.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral and Medical

Scientists

z

2W0004

<1Z22W

:

W

4}T

z}00xmwww.w

4

2

'

Z

E

1

.

cc:

xdw:x

1-1!Lai

I-!Me:mx-

NON-SP 4 1111111111111111111111111

IN COM

IN INT IllINDIC .i. ..1. _1. .i-- .1.PRB DEF

, 1:

TREAT 3 .

LEG CON 3-4. 4

i

11111111REFER

ANC SER 1111111: EM11::

FOLLOW . ! 1

PREVEN 1 -+-,

STATS 2 11111111111101/1 :

CITATION: American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit fl4 Children's Protective Services Center, Kaukikeolani Children's

Hospital, HonoluluCONTRACT BRA 106-74-9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, April 1974, 35-43

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of the above center'

approach to handling abuse/neglect cases includescompleted questionnaire - CPSC works directlywith/through the hospital.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Initial complaint: high S school

self-referrals; CPSC 24 hour hot line reporting,DSSH maintains central registry; written or verbal

complaints accepted. Discussion of how complaintshandled (new, active cases, referrals from otheragencies); (b) The abuse/neglect team - organiza-tion, essentially crisis-handling service, casesnot carried longer than 3 months - then eitherclosed or referred to other agencies for voluntarytreatment; (c) Legal aspects: special petitionsenable social worker to hold child for 48 hours toprepare custody request; legal custody can be heldfor three years then extended another three years.

PARAGRAPHS:

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics on number of abuse/neglect cases reported to center; (b) CPSC hasgrant to study high risk infants - prevention;(c) Ancillary services not available because of

lack of funding.

172

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral and Medical

Scientists

2R.

2wO

:

<12212w:w(.O

4>-

x0.

Z}x0.

1

4:Z°ft)'21W:W

4xwCA

dxW

ijiW

t!=''41=MO-

NowsP 4 mr1111111101111 ;

IN COM

IN INT

ill 1

.:

.

..i..

1

..;. ...1_.

1

INDIC

PRB DEF... Ii

1. i

III .)--,

..1 .-

:

TREAT

LEG CON

N .i.. ..!..

REFER

ANC SER

1 :

: Ill 1

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111. 11

'

I-1

I "r"

STATS 3 1111111111111111111111111

CITATION: American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #5 - University of Iowa Hospitals, Iowa City, Iowa, Jan.' 7, 1974

CONTRACT BRA 106-74-9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, April, 1974, 44-50

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of operation ofabuse/neglect team and characteristics of areaserved--rural, conservative population. Includes

completed questionnaire (statistics) and detailed"procedures" for handling suspected abuse/neglectcases (treatment).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Iowa law requires reporting sus-pected abuse but not neglect cases - revisionbeing considered:1'E) Very little follow-up be-cause of distances, clinic limitation, minimumtrained staff in county services; review of casesevery 2 months; follow-up only on voluntary basis;(c) Make-up of abusE team (part-time staff), childpay be held in hospital even if well; Dept. of Soc.Services makes report within 96 hours (includes .

home visit.)

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Many abuse cases from low in-come white families; 48% under 1 year of age; (b)Dr. Solomon's efforts to educate community reabuse/neglect are presented.

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics on possible abuse casesare reported (1971, '72. '73) - only small per-centage seen In hospitals; (b) Referrals are state-wide - local self-referrals are accepted; (c) Hos-pital has no authority to go outside its locus tostudy/work with family; (d) Legal - can get 30 dayhold on child, team may testify in court but not al-lnwpd rn male rornmandatinn rib titcprititinn_

TARGET POPULATION


Z

ZW0

<ZwOLIM

ZZta

..c

).

I

z5..

M2:2Mwlw

t< : Z0:0

<xtatn

El.

xW

1-1$ ILJ

t:.'Z.:CcMO-

NONS P 4 1111.1=111.IN COM

IN INT

:e

e t

:

.

INDIC

'7.rRB 0 EF

III I--I. 11111FL" 4--4

--1.

TREAT..... .E._

CEO CON

REFER

ANC SER

i__

.

.

__i__.

__,.._ ..1._ --1--

e

:

I

.

.

i

.

.

FOLLOW- -

pREvENi

.'

.

--4--

4 .

sTAIrs

CITATION: American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #6 - Children's Hospital, Los Angeles, Feb. 6, 1974

CONTRACT HRA 106-74-9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, April, 1974, 51-9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of abuse/neglect pro

gram at above hospital, includes characteristics oarea served, details of hospital policy re sus-pected abuse (treatment) and completed question-naires (statistics).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Initial 4gclaint - CHLA reports25% of all hospital-based i6D3e cases for LACounty; 90% of these emergency room; less than 1%are private physician's reports; neglect cases notreported; (b) Treatment - organization of abuse/neglect team; DPSS has responsibility for outreachtreatment but limited ability; team has aggressivecase-finding program with limited psych. services;(c) Follow-up - team ability inadequate as inDPSS's coordination and redefinition of goalsneeded; (d) LA Police Department has set up Abusedand Battered Child Desk - initial complaints, in-vestigation, and follow-up responsibilities.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Non-accidental injury cases re-ported through law enforcement agencies; put underprotective custody until detention hearing - 90%of children judged in need of support are placedout of home; (b) Referral to Parents Anonymous -parent support group.

MENTION (1): (a) Most of abuse cases from low-income families; (b) statistics show 100 abusecases/year admitted and reported, 100 neglectcases/year admitted to nospital but not reported;

c) sexual abuse referred to other hospitals.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

ZtatataxI21:21axtu:cc0

<Z0

111111111111

ZZ0

<

a.

Z

11.

II4:Z

0:0ta.ta

X

tn

l.

W

jIIIi

,,,l-rx

I1.-:NONSP

IN COM

IN INT3 I

1

.

'IINDIC

-10R . DEF. 1111111

I.

t

'

.

TREAT 3 : 1 '. 11

REFER

ANC SER 2

'

I

I 1' :

FOLLOW

PREVEN

3:.

.

-r

1

-I-L

'

STATS 3 11111 i11111111

173 17

CITATION: American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #7 - Neu York Poundling Hospital, NYC, Jan. 4, 1974

CONTRACT HRA 106-74-9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, April, 1974, 60-9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of above program fortreating abusing/neglectful parents - emphasizing

specifics of treatment program - includes "Infor-mation for Mothers" (the hospital's outline ofprogram) and completed questionnaires (statistics)

SECTIONS (3): (a) Treatment resources available inNYC very limited.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Treatment on inpatient-out-patient basis; cases are referred from othersources after initial diagnosis and treatment;live-in arrangements for 8 mothers and children(to be admitted, mothers cannot have over 2 child-ren); (b) Characteristics of population served:e.g., average age is 22, black and Spanish originmostly; everyone but one was abused as child.

MENTION (1): (a) Residential patients themselvesbecame involved in therapy with other patients;(b) Key Parent Assistants make 3 times-per-weekvisits during 12 month supervision following dis-charge from the hospital; (c) Hot line available;(d) 1973 - state law expands registry statewideand to include neglect as well as abuse.

TARGET POPULATION:


CzW0

4zw(7

Zzw0

<>..IQ.

z>.z0.

<I; Z010212w i ta

1

4xwin

Elxw

-.11W

,,,I-;cE=IceX.I-

NONSP insMIS111,111=11111;IN COM

____. --IN INTINDIC

PREI DEF 3

I

.1

u :

TREAT

LEG C O N

,

-1'

--1--.

-1.-i--

_REFER

ANC siii T MI 1

-1" I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

lin : I

STATS 3 111111111E11BI

CITATION: American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #8 - Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh, Jan, 3, 1974CONTRACT HRA - 206-74-9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, April, 1974, 70-80

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of SCAN (SuspectedChild Abuse and Neglect) program - includes howhospital refers cases to SCAN; characteristics ofarea served by hospital; specific treatment ap-proach of SCAN; completed questionnaires (statis-

tics).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Initial complaint made orally to

Child Welfare followed by written report in 48

hours. The hospital has a registry but there is ncentral registry; (b) Characteristics of abuse/neglect parents; (c) Indicators of abuse/neglect

for diagnosis.

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics on number of abuse cases

(1971, '72, '73) reported by hospital. Of overall

1973 hospital admissions, 1.09% treated for abuse;(b) 1972 breakdown of statistics on abuse/neglectcases; (c) Ancillary services - no hot-line.

174

178

TARGET POPULATION:


z

Zwwwxx212wx=,tz0

aZ0

Zz0

I

'

.

:

a,-0.

illi

1

z . 0:0a. WW

E :

<xCl)

(7.1

w

I wtul:

so-NONSPIN COM

IN INTINDIC

FIRS 0EF

3

3

TREAT

LEG CON

4 Ell ;

REFERil;NZ lil 1 --!--R

-1--I -"r- -TFOLLOW

PREVEN I

11111111111111111111111

1.. ".+'.)

--iSTATS 1

C:TATION: American Academy of PediatricsSite Visit #9 - St. Paul, Minn., Ramsey County Mental Health Center, Jan. 8, 1974

CONTRACTSRA - 106-74-9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, April 1974, 81-88

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of operation ofRamsey County Child Abuse Team (based at St, Paul-Ramsey County Mental Health Center) - a community-wide team; including guidelines for Children'sHospital re: handlio abuse cases, and completedquestionnaires (statistics).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Organization of team: 3 elements- (1) community-wide team; (2) mini-team for moredifficult cases, and (3) child abuse teams membersof team include police investigator; (b) Ancillary- day care available but not 24 hour; no crisisnursery, hot line, Parents Ananymous, communityresource - Wilder Center for Children with severeemotional problems.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Follow-up continues indefinite-ly; (b) Initial complaints - statistic, e.g., 9%referral by private M.D.'s, 35% through emergencyrooms.

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics on 99 children who diedviolent deaths during 5 year period; (b) 90% ofparents were abused or neglected themselves; child.ren under court support do better in foster home.(c) Child crvinq for 12 hours upset mother -cause for admission to hospital - indication ofabuse.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

ZW0

:

4IZZZW,W010

4}IM

Z}IM

i4.Z0:02:2woW

.

14:xieW.XWlw

.

11,1':

=:erZit

N°NSP 111111E1111111111IN COM

IN INT

ii :

-1-.

I

-1-#

:

1-.

:

-1-.

:

--rI

INDIC

PRB DEF

11 .i

''

11111 : : :

TREAT

LEG CON

il '

I.

:

1,

:

.

:

1-.

1

1.

REFER

ANC SER 3

:

1

i

:

:

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

li :

1

1

.

""1".

:

1".

STATS 1rnrnrn

CITATION: AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICSSimilarities and DifferencesCONTRACT NRA 106-74-9, Health Resources Administration, April, 1974, 89-94

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of inform tion col-lected from all 9 sites - only some highlightsnoted below though material covers all areas notedin previous abstracts: (1) all programs have mul-tidisciplinary approach, connected in some form tohospitals; (2) all programs have medical/surgicalcare but only a few have long-term psychologicalservices available and some have none; (3) follow-up and feedback are a prob,em for all, thoughefforts made in most cases; (4) foster hone basi

mod:lity fer rcm.wal or child from natural homeafter hospitalization; (5) lawyers are members ofteams at two centers; (6) only in Hawaii was cen-tral registry thought to be effective and useful;(7) differences in definitions, reporting methodsre: abuse/neglect.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

wwwxx20

4:2

0

:

(.5

4

G.

z

a.

<

w

ZOxetm2wx-w

<

N w iw

1-

NONSP 11....111111111IN COM

..IN INT

111-1.. II - --

\ :I'

..

-

e

- -

-

INDIC

PRB DEF

I 1-4-

.

'e'<`)&i,''

i,

e(9

TREAT

LEG CON

11

C\

Q.

REFER

ANC SER.. .. ..!..

q

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 :

STATS 11.111111.11

175

17 0

CITATION: American Academy of PediatricsConclusion

CONTRACT RRA 106-75-9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION., April, 1974, 95-8

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Essentially to raise questionsre: treatment, handling abuse/neglect cases basedon material gathered from 9 sites. No generalconclusions drawn about programs but rather aseries of impressions including: (1) non-punitive

approach to parents facilitates reaching parentsfor treatment; (2) community education serves toincrease reporting abuse; (3) private M.D.'s hesi-tant to report because of on discomfort, need toknow their patients will be well-treated if re-ported; (4) abuse teams: cannot work effectivelywith community of more than 1/2 million people;(5) registry must be available to teams if it isto have clinical utility; no member should be full-time in diagnosis and treatment.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

a

TARGET POPULATION:


z. 7 t

Z2z>>00xew0

<'ww2X2Ewx7-1;c40

r;

Z

0

<

a.

z

a.

< Z

w w

,c

0 w

1-11 w

ml-; Ix

2,F

NON-SP 4 11H111101111111 ;

IN COM

IN INT

1111111111 ;

;

;...

4

;

1

.

INDIC

PRB DEF

111 1.. I I I ...1...------ --+--

TREAT

LEG CON

'

.t.

'

_4 .. .4. . .. .

REFER

ANC SER

ill :

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

'

.

STATS 11111111111111111

CITATION: American Academy of PediatricsAppendicesCONTRACT URA 106-75-9, Health Resources Adhinistration, April, 1974, 99-110

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Appendix A: bibliography on

abuse/neglect; Appendix B: members of Child Abuse

Survey Task Force; Appendix C: pre-survey ques-

tionnaire,

SCCTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<4Zw000a.ww=mu

;

:

A

X

1111

,--

z222w,ca.

<Z

ww

_

\ '

A

,co

.

J

1

.1

x

U)

.

d

ie

w

,

;w'7, 1m

--:Ix2.k--

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

;

)

_:

_-

-.i.-

INDIC

PR B DEF

,

i

<5'c

)\.s

Leo

..i_.F

TREAT

LEG CON

,

Ivm

12.

I

REFER

ANC SER

:

1

.

FOLLOW

PR EVEN

. ...l

k

. :.t...

.

.STATSi

176A f

CITATION: Amiel ShirleyChild Abuse in SchoolsNORTHWEST MEDICINE, Nov., 1972, 71: 808

, .

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Abuse of children through ex-posure to or by mentally ill teachers is a na-tional public health problem.

SECTIONS (3): Includes case studies illustratingtypes of abuse perpetuated by teachers.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Estimates of the incidence of un-satisfied, nervous, maladjusted teachers based onan earlier study are noted.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical - NursesBehavioral Scientists

zZZwwwzI22wx=1C00

aZ0

:

zz0

<ra.

zra.

<0W

z0W

<xco

Ei

W

_,:w

i-:(rZ .1-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTi1

i

,

.

INDIC

PRB DEF.1- .i.

1

u ,

i

TREAT

LEG 601;;

,'

_4_ ..:._

'

nuREFER

ANC SER i 4, no----FOLLOW.__._PREVEN

so ,1 I

STATS ......111.11111

CITATION: Amiel, ShirleyChild Discrimination by the Washington State Child Protective ServicesPRESENTED TO THE CITIZENS ADVISORY COMMITTEE FOR THE WASHINGTON CHILD

PROTECTIVE SERViCF: Dprembor 104, 1-R

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Author argues Child ProtectiveService workers should be aware of, report andinvestigate third party child abuse--i.e., childabuse by adult caretakers other than the child'sparent.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The author contends child abusein schools leads to alienation, violence and mis-behavior by children; (b) The author offers severalsuggestions for changes in the law which wouldencourage the reporting of all types (parent andthird party) child abuse; (c) Author discusses whyabuse in schools goes unrecognized.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The rights of children are dis-cussed in relation to schools and the principleof in loco parentis.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zZZwuJuiZZ2Ztax=1;100

edZ0

:

Zz0

ec

rQ.

zra

<0W

Z0W

4xco

a

W

: -J;W!-,,' : m

Z 0-

N ON.:5 P KmIN INT LI-: IIIIIIIIIIIIIII--1-'INDIC

PRB DEFMill 4.

3:1 ...::._

:

TREAT

LEG CON III 31 : NMREFER._ ....... .ANC SER

- -. .- ..n.Eu--i_. .)..

1 t 1

. . .

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

11

STATS IMMII111.1111

177

181

Amiel, Shirley

CITATION: A Report of Child Abuse, Child Mistreatment and Child Discrimination Whilethe Children are Under Adult Supervision Other Than That of Their Parents

or Legal Guardian in the State of Phehington

011X211.1222.--2=21.

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Short accounts of alleged physi-cal and emotional neglect and abuse are compiledwith no introduction, summary or analysis, am-.phasizing abuse by non-parents or guardians.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

4

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

<ZW0

Q1Z

la0

11111111111111111111111111

-4-

$

W0

:

1

.

<

Ia.

--:-

z1211

<

la

-4-

1

'

Mla

,

<

la4)

-;-

-1

XLa

t-m-VXI

-;

-IWCC

of-

1

.

IWN'SP 4IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

I :

.

' ' .

.

TREAT

LEG CON

1111111 :

.

REFER

ANC SER

I :

.,..

-4-.

-4-.

:

1

.

-:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :

,

e .

STATS =Ell ! MOM

CITATION: Amiel; ShirleyThird Party Child AbuseGovernor's Conference, State of Idaho, "Children in Peril," Sept, 13, 1973

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Third party (schools and care-

takers of children) abusers are prevalent thrnuo-out the United States and very little is being do,e

to stop this abuse. Case examples are given

throughout.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public -Behavioral Scientists

zZZWo

azla0

12.11111.11111111111.1

-4-

zzla0

1

cc

)xo.

-4

z

xa.

.

i

a:z0:02 : 2w:w

-4-

Qxlain

-:-

ex

i ta

:-;1 ta

!...,:.

Rimmx.t-

'

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

,

-4- Eli 4-- --4--

TREAT

LEG CON

:

-t-

:

-1-

:

1. -+

REFER

ANC SER

Eli

FOLLOWPREVEN

:

:

:

1-'

:

II

I'.

-t'

STATS Min= : NMI

182178

CITATION: Anderson, J. P., et ai.Attitudes of Nova Scotia Physicians to Child Abuse

THE NOVA SCOTIA MEDICAL BULLETIN, Oct. 1973, 52: .185-9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): On reporting results of ques-tionnaire survey of knowledge and attitudes ofNova Scotian physicians about child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Reporting statistics on the percentof physicians who knew about child abuse reportinglaws, and their opinions about treatment ofchildabuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Recommendations for regionalmultiprofession treatment teams in a report issuedby Canadian government are described; (b) Use ofpublic health nurses in prevention, detection andeducation are described in family life; (c) Hawfew complaints are made in proportion to the sus-pected incidence of child abuse and why physiciansmay be reluctant to make complaints.

MENTION (1): The issue of physicians' right to con-fidentiality vs. reporting laws' requirements.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsGeneral Public

zZ

www..2:.wxT,.0

<

0

2z0

.

.

..:c z < :2

,.. 0:0...m w:w

<

V)

ew

: J.w

.:ce

..,

NoN.,:p 4 11111.111111.11.1111

11111 --:". Ill --:

1-IN C.OM

IN INT.r

INDICIN)

PRP. OEF

r

i.

1

.

.1.

1

.

.,...

.

..1._

1

TREA'

rLEG CON 1

.

i

. .

'

REFER

ANC SER.._4 .

..,.. ..._1 :

FOLLOW

PREVEN

RINI .. .

STATS 3 Nil E111111111

CITATION: Andrews, John P.The Battered Baby SyndromeILLINOIS MEDICAL JOURNAL, Nov., 1962, 722: 494

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Diagnosis depends on a high levelof suspicion. Battered Baby Syndrome usually oc-curs under three years of age; psychosis is common,but not the rule; all strata of socio-economicscale are involved as are immature compulsive per-sonalities, and unwanted pregnancies. History ofsome treatment given to parents is included.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

.V.'z

Zwwmx2Zwx(.

:

21..1

<>O.

z>O.

<0W

z0W

xt)

a....,

W

-1;W,i,,,,,

m.7=ImI . -

NON'S P 111111101111111IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF 111111141 1111111-1--

: :

TREAT

LEG CON

111..i ..i.. i i..

REFER

ANC SER. 4-. ! .1._

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I--T--

'

i-

I

1.STATS NM : 111111/11.111

179

183

CITATION: Anthony, E. JamesIt Hurts Me More Than It Hurts You. An Approach to Discipline As a

Two-Way ProcessREISS-DAVIS CLINIC BULLETIN, Spring, 1965

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of corporal punish-ment in terms of its effect as disciplinary pro-cedure and in terms of its reflection of psycho-dynamics of parent-child relationship.

SECTIONS (3): Discussion of negative effects ofmore pathological expressions of discipline:shame, sado - masochistic, transference, seduction.Author suggests disturbances in child alsoattributed to child's own personality and not justactuality of excessive "discipline."

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


.tzw(

<zw0

Zzw0

<>xa

Z)-MQ.

;Q: Z0: 0E :2ww

<xww

ajXw

-/i la

I- !CC.(9.. ;CCI,i-

NON-SP 4 11M1111111110111IN COM : 1

IN INT

110111111

INDIC u --i-- --i-- --i--

PRB DEF

TREAT :

'-1111111111111111LEG CON

11I

REFER I

ANC SER

FOLLOW ME : I

PREVEN .

STATS 1111=1.1111.1

CITATION: Arnold, M.Children in LimboPUBLIC WELFARE, July, 1967, 223-228

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author uses the term "limbo"as a departure for describing the many types ofchildren that are subject to neglect, either intheir homes or through poor child protective ser-vice agency or legal practice.

SECTIONS 3): The author presents some concreterecommendations for changes in current protectiveand welfare agency practices that would improvethe communities ability to respond to cases of

neglect."4

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


-.i.

ZwwwiZE:20

<:ZZz0

:.

0

<r

a

z>-0:0x111!7,a

;.2 :Z

w.w

<

wm w I.1,-

ww.x

NONSP IIN : ;

IN COM

IN INT

linINDIC .4 .:.1. ;.

PRB DEF :4 1; , I

TREAT ;3 :

.; 1

LEG CON i

REFER 111 : :

,ANC SER;

FOLLOW 1 , 1

IREVEN 1

.

STATS1

,

1

.

180

18

CITATION: Aoch, Stuart S.Crib Deaths: Their Possible Relationship to Post-partum

Depression and InfanticideJOURNAL OF THE MT. SIANI HOSPITAL, (New York) 1968, 35: 214-20

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Crib death results from confu-sion in identities between mother and fetus. In

the pregnant or post-partum months, infanticidemay occur in place of suicide. The pregnancyinevitably stimulated memories and fantasies ofold mother/child relationships.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZZwwwx0muuiiuiu

.2Z0

_i_

Zz0

<>..

a.

i_

z>-x22tux=Icea.

.i0w

Z0W

:_

<xv>

eW

A

I-,1/1

,i- !ix

x I-

:

NON.SP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

_i_

:

i_.

4 ;

TREAT

LEG CON

111 '-1-- .-

mum__1

REFER

SERANC

in:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

IN IEMEMIIIMINII

1

STATS

\

ZITATION: Askmth, Gordon K.Authority, Prevention, and a New Child Welfare ActCHILD WELFARE, July, 1967, 407-9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An explanation of Child Welfare

Act passed that has a section that provides for amandatory preventive service (i.e., guidance,counseling and other services to those who mayneed protection from abuse) and it providesauthority for the agency to act and financial

support.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ

wwwIx22wx1=1:cc0

a

0

z

0

<

a.

z>-00xo.

<

W

z

W

<

tf)

...0.r-W

.-1w

t_ cc

x 1.

NON-SP . 1111/11IN COM

IN INT

:__ E ,

INDIC

PRO DEF

'

ENE,

TREAT

1.-E- CC- 0 N4

'

1'

4

REFER

A- N C SE R

i

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN -I-,

i,=MEEl

STATS

181

18"

CITATION: Astley, RayMultiple MWaphyseal Fractures in Stall Children

BRITISH RADIOLOGY, Nov., 1953, 26(311): 577-83

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Reporting the puzzling evidenceof multiple fractures and hypothesizing them asmetaphyseal fragility of the bone.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists -Physicians

zRzw0iniminiman

.0zz:zta,w0.0

<>.

Xa.

z>-Xo..

i

a:z0:0unw

x

(.1)

a!

w

,,,i-

=;etx

-,w

.1-.

NON-SP

IN COM ; ;

IN INT .1

.

INDIC " 4

PRB DEF

111

1

11111

TREAT ; . s

LEG CON

i1

REFER ;

A- N C S E R

1111111 1111n I

FOLLOWFri-Oil;

'

.

,

STATS i =11111111111111

CITATION: Avery, Jane C.The Battered Child - A Shocking ProblemMENTAL HYGIENE, Spring, 1973, 57: 40-43

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A coordinated effort to treatchild abuse, beginning with mandatory reports,legal authority to remove the child, and protec-tive (not punitive) intervention which focuses onthe family as a unit are needed.

SECTIONS (3): (a) A struggle between parentalrights and protective custody issues cloud the

decision.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZe

ZtatataXIE12taxox0

az0

Zz0

cr

>.

o.

Ili

z>.

o.uiiuuiu;

a0ta:ta

Z0

<x0)

eta

: -.I,w,,,1-- : cc

x . 1-

NON-SP:

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

Fnii ETE4-4--

;

-I-- --i--TREAT

CONLEGC0.

11

-1111

'11111111111

REFER

ANC S--------,

-- i --.

EffiFOLLOW III 1FREVEW-

STATS 11111.1111.11.1111..',

1%182

CITATION: Bain, KatherineCommentary - The Physically Abused ChadPEDIATRICS, June, 1963, 31'61: 895-8

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Why physicians do not report

child abuse cases--legislation on requiring re-porting as possible solution.

SECTIONS (3): Suggested language for state legis-

lation on reporting (prepared by Children'sBureau).

PARAGRAPHS (2): Contributions of Caffey, Silverman,Wooley in identifying problem of child abuse.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zjeZwwwx00

<z

:

! Zz0

<>-

a.

Z>.

Q.Q.

<0221six:mla

Z<0IQ

xo

al.

w

e

:wl': : CC

.t--

NONSP 111=1111 ! 1111IN COM

IN INTImo .,.. __,..

,: '

INDIC

PRB DEF

1111.-i--1

1

: 2:

TREAT

LEG CON

in ...;_

4:

: nuANC III-I--mumFOLLOW

PREVEN

I-1- "1- "I"

STATS MUM= :

CITATION: Bain, Katherine, et al.

Child Abuse and InjuryMILITARY MEDICINE, Aug., 1965, 130(8): 747-60

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Nonspecific presentation on

abuse by 5 member panel at 1964 Forensic Sciencies

Symposium.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Need for developing legislationrequiring physician/hospitals to report suspectedabuse; (b) Suggestion (by Brig. Gen. Werger) that

minor child should be allowed to bring suitagainst abusive parent; (c) Role of child in pre-cipitating his own abuse; (d) Characteristics ofabusive families; (e) Child abuse a problem formilitary though no more so than in rest of country

PARAGRAPHS (2): Physician's resistance to reporting

abuse.

MENTION (1): (a) Abuse cases should be reported tolaw enforcement agencies; (b) Removing child from

homesis drastic step to take; (c) Suggestion thatobstetrician could be instrumental in preventionof abuse; (d) "Massive emergency mothering" aseffective treatment for abused child.

TARGET POPULATION:


z

zzyrCUJCOL9c1.

a.2.: <

=a

yr0Oxe,,,I-Cxcl.wwcnwx,1-

a Z

...^,

.t

x,ts:-,,w

NONSP 4!

IN COM

IN INT..1...

I...i.. _.;..

INDIC

PRB DEF

I ;

I

a : ,

1

t

__L. INI

TREAT

LEG CON

I ql

31

REFER

ANC SERn_..L.

FOLLOW -.___PREVEN

: 181..1.. :

I; ; ;

STATS MIIIIMMIll

183

187

CITATION: Baker, David, et al.

Special Trauma Problems in Children

RADIOLOGY CLINIC OP NORTH AMERICA, 1966, 4: 289-305

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) Pediatric trauma problems arediscussed with special sections on battered childsyndrome, normal variations in growing skeleton,recovery of the skeleton after injury, and serious

growth disturbances.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

aw0

alwwIrE2wx:fr0

Z

0

<

0.

z

0.

a

W

z

W

<xw

aW

=NI

1-1.w

,,,,---";,.x .1--

NON-SP 11/1

IN INT 111111111111--I--!11111 :.

INDIC

PRB OEF1

iii-

--i-- ---i--

TREAT

LEG CON

Ill :

:

' '

REFER

ANC SER

111..:..11111111111_

111111111111111-

.

.....FOLLOWPREVEN'

STATS =EMI.

CITATION: Bakwin, HarryMultiple Skeletal Lesions in Young Children Due to Trauma

J. OF PEDIATRICS, July, 1956, 49c 7-16

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The study of multiple skeletal

lesions due to trauma. Clinical manifestationsof traumatic lesions are often overlooked. Radio-

graphic bone lesions are subperiostial ossifica-tion, metaphyseal fractures, abrasions, gross

ft,tfractures, impartial fractures, and epiphyseal

displacement. Outcome is usually good.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case study demonstrates the abuse

manifesting these symptoms.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

;:c

w0000.0.www11011E1111111111M11111I

1.

a '

w

-:-

zw

:

a zX X

N-1--nE-i--41

1

L

1I

<

2

111111111

z2

1

.

.

ata x

w

.

1 -1

ri;

-Prx.1-

-4

--i-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF .

1111..4_111111

I

TREAT

LEG CON

11

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 ,.1

.

1111111IMIIM

.

,

..4_

...:_

.

...,.

STATS

184

188

CITATION: Baldwin, Alfred, et al.

The Appraisal of Parent Behavior

PSYCHOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS; GENERAL =APPLIED, 1949, 299: 1 -85

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This manual is a comprehensivedescription of the Fels Behavior Rating Scale.The purpose is to present a philosophy and metho-dology for the appraisal of a chljd's environment,since most clinicians and home vttitors feel thathome adjustment is of vital importance. It has asection of reliability and validity that examinesintra-rater and inter-rater reliability. The re-sults showed strong reliability despite difficul-ties. Case study is given. Each factor in themeasurement scale is explained, with tables andactual componentis..

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

z

z zzz z

o.

z

a.

O2

O

cn

a.x

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

c`,Z' 00 'C

CITATION: Ball, Richard A.

A Poverty Case: The Analgesic Subculture of the Southern Apkalachians

AMERICAN SOCIOLOGICAL REVIEW, 1968, 33: 885 -95

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The existence of "problem" sub-cultures can be explained by people's non-rationalresponses to their environment. These responsesbecome institutionalized as people come to anti-cipate high levels of frustration. The folk cul-

ture of southern Appalachia is discussed as anexample.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z; 4 7

ZW0

.c i

W0

Z

W0

<

IO.

zICL

ci

2W

Z

EW

<xIL 1

cnXw

.'JI W

:CC,,.,=Z iaz . i-

N ON .S P

T!

IN COM

IN INT

'. 1111

...1

S\/

'CC'

"c,d

-

'

--I- -

INDIC

PRB DEF

01-

t--

=MI=

<5'

49

TREAT

LEG CON-

4"REFER

ANC SER

. .

FOLLOW;IliEVEN

1

i--I

I

.

-1--I

STATS

185

189

CITATION: Darbero, Giulio J.

Environmental Failure to Thrive: A Clinical ViewTHE JOURNAL OP PEDIATRICS, Nov., 1967, 71 (5): 639-44

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Physicians are provided thefollowing diagnostic criteria: (1) Low weight;(2) Developmental retardation; (3) No physicalabnormality; (4) Clinical deprivation signs whichimprove when environment does; (5) Psychosocialdisruption.

SECTIONS (3): Several varieties of this syndromeare shown in case histories. Parental role in

syndrome must be emphasized; the physician mustremain involved even though social services arebrought in. Prognosis is favorable if home cir-cumstances can be changed.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

wwwxx2Ewxy)Ice0

<:z

0

:

0

.,E

0.

z

0.

a

w

z

w

cc

x

(,)

ie.

w

T-,,w

I- : K

x . i-

NON-SP 1111111111111111IN COM

IN INT:

: -4. -1--INDIC

PRB DEF

.4 4

,

;4.I

1111 :

.

TREAT

LEG CON

111 ; 31-- -,-

:

-"- - --

REFER

ANC SER

'.,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 ;

,

STATS .11.1111.1111

CITATION: Barmeyer, GeorgeTraumatic Periostitis in Young Children

JOURNAL OF PEDIATRICS, 1951 38: 184-90

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Acute limping leg in early childhood is frequently the result of periosteal separa

tion. Roentgenograms delayed beyond the point ofclinical recovery will demonstrate an ossifyingperiosteal reaction in many cases. Ultimate radio

logic resolution is complete. Case studies are

presented.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (I):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

zw0

:

qzw0

110111111111111

zw0

a

x0.

z

0.

1

a : z

;2w.wxwcf,

e.xw

I.-,;w1- :mE- I Ixxi---4--

iN°N.SPIN COM

IN INT..I.. ..i_. . .111 '

..

cpC?

.

INDIC

PR B DEF

I.. .

,e&

_ 1.;i>,

..sk.4.--

.04C)

..

TREAT

LEG CON

I4

....-

REFER

ANC SER.. ._ ..1..

,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

.

.

STATS EI=186

10 0

CITATION: Barrens, Lewis A."What's Wrong With the. Hip?"

CLINICAL PEDIATRICS, Aug., 1970, 9: 467

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A case study depicting abattered child demonstrates the need to take apenetrating medical history at the time of ad-mission to the emergency room.

SECTIONS (3i:

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZZW000%

:4 . z<wx

. 4EllaIII

x<x2awl/Jou/To-

Z

Ew<x

MINIM

etccx=Am

:

1

.w:

'

1.

I

NONSP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF.1- INIE.4..

:

1

!

g

1111111

...i..

g

TREAT

LEG CON

11 .1-

:.

REFER

ANC SER

-,__ !

,

I

'

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ill :

,1

:

-1.

,'I'

1

STATS U 1111111111

CITATICN: Barnett, B.

Violent ParentsTHE LANCET, November 27, 1971, 2: 1208-1209

MAIN EMPHASIS (4)

SECTIONS (3): The possibility of coordinatingtreatment between caseworker and the family doctor.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The matter of care conference is

discussed. A case example is used to illustrate

the author's point.

MENTION (1): Prevention is neglected when parentsare totally unprepared for children in our society.Even primitive societies are not too primitive in

this respect.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Za'Zw0

4 ZZ Zw.w0i0

<>.I0.

z>Ia.

.:(

02ga

MEM

Z02w

1

<xWg.rg

_aa.xw

g

._,:

I_ :Wo..r_Xzo-

i

g

NONSP Ill :

IN COM

IN INT

111 '

:

:

i

INDIC

PRB DEF

11

TREAT

LEG CON

III

,

MIMIE_i_ 4.. .,.

REFER

ANC SER-i -.

FOLLOW

PREVEN 1

_ _i.

.

STATS MU= MI187

1.91

CITATION: Barnett, C. R., et al.

Neonatal Separation: The Maternal Side of Interactional Deprivation

PEDIATRICS, Feb. 1970, 45(2): 197-205

MAIN EMPHASIS .(4): The authors have begun testingthe thesis that the degree of interaction per-mitted between mother and infant in the post-partum period will influence later maternal at-tachment and infant development. Separation has

been shown to impair maternal behavior in animals.

SECTIONS (3): (a) A pilot study was conducted whichshowed that mothers could be permitted to handletheir premature infants in incubatOrs withoutincreasing the risk of disease. Preliminary im-pressions from the study indicate that commit-ment, self-confidence, and ability to mother theinfant was greater in mothers allowed post-partumcontact.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

w0

.(Z.:(z<ZtutuCo Ia. au,22tataw

_1x a.xettax.11-

;wli,-)

cr:

NONSP am anIN COM-_____....IN INT

.. ...- -Y -.

. ,_ ..

INDIC

PRB DEF AA, c.,

TREAT

LEG CON

I 5..,1 c?

,0- 4) .

,S p..;..

.

4C) 'S"e -- -- -REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW...... ......

PREVEN. . .

1 ,

..i....

STATS 11.111E.....1

CITATION: Baron, Michael. A., et al.

Neurologic Manifeetations of the Battered Child Syndrome

PEDIATRICS, June, 1970, 45(6): 1003 -?

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of lengthy casehistory of infant with original diagnosis of or-

ganic brain disease.

SECTIONS (3): Indicators eventually eliminatingthis diagnosis in favor of that of child abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists -Physiciarks

1.1Z<z200011II>.00x

mwww

,

Zui

,--il./:CCx==:Mwx.r

LIita

NM:

-1-

NONSP:

I :-:

11111111

-I-,

:

-1-,

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

I

.4.3....

1

.

.4.

.

,

.4._

.

TREAT

LEG CON 1

111

,

III:

REFERREFER

ANC SER

_;--ilI

.

111

,

.1.'

:

4.:

.

:

,=NM=

.I.

I

.

.

:FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS 111

188

CITATION: Barta, Rudolph,. et al.

Willful Trauma to Young Children - A Challenge to the Physician

CLINICAL PED1A2WM, October, 1963, 2(10): 545-554

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case studies which emphasize theclinical picture, as well as the difficulties in-volved in protection of the infants.

SECTIONS (3): The indicators are multiple abrasionsin different stages of healing, x-ray findings andchronically ill children. Historical child abuseis seen as early as 1888. The earlier cases ofabuse were classified as problems without anyknown disease.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

Mention (1):

TARGET POPULATION;

Medical Scientistsand Physicians

zZzwwwmz2Caoa

<12Z z

=nil<>-

z>-

awww.w

<0

Z02

cc:xiew.x

: wiw

t,7,:cg

::::egz:-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT. I 1

INDIC

FRB DEF+

1

1.I.

i

1-- AIL-

TREAT

LEG CON

II '

;-1,

4- -4- II.REFER

ANC SER

.1 .

1

.

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

-- .

=REIM=1

--,

: 14 -r-

STATS

CITATION:

Battered BabiesBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL (London) 1969, 5672: 667-68

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Report of the National Societyfor the Prevention of Cruelty to Children reportsthat abusing parents often have long-standingemotional problems, were between ages of 20 and 30,often had criminal records and often were unem-ployed. Abused children were under the age of 1and would be abused again (a 13 to 1 chance).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Doctors may feel bound by ethicalstandards but they have a duty to report sus-pected cases.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<zwwwir000mmwwwwx.

<Z

Zz

cc Z>-).-

<02

Z<02wx=Imx e

1-IIIAJ

t:m

NOWSM MNIN COM

IN INT

11 .

,

. .

INDIC

FRB DEF.-1..

:

_

-4

xi..

1--

.

--1--

TREAT

LEG CON

11 i

REFER

ANC SER

.1 : 1111 :

k

FOLLOW

1-2.REVEN

11 :

1

1

,

1

1 #

STATS EIMMIMMIEM189

193

CITATION: Battle, E. S,, et al,

Children's Feelings of Personal Control as Related to Social

Class and Ethnic Group

JOURNAL OF PERSONALITY, 1963, 31: 482-90

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Social class and ethnic group

affiliation is shown to be related to internal vs.external sources of behavior control in children.Middle-class children both black and white res-

ponded more to internal sources. Internal-

external control is a significant personality

dimension.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


;.le

zwa

<!zzwco

Zwa

<>xa.

z>z2:2w>ca.

1

cc:z0:0Lulu'

<xw

Ei."

W

'J'La

-z,1-rruzz:1-

NON-SP . ;

IN COM

IN INT

,

-;-!

-4-

1

-4--

ocpON

:

4-1"1

INDIC

PRB DEF-4-

e1

04,

\.".*

Ar.'SV4 ,..r

q'''' 0

04,

1

TREAT

LEG CON

.

'1

4)

i-

REFER

ANC SER

.

I I

FOLLOW

PREVEN....1 .4....

1

STATS i 1I

1

. I

CITATION: Baumrind, DianaChild Care Practices Anteceding Three Patterns of Preschool Behavior

GEgETIC PSYCHOLOGY, 1967, 75: 43-88

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): That it does not follow from

these results that either parental control or nur-turance bears a positive linear relationship to

competence in preschool children. The subgroups

showed parents of the most competent and matureboys and girls were notably firm, loving, demand-

ing, and understanding. Parents of dysphoric and

disaffiliated children were firm, punitive, and

unaffectionate. Mothers of dependent, immaturechildren lacked control and were ambivalent and

lax. The spontaneity, warmth, zest of Pattern I

children were not affected adversely by high

parental control.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


a<Wwww0

zLI

zzco

<rrOCOxemmEIZwIm13.

z

a.

a Z

w1

. w

c

0x.,w

;-1.w

L7

=t:cxx .1-

NONSP MUM i

IN COM

IN INT

;

cro

G

,

!

1INOIC

PRB DEF

I I-

e

Ci.'s

Asy

0,'

t......i.._

.te

'Q'''C''IP

40

.

.J..1.10111

I

1

TREAT

LEG CON

III

.VAS.,

9-

REFER

ANC SER

.. _FOLLOW,--. ......

PREVEN.

:

STATS 11111111=11111

190

104

CITATION: Bean, Shirley L.The Parents' Center Project; A Multiservice Approach to the

Prevention of Child AbuseCHILD WELFARE. Ray, 1971, 50(51: 277-82

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A group therapy program in com-bination with supervised day time care for smallchildren (with parent participation) has provedsuccessful.

SECTIONS (3): Operation of center and selectioncriteria described. Research objectives des-cribed.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Difficulty in training workers whocould respond defensively to parents.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists -Social Workers

Ze

zwwwIx2Zwxl4m0

fIC

-z

0

Zz0

<>o.

Z>a_

<0W

Z0us

<xus

eus

1.41141

17,!cg

x s '-

NON-SP 11111111111=1111...1 :

1

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB OEF1

1

i... _.4..

TREAT

LEG CON

111 :

1

4' I

REFER

ANC SER1

i...

FOLLOW

PREVEN ,

1

_.i.... --..STATS Min 1 =MI

CITATION: Beck, Bertram AtProtective Casework: RevitalizedCHILD WELFARE, Nov., 1955, 34: 1-20

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A historical tracing of pro-tective service intervention, originating as acoersive socializing force which was considereddisreputable by other social workers, becomingmore acceptable with the notions of: (1) "ag-

gressive casework," (2) ego strengths even indisturbed individuals and; (3) family as aGestalt; is tied in, finally, with a discussionof the acknowledgement and use of authority byprotective caseworkers.

SECTIONS (3):

PARACRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Workers' need to respond to communi-ty's neeas to not tolerate neglect and share thisfact with the client before mobilizing hisstrengths for change.

TARGET POPULATION;


z

z.uitz.,,I2:z..,,,,....;.0Emaiming

<z(5

zzLI

<,_

O.

z,...

0.

4:z0:0us

Is us

cxin

le.

la

1-1,u,,,,,--:.

i .i.-

TT,NONSPIN COM

IN INT

.

1

s

.

INDIC

Wil-EliF_.

-1,- -11--

'--I-- --1.--

TREAT

LEG CON

III '1"i" MI --I-- --1--

MEEs 1

,. .

REFER

ANC SER

III :f

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ill :

1

I

STATS .1111111111111.1111

191

195

CITATION: Hock, Bertram M.Protective Casework: Revitalized - Part II

CHILD WELFARE, Dee., .1955

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author discusses the 3major legal settings of protective casework:(1) removal of child; (2) protective supervisionof child remaining in home; and (3) protectivelegal custody in which child may or may not beremoved; the author also emphasizes legal limi-tations on worker intervention.

SECTIONS (3): Treatment must reflect an appro-priate use of legal and psychological authority,and be oriented towards level at which parentscan be best motivated to respond.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Parents of neglected children areoften frustrated in their attempts to find lifesatisfaction, suffer from "ego weakness," andare unable to respond to reality demands.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


R.z

Zw0Iyggq

.

<!ZZZw, w0. 0

< z- >X I0. a.

o<:Z0:0Elw:w

<x Ee.w XV) w

ow,:fx

-- Icer a I

NON-SP

IN COM '

.

IN INT

111111

INDIC :

4- -4-PRB DEF :2 ;

TREAT

11174711111-1--:3 :

--IIILEG CON

REFER '1

ANC SER

FOLLOW 111 :

.

11111114PREVEN :

STATS MIMI 1 =Ea

CITATION: Beck, Mildred B.The Destiny of the Unwanted Child: The Issue of Calpulsory Pregnancy

Reiterman, C. ABORTION AND THE UNWANTED CHILD, N.Y.: Springer;, 19?1, 59-71

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Unwanted pregnancies frequentlylead to social and emotional problems for thechild, and resentment by the mother.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Mothers are likely to neglect

and abuse their unwanted children, may perceivethe child as bad, and may experience great guilt;(b) A child who is abused will become an abuser;(c) Historical view of contraception and abortionis presented; (d) Looser abortion laws may pre-vent abuse and neglect.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Society for Prevention of Cruelty toChildren coming into being after the Society forPrevention of Cruelty to An i s reflects his-toric unwillingness to acknowledge the problem.

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zZzwa

<zwa

zzw(

<

xwa

z

xa

.

<:zo:o2:Ewow

I

<:x!!:xmow

.-1.w

;,.!;lxmol-

NON-SP . :

IN COM

IN INT

-- 4--.

- 4

-4--

I

r-

.

0'c

.<(.'

e<,`,.

,.--

4

1

c\,

45'

\'" ''')

,0

--

cpe-

;

:

.-rINDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON-t-

1'

;

<2-

-I--

REFER

ANC SER__:.

FOLLOWPREVEN --i

""+" --t

STATS .___ IIIIMI

192

196

CITATION: Beck, RochelleThe White House Conference on Children: An Historical Perspective

HARVARD EDUCATIONAL REVIEW, Nov., 1973, 43(4): 653-668

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Review of past 7 White HouseConferences on Children and discussion ofgeneral trends: increases in Federal expendi-tures; role of the states in using Federal fundt;importance of the family.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZZW0

:< =ZZ{Z1J11440. LI

<

Io.

Z

Ia.

C02ta.ta

Z02

<xtacn

10.xW

:--IJWeLIC,,,6

= :ccI.-,NON-SP num= RU

- --IN

IN INT- -:I

El

CV

0'

__

. _.

-1-1Q6 ,C 0

'S°

4)-

.

eINDIC

PRB DEF1

TREAT

LEG CON 0q-

REFER

ANC SER-- - I--

FOLLOW

PREVEN-.1__ ...i_.

.

_4._

STATS =Mil= I

CITATION: Becker, Thomas T.Child Protective Services and the LawTHE AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOC., CHILDREN'S DIV., 1968, 1-23

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The legal considerationt in-volved in implementation of proceedings in casesof neglect. It gives a case report of the Kentand Gault decisions and the ramifications of thecase.

SECTIONS (3): The historical significance of therole of social workers in establishing a juvenilecourt system and the resulting development ofthat system.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

<ZZz)-)-00x0.,,w0

111111=111111111111I<

tawx0

Z

0

:.:

<

a.

z

X22taxcea.

<

ta

Z

ta

:

:

<

cn

..J

ta

la.W,_ I cr

x . 1--

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF.1- -I_

1

._ :

:

__.i.i

TREAT

LEG CON

:. .

REFER

ANC SER

1111 :

1

.

.

1 1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:1

1

.

I

1.

STATS =MEM=193

191

CITATION: Bell, GwynethParents Who Abuse Their ChildrenCANADIAN PSYCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION JOURNAL, June, 1973, 18(3): 223 -228

KAIN EMPHASIS (4): This article provides a picture

of abusive families. The author cites the lowrate of psychopathology, and the frequent de-

pressions in these families. In other respects

the formulas are heterogenious.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Kempe and Helfer's high riskcriteria are presented: (1) Parental abuse -capability; (2) Vulnerability of child; (3) Pre-sence of a crisis. These parents should be namedin a central registry and frequently visited by a

hem nurse. (b) A multidisciplinary treatmentapproach focusing on the parents.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<Zwwwix22wx:IxLI

<ZLI

ZZc

<>.

G.

Z>-

a.

<0w

Z0w

<xcr)

itw

l-

I

laC4

I-

NON-SP Romig Rs.N COM.. ..i.. ..I.. -IN I N- T : I

INDIC '

PRB DEF .

I. ,.A

c,

TREAT (<51 C)

LEG CON

I\-\d <9isREFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW 1 I.

PREVEN

STATS .111.111/1

CITATION: Bell, Richard Q.A Reinterpretation of the Direction of Effects in Studies of SocializationPSYCHOLOGICAL REVIEW, March, 1968, 75(2): 81-95

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Re-analysis of available re-

search data to show that unidirectional model ofeffect from parent to child on behavior of childis inprecise -- the author suggests that litera-ture indicates child's own behavior plays some

role on parental behavior. Animal and human

studies cited and discussed,

SECTIONS (3): (a) Recent data discordant withparent-effect model; (b) Modifiers of parent re-sponse--child's congenital determinants, differen-tiation of parent response because of child's owncharacteristics; (c) Reinterpretation of recentliterature and some studies difficult to rein-

terpret.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION;


;re

Zzz»00xet;:mwwwxX22wxmcloc50.0.wwwwx.1-

<IZ < Z < Z 4 ,w

NO;'.-SP 1

IN COM

IN INT

I

s'C''''

i

,0gc2

c )

I

.

--

.

INDIC

PRB DEF

1.

I

i,v

,C'eTREAT

LEG CONCS<<2

. ..

REFERREFER

ANC SER

. -.i-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1

STATS 1111111194

CITATION: Bellucci, Matilda T:Group Treatment of Mothers in Child Protection Cases

CHILD WELFARE, Feb. 1972, 51(2): 110 -116

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of one small grouptreatment approach with very deprived mothers whomistreated their children--beginning April 1969- -Hamilton City Welfare Dept., Cincinatti.

SECTIONS (3): (a) In future, would screen out:extremely passive, paranoid, schizophrenic, ex-tremely withholding individuals; (b) Successfuluse of volunteers, homemakers -- other communityresources not used because of mother's apathy;(c) Psychodynamics of participants; (d) Advantagesof using cotherapists--e.g., good male-femalemodel; (e) Treatment gains.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Use of authority to force women toparticipate in group.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists -Social Workers

zZZW0

cl ZeLiz

w: W0.0

EMEMMI1*1I1

1

eic

>-xa.

z>.x22taa.ta

1

4C

0Z0to

I

1

<xin

-10.)(74.:(zto

i

:W}... s ex,,x.,-

,

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

III

INDIC

PRB DEF

_i_

I . .TREAT

LEG CON

i

1.

REFER

ANC SER

111 1

1

I

FOLLOWF42EVEN

111 :

1

....111...=

.

STATS

CITATION: Bender, L., et al.The Reaction of Children to Sexual Relations with AdultsAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY, October, 193?, 7: 500

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author examines the effecton children of adult-child sex relations.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Sixteen case histories are pre-

sented. There were two major findings. (1) Many

of the children were victims of the situation theadult placed them in and made normal adjustmentwith few adverse psychological effects when re-moved from the sexual relationship with the adult.(2) A smaller group of children appeared to ac-tively initiate sexual contact with adults and tohave more or less severe psychological problems.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

195

199

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsBehavioral Scientists

ZZ

WWW000a.

CC z 4

IZ

Xatatacn

C

2

Z

2Ji_x 0...

w xtax.1-

rz4JWCC

i cc

NONSP :

IN COM

IN INT

imut_i____....

INDIC

PRB DEF .

1

,

I

1.

TREAT

LEG CON

111 :

-t - -4-1

.

-4-- -4-

REFER

ANC SER

II :

..,- -4-1

_:._,__1

FOLLOWPREVEN

11 '

1

1

1

STATS =MIMI

r

CITATION: Benedek, ThereseAdaptation to Reality in Early InfancyPSYCHOANALYTIC QUARTERLY, 1938, 7: 200-15

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A psychoanalytic discussion em-phasizing that the psychology and physiology ofthe-newborn can not be separated. Reviews of themajor psychoanalysts are given regarding instinc-tual reactions of the newborn; and the charlge fromno stimuli within the womb to bombardment of stim-uli after birth. The normalities of babies' be-havior are also given.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZe

illLI

.0 Z

W W0 0

< Z>0:0

X 2W!a. a.

IIC:Z

2W

X j.W XU) id

-JiIla..,HCC-.'j;CCIII-

NON-SP 111.1111111 IIIN COM

IN INT

:

: *i-: t

. .

IN DIE

PRB DEF

'

A. S\'' c2

TREAT

LEG CON.01- .co .

(,,ci d

"k c:.

_. .

tC) .s(c.

i;,' ._9. .

..:._REFER

ANC SER

111

111111111111110

FOLLOW- .. .

PREVEN

STATS

CITATION: Benedek, ThereseParenthood as a Developmental PhaseJOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN PSYCHOANALYTIC ASSOC., 1959, 7: 389-417

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Author argues that personalitydevelopment continues under the influence of re-productive physiology beyond adolescence and thatparenthood uses the same primary processes whichhave operated from infancy in mental growth anddevelopment.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Author analyzes the psycho-sexualdevelopment of the mother (the mother's workingthrough primary oral conflicts with her own mother,incorporating nipple, oral phases, etc.); (b) Theauthor reviews some of the analytic literature onmother-child interaction, and parallel investiga-tion of other and child in therapy.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Author discusses the influence ofsex role identification and other analytic con-cepts on the parent-child relationship.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral-Psychoanalytic

ctz

4c

zzz

a.a.

z.

a.a.

O2

zO2

a.

w. IX

0;

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

RN

III,II

1111111111

4, O.

196

CITATION: Benedek, TheresePsycho-biological Aspects of Mothering

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTNOPSYCHIATRY, 1956, 26: 272-278

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Paper discussing the thesis thatquality of maternal behavior (motherliness) isdetermined by the quality of the'childhood rela-tionship between the mother and her own mother.This thesis is discussed in terms of physiologicaltraits of the reproductive process in women.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral. Scientists

zZ2wLI

<1z2w0

i

2w0

<)-I0.

z).IO.

I

<:z0:0212W : W

XwV)

exW

:

ilgH-,=;CE2:1'

NONSP1

IN COM

IN INT

:

-41- -I- -1-

YS

C

1

_INDIC

PRB DEF1.

1

0

5'

"4<,,

4°

TREAT

LEG CON

;

4.

.111111.11.11.

REFER...ANC SER

.

.

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

: :

1

STATS

CITATION: Benedel :, Therese

The Psychosomatic Implications of the Primary Unit: Mother & ChildAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTROPSYCHIATRY, 1949, 19: 642-54

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The main emphasis is that women'biological needs are presented in motherlessness,as women have a need for continuation of symbiosisin the puerperium and during the child's infancy.The physiological and mental apparatus of the in-fant represents a system which communicates broadlyand fluently with the system of the mother.Mothering enlarges the span of the mother's per-sonality. The post-partum emotional lag allowsmother to be mothered before giving to the child --as the nine-month hormones were preparing her body;now these are separate and it takes some time toget back the oneness.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

TARGET POPULATION:


197

201

CITATION: Beranb, MC, at al,

A "Pseudo" Battered Child

CLINICAL PEDIATRICS, April, 1966, 5(4); 230-237

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Presentation of a case study ofa retarded, 32 month old boy who had swelling oflegs and shoulders revealed that he had not beenbattered but suffered from multiple nutritionaldiseases, the dominant one being active scurvy.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z

zwLI

.za.

z>.xa.

.:c

02w

z02w

xww

d.xw

,J.,L-:cc=I'mx1i-

NON-SP.1 RUM .

1

IN COM

IN INT:

-:- -4.- .-I

IINDIC

PRB DEF111111 1

4 1

' '

:

TREAT

LEG CON111 '

-4-1.

-4- -4-

.

4-

REFER

ANC SER

' 1 E 1 '

FOLLOW

PREVEN 1

1111 : 1-.1

-.4.... --1... __:....

STATS ABM= !,CITATION: Berenberg, William

Toward the Prevention of Neuranotor DysfunctionDEVELOP. MED. CHILD NEVROL., London, 1969, 11: 137-41

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes seriousness of multiplevarieties of brain dysfunction and preventativesuggestions.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Children who may suffer impairedintellect due to parental abuse nust be detectedearly although this is difficult.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

ZW(9

:

<1ZZwLI

11111.111111111/11

zw(.5

Q)-Xa.

z>.Xa.

;< :20102:2w I w

1

1

<xww

ElXU1

1 -1.w,,,-1cgIce= I I-

NON.SP

IN COM

IN INTTNDIC

PRB DEF A IIt- 1111--1 --1--TREAT

LEG CON

.

REFER.. ...... .....ANC SER

1

....,..........,....: E ., .

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.1

'

1 ' .

1.

.

STATS 11111

202198

CITATION: Barlow, LeonardRecognition and Rescue of the Battered Child

HOSPITALS, J.A.H.A., January 16, 1067, 41: 68-61

OWINNINIM.

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Action against child abusers isoften not taken by those who come in contact withabuse because of a resistance to personal in-volvement and lack of clear indicators. .

SECTIONS (3): (a) Abuse appears to came from anoverflow of personal frustration, irresponsibilityand expecting the child to live up to the abuser'sexpectations. As the abuser, parenthood isgenerally little more than biologic; (b) Laws aremandatory and limit liability, however, they areonly as good as those who are willing to use it.(c) Indicators - typical reactions and attitudesof battering parents are listed in comparison toa list of nurturing parent patterns.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z.6.

tz',..4

Z..6

<rI

z..

I

:.

0:0mi

x ev:s

1.7,

IMF

1

wm

NON-SP 4

IN com

IN INT

I

a

INDIC

PRB DEF

111 31

3:

11111 1

.

:

,

'

TRE

ONLEGCON.1.

31

111

1

i

..;

REFER

ANC SER:

:.

.

4.I1

I

.I

I

I

I

I8

FOLLOW

PREVEN .

111 : :

.

.

:

1".

:

1t

:r.

STATS Millillall 1

CITATION: Bettelheim, BrunoA Normal Mode of Behavior and Haw to Control ItCHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, FIFTH ANNUAL SEMINAR, Tulsa, Okla., Oct., 1972

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The necessity of teachingchildren about violence/aggression so they canbetter understand that cooperation is needed andpreferable. Violence = natural form of behavior;children must learn about it to be able to control

it.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION


z

Zzz>.wwwxx200oa.

.clzdc

am=.

z<>.0xetmawwow

Z

2wLI<

xz1.-

-1iW

cc

NONSPIN COM

IN INT:.

A.c...

'CC'

.

0A

INDIC

PRB DEF

O.

(5)eLeoeo

...

TREAT

LEG CON

.

..v .."

REFER

ANC SERL1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

,

--i--1

--i-- -r--.

STATS 11.1...11

199

203

CITATION: Bezzeg, Elizabeth D., et al.The Role of the Child Care Worker in the Treatment of Severely Burned

ChildrenPEDIATRICS, Oct., 1972, 50(4): 617-24

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Role of child caseworker as mem-ber of hospital burn team; duties include assist-ing burned child to deal with trauma and pain, tocope with altered relationships with peers,family; - several case examples (tangential rela-tionship to abuse/neglect).

SECTIONS (3): Causes of burns: neglect or peersupervision, self-provoked, child abuse, acci-dental.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Particular difficulties ofburned child - regression anger; (b) What CCWneeds to know - training implications.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientistsand Social Workers

ZZZW0

<ZW0

ZZ410

4c

>-ICI.

z>.IO.

e

e4:20:02:Wed,

xWU)

a...

xW

J1

;La,,,,;CEtt=:ceMei

NON-SP 4 1111111111111111IN COM

IN INT..l.. ...1...

. .

..i.. ...INDICPRBDEF 3

.1.:

-i. .i.,

I

4. .i .

TREAT

LEG CON

1

-I--: :

1 -1- -t-- -1.

REFER

ANC SER

,

1,

'

,

1

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN i --t- 1--:

.

STATS Mill.11111111..

CITATION: Bhattacharya, A. K., et al.Battered Child Syndrome: A Review with a Report of Two SiblingsINDIAN PEDIATRICS, April, 1967, 4: 186-94

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A review of the literature onthe battered child syndrome and a report of twoabuse cases in India for the purpose of makingthe medical profession in India aware of theproblem.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Clinical indications of abuse,e.g., nature of injuries, discrepancy behavior;(b) Age incidence in children, psycho-socialaspects of problem.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics on incidence of abuseneglect in U.S. and United Kingdom; (b) Psycho-therapy should be assured to parents--if not help-ful, child should be separated from parents; (c)M.D. should report cases to police.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

Zwwwmx2tax;.;0

i.

41ZZ0

Z0

cc

>->.0Q.

z

0.

<

w

MEI=

Z0xew

<

cn w

-1eLg!

,7:m

Z e INON-SP 111111 :4

IN.COM -...1..IN INT .

...1.3. ._.i.

...

:.

ralINDIC

PRB DEF

4.

11111..1. I

TREAT

LEG CON

:

-1.--.

.

4

.

.1.

.

-.

REFER

ANC SER

.

4.

.

: :

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :

.

:

,

STATS 1 1111111111111111.11

204200

CITATION: Biaestook, D.Custody of Children

MEDICAL JOURNAL OF AUSTRALIA, Dec, 22, 1973, 2: 1128

MAIN EMPHASIS (4):

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): The author suggests the adversteyprinciple is detrimental to investigating thefacts of child abuse. Pediatricians and healthnurses should be in role of friend of the courtsin child abuse proceedings. Interdisciplinaryapproaches to the problem are advocated.

M-ATION (1): The nuclear family and its implica-tions for child proteCtion and child custody as ameans of-protecting children are both mentioned.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

ZzzrrOOxemW0000.mwwww

:<1Z

wwxx22wx'gm< z < Z <

xi--

w

NON-SP IMEM111111111111IN COM

IN INT

II--4 -- +

1

1

-1.- +INDIC : :

1

PRB DEF1 :

I

I

TREAT li '4.I

4I

.;. . ..LEG CON : :

REFER III

.

ANC SER -rU

FOLLOW I 1

:

PREVEN

11 -'

. .

ii

t

STATS 1111111111.1:

CITATION: Billingsley, AndrewThe Role of the Social Worker in a Child Protective AgencyCHILD WELFARE, Nov., 1964, 472-9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The child protective worker andfamily counseling worker were found to have dif-ferences in role performance, with the CPS per-formance divided between clients and communitywhereas FCW performance centered in an agency, butthere was significant role deprivation for CPS, asclient needs were not often placed first.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Social Workers

ZZZw0

<lzZ0z0(W7

<ro.

zro.

1

<:zOHOw:w

<xin

EL3

w

:w1-' : ''''

X.F-

NONSP 4 =MI : MIIN COM :

IN INT

I

INDIC

FRB DEF-- ..4..Eu..i....1..

:

TREAT : '

LEG CON

UM:

REFER .

.1....

I

.i..

... .4.'

..i...

ANC SER' '

FOLLOW 111 :

. .

PREVEN .'I

',

STATS 111111111.1111111111111

201

203

CITATION: Billingsley, Andrew, et al.Agency Structure and the Commitment to Service

PUBLIC WELFARE, July, 1966, 246-251

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A comparison of child welfare:

and public assistance agencies. The authors sug-

gest that CPS should be a part of child welfare

services. Services at child welfare have morebuilt-in professionalism, are less vulnerable torepressive elements and are thus more innovative.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Social Workers andBehavioral Scientists

Zzwwwxxm:mwxYlm(.9

4zc.9

I Zz(.9

cc

>-

a.

z>-

D.

< : Zo :o

w w

<x

U)

5.1

w

wt m

2I-NON-SP

1I

i

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB OEF

1

4-:

-4-

;

.-4-

.

-4-

,

-4-I

TREAT

LEG CON

111

,

I : : MIREFER

ANC SER

il 1

: ' I

FOLLOW .PREVEN

.1.-- ....I.... ....;... --1...

STATS MR i 111.111.11

CITATION: Birch, Herbert C.Malnutrition, Learning, and IntelligenceA.TPH, June, 1972, 62(6): 773-784

MAIN EMPHASIS (O Malnutrition is a widespreadproblem responsible for life-long deficiencies.Summarizes research on the relationship of mal-nutrition to intelligence, behavior, and physical

development.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Follow-up studies of children hospi-

talized for malnutrition show lower IQ's.

TARGET POPULATION:


--.---r2Zw01300.0.wwww

<2w w

Q z

1 '

4Zmm

1

<x e

xts4x

Id

mI-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT 1. 'A

.0

,"I

:fo

.

. .

INOIC

PRB DEF I

.04.'

TREAT

LEG CON

i

()

,e'A...

cs.e<'s1

:

--1..

REFER

ANC SER-4--

I

--1-I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I

:

I

:

.

:

STATS 1.

1

206202

CITATION: Birch, Herbert, et aZ.The Problem of Comparing Home Rearing Versus Foster Hone

Rearing in Defective ChildrenPEDIATRICS Dec. 1961 28: 956-81

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A methodologic critique of thestudy of Centerwall and Centerwall, which con-cludes that the factors of associated sibship,family social status and attitudes, and feelingsof parents toward the affected child have to beevaluated prior to an accurate evaluation ofparents and child.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

wwwzz221a0

<'Z

0(

cc

o.

z

Q.

..ic

w

Z

wx

0El

>c=:ccw

1-Ilw

1--, : cc

z .1-

N°N.SP iiiiiiiiiigii.

1

\' cC

'- ..

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

1

1

&0..%

C'.?

<"

TREAT

LEG CONC-

Sk

REFER. ------ ...

ANC SER.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 1 .

STATS

CITATION: Birrell, John H. W.

"Where Death Delights to Help the Living" Forensic Medicine - Cinderella?THE MEDICAL JOURNAL OF AUSTRALIA, Feb. 7, 1970, 2: 253-62

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Legal medicine is directly re-lated to n.blic health problems today, thus highlytrained, better paid medico-legalists are neededaround the clock for consultation which links thedisciplines in treatment of medico-legal cases.Protection of physicians must be extended to re-searchers who need postmortem information.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Common problems encountered incases of sexual offense are: (1) victim's lack ofadequate information about bodies; (2) lack ofbirth control; (3) trauma of court witnessing; and(4) physician's refusal to examine victim.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The community fails to adequatelyrecognize, treat and protect abused or neglectedchildren.

MENTION (1): (a) Prevention of neglect and abuse by"troops of health visitors" to homes is recom-mended; (b) Social problems, neglect and abusestatistics in Australia are given.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<ZLa000mw:wwwzo-

< ZZ ZLaw

IMES11111

4 z- )-212:2ta

i

4:Z0:0 <x a~l

XCP..;CC

1W:CC

iNON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

:

:

II :

I

INDIC

PRB DEF..1.

:

_a.

:

T --

31

TREAT

LEG CON

4

4 1

-; -i- -IIIREFER

ANC SERI

.

4

.

.

--:--1

--i--

FOLLOWPREVEN

1

r1

111111M1111111111111511

:

-t-1

.

--r-- -4--STATS 1

203

207

CITATION: Birrell, R. G.The Maltreatment Syndrome in ChildrenMED. JOURNAL OF AUST., December 10, 1966, (2): 1134-1138

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case examples of abused childrenare presented along with photographs.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Indicators of child abuse are adiscrepancy in the story provided by parents and

physicians, delay in reporting, and breaks andwounds of various stages of healing; bruise loca-tions often identify the manner or type of abuse;(b) Problem defs: abusing parents all had a dis-turbed family background, alcoholism, sexual prom-iscuity, financial difficulty and mental illness.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzwwwCs

,

cdzzCS

z

C.1

<

XX2Zwx=;ce13.

.11111111111111

z>.00xe.7,:mO.

a

W

;

W

:

,

.

.

cc:

cn 14.1

,

,,:Iii

I I I-

1

NON-SP 4IN COM

IN INT

:

INDIC

PRB DEF

I 31.

3:

1111111111..._ __.1..

: :

LEG 1 NEIN

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW 111 :

PREVEN "I

,

STATS RE MI .

CITATION: Birreil, R. C., et al.

The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children: A Hospital Survey

THEMFD1CAL JOURNAL OF AUSTRALIA, Dec., 7, 1968, 2(23): 1023-9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Summary of the results of 42case studies of child maltreatment.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Use of discrepancy betweenparents account of cause of injury and severity ofinjury, radiological findings, and other indicesas indicators of child abuse; (b) The contribu-tions the social worker and multi-profession teamapproach can make to treatment are discussed; (c)Charts and tables summarizing case studies.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Disturbed background of parentscongenital defects, lower social class character-istic of cases studied; (b) The reasons doctorsare reluctant to make an initial complaint.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


azLS

az(.1

zzCS

cc

Y

a.

zY

a.

a0La

Z0w

,cxu)

ew

1-,1W

7,:M

x t )-

NONSP 4 ini.11111=111:

-4-- -i-

.

-I--

.

--i-- 7'i--

IN COM

IN INT

PA

INDIC

PRB DEF

3

2

'.4..

:

.

.4.

1

. 1

=4. . 4 ..4._

TREAT

LEG CON

II '

-I--1

;1

'

.

-i-.

,

--;

.

REFER

ANC SER f--NE .

1 1

1

9

IIHIIIIHIIIIFII

FOLLOWPREVEN

111 1

1

1

:

STATS 3 11111 1

204

208

CITATION: Bleiberg, NinaThe Neglected Child and the Child /Meath Conference

NEW YORK STATE JOURNAL OF MIME, July 15, 1965, 65: 1880-5

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Study conducted to see whetherphysicians not alert to the incidence of abuse/neglect in N.Y.C. Questionnaires sent to 200physicians at 88 child health stations in NYC--18cases reported in 1 year period. Findings include:neglect/abuse probably much more pervasive in com-munity; complex causes of abuse include parents'own deprivation; M.D.s need to become more alertto 'problem--only 12 out of 100 reported a problem.

SECTIONS (3): Four case histories.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Characteristics of families:family unit fragmented and in crisis; neglect orabuse may be expression of parents' ignorance/inability to cope with child rearing.

MENTION (1): (a) Recommendation of locating centralregistry; (b) Child health conferences designed togive preventive care to infants and pre-schoolchildren.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZZW0

< ! ZZ lzW'01t2

1.....1115.111111

<>Xa.

-4.-

z>ri.

< :Z0 : 02:EWSW

-1-s

<xwca

.31.

xia,

:-

t"'i

-i-

wCt

Cti-

NON-SP 3

!N COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

1_.,__EiI .

., i

II

TREAT

LEI; CON

i '

1

.

.

,

s

,

.

REFER

ANC SER

i 1

.

1. .

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

s

. 4.- . ..

.

.

1

...111.11=11.

-;.- - -F --

STATS

CITATION: Bloch, HarryDilemma of "Battered Child" and "Battered Children"NEW YORK STATE JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, March, 15, 1973, 73: 799-800

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): General historical survey ofcruelty to children--including 18th century re-formers, exploitation of children in Industrial

Revolution.

SECTIONS (3): Distinction between "battered child"

(by individual) and "battered children" (societal)--discussion of societal influences.

PARAGRAPHS (2);

MENTION (1);

205

209

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zZt..

Zww,,,xxz.....Lux=ct(5(900.11.14,wo

Mall

'< ZZ z

< z>>.00xet7,:m

< Z

lin

<

W

:ww

s.1--

4;NON -SP

IN COM

IN INTI- -1"

e

:

:1

INDIC

PRB DEF

' El : ' 1

TREAT

LEG CON 1

'

1

'

:

REFER

ANC SER

'.4- .4_1

'

1

.4. ..1

'

- - - --1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:'

1 e

,1,

1

1

'

'

STATS Mniallaillill

CITATION: Mackey, N. J.Observations on Infantile Coxa Vara

J. BONE AND JOINT BURG., Brit. Volume London, Feb., 1969, 51B(1): 106-111

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): That infantile coxa vara is mostlikely to be due to distal movement of the femoralhead relative to the shaft and neck, resultingfrom severe trauma. This infantile coxa vara is

distinct from congenital.

SECTIONS (3): Case study of 6 abused children withresulting infantile coxa vara.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zzZz>->-00x5i.thHtsswtssIz22wx;ce0MEINIIIIIIMIMI

:t! Z

0 0

.

i< z

0. 0.

a z

w us

.

u) us

._,:w

S:

1

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF1 4.1_

,

...i...

TREAT

LEG C ON

'.

1

REFER

ANC SER :

:

. 'FOLLOW

PREVENi1

5.1111111M1' ....i__

1

.

STATS

:ITATION: Bloomberg, WarnerA City for Children: The Year 2005CHILDHOOD EDUCATION, Jan., 1972, 48(4): 170-4

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A subjective description of whatchildren were "taught" by the experiences of the

1970's.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public andBehavioral Scientists

zZZ

014.1 14

(0

>-z

O2

OUI

x(f,

-J0.)6C

-'

411-6. te4)I te

1-6.

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT-4-

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

-t-

PREVEN

STATSV

206

2 ()

CITATION: Blue, T,The Battered Child Syndrome from a Social Work View Point

CANADIAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH, May, 1965, 56: 197-198

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Legal considerations which em-phasize that the new legislation. reveals a lackof uniformity in language, objectives, jurisdic-tion and method of meeting the problem.

SECTIONS (3): Abuse is often the result of mentalretardation which results in no responsibilityfor action, mental illness and personality dis-orders.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Training of social workers shouldbe geared toward diagnosing personality symptoms.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Social Workers

ZZe

ZW0

aZW(.9

zZWLI

<>ICL

z>-ICL

, 1

< :z0:02:2W. W

<XWof

0-1-><;;CCW

.tli~,-S, I

NON.SP 11.5111IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

N 1

,

:

1 :2

TREAT

LEG CON

11 _i1

:

,

..i.-

,

inREFER

ANC SER

11 .

4-.

-;--

FOLLOW._-. ......

PREVEN__,.._

1111111 :

I

_1__ .

STATS IBM=

CITATION: Blumberg, Marvin b.Psychopathology of the Abusing ParentAMERICAN JOURNAI, OF PSYCHOTHERAPY, 1974, 28(1): 21-9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of psychodynamics ofphysically abusive parent from the perspective of

several authors.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Incidence of abuse/neglectthroughout time; (b) Psychotherapy with abusiveparents and children--e.g., group therapy.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Identifying potential abusers and

provide therapy--Kempe/Heffer questionnaire.

MENTION (1): (a) Child may be "reciprocal stimulus"for continued brutality; (b) Statistics on annualnumber of abuse/neglect cases in New York, and

United States.

TARGET POPULATION:


«ZLu(7

Zw(.9

ZzLuzLI

<

0.

z»zE2w>cIm0.

<0W

Z0W

--"T

<x

11)

:

"Z

W

, ,:41

tr., : cc

1 0-

NON.SP MI= 31

IN COM .1-

:-- 4-IN INT .

INDIC-f

: :

PRB DEF

111

: 41

TREAT

LEG CON

:

1

3:-1- -i-

REFER;- ...1- .1. 1 ..i.

ANC SER .

FOLLOWPREVEN

Mil :

2

, 1

STATS 1 IN=207

2 ='3.

CITATION: Blumberg, MyrnaWhen Parents Hit OutTWENTIETH CENTURY, Winter, 1964/1966, 174:39-40

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of normally acceptedphysical punishment of children by parents and ofabnormal use of violence by parents. NationalSociety for Prevention of Cruelty to Children (GreatBritain) decides whether act is punishment orassault.

SECTIONS (3): Discussion of characteristics ofabusers: family history of mental abnormality,much physical ill-health, intellectual dullness,rejection in own childhood (based on imprisonedabusers investigated by Dr. T. C. N. Gibbens andA. Walker).

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Statistics on A/N in Great Britain -Decrease in abuse cases since 1963 but rise inneglect.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists,General Public

!

Ze <!z < z < Z Q

z zz)-,-00x et:,:ccuiwuJIZ22ui x.,--.ce0 0 0 a. Q. u: W u) la

...,:w

Zs f

NON-SP =al : U--4-.IN COM

IN INT 11111

'

INDIC

PRB OEF 4

111_1111111111111111111

1.

,

--1I 111-1-- IIIII

__L. __L-

. .

...i...

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ME1

:

1.111..111/1=1

. t

STATS

CITATION: BlUmenthal, Monica D.Justifying Violence: Attitudes of American Men

AGGRESSION, VIOLENCE AND CHILDHOOD, Fifth Annual Seminar, Children's MedicalCenter_ Tu1sn, Oklohnma, Or.tnhar 1.979

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A discussion of forces influenc-ing attitudes toward violence and conclusions drawnfrom study of attitudes toward violence. Conclu-sions: (1) Use of violence has widespread accep-tance in U.S.; (2) Violence is deeply rooted in

contemporary American values; (3) violence is jus-tified relative to extent individual identifieswith contenders in the violence; (4) Rhetoric playsmajor role in justifying violence.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zzz>-,-00xtaului2X22wx-;cc000ma z a z

awwwct z < Iam.

wX.1"-

-': ui

1..1Ct

NONSP1

IN COM

IN INT.

1

. 1

:

A"\'

0

coC-

.

INOIC

PRB OEFI.

I

..;.

0'c

\,'.4

--

<('(''

0<c,

.

TREAT

LEG CONI-

i

..43

. .

REFER

ANC SER --i--

FOLLOW

PREVEN 4111--1111STATS

N.S. Ad

208

CITATION: Boardman, HelenA Project to Rescue Children from ,Inflicted Injuries

SOCIAL WORK, January 2962, 43-67.

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Medical staff must obtain a care-ful history, and the physicians have to work toovercome their beliefs that battering is not cannonand that at a point in time, parents' rights haveto be subordinate to childrens' rights.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case studies are presented depic-ting battering. (b) Child becomes a symbol of theaggression of the adult; there is a repetitivenature of the injuries; the abuser is reacting tohis own feelings. (c) California has mandatoryreporting and Juvenile Court's jurisdictionalpowers in child abuse cases.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Initial interview: Time is ofthe essence, and social workers should look fordisinterest or hostility, as these parents arehard to reach. (b) Indicators are the repetitivenature of injuries.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientistsand Social Workers

z.1

zlaC.,

:

<:zzW0

1111E1111111

zla0

<)-XCL

z)-XCL

.1

:z0:02;SUS ;41

--'

,,.

xla(f)

eXta

:-.::W

.,7,,t -Z.: : MT I

;

,

NON.SP

IN COM : 4 '_,___

IN INT: 2; :

INDIC

PRB DEF

;

:

2:--

3 ;

..,__,

. ....

TREAT '

LEG CON-t--

:

-I-3: -1- 1

REFER I :.

.. _.

ANC SER

FOLLOW in :

PREVEN

STATS 111111.111

CITATION: Poehm, B.An Ass,,vsment of Family Adequacy in Protective Cases(WM!: WELFARE, January 1962, 10-16

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This article presents a researchplan for studying the criteria used by socialworkers on reaching placement decisions in protec-tive services. By examining casework decisionsthe auth'rs hope to determine the implicit criteriEmployed by practitioners.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The methodological problems in thstudy design are discussed. (b) The lack of cleacriteria in coming to a decision between the prosand cons of placement or home-based services isdiscussed.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral, SocialWorkers

Zazmwilimx2Ew:x

a:z20oaawwur.wo

.

""

a z7.- ).-

<0 0

I

a;IJx A a

A

w.w

L.IM;,:

=Ice

NON.SP ..

.

...- . --,

IN COM

IN INT i

.

.4.-1

.

--i-

'

...

.

.:-

'

.

.4.

.

PRB DEF' I '

:

TREAT

LEG CON

4 '

4--i

1

-4- -.a

-.1- 4-

REFER

ANC SER 3 !.

.

.....1-....-

;

:

.

FOLLOW

eREVEN

A

I

1

1

:...I.

1

I1

.---+--I1

I

STATS :a.r

A

1

L....I

'A

L......

209

21 3

CITATION: Boehm, Bernice -

The Community and the Social Agency Define Neglect

CHILD WELFARE, November 1964, 453-464

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This presentation of a studyshows the difference between community emphasis ofSES factors of neglect, and social work emphasison severity of problem and healthy emotional

adjustment. Community definition of neglect isfailure to provide care, guidance, and protectionto meet child's basic needs, especially if physicalrather than mental hazard is involved.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Laws have been oriented to pro-tecting children's basic rights and safeguardingindividuals from unwarrented intervention. (b) Needfor treatment of stress to prevent problems vianetwork of resources. (c) Case illustrations of

criteria used in neglect complaints are presented.

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics show 65% of neglect isreported by.community agencies and 35% by indivi-

duals. (b) Minnesota included "emotional neglect"

in its statistics.

TARGET POPULATION:


z.1zZz,-,-00xe,mwwwxx22usx7=Im0

<z

0 0

<

a.

z

0.

4

W

Z

W

..4c:

Cl)

1

.

W

..,iw

I . I-

N(M4"" 2 11111111H1111111 :

IN COM

IN INT

111 :

,_ .1. .. . .I. .i.

INDIC

PRB DEF 4.1. .i.

1

.. . .i.

'

_i.

'

TREAT

LEG CON

11

1- 4 - -- 4- 4-1

REFER

ANC SER

:. . .

1

.

FOLLOW_ _____PREVEN

N :

, :

. . .

STATS RIMMIIIM111111

CITATION: Boisvert, Maurice J.The Battered Child SyndromeSOCIAL CASEWORK, October 1972, 53(8) :475-480

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of typology system inwhich characteristics of abused and abuser are

given 4 types of "uncontrollable battering" and 2types of "controllable battering."

SECTIONS (3): (a) Treatment indicated for each of

the above classifications. (b) Massachusetts

legislation covering child abuse with latersuggestion that caseworker be given legal represen-

tation.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Anticipated recurrence of abuse in

these classifications.

MENTION (1): For one classification, the mother'sname given to hospitals could alert staff to childabuse potential for future children.

TARGET POPULATION:

Social Workers

ZZzwwwxs22wx0

1z

0

.

Zz0

<>.

a.

Z>.

o.

1 ! Z0.0wl1 w

=Mill1

4._

<x

CA

-.4--

6.'

W

',7,

I.

_4.-

w

mI-

NON -SP Ma :

IN COM----- ---_.

IN INT

:

...__ .1...

INDIC

PRB DEF-- 1

4:-4_

1

.

._4.

.

,

4- .i.

.

TREAT

LEG CON

3'

3:--1--

. .

REFER

ANC SER

. . ,

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 2:.

1:

1

-....

1

.i..

1

.

«..1

'

.

«

1

STATS 111111.11111111111

210

214

CITATION: Sole, W. ScottThe Battered Child SyndremeDELEWARE MED. JOURNAL, July 1967, 39:176 -180

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Indicators to be aware of indetermining child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Case study of abuse which isevaluated.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZZwwwx0

.0

Z0

ZZ0

<>-

G.

Z,-z22wxG.

.0 Z0 0IL IL

1

.4

< El!(A IL

JOa

,,,, IX=IceI s I

NON-SP 11111Mall IIIN COM

IN INT

III-

.

-1-

'

-: --,

1

-I-

INDIC

PRB DEF'.4.:

4 ;....

4 1

'

-4

1

.4-

.

.

TREAT

LEG CON

III : I

REFER

ANC SER

1 :

. ....4- .4.

1 IIIIII

-4--

'

1

FOLLOW.--- ------

PREVEM

11 I......

;

-4,-.

1

I

--;....1

1

.4.-- -..t.-

STATS 1111111 1

CITATION: Bongiovi, J.J., et al.Pancreatic Pecudocyet Occurring in the Battered Child SyndromeJOURNAL OF PEDIATRIC SURGERY, April 1969, 4(2) :220 -226

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): To report the first documentedcase of pseudocyst formation in the battered childsyndrome- -full length case history described(includes treatment).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Tables covering 35 cases of pseudocyst of the pancreas. (b) The rarity of pseudo-cysts c:curring in infancy--easier to diagnose ifhistory of trauma (which occurs in 50% o? cases)is available.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Kempe's 1962 paper on batteredchild syndrome and x-ray indications of physicalabuse. (b) Should consider the possibility ofintra-abdominal injury in any battered child.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists - Surgeons

2ZZw0

<Zw0

2Zw0

<>-=G.

z,-=G.

1

<:Z0:02:2IL Li

<x f.w x(.1) IL

....,

1 (ai-Im(..1-)ImI . I

NON-SP : 4

IN COM

IN INT.1-

I

'

..i..

i

..1.....4,..

.

INDIC

PRO DEF

III '

: 41

' '

4----

I

TREAT

LEG CON

IIIIIII :

REFER

ANC SER

. .

FOLLOW

PREVEN.. ..i... ..4._ ...... .

STATS!

:

211

215

CITATION: Bergman, Robert D.Intelligence and Maternal InadequacyCHILD WELFARE, May 2919, 48(4)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Retrospective analysis over 4year period of IQ test results of 50 mothers fromsmall North Carolina community indicates relation-ship between low scores and failure to provideadequate care for children. Below 60 IQ moreprevalent among inadequate mothers.

SECTIONS (3): Literacy not a factor in characteriz-ing inadequate mothers.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Implications of findings for treat-ment--limited mental abilities may preclude mothersfrom ever acquiring child rearing skills needed- -suggests need for continuing casework.

MENTION (1): (a) Indications of abuse/neglect inchildren, e.g., unsanitary home, children complainornot 5eing fed, mother drunk in public often, etc(b) Emotional abuse/neglect not included as defi-ciency characteristic of parenting because toovague to be explored in study. (c) Statisticaltables on study results.

TARGET POPULATION:


z

ztuwwxx22000mmww<z

1

Zz

< Z < Z

,

NONSP

IN COM

IN INTINDIDIPRB DEF

- -4 - -, .i--,"1.."I

i

4

'

: I

1

t

TREAT

LEG CON

2 '

-f-'

-4'I--

REFER

ANC SER

a.1

i i

.

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

$.

i1

'1I

1

H-STATS 1

I!

1, .

CITATION: Bourke, William A.F.Developing an Appropriate Focus in Casewo"k with Families in which Children

are neglectedDIZZBra,r0N3 A esTiaczajdarzazysijaal___

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Results of exploratory study todetermine the nature ana focus in problem-solvingduring first 3 months of service to neglectfulfamilies. Data taken from case records of 50families.

SECTIONS (3): Findings suggest that casework shouldemphasize helping client to do something aboutproblem rather than trying to modify his needs,

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (i):

TARGET POPULATION:


U0

<

W0

Zzla0

<

:I:cl.

Z

xcl.

<

2...1

Z

2w

,xlao

..I0.xtu

...1I W

1., 8 IX

Icex 0-

I'ADNSP:4 : 111111111111

IN COM

IN INT 4'4-1- -:- 1INDIC

PRB DEF I

I i

'I

TREAT

LEG CON

11111114...

..i...

REFER

ANC SER

. 1

:

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I

.

1 1

.-,-- .3...

STATS .

21u212

CITATION: Brai"!sford, ;la= P.

Ossifying Haematoma and Other Simple Lesions Mistaken for SarcomataBRITISH JOURNAL OF RADIOLOGY, April 1948, 21(244):157-170

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Reactive changes in bone whetherdue to inherent abnormality in ossification,

trauma, infection, deficiency of certain endocrineor vitamins, or neoplasia may be associated withthe proliferation of cells in all stages ofmaturity. Case studies and findings are presented.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZz.wwwxx22wx=Ice0

<Zz0

z0

4

0.

z<z<0.

0W

0W

xV)

-l.

W

.

:-I;W

,1-. 1 ix

X .1-

NON-SP 11111=.11IN COM

IN INT:

1

,

-ks

cs'

'<3

6co

1

INDIC

PRB DEF

:`..-

0-

(5,,

(t,C)

TREAT

LEG CON

.

O'k4

.t_-

-i--

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1

STATS .EL..

CITATION: Brandwein, HaroldThe Battered Child: A Definite and Significant Factor in Mental RetardationMENTAL RETARDATION, October 1973, 11(5):50-51

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abuse may account for apercentage of retardation occurrences.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Kempe's statistics show frequenthead trauma in abuse and Gil's statistics showoccurrence of abuse.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z<

wwia222.ax,t0

<IZ

0

:

0

4

0.

z

0.

<

W

Z

W

<xU)

it

W

....1:w.a

I"..

X 0-

NONSP 4 1...11IN COM

IN INT ;.

ili'l UFF --1.-- 111111111111-1.-TREAT ..I.. _.i.. ..i..

LEG CON.

REFERi

--1-- U. i..ANC SER I

FOLLOW.....--- . -:11111 .

PREVEN

STATS 2 111111.1 1111111

213

217

CITATION: Bra tu, M., et aZ.

Jejuna Hemztoma, Child Abuee, and FeZeonte SignCONNECTICUT MEDICINE, April 1970, 34(4):261-264

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Physicians should be aware ofpossible child abuse in instances of jejunalhematoma.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists Physicians

z

zzz>.wwwzz22wx::::(rLI

.:1z

LILI

<

0.

...1111.1.111

za.oaxemlt-Q.

a

W

z

W

<

tfl ILI

,,kl..1

I O-

NON -SP:

IN COM

IN INTIN -f -i-.

1

.

i- - I.

INDIC

PRB DEF4'.4.

1

.

:

1

,

_4. .

,

_4.1

.

TREAT

LEG CON-4.

11 I

,.

.

-4-

1

-4-

.

REFER

ANC SER

:

:

1

1"

1

"44"

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111_:

1

11111=11.11111111

.

I

1

1

.

1

.

STATS

CITATION: Braun, Ida G., et aZ.The Mistreated Child

CALIFORNIA MEDICINE, 1963, 99(2) :98 -103

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case studies of abused andneglected children.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The abusers are immature, inade-quate and occur in all social, economic and devel-opmental groups. (b) The law is two-fold: (1) tosafeguard the child and (2) to punish the wrong-doer. (c) Should involve the physician in co-ordin-ating; the social worker informing parents andreporting to various agencies.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsMedical Scientists

ZZ-Caz<zaZzZz>>.00x6.1!;:mw0 wwIzZ2wx1:0zLI (.2 0. a. U.1 W (/)

111111111

W

:.-I.w

MO-

NOWSP pmIN INT

-:"-!-'.

INDIC

PRB DEF.:

31

:

I

TREATLEGCON

'

-I. -4--3 :

'

.4- -1..

REFER

ANC SER-I-- .1. :

:

FOLLOW.--PREVEN

:

.

.. .-,_.1

...41

1

1

:..p.. ..4..

IMMOSTATS

2 i "1. L.)

214

CITATION: Brem, JacobChild Abuse Control Center - A Project for the Academy?

PEDIATRICS, 1970, 45(5) :894 -895

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes proposed team appro4chin child abuse control centers, similar to existinpoison control centers, and suggests the Comprehen-sive Health Planning Council undertake this projec(Letter to the editor).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

-

Z7Zzz>>00x-01.,HcrwwwXXl2taxr=let0

<

0

I

Z

0

tic

0.

z

o.

<

w

Z

W

<

(11 W

1-1,W

I,.-NONSP =Ern En

--i--IN COM

IN INTM 1

-t-;

1--,

:

--t--

PRB FEF . .

M EAT

LEG CON

11--;---i

I--1-- --;-1---t-

REFER

ANC SER

,1

a .

'1

FOLLOW

PR EVEN

I 1 Iil :

a

1...1111111111111STATS

CITATION: Brenneman, GeorgeBattered Child SyndromeALASKA MEDICINE; December 1968, 10:175-178

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): None

SECTIONS (3): (a) Battered children come fromfamilies of all socioeconomic groups, educationallines, races, and religions. (b) Indicators arethuse of any trauma, with special emphasis oninjuries healing at different times. (c) Statistic

show a high percentage of death and brain damage.(d) Initial complaint is often the responsibilityof the physician who is concerned, because of whosees the report and what the results are. (e)

Historical - recognized with increasing frequencyand has been reported officially since 1874. (f)

Case studies depicting neglect.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z7<z<z<Zzzz»Ooxe,,,I.-1-wwwx222wx==Ict0 ( 0 o. o. w W C17 W

I-3ite

Z . I-

N ONS P inninill. 3;

IN COM-1-

3't4- 4-"

-4- -I--

IN INT a

INDIC 3 .i. -.I. . I. ...;PRB DEF 3 I

1

TREAT :

LIGC0N --1- : . 1

REFER ' . . . .

ANC SER ,

FOLLOW '4-

1

-;- 4.PREVEN 1

STATS MEINIMIE111111

22i9

CITATION: Brieland, DonaldProtective Services and Child Abuse: Implementation for Public Welfare

SOCIAL SCIENCE REVIEW: 1960, 40(4):369-377

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author describes and detailsthe implications of the growing concern about childabuse on public welYare protective service agencies,with emphasis on legal considerations.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Statistics on the type of initialcomplaint received are used to illustrate some ofthe problems agencies have with initial complaints.(b) Reporting laws in various states and the rela-tionsnip between social agencies and the courts arediscussed. (c) The problem of defining what a pro-tective case is, is discussed. (d)-The authordescribes various treatment services which can beprovided by welfare agencies, including the prob-lems of providing ancillary services such as daycare, homemaking services.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The barriers to using early inter-vention as prevention are discussed.

MENTION (1): The special problems presented by thesexual child-abuser are mentioned.

TARGET POPULATION:.

Behavioral ScientistsSocial Workers

2Z2W0

<2laLI

22>-W0

<

X0..

2>":"Xo.

<

2w

2

2w

<Xwvi

..3W

.

w

.

trAT_---

x

-IWCC

ixI-

NON'SP 1101111111111111111H11111111IN camIN INT

n :

1

INDIC

PRB DEF 1111111111.-1 I

1,--,

TREAT

LEG CON

El :

1-.

,

I

-4-,.

-f-- --i--REFER

ANC SER

11 :

, _4_e

1

--4--1

:

1

4.

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ill I

.

4-.

1

.4_

.

I

.4..

.

__;.

STATS 2 1111111111111INI111111

CITATION: Briscoe, Raymond GeneEducational Implications of Differences of Perception by Drug-Using and Non

Drug-Using Students in Davis School DistrictDISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL, Februaru 1971, 31(8-A):3767-3768

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Results of study on 2000 studentsto delineate educational implication of studentdrug abuse, based on inventory designed to measuredifferences in perception. Findings suggest home-parental relationships are most critical factor inlife of student.

SECTIONS (3): Significant differences in perceptionbetween users and non-users in this area.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION;


azZz>,-,>00wwwxx22w0000.

aZ.zzaZ0. www

x el-xTccwX1.-

-,w

w

NONSPIN COM

IN INT-4- -4-

eA

't5)

."

e.

-i---

INDIC

PR8 DEF

.

.,I

C

&0.c

P':5)

TREAT

LEG CON-t'

I

\-\

(2-

REFER

ANC SER

.

"1".

"1".

FOLLOWPREVEN

1

.

1

1

.

STATS I i I

216

CITATION: Brieeett, D.Toward a Clarification of Belf-EeteemPSYCHIATRY, August 1972, 35:255-263

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author delineates a frameworkthrough which the various discussions of self -esteem can be organized. He suggests "self-esteem"encompasses two very basic social psychologicalprocesses: (1) Self-evaluation, and (2) Self-worth

SECTIONS (3): (a) The author discusses three princi-pal reference points of self-evaluation: (1) Theidealized image of self, (2) The objective socialvalue of one's identity, and (3) The evaluation ofone's performance and identity. (b) A model forthe development of a sense of self-worth by thechild is presented.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zzzwww20

'

<'Z

0 Ci

4 z

22a O.

< z

2W W

x 2w ')((1) 41

_,

,W1-:`:`

T- : IxI . I-

NOWSP 111111.1111

1

1

.1... ..

--III '

. %\'A

d5,63

ia. .

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

6c-.). .1/40

(§ 4.')

...

's. 'C

)".<2.

.

,

.

,

REFER

ANC SER

.

IFOLLOW. _

FiEWNSTATS MI= 1 MEM

CITATION: Broeck, Elsa TenThe Extended Family Center

CHILDREN TODAY, March/April 1974, 3(2):2-6

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of .. center whichprovides day care and treatment to abused childrenand therapy for the abusing parents.

SECTIONS (3): Common denominators among abusiveparents.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


!

; ;......ww.w...: : :. ; W 5

1-i

' w

'co,' c:

.._4NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

IIII :.4.

.

i..1

.

INDIC

PRB DEF

11 i

:

:

3 I

1

TREAT

LEG CON

11 : 4 :,

REFER

ANC SER

.

.,..

-4- :.4- ..4-..

FOLLOW IIPREVEN

:

.

11.11.11.11.1

. 1

STATS

217

22.1

CITATION: Brogdan, Maj. B.C., et at.Little Leaguer's ElbowAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ROENTGENOLOGY, April 1960, 83(4):671-675

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Three case studies and a discus-sion of epiphyseal trauma in 9 to 12 year oldpitchers--apparently caused by throwing baseballswith maximum effort.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical scientists

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRO DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOWPREVEN

STATS

LU

Z 4

2a w

O xWc wn

CITATION: Brown, John A.Some Observations on Abusive ParentsCHILD WELFARE; February 1968, 47(2):89 -94

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors offer some suggestionsfor treatment of cases of child abuse based on theirthesis that parents abuse their children because ofpersonality disorders.

SECTIONS (3): Three case histories are used to illus-

trate the author's thesis. The authors stress thatthe cause of child abuse is underlying personalitypsychodynamics, which are characterized.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The authors suggest that childrenmay be returned to the family in cases of neglectmore frequently than in cases of abuse, and thattreatment in cases of abuse may require maintainingthe child in care facilities until he or she is oldenough to defend himself.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


A

Zw0

4Zw0

Zzw0

4)-x0.

z,-x0.

14:Z010wiwWild

1

i4,w0

ai.

xw

...j:W

,,,i :cc--fxE :1-

NONSP 3 111111.11. i NIIN COM

IN IN T

III

-f-I

r r -:- -i

,Notc

PRO DEF

1 .

.4..

.-4. ..i. ..j..

i

TREAT

LEG CON

il.-I... --1...

.

.-1..

,

-4-.

REFER

ANC SER 1

1 .

.

1

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

II '

1

1

.

I

.4-

I

1,...

-;..

STATS WI 11H111111111111

218

4

CITATION: Browns, Kenneth M.Willful Abuse of ChildrenNEBRASKA SW, December 1965, 50:598-599

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Three rules for doctors' responseto possible abuse are: (1) satisfy himself thatabuse was not willful, (2) search for evidence ofprevious abuse, (3) verify the account by separateinterviews or calling witnesses.

SECTIONS (3): Case illustrations of parents convin-cing doctors that abuse was accidental.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Physicians are legally required toreport abuse.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzw(.2

reC I Zz:zWSW(.1 . C5

11/111/1111111111.:

<>.x0.

2

z>-x0.

<02W

Z

9.1W

.

a

,xWCA

a...,

xW

i id1 cc

t-,.=;ccI 0

.

r'

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

111.4..

1

1

I

1

. .

_4_.

__4_

'

TREAT

LEG CON I

I

4: . .

REFER

ANC SER: I.-

.

--I-.

FOLLOW-PREVEN

111 :

-.-1

1

-I.

4-1

4-.

.:.

STATS I MI 1 IBM

CITATION: Brumbaugh, Oliver L.DiscussionCHILD WELFARE, February 195?, 36:13-15

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Treatment used by Buffalo CPSworkers includes giving parents a choice to involvethemselves in intervention as soon as possible,respecting their privacy by informing them ofintent to investigate, and regarding parents'problems with warmth and understanding.

SECTIONS (3): Legal intervention may include holdingthe case dUring attempted supervision by CPS orSPCC, or removal of custody during rectificationof circumstances leading to abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Author outlines minimum standardsfor child care.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


atuww2X2:21mxTIMW000a.mwww

a z 4 z1

a:z <x El

w

:-1iw

,-tm

2.1.-

NON-SP .11.11=1.111

1111111h-j '1. 11111 L

IN

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

III .1.

1

-4.-

1

11111 :

:

TREAT

LEG CON

0.411111011',

I

REFER

ANC SER

I

I

FOLLOWPREVEN

111 I.

:

... -4-1

.

-«- «

STATS Ili111111 11111

219

22 (---`

CITATION: Bryant, Harold D., et al.Physical Abuse of Children - An Agency StudyCHILD WELFARE, March 1963, 125-130

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A study reports 4 basic types ofabusing parents: (1) hostile/aggressive, (2)rigid/compulsive/lacking warmth, (3) passive/dependent and (4) physically disabled.

SECTIONS (3): Treatment was based on: (1) extentof pathology, (2) urgency of protection, (3) prog-nosis for helping parents. It included placementwith relatives, court removal, and voluntary orlegal removal of parent.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Statistics indicate the severity ofabuse problems is widespread. Reporting data- -

breakdown of family characteristics and problems,ages of children, and results of intervention--aregiven statistically.

MENTION (1): Reporting laws are acknowledged witha warning against too hasty reporting.

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzW0MIMIRMIIIIIIIIII

.CIZz'zw:w0 . 0

1

'

'

<r12a.

Ill

ZrO.

< Zo o2 .W UJ

:

--1-.

<xwV)

-I-

exUl

:

:-1ilat Im=:m1 1 1-

-1-

NOWSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC--. ------PROPRB DEF

- -1-.1

-I._4 1

--1-- _i_- -4 --

.

TREAT

LEG CON

111 '

-1-:

3:-,-

1 :

.4-:

:

-t-

.

REFER

ANC SER

1 I

. ,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

1

I

I

4

1

.

.

STATS =MI : NERE

CITATION: Buell, Bradley, et aZ.Reorganizing to Prevent and Control Disordered BehaviorMENTAL HYGIENE, April 1958, 42:155-194

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description and discussion ofresults of Community Research Associates projectto study disordered behavior in San Mateo County,California; how it is dealt with by a variety ofcommunity agencies to devise means for using pro-fessional skills more efficiently and effectively;to deal proactively rather than reactively withproblem of "disordered behavior." New programdevised on these lines.

SECTIONS (3): Disordered behavior--legally prohib-ited or disvalued by society and permitted onlywith officially prescribed restrictions.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZZZxWc.a

:

a:z

laca

laca

a

Ia.

z

2a.

<

2w

z

2w

4

wv)

et:xta

:-1I la

Cr==;I:r2 . 1-

NONSP ;

IN COM

IN INT

.2.'V43

...-I

co2CI

1

-INDIC

PRO DEF I,

'<c5)

(4.>'

.

eTREAT

LEG CONC\6

..,._

Ell=1.111.111

... _

REFER.-. ..... -

ANC SER --1--

I

-1-

FOLLOW.-. ...... .

PREVEN- ...1-- - -

I

1.

STATS

220

224

CITATION: Bugloss, RobertParents with notional ProblemsNURSING TIMES, August 12, 1971, 67:1000-1001

.r,

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Abusing mothers often cry forhelp with their emotional needs (i.e. isolation,low tolerance, suicidal, overanxious) long beforethey abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Case study of women who had no wayto release hostility.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Treatment--psychiatric treatmentof acute symptoms.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists andMedical Scientists

ZZZZz>.>00xelcgwwwz222wx=:m0

4

(7

Z

0

<

0.

z

Q.

4

w

Z

w

<

tn w

:-.I,IAJ

i .1.-

NON-SP 111111MM11111111

.

MI.1.1

:

1'

IN COM

IN INT

ICINDIC

PRO DEF

111

44_::

1

III :

1

.

TREAT

LEG CON

2'

, ,

. t

REFER

ANC SER4. .4.

t

.

:

t

1t

FOLLOW.PREVEN

..1...

.

..4....

.

...4._

.

..L...

r.

..i...

.

STATS 111111111111.11

CITATION: Built, Neil R. M.

Deliberate Injury of Children.

BRIT. MEDICAL JOURNAL, December 22, 1973, 4:739

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Non-specific--plea to broadcastproblem of emotional abuse and its effects onchildren.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZt-

zW0

.4

zW1,7

Zzsal0

.4

I0.

z.z0.

;

<,:z

0:0212W : W

xwU)

ex41

...,:w

7,:mIrz:IXI . )-

N 0 N . S P giummil 4:

IN COM : :: :

IN INT: :

INOIC..1. .1. -I. ..i_

PRB DEF1

TREAT

LEG CON

III. 1 :

:

:

:

1111111111

REFER

ANC SER

4

.

...i

t

t

..L.

: .

FOLLOW.- - ... __ :----- 1_"-- .4--

t

...:_.

1

__:..

PREVEN ,I 1

STATS' 111111111

221

2

CITATION: BUiat, Neil R.M.

Violent ParentsTHE LANCET, January 1, 1972, 1:36 i

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A letter to the editor suggestspsychological abuse is a more extensive problemthan physical abuse and decries the lack of legalability or service availability to deal with it.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Author advocates no need of proof of

physical or mental trauma to temporarily removechild from home until situation is evaluated.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

zzzrrwwwzI22Lux."-qM0

<

0 0 a.

.111.11/1111111.1.

Q.

:

<00.1

..

Z0lal

.

xU)

-

e0.1

-

-2Igis

::

zo--

+-

NON-SP 4!IN COM

IN INT

:.-

INDIC

PRB DEF.1-

,

..i. _;_ _4_I

TREAT

LEG CONI-l -4- -- -1-

REFER

ANC SER

111 I '

I

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 :

1

.

I-I-

I

1STATS 11.11111111111/1 :

CITATION: Bullard, Dexter M., et al.Failure to Thrive in the Neglected ChildAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY, July 1967, 679-690

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The problem in determiningneglect is the descriptive inadequacy of the termitself, and the terms used to describe it (e.g.

maternal deprivation).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case studies demonstrating thebehaviors of neglected children and their parents.(b) Indicators--failure to grow and gain weight,developmental "slowness," weakness, tiredness,irritability. (c) Follow-up (8 mo. to 9 yrs.)

revealed a high frequency of pathologic sequelae(65%).

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists andSocial Workers

z4zLawiazz2Zu.sxYzIec0

IMMIEM11111111

.ciz

z0

!

z0

<r0.

zr0.

a00.1

z00.1

,x01

a.s

0/

..,:w

,-I ec

11 1.

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTII :...

.

..4.-

8

I.

,

i. . ,--i _

INDIC

PRB DEF

'3

:4III !

'.

1

1.

1

TREAT

LEG CON

11 '-I-

.

.

'-4-

1

4-..

.

4- -1.

.

- -j--

REFER

ANC SER

I

:

1

-i-,

i-.

i --I-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

Il :3

1

1

.

.

.

I.

.

-----.

1

.

.

STATS 1111.11..111111111

226222

CITATION: Bwnbalo, Judith A., et al.The Selffielp Phenomenon

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF NURSING, September 2973, 73(9):1588-2592

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes the succass of the non-professional self-help groups.

SECTIONS (3): Describes aspects of the self-helpgroups that can be incorporated into nursingintervention.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Mothers Anonymous for child abusers.

TARGET POPULATION:

Nurses

zZ<zz<Zzzzxii.i,HctwiataxX2Ewx=1ct0 0 0 0. O. W la CIJ W

i...,

:w

Z I I-

NON-SP Ii 111111111

.

.7-1- 1IN COM

IN INT

III 1

1- -1-1

INDIC

PRB DEF

MI 0_t_ Ma : .

..4.._ .....iI

TREAT

LEG CON

II '

-f-.

--41

.

-4-.

.

13

REFER

ANC SERill :

I

1

1

.4.1

.

.

.

.

-41

.

FOLLOW-

PREVEN

111 i

1

4.. .:. . .4.-

STATS

CITATION: Burt, Marvin R., et al.A New System for Improving the Care Of Neglected and Abused ChildrenCHILD WELFARE, March 2974, 53(3):267-279

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of comprehensiveemergency services program for abused/neglectedchildren--3 year demonstration program administeredby Tennessee Department of Public Welfare.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Ill-effects of non-coordination ofservices for neglected/abused children in Nashville(b) Special features of program: emergency care-taker service, emergency homemaker service, emer-gency service, 24-hour intake. (c) Treatmentgoals: including reduction of number of childrenplaced in institutions, and number of neglect andabuse petitions filed. (d) Statistical tables-indicating effect of program.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Initial complaint usuallydirectly to (EMS) Emergency Services program- -staff assigned 24 hours/day. (b) When immediateaction is taken by EMS, breakdown of'family sit-uation. (c) Caretaker assigned in cases where ispotential for child abuse.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zIZZwwwxt22wx=IM000amwwww

<IZ

.

ZZ

eliC Z>. ).

<0

Z0

<x a

...j11A

,-.:ccx.1-.

NON-SP 1.1111111111.11M1IN COM

IN INT

1111111..1..

1

.4.. 1

INOIC

PRB DEF 1111111 .

.

0

1

TREAT

LEG CON

su ,

REFER

ANC SER 3

.

9

1

.

.

9-

.

0 :

,

.

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN 2 :

I .

.

.

1

.

.

.

STATS 3 EMIMIIIREIHMI

223

CITATION: Burt, Robert A.Protecting Children from Their Families and Themselves: State Laws and the

ConstitutionJOURNAL OF YOUTH AND ADOLESCENCE, 1972, 1(1):91-111

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Criminal law procedures, i.e.guaranteed parental counsel, presumption of inno-cence, burden of proof, etc., are inapplicable tocustody hearings for alleged abuse and neglectcases in many states. Legal reform suggestionsinclude legal counsel for parents, etc.

SECTIONS (3): No matter how harmful the homeenvironment is, a child may view removal aspunishment. Foster treatment is often inadequate.Courts and workers often act out of non-helpful,"rescue" fantasies, or ccuntertransferences.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Legal cases, especially "Gault" and"Wyman" cases, are presented.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Lawyers

ZZZZz»00xWI.,

<z<zaLiwx(7 (7 0.

222w0. 4!

Z

4!

<

(0

mxmv.:Ce4!

1--1

L .1 Icti

X . I

N0 WS P II/I ./11.1111, __:_. .1...

IN COM

IN INT

II.

..!..11111

INDIC

PRB DEF ..,

,.

I

TREAT

LEGCONli 1

1.-

1

-i-,

-1 + +REFER

ANC SER I

FOLLOW

PR EVE N

11 ;

.

1

.

-4-

.

-4 L

:

1

- ; -.

-«

STATS

CITATION: Coffey, JohnInfantile Cortical HyperostosisJOURNAL OF PEDIATRICS, November 1946, 29(5) :641-S5S

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description and discussion of 6

cases of infantile cortical hyperostosis. Findings

indicate patients suffering from new diseases,causes unknown--scurvy, rickets, syphilis, bacter-ial osteitis, neoplastic disease, traumatic injury--all sited as causative aspects. Characteristicscommon to all patients: (1) tender swelling deep

in soft tissues, (2) cortical thickenings inskeleton, (3) onset during first 3 months of life.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

0.Xa.

0 O a.x

m

NON .S P

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER...

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

<`` o\.'

6 d -41- *;)

,'---t--

(2-(('-.L. -.4

224

228

CITATION: Caffey, JohnMuZtiple Fractures in the Long Bones of Infants Suffering from

Chronic Subdurai HematomaAMERICAN JOURNAL OP ROENTGENOLOGY 1946, S6(2): 163-173

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A study of chronic subduralhematoma which appear to be of traumatic originbut the traumatic episodes and the causal mecha-nism remetn obscure.

SECTIONS (3): Case studies of 6 children withsubdural hematoma.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZZW0

etzWCI

: ZzW(..1

cc

>-I0-

z)-I0.

¢0201

Z02W

,ic

xus07

ElxW

ILLI

,,,i- : cc--; cci.i-

NONSP 11.01111111111111.IN COM ./. :

.1.'

.4. .... 1.IN INTINDIC .

-4.4 :-4. -1. 4.. .4.

PRB DEF i

TREAT ...i..........i.....1..LEG CON

REFER 1

ANC SER i

FOLLOW_-.. ----- . .1

.4...

..4.. . .

1

..t..PREVEN

STATS E. MI= :

CITATION: Caffey, John, M.D.On the Theory and Practice of- Shaking InfantsAMERICAN JOURNAL OP DISEASES OP CHILDREN, August, 1972, 124(2): 161-169

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The effects of whiplash-shakingon infants (whether malicious or non-malicious),e.g., bone injury, fatality, cerebrovascular in-jury, mental retardation, permanent brain damage,retinal lesions--an,unrecognized problem--includesphotographic illustrations.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Twenty-nine cases of recordedpathogenic shaking--including those involving no-torious infant-nurse; (b) "Normal" games, toys, aspotential contributors to serious harm from whip-lash-shaking.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Indications of trauma throughshaking, e.g., bone lesions (medical technicallanguage); (b) Infant head especially susceptibleto such injuries.

MENTION (1): (a) Prevention of such shaking may re-duce incidence of brain damage/mental retardation;(b) Suggestion of need for "pediatric traumatolo-gist" for preventive and optimal diagnosis/management.

TARGET POPULATION:


Q

LuusLuZIELux,:ctI.a

et

ta

Z

La

.:4

a

z

awium

.2 Z <x _1

a.

W

-I.W

i_ 1 cc0 .1 . 1

e-r-NONSP EMIMIIIIIIIN COM

IN INT.! .1. .41. ...

INDICPRB DEF

2

4:

TREATLEGCON - -i- 1 i-REFER

ANC SER4

e

-4- -i- : 4

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

1:e

1

1

t

STATS' 1111111...

2

CITATION: Gaffey, JohnThe Parent-Infant Traumatic Stress SyndromeAM. J. OF ROENTGENOLOGY, RADIUM THERAPY AND NUCLEAR Mai,

Feb., 1972, 114(2): 218 -29

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): History of radiographic contri-bution to the development of the PITS syndrome(Battered Child Syndrome).

SECTIONS (3): Diagnostic signs of trauma revealedthrough radiography.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Characteristics of abusers andabused; (b) Child-bearing mothers should be paidand supported by community; (c) Prenatal training,contraception, sterilization, day-care centers,etc.; (d) Provocative child's role in child abuse,(e) Case history.

MENTION (1): Courts give child abusers the benefitof the doubt.

TARGET POPULATION:

Physicians

z;kZW0

<Zw0

ZZwI.

()..2:20.

Z'a.

I

<:Z010tu I tu

I

<xixto

etu

JILI

,-,I,;.x . I

NONSP 11111E1111111111111111111111

..!__

:

.i..

i

..i.....1..

1 1

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRE DEF

'

--:

$ ;-4-21

;

-4- I-

i

.114:

TREAT

LEG CON

'

-I-'

2 ;-,-

1 :

.

--;-

I

I

-4- -

REFER

ANC SER

1

1

i

1

1 . .

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

II

i

q s61

1

I

1

1.--.

;

STATS Eimmumimins

CITATION: Caffey, JohnSignificance of the History in the Diagnosis of Trawnatic

Injury to ChildrenJOURNAL OF PEDIATRICS, Nov., 1985, 87(5)! 1nnA-14

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Importance of learning historyof trauma in order to diagnose traumatic injury- -physical indications generally inconclusive bythemselves.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Parents' motives (both good andbad) for withholding information--difficulty inobtaining history; (b) Difficulty in determiningmalicious or accidental injury to child.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Radiographic findings of bone

injuries are diagnostic trauma in themselves;(b) In interviewing parents, physician should notassume he's getting the full history; (c) Recom-mendations for dealing with problem--hospitalshould have one physician to study/care for in-jured children specifically; need for furtherresearch.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

Ztatutaxx2Etux=leg,0

ct I

Z(7

:ZZ0

cc

>-

O.

z>-

O.

i< :z0 0w tu

I

<xco

ril

tu

1Jlw,,,l Ili

I t I

NONSP 111111101110111111111

IN COM

IN INT

'

.i.

;

1 I.4. 4.

2 ;..

.;.

.

.4..

.

.

INDIC

PRO DEF

.

1-4: ; .

4.4

.

1-:4I 1

TREAT

LEG CON

11111111. :.

.

.

REFER

ANC SER

1

. Ill : I

FOLLOWPREVEN

:

,

1111.11111111111.1111

I

4-- -1..

.

STATS

226

23a

CITATION: Cagey, JohnSome Traumatic Lesions in Growing Bones Other Than Fracture and

Dislocations: Clinical and RadiologicalBRITISH JOURNAL OF RADIOLOGY, May, 1957, 30(353): 225-238

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Clinical and radiological fea-tures of repeated trauma. Morbid matomy andcausal mechanisms are pictured.

SECTIONS (3): Historically, Caffey first reportedin 1906 on this topic. Chronological expansionof his reports is given.

PARAGRAPHS (2): In diagnosis of trauma - abusingparents will usually deny and also give no historyto account for the repeated trauma.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZZZz)-)-00xm...tatatass22tax;!ceouommwwowx

<i

i Z < Z < Z <-I 1..

JWCr

NONSP in...iniwiIN COM .1. .1_ .1. .i. .i...

IN INT1 1 I 1

INDIC

Illitir4 III 4 11PRB DEF

TREAT..-.j.- '.i.. .. .. ..1.. ..1..

LEG CON. I

REFER .

1

.

. .

ANC SER .

1

I

FOLLOW . .

PREVEN I -f- -I-

STATS 1111....11.111111

CITATION: Caffey, JohnSyphilis of the Skeleton in Early Infancy .

AMERIVII JOURNAL OF ROENTGENOLOGY AND RADIUM THERAPY, 1939, 42: 637-55

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Skeletal lesions of early in-fancy attributed to syphilis can result from avariety of non-syphileticoredical condtions, ac-cording to roentgenographic diagnosis case studies.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zRzw0

qzw0

z<zw0 x

O.

z<xIL LU

z<zW

wu)

61,crxLU

id:

mI . -

N°N 'S P 1111111111111011

IN COM

IN INT

I

.<3

eSCS'

.

"INDIC

PRB DEF

:

-+

1

.

T..

.'"Vl'

2LEG

TREAT

CON

111

(Z

SkREFER

ANC SER

.FOLLOW... ........

PREVEN. .. _. ..i..

STATS 1.11111111111111

2

J1.

CITATION: Caffey, JohnTraumatic Cupping of the Metaphysea of Growing Bones

AM. J. OP ROENTGENOLOGY, RADIUM THERAPY AND NUCLEAR MED.March, 1970, 108(3): 451-60

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Author describes the etiologyof metaphyseal cupping in 5 children as the resultof accidental or intentional injury to bones andsurrounding tissue which results simultaneouslyover a long period of time when bones are im-mobilized.

SECTIONS (3): (a) A review of the literature onother causes of metaphyseal cupping such as polio-myelitis, vitamin A poisoning and tuberculosis isincluded; (b) A theoretical explanation for thetrauma is developed and discussed,

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Statistics on trauma due to polio-myelitic paralysis are reported.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists:Radiologists

z

zW(5000.

.laz

zzrWWI

.

< zrI2CLW

<0

z02WX--;CCWO

<x eAT.:

w

.j:141

i.F-NONSP 1111112111=111111111

:

..:..

,

:

.1.. ..i..

,

.... ..i..IN ....

IN INT

II

INDIC

PRB DEF.. -AM !

. 1

TREAT

LEG CON--i- -1- 4 -i.

REFER

ANC SER_.4_. ...i._

.

-- -- ..i_.

FOLLOW1REVEN

111 :

,

1 1

STATS 1111111111.111111

CITATION: Caffey, JohnThe Whiplash Shaken Infant SyndromePEDIATRICS, Oct., 1974, 54(4): 396-401

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of clinical manifes-tation of the WLS infant.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Two case histories; (b) Nature ofwhiplash stresses and resistance of infantilehead; (c) Relationship of WLS to battered babysyndrome.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Statistics on peak age for subduralhematoma and presenting symptoms.

MENTION (1): Educational campaign against shakingof infants would prevent WLS syndrome.

TARGET POPULATION:

Physicians

z.1

zzz)-,-00xetAimwwwx2EE..uxHIM0

a

C,

IINEIMMIIIIII

-I-

z

0

:

<

O.

1-

z

CL

a

w

-1-

z

W vi

-1

w

:-.1.w

x 1 I-

.

..'..

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

111 ..:

4;..11113I ;

.

TREAT

LEG CON

111 :

-t- -i-- -1- -I- -I-REFERANC SER

Ill 1"..1

.4.

4

.

: -4-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

-

:

.

-..-

1,

.

..

1

.t..

4._

STATS 111111111111111111111111111

228

234

CITATION: Caffey, John, et. al.Child Battery: Seek and Save

MEDICAL WORLD NEWS, June 2, 2972, 13(22): 21-33

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Battery includes omission andcommission; it,can be committed by everyone, butespecially parents in a stressful home who lookto the child for love.

SECTIONS (3): A physician who fails to report sendsa child back for more abuse. Twenty-four hour aday nurseries, Parents Anonymous, are just twotreatment modes used by Kempe's group. Parental

hysteria, lack of concern, mention of abortion,bringing children with multiple fractures or whip-lash are indications of abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Initial complaint is required andhelpful.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z<

WZ0

aZw0

:zzw0

<>.

xa.

zxa.

,: z2:2W . W

1111111MME

<xwto

exw

: -1,L,e

,,,,-;--

..;mX t 1

NON.SP IIIIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PR8 DEF3IIM 1

.

TREAT

LEG CON 111111111111111 111111

"4..:

REFER

ANC SER III-4 .....1..

,

INI__!..nmumFOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS BREMEN

CITATION: CaldW//, BettyeThe Effect of Paychoeocial Deprivation on Human Development in InfancyMERRTLL PALMER QUARTERLY, 1970: 260-277

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): After Spitz pointed out maternaldeprivation, more knowledge in the field was /e-

sired. However researching this age group wasdifficult because of changing mores which pre-sented a great variable.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (!):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

Zwwwxx2wx"'0

<Z0

Zz0

<

a.

z

a.

42

w

Z

w

,e

oiti

w

'J.w

l- : lx

x.1-

NON-SP :

ti

IN COM

IN INT

!

1

INDIC

PRE3 EF.. .4..

;

...:...

1

..i.

:4

..:_.

I

...L.

TREAT

LEG CON..

i

.4..

;

.4. .1.

.4._ .4.....i..'

REFER

-ANC SER :

;

-.1---;..

I .

''':

,

-I

FOLLOWPREVEN

.. ' ...4...

. .

--4-- ....;.. ..;

STATS.

'.

.

.'

.

I

1

' .:

229

23;

CITATION: Calkins, C. F., et al.

Children's Rights: An Introductory Sociological Overview

PEABODY JOURNAL OF EDUCATION, Jan. 1973, 50: 89-109

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors formulate a socio-logical definition of childrens' rights throughdelineating prerequisite conditions (to rights)

and explore how these conditions are fulfilledunder varying patterns of social organization.

SECTIONS (3): Sections deal with the concept ofchildhood as a social status and the conflict be-tween efficiency in operating society and the in-dividual's rights. Recent supreme court decisionsare reviewed in terms of their implications forthe laws' role in actualization of childrens'rights.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zz<zzwiataxx2Zw.x0z0z0

<z<>..

o.

,-

0.

0la

1z0tu

:

.c.,,.:.

in g tu

di

.my,....

=Ice.4. . '-

NONSP 131.111.11111111:

..:.- ..i_.1

..i..:

....1 --i. .IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

-.1 11111-.L.

.

.4.-

.

....i..

I

TREAT

LEG CON

'-t--

g

-i- -1- + -1-

REFER

ANC SER

. 1

g

1

1

.

1

.

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN i1

1111111.11.11111

"4"1

1

"i"

1

I

""i" t

STATS

CITATION: Callaghan, X. A., at al.

Practical Management of the Battered Baby SyndromeTHE MEDICAL JOURNAL OF AUSTRALIA, June 27, 1970, 1: 1282-4

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Procedures used by AdelaideChildren's Hospital in Australia to treat cases of

child abuse are presented.

SECTIONS (3): Initially only mother is seen and (1)

physical and mental characteristics are observed;(2) demographic data is taken on family; (3) back-ground information and mother's opinion on wayfamily relates is taken; (4) other lifestyle de-tails are taken. Father is then interviewed alone

using same general format. They are then seen together with the social worker to begin plans forrelief of stress, psychiatric help, home visits,regular medical checkups and possible placement.

Chart of case summaries given.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Family background described.

MENTION (1): Prevention can be obtained via early

detection and relief of parental stress.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists-

zzz>www0

(

0

Z

0

<

xx22taxE-iI=0.

z>-00xe,lig:cca.

-I

la

Z

w

<

in w

i

I-1lw

= 5 I-

NON-SP 3 11111.111111111IN COM i I 1 .

IN INT 1

. : 1 .

INDIC

I 111111111111-4--PRB cleF 2

TREAT ' : I

LEG CON

I1

REFER .;-1

.4. .4.

ANC SER 1 ,

I

FOLLOW 111 : '

1

4.1

4-- L

PREVEN i 1 : :

STATS

230

2 3

CITATION: Cameron, J. Al.

The Battered BabyNURSING MIRROR, June 9, 1972, 134: 32-38

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This article summarizes some ofthe current knowledge on the identification andcharacteristics of the battered child syndrome.

SECTIONS (3): A section of the article is devotedto detailing the symptoms for making a diagnosis.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The author suggest several treat-ment imperatives, such as admitting child to hos-pital to protect his safety.

MENTION (1): (a) A chart of the incidence of vis-ceral injuries in 100 fatal cases is included;(b) The reasons for a doctor's reluctance to re-port are mentioned; (c) The author notes thatrecognition of this increasing syndrome was slowin legal and medical profession.

TARGET POPULATION:


aZwww=22tuxrz.m.3

. 1

Z(3

;

Zz

(3

. . ; r

rO.

zr

O.

<00x0.:,W

Z

til

<

to

..1

41

. 7

1

..1

wM

s 1

NIJNSP IBM MIMI11 -:- 11111--1IN INT

.:

INDIC I] 1

tPRB DEF

: 1 :

TREAT 1 _i E____NELEG CON

ANC SEREn

.

FOLLOW ...I i_ ...!... i__

PREVEN. . .

STATS 1 111.1. : 1111

CITATION: Cameron, J. MalcomThe Battered Baby SyndromePRACTITTONER, Sept., 7972, 209: 302-10

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Despite much evidence, physi-cians hesitate to diagnose abuse which the aut4-7divides into: (1) infanticide; (2) Neglect; (3)Cruelty, over time period; (4) Battery.

SECTIONS (3): Indications: surface bruises andabrasions are evident as well as skeletal andvisceral evidence.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): 1963 legislation enables M.D.'s to be-come involved in treatment of abusers. Good rela-tionship with helping person is essential.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZwwwiXE:wx:;cc0

:«ZLI

11/111111111/11111.111.

zZ0

,

.:z

)a.

z>-

O.,

,

I

;a :Z010UJ 1 41

MI

<xo

aj.w

:

-1.wmi.- : cc

I -I-

u

NON-SP ino__i..IN cam

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON OEDREFER

i

ANC SER

__:_ ..i._

E ..IFOLLOW

PREVEN

11 : :

1 1

IIIIMIMIIIFIIIIIIIIMI

. I

STATS

211

235

CITATION: Cameron, J. M., et. aZ.

The Battered Child Syndrome

MEDICAL SOCIAL LAW, Jan., 1966, 6; 2-21

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of (1) clues toBattered Baby Syndrome, related to nature of in-juries, time taken to seek medical advice and re-. current injuries, which should assist the physi-cian in diagnosis; (2) parameters of problem: as-

pects of making differential diagnosis, social as-pects, psychiatric aspects.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case histories illustrative ofBattered Baby Syndrome; (b) Brief survey of lit-erature identifying problem; (c) Extensive sta-tistical tables.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Initial interview involving per-sistent questioning by police may elicit admissionof guilt from parents. Usually truth does atemerge until after trial or court decision.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zzwwwz0

;.1zz:z0 0

.c

>.

a.

z>-I0-

a0w

zo2WX=IXus

xvs

F,s.

w

iw,I- :Ix

I,)-'

NON-SP Elm MINIM:1,

'+'.

-1IN COM

IN INT 2.1;

INDIC

PRB DEF

111 41

4:

;

1

11111 :

:

.

3:

TREAT

LEG CON

11 '

-I- -4- gmREFER

ANC SER

ill . i

FOLLOW

PREVEN1 t

'

1-:

1-:

_t_.

1STATS Ball.11111111111

CITATION: Cameron, James S.Role of the Child Protective OrganizationPEDIATRICS, April, 1973, 51(11): 793-5'

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): General discussion of child pro-tective services in New York State; its legal man-date (reference to specific social service laws)including provisions for treatment of family andits need for cooperation and coordination withother community services.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) New York State Child AbuseRegistry - figures reflecting increase of reportedabuse cases from school sources; (b) CPS primarilya social service function, not law enforcement.

MENTION (1): (a) Establishment of N. Y. SPCC in

late 1800's; (b) Statistics show schools reportcases most often.

TARGET POPULATION:


z<zwwwzmZ:Ewx:cet.7

1.111.1111111111111111

<Z0

:

Zzt..7

.,

<r

a.

zr0.

.et : Z0:0ki:w

<xto

Ei.

w

1 --I

. w

'nicex.iNON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

.I.

.

.i.

i

.

.

...1.-

.

TREAT

LEG CON

11 :

-r - -- .._, Immo

--1--REFER

ANC SER I ., OEFOLLOW .PREVEN

_L__:

_l_. _i-- ..1--

.. .

STATS 1 1111111n111111111111111111

232

236

CITATION: Cary, Ara C., et al.

Prevention and Detection of Dnotional Disturbances in Preschool Children

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTROPSYCRIATRY, 1967, 37: 719-24

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A ten-session program of a once-a-week nursery and mother guidance group whichallows for modification of certain developmentallags and ego defects. The program is based on thepremise that infancy to latency period reawakensthe mother's progenital conflicts which are pre-consciously or consciously communicated to thechild. Therefore the result is an increase in thechild's vulnerability and the mother's uncertaintyabout her child care methods.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists andSocial Workers

<zwwCI

cdz(

ZzwxLI

<>--

0.

z>-mEEwxO.

<(:)

W

z(:)

W

4x0

Ei.

W

mi-=mI

-1w

m1

NONSP IME111111 TIN COM

IN INT

:

.t.

1 1

-1

et'<3 -

INDIC

PR B DEF

:

+

0

x.

.

'5)

S

TREAT

LEG CON

111

.&i'-

-- -

REFER

ANC SER

11..11.11.1.11.

..:._ .. i..

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1

:.i_.

STATS

CITATION: Cavallin, M.Incestuot. Fathers: A Client ReortAMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, 1966, 122: 1132

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors' main concern ischaracterizing the psychological characteristicsof fathers who commit incest.

SECTIONS (3): Three case examples are reported, andthe general characteristics of 62 cases summarized.The major finning was generally, an absence of ahistory of criminality or psychosis, with paronoidtraits and problems of identity.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

Zwwa

<Za

ZZwxa

<>-

a

z>-x2:Ewxa

I

< : Z0: °w : w

.4

xm

51-

W

til

I

-,w

cc(:c1-

NON-SP 111111111111111E111=IN COM I.. : .

IN INT.

_4.

INDIC 1

1

'

PR B DEF

III..4.1111

: 4TREAT :

LEG CON

III

1

.

REFER

ANC SER1

1

.

'

.FOLLOW_...... _.....I _4...

PREVEN . 1

STATS 111.11 MI :

.

'

233

. 237

CITATION: Chabon, Robert S., et al.

The Problem of Child Abuse; A Community Hospital Approach

MARYLAND STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL, Oct. 1973, 22: 50-55

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes Sinai Hospital Child

Abuse Program as a multidisciplinary team approachto aiding families in which a child has been phys-ically abused. The team consists of a pediatri-cian, social worker, nurse, psychiatrist and com-munity

SECTIONS (3): Historical survey of medical aware-ness of child abuse cites statistics on incidenceof C.A.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Describes advent of legislativeaction re child abuse; (b) Lists signs and symp-toms of physically abused child; (c) The childabuse project takes the view that "child abuse isa social ill."

MENTION (1): The Project has developed instrumentsto establish criteria by which potentially abus-ing families may be identified and abuse pre-vented.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzzzrlab.plaU'

111111.1111.111.

<'Z

ama.

.....1

<

xImIz

..I1--

z>.

Q.

iGc:z

o:oww

1

-1-

,c

xWco

-1-

d.

xw

:

:,:w

,1-:ce

tu;re1.1-

i-1-NON-SP

IN COM__

IN INTINDIC

117iR OEF

1111 2 :

21

II : 31

TREAT

CiaCoilliki-

REFER

ANC SER

i 4'

-21:

-1--

:

I:

-it, , . .

FOLLOW

F;REVEr71-

111. :"1"-

11111M.11111111

: : 1ir -I- I-STATS

CITATION: Chandra, R. K.The Battered ChildINDIAN J. OF PEDIATRICS (ANNOTATIONS) July, 1968, 35: 365

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Treatment of every childhoodtrauma deserves attention to the family backgroundand circumstances with an attitude of patience and

non-accusation. If abuse is proven, in-home in-terviews, psychotherapy, temporary separation andgradual reunion may be appropriate steps.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Several factors may account for theinability of certain adults to inhibit violentfantasies toward their children, such as emoti:malor financial problems, or disturbing behavior of

the children. Abuse is both physical and emo-

tional,

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZZww22217-wxIre000mmwwmwmo-

<:Zz

11111.11.11111.1.1

:

z

1

I

<,

zi

< :Z

0:0

...i..II

<x e

1._1

1

1-1L i.

!,:-

i__I

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTI

INDIC

WirRi.41111111..:__

.

...i....

TREAT

LEG CON111 '-}-

14 4. --i-

1

--II

REFER

ANC SER

:

-1-:

-1-El :

.

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

' 1 ' : :

STATS 111...11.1111

2 u

234

CITATION: Chaneles, SolAdjustment in Crisis in Fonilies of Child Sex VictimsSEXUAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN; IMPLICATIONS FOR CASEWORK, DENVER

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, 1967

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A preliminary report of thefindings, of one part of a research project (ChildVictim Study Project), a study of 100 victims andoffenders and their characteristics.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The role of the Brooklyn Societyfor Prevention of Cruelty to Children which iscarrying out this study; (b) Statistics based onthe study are used to illustrate points throughoutthe article.

PARAGRAPHS' (2):

MENTION (1): The implications of the study resultsfor prevention and treatment. Treatment shouldinvolve school and community as well as family.Strength and quality of family life should beimproved.

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzwwwmm212wx0

<Iz(

:

zz(

<>o.

z>a.

14:z0:0w.w

<x

in

ew

:A,w-,:m=ImI.1--

NON-SP 11111111EMEMMI

11111 : 11111

IN CCM

IN INTIII

INDIC

PRO DEF

111 '

.;.:

-4 1

mil ...1..

4:

.

...4.-

.

TREAT

LEG CON

III :

.

1 11

.

.

REFER

ANC SER

1101111

FOLLOW_.-......__

PREVEN

111 :

1 :

-4

:

I

11

STATS EIMIIIIIIMEInill

CITATION: Chaneles, SolChild 117.Ctims of Sexual Offenses

FEDERAL PROBATION, June, 1967: 52-6

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Reporting some preliminary re-sults of a study of child sex-victims and offend-ers, detailing some of the characteristics of theformer and latter. TARGET POPULATION: l

SECTIONS (3): (a) The need to provide the victimas well as the offender with treatment; (b) Des-cription of the typical offender and typicalpattern of offender behavior; (c) The adverse ef-fects of treatment response to the problem, whichis principally concerned with prosecution of theoffender.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Statistics on estimates of the in-cidence of child sex offenses.

MENTION (1): (a) Prevention and treatment need to befamily-based, as most offenses occur in the family;(b) Short and long range effects of sexual abuse.


z

zw(30.0mmwwwwm.1-

:

adzzlzw.w

,

< zr rm m. .

a02

z02

<xw

.

er

x

.-,

:lg.'

71-=.m

NON.SP 11111=EMEIII 1

IN COIN

IN INT

III I

.

Ill :

.

:

INDIC

PRO DEF

1 '

.

.

41

'

TREAT

LEG CON

111..:t

1

,

4.I

.' ..1

:

1 .

1'.1

REFER

ANC SER

;

1

I

i.

I

-- 1'1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

In 1

1

1

.

1 :

1

STATS EMI=235

23i)

CITATION: ChansZes, SolFamily Structure of Child Sex VictimsAMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION PUBLICATION in SEXUAL ABUSE' OF CHILDREN:

IMPLICATIONS FOR CASEWORK, 1967

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Findings from on-going investi-gation of child victims of sex crimes which pointout: (1) intellectual taboos inhibit recognitionof the problem; (2) little information, data onextent of problem; (3) suggestion that sexualcrimes, especially incest, not as rare or as de-viant as "official, orality" Says it is; (4) needfor reanalysis of role of erotic attachments insociety.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Family characteristics in cases

of rape and incest--no significant difference;(b) Confused family structure reflected in inci-dence of sex crimes:

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Cumbersome legal definition ofincest inhibits general recognition or awarenessof problem of sexual abuse; (b) Incest familieshave more children in home than rape families.Most rape families have no father in home, mostincest families have father in home; (c) Statisti-cal estimates of incest nationwide--sexual crimes,e.g., 1965--2,000,000 adults sexually victimizedas child.

MENTION (1): (a) Causal relationship between un-wanted birth and child abuse; (b) Statisticaltables on family intactness, number of,childrenin family in cases of incest and ra

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZla0ingiumpingill

1

<IZZla(7

"1-

Zla0

1

.

4

MQ.

"1-

Z

X0.

!

I

<!Z

212WSW

:

1-,

<xlaU)

-1-

i,..xW

:

:

1-16 la.s.

_Hu-tqte2 1,-

1

-i-,

NON -SP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC---- .....PR B DEF

.. ;

: 31

.

:

TREAT

LE a C- iiii Ill I--1 :

i;i -,, t

e- ;I

REFER

ANC SER

.1

I.

1

,

:t

.

.

.

.,

a

,,

FOLLOW

PR EVEN

111 ..i1

NEIM12111111111

:

:

1 r: .

STATS

CITATION: Chase, H. Peter, et al.

Undernutrition and Child DevelopmentTHE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MED., April 23, 1970, 282,17): .933-939

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Early malnutrition in children

studied produces lower IQ scoring, sub-averageheight and weight, disease-proneness. Larger num-

ber of siblings, unwanted pregnancies, IQ and ageof mother and other background variables are pre-sented. None of the mothers nursed their babies.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Several tables present data onmeasurements of the children; (b) Cases of child-ren following or breaking the pattern are pre-

sented.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) The undernutritive abuse is seeas not that different from the battered baby syn-drome and should be handled similarly; (b) Fosterhome placements, with highly nutritive diets aided

in partial recovery.

MENTION (1): (a) Early diagnosis via regular ex-aminations, visiting nurse, home visits, day care,and financial assistance is essential; (b) Breast-feeding is the best way to prevent undernutrition.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZzwLI

<zwwzLI

Zz0

<>.

0.

z).xa.

1

<,z0:02:mWila

<xwN

6..xW

1

-IswHee4ctIII

NONSP IBM= : 1

IN COM

IN INT

.

f-:

--1.-.

--i-.

4-1

INDIC

PRE DEF

IIIIa

.f -:

;-4-:4

;

.- +-:

1

.; -.

.4.

TREAT

WC COW111 :

.

:2

--I--,

:I,

.

REFER

ANC SER1

:

,

:1 1

.

:

.

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN-4-

11

-4-:1

-4-:MUNI--1-

; .4.:

STATS In 3

210236

CITATION: Cheney, K;mberly R.Safeguarding r.gal, Rights in Providing Protective Services

CHILDREN, May-June, 1966, 13(3): 86-92

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes suggestions for makinglegal processes more explicit in neglect cases soas to protect children without violating parents'legal rights.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

.."....r.Z: r t

la0

<SI

la(D

.

Z

laLI

cr

IQ.

z)-00Xx0.

<

2W

2

2W

<

la0

..1MXW

: -I. la

, oma.

= CCZ . /-

NONSP i.

---9--.

:

IN COM...-IN INT

--I 1-

INDIC

PRB DEF

,1

TREAT

LEG CON ;4 ' t

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

. ,

STATS.

.

.

.. I i..

CITATION: Chcrry, Bartara J., et al.

Obstacles to the Delivery of Medical Care to Children of Neglecting ParentsAMERICAN JOVRNAL PUBLIC HEALTH, March, 1971, 61(3): 568-73

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of background prob-lems in neglecting homes and of two types ofmothers who do not obtain medical aid for theirchildren.

SECTIONS (3): Description of services offered in aneighborhood clinic to direct and support seekingmedical aid.

PARAGRAPHS (2).

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z;C.-

Zta(.)

.tZu,0

Z

zui(.)

.1

-za.

z>.I0.

.a:Z0: 02;2W I W

I

<xta0)

ill.XW

:,:ila: cc

414 : 00I . I-

NONSP 111111.111 ;

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF- i:4 ENE

'

.

T

LEG

II 31

.

REFER

ANC SER

linFOLLOW

PREVEN

,

.

STATS 1111=11111111111111

237

211

CITATION: Chilton, Roland, et aZ.

Family Disruption, Delinquent Conduct and the Effect of Subclassification

AMERICAN SOCIOLOGICAL BMW, Feb., 1972,. 37: 93-99

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Study examining relationship be-tween delinquency referral and family situation.Data gotten from Juvenile and County Courts ofFlorida on 8.944 children. Family situations of5,396, of these children compared to those ofchildren in general population in 1968. Analysissuggests: (1) proportionately, more children re-ferred on delinquency charges live in disruptedfamilies than do children in general population;(2) children with more serious charges more oftencame from incomplete families than childrencharged with less serious delinquency; (3) familyincome more important factor for understandingdelinquent conduct than age, sex, or residence,but not than race.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


+11

NONSP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

<Z Z

W0

z

I02

z02

cn

.J0.X

CITATION: Class, Norris E.

Neglect, Social Deviance, and Community ActionNAT'L. PROBATION AND PAROLE ASSOCIATION JOURNAL, Jan., 1960, 6( ?): 17-23

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The community has neglected theproblem of emotional neglect - possible reasonsfor this include: lessened visibility of problem(improved socioeconomic conditions, deteriorationof neighborhood social cohesiveness), socialworker's uncertainty about use of authority, ne-cessity of different pattern of administrativeoperation, neglectful parents often scapegoated.Suggestions re dealing with problem include:changing law's hands-off attitude toward emotionalneglect, including police as team member, clarifi-cation of administrative structure of protectiveservices, realistic appraisal of aggressive socialwork development.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Charles Laing, 100 years ago,perceived damaging effects of neglect on children;treated problem of emotional neglect in organiza-tional terms (see above); (b) 1920's - child guid-ance clinic, working with juvenile delinquents,perceived relationship between emotional depriva-tion and social deviance.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

WzwwwII20

<

0

Enamimilm

Zz0

i

At

>-

0.

z>.

0.

<0W

Z

02talW

.rc

xIn

-I

illxE.4.ceW

-Iiw,n)-: m

x . I-

1-

NOWSPIN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF-I.

.

_I.I

.4._:

II

1.2:

TREAT

LEG CON

1

--;-I

-4-4,

:3-1 '-;-

REFER

ANC SER

1

s .1

FOLLOW

PREVENI1

:.

STATS Elliniallill238

2 '4,

CITATION: Class, Norris

Some Comments on the Child Welfare League of American Standardsfor Child Protection Service

CHILD WELFARE March 1963 139-140

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Administrative policies need tobe standardized for CPS workers and the role oflaw enforcement should be explained and defined.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsCPS Workers

zZZtata=22tax0

,2Z00

Z

W=et Z} }0.0-WWN

.2

0Z0 x at

W

..itd

t's i C4

rZiCez . i.-

"N'SP 4 rniuiuii_i

-.4 -.

: :

;__

iI

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

'.4. _ ;

4.

1

..1_. ..4..

TREAT

LEG CON111 ..i.

I

__i_1 1

_i_ _11- INIREFER

ANC SER1 I

-i- MilFOLLOW.--- .....PREVEN

IIIILEI

' Ill=1--I1

-L-1

.

STATS IMIIIMSIMMI

CITATION: Claus, H. G.

The Intricacies of Violence Against Children in American SocietyCLINICAL PEDIATRICS, Oct., 1971, 10(10): 557-8

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Statistics reveal informationabout child abuse--among them are: (1) one-thirdof children were non-white; (2) 30% had no fatheror substitute; (3) more abuse by mother thanfather; (4) 60% of families had received aid frompublic assistance; (5) younger children generallywere more severely abused.

SECTIONS (3): Conclusions about child abuse drawn:psychological rejection; angry and uncontrolleddiscipline; male baby acting out sadistic andsexual impulses in mother's absence; emotionalstress within the family; child misconduct beforeabuse; influence of alcohol.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zRZWWWII22Wx=;re0

:

<lzZ0

z0

<>-

a.

z>.

a.

.2

0W

ZOxW

,:(

V)

-,

w

._,

: w...1(A' r4

. 1-

---r-NONSP i. MI

IN COM

IN INT :1

INDIC

PRB DEF IA ;

'VI- 11117.1-1

TREAT

LEG CON

111 ;-e

1.

'; -4 -

REFER

ANC SER

.; -4-

1

'

1

-4- '1

FOLLOW

PREVEN 1

....i. ..4

,1

It- I.

STATS .ME IIII239

213

CITATION: Cochrane, W.The Battered Child Syndrome

CANADA JOURNAL OP PUBLIC HEALTH, 1965, 56: 193-6

MAIN EMPHASIS (4):

SECTIONS (3): (a) Battered children usually underthree years of age; undernourished or undeveloped;new and healing fractures, bruises, and dispro-portionate amount of soft tissue; (b) Abusers wereimpulsive, frequently involved with unstable mari-tal histories, very little guilt or anxiety; (c)Initial complaint should be made to Child WelfareOffice, which should form a child abuse teamsimilar to a narcotics squad.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Cabo illustrations.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZzzz>.)-0:0xetIccwwwxxCotimmwwwwx.1.-

<1Z' < z <!Z

wx=Imid

NON-SP 2 MIIIIIMEMIIN COM li I : 1

IN INT .

.

. 1

-

INDIC 31 : ; ;

PRO OEF 31

11111

TREAT i I : III :

LEG CON

111.

REFER i.. 4 ..i._ ...1...ANC SER 1 . 1 a

FOLLOW 111 : : ! :

PREVEN 1

STATS 1111111.1111...1

CITATION: Cohen, M., et al,

PsychoZpgic Aspects of the Maltreatment Syndrome of ChildhoodJOURNAL OF PEDIATRICS, Aug., 1966, 69(2): 279

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes clinical findings re-lating to 12 families involved in maltreatmentsyndrome.

SECTIONS (3): Summation of data relevant to this

research. Case histories (four).

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


wWolowww

--

<I Z < zw'w X x

-4-- 4-. 4 i

<00xetIm2

111114

Z

2

,

w xw

1

.

1wlw

=Icex.1-.

--L-:

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

111111 4.

REFER

ANC SER

1 :1 ' .

1

'4-1

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

i

1=MEM=1+1

..1 .. _J...,

STATS

240

24

CITATION: Cotaroasi, C,, et al,Domestic Traumas and Swalloting of Various Objects (Article in Italian

armory in English)MINERVA PEDIATRICA, Aug., 25, 1970

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Review of cases of children ad-mitted to hospital for traumas or various acci-dents having happened in domestic surroundings.Most accidents occur with male children andgenerally during second year of life. Most child-

ren were from families of workmen and smalltradesmen.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Child Abuse Syndrome present insmall percentage of cases--need for thorough in-quiry to make this diagnosis.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

Zw0

.

<'zw0

ZzW0

<>.

Xa.

z>.

Xa.

<02W

Z02W

,z

xLu(/)

exw

,...,:w

t.::x1.4,cc2 il-

NONSP 2 ,, .111111111111111111

IN COM ; :1

IN INT :

.,

INDIC.4- - . ..-. ....-

PR8 DEFf

I :

TREAT :

i- MELEG CON t

REFER

ANC SER.

11 :

4

:111111111;1

.

FOLLOW 1111111 : !. .

PREVEN

STATS =1 =MI

CITATION:

Coles, RobertCross-Cultural Field Work in Social Psychiatry. ("The Battered Parent:

Stresses of Contemporary Parenthood.")CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, Tulsa, Oklahana: Sixth Annual Seminar,

ChildrImPst AforYnaZ Contor, (1ntellhar, 1973

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Wisdom of an old "uneducated"

Chicano woman as she expressed herself colorfullyin English and Spanish - offered in contrast toour unconcern with the way words sound.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


4(

zw0

< !zw0

Zzw0

<>.2a.

z>.2a.

<02w

Z02w

xwIn

E./

xW

:-Jiw,I- 1 x.ccx.)-

NONSP : i

IN COM

IN INT

I

'.

--:-

:k"S`"

*<53

.

c,

6;

:

INOIC

PR8 DEF

M..

1

-1,- .1-I

.c(.05.6'Vp

C..

TREAT

LEG CON t-

i

\O

c'

1---

REFER

ANC SER

:.

FOLLOW

PREVEN .

I

I 1

STATS I I I MI

241

245

CITATION: Coles, R.Terror - Struck Children

THE NEW REPUBLIC, May 30, 1964

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author emphasizes the needto recognize and take action to cope with theproblem of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): The legal issues raised by therights of children vs. the right of the family toprivacy and non-intervention is noted.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

z

zZz>->-00xam.wwwxocloa

<2 Z < zz221ax-:22awwowm.1.-

< Z ,''s ..,

:--1iw

1_1(2

NON-SP Mill= : InIN COM : ! 1

IN INT11

, ,

INDIC

F;iti Oi,

i.. ...1.-

i

..1..

.

..I.. ...i..

.

TREAT

CiECO14

11.1....L.:

..4_ ..i._ _i_.

REFER .

ANC SER 1,

FOLLOW

Pitliiii"

J..;

..1... _l_,

,

_L.

STATS 111111MMI

CITATION: Collins, CamillaOn the Dangers of Shaking Young ChildrenCHILD WELFARE, 1974, 53(3): 143-46

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Warns of sometimes fatal effectsof whiplash shaking and jolting of infants and

young children playfully or punitively.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case histories taken from JohnCaffey's research;'(b) Examples of dangerous shak-ing or jolting habitual in parenting; (c) Examples

of danger in toys,

PARAGRAPHS (2): Prevention - educational campaign

urged.

MENTION (1): Indicators of A/N.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsPhysicians

.2

Wzwww=x22w,c-Px(.1

.2

(.1

Zz(.I

<).-

a.

z,-a.

.2

0w

z0w

xca

..1a.

w

:-11 w

,.., I cc0).I.$-NM

.1.

NON.SP ; 4: I 11 I I .E..i.

,

,1IN COM

IN INT.1. ..1,

,

INDIC

PRB DEFI '1.

a

1 :_4.i

1

.i.

.

.

.4_1

ii

TREAT

LEG CON

1111111.

:

,

;

REFER

ANC SER

I : 1

:

.

:

FOLLOW.1:7 1:1EVEN N

111 i..2 1

1.. ..i.. ..1_.

..1.

STATS .11..11 : 1111

242

246

Columbia Journal of Law and Social ProblemsCITATION: Representation in Child Neglect Cases: Are Parents Neglected?

COLUMBIA JOURNAL OF LAW AND SOCIAL PROBLEMS

July, 1968, 4(2): 230-254

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This article examines the pro-cedures and powers of the New York family courtand argues there is a need for representation of

parents in neglect proceedings.

SECTIONS (3): (a) A study of court records, withstatistician who filed neglect petitions and cor-relating legal representation of the parent withdispositional outcome, is reported; (b) The con-stitutionality of the present system is examined;(c) The authors recommend the law be changed tomake counsel mandatory for pirents and non-mandatory for children in cases of neglect.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

LawyersBehavioral Scientists

zZi

Z0

<:zZ0

:

Z(O

<>O.

z>O.

1

a:z0 : 0L11 k la

<xCO

aj.

W

,,,/-

',I

wM

; C=I-NON -SP 11.1

1 MIMIIN COM

I N INT

:

- : -1

,

INDIC

PRB DEF I'

.

I

.

TREAT

LEG CON

:

I4 :1

.

REFER

ANC SER

111 1

1- 1 .

.

1-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

. o: : :

STATS IIERREMIMION

CITATION: Committee on Infant and Preschool Child/American Academy of PediatricsMaltreatment of Children - The Battered Child Syndrome

PEDIATRICS, JuZy, 1972, 50(1): 160-2

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of new recommenda-

tions to be added to the 1966 statement by theCommittee on Infant and Preschool Child for con-

trolling child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Crisis management centers for familie

needing immediate relief.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Predictive questionnaires toidentify potentially abusive parents should beobtained; (b) Centralization of community services.(c) Physicians more responsible for follow-up;(d) Day care services; (e) Lay therapists and

aides.

MENTION (1): Doctors continue requirement to report

with legal protection.

243

247

TARGET POPULATION:


ZigZ<zZZ2z>wwwx=220000.0.ww0

r00x5!;;mw xw

:--:.u.1

:::=ill

MINON.SP 4 IIIIIIII1111011

IN COM 2 :

s .

.41... .1.

IN INT' '

INDIC.4. .i. ..i.. ..i_.

PRB DEF1

TREAT 3 o

1 :

LEG CON1. 1

--1--..1

REFER . . I .

..... ..... .. ..,.. 4.. ..1....

ANC SER 2 : .

FOLLOW..... ------ ..

'.4 .

....;_. ...',.._

1

...:__

PREVEN 2 1 1

I

I

STATS UM Mil

CITATION: Corbett, James; T.

A Ptychiatrist Reviewing the Battered Child Syndrome andMandatory Reporting Legislation

NORTHWEST MEDICINE, Dec., 1964, 63: 920-2

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of the medicalliterature on the willfully injured child whichfinds consistency and inconsistency-,abusingparent has unresolved and severe hostilities whichare transferred to the child, the abuse is oftenpsychological abuse, and the children are older(often teenagers).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Emotional disturbance of amother is not necessarily indicative of childabuse; in fact, studies show that they may have avery caring, loving relationship; (b) Treatmentshould include the parent. Also, foster homes arenot the most practical solution.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZZw0

a1zZw0

.

Zw0

.c>-

xa

z-Xa

1

.1c;z0 1 02 :w.w

<

wto

Fil

xw

:-J:W

/- cc52 ; ccz.i-

NON-SP =MEM= ;

IN COM

IN INT

II :

1

1 1

.-

INDIC

PRB DEF

I .,. ..,

1

11I

TREAT

LEG CON

Es ,

:

.

REFER

ANC SER:---

.

--:

---

FOLLOW1;170r7,1i

:

e

111_+_-_i__ __1 1 __

STATS =MI : BEI

CITATION: Cosgrove, John G.Management and Follow-up of Child AbuseJOURNAL OF MED. SOC. OF N. J., Jan. 1972, 69(1): ,27-30

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Provide an overview of manage-ment and follow-up of 15 abused children in 1 yearperiod at Martland Hospital, Newark, New Jersey- -follow-up 'tial to well being of child andrehabilita; , family.

SECTIONS (3): (a) More male than female victims,most under 3 years; abuse symptomatic of chronicpathology in home; (b) Providing careful, recep-tive approach with parents in initial interview.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Soft tissue trauma and social iso-latilm of family - indicators of abuse.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zw000m

azw

Zzwz

cc

r

zrz22wxmw

.1

0Z

0wm

<

x aj.

W

1 w

(11- : cg

J-.:cema--.

NON-SP IMESIN COM

IN INT

:

4 -1

.

;

-:-:

-1-

INDIC -j.-2 :.. 1

PRB DEF : 31:

TREAT : 4 ! .

LEG CON

i.

REFER :. . . .

ANC SER , 1

FOLLOW : 4: 1 I 1

PREVEN

111. . .

STATS ......111..1

244

2.46

CITATION: Court, Joan, at al.The Battered Child Syndrome - A Preventable Disease

NURSING TIMES, London, June 10, 1971, 67(23): 695-7

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Parents usually have amblv3lentfeelings with a history of deprivation themselves;often there is maternal overload and a backgroundof social difficulties--unemployment, alcohol, badchecks, etc.

SECTIONS (3): (a) In initial interview, the nurseshould be aware of finding out the mother's feel-ings in a nonpunitive fashion; and she should ex-plain to the team in a similar fashion;- (b) Treat-ment should be a long and patient process of"transfusion of mothering" coupled with protectionof the baby.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Indicators are often a reappearingmother in doctor's office with no adequate ex-planation.

TARGET POPULATION.

Medical Scientists

z<zZz)-)-00x0.,,woucoa

<

ww2222tux

.

:z < z

awwww< z <

.Ji -.1. til

I.. I CC

--ImX.-

NON.SP

111111111111--:

EIM111/11/11.111

11111 : --1:--IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEP1 1

.t.

4:

.

....

1

4.

.

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

PREVEN

IMEE111111111111--'1

3i.

:

imi

Ell

,

. ---)--11111:

11111

EMU

--:

STATS

CITATION: Crymin, J. R.

Battered Baby SyndromeS.A. MEDICAL JOURNAL, Sept., 12, 1970, 1044

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Draws attention to the roleradiologists have played in identifying and diag-nosing the Battered Baby Syndrome.

SECTIONS (3): Not all cases of abuse are willful,some are accidental. One doctor reports 1/3 ofcases are such, so care should be taken in diag-nosis.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Author wishes to know if the inci-dence of syndrome is lower in Africa.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION;

Medical Scientists

ZZ

laco0coa

<Zla 112

< Z

22awwww< Z

EU)x_1CI-

X

:J.wI_ . IXin .;IX2.-

NON.SP 11113.1111=111111 ;

IN COM

IN INT

3:I

,

INDIC

PRB DEF

'i.

1

TREAT

LEG CON

I ..i.

REFER

ANC SERu_.i... El __:...

FOLLOWPREVEN

I :

.

1

:

-t:

STATS IIIIIIHIIIURMIBII

245

2

CITATION: Criswell, Howard D., Jr.Why Do They Beat Their Child?HUMAN NEEDS, March 1973, 1(9):5-7

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Treating the child abuser insteof punishing him/her may break the generationalchain of abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Training--counselors must be under-standing and deal with abusers' problems.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Obstetricians should intervieweach pregnant patient to identify potential abuseproblems. (b) Characteristics of abusers andtheir life situations.

MENTION (1): (a) Dr. Brandt Steele, University ofColorado Medical Center, Denver, who has a 3 yeargrant to train people to handle child abuse. (b)

In some states, the parent must submit to therapyor lose the child.

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

Z

ZWa

CC

ZWa

ZZWa

<}rx22wx=Ima

Z<).

Q.

0

w

Z0w

x

(1)

Et.°

w

t

I.

..J

WCC

I-

NON-SP 11.1=11.1..1IN COM I

-4-'

-.4-

1

.4- ..4' _.f _-

IN INT ,1

INDIC

PRB DEF

.III

.

..i.21

:

. .

TREAT: 4: : : :3

LEG CON I 1: 1- -:-

REFER .

ANC SER --i- -i-FOLLOW I i 1 i_ .11._ .j...

PREVEN : 21

STATS 111111.1.111. :

CITATION: Curphey, Theodore J., et al.The Battered Child SyndromeCALIFORNIA MED., February 1965, .C2:102-104

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The main emphasis is that apathologist's examination must include carefuldetail of all injuries, x-ray, dissectia, andmicroscopic study of the osseous lesions. Record

work in diagrams and colored photographs must bemade, and work must be done to evaluate inconsis-

tencies.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Pathologist is bound by law toreport possible abuse as cause of death.(b) Case studies illustrative of problem ofbattered child syndrome.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z<<ZZZZwwwst(-1

13111.111E1.1111

.

LI

-:

,

a

:

<z<Zq>>-00xe,ftXa.a.

m22wx=lccWSW

1

:

(1) w

':--;.w

x.1-

NOWSP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF 4-1- i -

1

..1--

:

-1--In

111111111111.

.4'.

-

--.1...

,

TREAT

LEG CON I _i_3: . .

REFER

ANC SER

:

:

.

1-

.

-i-FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 I -.. 4-1

-:

STATS 1111111111.1.11 :

246

2 .6 i)

CITATION: Curran, William J.The Revolution in American Criminal Law: Its Significance for Psychiatric

Diagnosis and TreatmentAMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH, December 1968, 58(12): 2209-2216

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Recent changes in American crim-inal law, sparked by the Civil Rights Movement,are outlined and discussed.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Physical abuse child battery laws,providing physicians immunity and investigationby child welfare and/or law enforcement agencies,have been among the fastest to be passed inseveral states.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Lawyers

ZaWzwwwim22usxrmlIm(..1

tt

(.I

11111111.1rn

Z¢zLI

,..

O.

z>.

O.

ctoW

ZoW

x

in

e.

w

:J..,: W

f7,fm

I:;

NON-SP

IN COM I :-4 - ..i.. .- I._

IN INT I

INDIC : :.

: :

PR8 DEF

Ii

.

TREAT . . .

4-LEG CON

-, - 4--4

4-

REFER-:4-

1-; MINI .-:-.

ANC SER 1

,

FOLLOW 14

1

-4.- -i- 4 - 4.-PREVEN

1 :

STATS 111.111111111.11

CITATION: Currie, J. R. B.

A Psychiatric Assessment of the Battered Child SyndromeSOUTH AFRICAN MEDICAL JOURNAL, June 30, 1970, 635-639

N "H'SIS 4 : General survey of literaturewith regard to developing a profile of abusiveparents, specifically with reference to age andsex of abusing parent, social and economic factorspsychological factors of particular note, Simpson'definition of battered child syndrome (6 features)and Goldstar's 4 psychological characteristicsaccounting for incidence of abuse. Author pre-sents psychodynamic formulation of the syndrome.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Two case histories, (b) Treatmentapproach in abuse cases includes: hospital M.D.'sinterview parents, family doctor, health visitor;police are contacted within 24 hours, depending oncase; either voluntary or compulsory supervisionof families in home.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Statistics on incidence of abusas reported by Simpson, Kempe, D.A.s, Cohen andstatistics from follow-up on abuse cases as repor-ted by Elmer and Gree, Birrell and Birrell, (b)Brief historical survey of legal involvement inabuse cases, (c) Brief historical survey of grow-ing awareness of abuse as problem since Caffey's1946 work, (d) Child's state of "morbidity";parents' vague story -- indicators of abuse, (e) Useof homemakers 8-12 hours a day at regular intervalwith abusive parents.

MENTIONS (1):

247

TARGET POPULATION:


aa:z¢Zw<700ammill.1111111

:

ztawsz

:

4-

)..

-4-

z<Z>.x22wx,-Icrawwww

0

--

0 x 6.1

1 --Iiw17, ; (r

x.i-

i

--4--1

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PR8 DEF

111 I.

:

2 i

4 f

III J..

I

..i..

2:TREAT

LEG CON

III 1

1

3 :..2 I,

REFER

ANC SERI)

:

:

2:

..i..

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN1

. --, -4- 4--. . .1

, .,

11111EMINIMMIll

4

STATS

231.

CITATION: Curtis, George C., M.D.Violenae Breeds Violence - Perhaps?

AM. JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, Oat. 1963, 120: 386-87

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Suggestion that abused childrenmay become tomorrow's perpetraters of crimes ofviolence--based on theoretical and empirical

grounds. Author notes it is unlikely that there'sa one-to-one relationship between abuse and latercrimes of violence--need for further insight intoetiology of pattern of abuse. Studies cited cor-relating childhood abuse and later violent ..rimes.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): X-ray valuable in Ciagnosing child

abuse:

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzW0MIBM111111.

<zla0

Zzla0

<>.za.

Z-zG.

<0Sw

Z0ZW

<xWto

-1a.

XW

;

1-iila... cc

En.;IX

.i..1.-

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

MN I

1: :

.

INDIC

PRB DEFIN ..4.-41

1.. ..4..

TREAT

LEG CON

11 '

. .

REFER

ANC SER

i

;

.

; .. 1 .. .

:

FOLLOWI;li-------

.i._ ..1-. ..i__

.

..1._r

..i._

STATS 1.1.1.1111111111

CITATION: D'Agostino, Paul A.Dysfunctioning Families and Child Abuse: The Need for an Interagency Effort

PUBLIC WELFARE, Fall, 1972, 30(4)c 14-17

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of day care center

formed as an alternative to foster care.

SECTIONS (3): Description of the inter-hospital"Vulnerable Child List" for suspected abuse vic-tims; description of interagency organizationformed (Children's Advocates, Inc.) to prevent

abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Most abusing parents want to be good

parents but their own needs interfere.

MENTION (1): (a) Referred families must be treated

with dignity and understanding; (b) Welfareworkers must not delay involvement with familyfollowing referral.

TARGET POPULATION:


zZZwwwx(9

:

.c I zz:zo t.5

<r

a.

z,-x2wxcea.

a02w

z0

w

..r

xU)

_1ci_

w

:J;laice

iii).

x .-

NONSP nommiguismiIN COM I 3 : i .

IN INT 1- -1-1

-1-I

-i-,

-I .

INDIC

.1- -1- 111111-1 i--PRBDEF . 2 i , ,

TREAT

CIEFCCIW

I 1

I--4 :

"1-- H." --f--

REFER :

. . .

ANC SER

111

1

.

1 1

1

.

FOLLOW : I

-4.- -4-- --I

-I.-

PREVEN 1 3 :

STATS 1111 MEM :

248

252

CITATION: Dalton, VatharinaChildren's Hospital Admissions and Mothers' MenstruationBRITISH MEDICAL JOURVA, April 4, 1970, 2:27-28

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Results of interviewing 100mothers indicate positive relationship betweenmothers' menstruation and children's admissionto hospitals for accident or illness because ofmothers' paramenstruum stress.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzWLI

tzWWILI

ZzLI

<>-

Q.

z>.SE:2wa.

i

-:( : zonoW : W

ctxti)

E.'><C../2;i:[W

:J; w

1- :Ix

X . 1-

NON -SP 11111.111111IN COM

IN INT -:- III:

, ACP

.

'

_. ..

INDIC

PRB DEF

6C

VA\-k

e Sli,`)

,

TREAT

LEG CON

'

r0..,REFER

ANC SER

:

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I I I

STATS EMEMIMIIIII

CITATION: Davies, JoannWhen the Agency Lust IntervenePUBLIC WELFARE, April 1966, 102-106

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The main emphasis is that thesocial worker must assume an authortative roleand at the same time be sensitive, objective, andcompassionate.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case studies, demonstratingneglect and abuse. (b) Problem definitions:abusers are immature, poorly mated in marriage,lonely and frustrated.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Complaints come from town gossipas well as from sincerely worried citizens.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

zzzxet,':ccwwwxZ<zaZ.,c

6 .

x22wx=Im6 . mwww w

-1;W

X'1-

NON-SP 3 11111111.11111111IN COM

IN INT 4

:

1

,

:

.

.

.

1

INDIC

PRB DEF 3-4-

: 1111111111-7. :

1--

TREAT

LEG CON

..

.

REFER

ANC SER I 'I"'.

'1' i

FOLLOW

PREVEN i.

1

-t-

.

-i-.

: :

STATS IIMEM MOM249

252o

CITATION: Davies, Joanne P., et al.Battered, but Not Defeated: The Story of an Abused Child and Positive Casework

CHILD WELFARE, February 2970, 101-104

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case history of an abused child

with a successful outcome.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Treatment orientation that assumes

health.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


a

www2222Lux:Icr000a.a.wwwwZ:1-a: Z ..:( z

N1111115111111111:

-1-.

a Z

'l'

1

<aJ.

'-.1,w

,I- : ix

NONSP 4 !IN COM

IN INT.

'INDIC

PR8 DEF

1.4.1 i

4 ...1._

.

.__4.-

.

TREAT

LEG CON

I 2:

'

,.

'

.

REFER

ANC SER

':

'

1

.4.'

I.t...

:.,

:

i

FOLLOW-

PREVEN

in iI

1

:

.

STATS .11.11111= 1

CITATION: DeFrancis, Vincent,Child Abuse Legislation in the 1970sTHE AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION, 1970, Denver, Colorado

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Review of child abuse reporting

laws by state. This review details such factorsas the victim's age range, if covered by laws ifreporting is mandatory, to what part of the Codedoes the law belong, if there are any immunities,the definition of A/N and a central registry

requirement.

SECTIONS (3): An analysis of the system is givenevaluating the laws and their component parts.

PARAGRAPHS (2).

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z.iZWC.2

<ZWC)

ZZW(.5

Q

Ia.

Z}xa.

<02:2w....,

Z0

<XWIn

.I

5.IxW

iW,,,ICCm: ;ccI.1-

NON-SP IMIIIIIMMI 1

IN COM..... ----- .IN

.INT

.,..4 ,

a

-:t-

:

UINDIC

PRE1 DEF "1" "1--1

ETREAT.... - ...LEG CON

..4

'.4...

:

..4..'

REFER

ANC SER

111111 :

.

. :

:

..

FOLLOW ..--.--..--.PREVEN

111 : :-- - .1

111.1121111.1111

. a

STATS

250

254

CITATION: DeFrancie, VincentDue Process in Child Protective ProceedingsTHE CUMBERLAND-SANFORD LAW REVIEW, 1971 (Fal), 2(21:1-24

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This is an examination of thelegal proceedings as a result of the Gault andKent decisions. Hearing, notice, councel,standard of proof, evidence, self-incrimination,are explained and evaluated.

SECTIONS (3): Historical interpretation of and thejuvenile development in due process is presented.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

ZZZla0

<ZLI1

0

11111111.111111111111

-;.-

ZZU10

'

<)-XQ.

mi

Z}XQ.

Cr

0',lulu)

Z02

:

xw

Fe.xw

1

I ,;w,)"! CCr- ;ccz .I.-

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

_INDIC

PWE ()IF-

__i__

.

__1

I

111111111111111

TREAT

LEE CONE C

1

4-:4

.

4:

REFER._ ..... __.ANC SER

._ 1111 ....i__ non:

_FOLLOW

PREVEN!

STATS 11111.1.1rnall

CITATION: DeFrancis, VincentParcnts Who Abuse ChildrenTHE P. T. A. MAGAZINE, November 1963, 58(31:16-18

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author makes the point thatchild abuse, though abhorrent, is far more preva-lent a problem than commonly believed.

SECTIONS (3): The question is raised "What is thebest response to child abusers: punishment,

removal of the child, or treatment?" The authorpoints out that many communities do not haveadequate child protective services.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Statistics from an American HumaneAssociation national survey on the incidence ofchild abuse are reported. Sensational, gory casesof abuse are used to dramatize the problem.

MENTION (1): The desirability of mandatory reportinlaws in cases of suspected abIRse is mentioned.

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

z<<Zzw(50.00.0.WWWWM.)-

!

zow:w

z<z<ZI x

i

2xw

E.x

l-Jl!ti

(4:m

NOWSP 11111

III2 MOM

!

: no1111111111

;

IN COM

IN INT

We &IF 11111 4 11111

-4.-,

TREAT

LEG Coil Ill -4: 3 i--1 :

REFER

ANC SER

11111111:__ 11111

FOLLOW..... .....PREVEN

.. III 1

.

1111111111111111111111

,

.

.

STATS

251

CITATION: DeFrancie, VincentProtecting the Child Victim of.Sex Crimes Committed by AdultsFEDERAL PROBATION, September 1971, 15-20

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Incidence, characteristics ofthe offender and victim and situational dynamicsare described from a 3 year study in New YorkCity.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Victims frequently suffer fromlack of treatment following offense, causingsevere psychic trauma, (b) Describes situationsleading to the report of the offense.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Children by law are protectedfrom consenting and so, by definition, are notparticipants in the sexual episode, (b) Communityneglect exposes children to sexual exploitation.

MENTION (1): (a) Emotional neglect existed in 79percent of families in which abuse occurred, (b)Physical abuse existed in 11 percent of families.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z<Z<z<z<ZZz)-)-00et,':mwwwxx22ta000mmwwwwx0-

:

x

i

x::;m

.

1-1.w

NONSP IIREMEMMIRE: $ i

. ,

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

III 1

:

;

1 1

:

:1

1

4 1

TREAT

LEG CON

111111 :

__,__ --1-- --:-.

2 '

-.1._

.

REFER

ANC SER

'

1

1

-1-,

: 1

FOLLOW

P REVEN

111 :

-I- -1- -1 i.

1

.

STATS 111.11111MIMMI

CITATION: DeFrancis, VincentTermination of Parental Rights: Balancing the EquitiesTHE AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, 1971, 1-19

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An evaluation of the rights ofparents, children and how and under what con-ditions they can be terminated--natural process,marriage of child, legislative enactment, relin-quishment, involuntary termination. Also defineslegally unfit parents, neglect, and abandonment.

SECTIONS (3): '

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

Z

Wzwwwxx2:2taxu/tc0

.11.11111111111111=

!

<'z

c

-f-

z

0

'

.4

o.

-4-

z

a.

I

:

i<:z0 1 0

w :w

.

-4".

<x0

El

w

1-

i-

+

_.wIx

1-

'

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

1 '

.i.. :

1

1

.. .4..

TREAT

LEG CON

II '

-4-.

'

4-: ,

'

-;-I

-

REFER

ANC SER

.

-I-,

4 -

.

.

-4-,

- --

.

-:-.

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

;

:I

'

--1-1

.

-1-:

.

-1-

STATS 1U1111.1.11=

252

2J

CITATION: DeFrancis, Vincent

Protectjng thP Child Victim of Sex Crimes

.DENER, COLORADO, Ala 1969

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of emotional stressand difficulties child faces as a victim of sexcrime, along with description of interactionisttheory as an explanation for the pathologyresulting from this experience.

SECTIONS (3): Description of statistics availableon incidence. Legal consequences of supportiveprograms developed in Israel and the U.S. forchildren who must face court procedures. Depthof harm to children is overlooked.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Parental neglect may be a contributorto sex crimes.

TARGET POPULATION:


z<Zw0-

<Zu.i

;

;, ZZw0

a>.xcL.

z>.2G.

< : Z0 : 0212w:w

cz

xwcn

61.

>cw

-;1 w

a.,1-!ce

1'z :ccz .1-

NON.SP I= 111111/111111IN COM

IN INT

in111

.4.:1

..

:

.i.

:

'

I

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

III :

-t-1

.

-4-

:

3:-4-

3:

REFER

ANC SER

. .

+'

FOLLOWPREVEN

ism . 1

STATS 1.111.111111 ==

CITATION: DeFrancis, VincentProtecting the Child Victim of Sex Crimes91ST ANNUAL FORUM OF NATL. CONF. ON SOCIAL WELFARE, Atlantic City, N.J.,

Mau 21. 1965

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The need to protect the childsex victim from further trauma in the course ofhis involvement with the legal system (e.a. re-peated interrogation, appearance in court). Pro-'

tective service worker can deal therapeuticallywith the victim and parents by (1) reducing traumaof crime on child and parents, (2) minimizing illeffects of legal involvement, and (3) evaluatingneed for casework services.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Survey findings by NationalAdvisory Committeelittle done nationwide in theway of protecting the child from damaging effectsof his (b) Psychiatric study find-ings: (1 some children initiate/maintain sexualrelations ip with adults; (2) events followingoffense may affect victim's personality develop-ment. (c) Israeli approach to problem--the youthexaminer as investigative officer. (d) legalimplications of Israel appraoch for U.S. prohibitsdue process.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Statistical estimate of childsex abuse in N.Y.C.--3000-4000 cases per year.(b) The problem: girls usually the victims, boyshave homosexual involvement; sex abuse sometimesoccurs because of parental neglect; member of thefamily often the perpetrator; if father was per-petrator, mother may have known about it but didnothing.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZwwwxoc5c5a.

< ZZ z

. r t

>.

z

22atawo

< Z cz

xw

e.

xw

:-11W

,-ice1

'=:; ce2.1-

NONSP 1111111111111111111011IN COM : !

IN -WIT : ..1.- i..

INDIC 111 i

i 11111-- IllPRB DEF

TREAT '. 11111..1._ 4 :._

LEG CON 11 3 :

REFER _J. ..i.. ..L.

ANC SER ! 1 3 ;

FOLLOWF;REVEN

1111111111._ _..11111

11111011111111111111211111511STATS

253

257

CITATION: Delaney, D. W.

The Physically Abused ChildWORLD MEDICAL JOURNAL, September-October 1966, 13:145-147

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author wishes to drawattention to the problem of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): The author's recommendations ofwhich agencies should handle cases of childabuse: child protective and juvenile court.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) X-rays and inadequate parentalreport are prime indicators of abuse. (b) Theeffects of physicians' legal fears on reportingof abuse are mentioned. (c) The history ofrecognition of child abuse is briefly mentioned.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:.


zZzzz>->-00x171.,:ilwwwxx2L,ixt:;m000mmwww.1111111111.111111111

tz,lczazir

1

1

.

I

wx.s--

1

.

i-1lw

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

2

4

1

-i-:

III :

.

.

i

:

.

2:

TREAT

LEG CON

El .i.

.

..i.

.

...i.

.

_i_ Ill

1

.

REFER

ANC SER

' ' '

.

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

1

1.1.11111.1111111/11

4-1

-4-1

-1-

STATS

CITATION: Delcordo, James D.Protective Casework for Abused ChildrenCHILDREN, November-December 1963, 10(61:214

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of 80 cases of abusecategorized as resulting from (1) parents' acutemental illness, (2) overflow abuse, (3) parentalnon-specific disturbance, (4) harsh discipline,(5) parents' misplaced conflicts.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Implications for casework treat-ment for each category. (b) Description of twoapproaches to and goals for the initial interview.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Indications of battered childsyndrome.

MENTION (1): Referral to family service agencyconsidered when healthier balance in the familyis achieved.

TARGET POPULATION:

Social Workers

; l e

zw0

<zwo

;

2 :

zw(.7

4(

).

xO.

B1111111111111111

.4-3:

Z,-xO.

I<Z.:4o:o22W W

i

.4.

:

x

U)

61.

xW

:

:1,w1.-Ice

D== . I-

-1-

13

N0 N S P:

IN COM

IN INT

!

..-:

INDIC

PRB DEF.i_

:

2.i.

4 1

11111..4.. __4..

:4

TREAT

LEG CON

11111113:..

. . :3

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

WEVEN-111

STATS

: 1 :

1

,

.

i

.

!

ERR

:

1--

HEM=1

--r-

:

--t

254

258

CITATION: Dick, K., et al.

The Multi-Problem Family and Problems of Service, SOCIAL CASEWORK, June 1958, 349-355

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors describe theiragency's experience with intensive social caseworkwith four multi-problem families.

SECTIONS (3); (a) Defining the characteristics ofthe multi-problem family. (b) The problem ofdependency is ascribed to early social deprivation.(c) The authors describe the treatment difficultie

. created by strong dependency needs of clients.(d) The authors describe the difficulty of estab-lishing a real communication base with the clients

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zQ

WwwwzIMI2wxtp-Ictt<CI

0

!

Zz0

<

a

z

0.

1

.1:Z:

w.w,

cc

oEe.

w

...;ut

I-- m

I' I-MIMI

IN COM

IN INT

cDd

-

.

INDIC

PRB DEF .i.

0O`0. C

0"

.

-1.<''

(5'

..0' 0(0

.

TREAT

LEG CON.4-

CE

42-

.

REFER

ANC SER

.

.. .- ..1,

FOLLOW.- ........PREVEN

. '..i...1 ..

STATS =MUM"

CITATION: Dieffenbach, A. (Times); A.P.

"Schonla Mistreat Children "; "Abuse to be Probed"SEATTLE TIMES, October 6, 1972; SEATTLE P.I., October 6, 1972

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Shirley Amiel charges deliberateabuse of children perpetuated by schools. StateBoard of Health agrees to investigate the charges.Amiel asks for creation of child advocacy council.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zaZ00(70.1111111111=Ell

I<I z < z

0.10wow

a Z cc

x a:I;a_,:la

I-, ! m=xzo-

INONSPIN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEFINF

:

i..

1 .

..i..I

TREAT

LEG CON

I

1

.

I

REFER

ANC SER

;

1

111111INEMINIIIMII

! :

..i. ...i....FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

255

25 az)

CITATION: Diggle, Geoffrey, at al.Child Injury Intensive Monitoring System

BRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, August 11, 1973, 3:334-336

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of computer systemregistering suspected abuse cases -- flexibleenough to include neglect.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Legal/ethical safeguards of system.

MENTION: (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zR.

zww[taz(3

4C: ZZ z0 , 0

11.1111.111101111111111[

.1-,

.1c

>-

a.

III

z>-z2Ewx:z;cca.

<0w

Z0w

:

.

.x0

.4a.

w

:

I

;

: L1,,,'".

z . I--

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTII

INDIC

PRB DEF

111 i'-1

IIN : :

TREAT

LEG CON

IA !.

REFER

ANC

11 :

-1- illEill_1_

,

_1_ .i..FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 ..

1

STATS 111.11111111Mill.

CITATION: Dine, Mark S.Tranquilizer Poisoning: An Example of Child Abuse

PEDIATRICS, November 1965, 36(5) :782 -785

hilN EMPHASIS (4): Deliberate poisoning of child

is presented as another category of child abuse- -

case history illustration.

SECTIONS (3): Similarities of parent/child charac-

teristics to those in abuse cases reported by

Kempe, McHenry, Boardman.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Recommendations for early diagnosis

of poisoning = reactive testing for dry ingestion,physician's high index of suspicion.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zRZZz>->-00xw0

<1

wws0

1111=11.1111111111

!

Z

0

< zI22w

Q.Q.

<

w

Z

wv)

.,c

El",)-rxx'=IIrw

:-J, w

I ./.-

NON-SP 2

IN COM._ ...IN INT

11111 _j_,1

I_,,

A !

INDIC

PRB DEF 4 ;

i1

'- -+ ---

;

i;

INIE

._i__N

-i.[

_. __

TREAT

LEG CON

INE :

:

:

I

REFER

ANC SER1 .1_

.

.1.I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

1

--i--

STATS Ell u=256

26t)

CITATION: Dine, Mark S., et al.Slaughter of the Innocents

JOURNAL OF AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, January 1, 1973, 112(1): 81-82

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Two letters to editor in res-ponse to Adelsar's article The Battering Child"(1) Note problems of the battering child and (2)Suggest parents were neglectful in not providingproper supervision for the child victim.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ziz.*00.w:w

:,<t:,w(

zzw

<'i12

z.xm

;< :Z0102;2

<

xww:

exw

-.1, La

-Icex:t-

NON-SP 4 .

;

IN COM

IN INT

'

.

1

-.1.. ..I..

INDIC

PRB DEF.1.

1

01 .T._I

..1.-

TREAT

LEG CON

11 :

I

I

.

REFER

ANC SER 11111-1--. --i--: N1 I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1111111 :

1 1 .

1

.

STATS EMEMIIIIIIBII

CITATION: Downs, William T.

The Meaning and Handling of Child Neglect - A Legal ViewCHILD WELFARE, March 1963, 131 -134

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Legal considerations in handlingneglect cases--distinction between social andlegal neglect, rights and duties of parties in-volved (emotional neglect generally not consideredunder the law because undefinable as yet and thusunenforceable), legal principles considered, theorof causation (as yet no theory re emotional ne-glect), need for appeal cases, clear convincingstatement of facts needed in preparing case forcourt.

SECTIONS (3),: Emotional neglect (see above).

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

257

TARGET POPULATION:


zi

ZZz)->00ei-:lxwwwxx22w000o.a.wwwwxit-

az<z< 'tZ

xx=;c4

-JILLI

NONSP .111.1111111. :

IN COM

IN INT.1.

'

...1.

1

.:.

1

:

INDIC

PRB DEF

;

I

1

1i0111I

.

Inin

1

.

.

i

TREAT

LEG 11 14

REFER

ANC SER

1 I

11111

FOLLOW

PREVEN.

STATS .11.111=1111

231

CITATION: Doxiadis, SpyrosMothering and Frederick IICLINICAL PEDIATRICS, 1970, 9(9):565 -566

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): That maternal deprivation child'abuse has been recorded since 608 B.C. in Athens.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsPhysicians ,

zZZzz>>00x1t:cc.a.a.azIEZtax=t1ccLILILIo.o..a.ainuiz.)-

< Z ..c z < Z <._j:1+:

NONSP ,

. : MinIN COM

IN INT

;

.:-

. :

PRB DEF

.I.. .

:

TREAT

LEG CON

'

1-.

--4-- -1- I

REFER

ANC SER

IIIIIII :

. . .

1

FOLLOWPREVEN

:

.11

1

+ 1

-t- -1---

STATS ........I

CITATION: Duncan, Glen M., eta.Etiological Factors in First-Degree MurderJANA, November 29, 1958, 168(13):1755-1758

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): In studying the etiologicalfactors in first degree murder (6 case studiesare presented, 4 of which show the remorselessand relentless physical brutality by parents),the murderers had learned that violence was asolution to frustration.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZz.a.a.ariZ2.axccLILILIo.o..a.a.n

4:

zzz

.c z

>-

a0

z0c

ii.j

taz.)-

:-J.iti

,,;. I.

NON-SP i

.

i

IN COM

IN INT

iI

1 .

C1

0

1

r2

CY

.

.41

.

,

INDIC. . ........1....j

PRB 15EF I

<5"*$'

.0

----1----

11111.1111111

TREAT

LEG CON I 0S

\40 .<c,

c).REFER

ANC SER

.

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

:

STATS I

258

2 0

CITATION: Duncan, Jane Watson, et a.

Murder in the Family; A Study of Some Homicidal Adolescents

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY; May 1971, 127(11):1498 -1502

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Homicidal adolescentswithin thefamily have a history of parental brutality.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsPsychiatrists

<zwwwIx22wIx:m(.7

:

<C.;

zCD

zzCO

<>0.

,i- a--

z <} 00. W

INME

z 4 :0 xleW V) ,W

-- --

:-J114

,,,,E.:M

z ,1-

- - ..

---

NONSP4 !

IN COM

IN NTlall

INDIC

PRB DEF- I--

TREAT--LEG CON

-- -4--,

MI _4._:

REFER

A- N C- S E R.

:

I--1--

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN --t--11111 :

--i--1

STATS 11111.1111111.11 :

CITATION: Earl, Howard10,000 Children Battered and Starved; Hundreds DieTODAY'S HEALTH, September 1968, 43:24-31

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Abused children are oftenunwanted, fail to meet parental expectations,resemble a person the abusing parent does notlike, or have a mental or physical abnormality.The abuser is often emotionally ill, alcoholic,rigid and/or deviant.

SECTIONS (3): Case studies and illustrations showinexamples of the different abusers.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zZzui

0

IEEUUN1IIII

alZwuixx212w..;000

izz

0

:

1

<..ci.

z

0.

1

;

.=:z

0;0W.til

<.Cl)

etAl

. j,W

.,-.,:m

Stt-

NON SP

IN COM

IN INTiNDIC

PRB DEE'

.1-4.

41

.

-I :I' :i

TREAT IILEG CON

'

1

' :

1

MI :

I

REFER-.....11,6 SER

-., -- --' -.

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

'

,

' :

STATS Ea259

2"0

CITATION: Ebbin, Allen J., et aZ.Battered Child Syndrome at the L, A, County General HospitalAMERICAN JOURNAL DIS. CHILD., October 1969, 118:660-667

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes results of study madeon 50 children admittedly assaulted by parents,with reference to social histories and medicalfindings.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Graphs and tables summarizingresults of this research. (b) Medical findings.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZZtututuzz22w)ezIoCD

<izZ0

;

Z0

<)-O.

z<)-11.

0la

z0la

.1

xla

JW S:

tilcc

/-

NON-SP .1111.111.11.111.

: :

:

:

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF-41-

:

3-:-41

--I-- --+--

TREAT

LEG CON

111 :

,

: III-t -

REFER

ANC SER

F__,

.

)._1111111111

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

i :

1

I

i

. .

, 1, .

.

STATS En 3 =11.1111

CITATION: Edaberg; RobertElectroderma Recovery Rate, Goal-Orientation, and AvereibnPSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY, September 1972, 9(5) :512 -520

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): 16 subjects' GSR and electro=dermal recovery rates were studied during perfor-mance and no-task situations.

SECTIONS (3):'

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

C.3

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

zzz

Q)-

a.

- 0CU

z0CU

:(X a.

)c

260

264

CITATION: Edelman, Peter B.The tdaseachusette Rug, Force Reports; Advocate for Children

HARVARD EDUCATIONAL REVIEW, )7ov., 1973, 43(4): 639-52

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The process of building a taskforce is seen as a useful way to be an advocatefor children's activities. Task force involvesidentifying problems, setting the problem solvingprocess in motion, making the problem small enoughto work with, specificity of goals, involvement ofleading citizens, reporting.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) On the use of the media, onlitigation, on legislation, administrative nego-tiation in getting the task force work accom-plished; (b) Task force has its critics who regardit as rabble-rousing.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

z I :

zzw

zw

z )-xa.

z>.

Q.

a.

ta

-J

CC

CC

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

-t-.:.

e..

PREVEN

STATS

CITATION: Eisenberg, LeonThe Sins of the Fathers: Urban Decay and Social PathologyAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHOPSYCNIATRY, 1962, 32: 5-17

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The characteristics of parents,treatment, and problems of foster children forwhom special consultation is requested, are dis-cussed.

SECTIONS (3): Statistics for the above are given.Many errors in treatment due to marginality ofbudgeting, rapid turnover of workers, despair, etc.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Zi.

WZ

LI

.1

Zla(7

ZZla(7

.1

>.Xa.

z

Xa.

<

2ta

Z

2tata

cx

xv)

_Ja.xm:Iceta

J1 ill

).. I CCat.2 .1-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

;

:-.

.

-4-

i

4--

INDIC

PRB DEF 4 -1- "1

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER:- -4- -4-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

1

I 1

.,

$TATS . , . .

261

2(36

CITATION: Eieenstein, Elliot, et al.Jejuna Hematossa: An Unusual Manifestation of the Battered Child SyndromeCLINICAL PEDIATRICS, 1965, 4(8):436-440

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A case study of a 38-month oldmale who had a hematoma in thc abdomen withindications of previous intra-abdominal trauma.

SECTIONS (3): Indicators for hematoma have a varietyof symptoms found in blood work, urinalysis, xray,

PARAGRAPHS (2): Treatment usually involves conser-vative management of fluids.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z

ZW0

14C1Z

Z:ZWIW080

LIIIMIIIIMIIIM

EC

>.Za.

Z>.12;2a

;

<!Z0:0w:w

4C

XWCO

al.Xw

;:-3

Icg

1,7).Or1:1NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

II :

1

1 1 ,

INDIC

PRB DEF

31-I.

,

El __:__ : ..4._1

TREAT

LEG CON

ill 2.

,

.

1I

REFER

ANC SER

111 i

,

: I El :1

.

I

_i_ .1. :.i

.1

1

FOLLOWPREVEN

111 i

1

.

_1_

STATS MIEIMMIIIIMEM

CITATION: Eist, Harold I., et al.Family Treatment of Ongoing Incest BehaviorFAMILY PROCESS, 1969, 216-232

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of case of incest inone family, including treatment and family dynamicsof this specific family.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Broadly applicable treatmenttechniques, e.g. male and female cotherapists,effort to provide growth-producing extrafamilialrelationships. (b) General characteristics ofsimilar families, e.g. fears of involvement intherapy, parental conscience disturbance, childrenadopt attitudes of parents; surface appearance ofmaturity in incest victim.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

zWWWo

<'zz0

i

z0

<>.ZCI.

z>.I2:2WX'InCea.

ia: z0 1 0Latta

1

<xto

iii

w

1 -Ilwi CC

SO-

NONSP =MEM 4 ; ;

IN COM

IN INT

11111111111111111F---7-111111

I

1

, .

.

I I

1

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

i

--I-.

i

,

Min...:-.1

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

11 :

.

11.1.1111.1111...1

1

-1-.

I

1

:

STATS

262

26 6

CITATION: Elmer, ElizabethChild Abuse: The Family's Cry for Help

JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRIC NURSING, July-August 1967, 5:332-341

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Comments on etiology of abuse:accumulation of stresses on the family, lack ofemotional support, high incidence of prematurityin abused children, child abuse as a family ratherthan individual problem, special frustrationspresented by some babies.

SECTIONS (3): Case study: characteristics offamily, mistakes by police and hospital it handlicase, charges of "battered baby" label.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Abusive families need much support--technique of "cool mothering" is helpful.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

Zw0000.0.w

<zwtaII2ta

Zz

<.

Z.

<0

ZO

tawX

..1

Mxw

1 W1 (X

m .';mm.1-

NON.SP IMEMMII1111111IN COM

IN INT

II :

--1 --iINDIC-,. DE,

. .4..:

_L4;

!

1

TREAT

LEG CON

: 2:1

11111

_4...

REFER

ANC SER

11 ).

, .

i. HEE..4.. .4..

'

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN.4._

'

STATS R11115111=E11111111

CITATION: Elmer, ElizabethFailure to Thrive: Role of the Mother

PEDIATRICS, April 1960, 717

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes the effects of mothers'lack of nurturing on growth and development rate of

infants.

SECTIONS (3): Five case histories.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Describes the predominant lackof father in home, reducing support for mother.(b),Indicators of failure to thrive. (c) The

mother should be included in the treatment plan

for the infant.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<

W(.7

<

W0

aimsmni

Z

WLI

.:r z

III0.,0.

<02W

Z

02W

x1.1U7

_Ia.XW

I-,,_ i Ctj

m:-;;CCMO-

MI:

1

NON-SP

IN camIN INT

inn ,

.

imINDIC

PRB DEF

iug: :4

i;

;__.

.

TREAT

LEG CON

11ill --12---f-111

.

1

-1".

:

:I

"1-REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

IAN :

.

1

,

.

STATS EIMIll...1

263

CITATION: Elmer, ElizabethHazards in Determining Child AbuseCHILD WELFARE, January 1966, 28-33

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of the difficultiesin identifying child abuse versus accidentalinjury.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (s): Danger of psychological damage toparent and child in false accusations.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


4Zii,0

.1

Zla0

EMONIMIIIIIIIII

ZZla0

1

1

,

4>-xCL

Z>-xCL

i

4:Z002:241 : 41

;

1

4Xla(1)

a!x41

'

:Jila

I. ! w,;cex .1-

'

1

NON-SP

IN COM

'..4 INT

INDIC

PRB DEFIII ' 1

i

111 ; '

TREAT

LEG CON

III 1 1.

REFER

ANC SER111 ; ; rall 1

FOLLOW_

PREVEN__1_

,1 .

Ell=1111=11111

_1_.

_!._.

STATS

CITATION: Elmer, ElizabethIdentification of Abused ChildrenCHILDREN, September-October 1963, 10(5) :280

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of findings fromfollow-up study on home-injured children andexpectations for future data (Fifty FamiliesProject).

SECTIONS (3): X-ray indication of child abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Historical reference to Caffey andSilverman's contribution. Statistics relevant tothis research.

TARG1. r OPULATION:


ZZZ410

.cCIZz:z41, 410.0

11.1111.1111111.111111'3 --1

'

<>-Ia

- 1

z>-xa

-

1

.:C:Z010x212Lulu.'

-+- -

laU)

1

61. h-iCgX ::;rxLu xo-

:

:-1-

NON-SP 4

11IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

li 1

.

3

1

1111..11

1..

:

TREAT

LEG CON

ill I.;

1

-I:

--1--1

-t-- MIREFER

ANC SER1 -1-

I+,

1

:,

--:-

FOLLOW_

PREVEN

1_1_;

:

IT1

--1,--.

-1.STATS

264

CITATION: Elmer, Elizabeth, et al.Devclopmental Characteristics of Abused ChildrenPEDIATRICS, October 1967, 40(41:596-602

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of research conclud-ing that severe physical abuse/neglect is predic-tive of unusual difficulties in development (FiftyFamilies Project).

SECTIONS (3)4 Statistics relevant to this research.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZaZwwwxcDoon.

<4.2Z Z

<>.

Z

,.z2:2wQ.

I4:z0:0W.W

<xCO

ExL1

w

:/114

/eg`Mccxa-

NON-SP III

4

! EINIMIM,

;-:.nne--i-.-I-

1 MEM1-1111111111111111-1

MINNII.1._.

..L.

.

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

1

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOWPREVEN

IIIMME...1...

..L.

.

STATS UNE= Ril

CITATION: Elmer, Elizabeth, et al..Studies of Child Abuse and Infant Accidents

MENTAL HEALTR PRCGROI REPORTS, 1971, 343-370

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Two studies are reported. Ode isa follow-up of abused children. The other comparesnormal families and infant accidents with abusivefamilies. Multiple bone injuries are defined asabuse. Abuse is related to the period of child-bearing, with the mother often not wanting thechild.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Foster parents may have unhealthyneed for dependent children and cannot repair dam-age already done. A volunteer network to helpoverburdened families is needed. (b) Doctors oftenfeel they can help more by not reporting abuse.(c) Case history of family dynamics of abuse. (d)

Diagnosis of abuse is indicated by inadequate his-tory, malnutrition, bone injury, etc. (e) Abusedchildren remaining in their homes had additionalproblems, including retardation of physical, intel-lectual, and emotional development.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Too many children too fast, maritalstrain, inadequate education and lack of understaing of children are danger signals a doctor couldwatch for.

MENTION (1): Parents are held more accountable forchild care behavior now than previously.

265

2(39

TARGET POPULATION:


ZE

ZW0

imumnow

< ZZ ZW W0 0

at

>-Ia.

z>.iQ.

<02w

ZO2w

xWan

.Ja.Xw

:-,114

1...lee,.Z:Z;CeI

1

a -

;NON.SP

IN INT 1111111111

1111111 3-'--41 111111111111111111111111111111

am

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

7:: ER111111111111111111111111111

111 i. 3:

..

1

11111 3:

MIEll=1111111111

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

CITATION: Ehelow, Allen J.The Silent PatientPSYCHIATRY, 1960, 23

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Two lengthy case historiesillustrate treating silent patients by "acceptingtheir silences and not relying mainly on verbalcommunication. Author suggests that use ofsilence is patient's attempt to dominate therapisand get him to retaliate, which decreases thepatient's risk of loneliness in facing his ownidentity.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzLa(

< Zz zw w(.9 0

< z>. >.X X0. a.

< z0 02 Ewla W

i,x a..x;cew W

.

1-1. kJ

1-- !22X .1-

N°N'SP 111111E111M ElIN COM....IN INT

I f

. . ..t.. ..... ..1

INDIC

PRB DEF-4- A

111 .

. '<'.' 0

TREAT

LEG CON

51p , .

11 4Z- Ao

'c o..

.<'''

<<,Y' L. .

4..1

REFER

ANC SER

.- -+ -.

11..

.

.÷..

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS =MEER=

CITATION: Epstein, Norman, et al.Paraprofessional Parent-aides and Disadvantaged FamiliesSOCIAL CASEWORK, April 1974, 230-236

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Seventeen families were treatedby parent aides who were carefully selected fortheir similar-to-client experiences, empathy,positivism and dedication, and who were trainedbefore working. None of the families had report-edly abused children.

SECTIONS (3): A case history of successful parent-aide intervention with a mother dangerously closeto hurting her child.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

222,-)..00xa,.,WCI

<12

wwZMEEw0

11111111111111111111111111

i

LI

cc

a.

z

a.

< Z

W

.

,z

w

Jx:::;(tW

.

i_.

.

1._

X

-1wIX

.1-

11

N°N"" ism_.:_.001..i..ramor

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

In :

g ,

REFER

ANC SER

.

I

a

.

a.

--4.-I

- -4 -.41

FOLLOW

PREVEN I1

1 I 1 ..

STATS MI. NEM=266

2i u

111"Pr CITATION: '`e!:koon, Erik H.

310 Probinm of Ego Identity

JOURNAL OF ARERICA7 PSYCHOANALYTIC ASSOCIATION, 1956, 4:56-121

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Erikson attempts to describe theconcept of ego identity and its role and utilityin an analysis of personality as a concept whichintegrates the various components of an individ-ual at the end of adolescence.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Biographical detail on G. BernardShaw is used to illustrate the concept. (b) Eriksondescribes his ego-analytic, 8-stage theory ofpersonality development. (c) Maternal-parental-child interaction is related to various dysfunc-tions in personality or ego deficits such as workparalysis, identity diffusion. (d) A discussionof broad issues involved in integrating biological-

social-societal theory is included.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZwiataIII2ta0

i

4iZZ Z0 0

4 2

0. C.

4 Z

la La

4x 3. 11-:'"

x=tecIn la

14:

...la

x .1-

NONSP:

I .i,.

1111111M.1

.

,

MI- .

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF ';

111

'`'

TREAT

LEG CON

III l' 4Ot) -

& 0.c

-- -

4<9'

it.-- --I.- ....

REFER

ANC SER

1., .i...

,

1

..i..

.

I

--F..

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS 1111.11111111nall

CITATION: l'Aqanger, Howard S.

.'o,1111 Claos and Corporal Punishment in ChiZdrearing: A reassessmentAV. RICAN SOCI0LOGICAL REVIEW, February 1974, 39:68-88

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A reanalysis of Branfenbrenner'sstudy (1958) which concluded that working classparents use corporal punishment more often thanmiddle class parents, who tend to use psychologicalmeans of punishment. In light of new studies,while there seems to be some correlation betweensocial class and the use of physical punishmentsthe relationship is too weak to be of much theor-etical or practical value. The slightly highercorrelation for blacks than whites may be resultof different opinions about efficacy of spankingrather than different attitudes about violence.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Correlation between working classauthoritarianism and earlier administration ofpunishment to their children unsubstantiated. (b)Gil's relationship between child abuse and permis-sive attitudes toward physical punishment unsub-stantiated. (c) Correlation between corporalpunishment and use of physical aggression in inter-personal relations unsubstantiated. (d) Chartsand tables.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavc'al Scientists

Zia0

immunimmum

< Zz zla la0 0

.

+

4>.I0.

-i-

Z>-

222Laxr-t/cc4.

,

1

< Z004La La

-.-I-I

4

In

El

La

...1

:Vt-

x . 1.-

1-

NO N .S P

IN COM

IN INT

IND::

PRO DEF.1.

:

--3 i

..14--:

--I--:

----TREAT

LEG CON

III i.

,, 1- -I-

REFER

ANC SER

I....

: 6

...1....

6,

.1_.i...I1

...I

FOLLOWPREVEN, el+1111111111111111111=

«

i

«

STATS

267

211

CITATION: Evans, PhillipInfanticidePROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF MEDICINE, December 1968, 61: 1296-1298

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Explanations for infanticidefrom a historical perspective. Reasons forkilling infants relate to religious beliefs,culling (eliminating defective babies), familyplanning, shame following breaking of taboo(illegitimate childbirth), baby commerce, uncon-trollable anger (as in battered baby syndrome),psychoses of parent.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

.5.

i

<1zz0 5

W

<

I'0.

z1-O.

<!z2id

o1AI

I<1

6!?":-Mud

:Lkt

1,7,1,MO^

NOSP =MI= : ligIN COM

IN INT

. , :

INDIC

PRB DEF 111111-.

:

--:- ....i.-

1 4 1

TREAT

LEG CON

.._i__i__. ,

..i......1..E. .

REFER

ANC SER

ill :

.

: s

,

s

s

.

s

s

1

,

s

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ll :

:

1

s

.s

...i..

s

.

t

...i..

s

... ..

STATS MI =BMW

CITATION: Evans, Sue L., at aZ.Failure to Thrive: A Study of 45 Children and Their FamiliesAMERICAN ACADEMY OF CHILD PSYCHIATRY J., 1972, 2: 440-457

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): 40 families of children failingto thrive fell into 3 groups: (1) Healthy, youngbut fearful, immature, and depressed mothers whoresponded to treatment, (2) Depressed mothers oflow intelligence with chronic losses and a historyof poor mothering for whom improvement could occuronly after a dramatic change, (3) Parents withsevere financial problems who were openly antagon-istic and who regarded their children as "bad."

SECTIONS (3): A case exemplifying each of the group!is presented.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Later social and physical ex-amination showed best improvement in group 1, withless improvement progressively in 2 and 3. Somephysical abuse was noted later, (b) One socialworker planned treatment for all cases. An aggres-sive approach was necessary for some parents,whereas for others supportiveness was welcomed.

MENTION (1): (a) Some of the families in the thirdgroup actually burned or beat their children, (b)Families were referred to social service agencies,CPS, or juvenile court for foster placement.

TARGET POPULATION;


zRzzz)..>.cloxel-,1c40

<

0

.

z

ow

<

am

z

F.

<

W

z

w2 ow

i

w*

..,:id

iii-cE

NONSP 111E1=1.1111111111111

IN COM1-

t s

IN INT111-4-- --4-- IIIII

INDIC

1 i 111111-4-- --1.-PRB DEF : 4 1 1 1

TREAT

LEG CON 4? 4- --+ -- MIREFER : 1 1 1 1 .

ANC SER ':.

1":

.1".

;,

1-,

FOLLOW ._2 t 1 ,

PREVEN 1: :

STATS ER MENU268

2 Ir.,

CITATION: Everett, M. G., et aZ.The Battered Baby Syndrome: The Tasmanian ApproachTILE MEDICAL JOURNAL OF AUSTRALIA, October 13, 1973, 2: 735-737

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Author describes a regionalcommittet which hes been set up in Tasmania tomonitor and coordinate services to child abusevictims and families.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The reluctance of doctors tomake an initial complaint, (b) The characteris-

. tics of the family which make for higher risk ofabuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Legal considerations in Australianlaw for the reporting of abuse by physicians.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZ<W0 ww0

z<c.,

z<xx22wx:zlizQ.Q. w

z<w cn w

IJ04

,,,"

x II-

NON-SP ..111.1111.111IN COM : 3: .

IN INT 1:

i 1

:- -I

.1"19 . ..I.. .i..

-3

.-1.. .1.. ....i..

PRI OEF. : ;

.

1

.

TREAT: 4!

LEG CON

I! 2:

REFER :

1 1 . .

ANC SER

Ill

1

1 1

i

1

1

.

FOLLOW

i;i0ERi.

111 :

i

1

-I"'

:

"'I--

i

-1--

:

--i-

STATS 11.111.10.111111111111

CITATION: Fairburn, Anthony C.:Nall Children at RiskLANCET, January 27, 1973, 1: 199-200

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Writer requesting colleagueswho are comprehensively monitoring family ofabusers in communities to contact author in orderto share information.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2)

MENTION (1): Team treatment approach is described.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzLw,wLI

41zz: z0 a 0

<>-,xx22wxY_Im0.0.WWNWI)-

z>.

<0

z0

4x ii. 1-

-.1w

cc

N°NSP 4 1111111111111111111111..i.. :. .

li

:

li

e

..i..

I

IN com

IN INTIII

INDIC

PRII DEF 1111111111111111111--TREAT

LEG '''''

111111 !

I

1

,

.

REFER

ANC SER111. :

1--

1

--I-

I

--r-

.

--r-

,

-r-

FOLLOW

liREVEN

Ell I

.

I

1 .

".

STATS 11.1 11.1111111/111111

269

2'73

CITATION: Fairbum, A. C., et al.Caffey'a "Third Syndrome"--A Critical EvaluationMEDICINE, SCIENCE, AND THE LAW, April 1964, 4: 123-126

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Presentation of 7 cases of abusand neglect which clearly cannot be used as evi-dence for Astley's theory of "metaphysical fragility of bone" in explaining lesions in children.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Omnipresent characteristic ofabusive/neglectful parents is rejection of thechild. Author presents 5 psychiatric categoriesfor potentially violent parents, (b) Summary ofCaffey's work (1946, 1953) on multiple fracturesof traumatic origin and Astley's (1953) suggestionthat cause may be metaphysical fragility of bone

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Indications of physical abuse includecontusions, multiple injuries, dislocations.Histories lack definite admission of injury andparents avoid interviews with hospital staff.

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZ

wwwXx22wx-lx0

oiZ

(.7 o

<

a.

Z<

a. w

Z

w

4Xv)

-1O.

wte)

x

/W

I-.

NOWSP 4 11.1.11111111.1IN COM

IN INTt --1

INDIC

-kli EEF 3..;..

1

iii

1211.4.- -3...1.-1.

TREAT

LEG CON

.

REFER

ANC SER

1

4- --4-

.

-i- -:--I

:

-1--

FOLLOWPREVEN

III :

1 1

1

.

1.11.111111111=1

1

STATS

CITATION: Fanaroff, N. A., et al.Follow-up of Law Birth Weight Infants: The Predictive Value of Maternal Visiting

PEDIATRICS, February 1972, 49: 287-290

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of study on "mater-nal visiting pattern" for premature infants as anindex to potential mothering disorders.

SECTIONS (3): Correlation of visiting patterns withmothering disorders with periods of early and latecontact.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Statistics and charts relating to

study.

TARGET POPULATION:

PhysiciansHospital Staff

z

ZwwwxX22wx-I=0MEM

(Z13

ZZLI

<,-o.

Z,-o.

<0W

Z0W

X

v)

111111111

...1..

IM

W

:-1eWI Cr

0.

X .I-

..1..

NOWSPIN COM....- .....

IN INT.

:. , . .

i

.

.1.-1

.. ..

INDIC

PRB DEF

III '

.

'

.

'

.

'

,

TREAT

LEG CON

III " :

1

I I

REFER

ANC SER

III :

1

.

i

-4-!

-4-

.

.

.

.

41

.

FOLLOW

pREvEN 4

.1

:

.I

,

,

11.11111.11

1 1

.

STATS 1 MI

270

274

CITATION: Pants, B.Integrating Psychological, Social and Cultural Factors in Assertive Case Work

SOCIAL WORK, October 1958, 30-37

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authc. tries to illustratethe proper basic orientation a caseworker shouldadopt (in light of ego psychology and the know-ledge of the social sciences) towards assertivecase work.

SECTIONS (3): (1) Socio-cultural factors arediscussed in terms of their implications forcase work. (2) The role of the case worker intimulating the client's ego.development isdiscussed.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZZzxetIccwwwzi22wx-rgIM00013-awwowzo--

cLIZ.

4 z 4 Z ,,,c

,J1 w

NON-SP EMU .

IN COM

IN INT ":" !",

. --

IND

PR 81 DEF

TREAT

LEG CONv-

(§.ce b..v

.<:=,

<2._ _

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW- Hi-- 1._

PREVEN 1 .

STATS 1111111111111/111.

CITATION: Feinstein, Howard M., at al,Group Therapy for Mothers with Infanticidal v:48esAMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, 1964, 129:882-886

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes biographical andclinical characteristics shared by 6 women withinfanticidal' impulses.

SECTIONS (3): Describes advantages of psychotherapyin group setting.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsTherapists

ZZ4z4(z,4Z.,cwwwsZ22w0 0 0 a a

00erijw w

xu)x=IMw

illj

z ii--

NON-SP ...1.1.1UIN COM

IN INT

11 '

"f".1111!

4."

I

"4."

:

":".

'

"i"

PRE! DEF.4.

:

4.

4 1

_4.

:

.4.

:

.4.

:

TREAT

LEG CON

III '

.

f

3'

t

:

e

REFER

ANC SER

.

1

1

t

.

,

.

.

.

.

.II.

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

li-I-

1

i

"-4.-

1

.

!

-41".

'

_I -"1".

STATS : MEM271

2'7 t-)

CITATION: Felder, SamuelA Lawyer's View of Child AbusePUBLIC WELFARE, Spring 1971, 181-188

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Legal concerns outlined include:(1) Importance of protection of all parties (chitcommunity, parents). (2) Need for refining lawsand including financial provisions for their im-plementation. (3) Criminal prosecution is oftencounter-productive to treatment. (4) Legal pro-vision for services differs by state to includepublic or private agencies.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Historically, legal attention tochild abuse has grown during periods of excitationand subsided until the next one, finally resultingin all 50 states having reporting laws by 1963 -67.(b) The case of Roxanne Felumero established (1)Family Court jurisdiction on all allegations ofabuse; (2) Legal representation of the child; (3)Court power to order psychiatric evaluation andtreatment. (c) Parental characteristics, such asnon-guilt reaction, and high expectations aredescribed.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Ancillary treatment is seen as anideal goal.

MENTION (1): (a) Initial complaint rarely originatfrom parent. (b) Increased intervention has ledto the complication of inadequate treatmentfacili ies.

TARGET POPULATION:


zRzW0

aztaw0

zz0

<>.xM

z>.x2:21aM

l

4:lzolow 1 w

<

0it

x".,__;ceW

;.,lw

,)-l'x

m . I--

NON-SP i i

IN COM

IN INT

in , ,

3;

..

.

INDIC I.

P R B

I

.

TREAT

LEG CON

11 l

l4: ..,

1111111111-4,,

.4_ ..

REFER

ANC SE R fl,'

FOLLOWPREVEN

:. ...,1

INE11.1111.1.11STATS

CITATION: Felker, E. H.The Job of the Case WorkerFOSTER PARENTING YOUNG CHILDREN: GUIDELINES FROM A FOSTER PARENT, New York:

Child Welfare League of America, 1974

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of the child caseworker's role in relation to foster parents.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) The responsibilities of theworker with respect to the child. (b) Thelimitations of the case worker; how frequentlyshe can visit because of other commitments.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:.

Foster Parents

t1.3

ZZ Z

wO 0 0. Iz

O 012

enX

NONSP 1

.

IN COM

IN INT 1--__

I

A<s,.

006(<5'":D

c)

5c'''

.

.

.

INDIC

pRe oEF

:

TREAT

LEG CON

1

1ris

4 9 .<<,

le

=RIM

REFER.

ANC SER

:

'.

FOLLOW

WI-EVEN..

.

.

STATS:

272

- 27o

CITATION: Felker 5'. H.Parental VisiteFOSTER PARENTING IN YOUNG CBILDREN: GUIDELINES FROM A FOSTER PARENT, New _York:

Child Welfare League of America, 1974

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An outline of some of theproblems and advantages of parental visits tochildren placed in foster homes.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Why the visits take place, or arenecessary. (b) How to make the visits as comfort-able an experience as possible. (c) How to over-come some of the typical problems which arise.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Foster Parents

zZzwwwxx212wx=ImLI

(C:

zLI

:Z.LI

ic,..

O.

z).

ft.

;

4,1C: Z

0:0W I W

,c.

xu)

1

eW

I -i. w

t:Ix

X . IN ONSP 11.1.1111111IN COM

IN INT

,

C;

0-

..

INDIC

PRB DEF

I.e.0

g.:'

4<"

-1

', 0''i9--

TREAT

LEG CON4).1iS

-- --

REFER

ANC SER-.3.- -.1...

:

FOLLOWPREVEN

.1111111111MM

! 1

STATS

CITATION: Ferguson, William M. --

The Reporting of Child AbuseBULLETIN OF THE MENNINGER CLINIC, September 1964, 28:269-270

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Report on William Ferguson's(Kansas State Attorney General) opinion on legalissues of abuse reporting laws as relevant todoctors. Only physician/patient privilege cannotbe claimed; M.D. not personally liable if onlyhis medical opinion reported; also if he makes noaccusations, will not be subject to defamationsuit. Ferguson's statements seemed to have posi-tive effect on M.D.s--within a few days an M.D.reported one such abuse case.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZ i

.www..211.,ouommw:wowmil-

d I Z. .

< z,.. ,..

4 : Z0:0

4,

x e

....1:w,

,,,II

NONSP Ill : , luauIN COM II I . : I '

IN INT i: '1" 1.

"I" 1"

INDIC

-PRE IIIEn ..i... -i.-DEF .

TREAT , : ' I

LEG CON

Ell4 '

REFER ill : : -1_-':

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS 111 11111=11111

CITATION: Finberg, LawrenceA Pediatrician's View of the Abused ChildCHILD WELFARE, January 1965, 41

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): No emphasis.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Indicators confirmed throughx-ray. (b) Lists six kinds of serious abuse/neglect. (c) Describes legal entanglementsphysicians encounter when reporting abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Urges primary use of social agencyrather than courts for resolution of problem.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:.


< 1zzz>-W00on.o_tuwcnw

a :

wwII2Eta>c7z;ccZ < z

>.00xemi-I'

.1_Ill.;

< z a :-Jiw

I 0-

i - -

NON-S P ,

IN COM

IN INT!

INDIC

PRB DEF

I I, 3;;

:

I

TREAT

LEG CON

_'

Illinel-. I.-

ME-4...

REFER

ANC SER

111 ;_

FOLLOWP_.PREVEN -;-111

1111111MMEMBES TA TS

CITATION: Fisher, R. H., et al.Congenital Syphiliu Mimicking the Battered Child Syndromemaircith PEDIATRICS, May 1972, 11(5):305 -307

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Similarity between symptoms ofchild abuse and congenital syphilis. One case

report. How to distinguish:,(1) On x-ray exam,base lesions bilaterally symmetrical for syphilis,asymmetrical for trauma; (2) Testing for syphilis

r in mother at different stages of pregnancy.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zaZw00(5

a zZ zw w

<,-2=a-

z

.o.w:w

.

a:z0 : 02 : 2

,,,

xwv)

ELIxEl;ccw

: -;,w'''' '. cc

I .,-NON-SP IIIIN CCAI '

IN INT:

INDIC-1- -1- -- I-- --4- -

PRB DEF1 .1

TREAT --IliLEG CON .

REFER

ANC SER

'

-i- 11111111111111110111

FOLLOW 111 '-1+PREVEN 1-

1nrimmunnimiSTATS

274

CITATION: Fisher, Shmuel H.

Skeletal Manifestations of Parent - Induced Trauma in Infants and ChildrenSOUTHERN MEDICAL JOURNAL, August 1958, 51:956-960

MAIN EMPHASIS (4):. The author presents 6 cases ofparent-induced trauma in infants and children, 2of -which were accidental, 4 of which were deliber-ate. Illustrates emotional illness in familyrather than indifference to pain as suggested bysome authors.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Woolley's and Evans' traumacategories: (1) accidental, (2) momentary, non-protective atmosphere in family environment, (3)aggressive, immature, emotionally ill adults.(b) Skeletal manifestations of trauma can be foundthrough x-rays which show roentgen bone changes.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZzZz>wwCI

<

(.1

z

wxC.

<

a.

z>00xx2Ewa.

a

W

Z

: W U)

eitilmXW

1-1w

,ccI 0-NON-SP 111 4 : MIME=IN COM

IN INT

,

.-i

1 '

4..

1

4.

.

i

,

INDIC....

PRB DEF1 ;

4 :

11111 :

.

i :

TREAT

LEG CON-I- -4... - i __

REFER

SER

:

[ANC

FOLLOWPREVEN

1

STATS i

CITATION: Flanagan, John C.The Critical Incident Technique

PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN, 1964, 54

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The critical incident techniqueis a useful method of studying the activityrequirements in any type of human behavior.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Studies at the American Institutefor Research and the University of Pittsburgh areexplained and are exemplary of the CIT. (b) Thesteps in the C1T procedure are determination of thegeneral aim of the activity, plans and specifica-tions for the collection of data, and the collec-tion of data itself analysis of the data, andinterpretation. (cl CIT can be used in measuringperformance and pro iciency training, selection,job design, operating procedures, increased pro-ductivity, equipment design, counseling and psychtherapy, etc.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Historically the CIT is an outgrowthof the Aviation Psychology Program.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


;a-

zz

Z ZW W

c.,

>-X

z>-x

Z01

E10

EWSWx

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

HHH;

'7-

INDIC_

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOWPREVEN

STATS

1

111111111H=111111

275

279

CITATION: Plato, CharlesParents Who Beat ChildrenSATURDAY EVENING POST, October 6, 1962

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): General description of problemof physical abuse (though some references also toneglect). Case incidents cited.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Characteristics of abusiveparents: most are in "average" socioeconomicclass-,age 21-30, most married, equal number ofabusive mothers and fathers, low reality accept-ance quotient, (b) Care management at Children'sHospital, Boston: If abuse suspected upon admis-sion, social service investigators refer to Mass.SPCC for action. Permanent separation of childfrom parents seen as last resort.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Indications of neglect (vitamindeficiency, malnutrition) and abuse not readilydetected because M.0.s not aware of problem orreluctant to make such a "shocking" diagnosis.(b) Inadequate laws for child protection and tend-ency to treat abushe parents as criminals compli-cate problem of child abuse.

MENTION (1): (a) Physical abuse may be most fre-quent cause of child death, (b) 1961 statistics:750 cases of Battered Child Syndrome. X-ray evi-dence of previous fractures = indicator of physi-cal abuse.

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

ZW0

.2 ;. Zzi zW,WI 2.1

<>-IC.

Z>--IQ.

i< : Z0:02:2W: W

cxWCO

a.'XW

e

: -1,W

UIF..!C4=;C4I :1-

NoN-SP INIUMEMIll, , , ,IN COM

IN INT .

E;

INDIC : 1 .

PRB DEF:

3: ,

TREAT : 3: '

LEG CON I 2: .

REFER :..

, :

ANC SERI -1-

I

INII1

$

FOLLOWPREVEN 1 e

STATS Ilinglill.11.111

CITATION: Fleck, StephenChild AbuseCONNECTICUT MEDICINE, June 1972, 36(6): 337

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Prevention of child abusethrough liberalized abortion, education for parenthood, career preparation for girls, etc. (One

page article).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

280

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

Z;72

(.3

a

(..1

Z

0

<

a.

z

a.

i<:z0 1 02:2w $ w

11111.11111

--1-..

<xwCl)

--i-.

a'xw

,..,:w

,1 : cc'1=I1xz 0-

--i

NON-SP :,

IN COM

IN INT

I.-:-.

,

4,--

INDIC

PRB DEF

I

.

TREAT

LEG CON

IIIII ,

.

REFER

ANC SER

$. ,

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

' 'I

4 :

STAVi MIIIII MI !

276

CITATION: Fleming, G. M.Cruelty to ChildrenBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, May 13, 1967, 2:421-422

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Presenting overall view ofcruelty-neglect problem in Great Britain, extentof problem, characteristics of parents, diagnosingproblem -- cruelty and neglect not separable.

SECTIONS (3): Nature of injuries to child--kindsof lesions suffered.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Proper for M.D. to reportsuspected case to NSPCC or children's officer.(b) Family as whole should be treated. (c)

Preventing family breakdown--Children and YoungPersons Act (1963) enables provision for advice,guidance and assistance.

MENTION (1): If parents' refuse hospitalization ofchild, can get warrent.

TARGET POPULATION:


;;C

w0EIIIMEMEIRM

<

ww0

..

Z

CI

..

<

Ia.

.../..

zMEEwa.

.

<00xw

..i..

Z

w

.

<

cn

--:-.

et.:Mx;_:mw

:,:

2 . I

--1..

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF.. .. _L1

i

..4._ _..4..

:

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

-T-.

I

-i-:

-I

.

--

STATS

CITATION: Flynn, William R.Frontier Justice: A Contribution to the Theory of Child BatteryAMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, September 1970, 127(3):375-379'

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Defective ego defense structurescan cause child abuse--anger projected to childbut denied/repressed by abOser.

SECTIONS (3): (a) References to several studies onetiology-of abuse. (b) Two lengthy case histories.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Implications for treatment--psychoan-alytically oriented therapy appropriate.

TARGET POPULATION:


RZw0MU=

<Zw0

: Z

Zw0

<

2a.

Z»Ia.

A0Ew

Z0Ew

<xw(I)

Ja.xw

1 d1M

,,,,l ,

X . I

IIN 0 N 4313

IN COM

IN INT... .4_

1

1

4. -i

.

.1.

1

INDIC

PRB DEF

-1_

4:

;

r1

..

"i

.4,-

,

_4.1

e

TREAT------- ....

LEG CON.. 4.

:

'4..:

1

..4...:

4..:

--:-.1

REFER

ANC SER-I

111 : ---I-:

-:. :

I

FOLLOW

13.1i6.64- ;

1111:1111

1

-1-

1

--t-

1

--1--

STATS Mai277

231

CITATION: Fontana, Vincent Jr.

The Battered Child 1973: When to Suspect Child AbuseMEDICAL TIMES, October 1973, 101(10):116-122

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describing indicators and"Physicians' Index of Suspicion" so physiciansmay be alert to and report child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Comments on Dr. Fontana'a unique in-and out-patient program for abused children andmothers.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZzwwwME000a.

« z <

I

zr0Oel-:ixaw

a;

: z

EWm

<

W x xl-licewz$1.-

1'J:w

NON-SP In: MINIM

IN COM

IN INT

ill ). ill :

- -4 --..1...

INDIC

1;1211 CIE5 i

:

--I-- --4.-- -4-- --i--

TREAT

LEG CON -1-I- -; --

I -1-.

--I-

REFER

ANC SER, -4- -4- -4-

I

--4 --

FOLLOWPREVEN

111

1

1

-«-:

- -r

.

STATS 1.11MEMER I

CITATION: Fontana, Vincent J.Child AbUse: A Tragic ProblemPARENTS' MAGAZINE, March 1973

HAIN EMPHASIS (4): Brief run down of nature ofproblem of A/N and what should be done.

SECTIONS (3): Abusive parent likely to have had"blighted" childhood--abused child may, in time,become an abuser.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Everyone should notify localCPS unit of suspected cases.--TET-Referrals tosocial serv;ce groups (e.g. Parents Anonymous,Homemakers) can help.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

<Zwwwz0(

< zz z

o

111.11.11.1111111:

-:-

<ra

-4.-

zrzE:Mwa.

I

1

a ; Z

0:0unw

1

-i-

<xCl)

-i-

exui

'

:w1w

t.,:-=:=z.1-

I-

NONSP 4

IN COM

IN INT

III

INDIC...... ..... .PRB DEF

Ili ...I .1

' '

1

1

1

'

TREAT

LEG CON

I1.

1

-- - -.

REFER

ANC SER 1

.

1

I

FOLLOWPREVEN

i :

t.

I-1

--11

1" :'

STATS IMIIIIIMMEMNII

278

CITATION: Fontana, Vincent J.

The Diagnosis of the Maltreatment Syndrome in ChildrenPEDIATRICS, April 1973, 51(4)Fart 21 :780-782

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A series of ndicators ispresented to aid the physician who suspects childabuse or neglect. For abuse, '..ody trauma, bruise

cuts, burns, unexplained organ ntri.ures, signs ofdeprivation, finding that parents nave taken childto various hospitals, etc., are given as indica-tors. For neglect, inadequate clothing and lackof grooming are some indicators.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Abuse and neglect include not onlysituations which leadto obvious physical traumabut also unrecognized trauma in which there areno obvious signs of battering but multiple minorphysical, emotional, and/or nutritional traumas.

MENTION (1): (a) Only suspicion of neglect isneeded to require physicians to report. (b) X-ray

within 5 days after initial suspected trauma,social service investigation and color photographsare all suggested means of treatment. These couldbe used in court for evidence. (c) Statistics onoccurrence of abuse/neglect are given.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

4Zzzrwwwzz22,wx=q0a

42

a a

4

Q.

z4Z4r0OxetccQ. W 4f U) W

_.,w

I, F-

NON-SP 11.11.11111.IN COM 11 .I. :

-.t --IN INT

..

INDIC 11 ..,4_

:

..4.111111 :

.

PRB DEF 1 :

TREAT :. .

LEG CON

II

REFER

ANC SER

IMI.111011111'

FOLLOW EN :

I 1

PREVEN

STATS 1 1111111E1111111111111111

CITATION: Fontana, Vincent J.Factors Needed for Prevention of Child Abuse and NeglectPEDIATRICS, 7970, 46(21:318-319

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Non-specific. General criticismof present management of abuse/neglect cases,

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Need to improve communication:CPS, courts, physicians, police, parents. (b)

Prevention through interdisciplinary, cooperativeeducation programs.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


za.

ZwwwzzE2wxII:caaacL

4Z

ZZ

4>-

z>-00cLwwww

4 Z 4x

... 3

:-.1iw

1_10m.

I, F-

N°N'SP 4 1111111111111111111101

IN INT'

111'

INDIC i : :

PRB DEF

i1

1 I

TREAT...... ____

MEI ...4 4 ..i.._

LEG CON

REFER1-.

ANC SER :. .

FOLLOW 11 :

1 . .

,

PREVEN 1

,,

,

STATS NEEM I =Ill279

23 9

CITATION: Fontana, Vincent J.

Further Reflections on Maltreatment of ChildrenNEW YORK STATE JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, August 15, 1968, 68:2214-2215

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Fontana attributes the ever-increasing Battered Child Syndrome to a varietyof socio-economic and other factors, such aslearning battering from previous generations,multiple family problems and prematurity.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Reporting, investigation, andfollow-up are only the initial steps toward aninterdisciplinary plan of intervention, which mustoften be accomplished against the client's ownresistance and lack of community support.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zzz>->.00<,,-.LauiLaz000m

J..,c.z

; < z

122.L.x1::;mmw=UM=cc z

Wm

,

1

,

<

.L.I.I-

.

id,m

,

.

NON-SP:

IN COM

IN INT

:

.

INDIC

PRB DEF

,I 1

,

:

TREAT

LEG CON

:

1-.

-i-1

1

-1-

I

--1

REFER

ANC SER In- -mFOLLOW

PREVEN

i--4--

i ,-i-- ,'I

STATS III. 1 11111

CITATION: Fontana, V. J.

The Maltreatment Syndrome in ChildrenHOSPITAL MEDICINE; March 1971, 7-25

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The child is the victim ofemotionally crippled parents. "MaltreatmentSyndrome" is preferable to "Battered Child Syn-drome" because the term encompasses multiple minorphysical evidences of emotional and physical neg-lect and abuse, including nutritional deprivation.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Several pictures with brief casedescriptions are included. (b) Tables forPhysicians' Index of Suspicion. (c) PreventiveMeasures Table suggests better medical educationabout abuse, increased awareness, and changes inabuse laws.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Failure to thrive, poor hygiene,malnutrition, irritability, and a repressed per-sonality are signs of neglect. (b) Bruises, cuts,hematomas, etc., are signs of physical abuse. (c)The first step in protecting abused children is achild abuse law.

MENTION (1): Statistics emphasizing frequency ofoccurrence are given.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

;:f.lcz-tzaZ.,(

wwwz000a.11111MMEIM--

I

z22wCLW WM

--4--I

I

x G.><`ZAtzla

--i--I

I-Jlw

I-: EC

II."

- -

NON-SP 3

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF }-21.

1sk,__Ens--4.-

III

I

:

1.

--;--

:

:

TREAT

LEG CON

111 ..1.

1.

REFER

ANC SER 1

FOLLOWPREVEN

III

1

1-- 4--t: I

1 1

1

110111111111111111111111

-4-.

.

STATS

280

284

CITATION: Fontana, Vincent J.The Neglect and Abuse of ChildrenNEU YORK STATE JOURANL OF MEDICINE, January 15, 1964, 64;215-224

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Early intervention can preventfurther abuse of children if physicians respondimmediately and begin the chain of investigation,education and rehabilitation services,

SECTIONS (3): (a) Several medical (cuts, bruises,old fractures, subdural hematomas, etc.) andsocial (multiple ER visits, social problems infamily, vague history, etc.) indicators are given.(b) Legal protection (mandatory reporting, immed-iate intervention, placement of the child, etc.)must consider rights of parent, child, and physiclan. (c) Two New York M.D,s discuss the article.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Incidence of abuse/neglect ison the rise and encompasses maltreatment; abuse/neglect often occur in multi-problem families.(b) Case histories illustrate preventability ofinfant death by abuse.

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics of abuse/neglect inNew York; death results for U. S. (b) Doctors

must overcome fear of legal involvement.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

azW000m

azw

i zzW

a>.I

z>.Imw:ww

....:z0 02:

<

wx ,3.1

xwill-

.L.9.

_1- :-r=;m

NONSP 3 11111.11111.1.1IN COM

IN INT

.:.-

e

I

:

1

: 1

1

INDIC

PRS DEF

IN ,.,...

...,1

.

_.,..

_,4-1

TREAT

LEG CON

El :

1

.

'

:

1 . .

REFER

ANC SER

111 :

.

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

i.

:

-t--:

_i_

: 1

_t_1

1

4...

STATS 1 i1 UWE

CITATION: Fontana, VincentPhysical Abuse of ChildrenPEDIATRICS, Manch 1970,. 45;509 -511

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Negative response to D. Gil'sarticle "Physical Abuse of Children," Gil under-estimated scope of child abuse problem and de-emphasized its seriousness. Gil's response toFontana; disagreement and suggests massiveabuse by whole society more serious than parentalabuse.

SECTIONS (3): Fontana's figures/discussion regard-

ing scope of abuse problem; Gil's figures/discus-sion contradictory to Fontana's,

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ci

wwwIXE:2w0

i

alz

00iiiminggimmig

4

a

z

0.

;

GE:z

wiw1

GE

xV)

exr..-P1W

-I.La

17:cr

x.1-

NOSPIN COM

IN INT

11 : 1

, . 1

INDIC

PRB DEF 11 :4 1 .

.

TREAT

LEG CONCON

11 :

:

1

, 1 :

REFER

ANC SER

i

9

:

11E :

:

1

.

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

IIIIII 1

1

:

1

1

1

1

.

1

STATS 11111 MUM :281

2 3.)

CITATION: Fontana, Vincent J.Recognition of Maltreatment and Prevention of Battered Child Syndrome

PEDIATRICS, December 1966, 38: 1078

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): "Battered Child" only the endresult of maltreatment syndrome (which incorpor-ates abuse/neglect)--need for physicians to bevigilant to possibility of maltreatment syndrome.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZz.0

!

40;zztzW, W=0.(3

..c

>_=CL.

z).ICl.

,1

<:z0:021ZW : W

<xwW

E..xW

-1,w,..,...-:c,'1.:;:xzo-

NONSP 4 1.1111111111111=IN COM ;

-4-1

-4--.

-4-- --.IN INT I

1 . . 1

INDIC

PRB DEF . I

TREAT III' : : 1

LEG CON

REFER ; : : Ill :

ANC SER : , , 11

FOLLOW 111 : '1 MI :

PREVEN : l'STATS 111111.11111.111.1111

CITATION:Fontana, V. J.

Synopsis of Program on Child Abuse at New York Foundling HospitalNEW YORK FOUNDLING HOSPITAL, CENTER FOR PARENT & CHILD DEVELOPMENT,

ABUSING PARENTS & CHILD UNIT

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of comprehensivein- and out-patient child abuse and neglect pro-gram, including team approach, surrogate mothers,"hot line" service, in-resident facility formother and child.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Use of "surrogate mothers" to teachmothering skills.

TARGET POPULATION:

PhysiciansBehavioral Scientists

4t

21+40

aZla0MillEMEMIM

Z2W0

cc.I0.

z>I11

a02W

202Lii

xW(A

ri!XW

-.11W

,tlfr=7;faC1.1.-

1NON.SP

IN COM

IN INT-.1.- "I--

INDIC 1 1

. 1

.,.

D E F_ill

I : :

TREAT il :

-t-.

-1-

.

-f--.

1111LEG CON +REFER .

1 :

ANC SER 1 : .-.

MII

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:1

+ 4 1

STATS WM HMI282

2bu

CITATION: Fontana, Vincent J.Which Parents Abuse Children?MEDICAL INSIGHT, October 1971, 3(10):16-21

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Nature of abuse /neglect; scopeof problem in New York, characteristics of

abusers (themselves abused as children, family

discord, alcohol involvement, etc,) and indicatorsof abuse/neglect (physical signs, suspiciousfamily history, no new lesions while in hospital,etc.).

SECTIONS (3): Abusing parent's letter about thedifficulty in finding help.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Hospital team or Child AbuseCommittee helpful for diagnosis of abuse, andtreating parent and child. (b) State laws requirephysicians to report suspected cases.

MENTION (1): Abuse cases reported in N.Y.C., 1966-1970, increased 549%.

. TARGET POPULATION:


z4ZwwwZt2LI

;

<LiZZ(.1

111111a11111111111111..:.

ZLI

.

<>CL

y>Q.

40W

Z02W

:

:

cxWch

5:1

XW

1

-;ita'"'m cgc-c,CgX . I-

1

NO N .S P 2

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEFI :

TREAT

CON

AT

LEG

111-,- 4

.

--4. -f-

REFER

ANC SER

11 I

.,.m

.4.o

.4..

.

.

.:.

.

s

.:

FOLLOW

PREVEN:

:

1

a

I

t

'

1

t

'

.

STATS .

. Ell=

CITATION: Fontana, Vincent J.Why Do People Beat Up Their Kids?

U. S. CATHOLIC, March 2974, 28-32

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): None

SECTIONS (3): (a) The background of the abusingparent is one in which they felt abandoned anddid not feel love, affection o security. (b)

They are impulsive, have a low frustration level,are immature. (c) Indicators of child abuse arelisted from Fontana's book, Somewhere a Child isCrxind.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Prevention of child abuse canbe established by educating people in parenthoodand child development and by establishing thesanctity of the home and family unit. (b) Childabuse is seen as problem that must be dealt withby everyone. Statistics show that child abusehas reached epidemic proportions.

MENTION (1): (Laws for mandatory reporting are seenas only a first step, as what happens after ismore important.

TARGET POPULATION;

General Public

Z, Z

Zz>->00x62:7,:cgw(

<Zw0

iumminimilia1

'1'

Z

w0

<

za

z

1a

!

1

< Z

212w:w

.

.

<

ww

-A

xw

1wlw

=Icez.i.-.

NON-SP 2

IN COM

IN INT

III

INDIC

PRB DEF

3

31.

:

-1.

1

-11.. _I.

.

-.I.-

TREAT

LEG CON

'

--f-- --f-- i--+__

--1--

REFER

ANC SER.;. ]

1

-1 . -

1

.1.

PREVENi...

,

11111111111.11111.1111

.-I... I-. --.. - -1-.

.

STATS 2

2 31

CITATION: Fontana, Vincent j. et al.

The Maltreatment Syndrome in Children

NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, December 26, 1963, 269(26):1389-1394

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The physicians' role of knowing

the signs of abuse, taking the appropeiate action

to determine abuse, and reporting it, is empha-

sized.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Parents of a battered or abused

child show frequent family discord, alcoholism,financial stress, law-enforcement involvement,little formal group association, severe social

problems, and overprotective innocent attitudestoward their children. (b) Case reports illus-

trate a need for prompt physician report andinvestigation. (c) Indicators of abuse are

bruises, cuts, lacerations, hematomas, etc. (d)

Legal rights of parent, child, and physician must

be protected.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Statistics given on frequency of

occurrence.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

4

wwwxx2Eta00ti0.o.wwwwx.I--4:

.

Z .2 Z 4 Z 4(x .J

x0.

;s i:w

F. ICC

NON'SP 3 1111111111111111111111IN COM

iiiNr-I 11111 :

_..1f.._. __i_.

INDIC

PRB DEF'

111 4. :

1

1

TREAT

LEG CON

I

.I

REFER

ANC SER

I

.

....-:

1

..i-..

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I :

1

STATS 1 1111111.111111111

CITATION: Foresman, LouiseStrengthening Family LifeCHILDREN, January-February 1965, 12(1):23-26

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Homemakers provide an effective

and useful service in working with abusive parentTARGET POPULATION:


SECTIONS (3): (a) Discusses cases illustrating how

homemakers are useful. (b)The training of home-

makers is discussed, with emphasis on nutrition,

household budgets, relationships.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

264

2 86

ZZwwwxx22wx=cetiL2oct.

aZ

11111111=11.1.11

zz,.

1.:

<z

..i.

).cLwwwwill-

a0

z0

:

<x .J

a.

:lw1., I IY

i

NON-SP 3

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF III 4.-1

--i --4:

TREAT

LEG CON

.

1. 1

' '..

REFER

ANC SER.4

:i:

1

1 i,

: iI

FOLLOW

PREVEN 1

IMOIMI1111111111111

1

1

.

1

1

. .

STATS

CITATION: Foresman, Louise, et al.The Team Approach in Protective ServiceCHILD WELFARE, March 1963, 135-138

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of homemaker servicein St. Louis County as used by child welfare ser-vice in neglect cases: homemakers paid regularsalary, have regular working hours, median agegroup is 47; team approach is used, i.e. closecooperation between homemaker, child welfareworker, supervisors. Homemakers participate fullyin evaluation of family. Homemakers' functionsare primarily to support, motivate, teach, andsupplement inadequate parent.

SECTIONS (3): Training homemakers: orientation toagency and functions of child welfare worker,education in nutrition, cultural patterns,budgeting, child abuse, diagnosis of neglectsituation, and case reporting. Illustrateseffectiveness of homemaker.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z7Zwww2222wxYzIm0

;!

<IZz>->-00x0

z

0

<

Cl.

z

O.

<

W

Z

W (I)

EOM

e.

W

+.

-Iot,,!2

,.-;z .1-

+NON-SP EHINIMIIN COM

IN INT

,

-! 4.- .i-1

INOIC

PRB DEF-4

'

I

;

-4-1

4 -

.

4- -4-

TREAT

LEG CON

111 I_,r--1.

.

-4-.

-i-1

I

nu.

'-- --:3

REFER-ANC SERIFOLLOW

PREVEN

III

.

-4-:4

i1

1

-4-:

.

-4-,

.4...1

i_.1 ,

.

STATS an : MI=

CITATION: Fox, E. F., et aZ.The Termination Process: A Neglected Dimension in Social WorkSOCIAL WORK, October 1969, 14(41:53-63

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors summarize relevanttheory and discuss reasons for termination oftherapeutic relationships. They stress the impor-tance of successful termination of a relationshipas it relates to successful outcome.

SECTIONS (3): An extensive clinical example isprovided based on observations through a one-waymirror.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

0zw

z

z

0

>-zz

0.

<:Z0:0Lulu'

XwC/7

tz

NONSP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW-----PREVEN

STATS

28i) 285

CITATION: Francis, H. W. S.Child Health - Points of ConcernPUBLIC HEALTH, July 1967, 81(5):246 -249

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author raises some generalissues in preventive psychiatry in the areas ofbehavioral disorder, poverty, child neglect, andprevention of mental illness.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Research questions of interesthaving a theory on the issue of prevention arediscussed. (b) It is suggested that a healthworker visiting the family has the ability toidentify potential child abuse problems early.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zazzz,-,-00xe,1;!mwwwxx22tax=.;;=000m

a Z < z

mwwwwx,i-

a z <

RIM

:-,.w

:

NOWS IMEM.1-

:

Ill :IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF1_

.

i.,

.4._ -.i....

TREAT

LEG CON2: _i_

.

_i_

.

..1._

REFER

ANC SERI :

,:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:21I-MIIIMEMEMER

11111 : :

r-

:

rSTATS

CITATION: Fraser, Brian G.

A Pragmatic Alternative to Current Legislative Approaches to Child AbuseTHE AMERICAN CRIMINAL LAW REVIEW, 1974, 12(103) :103 -124

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Abusing parents should not becriminally charged.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Current legislative approaches tochild abuse. (b) Future trends in legislativemandatory reporting. (c) Legislative innovations.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Parameters of abuse and charac-teristics of abusers. (b) Incarcerating abusingparent should be replaced by reconditioning andre-education. (c) Lay therapists, Parents Anony-mous, crisis nurseries, etc.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Lawyers

aZw(.1

azla(

zz>la(

<

xa.

z)-xa.

Ia :Z0102:7:LU 1 UJ

<XlaIn

E.3xLU

i--1,w0; : m

;crI I I-

NONSP EIMENII 1

IN COM

iN INT1

,

1111, .

1

INDIC

PRB DEF 2

.ilia.,...:

:._

:

TREAT

LEG CON

2

4

I

REFER

ANC SER 2::

1

-4,

-4-.

,

:.

:i,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

_i_ i.

INIIMIIIIIIRIEll

1 4_

STATS

286

2

CITATION: Freedman, D. A., et al.

On the Role of Coenesthetic Stimulation in the Development of Psychic StructurePSYCHOANALYTIC QUARTERLY, July 1968, 37:418-438

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors compare two casestudies of early infant severe deprivation ofmaternal and sensory stimulation with anecdotalaccounts of children being raised by wolves toformulate a theory on the effects of differingamounts and types of sensory deprivation as theyrelate to the development of personality andcognitive-psychic structure.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZZw0

<iz

ww1122wx=:m0

EMBEIMEIRE

i

0

<

0.

z

CI.

a

W

z

W

:

<xetjwV) W

,

.,:w

I.I-NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PREI DEF

I

i

;

I

TREAT

LEG CON

...!

r---i- -,- EN

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW:1111PREVEN

STATS

-i--

.

-i-

1

-i-1

:

.

111111111111111

1

:

CITATION: Frew, Mary J., et aZ.

Role of the Pediatric Nurse Clinician in Early Identification of Potential

iADCIttld Abu eCI ARVY8KEDICAL CENTER. Tacoma. Washtngtor

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Roe of pediatric nurse clinicianin identifying "high risk" families for childabuse; interviewing clues and elements of abusivepattern.

SECTIONS (3): Problem definition: characteristicsof baby batterers in 15 cases at Madigan GeneralHospital in Tacoma.

PARAGRAPHS (2): 1/31/74: law regarding childabuse and neglect.

MENTION (1): Kempe and Helfer: predictive statis-tics on baby battering.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsNurse Clinicians

:C

w0

.1C

wwI22w,ct::ec0

Z

0

<

a.

z1ci.

.1

w:

Z

w

<

Xv)

Ei

w

:-.:w1-; cc

X . 1-

NON-SP i MINIIN COM

IN INT 3:

:

INDIC

PREI DEF

2

1

El. '

--i- :

:

:

.

4-

'

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

III : : 1111 :

FOLLOW

PREVEN

....I-4i

. '

4:

:

----

STATS

291 287

CITATION: Frieenan, Morris S.Traumatic Periostitis in Infants and ChildrenJAhA, April 12, 1958, 166(15): 1840-1845

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Explores explanation for thetypes of infant injuries discussed, suggestingphysical punishment, miner denied or forgottentrauma, or breech delivery as causes, and termsit "traumatic periostitis.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Pain, swelling, deformity, andlack of mobility are some indicators of thiscondition, (b) Past studies of various skeletaltrauma in infants with hypothesized origin arereported, (c) Several cases of infant trauma,some with suspician of abuse, are given.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzwwwxx2:2wx000a.a.w:wo

4re.Zz

:

z4c zr r

'st:Z0 :0

rx aWm.,-

s W

,I- 1K

zIcE

NONSP IIMI 3 : =BMWIN COM .:. :

IN INT '.

'.

INDIC .4. 3 ;. : :

PRB DEF

111

: 41

Ill: 3:

TREAT

LEG CON

111 :

-t-Ill :

REFER

ANC SE-111111-11111MINHI

FT`L2Y4 .... -.1.. ..i.. ..1._ __i.-

PREVEN' '

. . .

STATS ........

CITATION: Friendly, David S.Ocular Manifestations of Physical Child AbuseTRANSACTIONS OF AM. ACADEMY OPHTHALMOLOGY AND OTOLARYNGOLOGY,

March-April 1971, 75: 320-332

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Ophthalmic aspects of physicalabuse.

SECTIONS (3): Referrals--table of whom to reportphysical abuse in each state.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Lcjal consideration--mandatoryreporting in all but four states, (b) Problemdefinition--social dysfunction in families withphysical abuse.

MENTION (1): Prevention.

TARGET POPULATION:

PhysiciansOphthalmologists

4 c

zwwwmm212w,(TIm0

cc

za

zz

0

cc

ra.

zr

a.

1

cc : z0:0W:W

.,c

xco)

a'.

W

: ,: w

1-1m

I.1-

NONSP ...111...B.IN COM .:. :

1

IN INT :.

INDIC 11 '

--4 :-4.-

.

-4-

.

-4-.

-4.PRB DEF

1 I

TREAT ' '

LEG CON

11-4-

:

-42:

-I- ragaREFER : 3' .

ANC SER 1 3 :

FOLLOW J.. 1

itiVi;- 11

.)..

: i 1

STATS El y EU

288

292

CITATION: Fun, Delores L.The Battered Child (and preceeding Editorial introduction)NURSING FORUM, 1964, 3(2):11-27

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): There is no main emphasis as itis comprehensive.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Prevention should include apublic-at-large educational program. (b) Statis-tics show that abuse will be repeated, childabuse is increasing, as are the types of injuries.(c) Psychiatric factors are the prime cause ofwillful trauma--abusers may show continualhostility, have strong feelings of passivity anddependence, and may exhibit schizophrenic patterns.

(d) Non-specific--case study of child abuse. (e)

Legal considerations involve mandatory reportinglaws and warrants. Initial complaint is hamperedby fear of reporting, lack of evidence that willhold in court.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Indications of child abuseinclude x-rays with multiple and chip factorsin various stages of healing. (b) Initialinterview should be Indirect, i.e. crying andeating pattern questions, and should includerelative if possible. (c) Treatment should bedone in an aggressive, authoritative approach.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsNurses

zZ4z.(zcz.:czwwwxx22wx=z:cr000a.miummin

2 z

_i__

:

>.

3_1_

2:

..CLui

0

4

owin

.

x

_i_

a"

will-

.

..,:w

L-1cr

_I-T.

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF : 3 1-4-

.

-4-

TREAT

LEG CON

I :

!

2 :3:

. . .

REFER

ANC SER

111

. .

_.1... .

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

1

MIREINEllE1

.

3:

. . I

STATS

CITATION: Fuller, Marjorie G.Child Abuse: The Physician's ResponsibilityJOURNAL OF LEGAL ,TDICINE, May 1975, 24-29

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Explains reporting laws andtheir implications for dextors. Includes discus-sion of Children's Bureau, model legislation,requirements of most reporting statutes, formsof immunity and implication, waiver of M.D./patient privilege, liability faced by doctors fornon-reporting, procedures to be followed in abovecases.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Physician generally has failed toreport cases although he is ideally situated to doso. Reasons may be lack of awareness, fear oflegal involvement, inability to acknowledge theproblem, does not know how to report. (b) His-torical legal findings in cases where M.D.s foundguilty of non-reporting.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics on estimated numbersof abuse cases. (b) Indicators of abuse:discrepancies between medical findings and parentalexplanations, physical signs, parental reluctanceto provide information and inappropriate responseto severity of injury.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z<Zw0

<ZWWI0

zZ(1

< z- ).I2:2wQ.Q.

;.2 : Z0 : 0w : w

xu)

Ei<V)LYw

:-.,.wI- : Cr

z , I-

NON-SP Mall EllIN COM

IN INT-i 4 I

4- -4. -;e

._;.

:

INDICPRB DEF

''4'

1 :

4

1

1I.

.

I

.

.

TREAT

LEG CON

'

t

.

4 I

' '

_REFER...... --.ANC SER

_;__ i_ minFOLLOW

PREVEN

__I i i. ' . .

immulimmimali__1

e

STATS

2 e'9 0 289

CITATION: Gagnon, John H.

Female Child Victims of Sex OffensesSOCIAL PROBLF24S, 1963, 176 -192

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of study re-analyziadult reports of childhood in terms of type ofvictim participation, reports to the police,sexual techniques of the'offense, age at occur-rence, victim-offender relationship, response tothe experience, adult adjustment, SES for victimand offender.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Numerous tables reporting results

of this study. (b) Contributions of Freud andothers to the role of the child in precipitatingthe offense. (c) Reporting to police.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZZZzrw0

<

w0

Z

wmx20

<

a.

zr0Oxie.1:40.

<

W

Z

2wW

<

V)x::c4W

i

: -1,W

I.1-NONSP 1.1111.1111/1111111IN COM I

. / .4 4-- -4-

IN INT :

INDIC .1.

PRB DEF: 4 : 3:

TREAT 4- -4- -I-4LEG CON 1

. .,

.

REFER .

-i- --1 111111111111111ANC SLR

FOLLOWIIIIIII: 1 1

PREVEN

STATS 1111111=E11111111

CITATION: Galdston, RichardThe Burning and Healing of ChildrenPSYCHIATRY, February 1972, 35:57-66

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This study examines the causes,circumstances and healing of burns of children,and presents the trauma of the experience of

being burned.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) 9 out of 100 cases Studiedbetween 1964 - 1970 were results of actions ofadults, such as intentional neglect, and consciouspressure on the child to assume an adult role.(b) A few case histories illustrate parentalresponsibility. (c) Treatment of burned childrenshould include early intervention by a psychia-trist, close relationship with nurse for care anddisplacement of anger, and reading or other sub-stitute attention during healing.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZ

W(lo(7

.1(

W

111111111111.111111111

Z

W

<

Im

Z<12a. t u

Z

2i a

I

<

lau)

III

j.xW a

1

1--

:-14W

,,,tI:4;

" ; ccm . t-

:I

:

--1--

WM-SP 2

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF 111111111111111

TREAT

LEG CON ,. .

REFER

ANC SEREll -4--

:

RE.111AI

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

1

1

-1---1

:

--i--1

1

-1.--

STATS 11111111111111111111

290

29

CITATION: G21 n, 42_ RichardDye u,atione of Prenting: fehe Battered Child, the Neglected Child, the

Un.ted ChildMODS PERSPECTIVES OF INTERNATIONAL CHILD PSYCHIATRY, Jahn O. Homan (ed.),

Qatahnl. 798R. PuhUnhater j2 roar. and Rnyd. P44.nhnsli4 Sonf/m0

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Defining problems of battered,neglected or exploited child in terms of parentaldysfunction; development of child sacrificed formaintenance of parent's psychological homeostasis.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Indicators of battered child,neglected child, exploited child. (b) Treatmentof battered child, neglected child, exploitedchild. (c) Interviewing clues from parents asindicative of child exploitation.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsPsychiatrists

zW0

<1ZzizWjW0.0

<.

XQ.

Z>.Xa.

:

Adzolo212W,W

11111

:

.1...

cxWN

1111.11111

.1".:

i

-6XW

:

l3

1 -1ligti,-;;CeXII

'

***.

N 0 WS P 11111

r1

EllElIN COM

IN INT

_INDIC

rViti ETE

.3'4A

4:4EMI

:.....1....1....ipm

t

-4..

:

-4 -

; 3

:4;

:

- .

TREAT

LEG CON

III 3f3..

REFER

ANC SER.. ..4.

FOLLOW-... -

PREVEN

111 :tee! !

STATS MIN 1111111111111

CITATION: Galdston, RichardObservations on Children Who Have Been Physically Abused and Their ParentsAMER. J. OF PSYCHIATRY, 1965, 122:440-443

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Observations on abused childrenand their parents as seen at Children's HospitalMedical Center, Boston.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Treatment of abused child in

hospital. (b) Significance of relationship withother staff. (c) Characteristics of parents.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Behavior exhibited by abusedchildren--useful in diagnosing problems of abused.(b) Treatment of parents--importance of helpingthem focus on own "unsettled past."

MENTION (1): (a) Parents' description of child aseasily bruisable--first contact in emergency ward.(b) Physician's reluctance to admit possibility ofchild abuse and fear of legal entanglement.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zCZw0

e

4.2ZZw'Olt,

x*Ia.

z>.Xa.

:

4C,Z0:0..E. ' 2talw

<xw(I)

ELs

xW

iseW

L.-1.m; lxI:!-

NON-SP =MINI II'IN COM

IN INT

I

:

I

1 ;

I

IND . C

PRE DEF

11111 2i_31

MI.4..

I__

IIIME.

- - 4..

1

__I__

.

..i: ..s

TREAT

LEG CONIIIII 2;

REFER

ANC SER-.i...-

:--4--

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I ._

STATS MI Ilia 11111

291

295

CITATION: Craldston, RichardPreventtng the Abuse of Little ChildrenPaper Presented at Annual Meeting of APA, 5/10/73, Honolulu

13_02611a1ZHE PAP.ENT'S CENTER PROJECT FOR THE STUDY AND PREVENTION OF

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of abusive parentsand their children in 30 families who voluntarilyparticipated in Parent's Center Project for theStudy and Prevention of Child Abuse, Boston,Massachusetts.

SECTIONS (3): Vague discussion of their treatmentapproach with these particular children andparents.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Behavior of abused childrenupon entry into project; differences betweensexes. (b) "Improvement" of parents/children who

participated.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZW0(

!

Q 1 Zz:zta ,taIx2.0

QA,-Q.

z

a.

..t

0w

Z02wx=:mw

,,,c

xU)

al.

w

': --1t la

,I-- I cr

z.1-

NON-SP ME 2 : MIIN COM

IN INT

.

1

:

I

INDIC

PREI DEF-I-

.

2-1-4 I

E --

-- j...IIITREAT

LEG CON

11111113!

.:

:

REFER

ANC SER

I

I

.

1,

. aFOLLOW.-- .....PREVEN

.

L..1

1

...4....

1

I

...4.- -- ....

.

STATS 111111111111.11

CITATION: Caldsten, ginsBegtne at Home - The Parent's Center Project for the Study andPrevention of Child Abuse.

J. OF AMER. ACAD. OF CHILD PSYCHIAT., Aprzl 1971, 10:336-350

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abuse is a disorder ofparental ambivalence in which the abused child isboth beloved and hated, is viewed as or expectedto be either a saint or a sinner, an embodiment oftheir own instinctual life, and secondly, theabused child is prone to develop violent behavioras a character trait and is aimless.

SECTIONS (3): The staff is trained to obtain ameasure of personal comfort with violence throughsharing the burdens and by utilizing small researchoriented groups.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Treatment involves a child carefacility to remove child from the home for anumber of hours a week; group meetings withmandatory attendance for both parents.

MENTION (1): Statistics of this group demonstratedthat although most of the families were not inpoverty they were having trouble supporting them-

selves. There is a tendency on the part of thestaff to react initially to child abuse with

denial or retaliation. The mandatory reporting

law of child abuse is of little value because ofthe limited facilities for constructive interven-tion or treatment.

TARGET POPULATION:


ZzzliJ

0

.

41zz:zliJOU040

IIIIIMIWIIIIMIMIa

f_.

<,iQ.

z,Xawwwwm11.-

9.2

z

02

I

.

<xLa

1X

.,:12

r,-,!

....:M

1

.

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRS DEFi..+--

I 11- III -1-1I

TREAT

LEG CON1...?;I 1 1

...i..

I

--i..

REFER ._..;._ANC SER

1

....:-.1

.

..L.1

..4 _

:

FOLLOWPREVEN

:

1

1 :

1

1

1

1

STATS NIIIIMIIIII !

292

296

CITATION: Gans, BrunoBattered Babies - How Many Do We Miss?

LANCET, June 13, 1970, (1):1266-1267

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case study which shows howabuse is often hidden or overlooked.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZz>.)-00xd.1M0w

<

wwI0

Z

0

<

G.

zIa-w

<

22wxz:;frZ

taw

<

W

: w

,IZ i-

NONSP 4 1 =MiniIN COM I '..f.. I

..1..I

__4..

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF..1.- .4-- ..I.-

TREAT 111-

'-f-- -1- -- .- --I-- 1-

LEG CON .

REFER .I

ANC SER .

FOLLOW 1 11

PREVEN- --:-- --1. --1-- --f--.

STATS 11111111 =NM

CITATION: Gardner, John W.

The Abused ChildMCCALLS, September 1967, 97, 143

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Non-specific emotional appealby the Secretary of the Interior to recognize

the problem of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Statistics show that at least10,000 children are abused each year. (b) Manda-

tory reporting laws in all states. (c) Abusers

are often young and emotionally immature (d) Pre-

vention resources should be a general communityeducation program.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

ww.wmx22wx.m70

o

4

<1ZZIZ

<>.

amwwww2I-Z).

.I

0

1

Z

0 x e ,1-

J

I-

NOWSP 41 =MIIN COM

IN INT-,- -4-

.

4-

.

1

.

---1

1

INDIC

PRB DEF il MI : i

TREAT

LEG CON Itil- -1--.

-4(- 1.

I1--

REFER

ANC SER 1-

1

-1-,

-1.

.

:,

1

FOLLOW

kEVEN:

.

21 .

111111=1111,111I

1

STATS

293

2 9ti

CITATION: Geismar, L4#1.ng L., eFactors ASSoetated zolihtfa!qy Disorganization

MARRIAGE AND FAMILY ''.(NptNovember 1963, 479-481

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A set of variables which measurefamily disorganization is developed.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


; C

zW0

.

dti Zzlzw,w0. 0

<

Xa

z.Ia.

.

.=:z0:02:2w . w

<xWin

a,...-:ccXW

.

.w

5-1 : ccz . 1

NON-SP M=EMN COM

IN INT

mniolu.'

I

,,,,,

\,..

'c'<(5)

e0

ctoCJ

. .

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON.

,,S%,,,...,

c,..

REFER

AC SER

.

.

.

FOLLOW

5iiViW"

. .

=MISTATS:

CITATION: Geller, Richard J., et al.Toward an integrated Theory of Intra-family ViolencePaper given at NATIONAL COUNCIL ON FAMILY RELATIONS ANNUAL MEETING,

Seo-tember 24. 1974

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of beginning phase indeveloping an integrated theory of intrafamilyviolence: (1) Description of 13 theories of vio-lence and the relevance of each to intrafamilyviolence categories of theories--intra-individual,socio-psychological; socio-cultural. (2) Extentof family violence and unique qualities of familyas social group necessitate special theory forfamily violence. (3) Strategies to be taken intheory integration--matrix of 13 theories. (4)

Appendix summarizing distinctive contributions oftheories to family violence.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Intra - individual theories (psych

pathological, alcohol, and drugs) specificallyoffered as explanations for child abuse (psycho-pathology of abuser, or being drunk--excuse tobeat child). (b) Learning theory specificallyrelevant to explaining child abuse. (c) Function-al theory of violence--child abuse as danger sig-nal to community or as a form of population con-trol. (d) Culture of violence theory--throughassociations, family members may learn thatviolence to spouses/children is acceptable,

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

293294

TARGET POPULATION:


z: I ?

ZZzrww0

4

<

0

11.111.1111111111

Z

wIttE2wx:co0

<

0.

z>.00xe,,,Hcco.

Q

W W

<

cf1 W

._j:t4

x . 1--

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTi

.

lill ... 1.

1

. 1011 1

1

INDIC

PRB DEF 31: --I

1

--1

.

1--

TREAT

LEG CON-4-

o

-4- -i- -4--

REFER

ANC SER

:

. 'I" 1'.

'.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

.

11111111111=111111

: : 1

1".

'VSTATS

CITATION: Gibbons, T. C. N., et al.

Violent Cruelty to ChildrenBRITISH JOURNAL OP DELINQUENCY, April 1956, 6:260-277

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Study on characteristics of menand women (total of 39) imprisoned for cruelty tochildren (mostly abuse; 2 cases of neglect) inGreat Britain. Areas explored include' familyhistory of offenders, psychodynamics of offenders,school, work, criminal records, mental and physi-cal health, intelligence levels, relevance ofalcohol, characteristics of children, social andpsychological factors.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Statistics on study. (b) Policeand/or N.S.P.C.C. received initial complaint,usually from the mother herself (50% of cases).

PARAGRAPHS (2): Recommadation that all cases.beremanded for inmtigation before court decisionso that needs of family as a whole could beconsidered.

MENTION (1): (a) Violent parents need concentratedsocial work, often directed at whole family;workers need some authority to work effectivelywith families. (b) NSPCC used "women visitors'to take over day-to-day care of families inneglect cases. (c) Difference between abuse andneglect cases: in former, children are seldomneglected and parents are less cooperative.

TARGET POPULATION:


z

zwwwx(.20(.2a.

.cz.,cz

;

z . z>010x212wxa.

<;Z

kalw

<xca

ew

._,:w

...,-:cgEtE:t-

NONSP 2 1111111111.=IN COM.. 1 : ;

IN INT- 11 .

INDIC 11 -.4 : : : :

PRB DEF: 1 : : :

TREAT : : '

LEG CON

II .I.

t.

.;

1-1

-1-.

-t- -1-

REFER

W5 iii11 :

'I-:

"71

1.-

:

-I-:

-1-.

FOLLOW : : : ' :

PREVEN

11

.

"t-.

I".

-i-.

--r-

STATS 3 .111/...1.11.

CITATION: Gil, David G.A Holistic Perspective on Child Abuse and Its PreventionAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY (21: Press; to be published April /June 1975)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author rejects "fragmentary"approaches to child abuse in favor of a "holistic"approach, using the concepts of "levels of mani-festation," and "levels of causation" to lon, atabuse. Abuse is defined as "inflicted deficitsbetween the rights and actual circumstances ofchildren."

SECTIONS (3): (a) Child abuse is seen as caused bya non-egalitarian society which implies competi-tiveness and the use of force at governmental,institutional, and familial levels. (b) Preven-tion of child abuse involves a removal of allnon-egalitarian policies. (c) Suggestions forresearch include examination of egalitariancommunities, occurrence of child abuse, andexperimentation with alternative lifestyles.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


7

ZW00.0a

!

4IZZIZw;ta

migiummi<>.I

z>.X22tax`zawwowIl-

40

Z0 x 6.1 L-

JWCC

cc

NON-SP

IN COM 1 : ,

IN INT

.1.

1 .

AINDIC

-I- -I .1. .14- .i.

PRB DEF 3:1 : : .

TREAT.4 4 . . 1 ..-.1. . .

LEG CON

REFER :

1 . .

ANC SER 0II

.I

I6

FOLLOW .L...4.-- ...1... ..;-.. 1

PREVEN 3i ". . 8

STATS 11111..11.111 1

2 91

CITATION: Gil, David G.Physical Abuse of ChildrenPEDIATRICS, March 1970, 45:510-511

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Letter commenting on Dr.Fontana's paper. Gil points out that childabuse is really epidemiologic. We approvephysical abuse. He criticizes Fontana for notremoving it from a clinical perspective andtreating it as a pediatric syndrome.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZzZz>-)-00am.w0

4wwxx22w0

7.

(3

4

0.

Z

0.

4

W

z

W

xiD

-Ix-:mW

1 Iitai

I.. I CC

X, I

NONSP 41 15.1.1111111IN COM :

IN INT

I":" "1"

.

""1"1

":" "1

INDIC .1. 11111..1_ _i__ _.1._

PRB DEF1 ,

1

.,

TREAT 1 .

I .

LEG CON

11 ..i.....f... .

REFER 1

1

ANC SER 1

I

FOLLOWi 4.-

'

- i_:..

PREVEN 1

STATS 1111.111.1.11

CITATION: Gil, David G.A Socio -Cultural Perspective on Physical Child AbuseCHILD WELFARE, July 1971, 50(7) :389-395

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of child abuse insocio-cultural terms and good recommendations forpreventive measures.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Caffey's identification of physicalabuse through x-rays. (b) No legal protection forchildren against physical attack--denial of Four-teenth Amendment.

TARGET POPULATION:


4Zw000a

<Zwwwx-'mEMIEREIMINI.4.

ZZ

I

t>.x

i_

z.000xet"'ax

.

4

w2

.4.

Z

w2

1

.

4

otai

.i...

1

-;.

_1w

1

NOSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF 1111111

.

it- -1--

I

"1""!

Ti""

TREAT

LEG CON

111 _1.

:

.1._

1: :

_1.

.

)1

REFER

ANC SER

i

4- --4-,

,

.4.

1

1

1

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

:

' .

41 1

...1111=1

1

1

.

,

STATS nil

296

CITATION: Gil, David G.Violence Against ChildrenJOURNAL OF MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY, November 1971, 33(4):637-648

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Analysis of findings fromnation-wide survev on abuse in years 1967.1968 involvingalmost 13,000 incidents. Author discusses scope ofchild abuse problem, characteristics of legally-reported abused children, characteristics of fem.ilies of abused children. incidents and surroundincircumstances, official actions following abuseiPresents a typology of child abuse which notes 7particular underlying factors of physical childabuse. Author also provides conceptual model ofphysical child abuse related to societal issues,

e culturally sanctioned use of Physical force inchid rearing, differences in child rearing pat-terns among social strata and ethnic groups, etc.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Statistics (figures and tables)onphysical abuse in U.S. (b) Implications for socialpolicy and prevention e.g. outlaw useof corporal punishment in all institutions, elim-ination of 'Marty and structuralstrut social inequali-ties, and provision of comprehensive social serv-ices for all families.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Intervention at societal rather thanindividual level is more effective. Legislationon reporting laws instituted without adequateunderstanding of dynamics of child abuse. Noclearly effective strategies for prevention andtreatment were incorporated into laws. Such lawsnot expected to have much impact on incidencerates.

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZtalatazx212tax"'MCI

,1ZLI

minummin.t.

ZZ(5

et,-O.

...

z)-O.

1

i<;zZ0 : 0ui 1 la

1

.1..:

4x(t)

.....

it.la

:

:wml CgI . )

.. {...

I

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

I

INDIC

PRB DEF1

ii-

;

"i" "4. "I" "I"TREAT

LEG CON -1-11- --1 1.-- -":--

1

1--

REFER

ANC SER

il :

,

.

.1-

FOLLOWPREVEN

111

, i

1s

u.111.1111

1

1

1

"4-

1

i

STATS:

CITATION: Gil, David G.Violence Against ChildrenPEDIATRICS, April 1972, 49:641

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Gil's retort to Newberg that hisreview misrepresents Gil's study. His study isrepresentative and is sufficient to derive hypoth-esis.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ziW8.wCI

a

taw(.5

z

CI

.c z

x xE2UXzg:ccQ.Q.

MIMMIIIIIIIII

<

41

."1""

z

la

!

.c

(t)

"":-.

la

.,:La

L- : cg

i s I

""1-.

NON-SP 41

IN COM

IN INT

II .1.

1

s

INDIC

PRB DEF 11.t.

1 III1..

1

..4__ 4.I

TREAT

LEG CON

I '

"I" "i1

:

I

s

"f-

.

-{-

REFER

ANC SERI

"I "i' : 1--

FOLLOWPREVEN !

1

""1""UM=1

-"i""

I

.1"" "11

STATS s.

297

30:1.

CITATION: Gil, David G., et al.Public Knowledge, Attitudes and Opinions about Physical Child Abuse in the U.S.

CHILD WELFARE, July 1969, 48(7) :5..5426

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of Brandeis Universi

survey (administered by NORC) to determine general

public's knowledge, attitudes and opinions on

child abuse and related issues (includes statisti-

cal information).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Statistical information ongeneral knowledge of child protective agencies.(b) Extrapolating the scope of child abuseincidents in the U.S.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Ignorance of resources suggests

that child protective agencies should use massmedia to increase recognition of their services.

MENTION (1): (a) Attitudes towards removing abused

child from home. (b) Prevention of abuse through

routine counseling of prospective parents. (c)Reporting laws passed in every state by June 1967

(U. S. Children's. Bureau Info.).

TARGET POPULATION:


z

ZW0

aZWWIa

zZ0

<Y

O.

z>22:20J,CltiMCL

.t

4C:z0 : 0til : la

<x 5.1(/) ty

1 -I:Wt ! M

x..-NON-SP 4:

+:

2:-I +

1

IN COM

IN INT;

-;"INOIC

PRB DEFi. ...I..-

.

..i_.....I.-

TREAT

LEG CON

I il ;

".--

1

.

.

ANC SER . .

. .

FOLLOW

PREVEN 111 1: "'-STATS INIEMIE11111

CITATION: Gill, Thomas P.The Legal Nature of NeglectNATIONAL PRORATION AND PAROLE ASSOCIATION JOURANL, January 1960, 6(1):1-16

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A discussion of the legalbordert of neglect, specifically in terms ofmoral neglect, custody conflicts, medical neglect,educational neglect. Upon finding neglect,disposition of cas, "lust be in terms of "bestinterests of child " -- discussion follows.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Emotional neglect--only Minnesotahas legislation covering it specifically. Author

argues the law is inconsistent in custody casesin arguing that gift of parental love is importantbut that witholding love is not harmful; need toinclude this in statutes. (b) Historical back-ground to founding juvenile court; authoritybased indoctrine of parents' rights. (c)

Discussion of court's power.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:'

Behavioral ScientistsLawyers

za.

us(3

C

tu13

Z

la(3

.c

Ia.

z¢MCI.

2la

Z

2Lil

<xl,,,I-!aclatil

xW

-1,...,

-'=; acx.1-

NONSP =Emu RIIN COM

IN INT

:

-.4 '11

1

--1--.

--r".

PRB DEF 111111111111111 I

.

TREAT

LEG CONPIII

':4

'1

:1i IN I--I

REFER

ANC SER I

I

1' .

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 ;.1'

1

-,..

.

I

.

...

e

4I

4_.

.

.4.

STATS MIN Hill11111298

3O.

CITATION: Gillespie, Robert W.The Battered Child Syndrome: Thermal and Caustic Manifestations

JOURNAL OF TRAUMA, 1965, 5(41:523-533

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Although the exact frequency ofthermal injuries in child abuse is unknown, theyare a common indicator, especially if frequent andlocated in such a way anatomically as to make selfinfliction unlikely. Several other indicators arementioned.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Families with problems of alco-holism, psychosis, and unwanted children alongwith the child's minor behavior or enuresis prob-lems are characteristic of child abuse; (b) Legis-lation about reporting, immunity, and indictmentin the 50 states is seen as more protective ofanimals than children.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Case histories depict the needfor early detection of signs of abuse; (b) His-torical attitudes toward children are reflectedin lack of legal protection against abuse datingfrom the Romans to Teddy Roosevelt.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Zw0

<iz1Z1Zw:w

010I

xa.

z).Ia<!z

.010212WIta

I

<xla0

-1a,XW

:w1.. ICC0.-;1Z211-.

NONSP 111=11111.1111111IN COM

IN INT

II :.. 1

.

.. .

t

.1.

INDIC

PRO DEF.i.

1

4:.4.

:

.4..

:

.4. .i.

TREAT

LEG CON

Mliill :

--i-

1

1

.

.

.

21

REFER

ANC SER

1111

.4.I

1

.4.-.

.

I

.

I

FOLLOWPREVEN 1

1

il :

1

;1

1

t

4

I

e

1

:

.

1

STATS 1111111H1.1111..111

CITATION: Gillies, C. L., et aZ.Fracture of the Tibia in Spina Bifida Vera, Report of Two CasesRADIOLOGY, 1938, 31:621-23

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors present two casesthat demonstrate a complicating factor in thediagnosis of fracture of the tibia--sensory im-pairment in the lower extremities associated withspina bifida vera.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):,

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Radiologists

zZZ2Z,-.).0W0

<

W0

Z

W0

4(

I0.

Z

I0.

<

2W

ZO2W

'4(

xWU)

.

et7,!MXW

-1sta

:::. : M

1.1-

14014SP 1

IN COM

IN INT-I-

I

i-.

''.'

41.

.

ACP

.

.

.

-

-. -

IN DI-C--- -----PRO OEF

..... - ......

1

I

6e,

i5,e5)

1--4

TREAT

LEG CON co-REFER

ANC SER...1. ...

.

..: -I

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1

'I-

STATS I,

299

303

CITATION: Giosannoni, Jeanne M.Parental Mistreatment: Perpetrators and Victims

JOURNAL OF ,VAI7RIAGE AND TEE FAMILY, Nov. 1971, 649-657

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Etiology of problem of abuse/neglect in societal rather than familial terms.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Characteristics of abusive/neglectful parents as determined from 3 researchstudies; (b) Society's mistreatment of children

historically.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Options of juvenile court in handling

abuse/neglect cases.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists;Social Workers

xZw000m<zw

zzea

<Y>-Z

z

Za

1

<:Z0 1 02:2ta:w

111/11.1111._i_.

.

xxWm

.1..

811

xW

.

1 -1.lei

l- 1 ixm;Iz

Mel-

_.

.

NON-SP Ilin

IN CC"IN INT

.1.1

'

INDIC

PRO DEF

1111 4. _i

i

1111 :

.

.

3:

TREAT

LEG CON

11 :

e

, .e . 11111

REFER

ANC SER

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 ;

IllMISTATS =Eli I

CITATION: Ciovannon, Jeanne M.Research in Child Abuse: A Way of Seeing is a Way of Not Seeing

Paper presented to National Symposium on Child Abuse, Chicago, 1974

NAIN EMPHASIS (4): General discussion of state ofchild abuse research in comparison to that of ju-venile delinquency and mental illness research.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1). Necessity to gear research toward what

works more than it works.

TARGET POPULATION:


<zw0

<zw0

1111.111111111111111111

1

; Zzw0

'i

<,_

Io.

11111

z>XO.

i< ; Z0102:ZW : W

:

1

<xtaV)

e.xW

:

_.

1 ,;w:-

$ThmX I I-

_.i..

1

N ON-S P 4

IN COM

IN INT

II

INDIC

PRB DEF 11111111111111-1.-

1111111111F-111114.

AMININIII`1.-

1

1

-1-

1

I--1

e

"1""

:

--1--.

.

r

LEG

TREAT

CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I :

1

STATS OM =EMU300

- 304

1,

CITATION: Giovannoni, Jeanne M., et aZ.A Study of'Parental Adequacy in Families of Child Neglect Among

the Poor: Three Ethnic GroupsCHILD WELFARE, April, 1970, 49(4):196

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of parameters whichdistinguish neglectful and adequate mothers amongpoor families (Black, Caucasian, and Spanish-speaking).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Supportive child rearing servicesessential to prevention.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists;Welfare Workers

Zz

zwwwxx2:2w<in.:x0

<z0

Zz0

<>a

z,-a

<;z0:0w.w

<xm

Fe

w

idI- Vg

x .1-

NONSP MiiiiiiiiIN COM

IN INT

!

.

1 : :

.

IN=PR a DEF :4

:

I

TREAT

LEG CON

'

.

' '

REFER

ANC SER

. 1 . .

,

FOLLOW- -

PREVENi_ 1 .

i__ _.:_-

STATSi M 1 Mill

CITATION: Glaser, Helen H., et aZ.Physical and Psychological Development of Children with

Early Failure to ThriveJOURNAL OF PEDIATRICS, Nov. 1968, 73(5) :690 -8

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Failure to thrive may be con-nected with emotional neglect, however 1/3 of thefamilies had no detectable evidence of physical,emotional, or psychological abnormalities. Manyof the symptoms and problems of non-thriving child-ren are included.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Follow-up: Showed 1/3 of familieswith social pathology and 40 out of 50 of the studyshowed a substantial incidence of continued growthdefects, both in height and weight. Children fromstable home environments recovered spontaneously.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists;Behavioral Scientists

zZzZzrr0Oxet:xW0

azww0 0

<z2222w0. 0.

az

W W

4

il)xtl:ceW

: w, w

X . I-BNONSP MillIN COM... ------IN INT

1111..4:

.NM ,

.

0)., p ..

AS\'4?

\., p'S

S(( "C )

-

c,d

INDIC

PRO DEP

TREAT

LEG CON

ICiOX

-. _

REFER

ANC SER-. -

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS 1111111111111111

301

306

CITATION: Gluckman, L. K.Cruelty to Children

NElIZEALAND MEDICAL JOURNAL, 1968, 67:155-9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A differential diagnosis ofchild abuse can be made by determining whether theabuser has organic brain disease, ignorance, psy-choneurosis, personality structure disorder, psy-chosis, attitudinal problems, sadism, organicdisease, psychiatric disorder, cluster disorder.

SECTI' (3): Historical parent-child relationshipcan .ecapitulated in conqueror/conquered rela-tionship.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): New Zealand protects children legallywhile ancient Greece, modern Polynesia, India, andChina used infanticide as a means of disposing of

children.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZ<ZaZZZYW(.1

WW(1 (.1

IO.

Z,-1212wQ.

'1<:Z0:0w:W

<xU)

-a!

Xw

i.-2.W

,,,I-:CC=;IXx.-

NONSP 1...11=1.10IIN COM

IN INT -I- 111111111111--I -1--INDIC

PRB DEF.4.

1

.i.-4 1

_I. .1._ _i_

TREAT

LEG CON

II ;

!

.

1;.

1

8

:

I

1.

REFER__'"ANC SER "i'FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 : '-4.-

,

.

-4-1

1

4-.

STATS .1111.111.. 1

CITATION: Godfrey, Joseph D.Trauma in ChildrenJOURNAL OF BONE AND JOINT SURGERY, 1964, 46:422-47

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Treatment of various bone andjoint injuries in children is discussed.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

;a-

zLt

>-Ia.

>-Ia.

02

Oz

U)

a.

'JlwFib

Nib

NONSPIN COM

IN INT-4-- -4-

INDIC

TREAT__LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PR EVEN

STATS

A

--t-

4(65"1.,

0' ".0.

111011111=111

302

30,,

CITATION: Goldberg, H. L.Social Work and Law

CHILDREN, Sept. - Oct. 1960, 7(5):167-71

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Social workers must be aware of

legal problems and the law as it affects most

areas of social work.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The problem of disclosing confi-dential material in court hearings; (b) The use-fulness of social data in the judicial process;(c) What steps social workers can take to promoteneeded legislation in area of family law.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zCZ2zxa",,,I-Ictwwwiz2Zw<wit(

ItiZ

0(

:<

0.

z

a.

4C

W

Z

w

<

co w

i,.:w

x ,i-

NON-SP .111111=11111.11IN COM : : :

IN INT .

-.I..

INDIC '4 -- --4--

r

--4--'4--

PRE! DEF i . .

TREAT-- - ---

.

--f-.

--;--,

4--,--i

LEG CON 14 :

REFER ' . . . .

ANC SER . . 1

1.

FOLLOW :. 1 . .

PREVEN

ISTATS EIM111111111

CITATION: Goldfarb, W.Psychological Privation in Infancy and Subsequent AdjustmentAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY, 2945, 15:247-55

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Authors report the results of a

controlled investigation comparing children who

were raised in institutions and transferred tofoster care with children who remained institu-

tionalized.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Effects of institutionalizationon intellectual, cognitive, behavioral, and emo-

tional development. Hyperactivity, affect hunger,

poor conceptual organization are among symptomology

discussed; (b) Authors compare the differences be-tween the dependent child and the rejected child.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): A table of statistics on the differ-ences between IQ's in the pre- and post-foster

care situations.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

Zwwwxs22w<='m0

:

4C 1

Z I. z010

<).a.

z>.

a.

4C Z0 0w w

<x0

iii

W

1-1rw

I-,,, : cc

x:o-

NONSP 3 iinimimumIN COM

1NIN ---- -1--!

---1 --1--i--I-- --i

INDIC

1; 1i8 DEF

1... E : : '

TREAT

ciacoN- --:-.- --1.- --I--

REFER

ANC SER-,- ' 1

41

.

1

-4. : 11

.

FOLLOW.- ----- _. -PREVEN

111 : :1

- . ...t...i... 4. ...f.

STATS SIIM11111111111111111

303

0

CITATION: Goldney, R. V.Abusing Parents: Legal and Therapeutic Aspects

MEDICAL JOURNAL OF AUSTRALIA, Sept. 9, 1972, 2(11):597-600

MAIN EMPHASIS (4):

SECTIONS (3): (a) In abusing parents, psychiatricdisability runs the whole gamut from mental re-tardation to psrhoses, from neurosis to per-sonality disorders; (b) Existing laws force manytherapists to come to a pseudo-legal compromise;(c) Treatment should follow the psychiatriclines--physical methods, psychotherapy, and socialmanipulation; (d) Initial complaint should be madeto social service agencies and, when possible, re-porting should be terminated if the problem can

be worked through without it.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z<zwwwx000a.o..w.tdow

<:zz

Zz>

< z,..x2;2wx

< ; Z0:0

<x El!

-.. la

,-,:cc

=1Wi..

NON-SP .1111111.11MIN COM

N4 INT

II 3 :

t,

:

INDIC

PRB DEF 111

I

-t-3:

--4-- -.1_ -...-

TREAT

LEG CON

11 3'-;--3!

.

-;- -4--.

-;- '4I

.

REFER

ANC SER

II. : : III. :.

:

--:-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I :

:

11111.11=11111111

.

.i-

STATS

CITATION: Golub, SharonThe Battered Child: What the Nurse Can Do

RI?, 2968, 31:42-5

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A discussion of the nurse's role

in dealing with child abuse and neglect; charac-teristics of parents which are helpful in diagnos-ing the problem, and characteristics of childrenwho have been abused or neglected.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The nurse's key role in treatment

of abused/neglected child; providing bodily con-tact and attention when.child is ready; (b) Nursecan prevent abuse/neglect through early diagnosisof probability, providing education in child care,

and support to parents.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Physical evidence that childhas been abused; (b) Nurse must report suspicion;upon reporting suspicion of abuse/neglect, legalauthority will investigate, juvenile court may re-

move child from home.

MENTION (1): Statistics on suspected cases in New

York rose between 1966-70. Recommends establish-

ing registry in N:Y. State to encourage physiciansto report cases where legal evidence not strongenough to allow investigation.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zaZwwwIIIEwx0

'< ZZ Z(.7 0

<..

a..

z).

a.

<0

w

Z0

. ta

x

tn

_,a,

W

-J. La

,.. I cc0 :

-..=x . 1-.

NONSP MI : MIIN COM

IN INTT-- 4-- 4.--

1

:1INDIC

PRB DEF

.i. 2 : III

TREAT

LEG CON

H !

1-- --i-- --I-- --I-- -+-

REFER

ANC SER

1

--4- -4-

1

-4-

I

: .4-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11*

:

:.,-:

.4.

1

.t.

:

.

.4.

STATS

304

303

CITATION: Goode, W. J.Force and Violence in the Family

JOURNAL OF MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY, Nov., 197Z, 33(41:624-36

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A theoretical discussion of therole force and threat of force play in the family,focusing on the deterrent value of force and theoutside support of the use of force which comesfrom the state, community, and friends.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The role of force in socializa-tion is discussed and illustrated by some cross-cultural comparisons with Japan; (b) The authorexamines assault, murder, and child abuse from theperspective of exchange theory.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZLac

i

.

a.

z>.

a.

E--i--

.<:z0 :0

w ta

e

1

< :x li.

x!.12;cou) w

,--E

t

1

I- rx

z . I-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

1

4

41

I

-4-

.

-4- -4-,I

TREAT

LEG CON

: 1-- -i- .'L-

REFER

ANC SER

1

-4--.

-4-.

i

FOLLOW

PREVEN

2...

,

1 ...L 1

STATS 11.111111=1111

CITATION: Cordon, Henrietta L.

Emotional NegZectCHILD WELFARE, Feb. 1959, 24-27

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): General appeal for court actionon emotional neglect as well as physical abuse/neglect.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Treatment approach generally usedin neglect cases; (b) Defining emotional neglect.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Defining problem and treatment interms of community neglect.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists;CPS Workers, Social Workers

zZ e

Zzz>-wialaZZ2:EwxIco0000.ww.wwwz.

<

EIMIIIIIIIII

Z < z>.

<

0

ZOxeL7:=

<-Jlw

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

:

:

A :

:

e

IN DIC

PRB DEF-I-

, 1

i -I-

:3--

:

.i.

TREAT

LEG CON

:3-t-e.

,-4-

,

4-:4

4-:

REFER

ANC SER

.

:

.

:

..--I

:

i--

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

,

111..11111111.1.1STATS

CITATION: Gottlieb, WernerMuhual Goals and Gral etting in Casework

SOCIAL CASEWORK, Oct., 1967, 47(8):471-7

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Suggestions are made that socialcasework consist of mutually agreed-upon goal-directed activities.

SECTIONS (3): A case of parenting difficulties isreported.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1)

TARGET POPULATION:


zawwwxIE:2wxY:cc(9

.x:

0

.z

a

<

a.

z

a.

:<: z

w .w

<

m

Ee

w

:-,.wt : mI .i-

NON-SP 1.111111

'0CP

-

In_ .

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF !

&()'

iS

'''C.'e

<<5)

TREAT

LEG CON

III

4

.1--

-4--

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

'____ .±. _.i_

STATS 111111111111/11.11

CITATION: Grantmyre, Edt'ard B.

Trauma X - Wednesday's ChildTRF NOM SCOTIA MEDICAL BULLETIN, Feb. 1973, St:29-31

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): There is no main emphasis.

SECTIONS (3): Kempe's indicators of abuse arelisted.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Estimates of abuse in Canada(90'4 of abusers being mothers) and other statis-tics are given; (b) Immediate treatment shouldconsist of removing the child from the home forhospitalization while Children's Aid Society plansfurther treatment; (c) Higher SES abusers canbetter afford legal counsel.

MENTION (1): Prevention via contraception, smallerfamilies, and day care centers is seen asplausible.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

.2;

wwIs22w)<=.caoaa.a.wwm

.

Z < z < Z <x El

w

o

-;lw,,,- : Ix

X.I-NON.SP .

. EllIN COM

IN INT 1.-4

1-AMINDIC

PRB DEF

III 4

1 III :

TREAT

LEG CON

2

2

1

-t-:

.

-4-

.

..,. Au. .

I

1

REFER

ANC SER

,

4

1

-4-I

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1111111 : 1

.

STATS U MINIMUM"306

3i0

CITATION: Gray, JaneHospital-Based Battered Child Team

HOSPITALS, JAM, Feb., 1973, 47:50-2

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes a hospital-based teamapproach for handling child abuse casesteam co.codinator assures communication between all pro-fessionals.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Indications of abuse: vague or

discrepant history; delay in seeking medical at-tention; x-rays revealing old fractures; parents'unrealistic view of child; (b) Joint meeting todetermine whether case is abuse and needs report-ing.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Need to design mechanism toarrange for immediate court order; (b) Colorado'sspecial report form for hospital personnel; otherevaluations (psychiatrist, social worker, nurse,etc.) made available to welfare department; (c)Hospital has task of providing follow-up serviceswhen child discharged until other arrangements canbe made; (d) Each case a teaching tool for prevention--may identify typical characteristics of abu-sive parent.

MENTION (1): (a) Hospitalization of child providessafety for child, gives overwhelmed parents res-pite, enables professionals to complete diagnosis;(b) M.D. should take sympathetic approach in in-terviewing parents.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzw0

<zwwi::22.1iItIOC0

Zz0

<>-

a.

Z>-

G.

<0w

Z0w

xin

..I

xW

I WIW

,..,, 1 cc, .

z 0-

N ON .S P 111111111111111IN COM II .1. 3

I

IN INT : 1 f I

INDIC 11. .1. li. ..1 .i.'PR8 DEF 1I

I1.

TREAT 1 4'LEG CON ; 11

III

REFER I.

.

.

ANCS --- 1-- --1FOLLOW 111 i 2 :

:.

PREVEN : 2: It

STATS MOB 1111.CITATION: Green, Norris, et al.

Reactions to the Threatened Loss of a Child: A Vulnerable Child Syndrome(Pediatric Management of the Dying Child, Part III)PEDIATRICS, July, 1964, 58-66

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Not related to child abuse/

neglect: "vulnerable child syndrome" study sug-gesting relationship between parental fears ofchild's death and child's disturbance.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists;Psychiatrists, Physicians

zZ<ZWWwII22wx0 0

Z

LI

cc

0.

z

0.

1.:

w

1

Z

w

<

in

Jw

-I.W

rn 1Z"IttI I-NONSP .

..1

IN COM

IN INTl i_

A.<',

5.'

"0

.-

e-

:

INDIC

PR 8 DEF

;4 -I

'c..-'

4.,\

4.--

ec)

TREAT

LEG CON

(2-

-- -

REFER. ------ ---ANC SER

.

--1-

FOLLOW

PREVEN-+" 1-- -r:

STATS 111.1111.111

307

31.1

CITATION: Green, Orville C.Sizing Up the tinall Child

POSTGRADUATE MEDICINE, OJtober, 1971, 50;103-109

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case histories of childrentreated in a growth clinic are presented.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Two cases of abuse or neglectresponded to foster care by physical growth;(h) Dwarfism and pituitary insufficiel.cy are se-condary to emotional daprivat1on.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z 1

Z ItZ < Z < Z 4: :w1 I t.. i CCZ Z Z >. >' 0 0 XI 111. (i) .wwwm x22w! =;cr.0' (I 0 O. Ci. W :WI 1313 ui X: l

I

NON-SP : 2 i 2 I 1

.

IN COM i ;

: -1-- '1"IN INT o e

INDIC ; :

PRB DEF1.----.

1TREAT , .

1-LEG CON i , f,

i

REFER ; :

ANC SER . . .

, .FOLLOW-f- i -4--i-- -4--PREVEN .

STATS1

1

I !I i

CITATION: Gregg, Grace S.Infant TraumaAMEPICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN, May 1971, 3:101-105

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Physician's role and responsi-bility in analyzing the environmental factorswhich led to the infant's injury,

SECTIONS (3): (a) Indicators of abuse/neglect; (b)Problem definition - whether generalized abuse re-presents temporary disequilibrium or pervasivefamily deterioration; (c) Treatment - course ofaction in abuse/neglect.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Non-specific - data of inci-dents of infant trauma; (b) Non-specific -training related.

MENTION (1): Legal considerations.

TARGET POPULATION:

Physicians

z :..-1Z C I Z 4 Z 4 Z C 1W

1 3 i., 3 CeWz : z x G.w w,w m M 2 2 w x .cc00.0a aw wo w M.-

NON-SP 2 : ME 12IN COM : : :

:IN INT -":".. :

INDIC ; .i ,

.4. .4- -4-PRO DEF '7'

I 4 1. ,

. .

.

.

TREATi'LEG CON "i° i. EUI

.

REFER I

AN r.' SER .

FOLLOW . .

........ .. ._ ... -.4.... ..:-..- -4...

PREVEN I .

1

I I

STATS MBE Ell

308

3

CITATION: Gregg, GracePhysician, ChildAbuse Reporting Laws and Injured ChildCLINICAL PEDIATRICS, Deo. 1968, 7(2):726-725

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Presents a comprehensive ap,-preach for the examining physician to detect anyevidence of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Legally - physicians are bound by lawto report.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET 1,0PULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZZlil0

<zLU0

ZZLU0

<>.2a.

Rinani

ZT,I0.

4C1 Z

0:02: 2w:LLI

;,

1

<x

14$

to

..i..

6./Xla

1

i

.1.1J

..1-:1:I.:: IX2.1'

;

--i-.o

NONSP:

IN COM

IN INT

111 i

..

INDIC

PR8 DEP41

.

IMII ..1..,.

I

..1-.,

,

1..

i

TREAT

LEG CON

II-I

'

- -1-: '

4-111 I

3,

REFER

ANC SER.,- .,. .....

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11

MIIIIIMIIIIIIIIM

:

1

;

... -i

".....i

I

...i... :...,....

STATS

CITATION: Gregg, Grace S., et al..

Infant Injuries: Accident or AbusePEDIATRICS, Sept. 1969, 44(3):434-439

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Research study finding thatabused children tend to be more severely injured,with more serious sequelae and developmental re-tardation; child's ordinal position, family den-sity and stress are the most important determi-nants.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists;Medical Scientists

z

.....zz;2.x,--m0

<.

0

Zz,.}t.3

.c z

Q.O.

i4 ; 20:0Lava

x eto la

I -1,.

17,--

z.i-IIINONSP 111 EnBMIN

TN COM

IN INT...

.

.4.

.

I

..4.

I

,

.4-

1

1

.1.

INDIC

PRB DEF

.

.4.

'

'

.4.

41

i

..4.

.

I

.4.

I

.

.4.

TREAT

LEG CON

111 I'. +t

..i.tt

.1_1.14

REFER

ANC SER

:

i . .

FOLLOW

PREVEN:

,

:.1ir-:

STATS .111=1'

309

313

CITATION: Griffiths, Alan L.Fatigue Fracture of the Fibula in Childhood.

ARCHIVES OF DISEASE,IN CHILDHOOD, 1952, 27:552-57

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Fatigue fractures can occur inchildren who undergo recurrent stress as producedby jumping and skipping. Badly worn shoes maypredispose to the development of fatigue frac-tures. Eight case reports presented and dis-cussed. Fatigue fractures distinguished fromtraumatic fractures.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<

wLIOLIm

<ZwwX22w74M

4

x

z>00xmwwww4

,

Z ic

e;x i.-

-.wm

NONSP IBM=IN COM

IN INT

c\

*0

. .

ro6-

INDIC

PRB DEF

.

I

<0?-A 4,1

,_-

<,G

./go

TREAT

LEG CON._\,/

\-01q,

_ .

REFER. ....... _.

ANC SER- - '.. - .

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1

.

1

STATS 1111111.1.11..=

CITATION: Griffiths, D., et al.Multiple Epiphysial Injuries in Babies ( "Battered Baby" Syndrome)BRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, Dec. 21, 1963, 4:1558-61

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Multiple epiphysial injury asindication of battered baby syndrome; x-ray ap-pearances of this form of trauma; unexplainedfractures as indications of abuse. Case historiesto illustrate.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Differential diagnosis from x-rayscan distinguish abuse from other possible causes(e.g., scurvy); (b) In injuries through violencedenial by parents is to be expected.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Only reference to infant trauma in non-specialized British Journal was in 1888- -references related solely in specialized journaland in America.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z:it'

ZLaLIOLImmw.wowx.....

.1ZzLa

Inlill1=11/1

ZLa

:

4 Z>- ,-

I I

.i.

.

:I

4:Z0:0212

.:.

:

4xLa

El.

x

4

I1W

,.,1--;CC

''...iCC

:

:

NOSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

'.1.:

4:.4.3 1

1

-4.:

.

4_.:

.

_I.1

TREAT

LEG CON

II i

!

:

1

: !

REFER

ANC SER

I

I

I

,

FOLLOWPREVEN

11 )

1

Ill _L..

.

III I

.I

STATS 11111.11.111111111111

310

3

CITATION: Gristain, J. R., et al.Ahulical Consequences of Cruelty to Children (Article in French,

Anna* in English)ANNALS OF PEDIATRICS, June -July, 1968, 15:438

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Clues to diagnosis of abuseinclude; association of bruises and fractures,evidence of old lesions, child's and family's be-havior, favorable course of stay in hospital.

SECTIONS (3): Physician still ill-informed aboutproblem; most commou victims of abuse are veryyoung children.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZzZt.'1

IMIEMIIMII

<Iz'zt'.4: LI

.'.

I

ic>.z

-4

z>.

f.

-

4

<0,T,

;

z0!

:

I.

.

4, i

. i a.,%': II

-4:

4

U

RIyeaI : fE

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INOIC

PRB DEF

III 4 ,31

il-/

..;...4

.I

_ _

.

I

... ._

I

LEGTREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

MUll

II 1

:

...i.. ..i..

I.

111 _.1..

1

1

i'

;

:

:

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

1

:

.

:

t

1

STATS ME Ham=

CITATION: Grielain, J. R at al.Social and Legal Problems Raised by Cruelty to ChildrenANNALS OF PEDIATRICS, June -July, 1968, 15:440-48

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Abstract of an article,

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) New French child protection laws(1958, 1959) are excellent if enforced; (b) Physi-cians must detect injury and various administra-tions must cooperate to deal Kith it; (c) Elimina-tion of socio-economic circumstances which fostercruelty could eliminate abuse in time.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

zW9

i

CZ1

z'zla;,,,9. 0

miumumurna1.

.

.1C

sZ0.

.4.

2 _

)-

121M0.

I

i.4aZ

010W: 10

.

<xw(I)

rexW

.

1

!El,_,ctu,.,..--:tt

X I l'''

1.S

NON an 4

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF 1111111..i--

I

tow i"I

TREAT

LEG CONtiu --I

!

i-:

-i-:

.

-j-

REFER

ANC SER1111111 : : :

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11.

1 .4

t

1 .

t

.

.4_1

1

.

1

. .

.

STATS RIPE IMIllil

311

CITATION Cuarnaschelli, Frederich, et al.Fallen Fontanelle. A Variant of the Battered Child Syndrome

JOURNAL OP THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOC., Dec. 18, 1972, 222:1545-46

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Possibility of Mexican-Americanfolk practice (dipping child with sunken fon-tanelles into boiling water) causing subduralhematoina.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case report; (b) Folk practicein disease.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Frequency of folk practice inUSA; (b) Whiplash injuries.

MENTION (1): Questions if subdural hematoma as aresult of folk practice is widespread.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists;Physicians .

<

WZ000m<ztaw

Zz

<-mI22ta

z-

a

<0www

Z0

.1(

x iii

xr.tIcewm.l-

i w1 w

,1- I m

NON-SP MIRE=EBBIN COM

IN INT

:

.

I

,

1

INDIC.._ ....,_PR 8 DEF

I :

.

4,

',

,

g

TREAT

LEG CON

111 :

-I--

: :

-"--

: .0-t-

REFER

ANC SER

.

,

..

FOLLOW._ ..... .

PREVEN ,

t_. ..1.-. .-1--

STATS 111.... .

.

CITATION: Gunn, Alexander D.Wounds of ViolenceNURSING TIMES, May 5, 1967, 63:590-2

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The law involving wounding is

clear. Types of wounds are defined,

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) The importance of recording thewound is emphasized because after the wound heals,this evidence will be available; (b) The best in-dicators are the actual bruises and x-rays whichdemonstrate the recent and old fractures.

MENTION (1): "Battered baby" defined as a collectionof symptoms and signs occurring in children whohave suffered repeated injuries.

312

3.1)u

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists;Nurses

..a.

ZW000am

SZW

ZZla

cc

-X

z-x

:

<1 : Z0:02 : 2w:ww

.1

xw

El.

xwm,i-

-11W

,ICC=2.ice

NON-SP; 11. ; Mai

IN COM

IN INT

:

-.--'

.

2:--1-

,

-4- -1-

1

PRE DEF IIIIII1 2;11 IIITREAT

LEG CON

' ' '

REFER

ANC SER

:

1

:

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN ,IIIMMEI1111.

,

:

.

STATS

CITATION: Guthkelch, A. N.Infantile Subcheral Hematoma and its Relationship to Whiplash Injuries

BRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, May 22, 1971, 2:430-431

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Author suggests in some casesrepeated acceleration/deceleration rather thandirect violence is the cause of the hemorrhage.

SECTIONS (3): Case reports are used to illustratethe author's hypothesis.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Statistics on the incidence of subdural hemorrhage are included.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

zW0

.

C! ZzizWlw0.0

<>X0.0.wwoow

z>.

X

<02

Z02

rE :

xleW.x

.

1 -11W

L;:"-.:Ce

x11.-

NONSP Ma=IN COM ;

.

IN INT :,

1-.

-i-.

--i--INDIC

-- .1. ...1_ '

..i_i

-4- -4-PRB DEF : 4 1 :

TREAT

LEG CON

1 : : IEM_REFER

ANC SER 1

:

-.4.-.

FOLLOW 111 :

.

-4.-

s

-4-.

-;.-

PREVEN .

STATS MIEM IIII

CITATION: Guttmacher, Alan F.Unwanted Pregnancy: A Challenge to Mental HealthMENTAL HYGIENE, Oct. 1967

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Unwanted pregnancies adverselyaffect mental health--emotional appeal to supportPlanned Parenthood.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Unwanted child can be victim ofbattered child syndrome; (b) Effects of increasingdensity of population on mental health (Dr. John B.Calhemie's study with rats).

PARAGRAPHS (2): Adelsais "nutritionally sufferedchild"--Abuse by starvation.

MENTION (1): X-ray indications of abuse - Caffey'swork, Silverman's work.

TARGET POPULATION:


z; 2

ZW0

<ZW0

ZzwC.7

.:c z> >-X XQ.Q.

1

ct; Z0 : 02;2W: W

<xwcA

Fe.

xw

:-.1:W

,..1.- : C4

''...:IXI I INOSP 4 IMEMEMBIll :

IN COM

IN INT

;

,

.-i--

1

--:-. -4..

INDIC

PRB DEF 3.11. 1+2 ..1......1.-

,

. :

TREAT

LEG CON

:1

:

REFER

ANC SER

:

t

.

4-4

ill '

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I :4--.

.

, s

.4_ 4-.

.

STATS .1111MEMINIE111

313

31J

CITATION: Gwinn, John L., et a/.Roentgenograrhic Manifestations of Unsuspected Trauma in Infancy

JOURNAL OF THE AFRICAN MEDICAL ASSOC., June 17, 1961, 176(11):926-929

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Characteristic roentgenologicalfeatures include subperiosteal calcification, and"squaring" of the ends of long bones along withsoft tissue injury, etc.

SECTIONS.(3): A case is given.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Reliable history is difficult toobtain. The syndrome frequently results in per-manent damage or death.

MENTION (1): (a) The only certain safeguard isremoval of the infant from the damaging environ-ment; (b) Legal action is often missed.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z<1

Zwwwxaaaa.a.w

<:Zzz)->-00x

:

< z

x22wx< Z

w

<

u)

er;,:x

w

: wI w

=:m1:.1-

NON-SP =Ens IIIIN COM

IN INT- -4--

..1__..

__ :__,..

INDIC

PRE DEF: 4;

2 i

nTREAT

LEG CON

:

:

1 :

1

REFER

ANC SER--:--

.

--I-- --:-..

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

1 1

.

STATS MIEMEMENEM

CITATION: Gyepes, Michael, et al.Metaphyneal and Physeal Injuries in Children with Spina Bifida

and MeninganyelocelesAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ROENTGENOLOGY, 1965, 95:168-77

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Children with spina bifida andmeningomyelocele who are not fully paralyzed aremore prone to suffer injuries resulting in meta-physeal and physeal injuries to the lower extrem-ities. Trauma is the main cause.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Battering of children is one of thetraumas which brings about these symptoms.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<zwwwmx2;2wx=:m(

<z(

Zz(

a>a

z>a

<:zo:ow.w

1

<xm

EL3

w

.ww,;cg1.1-

NONSP IN ., NMIIN COM

IN INT

:

-+- -4- 4-,

.4--1

,

INDIC

PRE DEF EN -i--1 I

4--En--I--

:

TREAT

LEG CON

.4..

I

....,..

.

...

REFER

ANC SER

i :

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :

-41.

.

NERNIEIN111111111

1

-i-1

-1-

STATS

314

318

CITATION: Haas, L.Injured Baby

BRITISH MVDICAL JOURNAL, Sept. 11, 1956, 645

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case study demonstrating injurydone post-natally.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Subdural hematoma is often thefirst indication in the syndrome of multipleepiphysical injuries.

MENTION (1): States that post-natal trauma in-cluding deliberate injuries account for threetimes as many cases as birth trauma.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z,Z4CIZ<Z1LIW0000.

Z

:

Z-WIz<Z<IM2la6. lalldfAIL1

x al.X

1-J1W

"-M11Cex .1-

NON-SP ULM= MNIN COM ;

IN INT 1

INDIC?-i- .4-- i--

PR8 DEF 1 i 1

TREAT ;-r-i

-4-;-- -r-

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER ; :

FOLLOW_ __i_ i i_ L_PREVEN

. : : ,

1111.111111110111STATS

CITATION: Hall, Marian

The Right to LiveNURSING OUTLOOK, 1967, 15:63-5

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abusers present manycommon characteristics, with emotional immaturitythe most outstanding, followed by parental abusein their childhood, alcohol, etc. Abused childrenare often illegitimate, cry a lot, and fail tolive up to parental expectations.

SECTIONS (3): Historically, parents' rights have nobeen questioned, but abuse is as old as mankind.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Legal--mandatory laws grantingimmunity; (b) Statistics demonstrate abuse is re-peated; (c) Lack of maternal attention, physical

injuries, and emotional immaturity are indicators.

MENTION (1): Reporting varies from state to state.

315

31.i)

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists;Nurses

.Z<Z<ZWWWX(.7 (7 C 0.

EMIMIIIIIIII1

2

Z<Z)-00xx2taixCl.

:

;

W W (I)

a-J

W

:,-,W

=:,,,:M;CeX 1 P-

NONSPIN COM

IN INTI ;

:

INDIC

PRB DEF 111111 -4 1 E ,: .

--,-- irumTREAT

LEG CON

4:

i2 ;

i__

.

1-1-111REFER

ANC SER

il ;

i-FOLLOW

P- R- ---- N- I I I

1

--r- --r-MIENIME11111111STATS

CITATION: Haller, J. Alex, et al.Tram Workshop Report: Trauma in Children

JOURNAL OF TRAUMA, Nov., 1970, 10(11):1052-4

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of trauma in children

(not physical abuse) including unusual responsesof young children to trauma, children's uniquetypes of injuries, need to transport quickly tohospital because of limited reserves in smallchildren; special training centers for childrenessential for optimal care. Some needed areas of

research are identified.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

i

.-,< < Z < Z <:Z iolAI

Z Z Z 5- 5- 0 : 0 x al. / VXWWWZI2:2WXT:M0 ( 0 13. CI W.W to W I . f--

NON-SP

IN COM .. -.

IN INT

INDIC

PR B OE F- r -

' ,f361TREAT RL 43

- r -.

LEG CON A ZO4,... N.

REFERC.))-

.q- FillANC SE R

FOLLOW.- - - .. .

11111111111111PR EVEN

STATS 1111.11.11=11.

CITATION: Harlin, HannibalSubgaleal Hemato'ra Caused by Hair -Pull

JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, April 22, 1968, 204(4): 339

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Hair-pulling can cause subgaleal

hematoma by inducing scalp and calvarial separation

at the aponeurotic junction.

SECTIONS (3): Case study of hair-pulling was givenwhich describe the findings of the medical ex-

amination.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The author also points out thatphysicians are reouired to report suspected childabuse and-since there have been few convictions,better clinical documentation is needed.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z o 4.1 <!Z < Z < Z oW4

=. ICY

Z Zz > >00x 0. ,

w tau. I X22w x Im0000. a. w wow I's--

NON-SP 3 : i

IN COM i !... ;

IIN INT 1

ININDIC 4 I. .1 : 1.

i; Ali -1-)Em- -4- ; :

TREAT

CEG CON 'A--

R146E-F-1S67-IIINE 11111

FOLLOW :L.

FRIVEN 1

STATS EMU Ea :316

343i)

CITATION: &mai, Charlotte J.Preserving Family Life for Children

CHILD WELFARE, Dec. 1969, 48(10):591-594

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Parents' needs must be recog-nized. Knowing those who are emotionally immatureor ill and those who can carry the role with helpis of prime importance for treatment.

SECTIONS (3): Case studies reveal the parental difficulties that create child neglect and abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Ancillary service - homemakersoften can provide support for the parents in car-ing for their children.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION;


Zwwwx=22wx0

<12Z00az

<>-

y>.

awww<0

Z0 x El

w

1

-1

,,,F- :

trJ

luitz2.1-

NON-SP 3 1.1111.11 I InIN COM : :

:

IN INT- -t -- .1-

1

--1- -t- -I

INDIC ;1 . .

PRB DEF

1111111

1 1

TREAT:

1

I

LEG CON

II'. 1 I

REFER

ANC SER 2 :.

. .

.

,

FOLLOW;

.1 ;

PREVEN11

;

-1._ .4__ _t_ t...4

STATS IMIMUMMIIMI

CITATION: Hansen, Richard H.Doctors, Lawyers and the Battered Child LawJOURNAL OF TRAUMA, Nov., 1956, 5(6):826-30

MAIN EMPHASIS (4); A discussion of U.S. abuse-reporting laws and recommendations as to whatshould be adopted generally by all states; e.g.,

should cover disabled and incompetent as well aschildren. Any person should be required to re-port, not just M.D.s, legal; immunity should beprovided to reporter; privileged communicationright should be waived; penalties for failure toreport; report should be made to Children's Divi-sion of Public Welfare.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Sample reporting form, State ofIllinois; (b) Dr. Robert W. Gillespie comments onabove problem.

MENTION (1):

317

TARGET POPULATION;

Medical Scientists

Z

Ww0

!

41xz:w,w

z

0.(5

<,xa

z,xa

.;<:2

0:02;2w:w

xwCl,

exw

. d,;=_11=xot-

NON-SP MEM= IIIIN COM : :

IN INT . .

1

.

INOIC ::

PRB DEF

.i.

;

.1

2 1-

TREAT . .

LEG CON 4 :

REFER '1

: :

ANC SER 1

'

FOLLOW 11.

:..i.

-4-1

4-1

Z.

PREVEN 1

1

1 .

STATS MI 11.1111MIEN

CITATION: Hansen, RichardbPgal INplications of the Battered Child Syndrome

NEBRASKA STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL, Dec.: 1965, 50:595-7

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of new legislation inNebraska which focused on two problems: (1) re-porting child abuse; and (2) subsequent legal ac-tion to protect welfare of child. Mew Lawsre-quire reporting of "willfully inflicted severephysical injury" on any child, incompetent person,or disabled person. Also, the report becomesprivileged communication, thus protecting the re-porter. But the right to privileged communica-tion between professional and client is waived.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION;


<zxw0000.

<

w

zw

<

x

zx220.wwwwx.I-

< Z <

til

et::-X.s;M

I

1 -1.t,e

NON.SP 1.111111111/11MIN COM .: :

IN INT

INDIC .i. .i. .i. .I.

PRB DEF1

LEG CON 1111111--L-4 : --:-- 111111011REFER :

.

,

ANC SER

11 .:_ .1_ IN,

FOLLOW 11 :

. -.1.-

I

...1

-I.-.

PREVEN ,

STATS lininlIMIMI

CITATION: Harcourt, Brian, at al.Ophthalmic Manifestations of the Battered Baby SyndromeBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, Aug. 14, 1971, 3:398-401

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case studies of battered babieswho have ocular manifestations; eight of them suf-fered permanent impairment and ten had extensiveintra-ocular hemorrhage

SECTIONS (3): The medical findings involved in

these injuries are presented.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Considerations: age and generalcondition of child; evidence of injury at othertimes, disproportionate amount of soft tissue;inadequate history, and multiple admissions.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Zwa

<Z<zwa

zwC

>.x0.

z>.x0.

.4:2zolo2:2w :wMEM...1--

xwcn

d.xw

,n1-

",x

ww0:

I m..-

1

NON.SP 4:

IN COM..... -------

IN INT.

;

4--'

-.4--

'

INDIC

PRB DEF1

:

2.i.2 1

ill :I

.

TREAT_._

LEG CON...i..

1

'

i ....i._ nuREFER. ------- ...ANC SER

. :.,.. i EFOLLOW

PREVEN

= .

I

,

:

:

1

I

STATS 111101.11111

318

32 ti

CITATION: Harder,-ThigerThe Psychopathology of Infanticide

ACTA PSYCFIIATRICA SCANDINAVICA, July 2, 1966, 43(2):196-245

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A study of 19 child slayersshows a predominance of young overourdened parents(usually mothers), financial difficulties, feel-ings of self-reproach, and premeditation amongpersons who kill their children. Men often killtheir wives also, and women often attempt suicideafter slaying a child. The motive of saving thechild by killing it is rejected.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Histories and psychodynamics of19 cases are discussed; (b) A tew Danish studiesof infanticide have been made. They report pro-longed depression among mothers, and a lack ofemotional depth among fathers who slay children.(c) Several statistics of occurrance of infanti-cide and related factors are given.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) In ancient times infanticidewas a parental right; later became a highlypunishable crime; (b) Women are acquitted morefrequently than men. Men are considered morevengeful and dangerous to society by the courts.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zzW(

IMEIMMIIIIIMIIII

I

<zW0

ZzW0

.:

:lc

,_XU.

"1-

z

I

I

1

1

.C:Zolo2:Ew .u.

1

.

-4.-1

<xwta

exw

iI

.J:wt,,,=Ifti .1-

+NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PM OEFIn ;

11-- 111111

r"I

I,TREAT

LEG CON Millii

.

II--

1

.

--1.- 1/1 2t

REFER

ANC SER

ill : 1

.

:

1

.

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 ;

1

1 1

1111111111111111111

1

STATS

CITATION: Hare, Robert D., et at.Psychopathy d Autonomic ConditioningJOURNAL OF ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1971, 77(3) :223 -5

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Psychopaths, in'a test to deter-mine whether anticipatory response could belearned, acquire cardiovascular conditioned res-ponses but not electrodermal ones.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

wwwz0

<

0

Z

0

cc

a

z

x2I20.

:

<!ZolaU4:143

<xtu0 Wx =ImX:

wwce

NON-SPt

: ;

,IN COM

IN INT I',

,

"1--.

,

.4.--1.

ic2C,

-

I

.

-1INDIC

PRB DEF-I-- 1-

I

.01.k

.,.;

0'.

tI

.ACY'

Co

4)41:0

._.

.

TREAT

LEG CONt 1

.

!

*9

(t'

- 4 - -,

REFER

ANC SE P.

...:-

,

-_:-..I,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

v.....1

i.

S

1

i-.

I1

4-

. I

1

.

319

CITATION: Harlow, N. P., et al.The Effect of Rearing Conditions on Behavior

BULLETIN OP THE MENNINGER CLINIC, Sept. 1962, 196(26);213 -24

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Experimentation with rhesus mon-key shows that: (1) infants totally isolated for2 years failed to display appropriate social orsexual behavior when placed for 2 years in jointliving cage; (2) 6 months isolation suggests se-vere but not complete social deficits; (3) partialisolation resulted in behavioral alterations inmany and sexual inadequacy in most monkeys; (4)infants raised by live mothers were more advancedin social/sexual behavior than monkeys raised bycloth surrogate methods. The more complete thesocial deprivation, the more devastating the be-havioral effects.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzwwwmI22wx=:M(

<

0

ZW.0

<

O.

z>CI.

<0W

Z0W

-

<x0

et-XxW

;1-11W

I INON-SP i

,

o i

,

1

IN COM

IN INT-.-

,

-4- --4-

o

.

'c.'

4:1c)

.

i

--INDIC

PRB DEFt-

i

4,

'S.s,

0'.-

0.<(5)v.cg

TREAT

LEG CON -f-i:g

1..

.111111111MEM

....

REFER

ANC SER

....._ ..,

1

o

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

..1_.o

'

.1...

.

STATS

CITATION: Harnett, Arthur L.How We Do ItJOURNAL OF SCHOOL HEALTH, Oct. 1971, 425-426

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): (prevention) Presentation ofeducational program by high school students tograde school students on child molesting.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1).

TARGET POPULATION:

EducatorsGeneral Public

Z

ZW000momwww

GC

ZW

ZZW

< : Zi

>-:>.XiX

*2,...

2

r

Z,...

2

=IMMO1

1

<

Xw x

wmot-

11W

wax.in= : m

-4.

NON-3P IMO:

IN COM

IN INT

:

o

INDIC

PRB DEF

11-4- - - --

i

-1- -4- 4-a

TREAT

LEG CON

11 I

1

o

:

go

a

REFER

ANC SER

11 :

I

:o

I ,

1

o

o

o

FOLLOW

PREVEN

o

:

i

4:

1

.

1

o

,

STATS EMI

320

3 2

CITATION: Harper, Fowler V.The Physician, The Battered Child, and the Law

PEDIATRICS, June, 1963, 31:899-902

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of legislation draftrequiring physicians to report child abuse, re-sulting from 1962 Children's Bureau conferences.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Dcctor as most likely person to bein position to make initial complaint: (b) Doctoras most likely person to identify problem of abuse

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists;Physicians

.1C-

ZwwwXoLlommw.w

4IZZ Z

4Y

Z>x2124iZ0:0

I

4i1-.1'<am

w:xw.w1

id1t"=),

:mMat-

NON -SP . t

I

IN COM 1 I i

IN INT I

INDIC - ..--4..4 - -1 --:

--4- .4- -1-PRB DEF

' 1 1 : :

I

TREAT--4- i- -4--

iLEG CON 4: :

REFER ;

-4-.

-4 : :

ANC SER .

FOLLOW .

. .

PREVEN t 1- 1.- 1- 1-

STATS,

!

. 1

i

.

__L

CITATION: Hatmincton, J. A.Violence: A Clinical 'new PointBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, January 22, 1972, 1:2R8431

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author reviews various theo-ries of violent or aggressive behavior from psy-chology, etiology, biology, and neurophysiology,to develop a perspective on violent behavior,

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): The author includes a discussionof battered children.

MENTION (1):

...

TARGET POPULATION:


Zlezzz»wwwxc5Oo0.

4!Z 4 z

x2mwwwwx0-

40

ZOxEltg:cg2wx=:m4 :-I

ita

NOWSP 1111 ME i

IN COM .

IN INT .

.

..4.. ..:..

.

..1..

..

INDIC

PRD DEF: 21 ,

.

.

.

TREAT .4. -1. .1 .i. .1.

LEG CON :'

REFER 8

1ANC SER -i- -I- I

FOLLOW i : !

"1-

1

PREVEN t.

I-a

i

STATS MN I Min321

32u

CITATION: HartZey, A. I.Identifying the Physically Abused Child

TEXAS MEDICINE, March 1969, 65:20-55

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Report of exploratory study of20 cases of physically abused children to helpphysicians differentiate between an accident vic-tim and the victim of physical abuse.

SECTIONS (3):' (a) Presents data on injuries to 20children; (b) Describes age, sex, race, familyposition, caretaker relationships, etc., of child-ren most likely to be abused; (c) Describes paren-tal attitudes when given diagnosis which are anadditional indicator for the physician to confirmchild abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Historical reference to Kempe and"battered child syndrome."; (b) In Texas, safetyof the child and protection of parent from un-founded accusation are primary legal considera-tions in physician's report.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical. ScientistsPhysicians

zR20i0

:

<1z282La0tia.0

.t

}XQ.

z}X0.

.

14:Z0:02;2WALLA

4XLa(0

eXLLA

1-Jildt.,-,:m=PXXli-

NON-SP 1111.1111.11IN COM ! l: I

IN INT . . .

INDIC.1

ill I

.: :44 4

1

PRB DEF: 31 :

TREAT : . 1

LEG CON I" 11- __i__

REFER I !

.

ANC SER .1-. 1-Ill

:

III

FOLLOW : I '

-t- --PREVEN . 1 .

STATS ; 3: =HI=

CITATION: Ravens, Leston L.Youth Violence and the Nature of Family LifePSYCHIATRY ANNILS, Feb. 1972, 2(21:18-29

MAIN.EMPHASIS (4): Recent evidence about child-abuse has forced clinicians to recognize thesyndrome of family violence. It is no longer pos-

sible to idealize family life.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The dysfunctions in patterns ofchild rearing characteristic of child abusers;(b) Family contributions to mental illness ofchildren and criminality are discussed; (c) Theneed for experimentation with alternate familylife styles, and emphasis on education and serviceto preserve family life.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

.1[zetiwwwmwOOmmwwowm.*-<12

i

;

<

4:

zm22w

C 2

=MI

4x

x

:W: m

:r.Im

NOWSPIN COM

IN INT

:

:.. ...1_.

,

.

..4

INDIC

PRB DEF

I i

:

.

3 1

. .

TREAT

LEG CON

I-t- -4.- -I- -I -I-

REFER

ANC SER

I

,

.

.4-I

.1. :

I

i

FOLLOW

PREVEN

. .

1

:1

11111111=E111111111

I

-1-

I

-:- t.

STATS

322

326

CITATION: Hawke°, D.Crano-cerebral Trauma in Infancy and Childhood

CLINICAL NEUROSURGERY, 1964, 11:66-75

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author describes and clari-fies the various types of head injuries and theappropriate medical management for them.

SECTIONS (3): Closed head injury without skullfractures, simple fracture of the skull, compoundskull fractures, extra cerebral subdural hematomaand the physically abused child are discussed asclarifications of injury,

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

50

i

< :z

ivz011;

<,-E

z).

I

.

<,zvowl!,

i

<;xle%6

.

id

1,7,iix

I:)

NONSP RUM= UI.

IN COM

IN INT111..:..21.....

.

A0C' -

INDIC

PRB DEF.4..111 '

1

. 1 .

'0:165S°'S

i \'

<'"

0c (c.,

TREAT

LEG CON

II942-

- -

REFER

ANC SER

'

FOLLOW ....... ....PREVEN

.. 1 ,

STATS IMINE11.111..11

CITATION: Hazelwood, Arthur L.Child Abuse: The Dentist's RoleNEW YORK STATE DENTAL JOURNAL, May, 1970, 36:289-91

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): To alert dentists to problems

of abuse. Dentists should report suspected cases.

SECTIONS (3): Social characteristics of abusive

families.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) physical abuse, a historicalphenomenon - 1875 "Mary Ellen" case in N.Y.; (b)laws for protection of animals occurred long be-fore those for children; (c) N.Y.'s reporting lawrequires health workers and hospitals to report inorder to protect child and identify disturbedparent who needs help; (d) why M.D.'s hesitate toreport - unfamiliar with problems; litigationfear. effect on practice.

MENTION (1): Signs of abuse: inconsistent history,

malnutrition. burns. Steady increase in N.Y. re-ported cases of abuse -- 1929-1965.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsDentists

z

.t"0

<.I"0

z.

0

oc

IIL

z

IIL

.1

<:z2 : 2W.w

INIMMII:

.

<. ela X0 w

'..i...

..,:w

.1(x!LI ; CCI.).-

'..I..1

NONSP 4

IN COM

IN INT:..:....1..4'

1

INDIC

PRB DEF :

1131 : 2:

TREAT

CON :

.

2;

1

;

.

:

I

2:21

REFERREFER

ANC SER.

.

-4-1

4.4

: :

FOLLOW

PREVEN

. ' . 11 1

1 H.... ...1..". ..r.IMMI111.1111.1

11

.1...STATS

323

327

CITATION: Heins, MarilynChild Abuse - Analysis of a Current Epidemic

MICHIGAN MEDICINE, Sept. 1969, 68(171:887-92

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A study of 164 abused childrenat Detroit General Hospital since 1965, i,e.,large majority of children under 4 years of age,equal number of well cared for as uncared forchildren; mothers usually the abusers, 43% of abu-sers under age 20.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Historical perspective on prob-lem of child abuse; (b) Early institutions es.tablished to protect children; (c) Michigan re-porting law (1969, 1966); (d) Indicator, - vaguehistory, condition of children, x-ray evidence;(e) Tables and statistics on child abuse; (f)Follow-up findings of study, e.g., re abuselikely.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Detroit General Hospital does x-rays, alerts social service and home nursing for

. emergency visits, does not release child fromhospital until safety at home is determined.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzZz>>.00x0.,.tatutazz22wxrlte0

:

aIz

LI t.7

<

0.

z

0.

a

41

z

W 01

_1

la

.j: tu

F-' ce

Z: 1-

NONSP IBERMIIIIIIIMIEi

1

,

.1 .

,

1

.

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

I

-4-:

14-4-41

1

-4-1

-4-:

-4.3:

TREAT

LEG CON

ill--

1

2 !

-1-3

:'I' '-f-

3+REFER

ANC SER

11 I

. 1

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 :

1

3:1

.

.

,

.

1

STATS EllEMBEIMINE

CITATION: Helfer, RayThe Etiology of Child AbusePEDIATRICS, April, 1973, 52(4):777-779

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describing child abuse in termsof: (1) the potential for abuse - parents had .

disastrous rearing experience themselves, parentsisolated and distrustful; non-abusive spouse insome way "permits" other to abuse, parents' con-fused way of looking at child; (2) special kind ofchild - may be in fact different or only perceivedas different; (3) crisis or series of crises.

SECTIONS (3): Must recognize total situation beforeabuse occurs; implications for prevention,

PARAGRAPHS (2): Parents Anonymous - self-help groupfor abusive parents.

MENTION (1):

Ad

TARGET POPULATION:


zZi

zzzr)-00atwwwzz22wpoomo.wwwwzo-az < za

iZ<x

JX

7--.j:tu

1., ,Cr

.-:o =

NON-SP IIIIMMIIIMBEIN COM ;

:--;-- .i. .,.. i.IN INT

INDIC

I.1. .1. .1 .1. ..i.

PRB DEF : 41

TREAT !

LEG CON

II--i.- ..i.- _+. ...i..

REFER:- : ;

ANC SER

FOLLOW.- . - _.:._ __1 i ..1._

:--__L.

PREVEN : 3, ;

STATS MI =WM324

CITATION: Helfer, Ray E.A Plan for Protection: The Child-Abuse Center

CHILD WELFARE, Nov. 1970, 49(9):486-494

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abusers should be treatedby first making the home safe and then returningthat child to the home.

SECTIONS (3): Child abusers had little motheringas children,have few friends, they isolate theirneeds, and expect the child to provide mothering.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Psychodynamic treatment is not practi-cal in large metropolitan area. Referrals - oftenby physicians unable to accept the responsibilityfor the child. The social worker is often nottrained to understand the ramifications of childabuse.

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ<Z<z<Zzzz>.>.00xet;:mwww2X22w>c=Im0 ( 0 a. a. W W (1) w

._,

:w

2, I-

N 0 N. S P 1: iffnumminIN COM

IN INT

IINDIC. __ __...il ..1._

1

...1._:

..._ __.._1

TREAT

LEG CON

i 4:1-

c

!

1. "1-

:1

-t-

REFER

AN SEWill 1:

.

I--

.

-+-'

FOLLOW- ------

PREVEN.III :---- ...4.... -4._ ... .-

STATS

CITATION: Helfer, Ray E., et al.The Battered Child SyndromeADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS, 1968, 15:9-27

MAIN EMPHASIS (4):

SECTIONS (3): (a) Historical: child abuse has beendone to please God as well as a method of rearing;(b) Laws are now being enacted to protect therights of children. They are mandatory and limitliability; (c) Indicators focus on discrepanciesin physical findings, i.e., x-rays, bruises, la-cerations, and available history; (d) Abusers present a wide range of personality types and encom-pass a wide range of child rearing coupled withstresses, i.e., unwanted baby, unemployment, etc.;(e) Case histories are presented at length; (f) Ininitial interview, physician should be nonjudg-ilental, tell parents where to receive help, andkeep the parents informed; (g) Treatment should bemulti-discipline -- social worker, welfare office,police, and school.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): School personnel should be part of themulti-discipline team.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistcBehavioral Scientists

zZ<Z<z<Z4(zzz>.>.00xe,:lxwww2s22wx1:11x0 0 0 O.Q. w.u, o w

._,: w

2.1-

NON.SP IIMEMIIIII111111111IN COM : :

IN INT

I .1.

:

.1.

; -1:-

INDIC

PRB DEF 3:I

TREAT

111

3:

III 11111LEG CON dr i

REFER 1 1

Ill 11111ANC SERI li

FOLLOW 1 1

1

PREVEN

111

11I

.I

STATS =MIMI= :

325

32

CITATION: Helfer, Ray E% and Gil, David G.Physical Abuse of Children

PEDIATRICS, Oat. 1970, 46:651-57

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Unclear criticisms by Helfer ofGil's report (1969) on child abuse; Gil's responsein own defense. Concerned with how much abuseoccurs in U.S. and whether research should con-tinue to.be directed to this problem. Gil's studycited under references.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Helfer's estimate of incidence ofabuse in U.S. between 30,000 and 50,000 per year.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZZww0

QZ0

ZZw0

4 Z>. >.X xO. Ct.

4:Z°I°2:2W : la

Xw(/)

iiixla

ir71,

I..

enM.;ceI 1 l'

NON-SP 4 .11111.=1.111IN CCM ,

.

IN INT ,

INDIC

PRB DEF 1111111111 :

TREAT

LEG CON:

REFER

ANC SER

11...L.

.

:

.

I

;

MIFOLLOW 11 :

.

4-1

4.1

.;._

PREVEN .

STATS EMMENEllan

CITATION: Henderson, Ronald W.Environmental Predictors of Academic Performance of Disadvantaged

Mexican-American ChildrenJOURNAL OF CONSULTING AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY. April 1972. 38(2):297

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Results of investigation to de-termine whether interrelationships between environ-mental process variables and intellectual perform-ance are stable over time. Scores of 35 childrenof Spanish-speaking families (who participated inoriginal investigation into interrelationships)suggest predictive relationships between environ-mental characteristics and performance on readingachievement tests. Implications noted for familycounseling and parent education.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

z zz

zz0UI

z0UI

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW......

PREVEN

STATS

326

3 ki

CITATION: Henry, C. S.Motivation in Non-voluntary Clients

SOCIAL CASEWORK, Peb.-March 1958, 130-138

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors describe a number oftechniques and strategies they have developed toovercome problems in casework treatment of "hardto reach" families who are neglecting or abusingtheir children or whose children have other prob-lems.

SECTIONS (3): Concrete suggestions for interview-ing techniques, home interviewing, joint inter-views, overcoming anxiety of the social worker tointruding and difficulties in communication areincluded. Services to be provided children arediscussed. The particular problems exhibited incommunication with the families is also discussed

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

Target Population:


zZZwLI

i

<lzZ:Zw,w6.2i (7

.c

)...xa.

z)-xa.

<02W

z02W

xwU)

..10.xw

,;id

,_ce0.IIxX .1-

NON.SP 1=1.111111 illIN COM

IN INT

1 ..I..I

INDIC

PRB DEF

II ...4.El .

.:-11

TREAT

LEG CON

Nim__:__

I :

Lon;

-7--REFER

rAN( SER 1-11.-- .--4 EnFOLLOW

kEVEN--1 ; --1 -.

.

--...1 INSTATS NM=

CITATION: Hepner, R., et al.

Growth Rate, Nutrition Intake, and "Mothering" as Determinants ofMalnutrition in Disadvantaged Children

NUTRITION REVIEWS. Oct.. 197_2. 29001:219-23

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors present the resultsof a study of the factors of growth rate, nutri-tional intake, and adequacy of mothering and theireffects on malnutrition in children. They foundthat "adequate mothering" is protective to thechild under the combined stress of rapid growthand low-quality food intake, and that "inadequatemothering" precipitates malnutrition in the rapidlygrowing child even with more adequate and morebalanced nutrient intake.

SECTIONS (3): Special attention is focused on thefactors in family environment that increase theprobability of maternal or physical neglect.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZ

wwwxxezwx=:crWot.200.0-wwinlax.1-

IIMMIK11.11111

111111111F--1111111111

111-11

4zz z,-

a z<

I

--1.- 1111111111-1--

11111111111111

z<

:

e

,

d.cr

1(7)1

!

NOWSP

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

LEG CON I -I-- -i-.REFER

ANC SER .

FOLLOW

WOli fi 'I 7"I

-1--

:

--I--

JTATS EN I =My327

331

CITATION: Hepworth, PhilipLooking at Baby Battering: Its Detection and Treatment

CANADIAN WELFARE, 1973, 49(4) :13 -15, 25

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): (Non-specific) Better organizedapproach to child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Indicators/problem definition.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Treatment: Necessity of more op-tions for children removed from home, i.e., resi-dential homes.

MENTION (1): (a) undocumented statistics on scopeof abuse; (b) necessity of follow-up to reducemortality; (c) proposed amendment to Criminal Codeof Canada; (d) legal history of Britain's ChildrenAct 1948; (e) "Index of Suspicion" should be usedto prevent abuse.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists(Social Workers), Adminis-trators and Lawmakers

<<Zw0

W000.

Z<Zw X

Z

Xmw

<

E

Z

2ww

<xw

exwx.1.-

tItim

..,

wm

NON -SP I4: Mill : II41-

IN COM

IN INT..; -- -1-

:-1

.

INDIC

PRB OEF

31

ii.- -4 --

I

'4.-

I

-i-I

-T"

TREAT

LEG CON

11 2:

1 :

-.--

:

.

1

,

:

.

1:

.4

REFER

ANC SER

1

-:-1

-.4

1

.4.

1

.

:

.

.:-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1:1:

-.1.-:

,

-4-.

.

,:,

.

L

STATS BM : 111111111

CITATION: Herre, Ernest A.Aggressive Case Worker in a Protective Service UnitSOCIAL CASEWORK, June 1965, 130-138

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes the operation andphilosophy of the Milwaukee County Department ofPublic Welfare's Protective Service.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Authors argue that an aggressiveoutreach approach is necessary; (b) Describes theorigins and development of the Protective Servicesunit.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Authors argue an optimisticapproach is necessary in multi-problem families;(b) The use of a home maker and the integrationof public health services as part of treatmentare mentioned

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavior Social Workers

za

ww000mz

tax

< z

x2Etamw

zOxWu)

<.JaxIwx.I.m

; ,. w

F., IXtn.

-

NON.SP MIMI :

IN COM

IN INT

:

...

:

....4

:

..i_.

'

._ ..

INDIC

PRB OEF.i.

,

..1__ .J.-

TREAT

LEG COWU

1 1

REFER

il7C SFR 2 Ill -1- Ill.zi

.

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN .

ERE.11111...1,

I 1

.

'

STATS

328

CITATION: Rerrs, Ernest A.A Community Mobilises to Protect its Children

PUBLIC WELFARE, April 1965, 93-7

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of demonstrationproject for handling A/N cases in Milwaukee Countythe "Protective Service Unit." Its functions in-clude: (1) emergency services; (2) long-termtreatment responsibility; (3) coordination of com-munity service efforts; (4) consultant to otherdivisions of Department of Public Welfare. Work-ing philosophy of unit described; basics of theirtreatment approach includes aggressive outreach.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Brief history of efforts inMilwaukee County to develop protective program forchildren; (b) Advisory committee of the unit:functions as coordinator between the Unit and thecommunity; (3) Case history presented.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Agencies which receive initial complaints and refer them to the Unit are discussed.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

ZZZ)>0:0xet;illLa0

:

412

La(

La0

<

S=Q.

z

a-

41Z

M 12wit.)

4

ww

xW

JiLli

--;CCx.1-

:..)N-SP 3 : =RE= 1

IN COM

IN INT

111 '

-t. -4- -4- -.- -i-

INDIC

PRB DEF

1 ..4.is .

..4.-,

..4-. --i..

TREAT

LEG CON

'

-4-

.

-4-

.

4- 4-'

REFER

ANC SER

.

..V..

...i..i 4 I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :

1

:

-r-1

4-1

1

-:- 1-

1

STATS 1111=11.11..1111

CITATION: Hessel, Samuel J.Rights of Parents and ChildrenNEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, July 16, 1970, 283:156-157

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discusses registration of highrisk, abused, or neglected children; and the"guilty 'til proven innocent" attitude toward theparent, which is stigmatizing and hard to provelegally. Daniel S. Rowe defends his prior article.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Letter questions provisions forparental information and consent to registry,power of parent to appeal and the focus on lowerSES groups who must resort to emergency room treat-ment rather than private M.D. Rowe responds that

intervention is focused on child protection, notprosecution.

MENTION (1): Need for early intervention is pre-sented.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZz»00<et:.:Mwiaiaz0000.D.w.a.n

4Z<Z124

INEMEIMIII.zZ2.4i

-4-- -4- -.-

xLa

:-,8141

'zICCz..-

+-

NOrlSP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF 1

-I.

:

-i.

1

.i.

'

-:-

'

--i-

'

TREAT

LEG CON

2

4,-1t-

.

-i- +-"i- 4-

REFER

ANC SER

1

"I"

.

"1" "I" "1

FOLLOW

PREVEN :1

'T'

:

I-:

1-

.

r

STATS 111.11.111111111

329

33 '

CITATION: Hick, John F., et al.Sudden Infant Death Syndrome and Child Abuse

PEDIATRICS, July 1973, 52:147-48

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Within context ofSteinscheider's research on prolonged apnea andthe sudden infant death syndrome, John Hick sug-gests possibility of child abuse was not exploredfully. Steinscheider refutes.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

QQZ<zwwwZi221....x-m00Z

Inal=1111111.111.1

z

LI

.

z>- >-

Q.Q.

QZ40wwwwl

.4..

0

,

x

.4..

13.1 ,,,,"

.1..

w

ac

1-

'

NOWSP 4

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF1

1

,

TREAT

LEG CON

:

-:-

a

-I-

:

1-1

-i. 1-

REFER

ANC SER: :

, .

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN4

.

..t..,

..i..

.

..i-

STATS 111.1.111....

CITATION: Hill, Lewis B.Infantile PersonalitiesAmerican Journal of Psychiatry, Dec. 1952, 102

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A detailed description of themanifestations of infantile personalities withsome consideration given to etiology. In general

not specific to abuse/neglect.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Many infantile personalities nothealthily loved as babies - mothur may have beenoverprotective stemming from he feelings of re-

jection of the baby.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists;Psychiatrists

z«ZWLIOLImata.

zw

IIMEMIUME111111111

zzW

,

.

.t>-z

z>-

I

'1

a :z0:02:2

1

wwwi.1-

1

<xw

It

x

,

.

I

-1IL,t1

mi-*:-

l'=x

.

.

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

I .1

. 1

11111 1 :

:

TREAT

LEG CON

II -:

!-- -i-'

i-'

-i- -I-i

REFER

ANC SER -I' -1..

FOLLOWPR EVEN

. 1

.

IIMMIEM11.11

1

1

1

.

STATS

330

CITATION: Hiller, H. G.Battered or Not - A reappraisal of Metaphyseal FragilityAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ROENTGENOLOGY, RADIUM THERAPY AND NUCLEAR MEDICINEFeb. 1972, 114:241-46

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Metaphyseal fragility may not beabsolute evidence of physical abuse but rather maybe evidence of underlying bone defect. Conclusionof 2 year rtcrospective study at Royal Children'sHospital (Victoria, Australia), 145 fractures re-viewed.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) historical review, 1946, Caffeycoined term metaphyseal fragility; Silverman in1953 connected this phenomenon with physicalabuse; (b) radiological diagnosis - epiphysicalplate fractures as indication of abuse; (c) bonefragility present in scurvy and rickets whichcould be cause of fractures rather than trauma.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zIC

2wwwIx212Lux$2;:x

4122

:

2<>-

Z>-

4:20:0

4x 6!

i-1Ita1-1`4

0 0 0 0. 0. 0 . Lu 0 ta X , I-

NON-SP 113111=11111IN COM I I 1

IN INT- - --

-4.--1

"1"

INDIC--

i

-4-

0 ;

'--4.-

I

-1-

,

-4- -4.PRB DEF

: 4 1 1 2 :

TREAT: _i. .1. 4.. ..i..

LEG CON

REFER 1 1 . .

ANC SERI

FOLLOW 1 1

PREVEN..i_. ..i.. ..i.-

STATS .11...111111.11

CITATION: Hiller, Renate B.The Battered Child - A Health Visotor's Point of ViewNURSING TIMES, Oct. 2, 1969, 65:1265-66

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Treatment allows parents to ver-balize their stresses and strains, emphasizes notplacing the child in danger. Describes colleaguesupport for the worker.

SECTIONS (3): Abusers may have any one or a combina-tion of these problems: mothers see babies asrivals; family lives in isolation from rest ofcommunity; high expectation of performance.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z:.0

ZwwwIX2:2LuxszIce00omaw.wouJI.1.-

4z

1111.11.111111.11.

ZZ

<,-.

Z>.

1

4:Z0:0

4x e

1-11W

t:m

NONSPIN COM------ . .. .

: ME :

..1..

IN INI1

INDIC '

i i.

.

PRB DEF i i

TREAT 4:-4- -4-

.

-4.

.

--;-LEG CON

REFER :

1.

ANC SER "1-1 .

:

FOLLOW :

. 1 1

,

PREVEN .

1

-I --i--1

-I-

STATS EMI" : Ell331

33.:

CITATION: Hirschberg, J. Cotter, et al.Termination of Residential Treatment of Children

CHILD WELFARE, Oct., 1970, 49(8):443-47

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Residential treatment termina-tion is viewed from the standpoint of the parentwho see residential treatment as a means towardhelping the child and not a cure.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) children's.anxiety over termination is both inevitable and necessary. Children,no matter how successful the treatment, will feelabandoned; (b) parents must consciously accept thechild change; (c) parents feel anger toward theresidential staff for the feeling of rejection and

abandonment.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


FOLLOW......

PREVEN

CITATION: Hoffman, MartinPower Assertion by the Parent and its Impact on the Child

CHILD DEVELOPMENT, 1960, 31:129-143

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The use of unqualified powerassertion on children leads to hostility, powerneeds, increased autonomy needs from peers andfrom permissive authority figures.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (11:

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOWPREVEN

STATS

TARGET POPULATION:-


z

z zz

zUJ

-xo.

z

Io.

0202

XUJtn

o.

w

UIcc

; cex

332

336

CITATION: HofPnan, Martin L., et al.Parent Discipline and the Childfa Moral Development

JOURNAL OF PERSONALITY AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1967, 5:5-57

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of a study evaluatingmoral development of 7th grade children. Parentaldiscipline techniques were characterized as:power assertion, love withdrawal, and focusing onconsequences of child's actions for others (induc-tion). Advanced moral development was usuallyassociated with infrequent use of power and asser-tion among middle class sample.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZui0

;412ZlzLiq uio:o

t>.Ia.

z>.Ia.

<,xl<,x010212WW

4xwv

aXW

1

1-1Lutv-

'aimm.t-

NONSP MIMI= 1 MIIN COM I

IN INT- -

INOIC ' .

PRB DEF-t - -4

.

-

c\AI yco<,,c., cTREAT

0* 'COLEG CON

REFER+0C,40e -.:-.. ....!--

ANC' SER:-..

1

FOLLOW I 1 I

PREVEN . . .

STATS E. U

CITATION: Holder, A. E.Child Abuse and the PhysicianJOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, Oct. 23, 1972, 222(4) :517-18

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author reviews recent legaldecisions in which medical testimony played a rolein conviction and incarceration of child abusers.

SECTIONS (3): Case examples are used to illustratethe trend.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Statistics which document that mostchild abuse victims are infants and high probabil-ity they will be killed if intervention does notoccur after the first incident.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Practitioner

Z

ZZZ>->.00xtaouommwwowx.1-.

.

Lu w s 2 2

--,

we.x

1

-1

,I: : ccl'-' :w

NOWSP 3

INN.111/1+1

=1U$I

-'" ;

.

IN COM

IN INT

INOIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

III :

1

:

I

I

,9

REFER

ANC SER

'-4-

I

-4-I.

1

-.4-9

.

.

:3

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

1

.

.

1

.

,

I

.

.

STATS 1 11111111111111111H1111011

333

337

CITATION: Holland, J. G.The Influence of Previous Experience and Residual Effects of

Deprivation of Hoarding in the RatJOURNAL OP COMPARATIVE AND PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1954, 47:244-7

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Studying the effects of depri-vation and prior history on the hoarding behaviorof rats in the laboratory situation, the resultsindicated that prior learning of hoarding behaviorsignificantly increases future hoarding behaviorin rats.

SECTIONS (3): The author discusses the instinct vs.learning theories of hoarding behavior. The studyis interpreted as supporting learning theories ofhoarding.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

zzz>->-0:0xe,1--:mwwwxx2:2taxrz:Ex0

<

0

Z

0

..,c

a.

z

a.

..c,Z

up w

<

of w

Jlw

1.,--

NON-SP ;

IN COM

IN INT-4--

I

-.1..

c-'

43

'--"

Aco

6-

.

4.....1

1 . .

INDIC

PRB DEF

II

4.1

(Vcr C(c),'

.

:

.o5t

(c.9.

TREAT

LEG CON

.

.

:

\k

Ci..

"..

REFER

ANC SER ---.

FOLLOWPREVEN

.

i-,

1-------r

1

-1.

I

1

r

STATS

CITATION: Holmes, S. A., et al.Working with the Parent in Child Abuse CasesSOCIAL CASEWORK, Jan., 1975, 3-12

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors derive their adviceon the treatment of abusive parents from a studyof an experience with the problem of child abuse.Aspects of treatment discussed are: developing arelationship, defining precipitating factors, un-derstanding rage, parenting the parent, educatingthe parent, expanding life satisfactions, modify-ing the parents' behavior, isolation, placement,and agency interrelationships.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case examples are used to illus-trate the points made: (b) Child abuse is definedand the general characteristics of abusive parentsare outlined; (c) The article describes how thestaff.of the agency formed a study group to readtexts, study case examples, and discuss how to beeffective caseworkers.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The problems encountered in the ini-tial interview are discussed and suggestions madeabout how tu overcome them.

MENTION (1): The classic case of Mary Ellen who ::aschained to her bed and beaten.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z;.i..

Zw0

<Zw0!0

Zzw

<>-..2:2wa.

zy.

a.

i.2:2010w:ta

<x

of

e.53,w

; Jita,:m

m..--

NO"-SP : 3

IN COM

IN INT

:

: 2 I

INDIC

PRB DEF

I

'

-4-:

2 1-4-4 1

'

.4-

:

,

.1- ..4.

TREAT

LEG CON

:

:

4; ;

:

1

REFER

ANC SER

I

-1-2 i

--4--'

- - + --41

OLLOWPREVE14

.

1

i

UlSTATS

334

CITATION: Hater, Joan C., et al.Child Abuse: Early Case Findings in the EMergenoy Department

PEDIATRICS, July, 1968, 42(1):128138

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of two week survey ofchildren under 6 admitted to emergency room foraccidents--possibility of early identification of"high risk" population and intervention throughservices of emergency department (U. of RochesterMedical Center).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Statistics from research studyrelated to suspected abuse cases, accidents fromneglect; (b) 7 "accident" case histories, 5 ofwhich were suspected abuse or accidents from neg-lect; (c) Family situations in suspected abuse andneglect groups; (d) Description/definition of ac-cidents in terms of high risk and low risk.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Physical indications of abuse;(b) Interviewing for "stresses" in family, forhistory of injuries.

MENTION (1): (a) Necessity of directing emergencydepartment toward preventive/protective services;(b) Public health nurse should routinely visit"high risk" homes--treatment.

TARGET POPULATION:

Social Workers;Physicians

4zW0

.

.

(IZz'ztaiga("ea

4>XO.

tr,

>XO.

4!20:0212Ulla

44w0

cl.

xuJ

L-

I=X

wWCr

F-

NON-SP 4 En , mon-I- -i. i-

.

IN cOM

IN INT

!

.t. -1

INDIC

PRB DEF

III 2 i mil : ,

TREAT

LEG CON :

REFER

ANC SER

....

.1 .

.

.:4_

FoLLOw

PREVEN

iI

.4..,

I.4.

.

.

I.4.

.I

STATS 3 imilligimil Ell

CITATION: Halter, Joan C., et al.Principles of Management in Child Abuse CasesAMERICAN JOURNAh OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY, Jan., 1968, 38:127

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abuse: discussion ofteam-diagnosis approach at hospital.

SECTIONS (3): (a) New York State Child Abuse Law(July 1, 1964); (b) Treatment--roles of medicalsocial worker ds coordinating services, profes-sional case worker; (c) U. of Rochester MedicalCenter's policy on reporting child abuse; (d) Twocases of child abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Interviewing techniques with abusivparents.

MENTION (1): Fortana's "maltreatment syndrome."

335

33)

TARGET POPULATION:


4Zwww2222wx=ce0

<z0

Zz(

4>.

Q.

z,-Q.

<0w

Z0w

xU)

El

w

1-1.ta,,,.- :ix

z . r-

NON-SP 3: IIII : MEMIN COM

IN INT111 3'

2 :

A __:__ .

"1INDIC

PRB DEF ill tii- 0 ---,-- --,--:

--4,--TREAT

LEG CON

i31'- -:- -1- -1--

REFER

ANC SER

i ;,

I

--4- .

1

.1.

..4.,

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN:

.

1..i.. 1..i.. . I..-STATS ....1111111111

1

CITATION: Hopkins, JoanThe Nurse and the Abused Child

NURSING CLINICS OF NORTH AMERICA, Dec., 1970, 5(4):589-98

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Nurses ideally suited to diag-nose, prevent, treat the abused child and family.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Characteristics of abdsingparents with case illustrations; 0) Prevention- -symptoms of potential abusers a nurse can identify(c) Interviewing techniques with parents; (d)Treatment of abusive parent--teaching child-'rearing and mothering.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Team approach helpful in dealingwith child abuse.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists;

Nurses

zZZLausuixx2:2Lax=:oo0

<

LI

ZZLo

<>.

a.

Z).a.

l< : Z0 1 0W: UJ

ctxVI

ri!

W

.

:W,,,1- : ce

I . 1-

NONSP 4 IMERIMME 1

IN COM

IN INT

:

:

t

3.

.

. .

.

.

.

.

INDIC

PRB DEF

111 '

-4-:

:

-1-3

1

-4-1

-4-.

TREAT-- ... ,z--:.LEG t.01;

--I--I.

2e--1.

--e--,.

--e--1

.

---i-31

.

REFER

ANC SER:

I

:

1

:

:1

.

:

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

I : 1 I 1 1

..« ---4-- 4-- -4.-: J-1--

1

111111...1.11111STATS

CITATION: Hoshino, George, et al.Administrative Discretion in the Implementation of Child

Abuse LegislationCHILD WELFARE, July, 1973, 52(7):414-424

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): That there is a great deal ofadministrative discretion in the visiting, pro-posing and implementation of chld abuse laws.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Newspaper coverage of child abusegets the ball rolling for action; (b) Investigatiois necessary within the first 24 hours of abuse inorder to obtain a conviction.

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public;Social Workers

a,.0

!

a i z,i,.:we.Lo

1:

a>,o.

z,.xo.

=MEM<02W

z02W

4xwco

exW

..

L7. =,:mIceS.1'

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

I :

-:-.

--1.-:

1

-i-1

:

-:-.f..

1

INDIC A

.

!,

.

,

.

.

TREAT-- ..... --.

LEG CON

'

- . -

4:-.1.-- ._. .1..-- .1..

REFER

ANC SER

1111111 :

.

1

:

.

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ill :

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1 1

1

.

MIKSTATS MINE m

336

3 ")

CITATION: Howells, John G.The Psychopathologies of Hard-Core Families

AMERICAN JOURNAL OP PSYCHIATRY, April 1966, 122:1159-1164

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): 24 problem families were treatedand studied to prove that social problems are aresult of individual pathology.

SECTIONS (3): Treatment approaches are suggested,including many choices of psychotherapeutic in-tervention, day care, and involvement with healthycommunity role models. (Neglect included).

PARAGRAPHS (2): An overwhelmed mother whose prob-lems had multiple manifestations, including childneglect, was described.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzz>>00xmLi.www00c26.

.icz<zor

1111.1.111.1111111

z

.

xm22wxaututvtutz.i-

1

z

1

4 J

..i

itc2

;-.Im

-1-

NON-SP

IN INT

INDIC

PR8 DEF. . . I

TREAT

LEG CON

111-.I=

2

.

.

-. .I.

1

.

--. i-

.

.

-t-.

REFER

ANC SER

II :

o

:

i

I

I1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11

.1111....N.I

*

1

I

4.

:4

I

.

:

t 4

.

STATS

CITATION: Howells, J. G., et al,Separation Experiences and Mental HealthLANCET, Aug. 6, 1955, 285-288

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A group of neurotic children anda control group of healthy children were found tobe very similar regarding separation experiencesand the differences were minor. Separation maycause suffering but it does not in most cases leadto mental illness. Separation can be eased by

making use of a relative or friend. Deprivationsprings most commonly from inadequate parentalcare.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

zzz..00xeA:wwwmx2Ew,m00ommwtaowx.1-

..(z<z<cz,;

!dm

NONSP I!

:

. .

1

IN COM....-

IN INT

:

4

''.'

.10

..

.

ic2

G

.

.

...

.

INOIC

PR8 DEF

'c

.#i..V.-

i5"e.:1

TREAT

LEG CON-t-

4'

S

MIIIMMINIE

_REFER

ANC SER

.

..:.-

.

..:-.1

.

FOLLOW -_ ..

'FIREVEN.

:

.

STATS:

.337

CITATION: Hudson, P.How to Set up a No-Budget Battered Child Program

JOURNAL OF THE MEDICAL SOCIETY OF NEW JERSEY, June 1973, 70(61:441-42

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author describes the be-ginning efforts of a small group of professionalsto publicize the problem of child abuse and toinitiate a voluntary coordinating and service re-source to children abused by their parents. The

major barrier was found to be a reluctance bypeople to believe in abuse.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POMP' ON:

Medical Scientists

...Z i

zzz>->-00x1,7wwwwmz22tax=:m0

<I

0

Z

0

cr

a.

z

a.

4c

w

z

w

<

m w

._,:w

i .1-

IIIIINON-SP UMW.:

IN COM

IN INT

:

-:- -4-- .1. -4 --1".

INDIC

PRB DEF

I '

--4.-:

.

.:..

4 1

1

.4.,

4_ __:-.,

TREAT

LEG CON

I-r-

1

-I- r -f .

REFER

ANC SER

III--

:

, . ,

'

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

r-

1

I

- 4-

I

-4- 4

STATS IMMBEIMIEll

CITATION: Hyman, Clare A.

I.O. of Parents of Battered BabiesBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, Dec. 22, 1973, 4:739

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Abusing mothers are not sub-normal in overall intelligence but do score low inverbal ability, due to withdrawal.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION;


z4izzz>->-00xe,I7,:wwwwmz2Ewx=:m0

a

0

z

0

<

a.

Z

a.

<

w

Z

w

4

cn w

,_,:w

z ,I-

NON.S0 mil :

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

;

4 --

.4.--,

-4,"

-4.

1

1

.1. .4-

1

4.1

TREAT

LEG CON

III I

-r-1

.

:

.

.

-4-,

:

--r-,

REFER

ANC SER

111 I

1:

-.1

I

1. ":'1

.

I"

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 :1

I

1

1

.«...

1

«

STATS 1111111H11 IMII

338

3'2

CITATION: Illinois Medical JournalReport Suspected Child.Abuse

ILLINOIS MEDICAL JOURNAL, June, 1972, 587

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Reporting law requires report ofabuse or death due to abuse within 24 hours andgrants imilaTy to the reporter.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Reported abuse is up but number ofdeaths is lower. This may reflect better report-ing and protection.

MENTION (1): (a) The department of children andfamily services is required to investigate, offer_protection, and provide rehabilitation; (b) Re-porting is essential since there is the potentialof abuse of other children in families with onereportedly abused child.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzZz>.;).604ettf2wwwx.x22.axlamaoact..a.tatacnia

Clz: :

.dz < z 4

IF-

-,

NON.SP 11111.11.1111.11111IN .COM

IN INT

1.. 41t... .: . . r. .1.

INDIC 111 ' : : : :

PRB DEF 1 1 : : :

TREAT 11 '

--4 --1 : : :-:- '..i.

LEG CON

REFER : 1 1 : :

ANC SER :...-1-- .1. :1

:.

FOLLOW 11 : i :

PREVEN 1 . . .

STATS Mill...1.1

CITATION: Ingraham, Franc D., et al.Subdural Homatoma in Infancy and ChildhoodJOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOC., 1939, 112(3):198-204

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case studies which depict intra-cranial hemorrhage with formation of subdural he-matomas. Conditions occur more frequently in theundernourished, and in the majority of instancesthere is trauma. A wide variety of neurologicaltreatments are offered.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<<Zzta

CI

zW0

zlaCI

.4

.Ia.

z).Ia.

i

.4:z

0:0212la . ia

,xlau)

eXw

id

ts:=T-1 i MI I-

11111

"

-- --

N 0 *SP REM=IN COM

IN INT.1. .4.

. !

:I I

A.f*

C)

-

INDIC

PRB DEF4

11 A. ._.

.

0

0'

'<"'

(<5)

,IZ'' .COTREAT

LEG CON

II

450PqREFER

ANC SER

.

.

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

STATS Einllill

339

3.43

CITATION: Ireland, William H.A Registry on Child Abuse

CHILDREN, May -June, 1966, 13(3):113-115

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A central registry on childabuse can provide data useful in designing effec-tive methods of control.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Reference to Illinois ChildAbuse Act 1965 setting up central registry; (b)Statistics from first 9 months of operation inIllinois.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ

Wwwz2:2Luxu)--'1%o

<zo

Z

W=o

<

o..

z

a.

i< : Z

Lulu,

<<u)

eW

1

1-1swrim

xh-

NONSP 111111111111111.1111/..

1

..4..

:

...4....4..

.

1

.

1

IN COM.. -----IN INT

INDIC

PR DEF

'

1

0 .4...i......1.-I

TREAT

LEG CON

1 :

'

1

.

1

1.

REFER------ --.ANC SER

11 :."--.

1

1."...

1

..;..

.

.

-.L..

1

...L.1

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :

1

: '

.

1

.

.

STATS 2 11111111111111H1111111111111

CITATION: fryine,

erruni,mtlor and Relationship in Social casework.00TAL f:AaEWORK, January, 1955

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): General discussion of communica-*ion in terms of developing a relationship between

-t and worker and in terms of the ordering(i.e., form and order) of that relation-

ship, ..e., shaping and ordering the client's flowof experience.

SECTIONS (3): (a) relating to clients; (b) relatingto informants, i.e., third party whose help issought to understanding client; (c) relating tothe social work student; (d) relevance for protec-tive services; (e) ue of intexpretation and theprofessional's relationship 'tole in changingclient's attitudes.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z7<2zzz).,..00<etImwwwzz22w<=:;ctU' c.,

1111.11111111111111(9

<2

a. a.

<2

W W

<

u) W

:-.1,w

I.1-

NONSP 4

IN COM

IN INT

III ME :

--,..,

:

- -:--

.

..L.,

INDIC

PRB OEF

s..4....4....,:._

's

1

1.

1

I

TREAT

LEG CON

OMi .

-i-1

+.

+ -I-

REFER

ANC SER

1

.4.41

4.i.I

4

:I

4

a i.4

FOLLOWPREVEN

111-

1

44,44

1I

.44.i$

1

1

,4

STATS ...111.111..111

31 340

CITATION: Isaacs, Jacob L.The Law and the Abused and Neglected Child

PEDIATRICS, April, 1973, 51(11):783-9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of New York reportinglaws and the Child Protective Proceedings (FamilyCourt Act) which provides for processing of abuse/neglect cases on a civil basis. (a) medical pro-fessionals, social workers, school personnel re-quired to report suspected cases - not subject toliability if acting in good faith. (b) Abuse/neglect joined in single proceeding; petitionstarts proceeding; abuse cases heard in separatepart of Family Court; lawyer appointed to repre-sent child; 2 stages: fact finding and disposi-tional, law of evidence changed.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Penal law: abuser subject toprosecution but criminal sanction ineffective in

preventing abuse or protecting child while legalproceedings pending; (b) 1969 law ruling that ifperson uses drugs = prima facie evidence of neglec

PARAGRAPHS (2): By law: initial complaint to CityDepartment of Social Services but medical per-sonnel can notify designated person in hospital -oral report followed by written report in 48 hours.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

LawyersMedical Scientists

zZzwww0

<-0

Zz0

A>-

IO.

z>-ZE2u,0.

<0Ul:tu

Z0

<x

col

ex=:cttai

-.1:W,i- :cc

MO

NON-SP UIUII*-1-

1

-i- -I-

IN COM

IN INT

:

-:-

INDIC

PRB DEF

II '

.;.

1

IN :

..1._.

.;__'

--i..

.

TREAT

LEG CON

11 '1_ + _I_ _1-

REFER

ANC SER;

.

4- 4-. .

-- --

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :

1

-,-1

41

.

1

-4-

$

4-

STATS IMBRIEMEMMI

CITATION: Isaacs, SusannaEmotional Problems in Childhood and Adolescence: Neglect,

Cruelty, and BatteringBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, 1972, 3:224-226

MAIM EMPHASIS (4): The author argues that an unemo-tional, non-accusing non-punishing approach to theproblem of child abuse is warranted and desirableat the present time.

SECTIONS (3): The author discusses the personalitydisorder that leads to abuse of children.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Clues in the diagnosis of abuse arementioned.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

aZwww00011

:

.2:ZZ Z

4}I

ZYZEZwx=,mmw

A

0ZOxwm

<.Jamwx.1--um

JW

p. IX

NON-SP MUMIN COM

IN INT-1--

!

-1-- - - --i --

INDIC

PRB DEF

11 4

I

:

1

MI :

TREAT

LEG CON: __i__ ..i._ +-

REFER-ANC SER

-- ---111 :

.

......

1

....- ......

...-.

FOLLOW

PREVEN.

11 :

.

f-:

-I-I

-t- r

STATS ..11.11.1111

341

34

CITATION: Isaacs, SusannaPhysical Ill-Treatment of Children

LANCET, Jan., 6, 1968, 1:37-8

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case studies which show thatmaltreatment is often a result of long-standingemotional problems within the family and thechild.

SECTIONS (3): Treatment - involves psychotherapy;includes child abusers, temporary separation,emergency numbers.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Statistics: depicts age and type ofinjury involved.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

aaz<zzw0

zw(.9

inzwa

,_xXM:Mwxcca.

4

,a.

:

1

tz:z0:0w,www

MIMI

<x a ...,:.

w.w

=.7. .o-

NONS P

IN COM

IN INT

1111111 :

RBI DEF

ill

111111111111-711111-

:

-I-

1111111111111111111111111

MEM

g

,IMI ER

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SERFOLLOW

PREVEN 111111111111111111--!--11111STATS

CITATION: Isaacson, Edward E.The Emotionally Battored ChildPEDIATRICS, 1966, 523

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An appeal to "tune in" on emo-tional battering of the child.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zazwwwzrZtax=cc000a

.

aizZz

<>

z>00xawwow

a z Q172

I--1-3.w

,i-

:Q

Itl-

NON.SP 111111111 4 : ; IIIN COM

IN INT

INOIC

PRB DEF 1-- Ill :

LEGTREATCON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOWP-REVEN

1111111111..

--r-

STATS 1111111111111111H1111011111011

346342

CITATION: Jackson, GrahamChild Abuse Syndrome: The Cases We Miss

BRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, June, 24, 1972, 2:756-7

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Report on random survey of 100 .

case records of two British hospitals--18 casesof probable child abuse turned up. Indicationsof abuse were: children all under age 2, defaultson follow-up appointments, delay in going to hos-pital, discrepancy between clinical findings andparents' history, possibility of victim being un-wanted. Findings suggest incomplete diagnosticprocedures in hospitals and probable lack ofawareness of signs of abuse among hospital per-sonnel.

SECTIONS (3): Charts and tables.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

2W0

!

.12212la' la0 : LI

IIMMIllanin:

.c)-2o.

z)-2o.

iX:Z0102'2w : w

_,..

xM

IN

e6

-,IW

I-:McnE:r.

,

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF1.

I

MITREAT

LEG CON

II :

-7- -7

REFER

ANC SER

.

-:- .4 11111 IIIFOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :

1

1111111111111111111111111

-i-I

_4.

STATS 3

CITATION: Jacobucci, L.Casework Treatment of the Neglectftil MotherSOCIAL CASEWORK, April, 1965, 221-226

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author provides a number ofsuggestions as to the role of the case worker intreatment of the neglectful mother, including pro-viding her with maternal care when possible.

SECTIONS (3): The characteristics of the mother asthey relate to implications for case work approachand treatment.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Homemaker services are suggested asa useful supplement to case work.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z<ZW0

..

ctiZZ:zw,.0.0

IIME1111111111111

<>xa

z)-

Ia

i<:Z0:02:2w:w

1

cr

xwto

aXw

--1.w

t:m:m

X.1-

NON-SP

1111111IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

I111111111--:--1

TREAT

LEG CON

IIII

:4 :

.

REFER

ANC SER

.

: 2

.

:

IN :

.

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

,

-4-,

1111111111111

-.7_.

__i_ -'-7

STATS

343

31'1

CITATION: Jacoby, Arthur, P.Transition to Parenthood: A Reassessment

JOURNAL OF MARRIAGE AND TEE FAMILY, Nov., 1969, 720-727

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Not directly related to childabuse/neglect. Discussion of discrepancy in re-search results of "parenthood as a crisis" studies.

SECTIONS (3): Social class as significant variablein degree of crisis upon accession to parenthood.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists;Sociologists

zaZwwwII2;wx0

az0

zz0

<>-

a.

z>-

Q.

ia:Z0:0W. w

4xN

E.'

Li

;

:--Iiw1-.,:irr.f.:ccI .1.-

NONSP N111111 RIIN COM

IN INT. -..

AoS

0 '.

.

.. .

INDIC

PRB DEF-t-

,c,

'c .<.,..

.

,,,'V0Z'O

c.

--

TREAT

LEG CON

I.0

0/REFER

ANC SER

.111==1.111.1

-INFOLLOW

PREVEN..1... ..1

STATS

CITATION: Jacobziner, HaroldRescuing the Battered ChildAMERICAN JOURNAL OF NURSING, JUne, 1964, 64:92-97

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Reports of child abuse andneglect from hospitals around the country. Casestudies are also given.

SECTIONS (3): Problem 42f. - Abuses, harm, socialbreakdown, family disorganization, and an unhealthemotional involvement. Some have legal problems,are alcoholics and are impulsive.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Indicators are lack of concern abouinjury, treatment and prognosis.

MENTION (1): Historically, Caffey first reportedinjuries in 1952.

344

34c;

.TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zaZwwwIx2ZwxIir0

:

<C

Z0iimmull

ZZ

0

gt

>a.

Z}a.

1

<C

0w

ZCD

ia

4:xcn

i

..Ia.

ia

I-IIWI Ce

- 1

i . /-NONSP 4

IN COM

IN INTi.1

.1.

1

i,

INDIC

PRB DEF

.4.

;...

1

anME .

TREAT

LEG CON

ill1

I.1

REFER

ANC SER

II ; ,

: IM4-

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :---i

4.1

.4--i.

STATS IMMIIIMINI

CITATION: Jaffee, Lester, et al.Verbal Inaccessibility in Young Adolescents Showing Delinquent Trends

JOURNAL OF HEALTH AND HUMAN BEHAVIOR, 1962, 3:105-11

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of study to test hy-pothesis that there is an inverse relationship be-tween verbal accessibility (child's readiness toexpress his most important attitudes and feelingsdirectly in verbal communication) and delinquencyproneness. 279 adolescent boys (average age:13.5), black and white, were subjects. Three in-struments of measurement used: inaccessibilityscale, reported verbal accessibility, affect-pulltechnique. Results uniformly supported hypothesis.

SUCTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZZZz>.)-00xiet:mwwwxx22wx=Im(Joon.

<:

1 Z ..c z

a.wwow

< Z < :-+w

x-F-

NON-SP MUMIN COM

IN INT -1- -4.--.

0Co

-

. .

INDIC

PRB DEF

,s0

0.-

4.5)

,..'C

AP'

TREAT

LEG CON.

-r.

itz)

ik

-- -

REFER

ANC SER

'

FOLLOWPREVEN

.

.

1

!

.

.

.

STATS IIMEMENIMEN

CITATION: James, Joseph Jr.Child Neglect and AbuseMARYLAND STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL, July, 1972, 21:64-65

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The social service department islegally designated as the agency to whom reportsshould be made. Should the child be in a clearlydangerous situation, police should be notified.

SECTIONS (3): Reporting statutes have been revisedto define abuse and neglect and to establish co-operation between Juvenile Court and the Departmentof Social Services.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): The Department of Social Services pro-vides homemaker services and emergency or longterm foster care.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<

wwwx000mmwwowx.1.-

<

111MINE1.11111-4-

Z

:

cr

il-i--

zx2Ewx=:m

< Z

:

<x

NI

ii-/

,:w

t : m

1

NON.SP

IN COM

IN INT

li

PRB DEF 11 -1. 1111111111.: 1-TREAT

LEG CON

11-:1 -1- -1- -1-

REFER

ANC SER -I-m

1

-i--_1_-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :_.-

1

.....111.1..

-;-1

4_1

.4..

'

STATS

345 3 49

CITATION: Jenkins, Richard L.The Psychopathic or Antisocial Personality

JOURNAL OF NERVOUS AND MENTAL DISORDERS, 1960, 131:318-334

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A discussion of the nature of apsychopathic personality, the etiology of develop-ment of ..xch a personality (e.g., failure in earlyyears to establish positive emotional rapport withanother person, confusing training situation ofchildren, organic factors), prevention and treat-ment.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


.IC...wwwIIEEw>ctu:cc0

<

0

: .0

<,..

a.

.<,..0a. W

z0w

<xcr)

ew

;

iw,,,,H-

X , I-

NON-SP

-

' co

i;IN COM

IN INT

.:.

I

I

'OAL

-.

-- -

\9«

c.

40s-,...

INDIC

PRB DEF

ill

TREAT

LEG CON

III(-4N

..v...

N-C<>(2-

REFER

ANC SER i

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1

. .i_. ....1..

STATS MI 1 =Ell

CITATION: Jenkins, Richard L., et al.Interrupting the Family Cycle of ViolenceJOURNAL OF IOWA MEDICAL SOCIETY, Feb., 1970, 60(21:85-89

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of case history andtreatment of abused child who abused two babies.

SECTIONS (3): Elements of the family picture ofchild abuse--abused child abuses other children.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): 1965 Iowa legislature regarding re-porting child abuse; indications of abuse.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists;Psychiatrists andSocial Workers

Z41

wWC.,

ccIzzw0

:

.w(

<).I0.

z).I0.

;alz0:02:2W : W

<xLatrl

eXW

-1iw:.t'=:C0I e I

NONSP 11.12.1111111111;

...

.

....i

.

._ .. :.-..1

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

111.4..

1 31

I

TREAT

LEG CON 1

1

--4 -- - 4 -1

.

minREFER

ANC SER

:

..4--1

_..1...1

1

1

..;.. ..i...

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

i1

1

-I

STATS 111=1111111111111

3J 346

CITATION: Jenkins, ShirleyFilial Deprivation in Parents of Children in Poster Care

CHILDREN, Jan.-Feb, 1967, 8-12

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Paper reports the beginning re-search effort to explore "filial deprivation" andto define some of its dimensions by identifyingfeelings expressed by parents when their childrenenter foster care.

SECTIONS (3) (a) A review of the literature on ef-fects on parents when they are separated fromtheir children; (b) Describes the survey designand some of the items used to elicit descriptionsof feelings of parents.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATE

TARGET POPULATION:


z zzz

z

a.

0Ui

z02 a.

X

CITATION: Jennett, B.

Head Injuries in ChildrenDEVELOPMENTAL MEDICINE AND CHILD NEUROLOGY, 1972, 14:137-47

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The main emphasis is upon des-cribing the various types of head injuries a childmay present and upon detailing the procedures formanaging cases to provide the optimum conditionsof recovery of neurological functions and to treatsecondary complications early.

SECTIONS (3): A chronological account is given forthe management of uncomplicated head injury, frominitial diagnosis through the convalescent period;and the special problems of intracranial haematoma,depressed fracture of the skull and epilepsy arediscussed.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): The battered baby syndrome is one ofthe several causes of head injury which the physiclan should be aware of.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zW

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DE

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

zz

-1-

I

z

X

< :Z0 : 02: 2w: w

X

347

351

CITATION: Johnson, Betty, et aZ.Injured Children and Their Parents

CHILDREN, July-August 1968, 15:4

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of 1963-66 study onchild abuse emphasizing characteristics of family(Division of Services for Children/Yduth of theDenver Department of Welfare). Includes statis-tical information.

!

SECTIONS (3): (a) Legal involvement--removin childfrom home, arrest/prosecution of parents. b)

People/agencies making initial complaint. c)Treatment results of families involved in study;recommendations for facilitating treatment.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Physical indicators of abuse.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z<ZW0

<ZW0

ZZW0

<>X0.

z>x22tax=:=a.

<0w

Z0w

4xv.,

ELI

w

I)lui,,,llet

i.1-NONSP 11.11111.1.111.11IN COM ...i :

It; Irsl- T-- :

INDIC

14:1. ._i_ _i_ ..i..PRB DEF

1 .

TREAT 13: :

.,

LEG CON 3: : I 1

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ill:

.

11111..i_..

_LillSTATS 1311111111==11111

CITATION: Jones, Douglas, et al.Teething Lotion Resulting in the Misdiagnosis of Diphenylhdantoin Administration

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN, September 1971, 122:259-260

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Vitamirs and teething lotion canincrease serum levels of diphenylhydantoin, thusmaking it appear as an overdose.

SECTIONS (3): Case study of such included.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

.2Z2z)->010xyl-;wwwx0(.2 Z

0

..c

a.

z

x2:2tax-u2:cta.

<:z

wu, cn

,

W

' dcc

I.1-NONSP iiimmnim I

IN COM

IN INT in 4

.

:

moi__,_E :

1

,

P

IND

B DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

IIII :

REFER

ANC SER 1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1

-in---U1.1111....1.111

I

--i--STATS

35; 348

CITATION: Jones, H. H., et al.

Multiple Traumatic Lesions of the Infant SkeletonSTANFORD MEDICAL BYLLET1W, 1957, 15:259-273

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors assembled evidencefrom 42 cases of multiple skeletal lesions ininfants and conclude that evidence suggests thatthey were of traumatic origin although it isimpossible to prove that the origin is not anunderlying susceptibility to fractures.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Tables of statistics on theextent and course of injuries are presented. (b)Authors indicate it is important to recognizethese lesions so that the infant can be sparedextensive diagnostic procedures and can beremoved from the home if necessary. (c) Theauthors note that rapid healing occurs when theinfant is removed to a more favorable environment.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The higher percentage of casesamong minorities/low socic-economic families islisted.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZ<ztatataxx22.axLI:lx0

z0

zz'-0

<

a.

z-Q.

.c

0ia

Z0la

x(/)

ELJ

ia

lia,I- I m

I. h-

NON -SP 111113/111..../11IN COM ; 1

-1-IN INTIII .:.

i

111i

INOIC In 3 ; E ;PRB DEF 2 I

TREAT 3 :

LEG CON

IMII

REFER li .; ; 1111 ;

ANC SER :

FOLLOW 111 ; :-+ -.

NPREVEN 1

111111111=1111STATS

CITATION: Joon, Thad H.Child Abuse: A Different Point of ViewPEDIATRICS, March 1970, 45:511

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Children suffering from rhinitisand asthma caused by environmental allergies andnever removed from home--a form of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z; CzZz»00e:mwwwxsEEw0

tt

0

11.11111=11111

i

z

0

<

a.

z

a.

ct

ta

Z

La

cxcn

x=Imta

I-I,W

I. t-NONSP 4

IN COM

IN INT..1..

.

..i....1... :

..i..

PRB OEF 1111111-1-1111111

.

.

TREAT

LEG CON:

i

.:

REFER

ANC SER IN--'---i-11111 ..

FOLLOW

PREVEN-4-- ...;-- ...1._ _..L.

1111.11.111.11.11STATS

349 35 5

CITATION: Josselyn, I. AtCultural Forces, Motherliness and Fatherliness

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY, 1966, 26:264-271

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author indicates currentcultural definitions of motherliness and father-liness. She suggests the concept of the woman'srole as a homemaker has been defined as slavery,when homemaking should be considered a creativeand valuable activity. The problems of thefather's role as defined by the culture are alsodiscussed.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

NONSP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PR EVEN

STATS

TARGET OPULATION:


z

z<'zZ zw wLI 0

>-

xo.

z>-xa.

0z02 x 0.

X

dc.C1 dCP. .

<3.

9-*

CITATION: Journal of Louisiana State Medical SociotyBattered Chad Lao (LCA BS 14:403)JOURNAL OF TII' LOUISIANA STATE MEDICAL , )CIETY, August 1970, 112(8);247-248

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This is a verbatim statement ofthe Louisiana State law on reporting suspectedcases of child abuse by physicians. The law makesreporting suspected cases mandatory, with failureto do so punishable as a misdemeanor (fine, etc.).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

CC

w0

<

ww0

111.111MMIllia

Z

0

<

Xo.

4

Z

-22wc).

i

4

W

Z

w

:

.txv)

a,.x:.::mw

J:W

I,, : m

S' I-

:

NONSPIN COM

IN INT111

INDIC

PRB DEF

111 ;

1

: '

TREAT

--- G--.6014

i ;

4:; iii ;

REFER

ANC SER +FD L LOW

PREVEN -4..I

--i-- -4--STATS 111111111111111111111

350

354'

CITATION: Joyner, Edmund N.Child Abuse: The Role of the Physician and the Hospital

PEDIATRICS, April 2973, 52021:799-803

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Role of hospitals in abuse/neglect cases--because of inability of Bureau ofChild Welfare in New York to provide adequatetreatment for parents, hospital must assume thisrole; description of Child Abuse and NeglectCommittee at Roosevelt Hospital (a team approachwith social worker as coordinator).

SECTIONS (3): (a) To diagnose problem, hospitalmust develop an educational program (abuse/neglect)for its personnel. (b) Etiological factors inabuse/neglect.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Treatment of child's "bodilyand emotional ills." (b) Upon diagnosis, notifi-cation of CPS by phone followed by writtennotification within 48 hours.

MENTION (1): (a) Law gives protection to M.D./hospital against law suits regarding reportingsuspected cases. (b) Training women in abuse/neglect and assigning them as homemakers. (c)*

6/01/71--18 hospitals established Child AbuseCommittees.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zz,LI

i<1 Zzizw;wLI LI

,c,zCL

z,IO.

40241

z02W

,wIA

ex41

. 'kJ.

t:-=IMI o F

NOWSP IMMI11.1.1IN COM III q!

4 -1" -1. :- -i°IN INT s

'

, , .

INDIC

13:1- 1. i i.

PRB DEF{ : :

TREAT

II:4.I. 4. 4. .1.

LEG CON ;

REFER I e

e

ANC iii "fis 1-- --1-- ± -1-1FOLLOW :

.

PREVEN

111

t

STATS /11111.1111.

CITATION: Juhasz, Anne 4,4.To Have or Not to Have - Children? That is the QuestionJOURNAL OF SCHOOL HEALTH, December 1973, 43(20) :632-635

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discutsion of the unwanted childparticularly in terms of the illegitimate child.Consequences for the child, parent, and societyare discussed. Some solutions are offered:education in birth control methods, specialprograms for the pregnant teenager and the unwedparent.

SECTIONS (3): The unwanted child may become victimof child abuse. Aspects of Gil's analysis ofreported cases of abuse are noted.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

.,

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

ZWWL7

MIERMIIIN

412ZLI

i

ZWLI

Q}ICL

Z}IZ2WO.

Q041

z<0

W

x

IA

Ff.

X41

1

1-1Oat-s:

"4;MI 0i

NONSPIN COM '

.

L. -i- 4-.

-;-- - f.

IN INT .

INDIC 4. .-I.. .!-- --41.-

PRB DEF 3:, ,

TREAT 111 '

-4- -;-- -4- -;-

I

- -1 --LEG CON

REFER..... .. . . .. 4.. .-.ANC SER .

. '

FOLLOW :

1

:

PREVEN. ,-ill .4 -

1

.1. .4..

STATS NIM111111111111.11111

351

355

CITATION: Kansas City TimesA New Missouri Approach to the Agony of Child AbuseTHE KANSAS CITY TIMES, October 20, 1969, 67(1):56

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This editorial describes a newlaw requiring all persons dealing with childrenfor financial consideration including teachers,child care workers, doctors, etc.,"to reportsuspected instances of child abuse, and grantsimmunity to those making reports in good faith.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): The author mentions that 1 in 10abused children are dead within the year, and 1in 3 suffers organic brain damage.

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

-4<z4z<ZzZz>->-00xetz:wwwxx22w.x':ce0 0 0 a. a. w Lu u): w

idm

m .1--

NONSPIN COM

IN INT: I

1

.:

1

1

I-

INDIC

PR8 DEF.1. .- .1- .

'

.i.

I

TREAT

LEG CON

I 1 '

'

:

REFER

ANC SER111 :

. .

1

'

FOLLOWPREVEN

111 :

1

1

:

.

: _L.

STATS 1 1 IMIEMBEEMI

CITATION: KauThan, IrvingThe Contribution of Protective ServicesCHILD WELFARE, February 1957, 8-13

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors outline the specialproblems presented by protective cases and offersome guidelines for treatment.

SECTIONS (3): Emphasis is placed on the descriptionof the parent-child problems in terms of intra-psychic conflict and the relationship of thedisturbed family to the community.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZZLaLuLummE2wLO

<1Zz0

z0

<T4.

ZT0..

.1

00el-:mw

Z

w

<xinxTlmw

1/11A1

Io-NOWSP IN 1111111111=

.4. .... ..4..IN COM

IN INT

ll 1

.4. .1--

;

PR8 DEF 3 11

. .,

TREAT

LEG CON

11-4-

1

1.

-4--'

'

.

-;- 4-'

'

REFER

ANC SER111 I

---.

--1 1

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

;

.

1 :

STATS MI= IIMER

352

5 6

.111111

CITATION: Kaufman, Irving

Helping People Who Cannot Manage Their LivesCHILDREN, MayJune 1966

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author presents somesuggestions for casework with clients who arefixated at an early level of emotional developmentand have verbal communication skills inadequatefor their needs.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The author suggests modelingsimple solutions to everyday problems is moreappropriate than analysis or discussion. (b)The author describes schizophrenia and characterdisorders.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Social Workers

zZZw0

<1zZZww0

I

0

..ic

mx212wx=1MO.

z

O.

< Z00xwow

1

(/)

et.::"'

id

:-I'W

X.I-

NON-SP =MEM $1IN COM

IN INT

II '

,

I

,

1

coC'S

...t

-j--

INDIC

PRB DEF

11.4

.

.

0

.3:$

i,

.

...k

'CYi3O

'S 0

0. .

TREAT

LEG CON

11

=MMEN.=

c!4.

Ck

-

REFER

ANC SER

..

. I

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN.

'

I

I

1

.

:

.

STATS

CITATION: Kaufhan, Irving, at al.

The Family Constellation and Overt Incestuous Relations Between Father andDaughter

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTROPSYCRIATRY, April 19S4, 266-279

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Based on a study, conducted atJudge Baker Guidance Center in Boston, of 11 girlsinvolved in incestuous relations with father orfather figure. The authors describe the psycho-dynamics of these girls and their families whichinclude families with similar psychopathology whichencouraged incest, girls showing pseudo-maturitywhich vanished, girls guilty over disruption ofhome but not over incest itself, girls extremelymasochistic, role reversal between mother anddaughter, and similar personalities of mothersand grandmothers.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Lengthy case history. (b) Discus-sion of article by E. Pavenstedt, M.D.--includes

her recommendation that girls be placed intraining schools rather than foster homes.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Table summarizing characteristics of11 cases.

TARGET POPULATION:


z

ZLa0

4:Zlata0

i

0

4

XO.

z

XO.

;

4:Z

2:2Wta Oa

<

tO

ii!4

. ta

I

: ...IIW

,,,,/- ICC

=:(XX .1-

NOWS P 111 : NEU 3 i 1111111

1-

IN COM

IN INT

ll .:

:.

I

-1-

I

.i. .-f-

INDIC

PRB DEF il

'n__,..I :

..,__,..41 I

TREAT

LEG CON

anIl

:

:

1

REFER

MC SERII i

...

1

-4-

g

g

-4.

.

:

.

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11

11111111MIMElli

1

:

-1..1

1

t

-4-g

g

g t

.- ..... I.--1

.

STATS

353

35 fl

CITATION: Kelley, Florence M.The Role of the Courts

PEDIATRICS, April 1973, 51(4):796 -798

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): General discussion of limitationsof court procedure regarding Family Court andabuse cases--adversary proceeding entails protec-tion of rights of all parties; New York 6/69 firstChild Abuse Act increased sources of reporting;1970 Act concurrent jurisdiction in Criminal Court,abuser can be prosecuted. Judge's decision toremove child, to return child, constricted becauseof operating in court of law,

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Statistics indicating decrease inabuse petitions filed, minimal increase in neglectpetitions 1970 and 1971 (first three weeks) mayreflect more careful consideration of problem.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Lawyers

zZ2W0

C<22w0

!

I1 2

w0

<>.xO.

2..0x

Q.

<

f2til

0Li!

Xtath

rilxLa

:.-11 La

0,1!--7-: iceI o I

N ONSP 1.1111==.11II ;

1

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEE

. ;

11 I

TREAT

LEG CON

1 '

4-t

.

-4-

:

: 111111111111

.

I

REFER

ANC iii.

1--.

1 ..i.-FOLLOW

PREVEN ,-t- L

STATS 2 MI ' 1111 111111

CITATION: Kelly, Joseph B.What Protective Service Can DoCHILD WELFARE, April 1959, 38:21-25

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Reports a protective serviceunit's effort to identify the kinds of problemswhich respond to protective casework,

SECTIONS (3): (a) Description of the three maincategories into which problems of families weredivided. (b) Description of the results of thearrangements through case records of the percentageof cases in each category which registeredimprovement. (c) Results showed that category ofproblem did not appear to affect outcome and thatcasework had little effect on certain problemsthat were inappropriate for casework such asmental retardation.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zizWLI

c'zzw0

!

zwa

.

< :2::,x!xclJes.

.1:z

0:0212La. '',

=MM...i..

cc

xwu)

exw

.

.-!

.iel

.:(.2:0xI.1-

.4_1

NONSP . t

IN COM

IN INT'

INDIC

PRB OEF 4i.: 11111

4._:

.4._ ..4...

,

TREAT

LEG CON

_;1,

REFER

ANC SER:

1

.

: 111I

..-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

1

11.111.1.1111-i-

I

"1- 1"

STATS

358354

CITATION: Reiman, Herbert C.Processes of Opinion ChangePUBLIC OPINION QUARTERLY, Spring 1961, 576-578

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Attitude and opinion datainterpret the meanings held by individuals andgroups and predict future behavior, The theoret-ical process derives this information by tyingtogether certain antecedents of influence withcertain antecedents of consequence. Threedeterminents are used: the importance of theinduction for the individual goal achievement,power of the influencing agent, and the prepotencyof the medical. response,

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzzzrwwLI

14lz

LIwxLI

4

IL

zrxO.

;1<!Z

olo212WIW

xw(0)

rexta

-.siv1-:-=IeXII.

NON-SP MEM 1

IN COM

IN INT1 --i-

4.oc,

CP

-

INDIC

PRB DEF

,0*.c0

..

1

<v5"TREAT

LEG CON *pc,,.4.9

fk

i

REFER

ANC SER

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN..i..

.

.I.-.

..i..-

.

STATS 111.11.....

CITATION: Kemp, Maude von P.Supervising the Beginner in Child ProtectionCHILD WELFARE, April 1957, 1-7

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This article deals with super-vising the beginner in social work. Beginnersvary in the experience they bring with them, butthe supervision must include understanding andteaching; it is almost a parent role. At thebeginning, the supervisor must place his own needsaside and become increasingly self-aware,

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


wwwxx2outpatwwow:aZ.Icz<Z4

>.00x0.Ewx-...I

U11101

I.

.fa;

"I-

...

wCr

=-.

NONSP .EM=IN INT -:- .4- .4..

,

INDIC

PRB DEF

1111111.. I i

1- --:-; ..L.

:

TREAT

LEG CON

III .i.

.

.i. .1.

.

. .

..I.

.

.

.I.

1

REFER

ANC SER

.

I, 1i 11111 I

FOLLOW.... ------

PREVE N..

.

,i 1 1

. . .........1.. -.1. .

STATS MN =IN=355 359

CITATION: Kempe, C. HenryThe Battered Child and the HospitalHOSPITAL PRACTICE, October 1969, 44-57

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Legal issues relevant to physi-cian reporting child abuse: orientation ofdistrict attorneys should be toward civil proceed-ings, not criminal prosecution; facilitatingtherapeutic rather than punitive approach withparents.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Treatment of child (removal fromhome), treatment of parents (providing neededmothering). (b) Overall family situation. (c)

Means of preventing child abuse, e.g. motherbrings child repeatedly to clinic for no reason."(d) Two proposed prospective studies to identifypotential for abuse: (1) Kempe, (2) Dr. HowerVenter.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Under-reporting of child abuse--physicians often view injuries out of context.(b) Initial complaints to CPS usually fromneighbors regarding child abuse. (c) Use offoster grandparents in treating parents--atColorado General Hospital.

MENTION (1): (a) Doctor's initial interview withparent can provide clues identifying incident ofchild abuse. (b) Official and unofficial regis-tries of reported abuse cases in Denver.

TARGET POPULATION:


<zzz>->-00xa,,,-W00913-mwwwwm.I.-

<z<z<wwmm22wx=:m

1111111.111/11.1

z < I-J1141

NON-SP

IN COM

II

.i. 21 L. L.

IN INT: 1 :

.

INDIC '

PRB DEF : 3;

E.

TREAT

LEG CON

11 '

:

3:

4:.

REFER :

. . . .

ANC SER

111

.

FOLLOW II ;

. 1 1 .

PREVEN : 3:

STATS SWI! MI

CITATION: Kempe, C. HenryPediatric Implications of the Battered Baby SyndromeARCHIVES OF DISEASES OF CHILDHOOD, 1971, 46(245):28-37

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author describes the charac-teristics of the typical child abuser and victimin social and psychodynamic terms and presents anumber of guidelines for the management of casesof child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The indicators of child abuse aredetailed and discussed. (b) Statistics on theincidence of child abuse are presented and a tableshowing its importance relative to other seriouschildhood diseases is included. (c) A list offactors that may predict future abuse is outlined.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) The author places emphasis onthe importance of suspecting abuse or neglect incases of failure to thrive. (b) It is recommendedthat the decision to report cases of abuse be ajoint one including opinions of the pediatrician,social worker, and psychiatrist. (c) Kemperecommends that the law be changed in several ways

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<z.a.u.axx2Imiuxt.:0:c000mmuslusowm.,-

<z

Zz

< z).. >.

i

4:z010

<x e

1-11t...!

NON-SP! .1.11 1111

IN COM

IN INT 1 1

INDIC

PRB DEF

111 -.1._

:

:

:

TREAT

LEG CON

li-+--

I

-4- -4- -4-

REFER

ANC SER

.

.

1 1

1

1

'

FFOLLOWPREVEN

. 1.

,

4.......L_,

.

_).

1

STATS 3 11H1111111111111111111011

356

3 j

CITATION: Kempe, C. HenryA Practical Approach to the Protection of the Abused Child and

Rehabilitation of Abusing ParentsPEDIATRICS, April, 1973, 51(11):804 -9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Factors which enable predictionof neglect/abuse (e.g., techniques which describeattachment between mother and child within 48hours of birth, prenatal questionning, study inAberdeen, Scotland using questionnaires for post-partum prediction) and different treatment tech-niques which have been successful; e.g., motheringaides, Parents Anonymous, hot line, Crisis Nur-series, Foster Grandpa -ents, foster homes.

SECTIONS (3): Suggestion that parents ought to beallowed to give up their children if they want to.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z<

W.(.5

<zwC50..

Zzw

<.z

z.zO.

< , Z0:02:2la : W

,xwCI)

exW

-J.w

.:ms2;c,2 . I-

NON-SP '.

.

I

IN Cld

WIlT----AMCPRS DEF

Titilwr

LEG CONE

11i

4-4'

" 1

1

Ill1

.

0

REFEP

ANC SCR-4- --4-

IIIFOLLOW

..._..

PREVEN' '

..... _..t..

1 1;

=MENNE=1

-.4--I

-.4..1

'

STATS

CITATION: Kempe, C. Henry, at al.

The Battered Child SyndromeJOURNAL AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOC., July 7, 1962, 181(1):107-12

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The Battered Child Syndrome isdiscussed with psychiatric factors being of primeimportance in the pathogenesis of the disorder.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Indicators are: evidence of bonefracture, subdural hematoma, failure to thrive,soft tissue swelling or skin bruises; (b) Initialcomplaint--physician should overcome his own feel-ing and difficulty in playing role he finds hardto assume; (c) In the initial interview, questionsshould encompass the patterns of the baby, how theparents believe the baby should be reared, and ifthis is similar to their upbringing; (d) Casestudies show tne battered child syndrome.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Treatment, which is up to theparent, is seen as curative at this time; (b)Statistics show nation-wide survey of abuse de-tected in hospitals.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<

WL.0

¢zw1.9

EIMMIIMIIIIlii3:-.-

31

'

2zL.

45

<.za.

z.IQ.

.1

< : Z0:0212w:w

:

I

,xwto

exw

1

:-1,w

tll-T4/cKzo-

,

I

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB OEF11 .

41

.

.4.

I

. ,

,

1

o

I

TREAT

LEG CON

II 2'-1..

.4..

..4..

.i..

_i -

f

REFER

ANC SER

.

I

o

I,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11.

,

-4- .4i

,

-4_ 4

,

STATS EIMEXIIMIIII

357

361

CITATION: Kernberg, OttoBorderline Personality OrganizationJOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN PSYCRANALYTIC ASSOC., 1967, 25:

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of symptomatic,structural, genetic, dynamic aspects of "border-line" personality disorder in an effort to comeup with precise definition of same. Author at-

tempts to clarify distinctions between neurosesand personality disorder.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Review of literature; (b) De-scriptive analysis: "presumptive" diagnosticelements, e.g., anxiety, polysymptomatic neurosis,sexual trends; (c) Structural analysis: (1) ofmental processes in terms of 3 psychic structures;(2) of cognitive and defensive structures; (3)of internalized object relationships; (d) genetic-dynamic analysis.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZ<Zwwwxx22w000o.a.wwwwx.i-

Z 4( Z< Z<X

J>cz-ice

.JW

CCNice1

NONSP tom= MI-

IN COM

IN INT 1

111 .i-.

.I;,_Acn

.c-

c-3

6-

INOIC

PRB DEF

'

'I",likp,5)

TREAT

CON

11

&4 c<>"'

. .

--7 --

REFERREFER

ANC SER

.

.

:

1

.

FOLLOW.--.... -----PREVEN

--1..4..1

,

1.4_1

.

1

..1.._.,

STATS .. : MN

CITATION:Xiffney, G.T.

The Eye of the Battered ChildBRIEF PATHOLOGY CASE REPORTS, U. OF CALIFORNIA, MEDICAL CENTER

Archives of Ophthalmology, 1964, 72:231-233

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case report bf battered childwho also suffered traumatic retinal detachment -originally diagnosed as retinoblasturia. Trauma

should be considered in differential diagnosis.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Abused child usually unwanted orillegitimate, under age of 3. Symptoms ofabuse - Diagnosis can only be made through x-rayto find fractures.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzzz>->-00xeiumwwwx22w>cz-:(t

t z et z et z < id

0 0 0 a. ox. w w to w x.i-NON-SP minninamimiIN COM

IN INT -1- -1-1

----- -I-.

+-1

INOIC . 1

PRB DEF 1- MI II

TREAT :. .

LEG CON

MN,

REFER

ANC SER I.

Is

1.

1.

FOLLOW : i1 .

PREVEN

illI I 1- r,

STATS

358

362

CITATION:Kim, Tack, et al.

Pseudocyst of the Pancreas as a Manifestation of the Battered-child Syndrome,MEDICAL ANNALS OP THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA, Report of a Case, Wash., D.C.,Nov. 1967, 36(11): 664-666.

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A case of abuse leading topseudocyst of the pancreas is detailed.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Such a symptom indicates traumaor abuse, even though subperiosteal calcificationwas lacking. Lack of 3rd party witness, takingchild to several hospitals, and insufficient evi-dence raised prosecution difficulties.

MENTION (1): (a) Abuse signifies parental psycho-pathy; (b) Guidelines for physicians are neededto encourage reporting; (c) A community teamapproach must be used.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z

Z000m

;

<z

: Zz

4>.

Z>.

mw

<0

ZO

tam

4x e

tatataMM22wx'.1;cewzol-

011,,,-; -1

NON-SP LIMN=: MI

IN COM

:N INT:

:

.

-... -.

IN..

373 U EF

2.

-1 1i 1

TREAT

LEG CON

11'21

,. .

REFER-. ----- ..

ANC SER..

.

4._,

1

4.....

,

1

..4...

,

.

..:...

,

.

...;_.i,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

.

1

:

1

1

.

'

I

1

,

STATS 111111111111.111.111

CITATION: Klaus, Marshall H., et al.Mothers Separated from their Newborn InfantsPEDIATRIC CLINICS OF NORTH AMERICA, Nov. 1970, 17(4): 1025-37

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Severe,deprivation in contactbetween mother/child immediately after birth(e.g., premature babies) may adversely affectdevelopment of mothering behavior.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Early separation as a signifi-cant factor in battered child/failure to thrivesyndrome; (b) How to help mother of prematurebaby in hospital; (c) Oiscussion of researchstudies on material behavior of human mother.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Identifying characteristics ofmother most likely to have difficulties in relatinto infant.

MENTION (1):

359

TARGET POPULATION:


Ze

ZZz>..).00x,72.1-I"`wwwLIOLImmwwo4

alz

11111.111.1111

.

4

z

z

ZE2wgc 2 4

a.tuml-.

'L'

.

._,

: 111,,,

m

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT-I- -4--

1

-4-

.

4-I

-4-1$

INDIC

PRB DEF 3-4-

.

.

,

1.-:

1--

TREAT

LEG CON

1

4-I.

-4-'I

1

-4- 4- ;-

REFER

ANC SER:

FOLLOW

PREVEN-t.

.

..1.

s

.p. i

STATS 11.11..1111.

3 U

CITATION: Klein, Michael et al.La) Birth Weight and the Battered Child SyndromeAMERICAN JOURNAL OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN, July, 1971, 122:15-18

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): There is a correlation betweenlow birth weight and the potential for futurechild abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Statistics relative to this research.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Increase opportunity for mother/child contact after birth.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientistsr;

Physicians

zZZZz>>00wwwxx2ELu00ua

;

<sz

ENEilinignimi

c t z

awwwwmo-

<

--4--

Z

,

ct

x

--i--

JX

; -1iwcc,,, :

=Ilx

1

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTI

INDIC

PRO DEF

In4 I

1111

Inin

III

TREAT

LEG CON

IIi

,

i

111111111111111

.

REFER

ANC SER i-FOLLOW

PREVEN

111

2:

EME111=E11111111STATS

CITATION:Koel, Bertran S.Failure to Thrive and Fatal Injury as a ContinuumANERICAN JOURNAL OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN, 1969, 118(4):565-567

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Sending a "failure to thrive"infant back into an untreated home invites riskof subsequent violence.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Three case histories.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Treatment: Suggest staff reactionsto parents to counteract abusive psychodynamics.(b) Problem Def.: Psychodynamics of abusive parents

6ET POPULATION:

Physicians;Hospital Staff

zZ

Ww00:0a4

:

4:Z

ww

Ila

'.

ctlz

2122w00xet,,,!=awwww

i

< Z

111111011

<

x

.

it

-ImX.I.-

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

Imo :

g

.

.

INDIC

-iii 6ii

IF..

111_1..

111111111111111111111111111

i.. EI i

li..111111111111111

.

i -i- -4.- EN,=MEM 1

TREAT

LEG CON

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

360

364

CITATION: Kogan, Kate L., at al.

Analysis of Mother/Child Interaction in Young Mental RetardatesCHILD DEVELOPMENT, 1969, 40:799-812

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Research study that employsnewly developed observational techniques toanalyze behaviors in a 4-second time intervalof relative status, affection and involvementcomponents of mental retardates and their mothers.Although the sample was small, fairly distinctivecharacteristics appeared between the differentdyads.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZazz>--00xe,1-:ccwwwxX22w<=4:00 0 0

<

Q.

z<z<0. 14 14 NU

. _,:w

IIINON-SP ' i

.

IN COM

IN INT-i- - -4-

',',.s 9

-

Arod

.

INDIC

PRB OEF

6i'e

<2

TREAT

LEG CON-,-

.

4.

66,v,REFER

ANC SER...:_. ..:-.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 . .

STATS 511111111

CITATION: Kogan, Kate L., eta..An Approach to Defining Mother - Child Interaction StylesPERCEPTUAL MD MOTOR SKrLS, 1966, 23:1171-1177

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A method for coding and re-cording mother/child non-verbal interactions isdeveloped and used with 4 mother/child pairs.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

zzz>-)-00xe,I-1wwwxx221mx=1:m0

<IZ

0

1.

0

<

0.

z

O.

<

wig

z <

U) tAJ

:-Jlg

XII-NONSP

,

I

IN COM

IN INT1_ 4. I

''''.<a

.Rro

.

.

INDIC-

PRB OEF

.

06

4'e<5)

TREATTRE_ ... . ------

LEG CON_ . _ _

4.

c6)"

. - -

REFER;i146 iiii

1....11=1111

;

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

. . 1

STATS

361

36i;

CITATION:Kohlhaes, von Max

Duty to Secrecy in Cases of Child Abuse (Article in German, Summary in English)MVNCHENER MEDIZINISCHI WOCHENSCHRIFT, Sept. 30, 1966,.108:1941 -44

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Physicians face conflictbetween confidentiality with patients and re-porting of maltreatment in cases of child abuse.On principle of "superior interests," doctor cannotify police in cases where there is seriousdanger to child. He can examine child, if re-quested to do so by police, even if parentsobject.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientist

z

zLatutaxx2!Ewxrzor0

<:2z0

11111I1111111111111111

;

zLI

<>

O.

z)-

a.

<:z0: 0

W: W

x

(/)

6.j

W

'-11

.ul

,,,,'": cc

X . I-

"N'SPIN COM

IN INT

;

-,-

.

,

4-

.

1

-4-I

.

-:.

.

--11

INDIC

pR B DEF

I .1.

;

,

I

EI

I

TREAT

LEG CON

M :

-t,- --1- -1.- +'

+REFER

ANC SER

111 :

s

i

-4

.

.

:

,

.

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

.

-4..

.

.4- -. -:

.

i

STATS MEM 1 11.11.

CITATION: Komrower, G. AL

Failure to ThriveBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, Nov. 28, 1964:1377-1380

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Problems accounting for infantsin the lowest 3% of weight-for-age are discussed.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Inadequate parenting is only one

possible cause of this syndrome. Needful mothers

attendance at instruction clinics could preventa good deal of the problem. A restful environ-ment for mothers and children could be combinedwith treatment.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientist

z

ZWWW011.1111.1111111111111

<2ZZ0 LI

<T2SEEldO.

Z<ToOxa. la

ZW (/)

-I0.,,,1Xs"-:CCW

:.-11111

1... CC

II I-

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

;

I

.

I

1

I,

INDIC

Pita DEF

111 1.

": 1 --1-

:

TREAT

LEG CON

111 :1.

.

:

.

REFER

ANC SER

:

.

4-.

FOLLOW

PREVEN I'

-s-;1

.11111.11111111111111.

.

4-.

-:-'.

'

4.--

STATS

362

CITATION: Kormer, A. F.

Mother-Child Interaction: One or Two-Way StreetSOCIAL WORK, 1965, 10:47-51

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Literature and researchpointing to important differences in the behaviorof children from infancy leads author to suggestthat both differences in child's as well asmother's behavior figure into dysfunction intheir relationship.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzWLI

<zwwxx2:2wxtuIceC

ZzC.1

< z- >.Q.Q.

.,

<:Z0:0w:w

<xco

BJ

w

:..Ja:W

,,,-!cc

2.1-

NONSP Einium REIN COM

IN INT 111 -I- -I-

0C,

- -

INDIC

PRB DEF-4-

1

6"-<24)

c)

TREAT

LEG CON

1110

'S..0 ..si,

i>"'REFER

ANC SER

1111111111RNIE

. :

FOLLOW

PREVEN

: ! !

STATS

CITATION: Kreech, FlorenceAdoption OutreachCHILD WELFARE, Dec. 1973, 52(10):669-675

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Overview of changing adoption -placement picture. Particular needs discussedinclude: need for outreach to unmarried parents,need to alter permanent foster care approach infavor of adoption, need for broader approach torecruitment of black families, use of singleparent and transracial adoptions.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Needs of abused and neglectedchildren: if efforts in working with parentsfail, child should be placed permanently ratherthan kept in foster care indefinitely.

MENTION (I):,

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientist

Z i

zwou;oo.o.wwtowxo-

< 1 Z

w:w

11111111=1=111.i.

< zz x

.1.

<02

z02

1

4.

xw

4.

ex

:-I,wt:m=Im

.i..

,

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF.1. I.. !.. 4..

TREAT

LEG CON

2

-i-

.

-;-

.

-;-

REFER

ANC SER

.

I

: III :

. :

FOLLOW

PREVEN i -1-1

1111111111111,111111

1

'i-- 1'

STATS

363

36'os

Krieger, IngeborgCITATION:

Food Restrictions as a Form of Child Abuse in Ten Cases ofFsychosocialDeprivation Dwarfism

CLINICAL PEDIATRICS, Feb. 1974, 13:127-33

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Evidence that growth failuredue to undernutrition can be traced to deprivingmother.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Examples of symptoms of thismalnutrition; (b) Examples of mother's attitudesand environment.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Changing interview technique withmother'to improve results.

TARGET POPULATION:


Zzzz,..).W0

4

wwxzEswx=;0000-cLuituo

Z < z 40

Z0<x e!.::m

wz.1-

.ta

NONSP IMI: 1.11.11.1

IN COM :

IN INT . I f

INDIC J. i

PRB DEF I 4 I

TREAT III- -1.-

....L. ..L.- -! --

LEGLEG CON'

.

REFER : : :

ANC SER : :

FOLLOW i 4 ....!.. ._!..

A661- 1

STATS 111...11=1.1.

CITATION: KPIge' 11. 8.The Abused Child Complex and the Characteristic X-Ray Findingsplum AFRICAN MEDICAL JOURNAL, June 21, 1966, 40:490-93

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Indicators of physical abuse- -predominant findings are radiologic. Suggested"index of suspicion" included which points outsuch factors as: health of child indicative ofneglect, abused infant generally under age 3,x-ray indications of previous injuries, familyhistory of previous maltreatment. Technical dis-cussion of radiologocal indicators.

SECTION (3): (a) Case report of abused 12-month-oldinfant; (b) Differential diagnosis, i.e., eli-minating other explanations for abuse, e.g., scurvysyphilis, bone disease, rickets.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Emotional immaturity characteristicof abusive parents; abuse occurs in families fromall socio-economic levels.

MENTION (1): (a) Doctor's hesitation in reportingabuse because of distaste for legal entanglementsand fear of court action; (b) London and New Yorkstatistics: 5,000 cases of child neglect heard bycourt but only 1% officially reported.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZAz<zaz<wwwZZE5wx=;0W0 00cL

z

a.wwowi.1.-31.

:,-1tia

,1 cc.- :

NONSP 111111311.111111111 ;

IN COM

IN INT

lin .1.i..

.

...... E._:..__L.INDIC

Yei..I..

;4:.

-VI111..:..

TREAT

LEG CON IMI -i--I II'lEREFER

ANC 1

.

.

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

i I

.

I

STATS 11111.11.1111....

364

366

CITATION: Kuipers, F., et aZ.

Child Abuse - Battered Child SyndromeMEWL T. GENEESK, December 22, 2964, 208:2399-406

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Summary of a Dutch article.Fractures with inadequate history, various stagesof healing, and subdural hematora are signs ofabuse.

SECTIONS (3): (a) 12 cases are presented; (b)Doctors should use consultation and best judgementto decide to report.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZAz..cz<zA

WZ

0ZZ>>00410 la0 I

0.IQ.

241

2la

xla(/)

-Jci.)(la

.,i.s.Lil

1.-1..,I; CrI . 1.

NONSP miuminim.IN COM

IN INT +I

:

-1--1

I 1

.1.-, .

'

+I

INDIC

PRO DEF

4'

1

:

1

": I

I

TREAT

LEG CON

1114.

:

"4

:

I '

1'

-4-:

REFER

ANC SER

11 I :

.

I :

I I

:

.

FOLLOW

PREVENI

tI

11111==.11

:

t.

' 1 :

i t t, I

STATS

CITATION: Kunetadter, Ralph R., et al.The Battered Child and the Celiac SyndromeILLINOIS MEDICAL JOURNAL, Sept. 1967, 132:267 -272

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case history of child with thismalabsorptive problem is given.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Aside from medical intervention,a Social Service investigation of the home wasdone which disclosed several problems leading tofoster placement; (b) Celiac Syndrome is seen asrelated to a disturbed mother-child relationship.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zwwwmz22wx=m000«zz»00x0.

111.11.1111.1.11

Z A

a

Z

amt.,< Z <

-J1-.1041

i_ler0.J.11--

NONSP k

IN COM

IN INT...i..

.

. - ' .

.

INDIC

PR8 DEF 33-1

1

.

4 -4.

1

;. 4

I

TREAT

LEG60N3 1

F.-:

11 T.- I -

REFER

ANC SER

,.

,1

. .

.

1

.

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

:

1

1

--,... -.1--.

...i..:

-wt..

STATS 1111111111111.

365

36&

CITATION: Kuohnick, Theodore, et al.Syndrome of the Abandoned alai ChildCLINICAL PEDIATRICS, June, 1970, 9(6):356 -61

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An analysis of recorded findingsin 39 children admitted to Newark City Hospitalafter parental abandonment is presented:1. age and sex of children 4. month of year2. ethnic origin 5. situation3. day of week 6. lab data

SECTIONS (3): Hospitalizations are usuallyprolonged awaiting social disposition whichincluded 50% children returned to homes, 50%in foster oppermanent care. Children who wereabandoned were in reasonably good health. Hope-lessness, helplessness and poor parental judgmentwere involved in the cases listed.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZ<zZz>->.00xet.,:mwwwXx22wx=Im0

1111.111.111.1110

Z

0

:

:

¢ Z<

Q.Q. W

1

Z

W

<

(J) W

1._,:w

I . I-

.

NON S P

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF 15

:

-1-1

MI ;

--1TREAT

LEG CON

:3

1

:

.

:

.

.

'

REFER

ANC SER :

:

I

I

-I-,

. .

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I : :

,

E13.1111.1...

1 . .

STATS

CITATION: LaTrami, F. +7,11.tan

Nanonk of Fakl.m, PointNUNS= TIMES, Nov. 13, 1969, 66:147243

'

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A case history of an Eskimochild,of "primitive parents who found it hard tocare for his special needs.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z

zwwwxX2:2w>C;:m000a.mwwwwx:I-

¢z

Zz

¢>-

z>

.

.

¢,Z0:0

,x

x -!

: -I:WI": cg

NON.SP 111116111111 :

IN COM : : :

IN INT

I:

INDIC.1. .i.. .i...i.

PRE DEF ,I

TREAT : :

1-LEG CON 1-

REFER .

ANC SER i i 111011.1FOLLOW. :

. 1

PREVEN

III

.

I

,

11111111111111MSTATS

31j 366

a.

wiw

xW

CITATION: The Lancet"Violent Parente"

THE LANCET, Nov. 6, 1971, 2:1017-18

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): General commentary on problemof child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): In Britian only 5% of cases get tocourt. Law deals in terms of crime and punish-ment, not treatment and prevention. Need for newlegislation to approach situation in positive,.notpunitive, manner.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Few abusers are psychotic; mostare "inadequate". Important element of etiologyis increased incidence of battering of childrenof low birth weight.

MENTION (1): Child abuse tolerated in Britainuntil 18th century. Reference to Kempe's identi-fication of problem. Estimated 3000 cases inGreat Britain of A/N. Recommendation forincreased contact between mother and child whilechild in hospital. Any child under two who isinjured (other than in traffic accident) shouldbe viewed as abuse case.

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

z?Wwww==2:2w,<,:;,0

<sz=(

!

z(

<

o.

z).

a.

<:z0:0wiw

,4,co

eW

iij:w

t:=

=it-NONSP IIIIMEMBIIIIIII

.1 ...n.'1

:..._.I

...i..IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB BEF

i .4' .:

:_4.21

..4.:

..4.:

.4.1:

TREAT

LEG CON

'i

'

3 1III'

1

'

.

'

-1-

REFER

ANC SER lititt 1 Ili

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

i.

.

-f-.

1

-i-,

'

-i.

I

4-

STATS 111....1111.11111

CITATION: Landis, J. T.

A Re-examination of the Role of the Father as an Index of Family IntegrationMARRIAGE AND FAMILY LIVING, May, 1962, 24:122-28

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This is a report of a question-naire survey, which compared college student'ratings of the happiness of their parents' mar-raiges with their ratings of their feelings ofcloseness to their fathers, mothers, and both asparents.

SECTIONS (3): The findings are reported and dis-cussed. The principal findings were that close-ness to father was a better predictor of happiermarraiges than closeness to mother, and that rela-tionship to both parents was the strongest pre-dictor of all.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZW Wo o

Z>

WC., Q.

z

Xa.

O2W

z02x

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INOIC

PRB OEF

TREAT

LEG CON

RCFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

367

371

CITATION: Lane, Lionel C.

Aggressive Approach in Preventable Casework with Children's ProblemsSOCIAL CASEWORK, Feb. 1952, (33):61-66

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author argues for a moreaggressive casework approach in which the workeractively tries to interest reluctant clients inneeded services.

SECTIONS (3): Case studies are used to illustrateworkers more active role.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

0

TARGET POPULATION:


NONSP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANCSER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

z

O a-

z

Xa.

02

z

0W

a.

W

au

NMI

CITATION: Langer, Marion F.New Year's Resolution: No More Corporal PunishmentTEACHER, 1973, 90(5):19-21

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Argument that use of corporalpunishment in schools is form of child abuse, doesnot contribute constructively to socializationof child, and should be forbidden. Alternativesto corporal punishment, suggested: "crisisteachers to do life-space interviews with unrulychild, relief time for teachers, use of playmaterial.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (I):,

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZW0

<1ZZ: Zwoa0 s (.)

<>.xa.

Z>a.

I

< : Z0 :02:2W:W

<Xww

'

xW

II la

,1-: cc

=iceXsI-

NONSP 4 ....1111111111.1_;__

:

__:_.

:

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF'i '

TREAT

LEG CON

i

'

REFER

ANC SERIN --in _

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

.11.1.1.1111111

..i. +STATS

368

37/c,

CITATION: Langer, William L.

Europe's Initial Population ExplosionAMERICAN HISTORICAL REVIEW, Oct. 1963, 69:1-17

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Historian's perspective on thereasons for Europe's population explosion in the18th century. Easier marriages and the intro-duction of potato to enrich the diet contributedto population growth.

SECTIONS (3): 18th century practices of givingchildren gin to quiet them, of sending childrento foundling hospitals and orphanages, were inessence legalized infanticide.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

ZZZZYWWUJI0

41C

0

: Z<

0 0.

z>00xxEL

<

2tal

Z

2la

wU)

5,.xla

: til,,,, : 1114;0x e I-

NOWSP .

' : 1.11.IN COM

IN INT

III :

.

INDIC

PR8 DEF

1-4- :1

-4-1

-4-:

'-4-3:

TREAT

LEG CON

1111111 :.

.

REFER

ANC igii.

i.

I.

I.

i_..

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 : 1--,

4-.

-4-

*STATS MEM 1 '.

CITATION:Lapidus, Leah B.

Cognitive Control, Parental Practices, and Contemporary Social ProblemsPROCEEDINGS, 78th Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association,

April, 1970, 5W:427-248

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Personality tests are used toexplore parental characteristics as transmitted totheir children, especially with regard to failureto cope adequately and resultant social problems.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<222>WWWISE0000.<2.1CZ<YOOxe.:".

MWWWWS.t-

2

EWX=;I:g< i-J

glee

NONSP BIM= MI- $

IN COMA

IN INT'

III : 1

: .

INDIC

PR8 DEF A'' c.d

TREAT

LEG CON

(,5,4e .cP. -

III-- --

\-ir(S)(c r- 11,

REFER

ANC SER

..4.... _. _. .4.... ....1._FOLLOW

PREVENPREVEN

STATS HEMINII369

3 7 3

CITATION: Laskin, Daniel M.The Battered Child SyndromeJOURNAL ORAL SURGERY, Dec. 1973, 31:903

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): There is no main emphasis.

SECTION (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Child abusers are generally"well adjusted", can be middle or upper class;(b) Dentists must be taught about abuse in orderto promptly report cases; (c) Laceration of themucosa, tearing of the lip, loosened or fracturedteeth, burns, subjunctive ecchymosis, nosebleeding, trauma to the external ear, and cephal-hematomas are indicators.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists;Dentists

Z

Zwwwz0

<zZzY0

IMMIIIIIIII-.1_.

0

'.

<

a.

.1_.

z<>00x=22wa W

_i_.

Z<

W

.

to

al,Imx7,IIXta

I_

-Iw

z . I-

1

NONSP

IN Cr.-IN II T-

INDIC

PRB DEF

1

16 i 111 ;

'

e

TREAT

LEG CON

!

:

' I .

..

REFER--- -ANC S - --

- - -4-- - -4--e

4-- --:-.

FOLLOW

PREVEN ,:

,_.;_..1..e

_.L.

STATS =BEIM

CITATION: Lauer, Brian, et al.Battered Child Syndrome: Review of 130 Patients with Controls

PEDIATRICS, July 1974, 54(1):67-70

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Report on research showingthat battered children can be distinguished fromcontrol group by personal and parental character-istics.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Statistics on acute injuries, ageand sex of children, race, age of parents, mobi-lity, and prior abuse; (b) Discussion of impli-cations of statistics.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZ

wwwz0004.IIURURIII

<Z

Zz

<y

z<yzE2wx=Imaw

0Z0tam

'e< '

Ix if.

taxo-

IwwmN.

NON.ralIN COM

IN INT

..i..:

....L.

.

...:-.

.

:

INDIC

PRB DEF

I 1.

4:

-I.I

1111 :

I

TREAT

LEG CON

111 I

1

'

:

IMFI I

e

'

1REFER

ANC SER

I

111111111

EIM11111=E11111111

-11-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

370

37

CITATION: Laury, Gabriel V.

The Battered Child Syndrome: Parental Motivation, Clinical AspectsBULLETIN NEW YORK ACADEMY OF MEDICINE, Sept. 1970, 46(9) :666 -685

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author uses examples toillustrate the underlying motivations behindparental abuse of children.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZIcZ<z<Zczzz>-)-0wwwzz22w0 LI

M1111111...=LI

:

a.

i..i,

a. W

OetilmW

I

,

xu)

-i-

x=.:ccW

I-1. w

z 1)-

--t-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

-F;iiii 641-1--TREAT

LEG CON

11111111

'-

;if-I

1

EMU:...,...

1

1

'

..;__ ..!...

1

REFER

ANC

rouom.

1.2.1V6EN

1111111

STATS GBH I =En

CITATION: Laury, Gabriel, et al.Subtle Types of Mental Cruelty to ChildrenCHILD AND FAMILY, Spring, 1967, 6(2):28-34

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of mental crueltywhich occurs daily and extends from the mostblatant to the very subtle.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Preventing emotional abuse canbest be dealt with by handling family crisisbefore the child becomes the dumping ground.Also other agencies (i.e. schools, juvenile courts,etc.) should be coupled and interwoven withmental health. (b) Referrals to a mental healthfacility should not be left to.parents, butshould first be made by a community agency.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Some parents feel vicariously grati-fied by a child's crime or violence, a subtle formof parent-initiated exploitation.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientist

<

WzwwwzzEEwx;zImLILILI.2.0.WWV1

<'ZZ

< z < Z

x itW

.

'Jw..../- :cc

x.).-

NON.SP .11.11.11111.111in :

1

.

I

1

I

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEFinIII 4: 4 III:1-NTREAT

LEG CON

I11111-4--. En

L ...i..

,

.

REFER

ANC SER

...i

.

1

.301

FOLLOW.

oiiviN

,

1

EIMMIN111111=

_....

1

I4

.j: -J

I._,

1-STATS

371

3v1I

CITATION: Lazarus, Richard S. et al.

A Cross Cultural Study of Stress-Reaction Patterns in JapanJOURNAL OF PERSONALITY AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1966; 4(6)622-33

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Responses of Japanese studentsand adults to benign and stressful movies werecompared to those of comparable American sub-jects. In most respects, responses were similar.However, unlike Americans, Japanese subjects'skin conductance was almost as high during be-nign as during stressful film.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzwwwxzElmwx1:c0

.

40zz(.,

z0

<>-

a

z>-

a

1

<:z0:0w:w

xto

ie.

w

.

1-1.w

,n1" : ce

ro-

NONSP .

. 1

IN COM.---... ----IN INT

..1.- -. 4.......4....

1

c,C.

.

.

1---

INDIC

PRB DEF.4.

:

.4.

,'

1'

A'<',

e 5''

)o

.--

TREAT

liCair- --f-

1

N-4)

i--

.

REFER

.W iiT4

.

,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

. .

-i-

.

i

STATS i 1

CITATION: Lagenby, Herbert C.Do We Need Child Abuse Laws?

WASHINGTON STATE JOURNAL OF NURSING, Feb.-March, 1965 :6-8

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Nurses should be aware of theneed for legislation.

SECTION (3): Demonstration projects in Seattleare described.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Case history is given; (b)10,000 children/year are beaten. In Seattle,35,000 needed CPS in 10 year period; (c) Varietyof social and economic characteristics inabusing families.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Raz4zazzwwwxx20

1

z0

11111111111111011

z>0

>-

amwwwwx.1-0 0Ewx=:mx Q.

'

1w1;;;1ce

IINCSPIN COM

IN INT

II :

'

.

:

. .

'.

INDIC..- ----- ...

PRB DEF 11..4.. -.4..

.. III :I

:

8

T REAT

6LEG CON 11.

--1 --.I

.

1

.

.

I

1

REFER

ANC SER1

.

.1...i.1 .

'

.i..

FOLLOW

PREVEN

'1

. 1Ellimiumilni1

STATS 1

372

37 u

CITATION: Leader, Arthur L. -

The Problem of Resistance in Social WorkSOCIAL WORK, April 1958

MAIN EMPHASIS (4); Ambivalence--and consequentresistance--is pervasive, and is a particularproblem for social workers.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Problems of ambivalence inclient-worker relationship. (b) Problem ofambivalence in worker-supervisor relationship.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


:11C

Zzz>>.00xel,-,1wwwxx22wx0

< Z

0 0

.:( z

Q.G.

a Z

W W 0 W

:-+114J

= Imx . 1--

NON-SP 11.1111=11111I

'1- --t-IN COM

IN INT:-

INDIC

PRB DEF A,.!<'" 62

TREAT

LEG CON

fe.", c.

e 43 .. _.

,sc9

- 1

'

REFER

ANC SER

i

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS 1....11.111111

Leaverton, David R.The Pediatrician's Role in Maternal DeprivationCLINICAL PEDIATRICS, June 1968, 7(6):340 -343

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A case study of maternaldeprivation encompassing both physical separationand/or abuse, as well as poor quality motheringwhere there is physical abuse. Historically,pediatricians have taken a large part.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Problems defined include emo-tional disturbance within maternal family, maritaldifficulties, frequent hospital encounters;(b) Military compounds add frequent change of jobs,scarcity of close friends, lack of support ofextended family.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZe

la000mmwwwctz<z<Z4la

ENEMIIIIIIIIIMLa I i

--1--,

2

4--

2

:

x

III"

exlamo-

1.-IIII:

l'"L's:

cerz

i1

-_,..

NONSP 4

11111111IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF.4_

,

1 I

ETREAT

LEG CON

111 :

1 1

"-iREFERA--NC SER

"i-

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

1 -i-,

.111....11.111111

I

--t--

STATS

373 37"4

CITATION: LeBouruais, EleanorLook Again - Is It Accident or AbuseCANADIAN HOSPITALS, Jan. 1972, 49:26-28

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abuse originates fromsocietal sanction of corporal punishment.Abusing parents do not want the child, and a listof their characteristics are presented.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Indicators - the abused childdevelops certain traits - a list is presented;(b) Legally - laws make reporting mandatory butlack a strong punishment for failure to report;(c) Statistics - emphasize the different surveystaken regarding child abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ<ZW0

ZZlaw6.7

111111111.111111.11

I

Z

C.7

:4I

oc

>.}0:0gIO.

Z

IE:ElaO.

'i.1:Z

lal:W

x

cn

e.XW

,

i1Ila

/""ifX(MCCI.1-

--1 -

NONSPIN COM.._ ----- _.IN INTINDIC

PR B DEF --i--1

3i4 i E 1

.

,

TREAT

LEG CON

1

1

'

31

11111111111-3:-I I

REFER

ANC SER

11111111111

UE111E11=11111

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

CITATION: Lecker, SidneyCoping With Drug AbuseCANADA'S MENTAL HEALTH, March-April 1970, 64:1-13

MAIN EMPHASIS (A): 2 articles describe: (1) Com-munity action approach to drug abuse (2) A moreclinical approach

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ<Zww;wrsEEwx--Ilx(.9

,

I zZI z0 . 0

<>.

J.

z>o.

a0W

z0W

.,,

xv)

...I

W

!u-ji- ilz(7,.

x .1-

NONSP 11.11111/1 MIIN COM

IN INTin :

.;

-.

62IINDIC

I;IVIII 17:0-E-F

I

--1--1

ti..<<5)

<<:REFER '

c5_,TREAT

LEG CON

Ill,O.0

A1V6 i --

i

...

FOLLOW -.---- ----PREVEN

i '

1

STATS MIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIIIII374

376

CITATION: Leivealey, S.

The Maltreated Child: A Cause for Concern

MEDICAL JOURNAL OP AUSTRALIA, April 29, 1972, (1):935-36

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Initial complaint involvesdecision by general practitioner to send babyto hospital, with risk of parents not agreeingwith hospital attitudes, assessment of parents,police action if necessary.

SECTIONS (3): Abusing parents usually have per-sonality disorders so they can see nothingwrong with actions.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Indicators - small swellings,lacerations; (b) History - reveals westernershave become aware of child abuse in last twocenturies.

MEITION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZzLaw0

<z0

Zzwx0

<>-

a

z)-X2G.

.1c

0W

Z

0W

txwco

ELIx`;00W

;. ,lw

L rxx o

NON-SP =MI I IIIIIIN COM

IN INT

II. f..

' 11111 1,...1

INDIC

PRB DEF

N1_. .

I...

TREAT

LEG CON

111 '

11

-i- -1-

1111111111

1

1

-1

1

1

.

-1

-

.

.

REFER

ANC SER

li : :

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

I

I

1.1111.111=111111

;

:

STATS

CITATION: Lentle, B. C.

Pycodysostosis: A Case ReportJOURNAL OP CANADIAN ASSOC. OF RADIOLOGISTS, Sept. 1971, 22:210-14

MAIN EMPHASIS: (4): Case report of pycodysostosis, arare bone disease characterized by shortness ofstature, dysplasia of skull, no paranasal sinuses,proneness to bone fracture. Child abuse sus-pected in this case but was not primary diagnosis.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z-.1?

Zw0(

<!ZZww222:2w

!

0

4

a.

11111111111.1.1

z

o.

I

IC:Z

0:0u.s.iw

4x

In

ex;I:rw

1JIW

~:c2o-

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

S

.

INDIC.. -------.

PR8 DEF

'

.. .. . .

0&4...:"

A

1,,'.1'

c\'

0"C

))

TREAT

lid 5.15W_ .-

4,

- -1-

REFER

ANC SER

. :

FOLLOWPREVEN

1

.

:

.

1

1

STATS 11111111.11111

375

379

4

CITATION: Leonard, Martha F., et aZ.Failure to Thrive in Infante

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF DISTURBED CHILDREN, June 1966, 211:600-612

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of exploratory studyof 13 infants admitted to hospital for failure tothrive and of their families, aimed at identifyingcontributing factors to situation. Findingsinclude: (1) all families had multiple problems(including number of children in quick succession)(2) isolation, (3) no mother reported nurturing inher own childhood. A non-thriving child affectedthe worker's perception of child, the baby's ownpersonality, and depleted the mother's alreadyoverburdened resources.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Characteristics of childrenindicative of "failure to thrive:" evidence ofunderfeeding (inconsistent history from mother),unusual watchfulness of baby, lack of anxiety onchild's part about strangers, superficiality ofchild's social relationships. (b) Treatmentapproach--encouraging and non-judgmental reportgiven mothers. Difficulties discussed in makingcontact with parents. (c) Charts and tables arepresented.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Follow-up only minimal, but 4nfor-mation revealed continued weight gain in fiveinfants after discharge.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


2

2tatataxLI

i<IZZ(.5

Z>CI

<

a.

Z)-X212taxgrxa.

o1<:Z

0:0ta pa

<xca

itta

n.,.-

x

-JW

cc

1-

NONSP 11.11.11111111.1-t- --1-.

:--I 1--IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

I :-4- -+-

1

:

:-4-3

4

'4

I

-4 -

TREAT

LEG CON ill I

:3 1 IMII

--:--REFER

ANC SER

11 : -,- -.

-4--

FOLLOW

17.REVEN---

:

,--:

--r: 2

--1,--!

I"':

--r-STATS IBMEINEMOIEM

CITATION: Leserman, S.

There's a Murderer in My Waiting RoomMEDICAL ECONOMICS, August 24, 1964, 41(17):62-71

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This is a physician's story ofhow, because of fear of being sued, he was unableto prevent a mother from kTing her child.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):,

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<2W0

<Z..0

...11==11111

:

ZZ0....

< Z)- >.I I

1

<:Z0:02:2.W.W

<x0

-:-

itW

:

_,:la

L7:m,_dc.MO-

-T-

NONSP 4

IN INT 111111111111INDIC

PRB DEF

I i. .

TREAT

LEG CON

III :

1.

.

.

.

1

.....ANC iiii

1_-:

-..i....

..1...

L...

FOLLOW

PREVEN

III : -4.--e

SOMIIIIRMI.

-4-1

1

,

-;-1

.

1

-«-

STATS

376

38Ci.

CITATION: Leuchter, H. J.Are Schools to be or Not to be Community Mental Health Centers?

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, Oct., 1968, 125(4):167-68

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Schools provide an avenue forpossible identification and treatment of emotional

problems.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Child abuse is one special area of

concern.

TARGET POPULATION:


.Z

Zuowwz0

<:Zzz>->-00x0

.

0

<

a

zZ22tax==:=0.WWW

< Z 4c

et:-la

I

:I.,o e

x. I-.

NON.SP 1 111111.11.11111111IN COM .

I

IN INT:

INDIC

PRB DEF 11111111TREAT '

LEG CON-I- -i- 4.- 4- 111111

REFER il : : isi :.

ANC SER1 o

1

FOLLOW : I I

PREVEN

1111

1.

STATS 1111===l111

CITATION: Levenstein, P., at al.

An Effect of Stimulating Verbal Interaction Between Mother andChildren Around Play Materials

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ONTROPSYCHI4TRY, 1967. 37:334-S

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Presents a method of increasingverbal interaction between mothers and childrenthrough the use of trained "toy demonstrators"(social workers) who make home visits.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The author presents the resultsof an experiment using six mother-child pairs ascontrols, and six who received such home visits:the experimental group gained a mean of 13.7 IQpoints; (b) The author points out the need forfurther research on the generality eld longevityof the results.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

cARGET POPULATION:


zZzw0

(zw0

Zzw0

(,.

x.

z,..

x.

.

( : Z

010212ww.w

...

ic

x

,

ex..;mw

o

--11w!7,:m

x..

NONSPIN COM

IN INT-1- 4- .4-

c,0'o

-

.. -

INDIC

PRB DEF i i,

00.'

T-_--.i.....-i..

.

Ao-,v

<6:..'

e 4)04.

.

.

TREAT

LEG CON -1.

.

4

,

-!--

-4-

REFER

ANC SER .

1

.

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

.

. .

;

-_:,...

.

STATSi F i

rI : ;

377

381

CITATION: Levi. L. D., et al.Fathers and Sons: The Interlocking Crisis of Integrity and Identity

PSYCHIATRY, Feb. 1972, 35:48-56

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Authors present their thesis

that the identity problems and psychopathologyof adolescent boys can be contributed to orcaused by the "crisis of integraty", the stateof masked depression, resignation, or hostilityof middle aged fathers toward thier sons. This

position of the father prevents a healthy growth-producing conflict from taking place betweenfather and son. Case histories are included.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): The implicationsof this analysisfor treatment are noted.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z<zw0

w0

ta0

4

xo.

z<z<x22wx,--coo. w w

Xu)

al

w

-II 1E4

Ir.:

x .1-

NONSP 1

IN COM .I

. .

IN INTINDIC------- _-......1---- 1.. -1PRB DEF G'.' .fo .

TREAT-t" e(<

APLEG CON 'S 0

4.

REFER 03' ..

_j____4__

...i... ..i...

ANC SER

FOLLOW ,.....i... ....i.. ...i....PREVEN

STATS =HMI

CITATION: Lewis, HaroldParental and Community NeglectCHILDREN, May-June, 1960, :114-118

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of innovative organi-zational approaches to counter parental andcommunity neglect.

SECTIONS (3): Discussion of parameters of

community neglect.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Conditions accepted as evi-dence of neglect; (b) Referral to CPS usually doesnot occur until troubled family makes trouble andby then situation has acutely leterioratedl(c) Rate of recidivism.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Child Protective ServiceWorkers

zw(

I

<izolizo,0.0111.111.11111111111111

.

5 zx xO.Q.

.

<re212tes:w

4xwen

1101.1

..1.....L.

,xW

.

'

!;,Li

71Ioo,xo-

..

:

NONSPIN COM---IN INTINDIC

PRB Der....1....i..

; 3 1

TREAT

LEG 'CON

IsREFER

ANC SER._ ..,:..2...4... .i..

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 12.

.IMI:I.

MilSTATS

,?78

334',

j

CITATION: Lewis, Melvin, et aZ.Some Psychological Aspects of Seduction, Incest, and Rape in Childhood

JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PSYCHIATRY, Oct 1969, 8:606-10

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Acute and long-lasting psycho-logical sequelae may follow sexual attacks uponboys and girls during childhood depending on theform of attack, level of ego development, thecloseness of the actual event to the prevailingfantasies.

SECTIONS (3): Case study of each developmentalstage--infant, early childhood, middle childhood,adolescence.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

Zlawzz22.,,x-wIce(7

Z0

i

2>to0 Cl.

>-

Cl.

0UJ

0W

xUl

a'.

W

-.1

,,,1-1m

I . I.

NONSP gummammia; I ;

'

:IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB OEF ..

;

4 :

.

.

TREAT

LEG CON

11 '1

.

.

e

.

I

REFER

ANC SER:

-!-- -I-,

4-,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

1

1

.

e

e

.

STATS IIM

CITATION: Libai, DavidThe Protection of the Child Victim of a Sexual Offense in the

Criminal Justice SystemWAYNE LAW REVIEW, 2969, 15:977-1032

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The state's lack of concern withthe child sex victim in involving him in legalproceedings as evidenced by pretrial investigativeproceedings. Some proposals to assure both themental health of a child victim and rights of theaccused in trial and pre-trial proceedings.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Initial interview (pre-trial in-terrogation); (b) Comparison of procedures in Chi-cago, Copenhagen, Stockholm; (c) Discussion of Is-raeli interrogation method--special non-police,youth interrogators who have sole legal authorityto conduct interrogation; (d) Proposal to use spe-cifically trained child examiners who videotapewhole interrogation and supplement this withwritten social profile; (e) Conflict between ac-cused's rights and child victim's welfare; (f) Il-linois practices: repeated interrogations of sexvictims, negotiated plea which does not resolve.conflict between defendant's rights and child'swelfare; (g) Determining child's duty to testify:su gests: (1) could be done by'child examiner;(2) court could determine child's unavailability;(3 judge could untimately decide on whether to ac-cept examiner's recommendation; (h) Proposals toprotect child victim (e.g., trial or special bearing in child-courtroom) and constitutional prob-lems; (1) courtroom designed to take child's testi-mony in relaxed fashion; only judge, prosecutor,defense attorney, child examiner Present: (3) de-fendant, jury, public watch behind one-way glass.

Constitutional issues considered; (1) accused'sright to be present at trial; VG) right to publictrial; (3) right to cross-examination.

Target Population:


2.?

ww.ax0

4(

0

2

0

<

0.

Z

x220.

<

la

2

la

4xlaVI

..I

XW

; -I,..11J

1,.. I 6,.,Y-: ; Cex o-

NONISP 11111111111/1111/1IN C ..IN INT . ,

__I..

.

INDIC

1426 OEF

;

1

I ; ;

TREAT

LEG CON

illE. I 4 :

REFER

ANC S ER

_i _i. i._3 :

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

:1

1. i-1

-1-

STATS 111111111.111.1111M11

38'.3

CITATION: Lisbert, Robert M.Television: Its Effects on Aggressive Behavior in Children

AGGRESSION, VIOLENCE AND CHILDHOOD, Fifth Annual Seminar, Children's MedicalCenter, Tulsa, Oklahoma, 1972

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Research evidence indicates asignificant relationship between amount ofviolence children see on TV and degree to whichthey are aggressive in attitudes and behavior.Bandura and Hicks studies cited. Learning byobservation critical aspect of social learningprocesses. Recommendation for major economicinvestment into TV programs which teach coopera-tive, pro-social ways of dealing with life.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


-4" <;Zz Z

aW W0

4

0.

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

>.

a.

O 02W

4WCf)

a.

;wcc

cr,

.1

- -

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

;4- A

CITATION: Lindenberg, Hiohar4, et al.

Morphology of Brain Lesions from Blunt Trauma in Early InfancyARCHIVES OF PATHOLOGY, March 1969, 87:293-306

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): ,Sixteen cases of blunt headinjury due to falling or, in at least one case,to being beaten are presented.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

380

3 8

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

,xZWa

<:22wa111111.111111

:

Zwa

<>>x0-

z

xa.

:4:20:0z:zw.w

<.ewcn.4;.w

II,wt.2 ol-

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

iiii !

i

0C.'

.. ..

7- -

INDIC

PRB DEFf--:

C42

0..

- -

' '''

A

5')

41/P.TREAT

LEG CON

11

4)\

Q.

11110=11111

REFER.....

ANC SER

FOLLOWPREVEN

1. MI

STATS

CITATION: Lindsey, G. -

Some Remarke Concerning Incest, The Incest Taboo, and Psychoanalytical TheoryAMERICAN PSYCHOLOGIST, December, 1967, 20:1051

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author sets forth histhesis that biological determinants provide asufficient explanation of the urigin of theincest taboo. A human group practicing incestwould operate at a selective disadvantage in com-petition with out-breeding goups and ultimatelywould be unlikely to survive.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The author examines supportiveevidence of the adverse effects of inbreeding onanimals and humans; (b) The author examinesevidence that would suggest that similarity inpsychological makeup and physical proximity shouldresult in sexual contact. Thus psychologicalexplanations of the incest taboo are open toquestion.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Data from various sources on theincidence of incest are reviewed.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZZzrW0

< Z

W.W(5

<

xa.

zr00xXa.

<

2w

Z

2ui

<

W0et:mXw

1w1 w

==;CigI 11-

NONSP EMBEIMME11111111: III :... f....i_.IN COM

..- ----- _.

IN INT

INOIC

PR8 DEF

1

Ill :

:

1

I

TREAT

LEG CON

11 1

1

.

.

'

1

31

RET1ANC SER

i

.4

'

...1..

'

III :

. IIIFOLLOW

PR EVEN...i.... ....!.. I._

STATS , 1

i. 2:

Lion, John R.CITATION: EMotional Hazards in the Treatment of the Violent Patient

AGGRESSION, VIOLENCE AND CHILDHOOD, Fifth Annual Seminar, Children's MedicalCenter, Tulsa, Oklahoma, October, 1972

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Violence fascinates us. Ouremotional response to violence contributes to thedifficulty in treating violent patients. Ourambivalence to violence is exacerbated by mediacoverage; we need to bolster our defenses witha more aggressive/authoritarian attitude towardviolence than society permits right now.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZ T

ZW0

<Zw0

.

:ZZwx0

<r,-a.

z

Xa.

<0w

Z0"e'w>ct.:;cgw

cc

xcn

i'LJ

w

i-1,W,1- : Ix

Z. 1.-

NON.SP...I+

!

IN COM.. --------

IN INT.. .....

1

.

..4.- ...,..

:

A..k`

'<53

c)d-

:

L__INCMC

PR8 DEF-4- I-

&0c.,\.'

<5'e<2

TREAT

LEG CON--1-

1

.

FL

1U1111111.11111

.

REFER

ANC SERANC- :_- .

A

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

.

.

STATS

381

333

. CITATION: Lis, Edward F., et al.Multiple Fractures Associated with Subdural Heniatoma in InfancyPEDIATRICS, 1950, 6:890-92

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A case study of an infant withsubdural hematoma associated with multiple frac-tures was presented. Etiology was not establishedPoints out that Caffey's suspicions of trauma arenot answered.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZZZz>)-00x0.,.wiatazI22tax;re000matawmwmo--

<lz < z < z <_1

--1,WF-IR

NON-SP IMMIIIIIIMMI

..1__

, 1

..:..

. 1..IN COM

IN INTin

iINDIC17ii row

11.1. i

:

TREAT

LEG CON ;

i,

i__,

EUREFER

A N6 i --: : Ell 1

1

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN :, -T-.

-i-I

I

1-1

-r-

STATS .........11

CITATION: Lloyd-Roberts, G.The Diagnosis of Injury of Bones and Joints in Young BabiesPROCEEDINGS OF ROYAL SOCIETY OF MEDICINE, Dec. 12, 1968, 61:1299-300

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Exuberant callous formation,varying degrees of maturity of injuries, and otherindicators make the child abuse syndrome distin-guishable from osteomyelitis and other diseases.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Parents of abused children areoften poor and fail to clothe and clean childrenproperly, but may also be of higher socio-economicfamilies.

MENTION (1):

i

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<I

ZwwwII22.ax""IrcL7

<ZLI

ZzL7

<rG.

zrcl.

.cc : Z

010w.1w

<x(...

Et!

W

-1,Wm

z.1-

NON-SP 11111=11111111111IN COM i -.1_. I._114 it4 - . . 1

INDIC- -I- 'IL -I- El

PRB DEF1 I

.

TREAT : :

LEG CON

in:

REFER 1

ANC SER -4-,--i-

FOLLOW .I

1

PREVEN +I1 I I

STATS .11111111.111 1

382

336

CITATION: Lorr, MauriceThe Wittenborn Psychiatric Syndrome: An Oblique RotationJOURNAL OF CONSULTING PSYCHOLOGY, 2957, 21:6

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Orthogonally rotated Wittenborn- Holzberg data on 250 psychotic patients was re-rotated to clarify the faction structure and to.identify any 2nd-order factions that might bepresent. Findings were not in great agreementwith those of other investigators; possible exa-cerbations discussed. Tables outlining factorsand correlation are prescribed.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z<zWcstscso.a.ulatniuxii-

azzw

i

: z

ta

4(

xz,...c)x

4c zox2 2w

4,_.,&x=Ife

:. it

wt.-.r,

.

NON-SP EOM=:

e

t-.

-- -IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF-7 -4-

t

C;9'6<O*I".

i

..'A

(S

)

.

1

TREAT

LEG CON

:

N'

'Z.

1----I--

.

REFER

ANC SER1

;1

.

FOLLOWPREVEN 1, 1- iSTATS 1

. ! I :

.

-

CITATION: Lorr, Maurice, at al.Factors Descriptive of Psychopathology-and Behavior of Hospitalized PsychoticsJOURNAL OF ABNORMAL AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1955, 50

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of study to identifyfactorially some descriptive parameters of psycho-pathology and behavior of psychotic patients. Ul-timate aim - symptoinatology. Discussion ofresults.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

TARGET POPULATION:


z4C:2

Z ZLAJ UJ

0 0 a. a.

<;ZonoWild

x a.

11111111 HI BE NM

383 8

CITATION: Lorr, Maurine, et al.Patterns of Maladjustment in Children

JOURNAL OF CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1953, 9:26-29

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A re-examination of Achenson'sstudy (of interrelated traits identifying majorsyndromes in children) by factorial methods.Five oblique factions found in parallel analysesof boys and girls: socialized delinquency, in-ternal conflict, unsocialized aggressiveness,brain damage, schizoid reaction.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Two statistical tables on factors areprovided.

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ

ui0

alzla; ui0 0

..c

xQ.

z

x0.....d..0

a

2

Z

2

<xta

Cixal

u.i''L:ecxl-w

rg

NON-SP 111111111E1 RUIN COM

IN INT

-k\c0

*C

' 412CP

-

-

INDIC

;18 17EF-

in-

."<('

--

(<5°

0(0

TREAT

LEG C0N%.4

(§REFER

ANC SER-- -11

FOLLOW

PREVENEmu

STATS INIMMEIMII

CITATION: Low, ColinThe Battering Parent, The Community and the LawAPPLIED SOCIAL STUDTES, 1971, 3(2):65-80

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Great Britain's legal means forprosecuting and defending abuse/neglect cases.

SECTIONS (3): (a) prosecution's charges: Murder,

attempted murder, infanticide, man slaughter,cruelty and neglect; (b) defense means:diminished responsibilities, provocation, accident'(c) numerous legal cases - illustrations.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) scattered references to problemdefinition - e.g., scapegoating, neglect, provo-cation by child, mental abnormality (b) used forrequired reporting law.

MENTION (1):

. TARGET POPULATION:

Lawyers

ZZZ0i0

CIZzla0

:

zla(7

GE.I0.

Z>.x0.

e

<:Z0'O2;2W. La

xxtaU)

6.1

X41

1 -I:w1-Irg(14;,:cIII-

NONSP mum EllIN COM

IN INTI

.

.

INDIC

PRB DEF Ilimmil ,

--1-- isINN 11111111111

REFER

ANC SER

; EMI--1-- -III

;

FOLLOW

F;REVEN-

illSTATS RU MI

384

CITATION: Lowry, Thomas P., et al.Abortion as a Preventive for Abused Children

PSYCHIATRIC OPINION, 1971, 8(3):19 -25

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Since so many unwanted childrenare abused, and other children are abused, eventhough wanted, abortion could be a preventivemeasure for child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case studies citing examples ofchild abuse and neglect are given throughout; (b)Child abusers are as children who want to beparented instead of vice versa; (c) Statisticsshow that child abuse is often the by-product ofunwanted pregnancies.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Dwarfism is often a result of lackof loving care and nutrition.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zZzwwwxx2120

<IzZ0

.

z

0

<ra

zr

a

1

<tz0:0w.w

4x ew.x(now

-1lw

,7,:='Ll Icemi.-

NON-SP 111101115111111IN COM

IN INT

II I

1.I

-I- -i-.

-i- I-1

INDIC

PRB DEF a:1211111 1-- -7--:

-1--I

TREAT

LEG CON

11 :

-t-'

-4-:

-I-

I

-1-.

--i-

REFER

ANC SER

: : I

.

:'

4

FOLLOW

PREVEN.

II :

-4-1

-4-

1

I

-:-I

-..-

STATS Fill 11111111111

CITATION: Lukianowicz, N.

Battered ChildrenPSYCHIATRIC CLINICIAN, 1971, 4:257-80 (Ireland)

MAIN EMPHASIS: A statistical study of the environ-ment, personality, and psychodynamics of the par-ents of 18 abused children in Antrim County, NorthIreland, compares findings with those of Kempe,Skinner and other.; to find causes: (a) unprepared-ness to assume pa.-ental role; (b) marital conflict!scapegoated on child; (c) personality disorders ordepression and irritability; (d) tension-relief vizchild beating; (e) imitation of abuse parent re-ceived as a child; (f) frustrated expectation thatchild can meet parent's needs; (g) resentment ofchild for not meeting parental needs. Parent pro-file: mother is most frequent abuser; father pro-tects wife, not child; both children and mothersare relatively young.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Recommended treatment includescounseling the whole family at home; removal ofchild or hospitalization of parents, medication;(b) Pollock's questionnaire used to spot parent-child hostility is seen as a preventative mechan-ism; (c) Reporting laws and legal protection of re-porters of abuse are needed; (d) Case histories ofabusing families.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) The physician's role as initialreporter is emphasized; (b) The various medical andbehavioral services need to alert each other totheir contact with child abusing families.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


NON.SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

z z z0

>-

x

z0

z

qnx

385

389

CITATION: Lustig, Noel, et al,

"Incept"

ARCHIVE'S GORR& PSYCHIATRY, Jan., JOU, 14:31-40

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Extensive discussion of psycho-dynamics in family where father-daughter incestoccured. Major theses: (1) incest reduces ten-sion in dysfunctioning family; (2) incest involvesat least unconscious participation by parent notovertly involved.

SECTIONS (3): Illustrations from six case studies.Reference to numerous contributors to author'sthesis - e.g., Weiss, Reich, Sullivan, Mornay.Characteristics of fathers - history of separa-tion experiences, need to appear a "patriarch."Characteristics of mother - abdication of wiferole, sexual rejection of husband, role reversalwith daughter. Characteristics of daughter -unusually precocious behavior in nurturing func-tions but retarded functioning in other areas.Characteristics of family - relies on noninstitu-tional role relationships, tenuous relationshipwith laiger society, incest protects and maintainsthe family.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZzuswwzIZ2tax=Px000m

<:ZZ

:

z.4-

z),-

atautow

s0

Z0<x iii

,la

/ni- 1 (x

iti.-

NON-SP 1.1111111611111111In I

'1- -1,

'

,-1- -1

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB OEF1-

:

mi !

:

:

4:

.

3:

TREAT

LEG CON

'

-;-1

-4- -- --1 4--

.

REFER

ANC SER

I : : II :

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ll :

.

-- ---,

1

-:-1

4-

STATS 11111111.11.1111111

CITATION: MacDonald, John M.

The Threat to KinAMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, 1963, 120:125-30

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A study to determine the criterifor predicting homicide found those who committed

it had a history of parental brutality, extremematernal seduction, or childhood firesetting,cruelty to animals, and enuresis.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

386

3J

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzwwtaxxZ:2wx-tz0

<z0

11.13.11.11111111111

_I.

!

Zz

LI

.

.4-a

11111

z-

a.

;1

.1:Z0 : 0

w:w

'

-

<x all

to w

I

1-

x

..I..

..,w(x

1-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB OEF-1- --I --4-- --i--

I

TREAT

LEG CON

111 - } ..-I

-4.-- i -1- MIREFER

ANC SER

111 :1

1,

FOLLOW

PREVEN4-

1

-14- :-. 1

. ,

4 _.

.

ElSTATS WI 1111111111111111

CITATION: Macnotka, Pavel, et al.Incest as a Family Affair

FAMILY PROCESS, March, 1967, 6:98-118

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors focus on the "inter-personal triangle" concept of incest, emphasizingthe contributory role of the non-participatingmember. Three points of interest, according toWeinar, are: (1) Liaisons are protracted andusually occur in unbroken humes; (2) Several mem...bers collude, and the child is typically pushedinto adult responsibilities; (3) Revengingdaughter sees mother as cruel.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Three incestuous families aredescribed; (b) University of Colorado Medical Cen-ter's Family Treatment Unit selects a few patientsabout to be admitted to the psychiatric floor forcrisis-oriented family therapy, in which: (1) Se-quence of events is unravelled; (2) All are en-couraged to return to prior functioning; (3) In-volvement of each member is emphasized; (4) Healthier roles are examined. Family is treated as awhole, with focus on the dynamics.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZZWLI

!

XQ.

Z>Xa.

<02u.;

Z02W

<X....U)

Eixta

1 ...I..111

..,/"!"-PrXs,-

NON45P minmEgumnill I

1

A ...1...

1

n -.1..IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB OE

TREAT

LEG CON

1F1-.

linEn--i-

;

.4.-;

;

Tr;

.

.P-1.-;

REFER

ANC SER

in :

FOLLOW

PREVEN 111-1--STATS = Eill!=

CITATION: Maginnis, Elizabeth, et al.A Social Worker Looks at Failure to ThriveCHILD WELFARE, June, 1967, 46:335-8

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of exploratory studyat Children's Hospital Medical Center (Boston) on50 children admitted for failure to thrive (noevidence found of primary organic illness). Pro-cess involved reviewing available reports and con-ducting follow-up interviews with parents. Find-ings note characteristics of families; e.g., mostchildren under age 2; stressful events associatedwith birth and early infancy. Unexpected findingswere that parents were older (average age ofmother = 26, of father = 29) with more stabilitythan expected, and with higher level of income. 0primary importance to child capacity to thrive werfeelings and attitudes of parents within familyunits. Also noted was that, in general, motivatiofor casework was low.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Literature review of other studieexamining causes of failure to thrive syndrome; (b)Treatment recommendations were that hospital socialworker prolong contact with family and not transfecare to another agency; hospital needs to coordin-ate its services with child welfare agencies.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Case history is presented.

MENTION (1): Growth failure, malnutrition, retarda-tion of mother, and poor social development arecharacteristic of failure to thrive syndrome.

TARGET POPULATION:


z< z <

z z ; z >-Z

C7 c7. c7 Q.

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB OEF

TREAT_LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW_PREVEN

STATS

CITATION: Marer, J. W.

Development of the Law of the "Battered Child Syndrome"

NEBRASKA STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL, Sept., 1966, 61:366-72

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The implications of Nebraska's

laws on child abuse reporting and privileged com-

munication between patient and physician are dis-

cussed.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The historical development ofrecognition of the problem of child abuse is des-cribed; (b) A section of statistics compiled by astudy of the American Humane Association of 662instances of child abuse with characteristics andtypes of abuse is listed; (c) Discussion of thecharacteristics and theory of child abuse is in-

cluded.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

MedicalBehavioral Scientists

z

ZZlam0000.

<1Z

mmumisimi

:

z).,

'

4( Z.mZ

<0w2

Z0w2

<usx=1:ccow

EJ.

I.-1Itat :cc

I.,-

:-l-NON-SP

IN COM

lig INT

iINDIC

PRB DEFMg .3:

TREAT

LEG COW 111 41 :

REFER-

ANC GER._:-.

.

-_;_.

'

.

-.I.-

1

..i1

..

.

FOLLOW

[;REVEN

111 :

1

I

1

1

.

: :

STATS WM : MINIM

CITATION: Marker, Gail, et al.Rethinking Childen's RightsCHILDREN TODAY, Nov. -Dec., 1973, 2(6):8-11

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A discussion of the most current

legal developments in assuring children's rights,

e.a., rights of children in institutions to re-

ceive rehabilitative services (Morales v. Turnan,Willowbrook, N.Y.); exploitation of children ininstitutions; right to education (Mills v. Board

of Education, Dist. of Columbia; Brown v. Board of

Education). The obvious problems are being tack-

led now, e.g., neglect/abuse, abuse in institu-

tions, right to education. Future considerations

should involve less articulated concerns, i.e.,right to medical care without parental consent,right to have own best interests adequately repre-

sented.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

wwwxzz2wx:mo(7

<

U'

z< z<

0.ww

Zoxel,-:mwwx.1-

:-.1,w

NoNsr 4111111M : UIN COM

IN INT

11 '

1

, .1

.

INDIC

PRB DEF

Il

II

.

I

:

..1........I

TREAT

LEG CON

Il

II

: : : .

REFER

ANC SER

'

.

1

.4.

.

..i..

.111,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I ;

i

111111111111=1111111111

i

-t-

t

i-

t t

-i-

STATS

388

394:

CITATION: Maroteaux, P.The Sequelae oiSilverman Syndrome: Infant's Multiple Fractureer

So-called "Battered Child Syndrome"LA PRESSE MEDICALE, March 22, 1967, 75:711-716

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This is a report of a follow-upstudy of 16 cases of "battered baby syndrome" inwhich many nonconspicuous complications were ob-served to develop.

SECTIONS (3): The authors discuss the appropriate-ness of the term "battered baby syndrome": sincesome cases are due, no doubt, to excessive (butnot malicious) manipulation.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzzz.,-00wwwx0

<

00a

z < z

x22wxYzIlxawwwwz...-

< z ,,c

Eil.

: -I1 w

,,,I.-:0

NON-SPill

0011.:

,

I.1-

1 ,

11111 :IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

4..

:

,

31

:

.

.

:

.

.

TREAT

LEG CON

111

:,

:

-1,

:

1-.

111111REFER

ANC SERI .1..

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ill :

1

T-:

.

:

I-,

!

-1-.

:

1-.

STATS 1111

CITATION: Martin, David L.The Growing Horror of Child Abuse and the Undeniable Role of the

Schools in Putting an End to itTHE AMERICAN mom BOARD JOURNAL, 1973, 160(11) :51-55

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author argues that schoolshave an important role to play in helping to iden-tify and prevent cases of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Recommendations are made that stepsbe taken to sensitize school personnel to theproblem and to establish concrete school policieson reporting suspected cases of abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1)

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zZZW0

I

4IZZw0

-:-

!

Zw0

111111111111

<).xa

3:

-1-

z.o:0xa

.,

<:z

2:2wrw

I-.

11

cc:

'a4 xwit,'

..1

:LU

*-!K12211:c

1.1.-

-I-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF III Wi--III --;.--

:

'

TREATLEG C15;

1111111 :

.

'

REFER

ANC SER

111 i

:

BiaME

t

:

FOLLOWPREVEN

111 :

1

.

1._

1111.111..1. 4_ 4..

STATS

389

R92

CITATION: Martin, Harold P., et al,The Development of Abused Children

ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS, 1974, 21:25-73

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A survey of the literature ofchild abuse is presented, finding that very littleis known about later consequences of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Varioui background material 'orabuse/neglect situations is given; (b) Statisticaldata of each study are related; (c) Undernutritionis a frequent concomitant of abuse and predisposesthe child to retardation; (d) Measurements ofcoercion, family violence in cases of sex abuseare given; (e) Provocation of sex abuse by thevictim is hypothesized, Long lasting negative ef-fects occur; (f) Case studies of neurological out-come of abused children were done; (g) Follow-upof these cases showed handicapped ability to re-late to people and environment, but surprisinglylittle cognitive disturbance; (g) Treatment orientation toward removal of threat of harm to childcan be ootained by therapy, legal maneuvers, wel-fare, and medical interventions.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z2zwwuxx221.isCOLImmwwwwX.6.

1

<Zzz>.

< z>.o0xet.,:cg

C1 Zit

'cm:1m

:

I-1lw

NONSP 3 RE MI=:""

.

--1.

IN COM

IN INT

i

1". 4,--

1

4.--.

INDIC

PR3 DEF

;

13

. .

3

.

4:

TREAT.-- .---- -

LEG CON

3-- ..,.. ..

1

-. .- .

:

REFER

ANC SERi :

1-- -i-:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

1

'

.

STATS 3 immill 1 !

CITATION: Martin, Helen L.Antecedents of Burns and Scalds in ChildrenBRITISH JOURNAL. OP MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1970, 43:39-47

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes four psychodynamicpatterns prefacing thermal injury to children

SECTIONS (3): Contrasts parents of burned childrenand parents of abused children.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsPsychologists

z

zwwiaxx212wx-IlxLI

<:ZzC,

,

zLI

<>-

0.

z)-

0.

I

cc:z

0:0W.W

.4

. eW W

,:us

(17.,:"4

Z 0-

NONSP : 4 MInlinil 1

IN COM

161 INT -I- -4.-- "i- :I

.

-i-

INDIC

PRO DEF

111 1

.

-I--I

-4- -4-. .

TREAT

LEG CON

11 :

-t'-.:

.i : :

.i. .4..

-i..

REFER

ANC SER

.

1.

1

.

. INI :

1.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 :

.

11111.11.11111111111.

: i

. :

:

STATS

390

3 9 4

11116'

CITATION: Massing, Roe.Neglected Children: A Challenge to the CamnitySOCIAL WORK, April, 1968, 30 -6

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Problematic abuse (neglect casehistories are presented in detail).

SECTIONS (3): Treatment of each case is reported,as well as a general discussion of need to findunusual treatment resources which are, ideally,incorporated into a separate, comprehensive fa-cility which needs to deal with right to refusetreatment.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Problems dealt with in facilitiesinclude: (1) social breakdown in parents' child-hood: (2) illegitimacy; (3) character disorders,(4) inadequate housing; and (5) poverty. Statis-tics for the occurrence of various problems aregiven.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


g...,

5co".<

5

.:z5

.c z

ri.wwv)tax-<

2

z3

4i

,3-:

..... w

1,-41:

NON.FT 4 IIMMIEMInall.

s

.

1

I. I

...

IN COM

IN INTII

INDIC

PRO LIEFIEF 1311111111.1.-s :

7--,

TREAT

LEG CON

sit,..

.4.I

1

.,.I

I

...i1"I

REFER

ANC SER:Ili:4

:

6 I I

:

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

U,'.

:

,

: 1

,

STATS 2 11111114111111111111111111

CITATION: MaCort, Jamea, at al.Visceral Injuries in Battered ChildrenRADIOLOGY, March, 1964, 82:424 -28

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A study of 10 infants with un-explained visceral trauma as evidence of battering.

SECTIONS (3); (a) Instability, alcohol problems,behavior disorders, etc., were characteristic ofthese children's homes; (b) An investigation inthe child's best interests must be made.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION;

Medical Scientists

la1.7

'.0 i

.

410

Z

41o

<

Xa.

z-"-.a.

4

2w

I-

Z

41

4xwVI

..1tyx4

: ejF, Cr,,,/-.7.: Orz 11-

NON.SP 4 IIIII

IN COM

IN INT

i.:

.1_

:

i:

i.1

IN

PRO DEF 3 IN: ....:..:

TREAT

LEG CON

Nil :

I

i

I

REFER

ANC SER

.

-.4-,

'

-4-,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

1

:

s

:

,

,

.

:

,

STATS IMO 11.1111111

391

395

CITATION: Meerran, JaneParent Discussion Meetings: A Protective Service Agency's Experience

CHILD WELFARE, July, 1957, 88(71:31-35

1111=100114111^

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discusses a treatment programof discussion meetings for parents who had cometo the attention of the welfare office for theirneglect and abuse. The meetings had social valuefor many of the members, and they acquired newmethods and examined their old methods for workingwith children. Individual letters were used asoutreach to the parents until they made a commit-ment to the program.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

Zkausuirx2211,xt::(x0

I

<1Z0

15.11111111111.111..I-.

1

ZZc

.

<)-

a.

..i.-

Z).a.

1

.

<0us

Z0w

'

.

<xtn

_+.

le.

w

.

:-.II LU

t ; '''zs-

.1_NONSPIN COM

114-4 T

INDIC

PRO DEF

III :

1

. . .

.

1

TREAT

LEG CON

0. .

1 5

'

REFER

;NC SEWi :

i1

, .

,

,

FOLLOW

Fo.REVEN'

i

1

1

I

1 1 1

STATS!pH ME

CITATION: AYrran, JaneParents Groups in Protective ServicesCHILDREN, Nov.-Dec., 1958, 5(6) :223-228

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors use case examples toillustrate their thesis that protective serviceagencies can improve their services through groupmeetings.

SECTIONS (3): The authors describe how the meetingswere organized and the educational and supportiverole the meetings played in the casework process.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<42(z<Z4czwww22w)47.;:wC.5

z000.

1111=1111111111

:"

4.

'z

;

:

>.x

"1"

,..

mx

.

.

1

.

i

.

0ululowro-

4.

0

,

,

x,a.

*

+

!,11,...c.0'

NON-SP 4IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRO DEF.1111..i.....1.-

TREAT

LEG CON

I

ill

..i......i: :

_.i...:

..i...

...4.-

.:._

1

REFER

ANC SER

i ...1-

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

t

1

. .

1

5

I

STATS MI, =Ell

392

396

CITATION: Mollenry, Thomas, et al.Vnsuspeoted Trauma with Multiple Skeletal Injuries During

Infancy and ChildhoodPEDIATRICS, Ans, 1963, 31:903 -8

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Documentation of 50 children whohad unsuspected trauma- -case material, prognoses,types of injuries.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Statistics indicate early infancywas when most abuse took place; (b) The abuserswere impulsive, had marital instability, demon-strated little guilt or anger, emotionally de-pressed in early life.

PARAGRAPHS (2): In interview, the clinician mustovercome anger, forego personal judgment, and beprepared to accept hostility from the abusiveparent.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

2wiatuzx2Zw0

<Z0

220

<>-

O.

2>.

O.

< Z0 0W w

4xCO

ci.

XW

:W

enl."'CC;CCX I -

N °N "S P

IN COM

I N I N T

MEM13111111111111III ;

6

:

!

2:

;

:

;

1

'

INDIC

PRS DEF

;

I

:

:

:

I

:

TREAT

LEG CON

I '

-I-.

;

:.

I

1I

I

-t-'

i-REFER

ANC SER11 I

,

:

:,I

I

.

:

1

:

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :

:I

I

1

I

"T-1

'

-i-.

:

-T-.

STATS IIMMME.11

CITATION: McKinney, G et aZ.Child Abuse and Neglect Concerns SRS Multi-EffortsWASHINGTON D.C.: SOCIAL AND REHABILITATION SERVICES, 1973: 14 -15

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Non-specific survey of SRS ac-tivities and those of other HEW agencies re:abuse/neglect. Report by Intradepartmental com-mittee (NEW). Projects supported which,investigattreatment, prevention, service delivery, etc.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

4zwww..E:Ewx.;:...

.

,cz

.

z

a

a

a.

z,a

I

<:zolow:w

x

mew

swfn-lix2.1-

NON.SP 4 munininiIN COM

IN INT

111 :

: I

INDIC

PR8 DEF_i_ _J._ ..i......i..

TREAT

LEG CON

I !

-T- II

-1- -I- -i-

REFER

ANC SERI : :

I

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I :: :

I

I

I

.

.

.

STATS na=linn393

397

CITATION: McRae, Kenneth, et al.The Battered Child Syndrome

CANADIAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION JOURNAL, April 7, 1973, 108(71:859-866

011

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Statistical data on 13? abusedchildren from a,Winnipeg hospital. Details onincidence, source, type. Frequency and follow-uptables are presented.

SECTIONS (3): Treatment: choice of separation,return to home with close supervision, or tem-porary separation.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Training: Continuing education isessential; (b) Follow-up is a full time job, anda must.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZZLa

LI

4:C

ZwiaxCO

;

i Zz0

.1(

>>0.

Z

x2ELaxvIm0.

40U.1

Z0U.1

<x(/)

a.j

W

;i -.1

I La

,,,,-- VX

X t h

NON-SP In .111111111.

-.4.- ..:._ - .

IN CUM

IN INT

.

..f...I

_.1-.

I

INDIC

PRB DEF

111.4111..._1 .

,

.

TREAT

LEG CON

! 3;

"I' -I--

REFER

ANC SER

111 . . .

FOLLOW- --

PREVEN

111 :

:

1 :

4

1 1

--.--STATS MIAMI

CITATION: Meacham, William F.The Neurosurgical Aspects of the Battered ChildSOrTBERN MEPICAL BULLETIN, June, 1970, 58(3) :33-6

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Since most child-battering in-volves striking the face of the child victim,physicians should particularly note wounds pro-duced by trauma, such as an acute swelling, skulldepression, retinal hemorrhages, etc. Failure tothrive,'irritability, and feeding problems mayindicate hematoma due to abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Detailed descriptions of the indica-tors, medical treatment needed, and results offailure to treat are given.

PARAGRAPHS (2): After hospitalization and/or re-moval, plans for child are made. Psychiatric,pediatric, nursing, and social work interventioncan plan for release and eventual return home.

MENTION (1): An official, non-accusatory responseby doctors is appropriate.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZzwwwxx2Ew>cs"..;ce0000.mlawolax.1--

4zz

gum.Z 4

)-

z>.o

4 zo

<x a!

.w,,,,-- Im

MI.

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

1.1..

.

..i....i..

.

INDIC

PRB DEFMO 4 I

--r-111V-I

11TREAT

LEG CON

111-i-

'

1

.

1-4-

'

-i- 111 :

REFER

ANC SER

'

-;-'

-4- --i-1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN 1

.

4- -1--

STATS 111111...1

394

390

CITATION: Meerloo, J. A. N.Mental Cruelty

NEDF.RAL T. GENEESK., Dec. 13, 1989, 113(501:2238-2239(Article in Dutch, Suznary in English)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of mental cruelty andits "disintegrating action" on spouse or child.May result in chila's admission to psychiatric

institution which is a stigma the child must carryfor his whole life.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ2wC.

cizZ..Li

w0

<

T=a.

z

a.

<:Z0 I 02:2wlw

e,

xwco

iexw

°,

--I

.wt:::7z4IXX.F-

NONSPI 4; =MI

.- --iIN comIN INT

--I1

I --4-.

INDIC

PRB DEF- - 4-- 1.-

1

I-- --4--

TREAT

LEG CON-1. .1.- 4. 4-

.

.

REFER

ANC SER

1

I1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

' +1

-t-!

r

STATS 1111111==.111

CITATION: Melnick, Barry, at al.

Distinctive Personality Attri;:uies of Child-Abusing MothersJOURNAL OF CONSULTING AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1969, 33(61:746-9

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Research study showed that per-sonality characteristics (i.e., inability to em-pathize with their children, severely frustrateddependency needs, and a probable history of emo-tional deprivation) of child-abusing mothers areconsistent with contemporary findings.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Zw0

«ZwLI

I ZZw0

at>.xO.

Z>.xO.

<02W

Z02wxIixw

<xcO

eW

I-21 iii

(hi- Iw

i I I-

NON-SP I 11111 III1

-4-.

IN COM

IN INTIII .

-4-I

-4--

1

.

-4-

.

INOIC

-11111 6W

111._111111111.:.

11111111....i..

4 1

.

1.

g

..i i_.. .

I I

..i..:

1

I

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN.i

..i L..

-.L.

STATS II ! 1111111111

395 3 9

CITATION: Michael, M. K.Follow-up Study of 4bused Children Reported from VhiVerSity RoSpitale

JOURNAL OF IOWA MEDICAL SOCIETY, May 1972, 62(51:235-217

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) Twenty-eight reported cases ofchild abuse were studied to gain data on theoutcome for the family and usefulness of thehospital services.

SECTIONS (3): (a) A 1965 legislative act requiresIowa physicians to report abuse. (b) Familiesfrequently had low income and were unprepared fora child.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Age, previous history, income,family structure, and other data is reported,

MENTION (1):

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INOIC

PRO OEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOWPREVEN

STATS

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zxizZ. Z010W1W

a.

z

a.

0C:Z0:0212 x

cn

-1O.X

I

G.IQy ;

C.)

--

CITATION: Mites, A. E. W.

Forensic Aspects of Odontology: A Museum ExhibitPROCEEDINGS OF ROYAL SOCIETY OF MEDICINE, February 1971, 64:112

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Dental exhibits can be useful,not only in training private practice dentists,but in aiding the development of forensic medicine.Dentists are now being attached to forensicpathologist teams.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Dentists

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRO OEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

396

40.0

()

CITATION: Miller, Donald S.Fractures Among Children, Part 1 - Parental Assault as a Causative Agent

MINNESOTA MEDICINE, September 1959, 42:1209-1213

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes indicators by whichphysicians can infer child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Four case reports.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) History of research thatdebates willful trauma versus bone fragility asexplanation of multiple fractures. (b) Adroitelicitation of information without an accusingattitude is necessary. (c) Abuse occurs in allsocio-economic strata.

, MENTION (1): Injured children at Cook CountyHospital are referred to Juvenile ProtectiveAssociation.

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzW0

<tzzWCO

;

z410

<>IO.

....11.11111

z}ICL

<02IV

z0EwxlcetV

'

.

4xUI

IQ.

w

,

d:CC

/.,,,s

I 1 1-

NON-SP 3 1

IN COM--_.

IN INT

:

:

INDIC

PRB DEF

'

:

:

21

I

21

I

TREAT

LEG CON

I

.

. I

.

REFER--

ANC SER

il :

__,...1

...4...

,

.. ._ ...:._

1

'

- --1

'

FOLLOW

PREVEN111 _i_

:

E111111111111111

- --.

_L

STATS

CITATION: Miller, John K.Red, White and Bruised. The Maltreatment Syndrome in the ArmyBEHAVIORAL SCIENCE, June 24, 1974, 1-22

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): That military life has itsspecial characteristics in dealing with andcontributing to child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Statistics show abuse high, butthis is probably due to their reporting system.(b) Treatment of suspected child abuse and neglectshould involve many disciplines. Training shouldbe specialized in all disciplines, as this is anoutreach skill not usually taught to professionals.(c) The military abusive parent is often enlistedand in serious financial straits or a member of amixed marriage.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Military posts have their ownlegal system and it has largely been unresponsiveto child abuse laws. (b) Sexual abuse occurs in 7%of cases that involve a fater and daughter who isbetween 7 and 16 years of age.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZwww2z2UI

:

< : ZZUI UI

1

.:

1

-1..

.

4 Z 4 k-0 0

O. a w w

111111111-3.-

4x acn w

,

1

1 iz yt',.

mz .1-

1

--i--I

NON-SP 4

IN COM

IN INT

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

11111111.4.. .4._ .4

.

13

REFER

ANC SER

1 , rill 1

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN! -.1._.

:

IIIIIIMIERIMEI

-4.- ...

0

STATS 3

397

CITATION: Miller, Mary BaileyCommunity Action

NURSING OUTLOOK, March 1969, 17:44-46

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Public health nurses initiateda community project to alleviate child abuse byseeking the aid of the juvenile judge.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): North Carolina child abuse statutedoes not require professionals to report casesof abuse.

TARGET POPULATION:

General PublicNurses

z7zw0

i

4clz

zizw:wLa . o

4,c

,-xa.

z

12a.

<0W

z02it:

xwcn

alaxw

'.,:w

F-:(E=PEI .1

MINON-SP 4 11.111./11 :

IN COM

IN INT

.:.

',

:

I.

i11INDIC

PRB DEF.4.

:

4

i

1

_4..

.4_

.

.

_4.

.

TREAT

LEG CON

II :._t

1

I

'

.-.4n8

...i...

REFER

ANC SER

11 :

-,-

.

1

i

-:-

.

:

o

.

41

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :

ro

1

-T-1

i-:

-t-1

4

STATS MIE.11111111111.

CITATION: Miloue, Irvin D., et al.The Child's Role in the Battered Child Syndrome40URNAL OF PEDIATRICS, 1964, 65(61:1079-1081

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion which emphasizes thatmany abused children contribute to their own abuseby being irritating or unappealing, crying, fight-ing with parents.

SECTIONS (3): Legal considerations involve physi-cian's liability and responsibilities.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Training should involve supervisionof new doctors so they may gain emotionalobjectivity and distance.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z-or

zZxrwwwx(.7

cr:x

co

.1.

!

cn

=MEMBER"'

<

a.

zrOlOxfillF-!cgx212wx0.

'1

x:z

w1

.w

:

1

<

(n la

:

.

1-1ow

I .1-

.

...i..

1

NONSP11IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEFii-:

.1

I--..II

TREAT

LEG CON 113:..i. ..i .

.

.

....

.

.1-.

REFER

ANC SER

11 : : En ,

.

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

'I

.

1

: :

1

:

. 1

MISTATS =ME=398

CITATION: Mintz, A. A.Battered Child SyndromeTEXAS STATE JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, February 1964, 60:107-108

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The abused child is often thescapegoat with the family homeostasis obtainedthrough this safety valve. Mother often demon-strates a murderous rage with father playingpassive role.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Doctors as well as lay peopleseldom consider reporting abuse.

MENTION (1): Indicators are fractures and multiplehealings.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<zlawiazI2:2wx(12:m0

<:ZZ

0

!

z(.9

cc zr>Q.O.

I

< :Z0:0x.,i ...0

.sx

cowili

.-1:W

1-!lxI . i-

NONSP 111.31.112.1IN COM

IN INT , .

INDIC

PRB DEF

ill '

:

1 I

4:TREAT

REFER

ANC SERi- 4- Elli

;

- - ?-

illIEFOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

t 1111

STATS inallillnialli

CITATION: Mi!ahat, BettyWorking with Abusing Parents - A Caseworker's ViewAMERICAN JOURNAL OF' NURSING, March 1973, 73: 487 -483

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A generalized article on what isinvolved in receiving a complaint of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Initial interview with mother revealsa need to convince the mother to get help.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z.1z......aulzI2uix(.70(9o.o.wwwwz.l-

111111/1111111111111111

<z

3:

Zz

4 zr r

.

<0

Z0

.

<x 1111

!.-1,wt! w-!Ix

:

NON.ISP

:IN -T

INDIC

PRB DEF- L. i..1111

I

4.-

TREAT

LEG CON

111..1..11111,

:

REFER

A116 iiI 11111-1--

.

FOLLOW

1:2EVETs

111 :

i!

STATS MI= REM399

40`"

CITATION: Miookin, Robert H.Foster Care - In Whose Best InterestsHARVARD EDUCATIONAL REVIEW, November 1973, 43(4):599 -638

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The process of removing childrencoercively from their parents and placing them infoster care with a test for evaluation of the bestinterests of the child.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Historically--examines theremoval of children from homes, by the state,since medieval times. (b) Statistics--length offoster care, number of placements.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzwwwx0

<:zz0z(.3

<,..

0.

z>Z2:2tax...ima.

i

<:z010W'W

I

<.U)

eW

-..v

tA:

MIM-

11111111111.11111111NON-SP

IN COM :

IN INT...1__

,

..i_.

.

_1

INDIC

illI__ 1..- 1.-

PRB DEFI

TREATIII.- i__ --i__ ..i._ -4... ....1.-

LEG CON 4 :

REFER 1 .

ANC SERI :4 : ,

FOLLOW._-... ----- .4....

1

...;_..

.4--1

--:.--

PREVENI 1

STATS 111311.111111MI

CITATION: Money, John, et aZ.Pain Anosia and Self Infury in the Syndrome of Reversible Somatotropin

Deficiency (Psychosoczal Dwarfism)JOURNAL OF AUTISM AND CHILDHOOD SCHIZOPHRENIA, April-June 1978. 2:2. 127-139

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of a study of 32 chil-dren admitted to hospital for syndrome of dwarfismcharacterized by reversible inhibition of growth.Following initial hospitalization, patients weredischarged to convalescent homes, then foster homesSuch changes in living situations from adverseenvironments (where growth failure began and per-sisted) to ameliorative environments (where catch-up growth occurred) decreased incidence of physicalinjury, severe punishment or abuse, self-inflictedinjury, and pain agnosia (non-recognition of pain).Symptom reversal was secondary to change of domi-cile and interpersonal environment. When self-inflicted injury and pain agnosia co-exist, self-injury may serve to counteract "cognitionalstarvation" where sensory deprivation existed. Onecase history is presented.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


cL

zwustax000a.

.<;Zz

1111.11=iiiii

1

z

'

4-

<)->

-.4

zx2Ewx=:mmwww

--

¢0

.4--

Z0

I

<x

-4-

et;:mtaxi

:-,,w

-4..

NON-SP 4IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRE) DEF4. .j.

1

..; .I. .J.

TREAT

LEG CON

II :

.

.

. .

1

REFER

ANC SER

11 :

.

. . .

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I :

.

M1111111111111111

:

1

. .

STATS

400

404

CITATION: Morris, Marian G., et al.

Role Reversal: A Necessary Concept in Dealing with the "Battered Child Syndrome"CHILD MERE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, July 1963, 298-299

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abusers are seen as livinga role reversal, in which babies are seen by theabusers as capable of either pleasing or judgingtheir parents, or satisfying or not satisfyingneeds.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<Zwwwxx2Mw.x0

<z0

BIE1111111.1111111.:.

ZZ

claaww0lw

< zY y

<0Z0

:

4x e.

'Jsk!

tz:11:Im2o-

.

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEFIII -1.: 41 El ;

.

i

TREAT

LEG CON

i -:-r

g

;.

.

--i-

.

4-.

-i--

REFER

ANC SER4 4

g

._:- ..4-.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

.

'

1.11.11.11111111111

-,-,

-4-,

I

.4-.

:

STATS

CITATION: Morris, Marian G., et al.Toward Prevention of Child AbuseCHILDREN, March-April 1964, 11(2)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Drawing from two studies at Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, the authors de-scribe typical reactions of abusive/neglectfulparents towards child, and typical forms of behav-ior of neglected/battered children in hospital, andcompare them to "normal" parents and children.Such signs are helpful in early identification ofabuse/neglect and in prevention of further abuse/neglect.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Interviewing questions are usefulin assessing the family situation and the serious-ness of the abuse/neglect problem--take uncriticalapproach. (b) Case histories. (c) Social signscan be recognized early enough to prevent* abuse/neglect or, at least, prevent reoccurrence andbreak cycle of transmission of problem throughgenerations.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Need for coordination of communityservices to treat problem.

MENTION (1): (a) Abuse/neglect carried down throughgenerations. (b) Abusive/neglectful parents actinout their own parents' incapacities. (c) Lawsshould also require notification of child welfareservice as well as court of abuse/neglect. (d)

*Prevent abuse/neglect by recognition of abovementioned signs.

TARGET POPULATION:


<ZwwwSIZ:MwxY.:iM000Ma

4Z

11111,11111111111111

.4.

ZZ

g

< zY y

1111111111Li

:

.

.

4:Z0:0wWOW2.1-

4x El!

.

.

:

-,.w

t...:

:

NON-SP 3

1/11111111111111111111--

111111111-4_

IN INT

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER 2..:--

1

I.

,

ElFOLLOW

PREVE 1

.

:g

11111.1111111111.111101

. .

STATS

401 4 0!"

CITATION: Morris, T. M. 0., et al.A Battered Baby with Pharyngeal AtresiaJOURNAL OF LARYNGOLOGY AND OTOLOGY (London), July 1971, 85:729-731

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes case history of"battered baby" with atresia of the pharynx,probably of congenital origin.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Though a congenital defect was presentwhich caused feeding difficulty, the personalityof the parent seemed to be the deciding factor inabuse.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Sci';1,0.sts

Physicians

z<Zwwwzi212urx-0:w0

QZLI

Z

c,

eac

a.

Z

a.

;

4. : Z

wLa

<xor

itLa

i -,;W

l- (X

X.I.-

NONSP 1111=111111

IN INTINDIC I .1. J. El ;PRB DEF : 1 1

e

TREAT

LEG CON

1-r-1

-4-1

REFER

AN C i 112

111._1._:.

ElFOLLOW 111 :

1 .

P- R. EV1 N 1

STATS 111111.11111.111111

CITATION: Morse, C. W., et al.

A Three-Year Follow-Up Study of Abused and Neglected ChildrenAMERICAN JOURNAL OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN, November 1970, 120:439-44E

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Results of study of 25 abused/neglected children from 23 familes show 35% exper-ienced repeated A/N; 43% were mentally retarded.Also indicated that certain children and familiesmay be especially vulnerable. Authors evaluatetype and effectiveness of intervention and concluthat agency should not focus just on child protec-tion, but should provide more comprehensive ser-vices to rehabilitate families. In consideringwhether child should remain in home, mother's viewof her relationship to child is critical; agencyinvolvement most useful when it supports thisrelationship.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Statistical tables from study.(b) Study method.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Legal action unusual in New Yorkbecause (1) too little evidence. (2) Victims tooyoung to testify.

MENTION (1): Public health and visiting nurses pro-vided therapeutic casework--better accepted byfamilies than CPS workers.

402

406

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZ<z<z<Z4Z2z)-)-OcIxa....wwwzzE2LaxV;ceLILIorLa.wurrnia.r.I.-

:

...,

1-ilwi_itx

4

NON-SP 3 .

IN COM

IN INT :

ill .1.1111 ,

INOIC

PRB DEF-I.-M

,

i.. _.1_:

TREAT

LEG CON

aREFER

-A146 iiii

:

1

11/1111111 -:_,

FOLLOW----.....i.....t..PREVEN

III.. .

,L.-,

STATS

CITATION: Moss, Sidney ',.

Authority - An Enabling Factor in Casework with Neglectful Parents

CHILD WELFARE, October 1963, 385-403

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Treatment of neglectful parentscan be accomplished by the skillful use of author-ity if it is rational, non-coercive, or providesthe opportunity for some freedome of choice.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): A neglected child is defined legallyin relation to abandonment, medical care, educa-tion, dangerous situations.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


a<WZ000a.ww

Z 4(

I

Z

m22wx'=ma.ww(ntax:1--

<0

Z0

<x _a

a.

: -,i la

F. 1 CC:NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT-1- -1-

,

1-

INDIC

PRB DEF

;

-.. -i- -:-

TREAT

LEG CONCON:

:

1

REFER

ANC SERi

.

-4-

.

-i-

FOLLOW.--- .....PREVEN

...

=MUM=STATS

CITATION: :ovv,Intejraton of '-he Fqrily into the Child P?-zement ProcessCHIT'REN, Xosomber-Pocember 1968, 219-4

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A discussion of a family-centeredcasework approach to piacirg the child out of thehome. Offered as a way to understand family inter-actions, parents' ability to parent, workingthrough separation, effective change to enablereturn of child, providing "post-placement" exper-iences condtcive to assuring success of reunitedfamily.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION-


z2 :z

z z z >www I

NONSPIN 0;,M

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

0CI.

z0

403 ,

4

CITATION: Moyea, F. D.

Subdural Effusions in Infants

THE CANADIAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION JOURNAL, February 1, 1969, 100(5) :231-234

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author describes his exper-ience with subdural haematomas and subdural effu-sions, and recommends steps to be taken in theirdiagnosis and treatment,

SECTIONS (3): (a) The etiology of subdural effusioncan be trauma, accidents, battering by parents, orpost - meningitis effusion. (b) Over a ten yearperiod, 60 children with subdural effusions weretreated by subdural taps, burr holes, craniotomyand shunting. Good results were obtained in 47cases.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZ<ZwwxE2w0

Z0(

111101111.11111111111

Z

W=

:

:

C Z

m a

III"

<

w

I

;

Z

ta

:1

<xw

--f

.../1--x'goxta a:.

{

JWCC

t-

NON.SP

IIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF.1.

t

..4...t

.4. ..4._

TREAT

LEG CON

11 : :

:I

REFER

ANCiEi:

--1:

--1III :

'

t

FOLLOW

PREVENI :

.

1

111111111111111111111

I 1

STATS

CITATION: Maack, DonaldA Study of 100 Non - Selected Cases of Sexual Assaults on ChildrenTHE INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF SEXOLOGY, February 1954, 7(3) :125-128

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A study of 100 cases gives astatistical picture of sexual abuse of children.

SECTIONS (3): Gives age and sex of child victims,and age, profession, previous offenses and maritalstatus of offenders.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Zzzz=lac5o

111111.1111M11111111

,C

w

.4.

Z

won.

:

.et

>.,..00,Z

IE2ataustntuR,1-

.:C

.. i

z,

-.I

1

w

..i..

5"rcl),cc

11

Jw

w- f4

-- i..

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

I 1

:

:

I

1

31

:

1**e

111TREAT

LEG CON

1

t

.

.i. 1 1.

REFER

ANC SER

1 : :

o

:

e

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I :

.

t

t

41

t

:

II

4I

STATS 111111=1111 4! Ell404

40'

CITATION: Mulford, RobertDultional Neglect of Children; A Challenge to PrutectiveServfacCHILD.NELFARS, October 1958, 19-24

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Neglect with regard to treatmentis discussed from community, protective agency,and legal aspects.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Historical attitudes are traced,showing an increasing emphasis on the individual.(b) Emotional neglect, which is not really defin-able, is:seen as failure to care for child'semotional needs. (c) Parent-child relationship isseen as the focus for treatment of emotional neg-lect. Treatment will help parents meet their needsand then better be able to feel concern over chil-dren. (d) The laws are treatment, not punishment,oriented. Legal action in response to emotionalneglect may be precluded due to difficulty offinding acceptable evidence.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Case illustrations of neglect andlegal impotence to help are given.

..TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientist!

zzzLI

<izz

C.1

1

z0

< z>- ,-Ct. ft.aid

1

4:< :Z

010Wiw

.,x0

a!XT:CCw

sw1-1

-.Icc3.1-

NON-SP 11111=11111IN COM 1 I

IN INT :4.- 1

1

t "1"

INO1's

PR9 DEF I :3 :1e

TREAT : 3 : 3'LEG CON ;3 1

REFER : I ! : :

ANC SER

111

-1-- --1--I

-1--: --r-e

--IFOLLOW .. ;.. .. I : __ .. ..:. .

STATS .1_

CITATION: Mu Kock, C. GeorgeThe Abused Child and the School Syatem

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH, January 1970, 60:705-209

11.1.MNIM.1.171MI

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Schools have the best opportunityto report child abuse. A sample form, is included.Promptness in acting on the report, immunity forthe reporter, and registry of child abuse areemphasized.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The Children's Bureau has a pub-lished guide for legislation in mandatory reportingof child abuse. (b) All 50 states have enactedchild abuse statutes.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Child abuse has been with us sincethe dawn of civilization, and has been used toappease deities, eliminate defective offspring, andcontrol population--many examples of which arefound in the literature.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General PublicEducators

z

ZW0

<izZlzW w00

<.Xa.

z.Xa.

i

4t;Z010V2Wild

xw0

ElxW

":4,

t1Mw'CCI: I-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTIII. I 41

;

INDIC.. .. --PRB C1B

..I..:

..i.I

.i...

.4.-.

.?;..

TREAT

CiaCOW'

11I1 .

1'

I,

REFER

W SIR... ..I--

.

.;..

--I..;

--1....'

. .

FOLLOW

PREVEN

: 'I

1 1 I

STATS 1111=1111111.1

405

4

CITATION: MUshin, Alan, et al.Ocular Injury in the Battered baby Syndrane: Report of Two CasesBRITISH JOURNAL OF OPHTHALMOLOGY (London), May 1971, 55:343-347

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Two case studies of abusedchildren's eyes includes clinical and pathologicalfeatures.

SECTIONS (3): Previous reports of physical abusewritten by such authors as Silverman, Fontana,Adelson.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsPhysicians b Ophthalmologists

ZZzw0

;

<1Z

w,wLt, 0

<

xO.

z12O.

<

W

Z

2W

,xwV)

exW

-,.w

L7,!,,,

Z-:ccX .1

NONSP EMEMBilliIN COM

IN INT111 :

:- -4.-1

-4, + 1INDIC

PRB DEF' 1

.

TREAT

LEG CON

El :

I

REFER

ANC SER

111. i : I : .

I.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 II

1

..i.I+ I

.+STATS MI ....1.1

CITATION: Myers, Steven A.The Child Slayer: A Twenty -Five Year Survey of Homicides Involving Preadolescent

VictimsARCHIVES OF GENERAL*, PSYCHIATRY. August 1967, 17(2) :211 -213

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A 25 year study of 83 infantslayings in Detroit is outlined according to age,sex, identity of assailant, motive, method, andfate of assailant, and race.

SECTIONS (3): Schizophrenia, psychotic illness, andexplosive rage accounted for most of the slayings,although several are unexplained and may even beperpetrated by another child.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Suicide, confession, or family memberreports, bring cases to police attention.

TARGET POPULATION:


zZZw0

<1ZZw0

!

Zw''

< :zx XO. O.

.1

.2:20102 : 2W: W

<xWV)

1.

xW

=MI

;

-11W

,,,I-Icc= ; ccX.I.-

NON.SP MIMIIN COM

IN INT

I :

I

I

I

INDIC

PRB DEF +:it MI

'1

I

TREAT

LEG CON

111 -t- -4-

I

--;- -4-

REFER

ANC SER

ill

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

.

1

.t

STATS =Min IIII406

41.14)

CITATION: Napier, HainSuccess and Failure in Foot,s-r Care

BRITISH JOURNAL OF SOCIAL WORE, 1971, 2(21:187-204

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): In foster care, there is a 50%chance of success but not a mathematical equationwith a firm prediction of success or failure.

SECTION (3): (a) The continuity of placement andthe personality of the placement officers is afactor. (b) There is no difference in success ofplacement on basis of whether the child is legiti-mate or not; however; illegitimate children placedwhen babies are more successful than when placedlater in life. (c) Age is an important factorwith under the age of one being the most success-ful. (d) No firm conclusion with regard to beha-vior problems. (e) Previous foster placements arenot a determining factor. (f) The later the timeof separation from biological family, the lesssuccessful the placement. (g) Foster parentshaving children within 3 years of the age of thefoster child will inhibit the success of theplacement, (h) Previous fostering experience isnot a factor.

PARAGRAPHS (2):'

MENTION 11):

TARGET POPULATION:


WwwwmX2EwC7

<zz4Z(.5

z(7

>->-00e:;!mCI. CI. W

Z

W tnx=::erW

._,:w

I I I-

InNOWSP MEN=IN INT

. ..

11111111111

e'

..

. .

INDIC

PREI DEF-t-

111 :

1

5'

05'

.s::

c65'oN. .<3

4g

TREAT

LEG CON

II

Q..

ann1111111111111

REFER

ANC SER doFOLLOW

PREVEN

1

STATS

r

CITATION: NeAanin, PumaRat.ter,d Child Syndronc and Brain DysfUnation

'07.1BNAL oF THE A1ERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, March 19, 1973, 223(121:1390

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): That children with minimal braindysfunction exhibit harassing, irritating, atypicalbehavior which can have a provacative effect on anunstable parent, precipitating assault of variabledegrees. This is response to Kempe article.

SECTIONS (3): Non-specific letter by Fontana.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

.../

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z

ZwwwXX2:2wxZ:m0

4Z0

Zz0

ct

>.

a

z>.

a

t4:Z0:0w.w

<x

m

e

w

-I.w:c1

z.1.-

NOWSP 3: MI 1

IN COM

IN INT....4 --

.4.- i"

INDIC

PREI OEF III i I I l l 1.TREAT

LEG CON

. .

---rREFER

ANC SER

I

..I. 1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

' :

STATS iI

i

'.

4J7

411

CITATION: Nelson, Gerald D., et at.Burns in ChildrenSURGERY, GYNECOLOGY AND OBSTETRICS, March 1969, 120;518-522

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Occurrence, type, and treatmentof burns in a number of children.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): One case of intentional burning by amother was recognized and it was suspected thatother cases of abusive burning were undetected.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z

Ztilwwm0

:

<:Zz0z0

< Z),- >.x2:2O.Q.

1

<:Z0:0W c W

1

<xW0

ii.1XW

:-I:W

/ i!cc. :WI.1-

NOINISP: IIIIIINIMI

IN COM

IN' INT

:

1 -/-1

-I..,

-i-.

'A

INDIC

PRB DEF

1

1

1

:

1

.

e.

.

,.

,

I.

TREAT

LEG CON

II '-I-1

.

-4-I

1

-4-.

.

4-.

REFER

ANC SER

:

:

1

-4.-I

.

"1-.

.

:I

.

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

1

I

.

.

:

.

STATS 1

. I =MI

CITATION: New York State Dental JournalDentists Required to Report Cacao of Abused and Maltreated ChildrenNEW YORK STATE DENTAL JOURNAL, 629

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Dentists have legal obligationto report suspected cases of child abuse or mal-treatment. Reporting procedures are also noted(includes nhoning Central Registry in New YorkCity).

SECTIONS (3)':

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsDentists

Q<72zLI

W(.7

111.11111111.11111

2

WLI

.:(

>I0.

z<>ICL

2

00X2 2w I w

w(r

1cl-h.:

)Cw

._,

: W

CCN: Ixx . $-

N 0 *SP

IN COM

IN INT -:-,

-- 4 -...4. : "i"

INDIC

PRB DEF

I 1

. .i. 1-'

.1.

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER; .4- .1. 1

1ANC SER 1 I

FOLLOW 111 : -4-1

.4.1

4._PREVEN 1

MIIM11111111111111=STATS

408

4i

CITATION: Newberger, Eli H., et al.Reducing the Literal and Human Cost of Child Abuse; Impact of a New Hospital

Management SystemPEDIATRICS, May 1973, 51(5):840-848

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Consolidation of one public andtwo voluntary agencies resulted in actual costreduction of medical services because consultingagencies had less re-injury.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Problem definition: Child abusedefined as a syndrome, with or without inflictedinjury, in which child's survival is threatenedat home.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


R

Ww(

<1 z

W,W0,0MIEWBEIMMI

<

Xa.

z

Io.

cc

2W

.1'.

z

2til

:

,

<

Wu

"r.

e.xW

:

1

. t,e,

,,,,-=;Ix2 .I-.

.

--F-

NONSP 4

IN COM

IN INT1111111111

INDIC

PRB DEF

roluen..:_.1.

_:..:

TREAT

LEG CON

im: __: EEREFER

ANC SER

. .

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN 41

11111111111-1--1I--!--11111

STATS EIIMIRENIffilll

CITATION: Newton, Niles R.

The Relationship Between Infant Feeding Experience and Later BehaviorJOURNAL OF PEDIATRICS, 1951, 38:28-40

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Results of exploratory study onrelationship between infant feeding experience andlater behavior. Twenty-four normal childrenstudied. Results were inconclusive as cause andeffect relationship not very strong. Other rela-tionships should be studied (e.g. mother's attitudetoward child care).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


.22W(

11111111111111=

.12 .12:2 .w,wxx22wx=:m(lit, a.

2)-

0.

.20w

X

0w

<xCl,

jTy

w

:-.IW,1-- rX

x 01NONSP

IN COM

IN INT' I

AC.

lil

-1C.N

.5..,

e 43eS)

A No

6'2c2

.i

- -

INDIC

PR8 DEF

TREAT

LEG CONI. .

,..N..

e..

REFER

,,WC iiii

FOLLOW

FREVEN

STATS 11111.11=11111

409

41

CITATION: Nixon, H. H.

Non-Accidental Injury in Children

BRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, December 15, 1973, 656 -657

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes the recommendations ofthe British Association of Pediatric Surgeons andPediatric Association for some management systemsto provide adequate protective services andcorrect professional action in response to childabuse.

SECTIONS (3): The growing problem of child abuse isdiscussed.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZwwwxx22wxW

4Zcl

ZZW

<

a.

Z

a.

CE

WSW

Z 4

Ca

.J

W

F.,o,=ce2

..IWCC

ei-

NOWSP IIII II.III.1-1- -+ -{.

IN COM

IN INT:-: I

1-INDIC.....PRB DEF

i.

.

I

. .

.

i

.

TREAT

LEG C. 0 N

!

REFER

ANC SER1

,;

4 -:. :,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I1...i.....4._

I I I

11111==.111111111

_iI

.__;...

STATS

CITATION: Nyden, Paul V.

The Use of AuthorityPUBLIC WELFARE, July 1966, 239-252

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): General discussion of child pro-tective services, e.g. requirement that such ser-vices must have public mandate, pioneering effortsand beginnings of child protective movement discussed, child protective services based on concept ofparens patriae, components of child protection.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Treatment alternatives: intensivcasework with parents, use of court, use of author-ity with parents, removal of child from dangerousenvironment. (b) References to characteristics ofneglect/abuse problem, e.g. not restricted to anyeconomic group, parents mostly dependent aridinsecure, large numbers of parents from neglectedhomes. (c) Discussion of mandatory reporting laws.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) 1874 case of abuse was prosecu-ted under law protecting animals from cruelty;resulted in formation of N.Y. SPCC. (b) Initialcomplaints often come from school personnel in thecase of older abused child. Several times thechild himself reports abuse. Some M.O.s report butthey are often reluctant to report for fear oflegal entanglement.

MENTION (1): Reference to historical exploitation ofchildren in industry, theatre, circuses.

410

41.4

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZWWWX000

4Z

111.

-.6--

ZZ

<>a.

Z}3:o.

ct0Zw

111111111111

"."

Z02w

<<ILIIn

-:'

d.Xw

i.-11Wi_. I CrofilZx .1-

:

-1-*

NON-SP 4

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

-PRI ECE F 3

1

1

.

TREAT

LEG CON 3

.

: :

REFER

ANC SER

I . .

OLLOWFOLLOW ...._ ... -.PR--EVEN-

'.. : ..1

.-4..

1111111111.111.11

14 .

- - -- -4..

STATS I

CITATION: Ochberg, Frank M.Theories of ViolenceAGGRESSION, VIOLENCE AND CHILDHOOD, Fifth Annual Seminar, Children's Medical

Center, Tulsa, Oklahoma, Octother.1972

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Consideration of biological,

sociological and psychological approaches forreducing violence.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): "Dyscontrol syndrome" incorporateschild beating as one of its characteristicbehaviors--caused by specific brain abnormality.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


"ii

WZ

COLIC.

<Zw

.

I ZZu,

<>X

Z-Xaw

<02

Z02taw

<xw

.Ja.xw

1..(,)-'III-

..1WIX

cz

NONSP 111111.111111.111111' MI IIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEP 2:

'

TREAT

LEG CON

..i...

1111

.

:

REFER

ANC SERIN , , El

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ill :

EMEIIIIIIIMIll' :

.

STATS

CITATION: O'Doherty, M. J.

Subdural Haematama in Battered BabiesDEVELOPMENT, MEDICINE AND CHILD NEUROLOGY, April 1964, 6:192-193

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Author emphasizes that whenevera battered baby is treated, a deliberate searchfor subdural haematoma should be Instituted.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): The diagnostic clues the physicianshould look for are outlined.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z.<2.1(Zw.wwxLI

Z0

'

z0

>.

a.

Z<Z<>-00xx2:2wa. W.41 V)

-I(I.,.xW

:--11 W

1.. 1 rt

-IixItl-NOSP I' IIIIIII/IIIIR

COM

IIIIIII .-1.- L. INF L.IN INT I

INDIC . .1111

i.1.

.

'PRB DEF 2 1

!

:

TREAT 11 4: .

LEG CON

REFER

111ANC SER -4- HUM!FOLLOW ) : :

P IVEVEW

11i- --1- I-

III ..:

STATS 111111111111111111111

411

415

CITATION: Oettinger, Katherine B.Protecting Children from AbusePARENTS MAGAZINE, November 1964, 39:11-12

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Brief, non-specific article on"ugly truth" of child abuse, noting effects onChildren's Bureau to promote state legislationon reporting laws, and appealing to readers tosupport efforts to counteract child abuse.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

ZZZZZ>ta0

4

lac.,

i

Z

ta(.1

4

xa.

Z

ta.

4

E:2w

ZOxeLiir

pa

4

iaU)

xW

-1ow

:L:cem .1-

NONSP 4 iiiminnIMI ;

IN COM

IN INT: n ;

1

INDIC

PRB DEFe

1

e :

TREAT

LEG CON:

: :

e

:

REFER

ANC iiiii:

ie

;:

__i__

.

;_.

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :. --ae

'-4-

i

4-- -«-

STATS 1111.11.=.11.11

CITATION: Oliver, J. S., et aZ.

A Family Kindred with Tll-Used Children; The Burden on the CommunityBRITISH JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, July 1973, 123:81-90

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of research study onone family, three generations. All were subjectedto severe mistreatment as children. Though theyreceived extensive social/medical services, suchservices have not prevented tendency to perpetuatechild abuse/neglect. Numerous charts and tables.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Description of family and pathol-ogy evident in all generations, e.g. sexualaberrations, exploitation of children, emotionaldisturbance. (b) Variety of services received- -Table II delineates.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Treatment of individuals usuallycame too late.

MENTION (1): (a) Tendency of disturbed members offamily to marry disturbed partners. (b) Sociallyincompetent people who mistreat children sufferedpoor mothering themselves. (c) Non-recognition ofproblem because: (1) professionals unwilling toaccept possibility, (2) adults in family put on

front.

412

416

TARGET POPULATION:


z4zzz..00x(7,'wwwzzE2wxHm000....ww.i...

4iZi

< Z 4 Z 4e,

d

NONSP El : ErnilliallIN COM

IN:... ..i.. !..

INT

INDIC i

'.PRB DEF :

TREAT '

LEG CONLEG

..4....4.-.11111

REFER :

ANC SER1

FOLLOW i ..i ...1..PliiiEW ' ' : '

STATS 3 1111111E1111E111E111111

CITATION: Oliver, J. E., et al.Five Generations of Ill-Treated Children in One Family Pedigree

BRITISH JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, November 1971, 119:473-480

MAIN EMPHASIS (4); It was found that numberouscases of child abuse and neglect were concentratedin the same family's ancestry.

SECTIONS (3):' (a) Many tables and a chart illustrathe details of all the cases of abuse found insuccessive generations of the family. (b) Encour-aging birth control is suggested as a means toprevent further abuse in families with a highincidence of abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Childish unrealism is a largefactor in resistance to treatment. (b) Separationof children from their parents, social supports,and psychiatric care are also mentioned as treat-ment options.

MENTION (1): A table giving figures on the incidentof various types of abuse in the generations of thfamilies is included.

TARGET POPULATION:


z

2222,F-:ccwtataXx2,2tax06.1(7cLaw:wwwx.1-

<:2

1.1=1.1.111-:-

I

:

< z

-4.-

< Z

,-1

<

-:-

-.1w

tu:Ce

-i-1

NOSP 4

IN COM

IN INT

II

INDIC

PRB DEF -T-

11 I 11111 :1

.

TREAT

LEG CON

ii 1

--4--: 4 -1_

REFER

ANC SER

11 i

1 11111 .

FOLLOW

PREVEN

Nu1

,

MIBIBEEMIIII

, .

STATS

CITATION: Oliver, J. E., at al,

Six Generations of Ill-Used Children in a Huntington's PedigreePOSTGRADUATE MEDICAL JOURNAL, December 1969, 45 :757 -760

MAIN EMPHASIS (4); Case study of environmental andgenetic factors of six generations who were sub-jected to active cruelty and passive neglect.

SECTIONS (3): The case study follows Huntington'sdisease, the symptoms of which are irritability andinsidious deterioration of personality, which oftencontributed to overtly battering a child.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Treatment: psychiatric counseling(almost ineffective), family planning as necessary,and abortion.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Zzw<3

4

!

<:ZzWLI

11111

zw<3

<

xa.

z»xa.

:

.ccZ0102:Ew:w

MEI

<xWIS

eXW

lw1L-41

f.7,:

ii;ccx.-.

NOSPIN COM

IN INT -!-E ,

.

, --,-- I

INDIC

PRB DEF 3

'.1.

1

..:__

:

...i..

;

TREAT

LEG CON-I--

I

-i- .i._ riREFER

ANC SER/111:,

:

_i_.:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

i -i- -i-

STATS MI11111111111111

413

41'

CITATION: Olivier, K., et al..Stanford-Binet and Goodenough - Harris Test Performances of Headetart Children

PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORTS, 1967, 20;1175-1179

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Study investigating characteris-tics of Stanford-Binet and Goodenough-Harris testsfor 188 Headstart children, Children scored inlow normal level of intelligence, girls superiorto boys, whites superior to blacks, While femalesdid better than black males and females, nodifference between white males and black males andfemales. Stanford-Binet and Goodenough-Harris didnot correlate highly. Goodenough-Harris not anadequate measure of intelligence for this popula-tion.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zRZW0

<ZW0

zZW0

<)-XQ.

z)-XEO.

<0W

zOx21J1W

<

V)

al.,1-i'..XtiJ

;

: -3i ..14I

,Cr=X s 1-

NON-SP 1111.111.1 i

IN COM

IN INT.1-

:

-1-

.

''A

0.c

' '3

-

-'INDIC

PRB DEF

1

I

-c

.P.(4''

-

00*p4..

TREAT

LEG CONf-

..,0N.

.

REFER

ANC SER

11.111111111E111111

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1

....i...

i 1

.i... ...;.....

STATS

CITATION: Ottnan, Jane E., et al.Parental Deprivation & Psychiatric Conditions, III (in Personality Disorders

and Other Conditional'DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. May 1967. (281:298-303

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Data correlating deprivationwith personality and character disorders is con-trasted with early information, which showedexperience in orphanages unrelated to schizo-phrenia,

SECTIONS (3): Broken homes and irresponsibleparenting attitudes, especially of the father,have catastrophic effects on offspring. Becausedeath of a parent does not produce the samereactions, this indicates hostile and traumaticevents around separation affect the child,

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

N°N.IS P

IN COM

IN INT

zQ.

ZW0111111111111110111111111111

:

cCIZZ: Z>W 1 la01 0

1

<

XQ.

AN.

Z}XO.

I4:Z0 : 02 : 2W . W

<xla(/)

iii.XW

1-'aX

-JW

IX1 CCo I-

i..

INDIC

PRB DEF

In

IT I

1

Ii1--E--:

.

:

-1,

TREAT

LEG CON

.

-11111:--, EN

-1.-.

... --I

REFER

ANC SER- - + --

1

.4-

FOLLOW

PREVEN:

i1in-t-

1

+1

....11.

1 .

1- -i-.

STATS

414

4.()

CITATION: O'Neill, James A. Jr.

Deliberate Childhood Trauma:. Surgical PerspectivesJOURNAL OF TRAUMA, April 1973, 13:399 -400

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The main emphasis is the physi-cian's difficulty in working with abusive familiesas both caretaker and investigator, and problemswith making diagnosis, Battered Child Committeesformed in some institutions to facilitate identi-fication and management of cases.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Indicators for abuse, e.g.discrepancy between historical information andinjury, neglect. (b) Legislators have not hadmedical/psychological information regarding abusewhich would enable them to design "informed"legislation.

MENTION (1): Need for surgeons to be aware ofabuse problem--they see children first.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZZW0

<Zw(7

: ZZ>.w0

<

I0-

z>.z0-

< ; Z0: 0212W : la

<>cwV)

itxla

:-..1A1

1- :cg(11:ccI I 1-

NOWSP.

: En : 1111INCOMIN INT "t"

I

"1-

1

-4.-

.

-i-.

-i-

INDIC

PRB DEF

2

4-1- 111n --- ---1--

TREAT

LEG CON

'

-t- -I. 4- IIIREFER

ANC SER:

-I-

:

-1-

1111 :

.

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

I :

.1. .i.. _i_ A...

STATS MI= MEM

CITATION: O'Neill, James A., at al.

Patterns of Injury in the Battered Child SyndromeJOURNAL OF TRAUMA, April 1973, 13(4) :332 -339

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Summary of experience with 110abused children treated at Vanderbilt Clinic andNashville hospitals over a five year period.Emphasis on kinds of injuries as indications ofabuse: soft tissue, fractures, head injuries.Discrepancy between extent of injury and relatedhistory of injury as indication of abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Breakdown of types of injuries ineach of patients- -some resulted in death orpermanent disability.

PARAGRAPHS (2); Family characteristics in abovecases: most victims under 2 years, low socio-economic status, broken homes, mothers under 17,defect in child, physical/emotional neglect; allrelated factors.

MENTION (1): (a) Child abuse in emergency roompopulations. (b) Hospitalization as "treatment"to intercept cycle of abuse so child can beprotected while further investagation /treatme ;itcan be initiated. (c) Need for surgeons, physi-cians to be alert to possibility of abuse.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z;:-

wwwzI2:2w0

I

<1zz0

1B111.111111111111

.1_

z0

.

<ro.

..I.

zra.

1

1

a: z010w:w

_i_

1

<x -di.

x--;ozA w

.i.

...1: w

,,,)'"cg

zI-

-I..

NONSPINCOMIN INT

III

INDIC

PRB DEF 11111 P. 11111.-.

1

i'

'

I°.'

-.....4

TREAT

LEG CON1'1.

'

.i..

.1-.

-1- i.

REFER

ANC SER:--

i

-1- -4-

. .

- - --.

FOLLOWPREVEN

111 : :

-4.-

1

1

;-.

--;..

.

-«

STATS MIMI. IIIII

415

41.9

CITATION: Orine, Martin T., at al.On the Detection of Deception: A Model for the Study of PhysiologicaZ Effects

of Psychological StimuliHANDBOOK OF PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY; N. Greenfield, at aZ., ed., 1972, 743-785

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A review of methods to detectdeception, with an effort to organize independentvariables involved in responsivity. Discussion offactors that play a role in the process, bothphysiological and psychological.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION;


O x-Ja.

1

<S)

0 ,

-cps 4

-1-0

REFER .es,".

.

.

:.-ANC SER ;

.

1

,

FOLLOW :

! !1

.

STATS

PREVEN .

CITATION: Oversted, Christopher, at aZ.The Aspects of Bonding Failure: The PeuchopathoZogy and Psychotherapeutic

Treatment of FamiZtes of Battered ChildrenDEVELOPMENTAL MEDICINE AND wo NEUROLOGY, 1974

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of two-part program atPark Hospital for Children in Oxford, England: (1)In-patient treatment of abusive mothers and theirchildren including non-battered siblings. Motherslive with children and are given total care, as areabused children. Open relationship is fostered(closed relationship discussed). Families deliber-ately placed in regressive situation to fostergrowth and development. Stable bond with familiesmaintained after discharge. (2) Individual out-patient therapy by social worker for potentiallyabusive parents and child in home. Mothers involvin group therapy encouraged to phone in crisis andto keep diary. Of 24 mothers involved, no batter-ing occurred.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Two case histories.

noted, e.g. physical or mental abnorma i presentistics of families, abusive and Potent a ly abusive

i

in many of child victims. (c) Court hearings canbe therapeutic as means of parents' expiation ofguilt.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Parents told at first interviewthat doctor knows child was abused--often acceptthis with reliet. (b) Use of Place of Safety Orderto admit child to hospital allows 28 days to imple-ment treatment plan. (c) Indications of abuse arethat parents often give contradictory history ofinjury; child's "frozen watchfulness' indication ofabuse.

MENTION (1): 110 cases per 1000 at above hospital peyear--Kemp and Helfer statistics also noted.

416

4 0

TARGET POPULATION:


.«:zww:wzU'

:

ztz0."

<).

a

z>.

z.2:2a

.1

..::z

olow.w

,xwxw

e

w

ww

.-

T.m.,-

NONSP Elm= .

.

IN COM

IN INT

,

3.-2:

I

...,...

.

1

..4...

....4.. '

INDIC.=.. .

klEI otF111--4--ill

2'

3:III I--

.

-- -- --i--.

TREAT

LEG CON4'4-3:

.

--I-.

.

-4.

.

.

-;-.

REFER

ANC SER

:

:

:

:

.

.4..

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

4:

.

1

.

STATS RE

CITATION: Overton, AliceServing Familiee Who Don't Want HelpSOCIAL CASEWORK, July 1963

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Observations of families whorefused help from social service agencies and whowere designated for service in an experimentaloutreach project in New York City in 1950. Workerswent out to homes and found that, after initialdistrust, families entered into meaningful contact.Author notes importance of looking diagnosticallyat whole family--best way to see this is in home;importance of giving distrustful family a positivesense of authority and assisting them withapproaching, dealing with authority figures(especially social service agencies).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Two case histories -- evidence ofneglect in homes., (b) Families had multipleproblems and resented authority-specificcharacteristics described.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

Zww,a:r.xli:iwx(.7

42

Z(.1

1 Z

Z0

<).O.

Z,-O.

.2

0W

Z0W

<Xti)

6J.

W

..JW

u," cg7.-.. cgIII-

NON.SP 3 II 11111IN COM . i . A : .. i.. ...1..IN INT

INDIC 1

PRB DEF i0...,TREAT

-1 -- --4-- __i _.LEG CON

1,

REFER : ;

ANC kr -"-- 1--AEI

FOLLOW . I1

..i..1

..i.. ..i...

PREVEN

STATS 11111111111 :

CITATION: Paget, Norman W.Emergency Parent: A Protective Service to Children in CrisisCHILD WELFARE, July 1967

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of a two-year experimental project in Erie County, New York (begun in1966) to provide emergency parent services incrisis neglect cases. Emergency parents move intohome until parent can be located or until otherplacement arrangements for children can be made.This forestalls need to remove children abruptlyfrom familiar surroundings which can be traumaticfor children.

SECTIONS (3): Case illustrations :hen no placementof children made (parents returned), end whenplacement delayed.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Distinction of "emergencyparent" service vs. "homemaker " -- latter entails

assisting responsible family member to care forchildren. (b) Attorneys consulted over issue oflegality of placing adult in home withort parents'permission. (c) Preparation of emergency parents--functions, case situations, need to be alert forhome accidents, preparation for hostility andpossible overt aggression from neglectful parents.

MENTION (1): (a) Large number of complaints involvecrisis situations--children left unsupervised orinadequately supervised. (b) In most cases, notelphone in home.

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZza..00<et;:mwwwz000a.IC Z < z

Z2Liix=Imawwwwz0-.

.2 Z < .w

NON.SP I : IINFI RIM-:- -I--

1

IN COM

IN INT f- -4,-,

-i--

INDIC

PR8 DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

111111111_

Mill;

-1-i

..:..

1

.4.. ..ii

1..

!2

; 11111

REFER

ANC SER..1.

i

:4.1

FOLLOW

PREVEN--f..

1

...4-. . .

STATS U1111 MI UM

417

4 21

CITATION; Falomeque, L. E., et a/.Battered Child Syndrome: Unusual Dermatological Manifestation---ARCHIVES OF DERMATOLOGY, 1964, 90:326-327

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Case of a 2-1/2 year old boywho was the subject of biting by his siblings.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): It is emphasized that, although theBattered Child Syndrome technically involves neg-lect or abuse by parents, children are also quitecapable of cruelty.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zRIz.cz<z<zzz)->.c)La(

La011111.111=11111111111

w0 I

a.12O.

1

La

02La

1

.

xLaul

l.

XI iii

.61

ml- ; C4

s.-. : CCX . I-

NONSP 4

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRO DEF

1i..

1

-.4...

__LA--i..

TREAT

LEG CON

111.1.- -.1.- ..i..

.REFER

ANC SER

'-4-.

.i.'

:

I

I

FOLLOW.

F- R

..

E.

V

.

E.N...

..i..

1

--1..

:

..1-. --i..

I

--i..

STATS 11111101111Mall

CITATION: Paneth, J.Deflation in an Inflationary Period: Some Current Social Health Need ProvisionsAMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH, January 1972, 62:60-63

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An overview of a hospital socialservice department's experience with the currentsocietal provisions for health and maintenanceneeds such as Medicare, Medicaid, and PublicAssistance.

SECTIONS (3): Case studies are used to illustratethe problems of clients getting various forms ofpublic assistame.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Child abuse is mentioned as aproblem of current concern, along with drugaddiction.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsGeneral Public

z< <1; z <z zsz >.iii WILY X0 0! t.: 4.

z>.X0.

;-1<;z01021MLu w

:

,xwul=ma

rexw

:W

,,, : C4,;CLx . I-

NONSP&I COM

IN INT

1

: -1- : .

INDIC

PRB DEF 111 4-111111111 :

.

I

TREAT

LEG CON

so :.

'

. .4

REFER

ANC SER

'

-- ;

.

.4-'

-I.I

'

:

:

'

:1

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

14,-

.-4-

.

-;:

STATS II IIIII .'

418

4

CITATION: Papanek, G. O.Dynamics of Community Consultation

ARCHIVES OF GENERAL PSYCHIATRY, August 1968, 19:389-196

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This paper reports on theexperience of a group of psychoanalyticallytrained clinicians as they applied other dynamicunderstanding of human behavior to mental healthproblems via community consultation.

SECTIONS (3): Discussion of the problems of servingas consultants to welfare workers, police, clergy,etc., the issues of assessment, consultees'expectations, levels and modes of intervention,counter transference equivalents, goals and ter-mination of consultation.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z zzz

a.

z

Io.

< zolo2:2

Wta

.1

X

CC

X t

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS MEIM1111111111

CITATION: Parker, Graham E.

The Battered Child Syndrome (The Problem in the United States)MICAS SCIENCE AND LAW, 1965, 5:160-163

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Doctors should be trained todiagnose and report abuse. Reporting proceduresmust be clarified. Many doctors resent reportinglaws as infringing on doctor /pat,ent relationship.

SECTIONS (3): Some states emphasize prosecution morethan protection. and vice versa.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) A universally accepted CPSagency is lacking in the U.S. (b) Most abusersare the child's parents; the abuser's family lifeis multi-problematic.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

zIX0

<zW0

ZzIX0

4c

XO.

zI0.

1

< : Z01021241: W

xIXIn

eXW

id1--;CC(MCCI: /-

NON-SP minition. 1

IN COM

IN INT

4 .

f

I

! .

-4- ;

: :

.

;

:

.

-I.

.

INDIC

PRB DEF 2i.:

INE._i_......1..TREAT

LEG CON

2

3.4..

:

I.- -i-: :

-1:

181

REFER

ANC SER

.

.

. .

. .

..

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

i

. .

I .

g

:

.

:

STATS 111111111111=EINIMI

419

42)

CITATION: Parry, W. H., et al.Child Abuse SyndromeBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, July 8, 1972, 3:113-114

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): In a letter to the editor, theauthor suggests that only a community-coordinateddetection scheme would have any hope for preventichild abuse. This is a response to Graham Jack-son's article of June 24, 1972, which according toabove authors, contains nothing new on child abuse.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Battered baby can occur in anyfamily, regardless of social class.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzLutaLusxc

1111113.1.1111111

<!zz0

1

zLI

t..4.--i

<r0.

zr.O.

i

4c.zo : o212W:W

..i...

1

4xLux;ctV)

.....

ii.

W

.

1-1iti,iji I c4

X:).

-.I..

NON-S P

IN INT

INDIC

PR B DEF in ..I._..

__: __..

_

TREAT

LEG CON

ill 1

1

1

i

I

0REFER

ANC SER

111 1

9 4-1

,

.

4..

:,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

ill :

9

i

.11111.1=1111111M

:-4--i

I

4-i

,

-:-1

.

I

A..

STATS

CITATION: Parsons, T.The Incest Taboo in Relation to Social Structure and the Socialization of the

ChildBRIT'S!, JOIIRNAT. OR sormarT, dun!. 1954, 4!707-117

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author develops a theory ofthe functional role the incest taboo plays in thesocial structure of societies and the socializatiof the child, using the psychological theories ofFreud and the sociology of Fortune and Levi-Strauss.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The incest taboo, in the opinionof the author, is one of the important universalsin human society. Its role in the nuclear familyis discussed, and the nuclear family's relationto the larger society is considered. (b) Freud'stheory of the importance of erotism in humandevelopment is discussed in detail. The authorconcludes erotic gratification is an indispensableinstrument of socialization of the human child,but unrestricted erotic gratification stands inthe way of both maturation of personality and theoperation of the society. (c) The incest tabooplays the important role of regulating the eroticfactor.

PARAGRAPH (2):

MENTION (1).

420

42

TARGET POPULATION:


WZLI

<

ww0

ZzLI

<

x4

zx22wU.

<0W

Z0W

4xin

ie

x=:zw

....,:

I- - : ct

I . I-

NON .5 P 1/111111.113.IN COM

IN INT

ill !

:

...!__

:

__!....

.

:

r,

IN DIC

PR B DEF Inn.

TREAT

LEG CON

111.. i 4 4

.

..!..

,

1111

REFER

ANC SER

"III :..___1,

E .

,

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

1

111111111M1111

: 1 :

STATS

CITATION: Paaamanick, BenjaminA Child is Being BeatenAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTROPSYCHIATRY, JuZy 1971, 41(4):540-556

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An emotional address (to theAmerican Orthopsychiatric Association) dealingwith the serious, sometimes fatal, effects ofpoverty--specifically malnutrition-on children.General criticism of our society'ss responsibilityfor this situation and its inaction,in dealingwith it. A plea for action. NB: The titlerefers to chapter heading from TheBrothersKaramazov

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z'<z<z<Zzzzo-o-00xarilwwwco co co

x0. 0. w

2wwxmol

..3

w

-

I

-,wcc

1

NONSP =MEIIN COM 1

- --IN INT

1

INDIC I

-4. APRB DEF I

'<', co

TREATe ..0

LEG CON(::! <P

REFER

ANC SERO''°

'2.- --J. ..i..

FOLLOW . I

PREVEN 1

STATS 1...111111=11.

CITATION: Pauloen, Monrad G.The Legal Framework Pr Child ProtectionCOLUMBIA LAW REVIEW, April 1966, (66):679 -717

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author describes at lengthand discusses in detail the legal provisionsdirectly related to child abuse. Four sets oflaws are taken up in turn: (1) Provisions ofcriminal law which can be invoked to punish childabusers. (2) Juvenile court acts that provide forthe removal of neglected or abused children fromtheir parents. (3) Legislation which establishesprotective serbices for children. (4) Child abusereporting laws. The issues raised by these lawsand possible further legislation are suggested anddiscussed.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Lawyers

z?

WwwwIs22wrccO

.:c

zzco

Rininallallni

I

: z

co

<

ci.

z

o.

a00xet;;:mw

z

w

<

ol w

I

1-1;w

-IccI .1-

NONSPIN COM

IN INT :-..

INDIC 111 .i. .i. 1 i. .i.

PRB DEF.

1.

TREAT 111 1

LEG CON 1

REFER .

;

.

.4.:

......

..1-ANC SER 1 I I

FOLLOW .

i

.

.;_!

-4...

__F-PREVEN 1

STATS =MEI= :421

CITATION: Paulsen, Morrie G., et al.The Physically Abused Child; A Focus on PreventionCHILD WELFARE, February 1969, 48(2)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A comparison of results of aLos Angeles County study with results reported inthe literature, revealing important personal-social characteristics of abusive relationships.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Charts summarizing results of thisstudy. (b) Description of various treatmentapproaches described in literature. (c) Use ofhomemaker services to identify family weaknessesas a preventive measure. (The authors have devel-oped an instrument to measure child-rearingattitudes and practices.)

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Indicators for "Battered ChildSyndrome" and indicators used in study to identifyabuse. (b) Historical reference to the Mary Ellencase (1874)--first reported case. (c) Somedescription of reasons physicians fail to reportabuse. (d) Psychodynamic description of neglectfulvs. abusing parents.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ

wwwxLILILIO.

41z: 4Z<Zq

12a.tataintax.1.-

Oxel..:m2taxT;IXt-1sW

NON-5P 111.11.11.11111111:. :

t

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PR8 DEF

i ;

I I : 2:

TREAT

LEG CON

111 !

t- + -:- -- +REFER

ANC SER1

.

,

FOLLOWPREVEN

11 :

1

. . . 1

STATS 3111111111111111111111111

CITATION: Pena, Sergio, et al.

Child Abuse and Traumatic Pseudocyst of the PancreasJOURNAL OF PEDIATRICS, December 8, 1973, 83(61:1026-1028

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Blunt abdominal trauma accountsfor at least 1/2 of the reported cases of pseudo-cyst of the pancreas in children. Abuse shouldbe considered especially if the child is lessthan 3.

SECTIONS (3): Case histories documenting pseudocystrelated to child abuse are reported.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

*2

Zwwwxa

*2

z(.5

Zz0

=MENEM=1

cc

>.

Q.

z.-

x2:Mulx:4.61Ct.

s

Q:Z0:0W , ta!

1

qx

tf)

etL7

t;

z

.s14.1

m

$'''

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PR8 DEF.

4 . i

TREAT

LEG CON

11 :. . .

REFER

ANC SER

:

-1-

1

:

FOLLOWPREVEN

11-1

.

i" 1- -L-

STATS IIMMIREMENNI

414.,

422

CITATION: Perlman, Helen HarrisThe Caseworker's Use of Collateral Information

SOCIAL CASEWORK, October 1951, 325-333

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Philosophical discussion of usincollateral information (communications from and toagencies concerning clients) which can be benefi,cial if used appropriately. Discussion of conceptsof confidentiality and client's self-determinationin an effort to clarify these operational philos-ophies so that useful purposes of collateral information, in terms of utility to client, can beidentified.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Factors to be considered in useof collateral information. (b) Making maximumuse of collateral information.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Collateral information originallyconceived as means of preventing client fromexploiting community resources in 1870s.

TARGET POPULATION:

Social WorkersBehavioral Scientists

zc..cz..czzz>->00xelg,!mwwwix22wxz.;IIr(.10c5ct.o.wwwia

zaz< -4ila

s.I-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT1- ,1

.

'

...i.

1

.

...1

1

ASd

-

I

.._

.

--j--

INDIC

PRB DEF.1_....

, "'"fi?01*0 '

cl.

.'

TREAT

LEG CON

;

"s.

N.,'

1-

-

REFER

ANC SER 1

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

.

--4--1

1

.

.

.

-4STATS

CITATION: Peterson, D. R.

Behavior Problems of Middle ChildhoodJOURNAL OF CONSULTING PSYCHOLOGY, 1961, 25(31:205-209

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The study of behavioral problemsof children in their middle childhood years.Using factor analysis, clinical problems reportedby kindergarten teachers were studied.

SECTIONS (3): Describing the methodology used inthe study and reporting the results.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

WLI

< !2wowcp. a

<

Ia

2

I0..w

<

2

Z

2w

<xwcn

it17,1'xxw

;

: -Ilw

;crxo-NONSP

i

IN COM

IN INT

;

4- -4-

"\\

sY

ACId

-

:

--;--o

INDIC

PRO DEF

"

,..5'

S'

,<65),

p<(.,

TREAT

CON'

\.40

c.

I

REFER_REFER

ANC SER

.

.

.

FOLLOW.._ .....

PREVEN.

1

STATS .01111E.

423

42.1

CITATION: Pfundt, Theodore R.

The Problem of the Battered ChildPOSTGRADUATE MEDICINE, April 2964, 35:426-431

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Cases demonstrating the extent

and variety of child abuse are presented.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Sexual assault should be handledwith minimal trauma to the child, and good after-

care is needed. (b) Because there are rarely anywitnesses to sexual assaults, the child must often

be subjected to trauma of reliving the experience.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Physician's role is importantnot only in gathering evidence but also ininitiating handling of case. (b) Family factors

lie behind abuse problems. Children often recover

emotionally. (c) Special courts often exist to

take these cases.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZZwwwzz2:2tax,-;cc000

4C:

ZZZ

< z>- >-

Q.O.

i

<: Z0:0tutu,

t

<xu)

5!

la

IAI :'

,;

mo-

NON-SP EgiummE111111:

;.

E:

T

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

,-4-

'-4,-

I

-4 -4- -4-I

TREAT

LEG CON

lin '

1

'

i

3:3:

REFER

ANC SER1 :

-1-.En

!.....1...1'

FOLLOW

WM VEN II

111111111../1111

....:

,

STATS

CITATION: Phillips, Leslie, et al;Rorschach Indices of Developmental LevelJOURNAL OF GENETIC PSYCHOLOGY, 1959, 94:267-285

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A research study which reviewsthe investigation of normal and deviant perceptualactivity and then presents a new assessment ofperceptual function.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

NONSP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER._ANC SER

FOLLOW

1;171EVERI-

STATS


z

z

0zC.1

zz

0>-xa.

z

I

Z0

'LAJ 11J

-J

tn

424

A .7,7,

14

CITATION: Phillips, L., et al.Social Role and Patterns of Symptomatic Behaviors.

JOURNAL OF ABNORMAL AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1958, 57

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This study analyzed symptomaticbehaviors of 604 mental patients to determine atendency to appear together or to be mutuallyexclusive in the deviant behavior of the patient,

SECTIONS (3): It was determined that symptoms tendto occur in three major groupings, classified as"avoidance of others," "self indulgences andturning against others," and "self deprivation andturning against self."

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZW0

.

<CIZzW0

zW(.5

t>.IO.

Z.X0.

;

<:Z0;02;2ta.ta

<xWcn

LI!xta

:,.ta

'''..,1-Vx

:cei.1-

1.NONSP 111.1=1.1IN ccmIN INT

1110... __

''C

4>Y'

....

.0fP'C\'

Qv 4)kf<,0

. .

c3

-

.

INDIC

PR B DEF

TREAT

LEG CON U 4)

.4.---E-r-in

-- -

REFER--------.ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVENI

STATS IMIME -ME

CITATION: Pick0/, S., et al.

Thirsting and Nypernatremic Dehydration- -A Form of Child AbusePEDIATRICS, January 1970, 45(1):54 -59

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors present three casesof hypernatremic dehydration in young children,which they report was caused by periodic waterdeprivation by near-psychotic mothers.

SECTIONS (3): The medical treatment of the child-ren's condition is described.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Graphs of subsequent weight gainand recovery indicators are included.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical -- Pediatricians

<Zw(.7

.

<ZZ.Zw:w0.0a

CC

}1

Z>-=mwww

<02

Z02

xw

.Jmxw1.1-

iJ.til1_,I CC

.

= : cc

NON.SP

111111111111111111111111111

11111111111111

IRE

MR111

--i--

).unIll14-IN INT

PRB OEF

LEG

TREAT

CON

REFER

ANC SER--i-

1

41

.

FOLLOW-. .

PREVEN

11 :

1

'

.

.

1

.

.

.

STATS =MERRIER.425

42 i)

CITATION: Pickering, LOuglasNeonatal Hypoglycemia Due to Salicylate PoisoningPROCEEDINGS OP THERMAL SOCIETY OF MEDICINE (London), December 1968, 61(12):1256

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A case history of hypoglycemiain an infant may have been parent-induced in anattempt to poison the child.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZzzzrwwwmx22wxIce000amwwww

< Z < zr0Oxel7,:

13.....11111

< Z < -1.w

I..-

NON-SP:

IN COM :4.

IN INT1

INDIC I4.

:

-4... -4-1

.4-1

-4.PRB DEF I

TREAT '

LEG CON

11-f- -i- -f- -i- -1

REFER-:-

1

.4-- -i- 1 -1ANC SER ,

FOLLOW: __;,_. ..i__

1

.4....

.

..:..-

PREVEN1

STATS E. iMI

:

CITATION: Pickett, L. K.

Role of Surgeon in the Detection of Child AbuseCONNECTICUT MEDICINE, September 2972, 36(9) :613-614

MAIN EMPHASIS (4); Role of the surgeon in detectionof child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): Statistics on mortality and natureof injuries.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Historical development of iden-tified features of child abuse. (b) DART programof child abuse management at Yale-New Haven Hospi-tal. (c) Connecticut Public Act #216 provisionsfor child abuse.

MENTION (1): Registry of children suspected ofbeing abused in Connecticut.

TARGET POPULATION;

Medical ScientistsSurgeons

zZzw000a..a.wwowx.r.

<zw

Zzw

'.<:zr I3:.1

a02

'.'Z

02

<

xw

ex

.-1:W

1.7):

=LIM

NON-SP MI 4 : 11.1.11IN COM

IN INT

III :

-.- -4,--, , ,

-1-

INDIC

PRB DEF 111111111111 11111 :

"1--1

YrTREAT

LEG CON

1 :

-r 1-- '4"--1--

REFER

ANC SER;

'4 -i-

i

FOLLOW.

PREVEN

:

ilin...1.11111

° + --:

-.4 --1

.

-4..-

.

--:

STATS

426

430

CITATION: Pieterse, J. J.The Battered Child

NEDERLANDS TUDSCHRIFT VOOR GENEESKUNDE, June 13, 1970, 114(24):1000-1002

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Hospitalization, healing, returnto home with surveillance, and interim or perman-ent placement are recommended.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ziZZzrr0OxethwwwXz22wx=ilz000a

4clz

1

.

< z

aww0w< Z < 1

i

-1ti

mo-

NON-SP 111111..11IN COM

IN INTi.:

.''

"V.-

5 ,

4)d.,

-

-

-- -

INDIC

PRB DEF

.

I

c-

0'

05

l-P

TREAT

LEG CON45k

ck

REFER

ANC SER

.

1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 1 .

,

STATS .1111./..

CITATION: Platou, Ralph V.Battering

BULLETIN OF THE TULANE MEDICAL FACULTY, May 1964, 23:157-165

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors discuss the conceptof "battering" and place emphasis on the varietyof forms child battering may take.

SECTIONS (3): A number of case examples are givento illustrate the diverse forms abuse takes.

Tables are presented which summarize data on thetypes of abuse and characteristics of abusedchildren in a study of 5,039 infants and childrenseen in a pediatric clinic. The authors outlinestate legislation on reporting of child abuserecommended by the Department of Health, Educationand Welfare.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (l):

TARGET POPULATION:


<

wwtuzz72w000aawwwwx..-

<izzrr0Ot:mEntillillinill

'

1

1

4 z

I

.

4 Z

1

1

Ell

xe

ou-,

=;re

:

1.

NONSP 3

IN COM

IN INT

II

INDIC

PRB DEF 4.

.

TREAT

IiG760WEI

REFER

ANC SER

191111111114.

1

.

I

1

.4...

FOLLOW

PREVEN .

,

11 , Imil

3=11111.111=11111

!

STATS

427

431

CITATION: Podell, LawrenceFamily Planning by Mothers on Welfare

BULLETIN OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF MEDICINE, October 1973, 49(101:931-937

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Most mothers surveyed werepregnant as teenagers. Most mothers over 30 hadat least five children. Two-thirds knew of thepill. Seven-tenths knew where to get free adviceon family planning.

SECTIONS (3) :

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z;IC-

ZW15

4:2Zw15

:

Z)-wto

< Z>0:0x

X xQ.Q.

i

cC:Z

2:241 : ILI

4

wtf)

i.

xttl

:,.ig

:z",1-:;txS ilNON-SP =EX=IN COM

IN INT.t.

i

.4._

.

Rc*

cj -

.

INDIC

PRB DEF 'V,

_

TREAT

LEG CONs°)

Ai,,449

ck

- -

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOWPREVEN

STATS NERIIIEN1111111111

CITATION: Polanoky, Norman A., at al.Child Neglect in a Rural CommunitySOCIAL CASEWORK, October 1968, 467-474

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Ten Appalachian mothers referredby Welfare Department due to concern about childneglect were seen as (1) immature and clinging,(2) forming symbiotic mother/child relationshipsuntil replaced by an attitude of detachment at alater age, (3) somatic, (4) IQ equal to othermothers in same socio-economic strata, and (5)tolerant of husbands. Patterns which were identi-fied are (1) eruptive with shame, (2) eruptivewithout shame, (3) apathetic, and (4) apatheticwithout disorder.

SECTIONS (3): Case examples of each family arepresented.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Since the mothers' problems of"immaturity" are basic, treatment modes areexpensive, long term and not limited to onetype.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z;C

Zw0

ct

Zw0

ZZ>w0

cc

x0.

z>x0.

i

.1:2

0102:zW.' W

4

xw(.1)

6.1xW

IrA---I

-1wccce1-

NONSP NEI= MIIN COM

IN INT

INDIC.1.4 .i. ...._ ..i.-

PRB DEF.

TREAT : 1 : : 1

LEG CON 111111

REFER . 1 EUANC SER

1.111FOLLOW t ElPREVEN

STATS : :

428

43(4

CITATION: Potanaky, Norman, at at.

Pseudostoicism in Mothers of the RetardedSOCIAL CASEWORK, December 1971, 51:643-650

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An enumeration of the variedways in which a mother copes with a retardedchild.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Attitudes that mothers assumewhen they know that their child is subnormal.(b) Pseudostoicism is the means by which a poten-tially shattering liability has been convertedinto an asset. (c) Treatment of handicappedchildren's mothers should be to find other waysto achieve the same psychological ends neededfor herself without detriment to the child.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

NONSP

TARGET POPULATION:


z

z zzzOI0.

I0.

0z02

cr

iuC/)

IN COM.......

IN INT

INDIC

112Er FEF.

TREAT...

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PR EVEN

STATS

CITATION: Polansky, Noman A., et at.Two ' :odes ,,fMlterna: Immaturity and Their Consequences

CHILD WELFARE, tune 1970, 49(6) :312 -323

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): There is a direct correlationbetween social withdrawal, physical slowness anddependency on others as characteristics of themother and her neglect of her children.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Children who have immaturemothers do not develop fully intellectually.(b) The apathy and futility expressed, as

evidenced it the mother, can be traced to earlychildhood.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Treatment foci outlined are: (1)

Provide economic aid, (2) Offer an emotionalattachment, (3) Offer availability for verbalinteraction, (4) Relate casework with concreteaid.

MENTION (1): Parents of abused children may begenerally better organized, but are much morepreoccupied with hostile impulses than thoseinvolved in child neglect.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

ZwwwC.,

Z

C.7

ZZC.7

Z

I0.

Z

122w0. la

,--,---

Z Z,c

W Ch

4Xla

.4I ta

1.. 4, CL."1E;tc.i. 0-

N 0 N.S P---T

IN COM

IN INT4-. 4

1

-i" 'IINDIC

PRD DEP4-

1 ; 4-4.-

i

.

4

;

-4-.

- -.t.-

TREAT

LEG CONi 2 '

) .;

1

REFER

ANC SER -4.) 4 :4

FOLLOW

PREVEN 1

)

) )

STATS!

)

1

429

043

CITATION: Potansky, Norman A., et 4.Verbal Accessibility in the Treatment of Child NeglectCHILD WELFARE, June 1972, 1(6) :349 -356

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes means for helping theverbally inaccessible, Southern Appalachian neg-lecting mother to talk.

SECTIONS (3): Interviewing skills to facilitate anddiagnose verbal accessibility.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Psychodynamic characteristics ofmothers lacking verbal accessibility.

MENTION (1): Separation of service and financialaid inhibits treatment possibilities.

TARGET POPULATION:

Welfare Workers

zZzwwwix2Xwce000mmwwowM11111111111111.1..

1

<z

:Zz

i

< z>. >"

!

..1-.

1

<o

Zo

:

:

44

..:-.

e.

x

:

.

cn

1-

il-

..1i

wcc

1

NO N-SP

IN ...

IN

INDIC

PR S OEF.1-21

.

1.- --T-- 1.-i

TREAT

LEG CON

III 4 t.- ..1.- ..L...1......i.

REFER

ANC SER

lip,-- -

1

:..1..i..1.

I

:-1.- :

FOLLOW..

PREVEN

..1...

1

....1 4.. J..

1

.

.

_'.

STATS Ell11111.11. En

CITATION: Poiier, Justine Wise

The Invisible Legal Rights of the Poor

CHILDREN, November-December 1965, 12(6) :215-220

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The rights of the poor are oftenflagrantly violated in our society, Legal needsof the poor must be identified, as well as howlaws, as they stand now, constitute economic,

social and psychological disabilities imposed onthe poor. A call for law reform,

SECTIONS (3): (a) Jurisdiction of court extendedto cover child neglect but court services moreadequate for delinquents than for dependent orneglected children, (b) Areas of violated rights:(1) Juveniles sent to prison without legal protec-tion, (2) Unequal justice for unmarried mother,(3) No legal protection for neglected childrenleft in shelter homes for long periods, thenplaced haphazardly in foster homes.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): 1962 New York State law giving familycou-t authority to terminate custody of childwhere there is permanent neglect.

TARGET POPULATION:


z

ZwwwLlwoo.a.wwo

<ZZzr<z<ZI z22wxIce4 1.2

w

iwL- : Ix

zo-

NONSP :4 Ell MI=IN COM . 1 1 : :!"IN INT .4.- "i--

INDIC1. .1. .1 .1- .1.

PRB DEF1 i : 1 :

TREAT ../- -.I.. --;.- U --LEG CON :3 : :

REFER _I.... I.. L.

AN iiii 1: :

. . I IFOLLOW:

PREVEN /..

I1 i

Ii1

STATS t 111111111111E.111.01.111

430

43.4

CITATION: Poveda, T. G.A Perspective on Adolescent Social RelationsPSYCHIATRY, February 1972, 35

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author attempts to presenta perspective on adolescent relations which willcreate a coherent framework for the understandingof interpersonal problems of young people.

SECT!ONS (3): (a) He argues the adolescent'sposition in America is one of segregation andsubordination, and that the adolescent socialorld is the most important determinant of socialbehavior. (b) The author presents the findingsof his study of the social structure of thesenior class in a high school.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zRzw0

Iic I zzszw;taxx22wx.Tz'er0.0

4)..

0.

z).0oxet7,:tx

4 Z

wit.,

4

0 la

ta.w

I : I-t

NONSP----.-

1 .'

.;

IN COM..- --------IN INT

..,..1...

..i...

.

..4..,

.

IcaC-)

--i---

'

INDIC

PRO DEF

.

I

&..

01-

1

--1*',of(5)

...., 00 C<2

. .

TREAT

LEG CON\k

qREFER

ANC SER

1

-. .-:t

,

1--FOLLOW

1;REVEil--

'

i;

- i I.

STATS !1

I d. i

CITATION: Powel:, G. F., et al.EMotional Deprivation and Growth Retardation Simulating Idiopathic

Hypopituitariam: I. Clinical Evaluation of the SyndromeNEW ENGrdAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, June 8, 1967, 27G:1271-1278

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of study on 13 child-ren believed to have growth failure on basis ofidiopathic hypopituitarism but the study identi-fied emotional disturbance and abnormal homeenvironments as causative factors. Children char-acterized by bizarre types of polydipsia, polypha-gia: drinking water from toilet bowls, eatingfrom garbage cans, etc.

SECTIONS (3): Change of environment to hospitalbrought significant improvements in children'sbehavior and rapid gains in growth. Family char-acteristics: marital discord, alcoholism, prom-iscuity, psychologic disturbances in parent-childrelationship. Charts and tables on study.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Treatment: removal of child toconvalescent hospital, no medications, no specialeffort to give children medical or psychiatrictherapy. Parents extremely difficult to work withso efforts to change home environment largelyunsuccessful.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Wziz.01

clzuilw0.0

4,..iG.

z>.ia.

I4,z102rc

w.ra

4xw0

exW

.w,,,,-.cc-..,E 1-

IffillNON.SP 111111.11 ;

IN COM.INT ..1".

;

--1- --t '-iINDIC

1;ii FEY.. I 4

I 3

;

I

;

:

TREAT

LEG CON111111 '"+" ; 21".

.-1

.

I

ANC SER1._.1 ..i..

.

.i._.

_REFER _;..

.

FOLLOW

';REVEN 1 _.i....1I

I

.

.

1111311111111

1

.

:

.

.

STATS Nan431

436

CITATION: Pratt, &moanThe Role of the Unconscious in the Eternal Husband

LITERATURE AND PSYCHOLOGY, 1971, 21(1):29-40

.411=0101

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The Eternal Husband is one ofDostoevski's works which depicts the unconscioussource of numan behavior and unacknowledgedconnection between human beings.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1)!

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

a

z

a.

<620102:2 x

WWIW

cri

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS 111111111111=1,111

CITATION: Pugh, R. J.

Battered BabiesLANCET, August 29, 1970, 2:466-467

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Statistics of battered babies inEngland and Wales, with the Author projectingthat one out of every 1000 babies will be hospital-ized for battering within its first year,

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): He also points out that one parentdoes not accuse the other of attacking the child,nor do they request medical help for their partners

MENTION '(1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z'"PZiowwxx22wxr,0000.Q.WWWW

.IC

Iir---i Z

ZCt 2<). . 0

Z0

tx a! ,1

z)-

..3lar,re

N0NSP 1011.111.11111111101IN COM

IN INT

111

'.

! :

INDIC

PRE DEF

11 I

-1-.

1111 !:

TREAT

LEG CON

III :

. .

..1.-

REFER

ANC SER

:

.

.

.

.

.

_i.- ..i..I .1

.

FOLLOW.

PREVEN

..I...

.

, .

41111111.1.11111.11111

..14_..1.. ..i..

'

, .

STATS

432

4 3 u

CITATION: Quigley, Thomas B., et al.Advances in the Management of hiacturss and Dislocation, in the Rust Decade

ORTHOPEDIC CLINICS OF NORTH AMERICA, November 1872, 3(3):793-225

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Many new advances in dealingwith fractures, etc., are discussed.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Old fractures, dehydration,bruising, pallor and other indicators arementioned. (b) Parental assault accounts formost of the Battered Baby Synernme, but otherdiagnoses must not be ruled out.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZZw0

:(IXZ:Ww0.0

4(

>-ICL

Z-I0.

4C:X

0102:..La . LLJ

Xw(I)

axla

;w,,,-:cc4,-:aX . 1-

N ON-SP MIIMMIIIIMIIN COM

IN INT

; ; I

INDIC

PRO DEF

11111111

al1 :

11

IN :-.. .....1

TREAT

LEG CON

MEI.REFER

AN!: SLR1 1

1

is

1 .. -.MIFOLL.O.W...

PREVEN

__1..1

,..4....s

..;...

STATS I1

CITATION: Radbill, Samuel X.The First Treatise on PediatricsAMERICAN JOURNAL OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN, November 2971, 122(5) :369-376

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A translation of medicalliterature on pediatrics written in the year900 A.D. The author explains pediatrics incontemporary terminology and then gives trans-lated excerpts from Rhazes' treatise.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z< 1ZZ ; ZW W IO 0 Q.

z

a.

02

z02

-J

X

NONSPIN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRI DEFTREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

-4

43

4 3 .;

CITATION: Raffalli, Henri ChristianThe Battered Child; An OVersisw ofaMalcal, Legal and Social ProblemCRIME AND DELINQUENCY, 1970, 16(2) :139 -150

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Legal aspects of the presumednatural right of parents to care for and havecustody of children. Diagnosis is difficult.because of the demands of the doctrine of substan-tiation. X-rays raise the problem of self-incrimination.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Problem definition: Familieslived in communities for years but were notassimilated into the community, had financialdifficulties, marital problems, premarital con-ception, were rigid, compulsive, generallydepressed, with a wide range of pathology. How-

ever, beating is not confined to any one group.(b) Initial influence: The person should besympathetic and quiet, not punitive, hostile orangry. (c) Initial complaint: Should includestrength as well as weakness.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Lawyers

Z424wwwxx22wx(42=0 UUM

242.c

MWUJW00 X e

la

i_j

/..:Cg

X.1''

NON-SP 1111=11111111111IN COM .i. ..1-- ..4.. -i, .1-.IN INT 3:

. , ,

INDIC ..4-. ...i__ ..i- .i- __4.-IIIPRB DEF 3:1 i .

TREAT111 -i- -14. mggiLEG CON in 4: .

REFER

SCR- --I-- H--FOLLOW ill : 1

PREVEN :

STATS i =MIMI

CITATION: Rail, Mary E.

TheOwnCasework Process in Work with the Child and the Family in the Child's

HomeNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF SOCIAL WORK. CASEWORK WERE, 1936. 31-43

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Casework goals are based on theprinciple of intrinsic worth of the human beingand the article traces the implications of thisprinciple in working with damaged, neglectedchildren and families.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Zwww2Ewxzz:crLIOCci.a.www

<Z

ZZ

CC Z>. >.

11.1.11111111111111

<0

Z0

:

qx a'.

wIll-

::W

,,,/- : Ix

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT111 .i.

INDIC

PRB DEF.1. i.

1

4--:

.4

TREAT

LEG CON

111 I

;

'

I

-;-. 1111

1,

.4...

REFER

ANC SER

111 i .4.. 11111.L.1 I.4.. ..4...

1,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

..1

11111111111111111STATS

434

436 "4

CITATION: Raphling, D. L., et aZ.Incest: A Genealogical StudyARCHIVES OF GENERAL PSYCHIATRY, April 1967, 16:505

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author presents a case studyof a family in which, over the course of the gen-erations, father-daughter, mother-son, and sister-brother incest occurred and was to a great extenttolerated by all participants.

SECTIONS (3): The psychological characteristics andeffects on the participants are discussed. Areview of the literature is included.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ

www2z2Mw.x000mmwww.w.c:z

.

< z .2 ZOxel-:ce

sx-J.w

Nice2.1-

NON-SP ;

. 4:1,

IN COM

IN INT

i

i

1

s.

.

.

I

1

INOIC

PRB OEF

r

I

.

1-

1

e

'

.4 -

:

'

1?3: I

TREAT

LEG CON

1

-; 4 i

I

.

-i-

;

REFER

ANC SER

i

i :

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 .

-4-- -4 4.- r.

STATS

CITATION: Ratner, HerbertA Public Health Phyoician Viewo AbortionCHILD AND FAMILY, Winter 1968, 7(1):38-46

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author argues that themedical profession should take a strong standagainst legalizing abortion.

SECTIONS (3): The inaccuracy of statistics fre-quently cited about abortion is documented. Theauthor cites evidence from other countries toshow that legalizing abortion leads to increasesin both legal and illegal abortions and a decreasein the use of contraceptives.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The author draws an analogy betweenthe "extra uterine" battered child syndrome andthe "antra uterine" battered child syndrome, i.e.abortion.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

z

Zta

LI

..1C

zla0

ZZtaLI

< z. -I zQ.Q.

r4:Z0102 : Mta.u,

<xlaIn

(72.1;CeXta

1-i:W

Nice2.1-

NON-SP =MIMIIN comIN INT I .

INOIC

PRB OEF

i 4.

:

:.

21

..:_.:.-

.

. :

TREAT

LEG CON

111111

REFER

ANC SER

:

-4-

.

FOLLOWPREVEN

111 !

1 1

..1...

'

..1_. _.!...

STATS RE 1111 IMO

435

43

CITATION: Reeb, Kenneth 0,, et aZ.A Conference on Child Abuse

WISCONSIN MEDICAL JOURNAL, October 2972, 72:226.229

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Report on a panel for detection,prosecution, and treatment of abusing parents.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Background family problems anddifficulty of diagnosing child abuse are discussed.(b) Indicators for abuse, e.g., multiple long bonefractures, are given. (c) Indicators of neglectare retarded bone age, and mild osteoporosis. Sev-eral legal problems are encountered such as focuson defending parents unless they can be provenguilty, and need for Juvenile Court.

MENTION (1): (a) Revision in treatment priorities issuggested. (b) Drinking, psychosis, retardationand other incidences among parents are reported.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

2Z

wwwZZ22wx=;cc000aawwwwx..-

< z < z <00xe!;:ccz < :-1

lw

NOWSP EiMINIIIII

INCOMIN INT

:

-4- --4- -4- -; -4-

INDIC

PRB DEF

1 '

.4.2; 24...

1

:4 ; -4-

TREAT

LEG CON

111 '

-t-

I

.

4

2 :

I

-4-

,

.

-4-

REFER

ANC SER -I-

1_-1--

E :.

,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111

1

-4-.

11111111111111111111111

.

-4- -4-

.

4

STATS

CITATION: Reinhard, Willie

Kindermieshandlungen

MUNCRENERMEDIZINISCHE ROCHENSCHRIFT, May 5, 2967

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Summary of an article.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Psychodynamics of abuse show up infamily's structural deficit, child's bed-wetting,and other responses to antagonistic upbringing.

MENTION (1): (a) Hematomas and multiple fracturesare two indicators. (b) Supervision of "passive-indolent" abusers is enough while "dishannonic-ambivalent" maltreaters should have child removed.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z7<zZz>-wwwmx22wx000a11111111.11111.

2<

1

.- -4-

z

>-00xe:ccawwow

:

a

-I--

.

2<,

:.-1lw

-'mx:.-

--I--.

.

NONSP 4

IINCOMIN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF12 i_ min__i__ __L.

TREAT. ...... ...

LEG CON

111 :

----I

'

--i--:

--I--:

--!-- --1--

REFER

ANC SER :

FOLLOWPREVEN

I :

.

1.1=101111111=

: 1

1

1

STATS

41436

CITATION: Reinhart, John B., et al.

The Abused Child: Mandatory Reporting LegislationJOURNAL OF AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, April 27, 1964, 188(4):358-362

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Mandatory reporting laws arevaluable because physicians have conflicting

values. The laws extend rational management tobring the abuse problems out for investigation.Their drawback is exclusion of siblings; hazards

to them may be augmented when caretaker isquestioned.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZZLa0INEMIIII.111

<IZZw0

$

zto0

'":

4c

>.Xa.

-I-

z-Xa

I

1

<02w

-1--

Z0Iww

t

1

.ir

xw

-I-

ELI

xw

:-.1uw

,,,i--Itl==;trx 0-

-- 1 -

NON-SP

IN COM

INT

INDIC

PRB DEF I 1--I

LEG CON

i4 :

i.

i.

REFER

ANC SERlil i

I

1

,

. . .

1

,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :.1

1

1-4.-1

I

-4-1

--:-1

-4-

STATS 1.1111.1111.M1

CITATION: Reinhart, J. B., et al.Love of Children - a Myth?CLINICAL PEDIATRICS, December 1968, 7(12) :703-705

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author presents informationaldiscussion to document his point that children area mixed blessing to most parents and many mothersare totally inadequate to the task of child rear.ing, much less measuring up to ideal models ofmothering.

SECTIONS (3): The contention is made that publicchildren's services concentrate more on needs ofadults than needs of children.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Statistics on the success of treat.ment of a group of neglectful mothers are reported.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZWWWZ0IIIIMIIMMIEMI

<z0

zz0

<).O.

z).IE:Ila12.

<1.z0100i0w i w

t

<xw

6:x2.Irew

:W/-:X 1 I-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT111 I

I-I

-I-.s

:

1--t

I

-I-t

'-i-

.

INDIC

PRB DEF 81111111IL :__

1

__.1._

,

TREAT

LEG CON

NIM Ho

:

--.1,--III "t-

REFER

""" SER1-:1

4-:.

BEBE --.4--s

--l--.

I.FOLLOW

PREVEN

IIIin ..i.. ..1-. ...i.-

STATS Mill =Ell437

411

CITATION: Reintz, Freda G.

Special Registration Project on the Abused ChildCHILD WELFARE, February 1965, 44(2):103-105

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Cases of child abuse in Phila-delphia area agencies were marked with a red "X"to indicate a report had been made in order toexpedite case finding and treatment,

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): The red "X" does not eliminatenecessity for physicians to report. Eleven of105 children involved were dead at the end ofthe study.

TARGET POPULATION:


zzz-wwwxx2(50CICI.12.taiti

40ZI

< z>.(10xet;r4

< Z

2wx=41r.tc

0 to

1 -1lw

2.)-

NONSP 111111111.1111111111CIN OM um ,

111 i-IN INTI

INDIC

PRB DEF

ILA_. 1111111111-7- --1.-

TREAT I. 4: t

LEG CON 1

REFER i

.

ANC SER

FOLLOWPREVEN

i : 1 !

is

I InSTATS 11.11...11.1111

CITATION: Resnick, Phillip, J.Child Murder by Parents: A Psychiatric Review of FilicideAMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, September 1969, 126(3):326-334

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of 131 cases of childmurder with a classification of motive: (1) altru-ism, (2) acute psychosis, (3) unwanted child, (4)accidental, (5) revenge.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Foreknowledge of behavior patternshould help prevent child murder along with (1)access to psychiatric care, (2) intervention atfirst sign of child abuse, (3) social agencies tocare for unwanted children. (b) Two lengthy casehistories.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

438

114,

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZ.0

.

.<12

.;.Z0.0

E<

=a

Elia..

Z

1a

...

t1

crIZ

212wsw

n_,.N..,

<i.

w xU) w

_ ...I

I

i-Itta:r

),:r4x.1-,

.

.. I-

NONSPIN COM. ..IN I NT

INDIC

PRB DEF usems1

4 I

TREAT

1:ia-COU

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW.__. ------ ,

PREVEN

.

..:..

1

.4..3 ;

...4...

'

1

.4.. ..4...

STATS =ERN= :

CITATION: Rhinehart, John W.Genesis of Overt IncestCOMPREHENSIVE PSYCHIATRY, February 1961, 338-349

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author reviews the litera-ture on incest and presents four case historiesof incestuous relationships.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The literature and case materialindicate that participants tend to be extremelyimmature, often dependent and socially isolatedpeople, from low socioeconomic background, whowere emotionally depriving, exploitive, tolerantof promiscuity, adultery and alcoholic excess.(b) The author suggests family structure disorgan-ization is a more critical factor than povertyand that mother's response (tolerance vs. intoler-ance of incest) is also a critical factor.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<zw0

.

;<'Zzw0

zw0

41(

>.Ia.

z,..Ia.

.2

022wx""-_,NrW

Z0w

txut

'le

w

'Jit,,t!

,,,I-

i .1-

NON-SP 3 i

IN COM

IN INT' ,

t-

INDIC

PRB DEF

li.

;

i 4: .

TREAT

LEG CON

III '.i. -4.- 1,-

."

REFER

ANC SER111

.

1,

1

-+-,

,

FOLLOW

PREVEN..,... :-

STATS EINEM

CITATION: Richardson, Stephen A.The Background Histories of School Children Severely Malnourished in InfancyADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS, 1974, 21:167-195

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of comparative studyon social/biological backgrounds of Jamaican schoolboys hospitalized with severe malnutrition andthose of similar age, sex, residence, not sufferinfrom malnutrition, to test hypothesis that severemalnutrition impairs functional development ofchildren. Results suggest that there is a need tolook at the total ecology of child development,where malnutrition is only one of a number ofvariables influencing functional development.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Survey of research studies--mostdo not give serious consideration to variablesbesides malnutrition. (b) Description of subjectsand methods in this study. (c) Questionnaire usedfor interviewing families. (d) Variables consid-ered: caretakers' histories, economic conditions,educational/social histories of boys, mortality ofsiblings.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Statistical tables or characteris-tics of two groups in study.

MENTION (1):

439

TARGET POPULATION:


za.zWLI

<zw(.7

zzw(.2

<.IO.

z.IO.

1<:z0:02:2W . ta

1111111.111111

<xw0)

exty

t','-!I

Jw.mI-

NONSP OM 4

IN COM

IN INT . .

1

.

INDIC

PREI DEF

.

; 3

'

-1

:

'1..

'

.i.

TREAT

LEG CONI. .i-

I

: .t.

REFER

ANC SER:

I

FOLLOWPREVEN

'

. .

,.,

MIEEMEMIIMIISTATS

44 3

CITATION: Eiessman, FrankSocial Class and Projective Tests

JOURNAL OF PROJECTIVE TECHNOLOGY, 1958, 22:433-439

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discusses whether variables suchas motivation, practice, test selection, language,anxiety, speed factors can affect various projec-tive tests. Many difficulties are across culturaland subcultural lines.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


< 20 0W =Wus

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEFdf* -4--TREAT

;4

0 4.N"

Q

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

CITATION: Riley, N. M.The Abused ChildROCKY MOUNTAIN MEDICAL JOURNAL, September 1971, 68:33-36

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Emphasis is on explicating theChild Abuse Act which requires the reporting byphysicians of suspected abuse, and illustratinghow it has been adopted in modified versions bymost states.

SECTIONS (3): The author discusses the physician'sresponsibility for reporting suspected cases ofabuse and the reasons why they are sometimesreluctant to do so.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Author discusses briefly the char-acter of the abusive parent. The approaches thephysician might take in the initial interview of aparent in a suspected case of child abuse areoutlined.

MENTION (1): That no successful treatment of parentabuses has been discovered.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

zL.LI

<'zzwC7

zwC-7

<-IO.

z>.

IO.

s

<:z0:02 : 2W: W

<xWco

eXw

:w.:m(.12 ; Crx 1 I

NON -SP .111.111.11/11IN COM

IN INT

li :

.:. .4.. ...i..

INDIC

PRB DEF

11 1

-4-' l

I

TREAT

LEG CON 1

.

.

.

REFER

ANC SER

'.

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

.

:1

1

1-1

+1

+.

-;

STATS 11.1.11111/1.111

440

44g

CITATION: Roaf, RobertChild Care in General Practice: Trauma in Childhood

BRITISH MEDICAL. JOURNAL, June 12, 1965, 5449:1541-1543

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A discussion of common childhoodinjuries, diagnosis, and treatment. Includes

mechanical injuries (e.g. from car accidents),common fractures; elbow fractures, ankle injury,nerve, tendon and blood vessel injuries, burns.

SECTIONS (3): Battered baby syndrome as a source ofchildhood trauma. Child usually teething andsuffering from malnutrition, may come in with skullfractures; Caffey's.work mentioned.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Diagnosis difficult regardingphysical abuse, therefore hospitalization is besttreatment plan for child. Parents' own M.D. is

best source of advice for long-term treatmentplans.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZz2z>.>-00x611-:crigLawzLI

.

< :Z

0 0

IMMIIIIIIII4c z

z22LaxSIIIcaa. a.

I

< z

La La

'

<

0 US

A

.._,:la

1.1-

:

NON.SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF :

I

31

E.

'

.

TREAT

LEG CON

111

111

:, _!

:

2 : -

.

NEEREFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 : 11111..1 1111111111.

111.11.111.1111STATS

CITATION: Robertson, JoyceMothering as ln Influence on Early DevelopmentPSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OF THE CHILD, 1962, 17:245-264

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The influence of mothering onearly development shows that defects in thequality of mothering by a sole mother can resultin emotional needs being unfulfilled; deficientmother in the first year causes poor generaldevelopment which can look similar to retardationor organic defect, and the resulting impairmentwill persist after the first year, but may becomepartially obscured by neurotic features.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Psychoanalysis for the mother isnot a cure because it will not bring about quickenough results. (b) The mother/child interactionis presented from five clinical records.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

z z

0

zz

zO2OUi

< I -IX Ct.

XN.W

ta-1

tn ;

NONSP

IN COM

IN INT

0

INDIC

PRB DEF44

(c.\'r

oil-TREAT

LEG CON .\C)

(2-

1111==1111

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

441

416

CITATION: Robins:4 H. B., et al.Longit naZ Development of the Very roung in a Comprehensive Day Care

Program: The Ftrst Two YearsCHILD DEVELOPMENT, 1971, 42:1673-1683

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes enriched day care pro-gram and longitudinal study of enrolled infantsand young children in which (1) Cognitive develop-ment was enhanced, particularly during the timewhen verbal abilities emerge. (2) Day care efforthad special impact on culturally disadvantagedduring ages 2-4. (3) Major impact was in verbalarea rather than non-verbal. Suggests questionsthat could be studied for future efforts.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

0

alzzi z

0.0

< z)- t

Q.Q.

<0w

z02to

cc

,

wu)

a."'xw

haoa

cni"-cr... rx

X ,-

NONSPIN COM

IN INT: -- -4- -4-

\'

'

Ac2c?

4

,

INDIC

PRB DEE :

45,

(<90

TREAT

LEG CON &C\

<\"q

t

REFER

ANC SER

-.1..--:-.

FOLLOW.--.. .... _..

PREVEN i-- 11111111111

1111/11111/1STATS NIII

CITATION: Robson, Kenneth, et al.Patterns and Determinants ofNaternal AttachmentJOURNAL OF PEDIATRICS, December 1970, 77(61:976-985

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Maternal attitudes and specificinfant behavior determine infant attAchments totheir mothers.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The first four to six weeks, themodel mother views the baby as an anonymous,unsocial object. (b) When the child begins tosmile, the baby is recognized as a person. (c)

By the end of the third month, maternal attachmentare strong enough to make the baby's absenceunpleasant and his imagined loss is an intolerableprospect.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

446442

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

azwwwm0

QZzz>-0 0

Q Z<Z<>00xX2:2Q.Q. W

s .14)

laV)

e7,:(XW

ila

-.7. : X.1. . I-

N 0 WS P

COM

IN INT

111111

111111111111

-i

A0C /

INDIC

PRB DEF

1111111

.'c>'

(<5'

OHO

-

TREAT

lia-Coll..t.

\...i)% a

qV.

REFER-- .....ANC SER

.

I

.

._

FOLLOW._... .....

PREVEN. ..1 1 ..

STATS I 11111 11111111111

CITATION: Rodenburg, MartinChild Murder by Depressed ParentsCANADIAN PSYCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION JOURNAL, 1971, 16:41-48

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of the psychodynamicsof believed child murder. Author reviews litera-ture on the subject and presents his analysis ofCanadian statistics on 141 incidents of child mur-der between 1964 and 1968. Author notes inconsis-tent use of terms infanticide and filicide. In

Canada child murder denotes killing of a person 16years and under. In Canadian study, most childmurders were committed by parents (54%); 'f thosecommitted by non-relatives, 32% assaulted theirvictims sexually, the crime usually occurring inthe evening. There is risk that children may bekilled by parents who suffer from severe depressiveillness.

SECTIONS (3): 'Statistics on and analysis of childmurder in Canada. Also statistics on incidencein other countries.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Legal definition of infanticide inCanada.

MENTION (1): (a) Reference to Resnick's findings of155 cases. of child murder over period of 216 years(b) Early recognition of depressive illness inparents may prevent child murder.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z; l e

WCoon.¢:

W

zW I x2Zwx;!mmwww

iii

taxi-t7,

IW

M

NON-SP 111=111IN COM

IN INT: III

.

INDIC

PR8 DEF

1

4.4:

;-4-1

- 4- 1,

TREAT

LEG CON

I

4-:

-4-2:

- --.4.

4- -4-I.

REFER

ANC SER; -4- -

1' 1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

1 :

' : :

STATS EMINERRIMI

CITATION: Rodh= HillaryChildren Under the LawHARVARD EDUCATION REVIEW, November 1973, 43(4) :489-514

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): General discussion of children'slegal status and need to recognize their specialneeds and interests. Discussion of severalSupreme Court cases.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Abuse /neglect -- removal of child

from home should not be based on "best interests"of parents but on medically or psychologicallyjustifiable reasons. (h) Traditionally, childrenhave been regarded as chattels and the state isreluctant to interfere in the parent/childrelationship.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Prevalence of parental rightsvs. children's rights; children's rights notidentical to patents' rights. (b) Limited abilityof legal system to enforce child's psychologicalneeds. (c) Recommendation that community servedrule on terminating parental rights, thus avoiding"middle-class" bias.

MENTION (1): Ambiguity of legal conditions underwhich state should intervene in abuse/neglectcases.

TARGET POPULATION:


Q<tauitamIZ2LAJ>c=4;m(.90(.30.a.tAitacn

.

Z < z < Z <x E,1.

W

:-.1.w1-, : rr

x.1-

NONSP 4 1111EMEM "IIIN COM

IN INT

mu ..:..',

.-I.. '.-1-.

:

..

'-.4.-.

INDIC

-P-iiii rieF.-- --1.. .-I..

1

TREAT

-CEG---C- 0- N

1..i..'.

is ..1.3 : 3

ne''

REFER

A- NC S. El

.i.. ..;.. ..I.-'

FOLLOW

P-REVEN

..;..: .

111111111111111111

..I...

; :

STATS

443

4 4 'I'

CITATION: Rolston, ichard HummelThe Effect of Prior Physical Abuse on the Expression of Overt and Fantasy

Aggressive Behavior in ChildrenCLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY. DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL. 1971. 32(5-B):3016

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): In follow-up, abused childrenhave significantly less overt and fantasy aggres-sive behavior, and are higher in the scale ofsomberness, docility, desire to placate, appetite,masturbation, thumbsucking.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<

wwwzz22wLILloo.

< Z cr z

a

<

wwow

Z

x 52.x:cc

. _1:w

uiIcc

zo-

NON-SP Elm= RNIN COM

IN INT

:

. .4.

:

1

.1"r

INDIC

PRB DEF.4. .i.

i

.... .i..

.I.a

TREAT

LEG CON

II 4. i

I

.111 :

REFER

ANC SER

'

--'

--.

.

---1

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1114: :

STATS NREIBRIM :

CITATION: Rose, C. B.

Unusual Pericstitis in ChildrenRADIOLOGY, 1936, 27(2):131-13?

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author presents five casestudies of unusual cases of periostitis in childrenDouble diagnosis of scurvy, syphillis, and otheretiologies are considered and discussed.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsRadiologists

4Zw.,..z:2,xv_.cg0.00.mw.w.w.:,

<!ZZ

'

Z

cr z

> ).

1 '

<:Z0:0

4x Q.

.,ita

,;eg

NON-SP Km=II :

A0.`0Ce

1

IN COM

IN INT

.

:

INDIC

PRB DEF

:

&<0-

?" '<3

-

TREAT

LEG CON

110

=6 of°f<:**

.

REFER

ANC SER. :.:

. 1

.

FOLLOW.- --------

PREVEN.

. 1

1

STATS MI

444

440

CITATION: Rosen, Shirley R., et al.Aftermath of Severe Multiple Deprivation in a Young Child; ClinL.77 InplicatiorT

PERCEKVAL MID MOTOR SKILLS, 1967, 24:219-226

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A three year old child abandonedby his parents is reported as improving withtreatment.

SECTIONS (3): A team approach emphasizing speechtherapy and the relationship with the speechtherapist is presented.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Ti

Zzzrwwwxxc:

4

a

Z

LI

ec

C.

z.

< : Z

2:w . w

,(

,.,tr,,

irexu;

.J:w

t,:m'I: : MI ..-

NON-SP En :4:

IN COM

IN INT--1--- --:--

.

--;-

INDIC

PRB DEF

:

-t- .2- -

.

-- 4

TREAT

LEG CON

111 :

.

' 3 .

REFER

ANC SER

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111111

STATS ENNUI

CITATION: Rosenberg, A. H.

Law-Medi:cine Notes: Compulsory Disclosure StatutesNEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, June 5, 1969, 280 :1287 -88

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author presents the argumenagainst the public disclosure laws that violate thpatient/doctor confidentiality. It is agreed,thelaws infringe upon the M,D.'s exercise of profes-sional judgement and may frighten away patients.

f

SECTIONS (3): Three types of disclosure laws:those requiring reporting of gunshot wounds, drugabuse, and child abuse, are discussed.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

445

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zR<ZwLI

Zwo

ZZwLI

ej

xa.

Z»xa.

't0w

Z0Mwo

<xw

-Ja.xla

,)-..'_4

2

-JW

CC

ce/-

N ON -S P MEI= ;

IN COM

IN INT

1 :

INDIC

PRB DEF

I.'. 1

J.

.

.i.

.

i

.

TREAT

LEG CON

I .i. i i

.

IIIREFER

ANC SER

111 :

I 4.

FOLLOW

POLLENi__11111

1111STATS 1111111.11.111111.11

CITATION: Rovenberg, C. M. 01141The Young Addict and Hie Family

BRITISH JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, April 1971, 116(546):469-470

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Thirty-six adolescent drugaddicts were studied and it was found that, com-pared to their siblings, they had more intensehostility toward their fathers, an over-dependentbond with their mothers, more serious childhoodillnesses, and neurotic anti-social features.

SECTIONS (3): The study also showed over 1/3 of theparents and older siblings of the addicts werereceiving psychiatric care at one time or another.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ2talutaxx22wx:tx0

<Z0

Z2C7

<>-

12.

Z,-

CI.

<0W

Z0

. Id

<gto

..IQ.

Id

14,W1..1¢

X . I-

NONSP =Mai IIII

. .IN COM

IN INT

:

... -4.,,

''

5)

*CO

r

A4f,

INOIC

PRB DEF

'

-4.,

'Cos

-t

0-:P

TREAT

LEG CON

II

4§(2.

--

REFER

ANC SER

.

11111111111=.111111

--:-- --.:FOLLOW.....- .....

PREVEN.

I

..i-- i--

.

--"-

STATS

CITATION: Rocenheim, Margarrt K.The Child 4nd Hie Day in CourtCHILD WELFARE, January 1966, 45:17-27

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Reconciliation of need to act vs.established right to act is difficult. The bestinterests of the child need to be determined. Sim-

ilar legal situations are treated differently.Social workers need to learn how to present legalevidence. Suggestions for reforming the HearsayRule and other aspects are given.

SECTIONS (3): Matters related to delinquents andcourt hearings are presented.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Not only does each state vary indefinition of and approach to neglect and delin-quency, but lawyers, social workers, and judgeseach approach the problem with divergent interests.

MENTION (1): "Neglect" infers parental failing and"dependency" infers inability.

TARGET POPULATION:


2ii.Wz

0

!

00!2

W0

W0

.x

X0.

z

X0.

.2

V.iilW

2

W

<

IA

cl..,,,

X,W

. j: W

1...100

'n1 00'41..

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

,

: 1

III

:

;

1

,

INDIC

PRB iir.

TREAT

LEG CON 1

. .

1

.

.

REFER....... ....ANC SER

1I: 2

.:

1

.n :

'

FOLLOW.....

PR EVEN.. .3.. .

i

__ .. 4..RIM

.....STATS

446

4

CITATION: Rowe, Daniel 2., et aZ.A Hospital Program for the Detection and Registration of Abused and Neglected

ChildrenNEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, April 23, 1970, 282:950 -952

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A registry for suspected abusedchildren which has resulted in increased level ofstaff awareness of these problems, pfcmoted earlyidentification and led to thorough investigation.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Indicators are injuries that arenot adequately explained, history or appearancethat is repeated, or repeated ingestion of a toxic

substance.

MENTION (1): Referrals have come mainly from

professionals.

TARGET POPULATION:


ziaz<zZqzZz>>.00x-dt:ccwwwxxI2wx=zImLi 0 LI Q. 0. La Lai (J/ Lai

...,:w

I;--NONSP MIEWINE111.

.

..1,

:

.

IN COM ............IN INTINDIC

PRB OEF 24 -1-:

111111--i-- i--MITREAT

1:6Y515ii III ""i"- ":"" -L. 1111111111REFER

ANC iER

1-III :_I . .

.FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

=MEURER...i......i..

, , .

STATS

CITATION: Rowe, Norman L.Fractures of the Facial Skeleton in ChildrenJOURNAL OP ORAL SURGERY, August 1968, 20:505-515

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of fractures of the

facial bones in children: a low incidence offractures in children under 6 months is explainablby environmental, physical and anatomic circum-

stances. Also special features of jaw fractures

in children, general principles of treatment, com-plications and growth disturbance.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Possible cause of jaw fracture may be

physical abuse.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZ2LawLaII22tax:4:teLI

<2

LI

'

' 22LI

< 2). ).

Q.Q.

<0w

20w

<x EL.3

(l .W

...1:la

tc:

S.1'

NONSP 1111 1 : MEM I

IN COM

IN INT

...L..

..:-.1.

i.

INDIC

'17`iiii YEA"-I IN.

.

,

.

TREAT

LEG CON

111-4' -

I

.

-4.

.

-4-.

4-.

REFER

ANC SER

111 .i..

.i.

111I,

:

FOLLOW

i3-16.761III .4..

.

...;...

......-.4..

.

STATS =MI : 1111

447

451

CITATION: Rubin, JeanThe Need for InterventionPUBLIC WELFARE, July 1966, 230-245

MAIN EMPHASIS (4):

SECTIONS (3): (a) The characteristics of childabusers' families are discussed, (b) Legislationcurrently enacted is reviewed relating to children.(c) The authors suggest there is a need for countyplanning and education.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Statistics on irmidence of pattern.

TARGET POPULATION;


z

ZZz>->-00get;,:wwww2x22wLI

<

0

z <

0 a.

z

O.

<

W

Z

wx'z,x

v) W

.,:W

z 1 'NONSP mom= NE

. .IN COM

IN INT

III.. ...

''C'

4:,

...

cp6

. -

INDIC

PRB DEF

I :-f-

0 i.1R

(<5)eTREAT

LEG CON

.i>'r

- -

REFER

ANC SER

.

..:.- ..:-.1

.

FOLLOW..-..- ....

PREVEN.

. :

STATS In : Mil

CITATION: Rucsetl, Donald HayesLaw, Medicine and Minors (Part IV)NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, July 4, 1968, 279(11:31-32

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Because abuse complaints must beinitiated by a third party who then becomes liablefor counter-suit, new laws requiring compulsoryreports by and immunity for physicians have beeninstituted. Some drawbacks such as accusatorystance, attribution of willful intent, and pre-requisite injury are present.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): History of S.P.C.C. reported as itdeveloped.

TARGET POPULATION;

Medical Scientists

zZ

w000o.atz

w

111/111/11

:

w

<

x

z

22CLW

a Z<2wWilIWI1

x ....a.x;'cxF

..,

w

NONSPIN COM :

4.- - '-IN INT

INDIC..i.. ...i.. .. i.- --i-

PRB DEF I

TREAT

LEG CON 111 : 1111111111

REFER :

.

IllANC SER : 1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS IIIII LRE448

CITATION: Russell, Patricia A.Subdural Hematomas in InfancyBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, August 21, 1965, 2:446-448

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A review of 25 cases of subduralhematoma in infants; medically technical discus-sisa of presenting fractures and treatment. Early

diagnosis and treatment may prevent permanentbrain damage.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) In three of the 25 cases, injurywas probably inflicted. (b) Caffey's associationof bone fractures and subdural hematoma,

TARGET POPULATION;

Medical Scientists

zZ

www0

<

0

220

<

xX22taa

Z

0.

<

la

2

la

<U)

-1a.

xIlxla

1,-

X

-.IlaCE

. )-

NONSP 11.1.1111111IN COM

-.-III :

1- --4- -;- -4-IN INT

1 1

INDIC 111 .4. .1. 111 1

PRB DEF: 1 i

TREAT:

LEG CON -t-,

II-i- -1 -i- -i-

REFER..: ..

11.. 4-

1

.4. :

ANC SER .

FOLLOW : I

1

3471.--16611..i1111

: ,

1

.

STATS NEEREMEMEM

CITATION: Salk, LeeEffects of Early Experience on Later 6ehaviorTHE BATTERED PARENT: STRESSES OF CONTEMPORARY PAREVTHOOD Sixth Annual Seminar,

Y &I o I *A.".

MAIN EMPHASIS'(4): Presentation of three majorconcepts: (1) early influences have enormouseffects on later behavior and are sometimesirreversible, (2) there are critical periods indevelopment for establishing certain behaviorpatterns, (3) concept of imprinting--describedwith reference to studies in fields of animal andhuman behavior, e.g. David Levy, Lorenz, Salk.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZz2z)->-00xet:www2x22wx=Im0000..mwwww

.

41C:Z < z 4 Z < :-Jli,e

X.-

NONSP =RUM 1111IN COM

IN INT.

'.

II 111111..

.".k

5,

.,'

.

.

co

. .

INDIC

PRB DEF

11 i

.

6V

<

c.5)

TREAT

LEG CONCSC

'

SI-

REFER

ANC SER-... ..1_.

t'OLLOW

PREVEN

:

,

1

.

STATS MEM."449

4 5 ';)

CITATION: Salk, LeeOn the Prevention of SchizophreniaDISEASES OP THE NERVOUS SYSTEM, 1968, 29:71-15

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Autism (infantile schizophrenia)is related to maternal deprivation. Author citesstudies on effects of early sensory deprivationin animals and humans--such effects (e.g. inabilityto relate to others, inability to learn by exper-ience or to respond appropriately to stimulation)are long-standing, affecting later adult behavior.Because sensory stimulation is crucial to infants'normal development, author suggests (1) parentsshould be educated in importance of early lifephase, (2) parents should be given professionalconsultation at least once a month during lastthree months of pregnancy and child's first year.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<

W0

<I

la

0

Z

la0

<

Ia.

zx0.

<

2la

Z

2la

<

la

xfn

exla

I-I, :W

,/...:C4

= ; Mx.t-NON-SP MEM= . IIIIIN COM

IN INT: :4

INDIC

PRB DEF

i.

1

1

: .

TREAT

LEG CON

I :-t-1

.

4:

.

-4-

REFER

ANC SCR:

,,

.

-4- '

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11:

.

STATS Mill

CITATION: Salk, LeeWhat Every Child Would Like Hie Parents to Know

THE BATTERED PARENT: STRESSES OP CONTEMPORARY PARENTHOOD, Sixth AnnualSeminar. Children'n Modincl. !.orator Tuint% (714nhnma, nrfacr 7073

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Parents need education regardingchild development, helping them understand howchild communicates. Importance of early months to

foster child's trust and dependence. Parenthooda full-time responsibility. Need to be lenientwith children. Parent education should also bepart of medical curriculum. Doctors need to besensitized to human needs.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Many people who abuse/neglect childrendidn't want children in the first place.

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

z

Zla(.9

4

< 1 ZZ : Zla , la0.0IIIIIMEMEN

<-Ia.

Z-xa.

<0la

Z0la

<X11)

ela

-i:W

17,I

:m= 04I.1-

NON-SP

IN

IN INTCOM Ino.

.

."::

INDIC

PRB DEF I

:

:

TREA

CON

T

LEG

111111118111111inust.,..

I

1 1

--i-- "+-

REFER

ANC SER

ill !

I

.4_Ii

FOLLOW

PREVEN-

:

,'

EllEMME1111111

:

iSTATS

450,

CITATION: Salmon, James H.Subdural Hematoma in Infancy: Suggestions for Diagnosis and Management

MINICAL PEDIATRICS, October 1971, 10(101:597-599

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Diagnosis and details of the

technique for performing a subdural tap

SECTIONS (3): Repeated subdural taps--keystone oftreatment program.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Multiple skull fractures or bruises

which are suggestive of battered child syndrome.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsPhysicians in Pediatrics

Z

ZW0

4ZW0

ZZWLI

4 Z> >.x zQ.Q.

<02w

Z02tax-,:cew

c

xto

ayw I,

- .1W

gX

I-

NON-SP 11.111111/1111011111111:

I :IN COM

IN INT

III

INDIC

PR8 DEF'

..4.1;

....

i

--1-

TREAT

LEG CON

111 ' : :

.I

REFER

ANC SER

1 1

e .

g

.

FOLLOW-

W661111 :

1

:

1 g

.4.. _4..

STATS ...11=11111111111

CITATION: Salmon, AL A.The Spectrum of Abuse in the Battered Child SyndromeINJURY, January 1971, 2(3) :211-217

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Pediatricians have to be awareof indications of child abuse in physical findingin the child as well as in feelings and attitudesof the mother.

SECTIONS (3): Non-specific. Five case studies ofchild abuse are presented.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics show that most childrenare abused during the "crying period" of life. (b

Problems occur in legal definitions of child abuse.(c) Pediatricians should take charge of child abus

referrals.

451

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<ZwwwIxZ2uix=-;ccC.

<z0

...11.11111111111111

.!--

Zz0

'

4(

>.

a

z>.

a.

.."

i

<0w

Z0w

<xm

iw

l'AI

u,'"' 'mM.1-

11

NON-SP 3

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PR8 DEF EP. III:

TREAT

LEG CEIK

11111111..i.. I

.4._ .4_ .1..

ANC SER 1

FOLLCMN

PREVEN

111 :

g

i

1

1

.

.

STATS 1 11111.11=1111111111111

CITATION: Scanlon, Wilma H.

Protecting Children Through Services to FamiliesPUBLIC WELFARE, July 1962, 162-167

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Treatment techniques and goalsfor helping hard-core multi-problem families.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Physical and emotional needs ofchildren. (b) Case history. (c) Description ofphysical and emotional neglect, and dynamics offamily situations in which these occur,

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Indicators of physical neglect.(b) Indicators of emotional abuse/neglect. (c)

Description of dynamics of emotional Ouse,

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZLatataxx212taxr-=;(xC.

«zC.

MEMIIMINIE

Zz0

<)-

Q.

z)-

O.

;<:z010IL : LLI

'.

,xCI)

a!

ILI

ILI:C

= I I-

'I

NONSP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF111 .1?

:3.1.

I

roomTREAT

LEG CON

III ;--i1

riREFER

ANC SER HEmii...i.;

_:FOLLOW

PREVEN

....1.111.1111[11

.1...'

.i'

.1.

_i__

'STATS

CITATION: To F. zn

Resistance, to Dealing with Parents of Battered ChildrenPEDIATRICS, December 1972, 50(61:853-857

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Ambivalent feelings about parenting, childish memories of hostile wishes towardothers, fear of similar loss of control, etc., areadditional reasons for failure of physicians toreport instances of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Description of method for physi-cian to overcome resistance to contact with par-ents and to actually make a report. (b) Fourcase vignettes.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Description of eight common reasonscited for physician non-report

MENTION (1): Anyone dealing with battering families. must understand their own feelings to see if they

would interfere with relationship.

TARGET POPULATION:


11

<;ZZw(-7

ImmoZwLI

< z)' ..x xQ.Q.

Q

2W

Z

2LLI

Lutii(/) 1 W

i./1 W

(2/,:mx .1-

11111NON.SP

IN COM

IN INT

3 i

.

INDIC

PRB DEF11 1 i

.

mi :

TREAT

LEG CON

III 1.i.. monoREFER

ANC SERE ..:_.

'

.1 .;

EFOLLOW

PREVEN

in .: .

'.

STATS =MIN 11/1

452

t)4." o

CITATION: Sanduoky, Annie LeeServices to Neglected Children: A Public Welfare ResponsibilityCHILDREN, January-February 1960, 7(1):23-28

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Treatment must convey a messageof treating both child and adult; temporary careof child has to be available, with the goal ofproviding a secure family life. Legislation needs

to definerole of public welfare agencies. Alsodefinitions used in service have to be offered.

SECTIONS (3): Case studies are presented.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Legally, same agency has to beresponsible for neglected and abused children,(b) Referrals are given careful consideration asevery attempt is made to keep the children in

their homes.

TARGET POPULATION:


Social Workers

z

XW0(

iclz

XW

XW0

<

Xa.

z

a.

IIC : X

2:2w w

<<wcn

iii.xw

W:W/- : Cgtn;-ccx . I-

NONSP 3 111111.1111111.1.111IN CCM

gin'- 7i--

rocORB DEF

-1

I

.

I

1. .1..

..,-. i

TREAT-

Xi &li&4.- ...4... 4 ._ HE

REFER

ANC ZER

1 :

..t.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111111 '

STATS 1111.......1

CITATION: Santhanakriehnan, B. B., et al,

PITS SyndromeINDIAN PEDIATRICS, February 1973, 10:97-100

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors describe three

cases of child abuse which illustrate theirexperience with the phenomenon in India.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): The difficulty of treating suspected

cases is discussed. Cases are attributed tostresses and strains imposed on the mother by thecurrent and traditional injustices of their

environment. The best indicators of abuse were

found to be fractural radiographic changes, etc.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z7zW0

.

<I

zW0

zzW0

<-.

..O.

z,..xci.

1

ic ; z

0 0212wtw

111.11/111111:

.

<xwN)

'xw

:

.

._,

:W,- I d=Icex.i.-

.

..i..

.

NONSP II= 4

IN COM

IN INT

;

-T..

INDIC

PRB DEF

IMII 2 ;._

2 I

; 1

TREAT

LEG CON

III 2'.

'

.

'

.

REFER

ANC SER:

II . :. 1111111M :

FOLLOW

PREVEN-' -

.

i1

:.

.

'

4.

;

.

MISTATS 11111IIMIZIER

453

457

CITATION: Sarason, Irwin G.Interrelationships Among Individual Difference Variables, Behavior in

Psychotherapy, and Verbal ConditioningJOURNAL OF ABNORMAL AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1958, 56:339-344

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): In a study of 60 neurotic andpsychotic patients where an autobiographicalsurvey and psychotherapists' ratings were used,findings indicate significant correlation betweenhigh scores on test anxiety/lack of protectionand higher levels of verbal conditioning, defen-siveness scores and poor verbal conditioning,compliancy and high verbal conditioning.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<ZwwwIz22wx=Icc(7

<Z0

zz

0

<>.

0.

z>.

a.

a0

w

20w

cc

xu)

aw

la. w

-. 1, cc

I, I-

N ON .S P nlinall111111... .. .

?-

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF4-

11 I

49ef(0A

co

.

TREAT

LEG CON

111

OS0.),

REFER......AN SER

._ inFOLLOW.--.PR EVEN

-

I

--i--

.

--T--

STATS HMI=:

CITATION: Sattin, 'pia B., et al.The Ecology of Child Abuse Within a Military CommunityAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTROPSYCHIATRY, July 1972, 675-678

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The environs are indicators ofchild abusers.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsMental Health Workers

ZwwE2w(.200.

11

z

Z

Mil

<,-x

z>.r0.www

<0

Z0 x

IIIII

a0.xw

aw

1... Cr

'...mm.1.-

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

:_.

.

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

IiCrasII

REFER

1111111111 ErANC SER

FOLLOW IMIHM.-L.nPREVEN

STATS =EMU454

456

CITATION: Sauer, L. W.Pediatric Problems of Teen -Age Parents

JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS, May 1965, 43(5):556-559

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Five specific problem areas arediscussed: early feeding and nursing care, pre-vention of premature births, preventable birthdefects, diagnosis of battered child syndrome,detection of congenital syphillis.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Battering parents are frequentlyyoung; injuries inflicted during anger are relatedto alcoholism, psychopathology, or drug addiction.(b) Indications of physical abuse are multiplebone fractures (diagnosed by x-rays), bruises, in-consistent or conflicting histories between par-ents irri ation a r

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z4'

Z2z).)-00xet.74www22wxm0

tz

(7 0

(z<Z4ZCl. O.

2W W W W I

-,

wm

IMIIMIN1111111111NON-SP

IN COM '1

IN INT 1

.

INDIC

. 1 DEF1

1

'

:

;

i

.

TRtAT ' '1 ' I

LEG CON

III 4.I

REFER ill :' I

. .

ANC SER I I ,

FOLLOW : : :

PREVEN

F_,

...:

STATS

CITATION: Savino, Anne B., at al.Working with Abusive Parents: Group Therapy and Home VisitsAMERICAN JOURNAL OF NURSING, March 1973, 73:480-483

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of treatment programconducted at UCLA Neuropsychiatric Institute,including group therapy for mothers and fathersand home visits by public health nurse.

SECTIONS (3): Description of therapeutic tools apublic health nurse may use in home visits.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Description of psychodynamic aspectsof visits with abusers.

MENTION (1): First few meetings may include justsitting and listening.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsSocial WorkersMedical ScientistsPublic Health Nurses

ZZ

ka

Ell......1111I

I

IC1ZZI Z

i CI

'

.f.

,

4).

Fi.

Z)..

a.

;i4C,Z

010W I Z

;

,

xxt)

5 /.

LI

;

.

t 'n

1

..i..

. - I

1 I J

CC

rNONSPIN COM

IN INT

PRS

INDIC

DEF NE ,

TREAT

LEG CON

III ..i.. .4.- II ..1.3.

i

.

REFER

ANC SER..1 --

. I 111111-4.-g .-1-..

FOLLOW

PREVEN

III

i-.

' III --I 1 :

STATS MI

455

45cd

CITATION: Sayre, James W., at al.Community Committee on Child Abuse: A Step Toward Better Understanding and

CooperationNEW YORK STATE JOURNAL OF MOM:1NR% August. I5, 1973. 73:2071-2075

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes development, member-ship and accomplishments of interagency committeemeeting monthly to discuss improving services inarea of child abuse (Monroe County, New York,1967).

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case history of gap betweencourt decision and implementation in family. (b)

Future undertakings. (c) Changes recommended.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Legal judgement becomesmeaningless without agency participation, (b)

Original source of medical care should continue.(c) Mandatory psychiatric care not useful. (d)

Follow -up case reviews should be scheduled.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

WZZZ).000(1

4

w

i

! Z

us

4

I

Z).00,4Itluswow

4

2

Z

2

4aj..Z

WI X

s

J

s W

.1'2 ;Ce

mil-

NONSP 4 WillE111IN COM

IN INT

OMii........i:

6

....i...i...i..i

INDIC

PRB DEF

111 '.4 :.4.i

'.4. '..4. '.4.

TREAT

LEG CONI-'

,

1 .1.

REFER

ANC SER

111 :

1

i

'

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

,

1111111111=111111111

1..',

'

.4. _ ...

.4..

STATS

CITATION: S(-11T-'7';:zr tek,

Race, Oc_qa: -041

SCIENCE, Oeoember 24, 1971, 174(40161:1285-1295

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child rearing environment is

very much related to IQ scores.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


4

W0

4ZW0

Z

W0

<

I0.

Z

Ia.

-s-

4

2:2IW

Z

. la

4

W%U7 W

7-iJ.14

=IceI.1.-

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

NM=-:'

,-

n"1/4""

..

AACi

:

. .

INDIC

'44 RV.1

C:1

0'

<5"q-

<5)

TREAT

LEG CON

II

.&

q-REFER

ANC SER...:... .. .

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS

456

4th)

CITATION: Scherer, LorenaFacilities and Services for Neglected Children in Missouri.

CRIME AND DELINQUENCY, January 1960, 6:66-68

MAIN EMPHASIS*(4): Treatment involves interviewsonce or twice a week or less, depending on prog-nosis. Staff should believe parents can change,service should be immediate and skilled, andevaluative.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Initial report often comes frompolice and probation officers who make themdirectly to social services or, in some instances,to the court. (b) Statistics show the reasonswhy cases were terminated.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): In the initial interview, worker

should be understanding but not condemning orcondoning.

TARGET POPULATION:


.-1

wwwmx2:2wx(7

CIZ

(7

suim11.101111

-I

c

'

:(

a.

Ill

Z

0.

I.Z

W :UJ

:I

4

(/)

11111

W

J4W

fniI'M=mX . J-

:

NON-SP

IN INT li

PRB DEF 11 -1 11E1111111

111111

.

4.-

'

rillini

TREAT

LEG CON

li :

I

REFER

-ANC SER

FOLLOW : Ell : :

STATS 3 laminar' in

CITATION: :-herrr, LorenaProfr.-ctive rlsework Service

"PILPREN, January-February 1966, 3(1)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Means of treatment which must betaken by protective service agencies. Includes

discussion of initiation of service, establishingrelationship with parent, parenting the parent,working with both mother and father, other agencies,setting realistic goals and starting from wherethe parent is, termination of services.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Agencies usually have legal or"inherent" authority in protective cases--need forsocial worker to be in touch with his feelingsregarding authority. (b) Sources of initial com-plaint. Importance of caseworker to get factualinformation from complainant.

PARAGRAPHS (2): In initial interview with parent,social worker must be specific about nature ofcomplaint so as not to confuse parent.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z2

Wz

0

:

41zzizu.,:w0.0BEIM

:

1111111111

1

<

ia.

11111111111111111111

z

I0.

1

a:z

2:U.I.W

11111

,

laN

111111

1111111111

eXW

.

.u1

(.7,m,...--;cc

Xl!-

NM

1.

NOWSP 3

COT

IN INT32

immomi111111111111111111111111111

INDC

PRB

I

DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SERFOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS 1111...R.

457

461

CITATION: Schwartz, Emmet K.Child Murder Today: Playwrights and Psychologists View Filicide in Life, Drama

THE HUMAN CONTEXT, 1972, 4(21:360-361

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): General summary of weekendseminar on filicide in which young playwrightsparticipated on the theory that they could makea contribution to dealing with child abuse.Literary themes of abuse noted and some discussionof characteristics of abuse problem, e.g.,battered children become battering parents;problem cuts across socio-economic and ethniclines.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1)1

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsPlaywrights

ic

Z...,o

4

;

..ciz

zo

11111111111111111

z..0

..ic

).

=a.

z

,.=a.

'toc:z

0:021,w i laI

<xcr,

e.la

';-,.ta

.:-sl:.x . I-

"N'SPIN COM

IN INT 1

:

,

INDIC

PRB DEF

I .1..

.:11111

i

:

.

TREAT

LEG CON-tII :

I.

-.-:- ::- ..h.-.I.

REFER

ANC SER . 1 on-i-:

:

:t

,

aFOLLOW

PREVEN.11 :

.

illimmilSTATS

CITATION: Schwartz, L. H., et al.

Psychiatric Case Maar,. of Nutritional Battering with Implications forcommunity Agencies

ramuarT V I 2 1/

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An extensive case history of"nutritional battering" is described, in which agirl was starved and abused by her parents for13 years before school authorities referred hercase to the juvenile court.

SECTIONS (3): The author discussed the psycho-dynamics of the pathology of the girl's family.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): The author recommends that closecooperation between legal, psychiatric, andsocial agencies is necessary for treatment.

TARGET POPULATION:


.

Zw0

<Zw0

IMIMMI111111..1

Zzw0

.

<

=m

Z

zm

1

<:Z0I02:E..=:.w:.

:

.

4xV)

e

w

-1luit.:

I.1-

:

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

II

INDIC

PRB DEF 111111111111"

.

:..I

......4.-I :

TREAT

LEG CON

111111 :

REFER

ANC SER

I :

.

i

I

.i .

: :

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 I

,

.i.

. 1

11111111/1111.11111

I

1

""t"

STATS

461

465

CITATION: Schmidt, Dolores M.The Challenge of Helping the "Untroaflblenil

PUBLIC WELFARE, April 1966

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author argues that becausethe public welfare field treats the least treat-able and most needy clients, the status of thiscasework needs to be upgraded so that the bestworkers are attracted to work with the most

difficult clients.

SECTIONS (3): An extensive case example is used toillustrate how psychiatrically or insight-orientedcasework methods, requiring a great deal of skill

and ability, move the untreatables.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The author deplores the tendencyfor the profession to gravitate to therapies andclientele with higher status and more affluence,but ignore the untreatable's need for help.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION;


taiatax0

«0

z

0

<

O.

z222iaa.

<

W

z

ia

<xw

..)

xw

:-.1.ia,..icrm.=Ice10-

NONSP Inn111111IN COM

IN INT

:

: :'

!--

: 1

INDIC.- ...... _ .

PRB DEF

I i

1

TREAT

LEG CON

I :

,4 :

,-

.

, NE..i..REFER

.

414C SER..

.

..,..1

--,..

FOLLOW

PREVEN:

1

1

1

.

,

STATS mliimmuls,

CITATION: Schmidt, Dolores M.The I teetive Scrviee Caseworker: Pov Dees lie Survive ,lob Pressures?

CHILD WELFARE, March 1963, 116-119

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Various pressures by (1) profes-sional self-image, (2) community, and (3) lawenforcement bodies, as well as complex interven-tions with clients, call for highly capable

workers.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Agencies must provide legalconsultation in order to protect the worker and

the client's rights, (b) Diagnosis and resultant

action may require long-term, well-planned inter-vention. (c) Court hearings call for specialefforts to maintain helpful attitudes towardangry clients.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Middle class ideals are flag-rantly violated by neglectful parents, (b)

Statistics from a 1958 Denver study on 43 families

are given.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<2LI

.'

a.: zz 2i

0 .0

<rQ.

zrICi.

.=

02w

z02la

xxwtn

exla

.

-.ui,,,

r-A!-= 1so-

NON.SP 4 11111.11111.111111111I

I

i 11-,

I

1--

--1..

IN COM

IN INT

III

INDIC

1:4ii 0EFNUN3

3

..1.

!

i

,

..-111111111111111TREAT

LEG CON

REFER...... ......

ANC SER--

III

....:

,..-

:

4a

1

:..,..1

I

-4-

1111111111

1 1

.4- -:-'a

. .

.

1.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS 2 11111111111U1111H11

459

46 64

CITATION: Schmidt, Dolores M., et al.Facilites and Services for Neglected ChildrenCRIME AND DELINQUENCY, January 2960, 6

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of Denser ChildWelfare Division management of A/N cases incooperation with police, Juvenile Bureau andJuvenile Court,

SECTIONS (3): Legal considerations: JuvenileBureau detective usually files dependency petitionwith court. Colorado law indicates police shouldtake action initially; court action warranted inless than 1/2 of families. Sometimes can betherapeutic experience for parents. Professionalcaseworker can help parents to accept relinquish-ment of children when necessary and help those whohave capability of providing better care forchildren.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Calls received by police during theday are referred to Child Welfare Division if non-emergency. Description of kinds of complaintschild welfare worker receives and handles. Initialinterview--child welfare worker offers help, plansweekly contacts, refers them for help with variousagencies.

MENTION (1): Parents have histories of fear-of-conflict with authority, some are illiterate and/ordisturbed, few have ever been financially secure.Juvenile Bureau detective--liaison between policeand Child Welfare Division. Child Welfare Divisionprovides foster boarding homes for emergency care.

TARGET POPULATION:


zR<z.,rz<z,cZwwwSz22wLI

zLI

z(7

r>0. O.

0W

0W

xW

ElxW

._,

:Id

1- Icg14 : CeI.,-

NON.SP 111111111===IN COM

IN INT.4- 4.

t,.;

'.

INDIC-.......-PRB DEF

. . .-2

-a .... 1

TREAT

1.EGC- 0431..

--t.

:

.

4..

. .

1

REFER

A- N C S E R

4I

1 . . 1FOLLOW

PREVEN

1I .

STATS 1111 =MEI

CITATION: Schultz, Leroy G.The Child Sex Victim: Social, Psychological, and Legal PerspectivesCHILD WELFARE, March 1973, 52(31:147-157

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): (1) Description of percentage ofcases involving force, effects of victimization,potential trauma in court appearance, socializationof victims. (2) Role of the social worker inreduction of trauma. (3) Legal perspective.

SECTIONS (3): Interviewing the victim /parents --specific approach.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) More appropriate to teach socialworker legal perspective than to teach legal pro-fessionals a mental health orientation, (b) Statistics on degree of collaboration of female victims.(c) Sex education classes may decrease incidence(specific films identified

oh). (d) Some indications

TARGET POPULATION:


z..:1zzzr)-00xet;:mW0

<

wLI

zwc7

..c

I13.

z

xet.

<

2w

.

z

2w

<

w x0 w

....,:16i

=legx .1-

NON.SP unisiminIN COM... ....IN INT

. 4.. 4.-.

:.

...4..3'

1

-.4..

INDIC

F3Iiii EIEF

"-.1.- 4 4

1 ;

.

44

t

4TREAT........

LEG CON.. A)..

4':1

-REFER

ANC SER: ..I.- . - ...!...

FOLLOW.--...... .PREVEN

..,

1..... --, 4'4

' 1 :

1'."...1:

STATS 1111111.11.1.11

460

46.4

CITATION: Schwartz, lOnanua K.Child Murder Today: Playwrights and Psychologists View Filicide in Life, Drama

THE IIUMAN CONTEXT, 1072, 4(21:360-361

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): General summary of weekendseminar on filicide in which young playwrightsparticipated on the theory that they could makea contribution to dealing with child abuse.Literary themes of abuse noted and some discussionof characteristics of abuse problem, e.g.,battered children become battering parents;problem cuts across socio-economic and ethniclines.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1)1

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsPlaywrights

RZWO

CIZZWw0

1

Zo

icrIa.

Zrxa.

IC

02Law

Z02

4xlaow

ix

,1-....4X$-

-IwC4

x

NON.SP 4 lin MIMIIN COM :

..i.. ..i.. ..I..

IN INT:.

4

INDIC ' '

PRB DEF

I.'

TREAT '. .

LEG CON

111

1

REFER : 1 :

.

ANC SER

111.

.

IIFOLLOW III :

4.

1

.4. 4

PREVEN

STATS IIII.IBIIIIIIIII1MMI

CITATION: Schwartz, L. H., et al.Psychiatric Case PepoW- of Nutritional Battering with implications for

,:ommunity AgenciesrOMYNIT I/ I I f. II II

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An extensive case history of"nutritional battering" is described, in which agirl was starved and abused by her parents for13 years before school authorities referred hercase to the juvenile court.

SECTIONS (3): The author discussed the psycho-dynamics of the pathology of the girl's family.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): The author recommends that close

cooperation between legal, psychiatric, andsocial agencies Is necessary for treatment.

TARGET POPULATION:


,It

ZILI0

< i Z 4

taZIZr:w I0,0 O.

*

ZrIO.

:

.2

02w

Z02w

x

wx0

i5..xW

1

-i.w,)-VX7-:ImI o-

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF III:

TREAT

LEG CON

III' :I

1

1

1

.REFER4--

ANC SER

t

-4.-1

.

I

.4.

4

. .

: .:

FOLLOW 111.PREVEN 1

1 :

-4- 4

STATS 11111.1.M111111.

461

466

CITATION: Scott, P. D.Fatal Battered Baby CasesMEDICINE, SCIENCE AND THE LAW, July 2973, 13(31:197406

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Study of 29 fathers (or substi-tute fathers) imprisoned for fatal battering of a

child (under 5 years), Characteristics include

2/3 not married to their partner, work and child-caring roles reversed in 25% of cases, which con-tributed to stress, sex motive not important,victim contributes immediate stimulus for killing,fathers interpret unrealistically the child'sactivities, 75% had given warning of their subse-

quent action, e.g., earlier incidents of batter-ings, 75% had personality disorders, most hadexperienced violence/hostility from own parents.Differences from non-fatal cases are noted.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Statistical tables. (b) Case

histories. (c) Arbitrary and wide variety of

sentences imposed on fathers.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Non-punitive treatment includeskeeping child temporarily in hospital or placement

into day care nursery.

MENTION (1): (a) Samuel West's 1888 paper describ-ing battered child and family. (b) Treatment

recommendations: therapeutically-run prison,welfare staff to make contact with wife, flexibleuse of parole system, establishment of after-care

services.

TARGET POPULATION:


ZRZta(3

I

<:ZZlaC.,

zCU(3

<rXO.

ZrSllCL.

<0

LU

Z0

W

<xwU)

i

l xe.

W

I

: wt w

,I- ;x ficleX l 1-

NONSp BaingiamminIN COM : 1 : :

IN INT

I-1-

.

1"1

-1-.

-1,.

"T-

INDICi

11111...1_. -4.-

PRB OEF 4:,

TREAT

11i. - 4-

-t- -1.LEG CON 3g: :

REFER 11 1 : : : :

ANC SER . .

FOLLOW 11 : 1

«:,

1 L.«

PREVEN . . . . .

STATS EM111111111.ffill

CITATION: Scott, P. D.

Parente Who KM Their ChildrenMEDICINE, SCIENCE AND THE LAW, April 1973, 13(21:120-126

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of classification of

parents who murdered their children. Depression

and difficulties of using criteria of motivationare discussed, and illustrative cases are presen-

ted. Learning and frustration as sources of

aggression are discussed. Reference to numerous

studies on murder.

SECTIONS (3): Author's classification of parentalfilicide, and application to Morris and Blom-

Cooper's "calendar of murder."

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Statistics and tables on

filicide. (b) Examples of sexual abuse and

molestation.

MENTION (1):

462

4

TARGET POPULATION:


A<ZzW(.7

zWCI

zW(7

<-

XO.

z>X2:2w*U2CC0.

iA:Zx010lal : W

XU)

I1j.

W I

ww

C4

I-

NONSP 4: MI 2

IN COM..... -.

IN INTI-1- ..1..

I

.-1.. - _. -.I..

INOIC

1;ii FE-F

II-i I

In

.

.4..

:

-.4

.

MIMI

_L.

TREAT

LEG CON

111111

REFER

ANC SERi.

1

FOLLOW..--._ ........

PREVEN

11.

:

1

-:-".I

. ..9.. . ... ..I

I

:

STATS FAH EMU

CITATION: Scranton, William M."Battered Child" Bill: State Legislation of 1963 of Interest to Physicians

PENNSYLVANIA MEDICAL JOURNAL, October 1963, 66:23-26

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Health care personnel mustreport abuse to Juvenile Court, CPS, or police,and are protected from suit.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Legal

zZzlauliamZ22tax'";ec0

<z0

Zz0

<'2>-

O.

>.

O.

<0la

Z0Lu

<xca

l

Lu

..,

:la

1_, : 1r

r,NONSP 1.1=111111.11111

.1. 411.

1

..4. 4.IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PR8 DEF111

.

.1111111_ :

TREAT

LEG CON.

__i__

.

REFER

ANC SER

1 '

,

. '

1

'I.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

IEll...11.11111

:

1

.

. .I

,

.

.

. 'STATS

CITATION: Scrimshaw, N. S.

Early Malnutrition and Central Nervous System FunctionMERRILL PALMER QUARTERLY, 1969, 15:376-329

',AIN EMPHASIS (4): The author reviews currentresearch on animals, and studies of children inunder-developed countries, to ascertain the longrange effects of malnutrition in infancy and earlychildhood on later learning and behavior.

SECTIONS (3): After reviewing the evidence, theauthors conclude that in the case of humans, Itis not possible to estimate precisely the contri-bution of malnutrition to impairment of the brain.However, it is no doubt a factor in retardingchildren's learning and development in developingcountries.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

zuluitazz22tax=1;c40

:

<z0

Zz0

<

a.

z

O.

<

la

z

la

<xv)

a.'

la

..,

iiii1, : c`

z .1

IIIINONSP MOM=IN COM

IN INT

1 : : :

INDIC

PRB DEF umum ..4..,.

__4....

TREAT

LEG CON

: : 1111 1

REFER

ANC SCR : II.

II

I1

I.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1.1

111111111BMINI111

1

,eit.

I

. .I

STATS

463

CITATION: Shade, D. A.Limits to Service in Child Abuie

AMERICAN JOURNAL OP NURSING, August 1969, 69:1710.1712

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Nurses' greatest contributionto solving the problem of child abuse is in thearea of prevention and the recognition of high

risk families rather than trying to be a therapist

SECTIONS (3): (a) The author emphasizes that factsshould be carefully gathered to substantiatesuspicians. (b) It is suggested that a decisionto refer a family to a protective agency shouldbe made jointly. (c) The author suggests thenurse should be provided legal counsel to prepareeffective testimony when she is subpoenaed toappear in court.

PARAGRAPHS (2): County agencies should engage indiscussion over intervention in suspected abuse.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsNurses

zZ2W0

;za.

<02us

iZ

02id

4xwv)

i

C31.

Xla

._,I Ili

en'..=Irex o-

NONSP =WI= : ma'

1-IN COM

IN INTli .i.

.11111I

-1-:

-I-:

-I-INDIC

PRB DEF4....4-- i i

TREAT

LEG CON

MN ....i_ 1111 __i__

REFER

ANC SER

1-- ---lol,:

;

:

:I f

ls

F91-1.91v .PREVEN

i.......1

i...1 .

-.1I..

.

__.__

.

__:.

._.

STATS 11.10.11.1111111.

CITATION: Shaffer, Helen B.Child Abuse: Search for RemediesEDITORIAL RESEARCH REPORTS, May 12, 1965, 1(181:343-359

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author attempts to summarizethe current legal and social service responses tothe problem of child abuse. The difficulties ofidentifying and treating cases of child abuse aregiven particular attention.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The poor prognosis for changingthe behavior of parents who abus? their childrenis stressed. (b) The history of growing recogni-tion of the problem of physical abuse, which hasresulted in child abuse reporting laws, is traced.(c) The author traces the daelopment of earlychild protective legislation and services.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) The current reporting laws aredescribed. (b) Statistics on and estimates ofthe incidence of abuse are reported. (c) Some ofthe aspects of the parents' and child's behaviorwhich should arouse the suspicions of the physi-cian are noted.

4.7NTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists .

Medical Scientists

Z2wwwxx22wx=Im0

4:1420

:

z

0>.

a.

z>.

a ,

4 200xe02ta id

4

v) id x o

NONSP Elnalill ; MEIN COM

IN INT -1- IIIIIIi --i-- "1".INDIC .1- q i.. El ..1.- ....1..PRB DEF

. 4 mil 1 3

TREAT -1- 3-i- -i- MI 31LEG CON 1 2: :

REFER 131111:.

ANC SER : : .

FOLLOW ; : 1 I :

STATS MR Ell Ell :

464

466

CITATION: Shames, MiriamUse of Homemaker Service in Families that Neglect Their Children

SOCIAL WORK, January 1964, 12-18

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Article reports study usinghomemakers as teachers in homes in high risk of

neglect. After initial resistance, homemakingand child care were provided, as well as occasional reaching out to get in touch with relatives.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Depression and loneliness are

but two of the characteristics among neglectfulmothers. (b) Case histories show that supportand mother-substitution were given by homemaker.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Intensive, continuous homemakertraining in conferences, staff meetings and

discussions.

MENTION (1): Prevention might be achieved by internvening during pregnancy of mothers who apply for

welfare.

TARGET POPULATION:


<

w0

<wea

Z

w0

<

Xa.

zXO.

<

2LU

:

Z

2LU

.,c

xwU)

111111

exLU

.,1w

t:,:txUr.

I . 1-

NON-SP on=IN COM

IN INT

II 1

.4.1

I

1-I

1

- -, --I

'

INDIC

PR8 DEF

Il

II

'

:3

1

.

TREAT

LEG CON

11 '3

'

' :

.

'

.

1

REFER---- .....

ANC SER. -

:,...

:4

:

:

IMO :

.

,

FOLLOW

PREVEN 111

:1

.

-1-4 4

.:- IIISTATS 1,1111111.11111111

CITATION: Shankar, Yelaga, A.The Abused Child...A Reminder of DespairCANADIAN WELFARE, 1973, 49(2):8 -11

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abuse must be understoodas social pathology rather than individual path-ology ("institutional" vs. "residual" approach).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Treatment--present "residual

report." (b) Legal historical--"Mary Ellen.

1874." (c) Preventive--correcting social pathol-ogy through an "institutional approach."

MENTION (1): (a) Legal provision for emotional

neglect is scarce. (b) Treating rather than

punishing neglectful parents, (c) Issue of

parental rights versus children's rights, i.e.religious beliefs, faith healing, etc.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

ZtaialwxX2:Euixac0

i<iZ0

Z<Z0

=MIMI,-0.

._-.1

Z>0.

I

I

<: Z0 : 0ui, ta

I

. -

cc

x0

6.1

w

i

,,./-

I

..i.

-,LU

IX

I-a..

NON.SP

IN COM.. ------ _

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF 4'

-;Ii

-1-- --7.--I

;

--1--

TREAT----- ...--

LEG CON

I/ 1

_..t.- -.1._

I

-.4._

11

_I

I_:

...i..

2,-

REFER

ANC SER

.

,

.

. NI :

: :

FOLLOWPREVeN

111111111111111111

.1-.

....i

.

..1-_.

.

..1._1

.

STATS

465

4 (3 )

CITATION: Sharlin, Shlomo A., et al.The Proceee of InfantilismAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHOPSYCHDITRY, 1972, 42:92-102

MAIN.EMPHASIS (4): Research report on motheringattitudes producing infantilism, psychologicaldeprivations.

SECTIONS (3): Measures: (1) Physical incoordina-tion, (2) I.Q. drop, (3) Visual clinging tomother. Self-regard attitude shaped by mother;fragile, special, part of mother.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Self-regard attitude"unlovable" unproven. (b) Peripheral resultsin mothering practice in non-infantilizedchildren.

MENTION (1): Application of results to generalpopulation.

TARGET POPULATION:


z..(2<2wwwx0

20

zLI

)0.

z<rdiox222wa.

Z<

w : w co

etxccw E

wcc

I-

NON-SP 1U gagnaggini:

I ,

:

.

:

IN COM

IN INT

11

INDIC

PRB DEF 1111111 ,,

TREAT

LEG CON

11 i$

REFER

ANC SER

.1

., .

.

.

.

.

1

'

.FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :.1.

-4.-1

-4-1

1

i-4-

.

4.

STATS 11.11..11.1111

CITATION: Shaw, AnthonyThe Surgeon and the Battered ChildSURGICAL GYNECOLOGY AND OBSTETRICS, 1964, 119:355

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Because of the varieties andrange of degree of trauma, abuse is difficult todiagnose.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Old injuries, hematomas, burns andother indicators are given, (b) Treatment must beprompt and physicians must contact social serviceagencies. (c) Laws must be part of physician'sknowledge; he is immune from prosecution forreporting abuse.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<zzzwwwzLI

<2<z<zx(.9 LI O.

>222wO.

00xtU tai in

et;:mx,--Icctu

:,I tu

i . 1.-

NO'ISP IIMINIIII. IIIIII

IN INT 1. 1- ". -1.:

1.INDIC

PR8 DEF 111

-.1..:

1:-.41

--1..:

_4_1..: . :

TREAT

LEG CON

ill 4._:

li..1 :

..i..:

A I

REFER

ANC SER . : . I

FOLLOW

PREVEN 1.::1

:

'I'.

I

'I'.

1

I'.

:

"r".

STATS 11.111111.1111....

466

4 it) .

CITATION: Shengold, LeonardThe Effects of Overstimulation: Rat PeopleJOURNAL OF PSYCHOANALYSIS, 1967, 48:403-415

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A Freudian based paper whichexamines traumatic over-stimulation of children.People who have been seduced and beaten as child-ren establish a pattern of repetitive compulsionswhich dominate their lives.

SECTIONS (3): Case studies are given which depictthe different components of the effects of overstimulation.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zRzzz,-,-tauswxx22tax-:ce0000.<:2

!

< z

0.010.100.1

<0z0

-.,(

x _I0.

Id,scru).

x.1-

NON-SP IMElliaErniIN COM

I N I N T

1 :....

..4_

.

..4.

1

.i...

.

.1.

.

INOIC

PR8 DEF111 .i.

,

_i_1

li_...1.-41 .

TREAT

LEG CON

111181 :.

.

REFER

ANC SER

:MNFOLLOW_i.PREVEN

.4_ _i___!_.

111.11.11.1....STATS

CITATION: Sheridan, Mary D.

Neglectful MothersLANCET, April 4, 1959, 2:722-25

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Follow-up study on 100 mothersplaced on probation and into residential traininghomes for neglecting their children. Success of

program evaluated. Factors significant to success

were: steady and affectionate husband, urban resi-

dence, good health. Treatment consisted of pro-viding healthy environment for mothers, practicaltraining in child care and home management.

SECTIONS (3): Characteristics of mothers, children

and fathers. Most significant factors in motherswho failed were poor moral and material standardsin early life, unstable personality, low mentality,ignorance, ill health. Statistics on training results and significant factors.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Indicators of neglect among child-ren - underweight, paleness, apathy, low level of

functioning.

MENTION (1): Treatment should be given to family as

a whole at home.

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

Z.EZwwwxx2:2tax.-Pr<Z <

>z)-

i4:2010

4x aj,,,/--

....,10j

0 0 0 cl. cl. w:w in w mo-

NONSP 11111=MIIIMEllIN COM i : : :

IN INT

11 ElINOIC ;2 . .

PREI DEF u-- 41 1 -I--,

--i--I

TREAT ' 4 I I

LEG CON . . ,

REFER i i i 1111_1 _i_.ANC SER . i "I .

FOLLOW i : : : :

PREVEN

11I1 :1

.1

.I

.1

STATS 11111 3 MIREMEM MINN, " MONO

467

471

CITATION: Sherman, GilbertThe Abueed Child - New York State

NEW YORK DENTAL JOURNAL, Feb., 1970, 36:109

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): New York State child abuse lawrequires immediate report, photos, written physi-cal findings; doctors are exempt from liability.Describes where to obtain forms and what kind ofevidence is admissable in court.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ

Wwwwxx2120

<z0

11111.1111.111111111111

zz0

<>a

z

>a

.

41c:z

0:0w!w

I

:wliewIxm.w

;

ita

,../-:cg

7i,:mx.i.-

NON-SP

IN COM :

IN INT

11:- a-

1

-ii.° -1- -111

INDIC .1 : ;

.

PRB DEF

11

.

III. 1 I

TREAT 1

.:

.

LEG CON II it . -1-

REFER ; : ill :

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :

.

.

,

I

IMIISTATS 11....1.1.1

CITATION: Shopfner, Charles E.Periosteal Bone Growth in Normal InfantsAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ROENTGENOLOGY, May, 1066, 97(1):154-63

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Medically technical discusL:onof periosteal bone growth in infants -- results of a

roentgenologic study of long bones ;n normal andpremature infants suggest that thv inclirl,co is

not rare nor necessarily abnormal unless definiterelation with disease is proven. Several illus-

trative photographs. Two statistical tables.

SECTIONS (3): Describes possible causes includingsyphilis, infection, rickets, scurvy.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Author suggests that the theory of

traumatic etiology (of periosteal bone growth) is

not correct.

MENTION (1): "Cortical thickening of prematurity" isan indication of mild trauma.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsRadiologists

ztZwwwxx212wx=Im0

<Z0

ZZ0

<>Cl.

Z>a.

.

4:Z0:0la:UJ

<xV)

13./

ta

1

:-.1itli

,1-:Cg

I1-NON-SP 4 MEM

;

.

1

IN COM

IN INT

11 :

1

.

I

,

.

.

.

.

INDIC

PRB DEF

II

El

:

,1 Ill :

1

.

TREAT

LEG CON

11 '

-f- 4

1

.

.1--- -1-.

REFER

ANC SER

'

-4-i

-1-

,

-4.-

.

-4.

.

.

-;-.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 :

1

1-,,-

1

-4

1

1

4._1

.

1

:.

STATS 11111111.1. : NMI

468

4 f

CITATION: Shulman, KennethLate Complications of Head Injuries in Children

CLINICAL METROSVROERY, 1972, 19:371-80

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Medically technical discussionof late complications of head injuries in child-ren which require surgery (recurrent CSF fistulasand infection, post traumatic hydrocephalus, lep-tomeningeal cysts)'or which require non-surgicalcare (seizures, motor and intellectual loss,battered child syndrome).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Lower socioeconomic group ofchildren most often experience head injury fromabuse: (b) Indicators of abuse: trauma to otherchildren, obscure nature of injury, parents un-stable or users of much alcohol or drugs.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZzusLICommwwwwx.1-

<Zili

ZZusX

< z) )x22wx7-Igt

400Z <

x It

.

-,.11,0

.11-I

NON-SP 11..1111/11.11/11IN COM

1- ..4- -;- -4-- 4-IN INT

. . 1 1

INDIC 11'4. ..4.

.

.4.1

.;. -4.

PRB DEF 1: II

TREAT 111111 :

. .

LEG CON il 1

.

REFER il : : 111 :

.

ANC SER .

FOLLOW I : :

-..-

1

-:-

1

4-.

-4-PREVEN . .

.

.

STATS =NM ! .11

CITATION: Silver, Larry B.

Child Abuse Syndrome: A ReviewMEDICAL TIMES, Aug. 1968, 96(8):803-19

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abuse is defined to in-

clude all aspects of abuse, neglect, and socialdeprivation. The characteristics of the parent,the home, and the child are given. Also different

diagnoses are given, distinguishing them fromabuse. Initial complaint is difficult for physi-

cians.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Historical-case of Mary Ellen,and review of writings defining abuse; (b) Indi-cators are of physical, laboratory, or radiologi-cal nature; (c) Legally, mandatory abuse laws;but weakness lies in not protecting other childrenof the abusers; (d) Treatment can consist of pro-tective services, police department, and combina-tion of all.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Follow-up depends on child's psy-chological makeup, age at the time of abuse, etc.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZotz4z4zzZzrr0Oxeti:wwwxx22w,c;z:rzclatlac..wwowx.i-

<

.:-.lw

NON-SP 1.11111111M1111111IN COM .

4.-IN INT

111

1, 1

-1-1

i'I

INDIC

B n 'PRB DEF IM : : 3:

TREAT1-LEG CON IR -I- .1. -I- ..i'

REFER--

.

.44

1

4,

44 P

.

s

--ANC SER ,

. .

.

FOLLOW " : , :N .i. 44 4 ; P

PREVEN I I 0 I I

STATS .. IEEE=

469

CITATION: Silver, Larry B., et aZ.Agency Action and Interaction in Cases of Child AbuseSOCIAL CASEWORX, March, 1971, 164-71

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Retrospective study of police,welfare, family agency, court involvement inhandling 34 cases of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Characteristics of study popula-tion; (b) Delay.between learning of abuse/neglectcase and legal action to remove child; (c) Severalcase histories of children treated in hospital;(d) Treatment - all families suspected of abuse/neglect should be referred quickly to CPS.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): CPS maintaining responsibility forchildren placed in foster homes.

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZidLI

<1ZZW0

:

Zw1.1

<>-IO.

Z,-121xO.

;

<,Z010W: la

<X 6J.w xtn ta

i: --I:W

thl- !-:.; ; az 1 r-

NONSP 4 M11111.11111.1IN COM._.... -----IN INT

..,..1

I..1...I

:...,..I

1......

INDIC

'WI CE-F1 I _i

:

1

T

TREAT

LEG CON

3

3'

:

,

:

,

1

,

41

REFER

ANC SER1 :

.

.

:g

I

:I

:I1

:I.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 1:TlitI

.

!

1

'

.

1

.

STATS 1.11..1111111.

CITATION: Saver, Larry B., et al.

Child Abuse Laws - Are They Enough?JOURNAL OP AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOC., Jan , 1967, 199(2) :66 -68

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of study indicatingphysicians are not sufficiently informed about thebattered child syndrome or procedures for report-ing suspected cases, and cases are under-reported.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Charts and tables of study re-sults; (b) Childrens' Bureau HEW 1963 model le-gislation on reporting.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) No written juvenile courtopinions dealing with neglect; (b) Hospitalizationas a suggestion for more complete diagnostic in-formation.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zzwww..2:2wx,_....,,

wz0

z.LI

.,>.

O.

.<:z,_

0.

1

0!0W:W

<xN

cy.

W

iu..:-z.F.

NONSP MI= :

IN COM

IN INT41.

1

:

,

:...... .1..4 II

INDIC.PRB DEF

111 _i_

2:

: : :

, ,

TREAT

LEG CONIIIin .1.

3 :2

.i.:

.1.:

MUM: IlliI

REFER

-ANC SER

il :1,

I

:1

:

:

1

FOLLOW_

PREVEN

__i_1

L

.1

i_.,

_I_ ..i...,. .

STATS F111111111111111111

474470

CITATION: Silver, Larry 8., et al.Child Abuse SOWPOrle: Ths "Cray Areas" in Establishing a Diagnosis

PEDIATRICS, Oct., 1969, 44(4) :594 -600

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes five subjective typesof obstacles to physicians' reporting abuse anddelineates actual extent of physicians' responsi-bility in proving abuse.

SECTIONS (3): (a) 1965 Childrens Bureau of HEWmodel legislation on reporting abuse; (b) Role ofthe Juvenile Court varies with definition of "ne-glected;" (c) Historical perspective on parents'absolute power over children.

PARAGRAPHS (2) (a) Results of past surveys attempt-ing to estimate incidence of child abuse; (b)Breakdown by state of agencies designated as re-porting agency.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z'II

IC Zz'ztti '4

<,..F.

z,..

if.

1

< ,1 Z0.0Z I3

<xI'

I

a./t

;.'J

;ustilctiifS

NON-SP ....111.111111IN COM

IN INTII ;

I,

MI"1" I-

INDIC

1111111111-11 ;1MilPRB DEF

TREAT

WC COW11111-__

:

4._:

_I_

:

Ial.

REFER 111.111

ANC SER :.1.

1

...

1

.

FOLLOW 1 : : 1

PREVEN

11: .

14,

.

.I.

STATS 1.11.111.11=13.

CITATION: Silver, Larry B., et al.Does violence Breed Violence? Contributions from a Study of the

Chi Abuse SynarameAMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, September 1969. I26(3):404-407

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The main emphasiswho experiences violence as a childchance of becoming a violent memberthe victim of violence.

SECTIONS (3): Case studies are given

the main theme.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

is that a chilhas a strongof society or

which present

MENTION (1): Reporting abuse should be done by thephysician, as he is in a unique position to inter-rupt the violence cycle; and an example is givenwhich uses the director of social services to do

the reporting.

471

TARGET POPULATION:


W'6

niiimminsini

< 1z"il

zzt;

<

F.

z

I

;

<,Z

Zie,

<x(I)

e.

6

....,;us

i-ocr

-o.NON-SP

IN COM ; : ,

IN ANT

11.1:

III--1.

1

--1-*.i-

.

INDIC

PRO DEF ill.ME --i--.

--i--

TREAT 1111.-1.. ..1._ El ..I._LEG CON

REFER

ANC SERi .1

:

.i..

.1..

I.

mil

FOLLOW ' : 1 '

PREVEN +11-t- 1 -ill

SIMS ,NSIIUMIMI

47"

CITATION:Silver, Larry B., et al.Mandatory Reporting of Physical Abuse of Children in the District of

Columbia: Community Procedures and New LegislationMEDICAL ANNALS OF THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA, Feb., 1967, 36(2):127-30

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes the characteristicsand limitations of the current mandatory reportinglaws.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Outlines the mandatory reportinglaw as it exists in Washington D.C.; (b) A criti-que of the limitations and problems of the re-porting laws is given.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) A brief history of the developments that led to the passage of child abuse re-porting statutes is included; (b) The system ofreferral from reporting agencies to treatmentagencies is described.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZZW0

'Xi ZZ; ZW.W0. 0

1011.111111111111111111.

-f-:

<>Xa.

--,-

Z.Xa.

,

f

4IC ! Z

0:0212W=W

:

-,-.

<XWIn

Ai

03.1

XW

I ..1:Wt M

.14;M=IF

,--1--

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTN

INDIC

PRO DEF

.

.

TREAT

LEG CON I- -1- -1- 11111-

:

:

.

21--:

"":-REFER

ANC SER

2 :

----:

--::

-I"FOL. OW

FliEVIN--- 1.

-F.-

.

-i-- "-i--1

--i-- INSTATS .111.1.111=11111

CITATION: Silverman, Frederic N.The Roentgen Manifestations of Unrecognized Skeletal Trauma in InfanteAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ROENTGENOLOGY, March, 1953, 69(3):413-27

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Speculated causes of roentgenabnormalities are: (1) more trauma than reportedby parents; and (2) a slim possibility of skeletalpredisposition.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case histories show roentgen ab-normalities with inadequate histories of trauma;(b) A subsequent discussion by Dr. EdwardNewhauser suggests a history to be taken by thephysician: (1) Was baby of breech extraction?(2) Does a family member drink or have low in-telligence? and (3) Did child injure himself.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z4.zwwwzz2:20

MIEHOINIMIEM

<z0

zz0

<

.

4-

z>.

,

1

t< :z0:0w:w

-i-1

xxw..,:w

e

-

'.w

t:m..,;mz.,

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

PRB

INDIC

DEF 41 I I

TREAT

LEG CON

111 .

-f

31

f- -'.. 11111111111

:. --:-REFER

ANC SER.1.. -4 -4-

FOLLOW

PREVEN-1- 4-

.

-4-i.

.4- 4.-

STATS IEM1111111111111111111

472

iJ

CITATION:Silverman, Martin A., at al.

Early Intervention and Social Class: Diagnosis and Treatment of Preschool

Children in a Day Care CenterJOURNAL OP AMERICAN ACADEMY OF CHILD PSYCHIATRY, 1971, 10:603-18

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of the use of indi-

vidual psychotherapy and its effectiveness withdisadvantaged children. Authors argue such treat-ment approach -hould be used rather than socialaction efforts to "eradicate social ills." Psy-

chotherapy used with children ages 3 - 6 at day

care center in Manhattan.

SECTIONS (3): Case illustrations. Discussion of

diagnostic and technical problems of psychotherapywith disadvantaged children. Case history of a

31/2 year old girl neglected by her mother and her

response to psychotherapy.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

ztatutar=22wx:::re0000.4:Zz

:

z,-4 Z

.-awiumwm.t.-

40

:Z0

4x E-1/.

:;oW

,,,I-: m

NON-SP 051.11111.1.11.111IN COM

IN INTIII !

-t--I

-1- -i- --f- -i-INDIC

PRB DEF

.I..

..i.-;

-.1.. ..1..i.6

1

TREAT

LEG CON

11 '-t- 1-

:

A"

.

REFER

ANC SER

II :1 .

,

.

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I :

.

1 .

STATS 1111111=11111111111

CITATION: Simons, Betty, at al.

Child Abuse: Fpidemiologic Study of Medically Reported Cases

NEW YORK STATE JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, Nov., 1, 1966, 66:2783-88

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Statistics from an epidemiolo-

gical study of abuse are presented, listing whoreported and financial status, race and sex of

abuser.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Abusers were found to be suffer-ing from some psychological difficulty and roleof the child is examined; (b) Indicators -physical, malnutritional, sexual.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<ZZz>>..00xel,;:,:r4wwwII22wx=4:ez0

C:Z

0 0

<

II.

z

0.

<

IA

Z

W

4

0 W

t:ta

I.1NONSP IBMIN COM

IN INTI :

-:-.

I

-1-1

:

-1-1

:

t-.

:

-T-

INDIC

PRB DEF

leEll 1_

-.1._

.

--t -- -- ± --1

TREAT

LEG CON

in ;__

.

.,.

im i...

REFER

ANC SER

11 i..1:

.

:

.111.

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 i11

.1

1

... .

STATS 4 ung limn 1473

CITATION: Simeon, James S.Self- mutilation: A Case of a 13 Year Old Girt

PEDIATRICS, June, 1970: 45(6):1008 -11

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A girl who did not wish to leavethe hospital re-opened a wound. Doctors even-tually forced her to leave upon enforced healing.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1)

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZ

wia0

;

ICIZZstaZ

010

4

xx2Ziaa.

z

a.

<

cu

Z

cu

44cn

xla

1 -1

tq'"=1Mzo.-

NONSP NMIN COM

IN INT

.. ..

0'S

ev

. . . .

(5)cv

4)0

.

cyS

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

111

5,0C

ck-

MI111111111.11

.... ..

REFER

ANC SER ---;-

FP 19i1t2 rq 1-

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

STATS

CITATION: Simpson, KeithThe Pattered Baby Problem

SOUTH AFRICAN MEDICAL JOURNAL, July 6, 1968, 42:661-63

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Distinguishing indicators ofbattering are that infants are usually two tothree years; there has been persistent violenceby either guardian with a failure to report; ex-planation of injury is inadequate, and subnormalor simple adult mentally is involved.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Importance lies in defining theproblem and recognizing that the parents or guard-ian have intellect below normal and cannot reason,and for them childrearing imposes near impossibleresponsibilities; (b) Case studies depicting bruteviolence and the problems involved in provingabuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Frequency of abuse shows theseriousness of the problem; (b) Law is hopelesslyinadequate to convict.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATIO

Medical Scientists

z

zwiataxI22tax'gPr0

icz.lez4zz0

z).0 a.

>a.

0W

0W

42(

to

E'

W

:-1.Lu

,1-:CC

x .i.-

NONSP Ellini=1111.111IN COM. .. ill 1 1 : 1

IN INT1

. ,i

.

.

INDIC NMI 4; '

--4-PRB DEF 31 1 :

TREAT 1 ' : 1 :

LEG CON

11: 2: 1 : .

REFER : : : : :

ANC SER I I

FOLLOW

PREVEN -i "I. -r.STATS NIIIIME11.11

478474

fCITATION: Simpson, Keith

The Battered Baby ProblemROYAL SOCIETY OF HEALTH JOURNAL, May-June, 1967, 87:168-70

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The nature of injuries is dis-

cussed and a table is given which lists thestories the battering parent tells and what pro-

bably happened.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Problem definition - Abusers have

not matured, are anxiety-free and unfeeling types,irratable, and are part of a total family disturb-ance; (b) Legal punishment for the crime is mean-ingless; (c) Case studies are given.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Indicators of child abuse: child-

ren are usually 2 to 3 years old and there is per-sistent or repeated violence by one or bothparents, who do not' report.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

<2us0

.1 2

2tat0

<)-

U.

2)-r22,,,x,era.

< Z0 0W W

<xV/

Li

W

; .,.I'us

tsj I Cr

I s 1..

NONSP um ;

IN COM

IN INTII '

4:

!

;

I

:

I

:

'

1

INDIC

PRO DEF

11 21

13:

In :

.

.

'

.

TREAT

LEG CON

111111,..:-.1

:1"

:":

REFER

ANC SER

.

:

.

:

1

:

;

. .

FOLLOW..... .PREVEN

111 'I..I '1

'..4.--iI

.. !

I

!

I

:

I

STATS ...1011111.1

CITATION: Sims, B. C., at aZ.Bite Marks in the "Battered Baby Syndrome"MEDICINE, SCIENCE, AND THE LAW, JuZy, 1973, 13(3):207 -210

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Presents casereports of dead

children exhibiting bite marks.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Discussion of bite marks as in-dicators of battered baby syndrome; (b) Survey ofvarious authors' discussions about indicators ofabuse, e.g., Caffey, Cameron, Johnson and Camps,

Meahis.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Wzwwwxxx:2,,,,(w;.0

<i2

0

i

z0

.4

U.

z

U.

14:20:0Wild

xVI

iy.

laau,71!

at:ccx.1-

NON-SP InomIN COM

IN INT

I ).:.

I..1

.

.;1".

:

:,

:

"T-1

INDIC

PRB DEF

I 31.:

III '

.

.

'

,.

3:.I

TREAT

LEG CON

ill .. '....4. : '.4.. 1

.

REFER

ANC SER

:

:I

:i.

s

.4:.

. s.:

,I

FOLLOW...PREVEN

111 '4 -1

:t:.

I4

1I

:4i..14

.

STATS MI 111111111111

475

47i)

CITATION: Sloane, Paul, et al.Effects of Incest on the Participants

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTROPSYCHIATRY, Dec., 1942:666-83

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Post-adolescent indulgence inincest has more serious repercussions than pre-adolescent incest. A post-adolescent female in-volved in incest has a tendency to act out con-flicts by indulging in promiscuous relationships.She has guilt feelings toward her mother.

SECTIONS (3): Case study presented that emphasizesthe conclusions.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZ <z zW w0 0simminsim

i

Zz}w0

i.I#

<

xa.

-.I..

z>.x.212a.

:I

;

< 1, Z0:0wpa

--I..II

1

:4x'.E.1w:xin:w

...i.-II

1

-IIort,

t:.7-;Irex:1-

-- --

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF

II E..i....4..,a1

..i....4,

...1.-:

TREAT

LEG CON

.

.

I-- --1.-REFER

ANC SERill ;

1

..i. .i.-1

. .i.-1

.. .f--.

FALLOW

PREVEN. -.4._1..i...i

..t.i.-

I

MEM4 .-

II

STATS IIII

CITATION: Smith, A., et al.Prediction of Developmental Outcome at Seven Years from Prenatal,

and Postnatal EventsCHILD DEVELOPMENT, 1972, 43:495 -507

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Seven year explanatory study in-to relationships between prenatal, perinatal,postnatal conditions and subsequent growth anddevelopment, based on Lilienfeld and Parkelhurst'scontinuum of reproductive causality. Subjects wer301 children from urban, low socio-economic back-ground, ranging in age from 6 years 10 months to7 years 3 months. Results of analyses of the 3stages show great accuracy in predicting normaland abnormal categories by developmental stage.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

4 Lft0 476

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzzz>.>.0oxe,i-lzla0

,< I

la0

Z

us0

<

xa.

z

a:

<

2w

z

2LO

<wtn

xLO

ical

=IceZ i I-

NONSP 1

IN COM

IN INT

4

-1-I

-4-.1

-4

-k

5'0co

C?.

--INDIC

PRB DEF1 i

;

CI

Ok

<\'<'

';)

TREAT

LEG CON..

f

.

C\°

9-

-

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 I

,

STATS Ell1=11111

CITATION: SMith, Austin E.The. Beaten Child

HYGEI4, 1944, 22:386-387

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Emotion-filled article whichappeals to society as a whole to act to protect

children. It has many case illustrations andcontends that abusers deserve nothing but censure.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Treatment - that if children aretaken out of the home, special attention must begiven to them.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zZZ140

<:ZZustazI22tux=:tz0

i-.1

Z>0

<

a.

Z>.0a.

<=ZOx

11.1 41

<

V/

a41

40.1

,1"biCt

I 11

NONSP Bina maiIN COM II : : I

IN INT I .:.1 .1-: 11:

-I-.

-1

INDIC 4. :

DEFF .

MM.1E 1

o

TREAT 1112' _i_ _i_LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

ill 1 :

'1

1

:

I

:

'

FOLLOW 111 : I1

PREVEN 1

11

Ii4 I

STATS MIIIIIIIHEMI

CITATION: Smith, Clement A,The Battered ChildTHE NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, Aug. 9, 1973, 289:322-3

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): It is suggested that earlyscreening by health professionals could identifyhigh risk families and help prevent abuse.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Characteristics of parents whoabuse children are described; (b) The events whichled to increased recognition of child abuse aredescribed; (c) The number of children abused andthe death rate in U.S. are estimated.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


g4

IHHHHH

I.icizzaz

l'

<.E

z>E

.dzo:o1,1!

.le

. ±;,

...wcg

NOPPIN COM

IN INT

I

111101111111111111111-1

1111-1.-

i

:

1111

i

.

$

111111111111:

:

1

INDIC

PRI/ DEF

LEG COON

REFER

ANC SERLimEIMI.4.;

I111FOLLOW

PREVEN Imo11144: --U: .

STATS all2 MIMI477

481

CITATION: Smith, DaVid E,, et al.The Hippie Connrunca Movement: Effects on Child Birth and DevelopmentAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHOPSYCRIATRY, April, 1970, 40(3):527-30

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of communal goalsand practices.

SECTIONS (3): Describes childrearing practices andthe future of communes.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Now impossible to determine ef-fects on children; (b) Lack of stability can in-terfere with mother/child relationship.

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZ

wwwxxa

<

ii

:z

0

<

Q.

z

Q.

4

2tai

zZwx:-NzW

<

(/)

t.W

1-11 id

011

X .1-

NONSP El= lUllIN COM

IN INTI :

1

I

INDIC

pRe DEFIil i

11--I--.

.--1----,

,--i

1

iTREAT

LEG CON

111_1_II .

_..1....

,

....4__..

.

REFER

ANC SER.1_ .1-

,

1- 1 1

FOLLOW

isiiiii,74iI

' 1

i:

STATS MI .11.1111111M

CITATION: Smith, Marcus J.Subdural Rematoma with Multiple FracturesAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ROENTGENOLOGY, March, 1950, 63(3) :3424

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A case history demonstrates theoccurrence of multiple long bone fractures andsubdural hematoma with.suspicion of but no evi-dence for trauma.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

zW(.1

1

<12Z:zw,w003

<

xa.

z»xQ.

iX,Z010.212w:tas

,,c;xrilw,xtalus

i,,wtilwzrImxsi-

NON.SP =RIM IIIIIN COM

IN INT II

eINDIC

PRE DEF IIII,c,4-.c_

5Ct...

>

,

iS:0

42.TREAT-----LEG CON

III0:

Nk

9-

_ _

REFER..... .....ANC SER

.'1-- --,1--

FOLLOW..... .PREVEN

111 I 1

,

STAYS 1.11.11111

478

482

CITATION: 9nith, R. C.New Ways to Help Battering Parents

TODAY'S HEALTH, Jan., 1973, 51(1):57-64

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Excerpts from a Families Anony-mous meeting in Denver, run by Joan and Walt

Hopkins.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Characteristics of batteringparents: (1) ignorance about effective parentingpractices; (2) unreasonable expectations of child;(3) often were battered themselves; (4) always aimto please because of fear of being hurt; (b) re-ference to two programs supervised by Universityof Colorado Medical Center: Lay Therapists and

Families Anonymous.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zZ<W2wwwZM22ta0 0

zz0

<

a.

z

mwwwwmo.1c z<

x ex=-:m

1.-I

: au

NON-SP umiaIII--1

IN COIN

IN INT

II

III

1

--11

INDIC

PRB DEF 11 3:.-1.-

.

.

--:..

--i...

TREAT

LEG CON

IMII '....i..

:

1

1--...

1

--1.-

REFER

ANC SERI.

1

3:

I

1

:

f1

:

0

1

:

*1

:

FOLLOW

PREVEN

II ,

I

11111111=111111111111

,

"i,

"1",

"t.

STATS

CITATION: Shlith, SelwynChild Injury - Intensive Monitoring SystemBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, Sept. 15, 1973, 3:593-4

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): If a registry is actually used,computerizing assessments of child abuse is out-

dated.

SECTIONS (3): Reliable statistics do not solve the

problem of the battered baby.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

5

ellimiliiminIIII

<izzszvs

41.1

1

4,-z0.kuswol

z).z

41z0:021

:

1

,,1,Ti.

n

.-.I..

.

kd,-;,,ElIazli.-

NON-SP

IN CoM

IN INT

INDIC

PRO DEF MINIIMMIANI i

TREAT

LEG CON

Illu . ..hill

1 .

.. .f._ _.4..., .

REFER

EANC BR .

il : :

,

FOLLOW 11111111311111111111

111 11111111111STATS

479

483

CITATION: SMith, Selwyn M.,-et al.E.E.G. and Personality Factors in Baby Batterers

BRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, July 7, 1973, 3:20-22

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Abnormal E.E.G., psychopathics,low intelligence, are all seep as factors in somechild abusers. The authors argue that organicbackground should not be neglected, as they feelit is a result of stress.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS '(2): Statistics of those studied, com-paring IQ and EEG, and personality disorders andEEG's.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zzzwwwz0

111.11111.11111.11II1

.dzz0

-t-

.

zC.7

':

4c

>.

O.

-4.-

z>.z2:2wxYlgcO.

I

:

;

,

4c: z610ILI pa

:

1-,

4x(*)

-1-

el

la

:

,w

1-, cg

I

'-i

N 0 N S P

IN COM

IN INTmomPR 8 DEF

mui .

I

.

:

I

I

':

TREAT

LEG CON

1111111 :s .

REFER

ANC SERII I

. I.

: .

,

:s,

FOLLOW

1;iiiiiiV

t . s111 . . .

--1-r "ri I"

2.1111111M11111.111

e

-1"STATS

CITATION: Smith, Selwyn, at al.Failure to Thrive and Anorexia NervosaPOST GRAD MEDICAL JOURNAL, June, 1972, 48:382-4

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This is a report of a case whereanorexia nervosa in the mother was associated withher battering one child and in starving the otherto death.

SECTIONS (3): The author speculates on the possibledynamics of the underlying pathology.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists,

ztl

II

1

.ciz *ziz rIS:t1 E

i

111112111111111111

z>E

I

.0..=

0:031!.

:

.,:

xi s.'

'41:

t

:

-111

61E1P=

i

NONSPIN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRO DEF

TREAT

LEG CONN1111..1._II I

..1..I

*

AMIIIIIII

..L.e.

REFER

ANC SER111 ...,_.I-r

1

"....

1

FOLLOW

;AWN111..i..

II,

,..LI1

It . ..MOMSTATS

480

484

CITATION: Smith, Selwyn 14., et al.Parents of Battered Babies: A Controlled StudyBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, 1975, 4:388-91

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A study which discussed thecharacteristics of battering parents revealedthat parenthood was premature; that 76% of mothershad abnormal persohality; 48% were neurotic; 50%

were borderline or subnormal intelligence; 11% hada criminal record; 64% of fathers had abnormalpersonality, more than half being psychopaths,29% had criminal records.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Prevention: Since recedivism is so

. high, permanent removal from parental care shouldbe considered wheh response to treatment appears

unlikely.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medital Scientists

Id0

izill 1 tdWildW.0

<

Za.

Z

Xa.

<Z2us

2ta

<xixm

gi.xus

lIZIJ

I-1-=Imx .1-

kl*Sk 111111=111111111111IN COM

Ikirii---MEE+

-1--INDIC IEEE' ..i..Ffin,W i

TREAT

Cii CONilln.minu_.,......111111---

i

i--

1

,...,Az -ii.F....iiiiVitl

92.1.1II iffilti- -i-

021111.111111E1111111111111

CITATIOfi: Snedecor S. 7%, et al.Some Obstetrical Injuries to the Long BonesJOURNAL OF BONE AND Joitr SURGERY, April, 1949, 31(4):378 -84

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The,adthera I:testi-We till* 6

the long bakes bf bibiet iiiiI16,06M theforce of breech extrattiob during birth.

SECTIONS (3): The authors Use a aeries ot etevehCases to illeitrite the cikiithe mechanism ofinjury, pathological chafiget >iHd the course of

recovery.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TAW 0000IktioN:

MigiW Scisiriists

412

ligAi id

ol-

IN

4

MUMEIZMIIIIIIIIIII111111111111111111

Oil

485

CITATION: Spita, RdnirA,On the Genesis of Sulmr-ego Calponenti

PSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OFTEN CHILD, 1958, 13:375-403

...=MIMMINN

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An investigation of the firstand second year of life by looking at the be-havioral phenomena which form the super-ego andsubsequently becomes part of its organization.The primordia of the,super -ego consist of physicalintervention of the parent, parental actions,which become endowed with positive moaning for thechild and with which he identifies in his attemptsat mastery and the identification with the aggres-sion on the idiational level.

4 SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


g4

0

icizm:3:0

4).I

z>.

iicZillEq..,

.c:x14

;

eruc

i. j

us

r,,- leFir.

.

NOSP . :.

.

IN CCM

IN INT

:

+.

iI

0..c.,

.,...1..

"1.

INDIC

'PRII DEF.1.._..

I Iow

449,:vvI

,c,.A.-

.c0

r.---:

TREAT

LEG CONOC

+--

REFER

ANC iiii-"" ÷..

.

,............................FOLLOW

PREVEN I

STATS i1 ! ;

CITATION: spite, Hend'A.Resuancry of Direot Infant OburvationPSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OF THE CHILD, 1950, 5:88-73

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): That the experimental-psychological approach used withinAlve PmSaiworkof the psychoanalytic investigation can offervaluable contributions to the psychoanalyt4.theory and to psychoanalytic clinic (examplesgiven).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

487'

TARGET POPULATION:


N0t44eIN comIN INT

§111111111111111111lipasi

4t

11111111111111.

i4:z

Eli

i4C.Z

ill1

4Z :

gig

I.,:V

ligMI

IImowM DIF

li Nilum

0*i4C.ft°

k°0.

TREAT..LEG CON

XIII 41/4

4

al 11111111111111111111

*tic iiiiFOLLOW...............PPEVEN

..

'MATS

CITATION: Sneaker, LendimTraumatization of ChildrenNEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE, September 1962, 267(111:572

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author outlines hospital'streatment of abuse cases: (1) record is marked,(2) report is made to hospital administratibn andsocial service, andpossibly to SPCC, (3) a regis-try is fornieC. (4) psychiatric consultation isrecoormended:

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):. (a) Hdspital.staff:wpre%hesitant toseek legal action bedause.of (1)1doibt that abusecaused inJuries..(2) 'fair of _recrimination.

) Autho sees alternative ways of dealing withabuse 'as. highly effectfire.V

MENTION 11):

I

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Z

ZIX0

,

41ZZ I Zof:140 . 0

111111111115111111111.

1-.

.(xO.

--,-,

Z,xO.

!

.

.(02ol

-I-

Z.02ol

1

:

Xla

-+

AO.

tiC

.

g

A1 III

i t CCcio-±-:r.

-8.i

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

Il

IIINDIC

PRO DEF 1111111111111

:---I

-- 4--,I

,

--4--Ig

TREAT

LEG CON 111-1".

,

4'3.4--..:

.4.1/11 ;-I

REFER.. . .i._ -'

.4... .i....I

1

.i._..,

.. -:

FOLLOW

iNliiir -1-"`"I :

4--44.--..

- -.

-

STATS III NEN=

CITATION: SOCIAL WELFARE COURT DIGEST, December 1971, 16:12 ."First Degree Murder Indictment of Parente.

MAIN EMPHASIS(4): 5-13-71: Oregon State Court ofAppeals indict parents for murder through childneglect.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):",

MENTION (1):1.

i.r

. ,

.0 1. !,:

ti

...TARGET POPULATION:* .


. ..

: 't 1

11111111111111111111111

41ZZ,Zla

,

4Y

E

Milli'

zyE

41;010F,13.g.x

t:4113.1

lia

til1,;;CC

;gcX:rNONSPIN COM

I41NT"INDICPRO DEF 1111111111

Inii-1 I

"1".

i

CalIIIII

TREAT

LEO CON

REFER

ANC SEA

Ell:

,

,

FOLLOW.;Aiiiii.

10111111.4.

11111WOs.MUM

111111111111

STATS

483

487

CITATION; SOCIAL WELFARE COURT DIGEST, Dsoember 1972, 27(41:3"Physically Abused Child Reld Deprived"

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): 9-7-71; North Dakota SupremeCourt affirms termination of parental rights inchild battering case--child was "deprived."

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET rOPULATION:


z 4 z> >

O

<,Z

&elm.

TREAT

SAO CON

MM..ANC SER

1372:11111111111111 MUM1

CITATION: Solomon, TheodoreHistory and Demography of Child AbusePEDIATRICS, April, 1973, S1(4):773 -6

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A discussion of history of in

fanticide and child abuse. Child abuse worbeperpetrated for exploitation, punishment, or sal-

vation. The dimensions of the'problem - includescomposite demographic picture of problem.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Exploitation of child; (b) Changein "treatment" focus from removing child /punishing

parents to treating parents/maintaining familystructure.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Statistics on scope of problemfrom American Humane Society and from California/Colorado data; .(b)leglect CAM potelAiellY more

dangerous than abuses.

MENTION (1): 2600 abuse cases in N.Y.C. (1969) -only 11 reported by private physicians; none by

dentists.

TARGET POPULATION;


&Iraqi!!! 14

0.e

NON4P 111111111111111/1 Ma

'

--9

MI

1

47

IN COM

'IN '''''' gii

'INDIC

rwe Du linintLTIZACTON

IENFCEREINfingiimgzitti.4t11111111411111

Ell "1". Ell -.14 gi

..t.CIPIEN111111111111111111111H111111111

4$4

488'

CITATION:Special Committee on Child Health of Medical Society of New JerseyMedical Management of Child AbuseJOURNAL OP MEDICAL SOCIETY OP NEW JERSEY, June, 1972, 69(6)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): To provide a guide to physicians

for management of child abuse cases.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Problem definition: characteris-

tics of (more boys injured, most under age 3):characteristics of parents (lacked mothering them-selves; role reversed with kids); (b) Avoidinganger in initial interview, showing parents youwant to help; (c) Reporting procedures and sug-gestions for what to include in report; (d) N.J.State reporting law - applies to both abuse and

neglect.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Parents need someone to mother

them - homemaker, social worker is appropriateservice; (b) Doctor should not terminate support -

should Se available for counseling.

MENTION: (1): Some statistics of incidence of

abuse.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z4.zlaU'

i<12zszw;wxcor,

4e,Q.

z,x212a.

I

.,,dzolc,wou

1

4xw0

II...I-xui

i

=ccI

..i,ucc

1-

NON-SP

IIIIIIIIII1.11111111.111111111

.

. :IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRO DEF IM11-1 MI -1--

TREAT

LEG CON

11 ...i.'.s

Hi.-,

REFER

WIC iii i

FOLLOW_

PREVENFig

--1--.: :

:

.

:

--1--

1

1

:

--i--

e

..f_.

.

i..i...

STATS 1 ! RIM=

CITATION: Spinetta, John J. et al.The Child-Abusing Parent: A Psychological ReviewPSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN, 1972, 77(4):296-304 ...

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): (Abstract contained in article)

The review of psychological literature concludesthat abusing parents are raised with some degreeof deprivation; have mistaken notions of childrearing; that there is a general defect in charac-ter structure allowing aggressive impulses to beexpressed freely; and that socio-economic factorsadd to child abuse but are not responsible by

themselves.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): The authors contend that raisingthe general level of well-being throughout societyand reducing violence can be accomplished in a

systematic educational effort.

MENTION (1):

485

489

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsPsychologists

, r1.h. 4 Z < z stiZ

111E111

i I1-1

: sm

1:1111;

NON-SP ubH1111iaqIN COM 111.;..11111811111 IIIN INT .

PAR

TREAT

LEG CON

11111811111111

11111--i-- --11111111

+-

REF ER

ANC SIR 1111111:1111 .-1.- --1-FOLLOW SUM:Ill -I-IIVATS UM:111=11111

CITATION: Spits, Rene.A.Hoppitaliem

PSYCHOANALYTSC STUDY OP THE CHIP, 1945, 1:53-74

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Emotional Neglect: Mental andphysical development of young children are permanently impaired by maternal deprivations.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Sensory deprivation also a factorin development, i.e., bare walls.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z.1Zw0

: z.c1

wZZox0.0

<

ZIL

zX0.WWOW

.1c

2

1 z

2.1x m

w x

.,:w

,.10:,.-IceZ1).-

NON-SP : 51111111I

'i"s

:

"- .

:

:

'

+IN COM

IN INT

'

.1

INDIC

PRO OEF

lip_:

i..

i2 :4 :

TREAT

LEG CON

11111 '

"+-.

I

:

'..L. --1--

REFER

ANC SER

III :

sI.

:

I1

I

I.

I I

FOLLOWPREVEN

i iII

1111111111151U

I ! I

I I II I I I

STATS

CITATION: Spitz, RendA.Hospitalism - An Inquiry into the Genesis of losphiatrio Conditions

PSYCHOANALYTICEarly Childhood

PSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OF MOM) 1946 2:113-17

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Research study which comparesthe babies of two institutions (foundling homeand a nursery). It was Found that where themother/child relationship is allowed, babies de.,velop better both intellectually and physically.This cannot be accounted for by perceptual ormotor deprivation. Those babies who do.not havemother contact have bizarre stereotyped motorpatterns.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1)!

TARGET POPULATION:

Z

0

<iz

w010

<

za.

z

Zs.

/

Aiz

212who

.

..,

glex:w.

i d

wm-INIli-

,

NONSPIN COM

IN INT

il4.....i_...j..

,...

Cr.

;7-1r-.:...1....),..

.

.

INOIC

PRO DEP

1

A,

dk.i.k

*.:"

44.,,c,,y

4'e .00

..

TREAT

LEO CON.

II

''

.. .

REFER

ANC LIR 1

FOLLOWPREVEN

'1

STATS' 5555

CITATION: Spite, RenirA.Os the Genesis of Super -ego Conponenti

PSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OP THE CHILD, 2958, 23:375-403

411..11.1611.

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An investigation of the firstand second year of life by looking at the be-havioral phenomena which form the super=ego andsubsequently becomes part of its organization.The primordia of the super ego consist of physicalintervention'of the parent, parental actions,which become endowed with positive meaning for thechild and with which he identifies in his attemptsat mastery and the identification with the aggres-sion on the ideational level.

4 SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


6a

!4IZ65(.21.0.

.4 z).If

<lzOio3t3

xr,

3.,

ts

;._,: la

towi!f!

.

NON-SP .. . , 1

IN COM

IN INT1-.

...1..1

.4_,

0-----

1

1--INDIC

PRB DEF 1

r

1401-

_.4'

,;,g.,i-k)°.o

;''

TREAT

LEG CON

1

+i'

i".....t.......t"

-1'r;

REFER

7.16. al

1

:---I.1..--

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I 1 ,

...1...."

STATS . f r i t

CITATION: Spits, RenirA.Relevancy of Direct Infant ObservationPSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY Or THE CHILD, 2950, 5:86-73

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): That the experimental -psychological approach used within thatframeworkof the psychoanalytic investigation can offervaluable contributions to the psychoanalytic.

theory and to psychoanalytic clinic (examplesgiven).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

INNI,11111,

TARGET POPULATION:


NON4PIN comIN INT

5

i111111111111111111iin.111

<

illZ

i(izill

itIZ

illI

4:

0I

lw

41-Ig

PI

ch0 .

INDIC

P55 DUWill111111. 1 ett'A

_.4 .4.c0

.

TREAT

LEO CON

i cow

AO4040

..

RIMANC E

..4.. ..i _

FOLLOW.17411VEW 'STATS 111111111

481

CITATION: Sprey, JetseThe Fonily an a System in Conflict

JOURNAL OF MARRIAGE AND THE PAULY, Nov., 1969, 699-706

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes the theoretical ap-proach, that the family is a system in conflict.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Participation in a family is notvoluntary, and a family does not usually act as abuffer between the individual and society. Thefamily does, however, give one a sense of belong-ing; (b) Theoretically, family harmony is aproblematic state of affairs and manifestation offamily harmony is a case of successful conflictmancgement.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Zzw0

<Z;awl0

Zz0

<>-

a

z>-x22wxa

<0w

Z0la

<xm

_1

w

I-,lu,i cc

uoItx

I.,-

NON-SP Imo= NMI-

IN COM

IN INT

: I

1

1

A' '''

.s0

qc>

C'

INDIC

PRB DEF I

,ov

t..s42

.c.,<?TREAT

LEG CO-61

il

.N,O.S.

O'YREFER

ANC SER

1

.

1

.

FOLLOW

Fi06.

/

-3--

I 1

-3"--.

STATS 11111111111EM

CITATION: Stark, Rodney, at al.Middle Class ViolencePSYCHOLOGY TODAY, Nov., 1370, 52-4 4 110-112

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Violence is a part of all of ourlives, as givers, recipients and condoners. Wehave been victims and victimized; we are willingto engage in political violence and vigilantism,and we are willing to condone violence by policeand the military.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Striking a child is approved of byparents and teachers, but only a small percentagebelieve in beating.

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zZ

Wz0

<zzww0

z0

.,,c

).xa.

z>cic:),(z2swa.

a z

wiw

4

w

_111_0Xw

I-1iw

I.. 1 w

rIox1:,-

NON-SP IIIMBMIIIIIIIHIIIIIIN COM

IN INT

1..1.. .1 1 1 1

INDIC

PIM DEF in . 11

1I

TREAT

LEG CON

1111111'

.

REFER

ANC SERANC

I

..1..;

I

4,

.

!

.....

I

:.,

_i-.

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111'.I...

1

"4

I

I.4..: 1

STATS II. 1 IIMIIIIIIIII

488

492'

Steels, Brandt F.

CITATION: Distorted Patterns of Parenting and their Origin in'Ike Battered Parents: Stresses of Contemporary Parenthood:

Tulsa, Oklahoma: Sixth Annual Seminar, Children's Medical Center, Oct., 1973

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Parents who abuse/neglect theirchildren had similar experiences in own childhood.Parenting patterns determined by quality ofchild's attachment to own mother in first years;also such patterns have strong cultural determina-tion (examples given); socioeconomic factors aresecondary to own childhood experience in etiologyof abuse/neglect.

SECTIONS (3): Case histories of abusive behaviorare presented.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Harlow's monkey experiments:effects of early maternal deprivation.

MENTION (1): Societal approval of physical punish-ment since 2800 B.C. is presented.

TARGET POPULATION:


&Zw0

<12z'ztu ou010

t z>. ).M IO.Q.

<02tu

202tu

xlain

Elxtu

1-,,

rz.crex.1.-

tuIX

NON-SP 2 111111111111.1111111IN COMIN INT

.1-

.1

.1.,1

I

,,

I..1

PRO DEF rou : n]

TREAT

LEG CON

'

-+-1

:

--1.,

III 1--

REFER

ANC SER

1

.

'

,'I

:

11

:1

:

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I :1

1

I

1

1

'

+:

STATS II i . MIMI

CITATION: Steele, Brandt F.

Violence in Our SocietyTIE PIUROS, April, 1970, 42-8

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abuse is violent aggres-sion that is most often learned from the parentsof the abuser as an acceptable method of enforcingtheir standards of right and wrong.

SECTIONS (3): Aggression becomes violence whensociety considers it destructive and wrong.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Treatment of child abusershould be non-judgmental, non-critical, and considcrate of abuser; (b) Historically child abuse, al-though not called that, has been condoned as amethod of discipline; (c) Case studies show abusedchildren become abusive parents, abuse of childdone as method of discipline.

MENTION (1): Statistics - 40,000 children are abuseach year in the U.S. and about 1/3 of these areunder the age of three.

489

493.

TARGET POPULATION:


412ZI 5

10

t'r

I-

zrE

I

40,Z

co'33

44

,

i

5.1

6

1

rill

ti-X4v.".

NONSp IngaingimimIN COM 1111111111111..i. IIIN INT :

INDIC

*FRS IIIME1111 . ..j: II 2.1.-DEF .

TREAT

LEO CON

1111111.2.1.. ..I._ CHMREFER M. --1.- I.- -.IANC SER gum 1 ' I

FOLLOWIIIIMI..1111.4..PREVEN .

STATS . UIU 1 MIEN

CITATION: Steinhauden, H. C.Social Medicine Aspects of Physical Child Abuse (Article in German)MONATSSCHRIFT FUR KINDERHEILKUNDE, August 1972, 120:314 -318

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Ethnological data and character-istics of abusive parents. Motivations for mal-treatment of children.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION


z

zzz).ww0

tt

0

2

tax0

<

o.

z

222wct.

ic

w

20611-!mW

xU)

>c$2;mW

I-Iita

2.1NONSP IIIIIIII.IN COM

IN INT :I

I

-1-

'

-1-e

-:-1

e

-:-e

INDIC

FRS OEF

11. 1

a:

i

I

, e'

TREAT

LEG CON

I

1111111111REFER

ANC SERi .4.. .4. 1

FOLLOW

PREVE'I1 .

e

I

t

STAlS IIIIIIII

CITATION: Steinmetz, Suzanne K.Occupational and Physical Punishment: A Response to StrausJOURNAL OF MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY, November 1971, 33(41;664-666

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A research study of an explora-tory nature which suggests that the widespreadpractice of using social class as an independentvariable in socialization research suppressesimportant relationsnips between occupationalgroups and socialization practice. The articlepoints out that Straus's conclusion that there isno daference between middle class and workingclass parents in their use of physical punishmentignores the fact that manual and non-manualpunishment are not clear-cut and that his resultsdid not account for all cases.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


2la0

!

<:z

W0

2W0

<

Z0.

z

X0.

<

2ut

z

2: ut

xwU)

..,1

x.-W

Idi_ I Ct

2.1NOSPIN COM

IN INT , ,

A'

4)

..

.

S6. i--

INDIC

PRO DEF-i-

I

-/-

S6

ix-

4,e0TREAT

LEG CON,C)

9-

REFERF!

AN siii

..L..

..1s

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN 1--; I

--f--

:

--r-1

STATS

490

4,94

CITATION: Stephenson, P. SusanJudging the Effectiveness of a Consultation Program to a Community Agency

COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH JOURNAT, 1973, 9(31:253-259

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Effectiveness of a mental healthconsultation program is critically examined andis subjectively a success; however, its objectivevalue is much harder to assess.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Review of literature brings tolight pessimism about the objective documentation

of success. (b) Describes parameter used to

document change.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z;C.

wwwsx2:20

oCiZ

0

:

0

x

0.

z

Q.

;

41,Z

WoWI

x

w0)

)Cw

;1_,:iv

,:m1%;lYZit

I

NON-SP

,

s,c,

.

,,.., cam

IN INTINDIC

PRO DEF

,

I

.0.k

,c,.foC.,

.coc5)

S--

TREAT

jECFCCii4`)QG

REFER__.ANC SER

.

-4-- --I--.

FOLLOW.--.....PREVEN

1

:

1 .

STATS lla

CITATION: Stern, LeoPrematurity as a Factor in Mild AbuseHOSPITAL PRACTICE, May 1973, 3(5):117-123

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abuse occurs with prema-ture infants because of the abnormal separationof the mother from the child due to the prolongedhospital stay.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Prevention: parents should beincluded in the care of their infant in thenursery when intensive medical care and lengthyhospitalization are needed.

MENTION (1): (a) Statistics show that low-birth-

weight infants compose a significantly large pro-portion of abused children. (b) Physicians, likemost adults, resist reporting abuse because ofambivalent feelings toward children. (c) A case

study of an abused premature infant.

491

TARGET POPULATION:


Z6

4iZZI5gi0.11111111111110111.11.i.

t,

,It).k.

Z).ti

nu1

4:Z010la

i41x:Ei141:Z

:

.

iRiii

17)1C

EJE

1

s

Nosp 1

IN COM

IN INTi

'I;1 NR9115DEF Efiummilli --1--

TREAT

LEG CON

111111.-4.-

R

TNE

6FERiii

MIimr.L.11..t..

""i-

.1IRA=

-+" --i-FOLLOW

kivii,--n

STATS . 1 MIN

4%5

CITATION: Stone, F. H.Poychological Acpects of Early :fothr,r-Ynfant Relation hip

BRITISH MEDICAL .JOURNAL, October 23, 1071, 224-226

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Problems in the mother/babyrelationship often do not involve psychiatricabnolmality in the parent nor organic diseaseit the baby, but rather are found in the lifesituation of the mother.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Psychiatric causes are examinedin view of psychosis, neurotic disorder, person-ality problems and character disorders. (b)

Causes in the child may be malformation, whichcan result in over-protection as well as neglect.(c) The need: of the infants are often discussed--how to recognize the developmental needs.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z=mk,

zw0

;

itC.zw0

Zzwo

<-za.

z).Ia.

1

C; Z0 : 022w t w

rxwat

ii.xw

-w

te.,- 1. C4,.--:e4z . t-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT,

Ic,Co .-.-

-INDICPRB LIEF

-4-

0

9

A"'S5'0' 04OO4c

TREAT

LEG CON

;

SvO

g.

1

-t-. -

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN 1 -11- -:-

STATS .1 .

CITATION: Storey, BruceThe Battered ChildTHE MEDICAL JOURNAL OF AUSTRALIA, December 14, 1964, 2:789-791

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Cases of child abuse arepresented to educate Australian doctors oftheir existence.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Presentation of Fontana's,Caffey'S, and Kempe's findings leading to.definition of the syndrome. (b) Failure to

thrive, soft-tissue injury, fractures, hematomas,etc., are indicators.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

;C.zzz,-)-00xa-sn:wwwzz22wx-.1r.,Z Z < z <,z

-,idwIx

1.1 0 0 a. a. ta w tl) W I .1-

NONSP 4 MIIIIIIMMIllilIN COM III .1. 111111..4_. 1 ;..IN INT : : 1

PRO DEF Emu , :

TREAT

LEG CON

ICI __L. .4._i

.1--

11fE!. -- --I- --i-- -i-- --I- -L.ANC SER . , , i

FOLLOW.. --i.. --i-- --I--PREVEN

STATS 11.11 11.1111111111111

492

4u

CITATION: Stotlold, EzraExploratory Investigation ofENpathyADVANCES IN EXPERIMENTAL WORK IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY, 2969, 50:1419-1424

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A review of studies directlyand indirectly related to empathy suggest the

following conclusions: that,it is possible to

study empathy in the lab and to examine somedeterminants of empathy; process leading toempathy can be understood in terms of cognitivevariables; the type of social relationshipsbetween two people influences the amount ofempathy. individual differences in reactionsto social situations and in perceiving theother must be'considered in predicting the

amount of subsequent empathizing. Such differ-ences are determined in'part by birth orderof the person (first born or last born).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z?zw0

.<:z,;zu, .w1.0

<,..xa.

z

xO.

1

..:z

212wsw

<ww

xw

I-1,w

Ice1.1NONSP 4

4..

.

.

IN COM

IN INT I.

I

.

;

:

II

rod..--i.....

:

I

.INDIC

PRB DEF1

'tNY

c\'e5,,,

40

TREAT

LEG CON -,-

c6REFER

ANC SER

;

.

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

4.

.I

I

:

II

STATS I1..

1.

CITATION: Straus, Murray A.Leveling, Civility, and Violence in the FamilyJOURNAL OF MARRIAGE AO THE FAMILY, February1974, 13 -29

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) The more verbal expression ofaggression, the more physical aggression thereis.

SECTIONS (3): The greater the degree ofintellectualization, the lower the amount ofphysical violence (especially true in working

class families).

PARAGRAPHS (2)

MENTION (1)

493

TARGET POPULATION:

7zWoclommw"

4zw

Zzw

< z> .x z

:

41(!z<:olo212ww.w

xlew.x

.

I-.

.Im2.1-.

.5

wm

NONSP . ;

IN COM

INT.1.

.

4

oc,Ce

I

-l-

--i--

INDICmy:PRO IMF

.

I

Cf'5k

'C

.--

A(-''VCC.

9

:

-

TREAT

LEO CON "I

.1

N>

(6vREFER

ANC SER:1

41

I

FOLLOWPREVEN

'

"1I

I

f""I

I

-1*--I

STATS . 1 1 I

497

CITATION: Strauss, P.From Unrecognised Accidents to Deliberate Injuries

ANN. PEDIATR., October 2, 1972, 19:658

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): An abstract of an article(printed elsewhere) mentions the need to suspect111-treatment because of the frequency with whichinjuries occur, and to use a team approach inresponding.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

WZ0

<:ZtZaZ11;tu010

4).IIL

z).I0.

<!Z0:02I2la : 41

<ixlitsat<44:11

I raj

tItK=0II.-NON-SP 13111111.M1IN COM

IN INTs

INDIC

PRB DEF Illi -.ITREAT

Ca6WEn:11

:..

:..

REFER ....1_.

4._.

0

.4._:

0.1...

FOLLOW

PREVEN

i-I- + 1 t ri

STATS 111111 11.1111111111

CITATION: Streshinsky, Naomi, et al.A Study of gociga Work Practice in Protective Services: It's Not What You

Know, It 9 Where You WorkCHILD WELFARE'. October 1966. 445-471

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The authors attempt to examinethe factors which affect the protective serviceworker on the job. A survey recorded the extentto which 536 caseworkers recommended legalrecourse as part of intervention in response tohypothetical cases of child abuse. The authorsuggests that agency and community pressures mayexert a greater influence on worker case decisionsthan education or work load.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZIt

'c

ZS

k,

Z<)-cf.

Z).f.

;

<1 ZQ :0e., i ei

I;

; u

;

iti

t-- i CC

111

NONSP 4

IN r(.1)7 I111111111311

INDIC

IINGOIllillTREAT

LEG CON IIIIMMIIIIREFER IOUANC SEER

FOLLOW E MEN11111.PREVEN

STAYS . MUM 11111111111

494

tas

CITATION: Stfiker, M.Trauma of the ColumellaREV. STOMATOL. CHIR. MAXILLOFAC., September 1972, 73:485-494

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Columella mutilation resultsmost often from repeated trauma suffered bychildren. Comments on repair and the difficultyof repair (from English summary of article).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

....T.ciz<z<z<z zizUS w:usxx22wxz.Icr0 0.0 IL cl.wwwax.1

0 0 . ai.

...1w

. CE

NON-SP 111111.11.tMI :i -:- -1-- -i-

,

1111111

-i- --I-s

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRO DEF

4, WI L.

TREAT

LEG CON .

4.I

....i.

.

I

REFER

ANC SER

1 : :

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 1.

.

111151151111STATS

CITATION: Stringer, Elizabeth A.

Homemaker Service in Neglect and Abuse: A Tool for Case EvaluationCHILDREN, January-February 1965, 12(1):26-29

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The use of a homemaker to givea clearer picture of family relationships andincidents taking place in the home is an effect-ive treatment approach.

SECTIONS (3): Case studies demonstrating the use-fulness of homemakers in determining and treatingthe reality of the situation.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Legal considerations--rights ofparents are protected first and children must havetheir rights protected without abrogating parents'rights. (b) Parents are asking for help,expressing their parental incapacities in brutal-ity.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZZUS0

:

<1ZZIZLUIUS0:0

<

Ia

Z

Io-

1<,Z212,w .4,

xtaV/

41.1

XliJ

.:JiklV)!:CeI,l''

NON-SP 3 SIIN COM-I-IN INT

.

--i--:

--!--INDIC

PRB DEFIsNum 1._

.1._,

TREAT

LEG CQN rom--i---1-- u:. iREFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW.111.4.iiiiir7STATS

I . :..

UM

....

__L__ __;._

II495

4.9.9

CITATION: Sussman, Sidney J.The Battered Child SyndromeCALIFORNIA MEDICINE; June 1968, 108(6):437-439

MAIN EMPHASIS (4) This is a report of the socio-medical aspects of 23 episodes of physical abuseamong 21 children, detailing the characteristicsof the population studied and types of injuries.

SECTIONS (3): Tables illustrating the psycho-socialcharacteristics of abused children and theirfamilies are presented.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Physicians are encouraged to play arole in therapy and not limit their roles to

diagnosis.

TARGET-POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

.7i

zusuauaxx212uaxv.1ce0111111111.111.111111111111

411:Z

z0

4.

:

z0

1

qc

).0.

1111..11111

z,_

a.

i..,,:z0:0WSW

es

xvs

eus

.,.,

x

_oau

i..1-

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRO DEF-- --I-

:

-I--4 i

-1- :-I

1ITREAT

LEG CON

111 ,

fI

1:

--I-I

:

-I-I

1111111:

.,

:

.

.

REFER

ANC SER

111 :

......

: .

:

-.1-:.

1

.....;

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

.

1..4..

i4.-

:

STATSi 131111111111111

CITATION: Sussman, Sidney J.Skin Manifestations of the Battered Child Syndrome

JOURNAL OF PEDIATRICS, 1968, 72(1)09-101

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): There are certain characteris-tics of the skin lesions in the battered childsyndrome. TARGET. POPULATION:


SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Legally, the physician has aresponsibility to report child abuse.

496

530

ZW.V

i4CIZ

ZIZY). , yl

Vos.7

4c

).IQ.

z

x11.

i

<14Z

0102:2la : la

t117

I

El.

xlai

i._,

:W

ElmIIINON-SP 11.1=111111.111111IN COM

IN INTll IIIIIIll t-

INDIC

PRI DEF

TREAT i --4i. MillLEG CON 1 . 1

REFER

$ 11111-1 1.- 1'ONC SER .

FOLLOW

PREVENIIIIIIHEIMINIETATS uMIN 1111.11111

CITATION: Swanson, Lynn D.Rola of the Police in the Protection of Children from Neglect and Abuse

FEDERAL PROBATION, March 1961

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Role of police is seen asinvestigation of complaints, referral, takingchildren into custody.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Police may legally take intocustody children in danger of violence. Juvenilecourts exist 'to handle the cases. (b) Comiunityagencies must plan together to determine treat-ment strategies. (c) Prieary focus should be

legal rights, use of forte, self-protection anddealing with disturbed persons.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Referral to community agenciesmust be made after due consideration.

MENTION (1): Statistics of dependency and neglectare given.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral ScientistsPolice

z

zN

:"cizoztithqgal 0

1.111111111111.11.

4r11CL

zrCL

I

4c .z0:0212212411,1d

,

<,,rn

....

El.Xla

'iral

1-11xFlickI I I-

:214°N.SP

_IN _COM

IN--0

amPRE pv1111111111"1.TawLEG CON

mun111-1--

.

:

:

1

--I--:

:

-7- -1--

in;Nni.41

.

-4--t

REFER

ANC SER

nn

1

1

1

;

!.4-

;

!

;

fellow.PREWni 11111IIi 1

El -4-STATS 1 RUU1111 Um

CITATION; Swiechuck, Leonard E.The Beaked, Notched or Rooked Vertebra; Its Significance in Infants and

Yout4ChildrenRADIOLoGY. June 1970. 9s:eq-ces.

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The etiology of notched

yertebra at the 091,TFOLIMOAr'4WIctiep ismeChanical. Its common dendminator is anteriorhematoma of the nucleus pulpoius resulting fromexaggeration of the normal physiologic kyphosis.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Battered children evidence this

syndrome.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

rioN4FPOM

IN I T

11.41c

PA Pf!

497

501,

CITATION: SWochuk, Leonard E.Spine and Spinal Cord Trauma in the Battered Child Syndrome

RADIOLOGY, March 2969, 92:733-738

;MAIN EMPHASIS (4): While not previously evaluatedspecifically, spinal trauma in the battered childsyndrome does occur though its incidence is notas high as trauma to skull and extremities. Med-

ical technicalities of such injuries are discussed

in reference to seven cases. Its presence aloneshould not be taken as evidence of child abuse,but should be assessed in light of other clinical

and roentgenographic findings. Diagnosis ofspinal trauma often rests with a radiologist.Seven case histories presented-of spinal trauma

in child abuse cases.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Spinal trauma may be caused byexcessive hyperflexia of spine as with violentshaking.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

za.

wwwxx212wxzzreW0

<Z0ENNEBENEIHI

Zzc

:

t-.

4

a.

-1-

z

O.

I

:

I4,Z10

Id ;11J

,

1

<xUT

-1-

LI

Lik

I

.

I -0liatfi'llxI is, 1.

V-i-

NONSP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF Inl-i- "TREAT

LEG CON

111 .1 _I..1

..i.

Us.

REFER

ANC SERI)

:

elFOLLOW

PREVEN

111 :

.1

I

.

.

I

.: .

STATS EMI 11111111111M1

CITATION: Tank, E. S., et aZ.Blunt Abdominal Trauma in Infancy and ChildhoodJOURNAL OF TRAUMA IN INFANCY AND CHILDHOOD, 2968, 8:439-448

MTN aMPHASIS (4): A report of clinical findings,patterns of injury, and surgical management of

74 children. The study is explained in respect

to each individual organ.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Case examples of child abuse are

given in one section.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

W1`.4

I

< ;Z

WSWILO

simmimmum

<

F.

z

F.

I4,Z010!le,

I,

leIts

i -0,wrn.:cc

ii.i..

NONSPIN COM

IN INT111 .1

as

AU ..1._a

ININDIC

PRO DEF MK+ 1111 -.1:.

TREAT

LEG CON

11111M.4..

innlIEMU-1-' INI

ANC *ER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

IHMENISTAM . In 11111111111111111

498

502

CITATION: Tate, R. J.FamaZ Injuries Associated with the Battered ChiZd Spadrome

BRITISH JOURNAL OF ORAL SURGERY, JuZy 1971, 9:41-45

11... was.

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A brief report on six cases ofchildren's facial.injuries, commonly associatedwith battered child syndrome.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Dental surgeons should be careful notto overlook possibility of child abuse in cases

of facial injury.

...TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsOral Surgeons

mmuizz0

leiZZ0

:

z0

4)-

a

zs

a

a!ZclIoImx.eImw!..1

1111111111111:

-17

44

m

ie

m

iti

1-.:m

X..-

1ONSP I :.IN COM

IN INT

..1.

1

INDIC

PRB, DEF 4!

1

: ,

TREAT

LEG CON:

..

I

t...El.

REFER IANC

---ANC SER

I !-- 4-- .v I. .

III .

.

FOLLOW 111

PREVEN

; :

. I

!

:

STATS IIIIIIIn

CITATION: Tedesohi, James T., at al.,

A Reinterpretation of Research on AggressionPSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN, 1974, 81(9):540-562

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The teen aggression when usedto classify and describe human behaviors isinadequate; rather, the concepts of coerciveaction in terms of threat and punishment providea more discriminating and value-free language inconstructing a theory of harm-doing behavior.

SECTIONS (3): Labeling behavior as aggression/flows others to seek legitimate retribution.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Frustration--aggression theory

is defined and examined. Frustration as a concept

is examined operationally. (b) The concept ofaggression serves as a catch-all for displacementand catharsis.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


....,

$

IiiiilleAtilig

a z.

a t -.10

I

1.1.31.,lui

1......e.

NONP t

.1.

.1

or,(P

1 1-1--

.

.IN COM.

IN INT.1.'

momPRO DIV

I i. ....

I

)1..C°. %.*C

ck

IP

0....f..1.4...

I

TREAT

LEG CON

.

c§+eV

t--

REFER

ANC iirtI I

I

FOLLOW,iiiiiir

4...., "1"

STAYS . I !

499

504

Ten Hensel, Sobe:s W., at al.CITATION:

The Hattcred Child Syndrome

MINNESOTA MEDICINE. Oct)ber 2963, 46:977.482

111 00 -mxIfs..1.....Ormn,

MAIN EMPHASIS, (4): Legal responsibility to reportto police suspected cases of child abuse. Allother agencies also have certain legal responsi-bilities to fulfill.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Psychological aspects of abuseare poorly understood and it is not limited *oany special class. (b) Case study of physicallyabused child. (c) Statistics emphasize the highincidence of abOse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Initial complaint: physicianneeds to bscome more aware.

MENTIOlf (1):

0111110011111111M +NO

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

i7J:7:74717;{X

w,a2 shuz 3:>:z>. 2 2 xus xo.

00 a.. w lut

NSP ......IN _NOMcom...........

IN INT

2' i. . ..,

1

,"I..1

- .

INDIC 4-.4.- - - ...i..

PRO DEF 31

TRW . ,

LEG CON : I

REFER I 1 .

ANC SER .I

g

i1

1I

I

FOLLOW

k EVEN

1 1.1.. _i.. ..i.. I.1...

STATS IIMIIMIIIIIIIIIIII

CITATION: Ten Have, RalphA Preventive Approach to Problems of Child Abuse and NeglectMICHIGAN MEDICINE, September 1965, 64(9):645-649

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Family planning'is the bestpreventive program for abusers and neglecters.A description of different contraceptives isgiven.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Abusers are unwilling and psych-ologically unprepared parents. There is insevere physical abuse a lack or distortion ofreality. (b) Case study depicts the death ofa child from neglect, after which the motherbecame pregnant again. (c) The physician has aprimary and crucial role in detection.

PARAGruW143 (2): Historically, infanticide has beenadvocated since ancient times and has been usedto control population. American Humane Societywas the first to state the case about abusedchildren.

MENTION (1):

../..1110

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical ScientistsBehavioral ScientistsSocial Workers

z

W3

4izz3

z3

4>E

z

F.

41z

!Li

4!41etg:15

.

id;'EI,P,FII,

3 IMEMIIIIMMIIIIIIIN COM

IN INT

;1 11111111.-

.

IIIINDIC

PRO DEF 111111111113114113j__

TREAT

LEG CONme..4..

: gali ..4REFER

"ANC SER

i ..1.. .4- .L.

4LLO

4III_II.! N

STATS 11111 1111 1111

504

7

CITATION: Tong, Ching Tsang, at at.Skeletal Injuries of the Battered ChildAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY, October 1964, 6:202-207

4.1101.11.1.11,

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Cise studies which demonstrate

the roentgen manifestations of bone lesions.

SECTIONS (3): Lesion characteristics are: subperi-

osteal hemorrhage with subsequent cortera hypothe-sis and epiphyseallitetaphyseal separation, multi-plicity, fresh and healing lesions present.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET 0^0ULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZZ>la0

4i2

la0 610

4 z>

CI. Ci.non

4120:021X

iku ku

4

SYo.6...,..seiii

'P.IwWcc

t gt-

NONSP inginum : mg?",

IN COM

IN INT- 4.1 I-.. 111111i.

.

INDIC

::::rEFLEG CON

i .

i31.-

1

.-;".

.

--r-.

--I-'

lug.

....h ....

linkREFER 1 '

..i...

.i..

FOLLOW;RV/EN . 1

STATS Ell 10111111111/111 =111

CITATION: Tarr, Lenore C.A Family Study of Child AbuseAMERICAN JOURNAL OP PSYCHIATRY, November 1970, 127(51:125-131

.MM.ft.M.yMM.P..11.10MM

MA Li EMPHASIS (4): Reports findings of a study onthe etiology cf abuse, covering ten cases over asix-year period. Notable difference from otherstudies is the postulation that the abuser's fan-tasies abnlit the child are not simple role rever-sal but involve fear of disappoletment from thecnild.

SECTIONS (5): (a) Research survey--similarities/-differences with results of abuse study. (b)

Extensive dominant-submissive pattern in marriagethat contributes to abuse. (c) More than onechili in family may be abused if abuser's fantasyeasily transferred to another child. (d) Choresteristics of child which contribute to his abuse.(a) Case illustration's.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Treatment must apply to wholefamily; disturbances in interaction of all familymembers.

MENTION (1):

110.111111101MOIN

TARGET POPULATION:

Sehavioral ScientistsPsychiktrists

cs

z

LA 0

.c z

l if

.c !zglet113

I

xie411S

t,-,

I

47,1

a

f!

NON-SP 111111111 ; :

IN COM II ,

1g-iii "t..gni1"INDIC

PRe DEF

TuRaEACTON

IMUNI1811111-REFER IR=

ri.ANC ili 111111 1FOLLOW

PREVEN

I 'i

e

!

I

'

I *

STATS 11111

501

505

CITATION: Tarr, Lenore C., et al.

The Battered Child Rebrutalized: fen Came of Medical-Legal Confusion

ANERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY, April 1960, 22e(10):126-233

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): In a study of ten cases, theauthors found that confusion, delays, poorlycoordinated efforts and failure by agencies andindividuals to assume responsibility for appro-priate action, produced serious emotional stressesto already traumatized youngsters. The problems

in treatment are enumerated, including diagnosticfailures, effects of the voluntary nature of thedoctor-agency-parent relationships. The authorspresent their recommendations for better manage-ment of cases of abuse.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The effects of the legal system,including the roles of the lawyer, prosecutor,courts and legislation. (b) Doctors contributeto victimization by failure to diagnose, over-confidence in relationship with parents and lackof recognition that injury can come from willfuland careless acts.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Authors propose use of variousancillary services as safeguards to provide fre-quent checks on parents' performance, (b) His-

torically, public concern has increased becauseof improved techniques and reporting to localauthoritiel.

TARGET POPULATION:


ZZzW0

111111=1111111111111

<zUl0

.1.

Zz410

1

.

< Z>. >.I XQ.O.

I:Z212212W.41

:

.

I

<1

ta,XMika

6

1j1W

1:!W:;er1.1-

1

1

NONSPIN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF Ili 1

f.

1

.I

I

II

TREAT

LEG ,CON

me __i__ ..i._ im H

REFER

ANC SER

..i .i. .

.

1..I

1

6i

..i.1

FOLLOW

PREVEN 4a

+. 1

I

.i

1

-1"

STATS 1 11= 11111

CITATION: TilZ, KennethSubdural Haematoma and Effusion in InfancyBRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, September 28, 1968, Z:804

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): In a letter to the editor, theauthor defends earlier paper on treatment ofsubdural haematoma in infanCy against criticismb9 Murray A. Falcover. Deliberately did not dealwith psychosocial histories of abusive parents.In Britain, need to organize studies of familysituations in these cases.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) States that many probably-were

responsible for intentional injury. (b) Notesthat in follow-up, only a small proportion ofchildren appeared to have been reinjured.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

&

50

.ctzzl7

50

<

I'IM

zX110IM

..c!z

la ,MI

,c! .

&5Nj WUM

44

vdmZ :INowsP MBEIN COM

IN INT

1

.

:

:

INDIC

;Re DEFiimi

,

TREAT

LEG CON

INIII ..i..I

...i..,:

ME.." ..L.REFER

ANC' iiiiiiii... I

PREVEN 111111 1 11111111STATS 111 II MI IMO

=1MMIIMO

502

5 0 -1

CITATION: Topa, Myra B., sta.A Psychological Szpioration of the Mon - Organic Failure -to- Thrive Syndrome

DIVNLOPNENTAL 118210271E AND CUM NIVROZDGI, October 1969, 11:601-607

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Familial factors of failure-to -

thrive children include "narcissistic" mothers.

SECTIONS (3): Statistics of the nine cases arepresented for multiple variables. Signs of

chronic poor care, weight gain in hospital, lossof weight upon return home, are indicators.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Literature reviewing past failure -

to -thrive research is reported.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical andBehavioral Scientists

11111111111111111111111

!

4clz

illqc z

;

4dz

ill

i

Et:

ita0i

Id

x.1-

f40,44eIN COM

.11;17- 111 1111111-1- IIINDIC

PRO IMF11111111

-1111 -4.-2:

T_RfAT

Lia-Cii i li I g

REFER

;;4C SER --1.- - -j- -.j.-1" --1- --I-

FOLLOW

;MENMIMI..iiiiiii '

.

STATS 3 ilH11 111111=11

CITATION: Touloukian, Robert J.Abdominal Visceral Injuries in Battered ChildrenPEDIATRICS; October 1968, 42(4):642-646

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Physical characteristics ofabdominal visceral injuries in battered children.

SECTIONS (3): There are five case studies of visce

injury in battered children.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Since 1946 physical injury tochildren has been connected and reported with

parental abuse.

MENTION (1): Statistics show visceral injuries to

comprise significant percentages of child abuse.

103

507

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical SciehtiitsPediatricians

<z<z<Win

i ,,

i z

g

NON4P HEIIIMAIIIII11111311111

IlinillinillORO

.IRP4 rr

IP:CD°

-ALEGcOTAII.

741-laiIMINIENIE11:11:1111E

1 MINIMP-1*&"WATS .

CITATION: Tracy, James J., et al.Treatment for Child Abusers

SOCIAL WORK, May, 1974, 338-42

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Treatment for child abuse based

on the social learning theory.

SECTIONS (3): Abusive parents have few adult skills

are ignorant of child development, control child'sbehavior through punishment.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Initial complaint begins in theemergency room; (b) Initial intervjbw is focusedon parents' method of punishment alid control ofthe child; (c) Training is to teach a common lan-guage to all describing the behavior.

MENTION (1):

4,0111AR GET POPULATION:

ehavioral ScientistsSocial Workers

Z

z0

i

.clz

z: 'z

0.0

<

1a.

z

1-.1.

t

.c!z

212w:w

I

4,

0n

;''w

1

I

i w

ti1;.,..-

NONSP mumusimmignIN COM

IN INT1-4.

242.4

INDIC

PRB DEF

mil I.yi a

i1 Inil1--

.

TREAT

LEG CON

111111 4 4i,

.

'

--4'",,It..I..

.

i Z1

1

.4...

F1016FERiii ..i...

..1...

..1.I

FOLLOW

1;iiiTiiir

ll i

II ":t

-1-- MINNszATs IMilIUIRU III

CITATION: Trouvern-Trend, J. B., et aZ.

Prevention of Child Abuse: Current Progress in Connecticut: I - The PrOblem

CONNECTICUT MEDICAL JOURNAL, March, 2972, 38(3):135-7.,MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abuse emphasis lies onsevere physical injury in a family with major emo-tional, social and/or financial stress, or seriousillness and parents who emphasize irritability of

child.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Child abuse is on the steadyincrease; (b) Indicators are lesions, bruises, x-rays; (c) Case study of child with repeated physi-cal findings; (d) Legally - Report has to be madein good faith, not proof beyond a reasonable doubt;(e) Initial complaint - report is often not madebecause of lack of awareness.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

izzizVSEEwww:6imiguniumm

.1.i1

1.

., z*.

1.1It

4

2 .

41=gli

1

IN

1

i

,iLela-)

...1..i

INIE

idtz!:14-lNONSP

IN COM

IN INT111

11.11k1...11111111111

InII

INDIC

PRB DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

II 1

111 ;

I I I

.

FOLLOW

iiiiiI4.InnII

I

1

IMMB

1...

s

STATS . In 2 1111111111

504

508

CITATION: Trube-Becker, ElizabethAutopsy in Sudden Death of a ChildNEDIZINISCHE KLINE, Jan., 8, 1971, 68:58-9

I.

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Autopsy is essential in casesof sudden death in infancy to determine whetheror not traumatic violence is the cause of death.The author's experience indicates that 12% ofchildren on whom autopsy was performed died be-

cause of abuse or neglect.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medital Scientists

zzZ

tlgtEEale,

I.

4C i Z

zz.1(

.).010,ez

;

<1Z ,

tggiqE

_j:.

-,:!.

NONSP .11111111111111111.IN COM

IN INT.1.

1

. -1I"+

I

INDIC

PRB DEF 4 IIIII ,

,

,

,

TREAT

LEO CON

11II

11111

11._ .411111+,

REFER

ANC SER

11 i

I

ill I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 ' III !1

,. 1

IIMMIIIIIIIIIMESTATS

CITATION: Trube-Becker, Elizabeth"The Doctor's Pledge of Secreo4 and his Right as a Witness to Refuse to

Answer in Crimes Against Chtidren,"Munch. Afediainische Wochenschrift. Marsh J. 1972.- 114:389-92

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): On4 of the two basic legal prin-ciples (protection of life, and professional se-

crecy) must be violated by a physician in cases of

child abuse; Once in court, he can decline to

answer questions.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Case typical of maltreatment is

reported.

MENTION (1):

SOS

50&

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

1

imumummig.

Z 4

'

z

ic.

i4,z

312w .

I

!

41

alew:aI

1-J,ig

tile.ill-

NONSP 2

IN COM

IN INTINDIC I

PR DEF 1111111111111111 Mil"""'TREAT

LEG CON AU

Eli 11111111111

REFER

ANC UNH -.1.- ..L

. IFOLLOW IIIIIMINUIRMIIVATS . 1111111

CITATION: Tulkin, Steven R., et aZ.Mother-Chad Interaction in the First Year of Life

CHILD DEVELOPMENT, 1972, 43:31.41

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Results from data collected from30 middle class and 26 working class white motherswith 10- month -old daughters with regard to ex-

periences of infants. Social class differencesevident chiefly in areas involving maternal stimu-lation of cognitive development, e.g., verbal in-teractions. Authors suggest some working classmothers felt it was futile to interact verballywith infants because they could not understandand in general seemed to feel they were powerlessto effect the development of their children.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZzzzrwwwxto

<;

.5

: .

z

c

<

Cl.

zrooxel-,-z22wx=1:zO.

(la

:

X

W

<

u, W

_,

:....w

I.)-NON-SP ,

.1

IN COM

. INT

:

,

1

.

1,

1

.

iNDI

PRO DEF

;

loc,0::::6

,.y.

TREAT

LEG CON -f-

:

,

i-

.7:::.

REFER

ANC SER . ,

FOLLOW

PREVEN ! .

STATS EMIIIIM

CITATION: Turiel, MittsAn Experimental Test of the Sequentiality of Developmental Stages in the

Child's Moral JudgmentJOURNAL OF FERSOW4LI Y AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. ATM 3[6)2611-618

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A research study which supportsKohlberg's schema of stages on a developmentalcontinuum, in which each individual passes throughthe stages in a prescribed sequence. Attainmentof a stage of thought involves a reorganization ofthe preceding modes of thought, with integrationrather than addition.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


g

X14

I

<lzz.x14!

<rE

zrE

1<.znip!I!

I<wigM6

Li1.-II:c

1 :1-

NON-SP a I

IN CON

IN INT

,'ex

-

L.

4-

INDIC

PRO DEF1 -

I

0*&AC

4'ct)

IS)

I

TREATN.

LEG CON+fiffoNi

-

--1--

REFER

ANC SER-.4.,.. .4

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATS ,_.

506

510

CITATION: Turner, EricBattered Baby Syndrome

BRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, Feb. 1, 1964, 5378:308

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): In a letter to the editor, theauthor cites his personal experience with thebattered baby syndrome and suggests that publicityin the press or certain conviction of the abusermight help prevent abuse.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Extensive head fractures, subduralhematoma, areas of oedema as indicators of abuse.Also "frivolous" or no history of injury.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z.w0

11.1311.11111111111III

4:Z.,.w:w0.0m6

-;7-

< z> ).

. x

<o2wwwwx.,--

Zo2

;

.

<, ew x

1

:wt.,!-rz :z

;

.

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRO DEF

I 1 ;

1

TREAT -

LEG CON

MN _i_ _i_

REFER

ANC SER

.

.

1:

.

:

FOLLOWPREVEN

111 I.

-1- 1-I

: .

I.

1-.

I.

1-.

STATS 111111....111111

CITATION: Van Stak, MaryWho Owns the Child?CHILDHOOD EDUCATION, March, 1974, 50(5):259-65

MAIN EMPHASIS 4 : Characteristics of physicallyabusive parents, notably the significant fact thatthey are unable to nurture their children, becausethey themselves were not nurtured as children(Boisvert's typology of battering personalitiesdescribed). Child battering seen as one aspect of'major problem of child abuse. North Americanchild-rearing practices are punitive (stressingparental rights, sanction of rules) and fosterabuse problem.

SECTIONS (3): Historical perspective on child abuse- concept of children as property extends back toAristotle.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Examples of laws reflecting so-ciety's emphasis on maintenance of discipline,rule following, obedience from children: Canadianlaw okays teacher's use of force to correct child,1971 Mass. Supreme Court upholds 1654 stubbornchild law; (b) Foundation of N.Y.S.P.C.C. (1871)originated from court ruling on protection of chilunder law protecting animals from cruelty.

MENTION (1): Reference to kinds of injuries exhi-

bited by battered children.

507

511

TARGET POPULATION:


Wz,W0

!

4C1 Z

WIWz

0.0

gi r

<).XQ.

Z).1O.

.lsJ;

:

< !Zo:o212WW

.:

1

<1xlW.<

eiti:W

i -1.

.111

VOCC.-;MXoF-

4i:

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

111

INDIC

PRS DEF IllumTREAT

LEG CON

111111111 .i

REFER

ANC SER

lil .1.

.

i

:

i

:

i

1

.1

.

FOLLOWhiEVE71-

I '

-:

1

MUERSTATS Ell

CITATION: Varon, EdithCommunication: Client, Conrmatity, and AgencySOCIAL WORK, April, 1984, 51-57

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion of study on communityattitudes towards a protective service agency.Interviews conducted with 13 former clients (ofMassachusetts Society for Prevention of Cruelty toChildren) and 50 neighbors, living in two working-class areas of Greater Boston. Generally, peoplelacked knowledge and curiosity about social agen-cies; social workers were viewed as nosy and oftehidentified with police, prison wardens; protectiveagency viewed as punitive, with few people notingthe helping aspect of agency service. Fell would

make referrals to MSPCC because viewed referral asinimical act.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): MSPCC originally dealt with neglectby removing child from home -- now trying to savehome and to remedy emotional neglect. Inter-terviewees generally view agency in terms of for-mer function.

MENTION (1): Interviewees defined neglect as fail4ure to provide material needs; failure to meetemotional needs of children NOT viewed as neglect.

TARGET POPULATION:

Behavioral Scientists--------

ZW0

i

< i ZZ: zw 0410.0

aa.z0.

za-20.10

t02

Z0210

4xsei0

ax-I.10

I.-

2#1"-

laEr

itre

NONSP 4 111.11111111111111111II

Ill .

1

:

1

:IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF 1111111E....1... ..I.-

1

--.1.-1I

TREAT

LEG CON II9111 ...i..

sI

1._1e

in 1..

REFER

ANC SER11 1

...

:..,

-4-.I

--L... -4...e

FOLLOW

PREVEN 1e1

STATS MIIIIIII gill=

CITATION: Wasserman, HarryEarly Careers of Professional Social Workers in a Public

Child Welfare AgencySOCIAL WORK July, 1970 15:93-101

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Social workers in protectiveservices find themselves in the impossible task ofcoping with constant emergencies, inadequate re-sources, lack of supportive consultation, and con-finement by the agency regulations.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


Z

m

z<6 I

z

E

i

< .1 z

,1013

1

,4,

Oli

1

I -11RIP

NONP1111111811111.t.

011111111111MIERMIIIINIn

111111111111.111111.111

MI

+ 111M

1111111111,1

+

IN COM

IN NTINDIC

PRO DEF

:::ALNREFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW.AmmumkiliiiiSTATS .

508

51:2

CITATION: Wasserman, SidneyThe Abused Parent of the Abused ChiZdCHILDREN, Sept.-Oct., 1967, 14(5):175-79

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Treatment of an abusing parentis a process of understanding coupled with es-tablishing firm controls exercized over a verylong period of time.

SECTIONS (3): The abusing parent feels they havebeen "done to" both socially and psychologicallyand thus the child becomes their hostility sponge.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Child abuse has been with us since thebeginning of mankind, but only written about sinceWorld War II.

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ

Wzwwwxx200012.

1

<Izz

<>-

z>.

11.wwwwzo-

<0

z02usx=Im

<< El.

I-J

i-

NON-SP 1111111.M1=1111.1.

1.

; ;

I

I

.

IN COM

IN ,INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

;

-J1'.;

4.--:"7 :I--

TREAT

LEG CON

MN li...

..r...

ICEREFER

ANC SER i .I

;

1

I

I;

.

.

;

.

.

I

I

;

FOLLOW

PRE EN111 ._1

1..

I1"

I1-

I-i-

.

I-r

STATS III. MEM

CITATION: Wish, M. J.The Terns "Mother" and "Father" as a Defense Against IncestJOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN PSYCHOANALYTICAL ASSOC., Oct 1968, 26:783-91

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author preents his thesisthat the terms "mother" and "father" are used byparents and children, rather than first names ofthe parents, to support the incest taboo.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists-;,Behavioral Scientists

wwwZZ0000.6;

4ZZYZ 4 z

y

14,Z01022wiut

I

1

< }Jwje,W'016

1

1-1

1-0,Mw'Miii -,

NON-SP t , , 1

'IN COM

IN INT1- . . I

-4..1

I

p. co

----1--I

INDIC

PRO DEF

01.

4..k4v.

1

Ae%cirC°

<5)

.":

TREATTREAT

LEG CON

1

clCNk

il-

-...,.....

REFERANC iiii

...-1.I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I

;

I

I,

:

STATS . 1 I I I

509

CITATION: Wolff, HowardAre Doctors Too Soft on Child Beaters?MEDICAL ECONOMICS, October 3, 1966, 84-87

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes and illustrates thedilemma faced by doctors in making the decisionto report suspected cases of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): The author illustrates the dilemmawith examples of suspicious injuries that insome instances were cases of abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The doctor's role in the legalprocess is outlined briefly. Some of the majorindicators of child abuse are described.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zZztatatazzEIZtax:z000

4C

ZZz

4(

>-

a.

z:-EL

.

<,Z0:0iu 0 ta

4xu)

FIL

Lu

_,'1141

gt ctX .1--

NONSP 1111111111.1.11IN COM

IN INT.'1.:

4:.4-

.1

1-1 g

INDIC

PRODEF.1..I..}..

1

2:-4.1

:-4.:

'

...1-

I

TREAT

LEG CON

III .4..2 :

I.

!

1111 I

:

s

REFER

ANC SERIn :

1

I

1

I

FOLLOW

PREVEN

R 11

1

T,

'

.

STATS ..11111.1111.11.1

CITATION: Wolman, Irving J.The Abused or Sexually Molested Child; Clinical Management=AWL PEDIATRICS HANDBOOK, May -June 2969, 8(268):S

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A two-part paper on clinicalmanagement of the abused or sexually molestedchild. In the case of abuse, itqocuses onidentifying clues (and a helpful table of cluesis provided). In the case of sexual molestation,the parameters of the problem (incidence, types ofmolestation, characteristics of moleoter and ofvictim) are discussed.

SECTIONS (3): (a) In cases of sexual abuse, initialinterview must be careful, noting date, time,place, and circumstances of incident, and emotionalstate of parents and child. (b) Nature of physicalexamination and laboratory procedures for sexualabuse cases are noted.

PARAGRAPHS (2): ia) List of stresses which mayimpair mother's nurturing capacity, thus preclpi-tating abuse/neglect. (b) Report must be made insuspected cases of abuse (including sexual abuse).

(c) Complete skeletal survey is kandatory, andimmediate hospitalization recommended in abuse/neglect cases. (d) In sexual abuse cases, socialworker can provide additional background historyand emotional support for the family.

MENTION (1): Understanding the etiology of abuseentails training in child ore practices, childdevelopment, family dynamics, etc.

1,091.1.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZZ1+11+1W0

1

4Z0

ZZ0

4)-X0.

Z).122wa.

i4 , Z010W:14

4X

In

"exal

I-IILLI

etIttMX I-

NONSP III MillMien!IN COM

Ilk INT , $:

INDICPRO DU s

i

47 11TREAT

LEG CON gu--i-181-1101REFER

11ANC SEMI .1- f 4;

FOLLOW ' MI '/1111

PREVEN +111

t-i--

1

ETATS IIMI III SUM518

tir

CITATION: Weir, J. G.

The Pregnant Narcotic Addict: A Psychiatrist's ImpressionPROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL soarer! OP MEDIUM, Oct., 1972, 65:869,-70

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Description of the addict, fo-cusing on the pregnant addict, and some behaviorsto be expected by the physician.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Author's argues that the treatmentgoal of the psychiatrist to develop a good rela-tionship with the reluctant addict is not facili-tated by having him give evidence in court againstthe addict.

MENTION (1): Addict will neglect her child if the"maturing effect" of pregnancy is not enough tomake her change her irresponsible behavior.

TARGET POPULATION:


z2zwwwxx2:20

41zz0

z0

<,..a.

z).a.

giclz010&a: w

4xwca

Elx-W

l-,iwcc

i-

NON-SP 11111/1111.11/1IN COM 1 : :

IN INT 1

o 1 .

INDIC I ; 1

PRI DEF MN ...-411 -1".. -1--

TR EAT

LEG CON

III-I-

,-12

.-I

,

I-t- --1-

REFER 1 : : : :

ANC SER lit:...I.1

FOLLOW ; : 1 .

PREVEN

EN--4-- -.4 -- --1. -1--

STATS =IMO =Ma

CITATION: Werthan, FredericBattered Children and Baffled AdultsBULLETIN OF NEW YORK ACADEMY OF MEDICINE, Aug., 2972,, 48(71:888-98

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Child abuse is the result of aclose interrelation of psychological and socialfactors. Only in the minority of cases does theabuser suffer from definite mental disease.

SECTIONS (3): (a) The law should protect infant andchild with mandatory reporting laws; (b) Review ofthe literature in abuse; (c) Psychiatric inter-vention is not seen as a cure; rather, the authoroffers a punishment to fit the crime.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Indicators are fractures of ex-

tremities, subdural hematomas. Babies are in

distress, in pain, suffering.

110MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


IS

i4IZZI5MOIME1111111111111111111

4

E

z

E

i4.Z1.0

Ist,

14:xiegn

i -.1ila

17)!M

1gN°N"SPIN COM

IN INT .

INDIC

PR!! DEF inollimmin "i"TREAT

LEG CON 111811-313 ,

;

REFER

ItiiC iERinn_LIM

1

..I...

FOLLOW

PIiiViir IIIIIIIMENIMINISTATS 11111 EMU

511

515

CITATION: Weston, W. dr.ldetaphyseai Fractures in Infancy

JOURNAL OF BONE AND JOINT SURGERY, 1957, 3913(41:694-700

MAIN EMPHASIS (4):

SECTIONS (3): -Three cases of metaphyseal fracturesin infants are given, two as the result of ob-stetrical trauma, the third, direct assault. All

fractures are associated with bone destructionand periosteal new bone formation in the letaphy-ses. The importance is their confusion withsyphilis, tuberculosis, scurvy, osteomyelitis andneoplasm.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Parents' unwillingness to admit thepossibility of injury has been pointed out.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z7=x

1

41zZlz

0.0t7. t9

4,..

=m

z>.

=m

;

4!=0102124,w

4x,w

exw

1

:dI.

temx.r

NON-SP MillI

EnIIMIIII-1."

.

'

-1."1

IN COM

I N INT

1.1..

INDIC

FRD DEF -1111111111111111 'IITREAT

LEG CON

MU '

....f...

1

I...1"..i..,

REFER

ANC.. i

1

....1.-I..f.. s....- '-+.

FOLLOW

PREVEN1;12gSTATS

.

-1-11111111

1A --i-ill= II !....

CITATION:

Whiplash Injury in InfancyTHE MEDICAL JOURNAL OF AUSTRALIA, Aug., 1971, 2:456

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Subdural hematomas (esp. if bi-

lateral) and whiplash injuries indicate abuse.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): A case history with the above indicators but no suggestion of abuse is given.

MENTION (1):

512

516

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

5to

I

ICIZ

EaWe<

Z:E

Z

l'd

i

I<!Z

'1ilw;ta

i

.cI40

alewi6

1

1.4oci

411.'mIsi I-

NON-SP 111111311 i .,

IN !NT .:INDIC

PRO DEF

41 III: ,---

TREAT1LEG CON

...1... ..j..,

REFER

ANC iiiiIII ..;,

I

InFOLLOW.

ii

IIIMUIREllia!MATS . IMMO

CITATION: Whitten, Charles R., et al.Evidence That Growth Failure from Maternal Deprivation is Secondary

to UndereatingJOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOC., 2960, 209(11):1675 -82

MAIN EMPHASIS (4):- -Discussion of study testingvalidity of kypotheSis that growth failure in ma-ternal deprivation syndrome is due to psycholo-gical factors.

SECTIONS (3): Study involved 16 infants admitted tohospital for growth failure. Evidence suggestsunderfeeding as cause of growth failure in mater-nally deprived infants as measured by-weight gain.(Study not long enough to determine whether heightalso responds to adequate caloric intake.) Needto obtain more data on actual behavior of depriv-ing mother to understand effect on infants.

PARAGRAPHS (2): Charts and tables. Four experimental designs used.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


TiowsP

zZzix(

i.za.

z>.zCL

<0212ttl

z0tU

,x.1/1

I

r,..xtu

I1-10m

1-veel=I I I

EMEMMUEMBEIN COM :

IN INT1 1

INDIC 1

PRB DE-.4-- -"4: 1 --:T-- -:i

TREAT 1111111 '--i-- 1 1111.-1-.LEG CON

REFER 1 4. .4 i i i

ANC SER I I II I

FOLLOW.

PREVENil ..1..

: -II 1 ,

STATS OM BURMEM

CITATION: Wickes, Ian G., at al.Battered or Pigmented?BRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL, May 13, 1972, 2:404

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A case history of a pigmentedbaby which was suspected of being a victim ofbattering.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2): Mongolian spots, grey-blue areas ofpigmentation, may be mistaken for bruises, but canbe distinguished by their persistent nature.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

11.111.11

&

§

A

15illz

0

Et z

wiLn.

, 111...ce0'Elf!

NON-3P 111112111.111111111111IN COM

IN INTNIIII

1115111111111111pRINDSICou

TREAT

LEG CON iiiimmIII

IIMMIUMMI11111CIS

4-111111111-i"

1

I

-+".

--i-.

REFER

ANC SER

ritFOELLZ

STATS MINI EMI=513

517

CITATION:

:wwwx0

:0

:0

:c.

c

fmV2t.sx='mcL

'gi:

wiw:to

g

W

SWh,:m

x:1-

NONSP 111111111111 : MIIN COM

IN INT

:

:

:

INDIC

PRB DE Fin 1-. --1--.

--

TREAT

LEG CON

IlinII

! : :

REFER

ANC SER

' '

1

'

.

,

,

FOLLOW

i i064

i J...

,

4._ :. r-, ,

.

STATS 111.1111111111

CITATION: Williams, Fredericka D.The AFDC Workers' Role in Protective ServicesCHILD WELFARE, May 1969, 48(5):273-278

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author detcribes obstaclesto the AFDC workers developing a helping rela-tionship which would enhance effective protectiveservices.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Case examples are used to illus-trate the author's point. (b) Characteristics ofAFDC families are described.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

L.I.

TARGET POPULATION:


&5otIoEE

<zz5

<>.

z,.

<!zo:o!IP

xidW:0

idI7,1°:

R:Fc!

NONSP 3

11

minulinmim-1- Ella--1- 1111

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PR DEFMal-8

MillTREAT

LEO CON 111111111-7111111111

111111

8

.REFER

WIZ ifi

FOLLOW

WigIIHNIM ,

sum . ail 1111 MUM

514

518

wt

CITATION: Wilson, Reginaid A.Legal. Action and the "Battered Child"=ATMS, 1963, 1003

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Legal safeguards should be4 considered to/prevent injury to innocent parents.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (a):

MENTION (1): Children's Aid Society institutedlegal proceeding after diagnosis in the hospital.

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

Z

t;0

,<i2Ifi I Ei1.1: 0

C Z> I.O.Q.

<0W

Z0U2

(x'a

C L6

.-1Ital

t. ! I X±-: 1

NONSP 11111111111111111111IN COM 1 ! :

IN INTIII + III

1,--1

--t--1

.1".0

INDIC

FREI DEF 11111 , ,-TREAT

LEG CON

i 4.41

mi_

.

.1.

;

REFER 1 : ;

ANC SERI1,

1

,

FOLLOW , , 1 :

PREVEN , .i. ,

STATS UggH 11111

CITATION: Winick, MyronMalnutrition and Brain DevelopmentJOURNAL 01? PEDIATRICS, May 1969, 74(6) :66?-679

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discussion on effects of malnu-trition on brain development.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Animal experiments indicatingretarded brain growth. (b) Human brain growthmay be retarded; perceptual defects possible.

PARAGRAPHS (2): First six months of life criticaland possibly pre-natal experience (if mothermalnourished) may affect child.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


&Z.,0

< ZZIZw,...010

1

0.

Z

x0-

!Z10

312WIW

xw(i)

a.,xw

t W..-:,rz;rrx.1-

NOttSF ,. i

IN COM

IN INTi .1--

'.--

lc,C'

INDIC

PREI DEF

INN ,

I

0\&C

.c45°c°C.9

z....

TREAT

LEG CON

I+,ge.Y

--1--

REFERANCSER... ...i ...

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 ,1

t '

STATS . 1111 1111111111111

515

519

CITATION: Winking, Cyril H.Coping with Child! Abuse: One Statete ExperiencePUBLIC WELFARE, July 1988, 189-192

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The-article reports theimplementation of new laws regarding child abuse,cites a need for merging legal and social serviceperspectives.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Initial complaints in Illinoismust be to a single, statewide agency, but agencyis lenient in requiring law enforcement. (b)

Immunity is written into the law. (c) "overty,social problems, etc., contribute to the problemof abuse. (d) Inadequate treatment resources areavailable. Registries could be useful. (e)

Highly skilled staff who can sort and make quickdecisions are needed.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Over one half of the children wereunder three years; boys are more frequentlyabused than girls.

TARGET POPULATION:


2W000o.

!:<z

: 22w

<>r

z>2212wmw:ww

< ,z

010

I1111111111:

x rii.

x_-;cewa:!r-

:

.

:w

,t--:m

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

111 :.

-:

1

INDIC

PRB DEF,II: . ,

1

ii

TREAT

LEG CON

un11

4

.

: illi :3

REFER

ANC SER

I

.

.

:

.

i

:

:

1.

1.

FOLLOWPREVEN

11 :

:1

I

::

I

1.

--t1

STATS I III 111111==111110

CITATION: Winnicott, D., W.The Deproecive Position in Normal Emotional DevelopmentBRITISH JOURNAL OF MEDICAL PSYCIIOLOCY, 19:4, 28:89-100

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A discussion of Melanie Klein's"Depressive Condition" as an achievement inemotional development. The above condition isthat point when baby is a whole baby and motherholds situation, allowing baby to work throughcertain relationships. Baby eventually recognizesmother's two functions: as object of bothdependent relationship, and instinctual love.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):.

MENTION (1):

516

520'

TARGET POPULATION:


2S

!clz2:6g : 0

<>E.

111111111111111111111

z).

,T.

i<:'t0i0Li ILII

1t:xlit

:II

ijiiil

l'Air4

E Ir-

NOWSP 'IN COM

.. ..

..co

.

.

INDIC

'PAS DEF -1Vs

CP

4.>,

't.A.0'

i 0

'0

.....

TREAT

LEG CON f'dc

Nk.

q-REFER

WE iiii'

.

FOLLOW

iREVEN

IDZ.1111111110111

a

STATS ,

11111MIr

CITATION: Winter, William D., et al.Talking Time as an Index of Intrafamilial Similarity in Normal and Abnormal

PaniliesJOURNAL OP ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1969, 74(5):574-575

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A hypothesis that in problem-solving, interactional settings, normal familiesare free to talk or not as much as they please,while in abnormal families, one or more membersare more constrained to take their cues fromanother.

SECTIONS (3): McAudles found that normal familiesresemble each other in a nonlexical way more thando abnormal families.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZ

Wzwww11212wx:1;ce0

.1clz

0

1.

z0

<..

ct.

z>.

a.

;

<!zc;:o

wiw

<<in

fil.

w

'.,:w

,n1:tx

Id-NONSP .1.....111.1.11

I.

..1..1

..

d

1. ...i

1--

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRB DEF.

1

cr.

b.0\,,,

T-..

:Ac'.'

.c.<<.s9

s

.

TREAT-1-LEG CON

.

.

(§4.9-

REFER

ANC SER

I i

.

FOLLOW

PREVEN

:

1--. .

STATS MIMI

CITATION: Wisconsin Medical JournalThe Abused Child LawWISCONSIN MEDICAL JOURNAL, January 1970, 69:25-26

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Wisconsin's law for reportingsuspected instances of child abuse by physicians,surgeons, hospital administrators, nurses, den-tists, social workers and social administrators,is quoted in full, and the responsibilities ofthese persons, for reporting are explained.

SECTIONS (3): The government agencies' responsibil-ities after they have received such reports areoutlined.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

I I I

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z0

<!zzwsz

w0.0

<>

4z.

z>.

tz.

;

<lz0102I 21

:x;twsx

id,,

ccIii-Nosp m$I=1111.11111

gthir-nIN COM

IN INT111 i

INDIC

PRB DEF immini-r-1 ni 1

-i--,

TREAT

LEG CON

on....i....1._I I

ill ..1..

REFER

ANC SIR .1

1 ,,1

,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1"111111101MEM

STATE; Effill =MI517

521

CITATION: Wolff, HowardAre Doctors Too Soft on Child Beaters?

MEDICAL ECONOMICS, October 3, 1966, 84-87

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes and illustrates thedilemma faced by doctors in making the decisionto report suspected cases of child abuse.

SECTIONS (3): The author illustrates the dilemmawith examples of suspicious injuries that insome instances were cases of abuse.

PARAGRAPHS (2): The doctor's role in the legalprocess is outlined briefly. Some of the majorindicators of child abusa are described.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

General Public

zZ<zW0

zwwxx0

zz0=MEI=

ic)..

a.

z:...

a.

it 1 z0:02,12WW

,,,iii4n

,3!

57c

w

-,ia

I.- 1rtriccx:1-

NONSP

IN co M ' 41

I I

IN INT 1 ; : -1-INDIC ...1... ?i.. I._

,

..1._ 4.TREAT linLEG CON 2: ;

REFER : 'ANC SER

In1 I

I i

FOLLOW I I 1 '

iliEVE71- 1, ,

STATS 15.11.111111.11111

CITATION: Wolman, Irving J.The Abused or Sexually Molested Child: Clinical ManagementMM.= PEDIATRICS HANDBOOK, May-June 1969, 8(16B):6

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A two-part paper on clinicalmanagement of the abused or sexually molestedchild. In the case of abuse, itlocuses onidentifying clues (and a helpful table of cluesis provided). In the case of sexual molestation,the parameters of the problem (incidence, types ofmolestation, characteristics of moleotor and ofvictim) are discussed.

SECTIONS (3): (a) In cases of sexual abuse, initialinterview must be careful, noting date, time,place, and circumstances of incident, and emotionalstate of parents and child. (b) Nature of physicalexamination and laboratory procedures for sexualabuse cases are noted.

PARAGRAPHS (2): ) List of stresses which mayimpair mother's nurturing capacity, thus ontc1pi-tating abuse/neglect. (b) Report must be made insuspected cases of abuse (including sexual abuse).(c) Complete skeletal slimy is landatory, andimmediate hospitalization recommended in abuse/neglect cases. (d) In sexual abuse cases, socialworker can provide additional background historyand emotional support for the family.

MENTION (1)1 Understanding the etiology of abuseentails training in child tare practices, childdevelopment, family dynamics, etc.

1110,411111MINIMIN

518

tr. (7)%,

el

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

ZZwiahaxISSulx0

1

ICIZZ1Z0,0

4)..

a.

z<>.

a.

Z0 0lasus

41X0

...1O.

la

1..e)I

W1:K

mI-

NONSP Ii : 3:

IN COM

lilke :NT:..,

3:

Ii

INDIC

-,..iii LiFiN.

41 ifTREAT... ........LEG CON

lit 111....1

RF.FER

ANC SER.;

I

..4.I I

3.I

As

0 II-:.

*

FOLLOW

fliEWW11..:1

'

MIMIETATS . In III11111111.111011111.

CITATION: Woolay, Itrut V., Jr., et al.

Significance of Skeletal Lesions in Infanta Resembling Those of Traumatic Origin

JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION, June 18, 1955, 158:539-543

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Discusses evidence from studyfor regarding multiple bone injury as the resultof direct violence.

SECTIONS (3): Presents table on lesions in twelvechildren.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Characterizes injury-producingenvironment.. (b) References to first investiga-tions of multiple bone fractures. (c) Treatmentconsisted of confronting parents with suspicions,removal of child, attempting to investigatefurther.

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZgez.lez<Zzz>carwwwxzE2tax=-Im000o.ausiginiusil-_1

clj

I Mn.

NONSP MinIN COM

IN INTIII

"I--.

I

-11

I

-11

:

I-.

I

-i-.

INDIC

PRB DEFIA 4 i__

21__i

I

:

I"

...1?:

TREAT

LEG CON

Mill1:..1

11 .J.. :1REFER

ANC SER ':

"-4-

:

:I'.

:11

:

.

FOLLOW -.------PREVEN

In : I

. 1

, .

IIIMME11.1111I

STATS

CITATION: Wright, Bryon W.The Control of Child-Environment Interaction: A COnceptual Approach to

Accident OccurrencePEDIATRICS, November 1969, 44(sumgenent):799-805

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): In child-abusing homes It Ishypothesized that it would be best to improvesocial and environmental conditions which contri-bute to abuse (incompetent caretaker, baby inunsafe position, dangerous objects, lack ofcontrol).

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

NONSP

IN COM

IN INTINDIC

PRO DEF

TREAT

LEG CON

REFER

ANC SER

FOLLOW

PREVEN

STATE

TARGET POPULATION:


ZWt7

I

..cizZt7

Zla0

.it).Ia.

z).12{2O.

;

c!z010laliW

I

t:),(15./lalX101W

I

kill'AC,--iMSt1-iuii

111 1181111-1." 1111

IHROFill -1.-

IMF- 411111/1111111-+-11111-1-

1111111=111MIMI 11111111111

519

CITATION:Wright, E. A.Dysmorphogenesis. Parental Behavior and Survival of Normal

and Deformed OffspringPROCEEDINGS ROYAL SOCIETY MEDICINE, Dec. 12, 1968, 61:1283-5

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): The author discusses the issueof physical aggression by parents toward theiryoung from the viewpoint of comparing the habitsof different species and of different human so-cieties at different times.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

zZ

Wzwialaxx22wxTz:cg000mmwww

i

AC:

1111.1.11111.1.t.

.Zz

:

1

< x < z0 0

. .. ..

1

4x ELI

wx-

.1

-1iw

,,,I- ; cg

... .i.1

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INT11

INDIC

PRB DEF

11 '.4.1

:.4.41

:

:

_4:

-4.:

TREAT

LEG CON

in '

--h-:

-HMI+REFER

ANC SER1

: .

,.

I.

1

.

. .1

1

FOLLOW

PREVEN

11 '+11111: ... _i .. .. .

STATS En NM=

CITATION: Yarrow, Leon J.Maternal Deprivation: Toward an Empirical and Conceptual Re-EvaluationPSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN, 1961, 58(6):459-90

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Summarizes articles on neglect,attempting to distinguish four major kinds: (1)

Institutionalization; (2) Separation; (3) Multiplemothering; (4) Distorted quality of mothering.The effects of these types of mothering are re-ported by authors in sometimes contradictory ways.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Hostile rejecting mothers causeattachment difficulties in their children; (b)Sensory deprivation before a year of age seriouslydamages the intellect and at any time it is growth.

retarding.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

zW0

;

4c;ztal01.1111.11111.111.1

.I.

Zzw0

;

.c)-xa.

z>-xa.

A4C

02w

1

z02w

1

1

,c;1_1

x I a.w ocw :w

-I-1

Lilid

1_1(z0:---.cgx ',-

:

--i-i

NON-SP

IN COM

IN INTIII

INDIC

PRB DEF

I

-1-,

1

3: i1

.

TREAT

LEG CON

lin i,

:

REFER

ANC SER

ENFI..,

..L.I

--t-FOLLOW

PREVEN +1111111111STATS IIIIII =El

520

52 41:L

CITATION: Yarrow, Leon J., et al.Sane Conceptual Issues in the Study of Mother/Infant Interaction

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY, 1965, 35:473-81

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): This longitudinal research studydefines the effective environment of the infantin-terms of developmental sensibilities and res-ponse capabilities and deals with reciprocal in-fluences in mother/infant interactions, communi-cation of the mother's underlying feelings andmotivations.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


<zZz>.wwwx0

<

0

Z

ammwwwwx.r< z

>-x22w<00<et;:m

z <

xrz:m

._,:w

NON -SP ,' I.

IN COM

IN INT

.' '

,

.<v

4)

,

co

'

1--

-+'

INOIC

FRB DEF

!

:45,

V-OTREAT

LEG CON .'k

4) _0'Ne

....4_...-

REFER

ANC SER

.

. ,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

1 1

--

.

--;--.

STATSi

1

i

CITATION: Yelaja, Shankar A.The Concept of Authority and Its Use in Child Protect,ve ServicesCHILD WELFARE, November, 1965, 514-522

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Abstract discussion of treat-ment, benefit of authority in child protectiveservices. Authority is helpful, not coercive/punitive for neglectful parents.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Treatment of CPS clients vs.voluntary clients - willingness to help; (b) Dis-cussion of kinds of acthcrity, legal, psychologi-cal, rational/irrational; (c) Client.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Legal basis of social services toneglectful parents.

TARGET POPULATION:


z7 <z zwww2X212wxe;m0 0

zza

<

a

z

ci.

i<:z

%Jaw

EN

c

co

e

w

._,:w

.1=

x.r

11E3NONSP

IN COM

IN INT

i

: ,

INDICPRe DEF

II 1

II :3

: elTREAT

LEG CON

ill 1 4I 1

I",-:

I

111111118

:

. .

REFER

ANC SER

11 :

t

:

11,

:

FOLLOW

iiiVirr_i_.

1

"Ir I

-11 ,

--t-- --t-MIMISTATS :

521

525

CITATION: Young, Leontine R.An Interim Report on an Experimental Program of Protective ServiceCHILD WELFARE, July 1966, 373-38?

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Multiservice treatment approachto disorganization in neglectful families,emphasizing areas of casework, education, andgroup work. Based on two years' experience atChild Service Association, New Jersey.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Characteristics of familiesinvolved in child neglect. (b) Coordination ofservices (caseworker's responsibility). Progress

by children can precipitate new conflicts inhome. (c) Discussion of positive results of this

treatment approach.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zzZLowwIX22wx=1MLI

..!zZZLI 0

<>->-00xCI.

z

a.

..c

41

z

LU

4 ia.,-(/) w

:,,i,1_ : CC

X'

NONSP 11.11111.111.1.:

.t. _._i. f_._1...IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF

11 .1.

: 3

1111..4... .

._,.._ ...4.-

TREAT

LEG CON

II i 4

r -1r MEMI ..i_.

REFER

ANC SER

11 :

,_ .4

FOLLOWPREVEN t

1

lr}.. 111

STATS M NM '

CITATION: Zalba, Serapio R.The Abused Child: 1. A Survey of the ProblemSOCIAL WORK, October 1066, 3-16

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Survey of literature relating tochild abuse -- definition of problem and treatment.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Definition of problem of abuse/neglect and treatment from historical perspective.(b) Distinction between abuse and neglect; parental

characteristics. (c) Statistics attemptihg todefine scope of abuse/neglect problem. (d)

Treatment of children, of parents in groups, ofwhole family (conjoing family therapy). (a)

Community considerations regarding treatmentapproaches.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Statistics on Wu) makes initial

complaint. (h) Worker's characteristicsimplica-tions for training.

MENTION (1): (a) Indications of abuse. (b) Using

court to remove child when he is in immediatedancer.

TARGET POPULATION:


NOTISP

zZzzz»00<la.,0etwwwxz212w,<II

<iz

II

!

0

<

a.

2

a.

4 z

W W

,

.:

...I

V) I w

.!,kaw:,K

X .1

111111.111M11.1113

I.1,

2a_-#I

.4..II

1811 I..

i

IN COM

IN iNT

I N 0 I C

PRB DEF III1 1

"14 1--'4:

111111-1.-TREAT

LEG CON IIIII eti

1 c..:._

1

111111 31

3

REFER

ANC SER

11 1

..1.,

I

1

.4

I

.

:

I

.

.S

.

.,

FOLLOWPREVEN

STAYS

InMI

1

I I Ill 1In=522

"4,

CITATION: Zalba, Serapio R.The Abused Child: II. A Typology for Classification and Treatment

SOCIAL WORX, January 1967, 70-7A

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Presentation of typology,problem definition and treatment in cases of childabuse (includes chart and detailed outline).

SECTIONS (3): (a) General analytic framework ofdetermining factors in human behavior. (b)

Twelve behavior factors characteristic ofabusive parents, abused children.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

zwO

«8ZzwwLI

z0

<Y>.tz2:2wx=04a.

z

EL

4,Z0 otow

4xw

a.,

w

1 w1-,,,I=

zsr

NON-SP in .11111111111E1

IN INT II

II

.I

II

INDIC-- ---- I-4--o .

4---41

,-4- -. - -, 4--PR8 DEF : : : :

TREAT------1LEG CON --1-- -4+-1

-4.--,

1111111REFER !... i

AN C SFR ; ; ;

FOLLOW 1 1

I

'

:

1

j

1

I

I

s

STATS

CITATION: Zalba, Serapio R.

Battered ChildrenTRANSACTION, July-August 1971, 8:S8-61

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Describes parameters of childabuse.

SECTIONS (3): (a) Physical, socioeconomic indicato

of child abusers (2 sections). (b) Statistical

quotes from research on incidence of abuse andreferrals. (c) Historical response to abuse;traditions which deter reporting.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): (a) Examples of legal trend regarding

children as property. (b) Physical indicators ofabuse. (c) Legal protection for reporters ofabuse. (d) Comparison of U.S.-Scandinavian train-

ing emphasis. (e) Prevention at point of stress

beginning with birth. (f) Psychoanalytic view of

523

527

TARGET POPULATION:

50minsimigingil

<i Z5,z0 : 111

4,...f.

z(E

0Eli

Z0

4 1

)(tiett,': is

I

'GI=-i : r

.

NONSP

T .....IN INT

ILI._In I 111111..41

Ell112.9___.I .1... lommui !..-PRI! DEF 110-3; 3:

TREAT 111111 i i

LEG CON . .

REFER

ANC SER : 1 I ,

FOLLOW.- ..... ...PREVEN-il1, .-I 1

STATS 3 11111 =IBM

CITATION: Tiering, WU=The Battered Baby SyndromeJOURNAL OF PEDIATRICS, August 1964, 65(2):321-322

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Author deplores an earlierarticle which presented the case of a three yearold whose situation implied battering, but thiswas not mentioned by the authors. He reiteratesneed for prompt reporting.

SECTIONS (3): The author defends his previousstance, mentions lack of evidence for initiatinga complaint.

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1): Abuse occurs when an out-of-controlparent acts out anger on an unwanted child.Because abuse is a multicentric problem, itrequires involvement of diverse agencies.

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

z

zI1JCD

<zI1Ja11.111111.1.11.

iZzLiJa

< z>. >.X XQ.O.

i4:z0102:241W

xwUl

Et.

XIII

-)w

1- C4

4MIXIIINON-SP

IN COM

IN INT

I.'

II.1

:

-1

:

-1-

.

1-

INDIC

PRB DEF

III I

1 I

1

:

1

.

TREAT

LEG CON

II-1.-

.

'_.j._:

'

REFER

ANC SER

11 ,

1 1

1

e

1

I

;,

FOLLOW

PREVEN

111 1

-t-t

:

':

:'I.

:

i

STATS u=II HMI=

CITATION: lilboorg, GregorySidelights on Parent-Child AntagonismAMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHOPSYCRIATRY, 1932, 2 :35 -43

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): In analyzing the parent-child.antagonism, it is necessary to examine theinfancy and childhood of the parent*, as this isoften recapitulated in the relationship.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


z

zG

U11111111UUiU1111

III

i

4C

z1.1

.1.

Zz1.1

1

<).f.

z,..

F.

'

i.

4,Z0:0VWSW

:-..-1,

,ic.bl

NMI

i

ea

10ri:-Rh%

NON-SP

IN COM

IN NT .

INDIC

PRII DEFINDIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIITREAT

LEG CON

41.-

REFER

ANC SER

II

El ..i.. t*FOLLOW

STATS =SE524

528

CITATION: Ziotnik, GideonChild Abuse, A Material from a Court-Psychiatric PracticeUGESKR. LAEG., March 26, 1971, 133:567-572 (Danish)

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): Account of twenty-three casesof child abuse - -characteristics of abuses includevery young parents with character defects.

SECTIONS (3):

PARAGRAPHS (2):

MENTION (1):

TARGET POPULATION:


zZW0010m

lzZlzw 1 la

<>X

z>Xala02

z02wwxla

AaxW

idz1,_ I CCm!- .=XII-

NONSP 131111.11/1111.11.1IN COM _I. _....L. .:... ..!.... _:.IN INT : : 1 : I

INDIC

PRB DEF7 ril 41 1 : : :

TREAT

CiTC6ii11111.4.- -4.- __I.. ._11,...

REFER

;NC SER . 1 o

o I

o

FOLLOW : : I :

WIEVEN

111 ..L.

1I 1

...t...

i I

-1...

.

STATS IIII 1111111.1111

CITATION: Zuckerman, Kenneth, et at.Child NegLect and Abuse: A Study ofCases Evaluated at Columbus Children's

Hospital in 1968-1969THE OHIO STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL. Jutu 1972. 68:629-632

MAIN EMPHASIS (4): A follow-up study at ColumbusChildren's Hospital of sixty cases of abuse showedtwo deaths, four unable to be followed, elevenpermanently removed from home, twenty-four returnhome (four later removed) and four court decisionsof "guilty."

SECTIONS (3): Statistics on the families arecompiled.

PARAGRAPHS (2): (a) Physician reluctance, lack ofrecognition, failure to be suspicious, and desireto avoid involvement account for low reporting,(b) Conviction rate is small and does nothing toprevent abuse. (c) Seventy-five percent of thepopulation earned less than $5000/year.

MENTION (1): (a) Psychological abuse more insidiousand possibly more damaging than physical, must bereported by other professionals, e.g. teachers.(b) Protection, not punishment, should be focus ofintervention for neglected children.

525

529

TARGET POPULATION:

Medical Scientists

Ww0

iWIIMIIaiuu1111

< i Zzlzw,w0:0

.1.

,",

dc

,..=O.

21..

zxa.

< iz0102:2la 1 la

ill

<<wCa

dxLil

:

I,

1-1,,,,:.,3m-Ice'..0 1 I-

NONS P

IN COM

IN INT

INDIC

PRB DEF Illmom1111111-1.-1 :

--4--'

- --

TREAT

LEG CON 1111I

yi-:

-1-- EMIREFER

ANC SER:

.I1

1,I

1.4.I

"II

'4--II

FOLLOW

PREVEN

I

1

:MinSTATS . 11111 3 MIMI

CITATIONS

530527

ABDELLAH, FAY G., ET AL,(BETTER PATIENT FARE THROUGH NURSING RESEARCH](N.Y.: THE MACMILLAN CO,. 1965).

ACKERMAN, NATHAN(THE PSYCHODYNAMICS OF FAMILY LIFE],(NEW YORK; BASIC BOOKS, 1958.1 156 -206),

ADAMS, PAUL L. ET AL,*99AUTHORITARIAN PARENTS AND DISTURBED CHILDREN,"(AMERICAN J. OF PSYCHIATRY), 1965, 121 :1162 -67,

ADELSON, LESTER*"THE BATTERING CHILD,"

CJAMA], OCTOBER 9, 1972, 222(2)1159..630

ADELSON, LESTER*"HOMICIDE BY PEPPER."CJ OF FORENSIC SCIENCE], 1964, 9(3) :391.95,

ADELSON, LESTER*"140MICIDE BY STARVATION: THE NUTRITIONAL VARIANT OF THE BATTERED CHILD,"CJAMA], NOVEMBER 2, 1963, 186145860,

AUELSON, LESTER40SLAUGHTER OF THE INNOCENTS - -A STUDY OF FORTY-SIX HOMICIDES IN WHICH THE

VICTIMS WERE CHILDREN."(NEW ENGLAND J OF MEDICINE], 1961, 164(26):134549,

ADORNA, T,W,. ET AL,(THE AUTHORITARIAN PERSONALITY](N.Y,: HARPER AND ROW, 1950,)

(ADVICE TO YOUNG MOTHERS ON PHYSICAL EDUCATION OF CHILDREN, BY A GRANDMOTHER],(LONDON: 1823,)

ALBERTS, MX.* "C HI LD A 0.) sE ,"

CJ OF IOWA MEDICAL SOCIETY], MAY. 1972, 621242,

ALCOTT, WILLIAM A,(THE YOUNG MOTHER].(BOSTON: 1836.)

ALDOUS, JOAN0S"CHILDRENIS PERCEPTIONS OF ADULT ROLE ASSIGNMENTS FATHER-ABSENCE, CLASS,

RACE AND SEX INFLUENCES,"CJ OF MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY], FEB 1972, 341 55 "65, ,

ALEXANDER, HELEN1PILAY THERAPISTS",

(DENVER: AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION,)

ALLEN ANN FRANCIS01"MALTREATMENT SYNDROME IN CHILDREN,"(CANADIAN NURSE), APRIL 1966, 62(4)140.42,

ALLEN, ANNE AND MORTON, ARTHUR,(THIS IS YOUR CHILD1 THE STORY OF THE NATIONAL SOCIETY FOR THE PREVENTION

OF CRUELTY TO CHILDREN](LONDON: ROUTLEDGE AND K, PAUL, LTD,. 1961.)

529

531

ALLEN, )4,0,, ET AL,41"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME, PARTS I, II. III, L IV,"

CMINNESOTA MEDICINES, 1968IDECo.11793-99) 1969, JAN..1155.461 FEB6,1345.471MARCH.153940,

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS*A DESCRIPTIVE T:TUOT OF NINE HEALTH BASED PROGRAMS IN CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT.CONTRACT HRA 10674"9, HEALTH RESOURCES AOMINISTRATION, APRIL, 1974,

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS*SITE VISIT 011 COOK COUNTY CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL, CHICAGO, ILL. JAN, 10,1974,CONTRACT HRA 106.74 -9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, APRIL, 1974, 7.12,

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS*SITE VISIT 021 UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO MEDICAL CENTER, DENVER, DEC, 18, 1973,CONTRACT HRA 106074+9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, APRIL, 1974, 13.22,

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS*SITE VISIT #31 WILLIAM BEAUMONT ARMY MEDICAL CENTER; EL PASO,CONTRACT HRA 106449, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, APRIL, 1974, 23.33,

TEXAS

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS* SITE VISIT 441 CHILDREN'S PROTECTIVE SERVICES CENTERi KAUKIKEOLAN/ CHILDREN'S

HOSPITAL HONOLULUCONTRACT HRA 106749, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, APRIL, 1974, 35-43,

AMEICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS* SITE VISIT 45: UNIVERSITY OF IOWA HOSPITALS, IOWA CITY, IOWA, JAN, 7, 1974,CONTRACT HRA 106-74-9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION. APRIL, 1974, 44-50,

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS*SITE VISIT Al5; CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL. LOS ANGELES, FEB, 6, 1974,CONTRACT HRA 106.4"9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION. APRIL, 1974,

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS*SITE VISIT #7t NEw YORK FOUNDLING HOSPITAL, NYC, JAN, 4, 1974CONTRACT HRA 106-74.4, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION. APRIL, 1974, 6069,

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS*SITE VISIT is at CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL OF PITTSBURGH, JAN, 3, 1974

CONTRACT HRA 10674.*9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, APRIL. 1974, 70.80,

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS*SITE VISIT #91 ST, PAUL, MINN, RAMSEY COUNTY MENTAL WEALTH CENTER, JAN, 8,

CONTRACT HRA 106.74-9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION. APRIL, 1974, 81-86.

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS*SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCESCONTRACT HRA 106...749, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION. APRIL, 19741 0994c

AMERICAN ACADEYMY OF PEDIATRICS*CONCLUSIONCONTRACT HRA 10644.'9. HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, APRIL, 1974, 95.98,

AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS* APPENDICESCONTRACT HRA 10644..9, HEALTH RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION, APRIL, 1974, 99.110,

AMERICAN ACADEMY CF PEDIATRICS COMMITTEE ON INFANT AND PRESCHOOL CHILDREN,"MALTREATMENT OF CHILDREN: THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"LPEDIATRICS), JULY, 1972, 501160142,

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION,CCHILO ABUSE LEGISLATION: ANALYSIS OF REPORTING LAWS IN THE US PART 1,3(DENVER, COLORADOI AHA, 19660

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION,CCHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES.. 19673o(DENVER, COLOI AMA, 1967o)

53)530

1974

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION. CHILDREN'S DIVISION,CGUIDELINES FOR LEGISLATION TO PROTECT THE BATTENED CHILD],(DENVER. COLO; AMA. 1963,)

AMERICAN NUMANE.ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION,`GIN THE INTEREST OF CHILORENA CENTURY OF PROGRESS).(DENVER. COLO' ANA. 19660

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION. CHILDREN'S DIVISION,[INNOVATIVE APPROACHES IN CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES),(DENVER. COLO; AHA. 1970,)

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION,CAN INTENSIVE CASEWORK PROJECT IN CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES),( OENVER, COLD; ANA. 1963.)

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION,[MARSHALLING COMMUNITY SERVICES ON BEHALF OF THE ABUSED CHILD),(DENVER. COLO' AHA. 1966,)

AME$-.ICAN Nt.MANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION,[A NATIONAL svmo-osium ON CHILD ?<OUSE).(DENVER. COLO; AHA. 1972,)

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIAT ION. CHILDREN'S DIVISION,[NEGLECTING PARENTS' A STUDY OF PSYCHOSOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS].(DENVER. COLO' ANA. 19660

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION,[PROTECTING THE BATTERED CHILD],(DENVER. COLD' AMA. 1962,)

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION. CHILDREN'S DIVISION,[PROTECTING THE VICTIM OF SEX CRIMES COMMITTED BY ADULTS$ FIRST ANNUAL REPORT

ON PROJECT R222).(DENVER. COLO' ANA. 1966,)

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION,[THE PROTECTIVE SERVICES CENTER),(DENVER. COLO' ANA, 19660

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION,[PUBLIC WELFARE RESPONSIBILITY FOR CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES],(DENVER. COLD' ANA 19640

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION,EROUNDTHECLOCK COVERAGE IN CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES),(DENVER. COLO' AHA. 1964,)

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISVA,[SEXUAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN; IMPLICATIONS FOR CASEWORK,'(DENVER, COLO' AMA. 1967,)

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION. CHILDREN'S DIVISION,[THE STATUS OF CHILD PROTECTION -A NATIONAL DILEMMA].(DENVER. COLO' ANA. 1971ENA)

AMERICAN MEDICAL ' ASSOCIATION,"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME0EDITORIALOEJAMA), 1962. 191.

" AMERICAN PUBLIC HEALTH ASSOCIATION CONFERENCE REPORT;; 1966$ SCHOOL HEALTH,"£PUBLIC HEALTH REPORTS)* MARCH, 1969. 641219.221,

AMERICAN PUBLIC WELFARE ASSOCIATION,[PREVENTIVE AND PROTECTIVE SERVICES TO CHILDREN' A RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PUBLIC

WELFARE AGENCY].(CHICAGO' AMERICAN PUBLIC WELFARE ASSOCIATION. 19561)

533531

AMIEL. SHIRLEY4F"CHILD ABUSE IN SCHOOLS."

[NORTHWEST MEDICINE). NOVEMBER, 1972, 7118011,

AMIEL, SHIRLEY4F"CHtLD DISCRIMINATION BY THE WASHINGTON STATE CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICE,"

PRESENTED TO THE CITIZENS ADVISORY COMMITTEE FOR THE WASHINGTON CPS,

DECEMBER 60 1575, 11'4

AMIEL. SHIRLEY* "A REPORT OF CHILD ABUSE. CHILD MISTREATMENT AND CHILD DISCRIMINATION WHILE

THE CHILDREN ARE UNDER ADULT SUPERVISION OTHER THAN, THAT OF THEIRPARENTS OR LEGAL GUARDIANS IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON,"

MARCH 1972.11.28

AMIEL. SHIRLEY41."THIRD PARTY CHILD ABUSE,"

GOVERNOR'S CONFERENCE, STATE OF IDAHO, "CHILD IN PERIL", SEPT, 13. 1973.

ANDERSON, Co WILSON."MAKING FAMILY LIFE SAFE FOR CHILDREN,"(PUBLIC WELFARE). APRIL, 1965,

,NDERSON, J. P.4PATTITUDES Of NOVA SCOTIA PHYSIANS TO CHILD ABUSE,"

(THE NOVA SCOTIA MEDICAL BULLETIN), OCTOBER, 1973+ 521 18501111,

ANDREWS, JOHN P..46"THE BATTERED BABY SYNDROME,"

[ILLINOIS MEDICAL J3, NOVEMBER,"1962i 1221494,

ANTHONY. E. JAMES..11)"IT HURTS ME MORE THAN IT HURTS YOU.OkAPPROACH TO DISCIPLINE AS A TWO -WAY

PROCESS,"[REISS...DAVIS' CLINIC BULLETIN). SPRING, 1965,

ANTONIO, P."THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."CORY HEM), OCTOBER 10, 1965, 10611934.37,

ARCADIO. F.. ET AL."UNUSUAL FORM OF CHILD ABUSEI INTRODUCTION OF 13 SEWING NEEDLES INTO THE

BODY,"(MED LEG 00MM CORPOR3, JULY -SEPT. 1969, 2,274.75,

ARIES. PHILIPPE,(CENTURIES OF CHILDHOODS A SOCIAL HISTORY OF FAMILY LIFEL(N,Y1( ALFRED A, KNOPF, 19621)

ARNOLD, MILDRED.* "CHILDREN IN LIMBO,"

(PUBLIC WELFARE). JULY, 1967, 12234211,

ARNOLD, MILDRED.(TERMINATION OF PARENTAL RIGHTS),(DENVER. COLD) AHA, 1962,)

ARNSTEIR, HELENE Ss(THAT TO TELL YOUR CHILD ABOUT DEATH, ILLNESS, DIVORCE AND OTHER FAMILY CRISES),

(NIT., POCKET BOOKS, 1962,)

ARON. J.Jo, ET AL,"OCULAR SYMPTOMS OBSERVED IN SILVERMAN'S SYNDROME (BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME),"[ANNALES WOCULISTIOUE3 (PARIS)i JUNEi 1971, 2031533.4,

ASCH. STUART Se41"CRIB DEATHS1 THEIR POSSIBLE RELATIONSHIP TO POSTPARTUM DEPRESSION AND

INFANTICIDE,"CJ OF THE MT, SINAI HOSPITAL). (NEW YORK), 194$, 35121020e

534532

ASHBY. HUGH To[INFANT MORTALITY]. 2N0 EDITION.(CAMBRIOGE: UNIVERSITY PRESS. 1922.)

ASKWITH, GORDON K,41"AUTHDRITY, PEVENTION AND A NEW CHILD WELFARE ACT,"[CHILD WELFARE], JULY, 1967, :407 -9,

ASTLEY, RAY,*, "MULTIPLE METAPHYSEAL FRACTURES IN SMALL CHILDREN,"[BRITISH RADIOLOGY], NOV. 19531 26(311):577-M3,

AUVERT, B., ET AL,"BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME, A CASE WITH CORNEAL LESION,"LBULL SOC OPHTALMOL FRE), DECEMBER, 1971, 7111093.48,

AVERY, JANE C.* "THE BAT7EREO CHILDA SHOCKING PROBLEM,"[MENTAL HYGIENE], SPRING11973. 5714043,

BA IN, KATHERINE..11COMHENTARY."THE PHYSICAllY ABUSE CHILD,"

[PEOIATRICS]. JUNE 1963, 31(6)1895.47,

BAIN, KATHERINE, ET AL.* "CHILD ABUSE AND INJURY."[MILITARY MEDICINE], AUG. 1965, 130M:747..60,

BAKAN, DAVID.[SLAUGHTER OF THE INNOCENTS].(SAN FRANCISCO: JOSSEY-.BASS, 1911,)

BAKER, DAVID H., ET AL..11,"SPECIAL TRAUMA PROBLEMS IN CHILDREN,"

[ RAOIOLOGY CLINIC OF NORTH AMERICA], 1 °66, 412890305,

BAKER. HELEN."A QUESTION OF WITNESS,"[NURSING TIMES], JUNE 10, 1967, 691...94.

BAKER, KATHERINE I."PROTECTIVE SERVICE -- PRACTICE AND PROBLEMS."[TENNESSEE PUBLIC WELFARE RECORD], APRIL, 1972.

BAKER, R,K, , ET AL,[MASS MEDIA AND VIOLENCE, REPORT TO THE NATIONAL COMMISSION ON CAUSES AND

PREVENTION OF VIOLENCE].(WASHINGTON, 040 UNITED STATES GOV'T PRINTING OFFICE, 1969,)

BAKIN, HARRY"LONELINESS IN INFANTS,"[AMERICAN J OF DISEASES IN CHILDREN], 1942. 63: 30.40,

BAKIN, HARRY,.11."MULTIPLE SKELETAL LESIONS IN YOUNG CHILDREN DUE TO TRAUMA,"

[J OF PEDIATRICS], JULY. 1956, 4917.16,

BAKWIN, HARRY,"REPORT OF THE MEETING OF THE AMERICAN HUMANE SOCIETY,"[NEWSLETTER OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS], SEPTOCT, 1962, 13(8)15,

WALOWIN. ALFRED Lee ET AL,it"THE APPRAISAL OF PARENT BEHAVIOR,"

GPSYCHOLGICAL MONOGRAPHS, GENERAL AND APPLIED), 19491 299$ 1.85,

BALL, RICHARD A,* "A POVERTY CASE: THE ANALGESIC SUB - CULTURE OF THE SOUTHERN APPALACHIAN,"(AMERICAN SOCIOLOGICAL REVIEW), 1968.33, :885.95,

535533

SANDLER, LOUISE S."CASEWORK, A PROCESS OF SOCIALIZATION; GAINS. LIMITATIONS. AND CONCLUSIONS."

IN [THE DRIFTERS, CHILDREN OF DISORGANIIED LOWERCLASS FAMILIES),EDITED BY, ELEANOR PAVENSTEDT,

(BOSTON: LITTLE, BROWN AND CO., 19671)

BANDURA..A,[PRINCIPLES OF BEHAVIOR MOLIFICATION).(N.Y.: HOLT, RINEHART AND WINSTON, 19694)

BANDURA, A., ET AL,(ADOLESCENT AGRESSION3.(N.Y.; RONALD PRESS, 1959,)

BARBER°, GUILIO J,41"ENVIRONMENTAL FAILURE TO THRIVE: A CLINICAL VIEW."CJ OF PEDIATRICS]. NOV. 1967. 71(5)t 639.44, .

BARBER°. Go. ET AL."MALIDENTIFICATION OF MOTHER. BABY, FATHER RELATIONSHIP EXPRESSED IN INFANT

FAILURE TO THRIVE." IN [THE NEGLECTEDBATTERED CHILD SYNDROME],(N.Y0 CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICAN, 1963)

BAHMEYER GEORGE H,iE"TRAUMATIC PER:OSTITIS IN YOUNG CHILDREN."

[j OF PEDIATRICS]. 1951, 30:184.90.

BARNESS, LEWIS411."WHAT'S WRONG WITH THE HIP?"

(CLINICAL PEDIATRICS]. AUGUST 197009:457o

BARNETT. B."BATTERED BABIES,"[LANCET) , SEPT. 12. 1970, 22567.68,

BARNETT, B.41"VIOLENT PARENTW[LANCET], NOVEMBER 27. 1971, 2112089

BARNETT. C. Ro, ET AL.41."NEONATAL SEPARATION: THE MATERNAL SIDE OF INTERACTIONAL DEPRIVATION,"[PEDIATRICS] FEB 1970, 4E(2): 197205.

BARON, MICHAEL A,, ET AL,41."NEUROLOPTC MANIFESTATIONS OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"CPEDIATR, JUNE 1970, 45(6)11003..1007

glARREYT. HOwA.6,[MANAGEMENT OF INFANCY(LONDON( 18750

AND CHILDHOOD IN HEALTH AND DISEASE]..

BARRY, ELIZABETH,"SCME PROBLEMS IN PROTECTIVE CASEWORK TECHNIQUE: A CASE PRESENTATION," IN4

PARAD. HOWARD J, [EGO PSYCHOLOGY AND DYNAMIC CASEWORK),(N.Y.: FAMILY SERVICE ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA, 1958. 12636,)

BARTA, RUDOLPH,, IT AL.* "WILLFUL TRAUMA TO YOUNG CHILDREN A CHALLENGE TO THE PHYSICIAN,"(CLINICAL PEDIATRICS), OCTOBER, 1963, 2(10)1 545-54

"BATTERED BABIES."(BRITISH MEDICAL J], 1969, 56721667660.

"BATTERED CHILD LAW (L5A RS 141403),[J OF THE LOUISIANA STATE MEDICAL SOCIETY], 1970, 12218)1247.48o

53534

"THE BATTERED CHILI) RE-BRUTALliEDI TEN CASES OF MEDICAL-LEGAL CONFUSION,"(AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], 1968, 10,

U4TTERED CHILD SYNDROME AND BRAIN DYSFUNCTION."EJAMA3, MARCH 19; 1973, 223(12)11390-91

BATTLE, E. S.. ET AL,41"CHILDREN'S FEELINGS OF PERSONAL CONTROL AS RELATED TO SOCIAL CLASS AND ETHNIC

GROUP."CJ OF PERSONALITY], 1963, 311 482-9d

dAUMRIND, DIANA* "CHILD CARE PRACTICES ANTECEDING THREE PATTERNS OF PRESCHOOL BEHAVIOR,"

(GENETIC PSYCHOLOGY MONOGRAPHS], 1967. 75: 4J -88,

BEAN. SHIRLEY L.* "ThE PARENTS' CENTER PROJECT: A MULTISERVICE APPROACH TO THE PREVENTION OF

CHILD ABUSE."(CHILD WELFARE), MAY, 1971.50(5): 277-82,

BEAU. A., ET AL."TRAUMA7IC TWO STATE RUPTURE OF THE LEFT HEPATIC ()OCT IN A CHILD VICTIM OF

A PARENTAL rEATING."CANN CHIR INFANT], JAN-FEB, 1971, 12:47-52.

BECK, BERTRAM M.il"PROTECTIVE CASEWORK: REVITALIZED."

E;;HILD WELFARE], NOV. 1955, 341 1-216,

BECK, BERTRAM M.*PROTECTIVE CASEWORK! REVITALIZED PART II.

(CHILD WELFARE], DECEMBER. 1955,

BECK, MILDRED B.WITHE DESTINY OF THE UNWANTED CHILD: THE ISSUE OF COMPULSORY PREGNANCY." IN

REITERMAN, C. (ABORTION AND THE UNWANTED CHILLI],(N.Y,: SPRINGER, 1971, :59-71.)

BECK, ROCHELLE* "THE. WHITE ROUSE CONFERENCES ON CHILDREN: AN HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE,"

CHARVARO EDUCATIONAL REVIEW]. NOVEMBER, 1973, 43(4): 653-668,

BECKER, THOMAS T.*(CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES ANU THE LAW],

(DENVER: THE AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION, 19681 1 -23,)

BECKER, THOMAS T,(DUE PROCESS AND CHILD PROTECTIVE PROCEEDINGS: INTERVENTION ON BEHALF OF

NEGLECTED CHILDREN].(DENVER, COLO: AHA, 1972,)

BECKER, tc,,

"CHILD ABUSE AND PRuFESSIONAL SECRECY,"CMEOIZINISCHE KLINIK]:, FEB, 5, 1971, 66120912.

BECKER, W."ON THE PROBLEM OF FEMALE CRIMINALITY,"ETHERAPIE DER GEGENwART] (BERLIN). 19711 110(10)1152635,

BECKER WALTER."THE PROBLEM OF MALTREATMENT OF THE CHILD,"ETHERAPIE DER GEGENwART] (BERLIN), 1968, 107(2)1135-49,

BECKWITH, L,"RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN INFANTS' SOCIAL BEHAVIOR AND THEIR MOTHER'S BEHAVIOR,"

1972, 43:397-411,

537535

BEINE, ELIZABETH C."PROTECTIVE SERVICES SITUATION IN NEW YORK CITY,"CWELFARERL SPRING. 1970,

BELL, GWYNETH4E"PARENTS WHO ABUSE THEIR CHILDREN,"

(CANADIAN PSYCHIATRIC ASSOCIATION J. JUNE, 1973 18(3)122326.

BELL, RICHARD 0,4I."A REINTERPRETATION OF THE DIRECTION OF EFFORTS IN STUDIES OF SOCIALIZATION,"(PSYCHOLOGICAL REVIEW], MARCH 1968, 75(2)181 "95,

BELLUCCI, MATILDA To41"GROUP TREATMENT OF MOTHERS IN CHILD PROTECTION CASES,"[CHILD WELFARE]. FEB, 1972. 51(2): 110 -16,

BENDER, L,"PSYCHOPATHIC BEHAVIOR DISORDERS IN CHILDREN," IN R. LINDER & R, V, SELIGER

(EDS,) [HANDBOOK OF CORRECTIONAL PSYCHOLOGY],(N.Y.: PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY, 1964,)

SENDER, I,. ET AL.41."THE REACTION OF CHILDREN TO SEXUAL RELATIONS WITH ADULTS,"(AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY31 OCTIBER, 1937, 71 500,

BENEDEK, THERESE4I"ADAPTATION TO REALITY IN EARLY INFANCY,"(PSYCHOANALYTIC QUARTERLY], 1938. 712000216,

dENEDEK, THERESE* "PARENTHOOD AS A LEVELOPMENTAL PHASE,"LJ OF THE AMERICAN PSYCHOANALYTIC ASSOC.]. 1959, 713690417,

BENEDEK, THERESE*! "PSYCHOBIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF MOTHERING,"(AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY3t 1956, 26:272.78,

BENEDEK, THERESE(PSYCHOSEXUAL FUNCTIONS IN WOMEN],(NO.,: RONALD PRESS, 1952,)

BENEDEK, THERESE11."THE PSYCHOSOMATIC IMPLICATIONS OF THE PRIMARY UNIT: MOTWERCHIL0,*[AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY], 1949; 19164054,

BENJAMIN, LISELOTTE,(PROTECTIVE SERVICES: A GUIDE TO ITS CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES],(PENN DEPT. OF WELFARE, BUREAU OF CHILDREN'S SERVICES, MAY, 1958,)

BENNETT, F,"THE CONDITION OF FARM WORKERS," IN L, FERMAN, ET AL, [POVERTY IN AMERICA],(ANN ARBOR: UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN PRESS. 1966, 11780640

BENNIE, E, H,, ET AL,"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"(AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], 1969, 125(7)075079,

BENSON, L,(FATHERHOOD, A SOCIjLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE],(NeY0 RANDOM HOUSE, 1968,)

BENSTEAD, J, G."INFANTILE SUBDURAL HAEMATOMA."(BRITISH MEDICAL J] (LONDON), JULY 10. 1971, 1 11415,

BERANT, Mt, ET AL,.111."A '71EUDO' BATTERED CHILD,"(CLINICAL PEDIATRICS), APRIL. 1966, 5(4)120047e

538536

BERANT, M,, ET AL,"SCURVY AND THE BATTERED CHILD,"[CLINICAL PEDIATRICS], 1966, 5(4)1200°37,

BERENBERG, WILLIAM4F"TOWARD THE PREVENTION OF NEUROMOTOR DYSFUNCTION,"

[DEVELOPMENTAL MEDICINE AND CHILD NEUROLOGY] (LONDON), APRIL, 1969, 111137+41e

BERKOWITio S,(THE ABC'S OF BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION}(BALTIMORE; BEHAVIORAL INFORMATION AND TECHNOLOGY, 19720

BERLOW, LEONARD41"RECOGNITION AND RESCUE OF THE BATTERED CHILD,"

[HOSPITALS JAHA), JAN, 16, 1967, 41158+611

BERN, JOSEPH,"CALIFORNIA LAW: THE BATTERED CHILD, THE FAMILY, AND THE COMMUNITY AGENCY,"CJ OF THE STATE BAR OF CALIFORNIA], 1969, 44(4)1557+67,

BESNER, A,"ECONOMIC DEPRIVATION IN FAMILY PATTERNS," IN M, SUSSMAN, (ED), CSOURCEBOOK

ON MARRIAGE ANO THE FAMILY],(BOSTON: HOUGHTON MIFFLIN, CO,, 19681 t 193+2001)

BETANCOURT, G,L,"FAMILIES WITH SUSPECTED MALTREATED CHILDREN,"(BOL ASOC MED P R], SEPT,* 1971, 63:216+18,--

BETTELHEIM, BRUNO4)"A NORMAL MODE OF BEHAVIOR AND HOW TO CONTROL IT,"CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, FIFTH ANNUAL SEMINAR, TULSA, OKLA, OCT, 1972$

BEZZEG, ELIZABETH DS, ET AL,4)"THE ROLE OF THE CHILD CARE WORKER IN THE TREATMENT or SEVERELY BURNED CHILDREN"

(PEDIATRICS], OCTOBER, 1972, 501617+24,

BHATTACHARYA, A,K"MULTIPLE FRACTURES,"(BULLETIN OF CALCUTTA SCHOOL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE), 1966, 141111442

BHATTACHARYA, A,K,, ET AL* "BATTERED CHILD SYNDROMES. A REVIEW WITH A REPORT OF TWO SIBLINGS,"

CINUIAN PEDIATRICS], APRIL, 1967, 41186+94,

BIALESTOCK, D,4)"CUSTODY OF CHILDREN,"

(MEDICAL J OF AUST], DECEMBER 22, 1973, 211128

BIESTEK, FELIX P,[THE CASEWORK RELATIONSHIP],(CHICAGO: .LOYALA UNIVERSITY PRESS, 1957,)

BILLINGSLEY, ANDREW,4)"THE ROLE OF THE SOCIAL WORKER IN A CHILD PROTECTIVE AGENCY,"

[CHILD WELFARE], NOVEMBER, 1964, 1472+79,

BILLINSGLEY, ANDREW,(THE SOCIAL WORKER IN A CHILD PROTECTIVE AGENCY),(N,Y$1 NATIONAL ASSOC, OF SOCIAL WORKERS, 19650

BILLINGSLEY, ANDREW, ET AL,41"AGENCY STRUCTURE AND THE COMMITMENT TO SERVICE,"

[PUBLIC WELFARE], JULY, 1966, 1246+511

BILLINGSLEY, ANDREW, ET AL,[STUDIES IN CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICE; FINAL REPORT TO THE CHILDREN'S BUREAU],SEPTEMBER, 1969,

53(d

537

BIRCH, HERBERT G,*-"MALNUTRICIAN, LEARNING, AND INTELLIGENCE,"

[AMERICAN"J OF PUBLIC HEALTH]. 1972, 62(6)1 773.84,

BIRCH, HERBERT, ET AL,Mg "THE PROBLEM OF COMPARING HOME REARING VS FOSTERHOME REARING IN DEFECTIVE

CHILDREN,"[PEDIATRICS], DEC, 1961, 28: 956.61,

BIRD, H."BATTERED BABIES! A SOCIAL AND MEDICAL PROBLEM,"(NURSING T IMES 3 NOVEMBER 02, 1913, 69 :155254 IP

BIRRELL , JOHN H, "s* "WHERE DEATH DELIGHTS TO HELP THE LIVING, FORENSIC MEDICINECINDERELLA?"

(THE MEDICAL J OF AUSTRAL I A), FEBRUARY 7, 1970, 11253*611

BIRRELL, R. G..11 "THE MALTREATMENT SYNDROME IN CHILDREN."

LMED J OF AUSTRALIA], DECEMBER 10, 1966, 211134738,.

EIRRELL 9 R 'Go 9 ET AL,4F"THE MALTREATMENT SYNDROME IN CHILDREN: A HOSPITAL SURVEY."

[THE MEDICAL J OF AUSTRALIA], DEC. 7, 1968, 2(23)11023.29,

BISHOP, F,I."CHILDREN AT RISK,"(MEDICAL J OF AUSTRALIA), MARCH 20, 1971, 1162328.

BISHOP, JUL IA A,"HELPING NEGLECTFUL PA RENT S,"(ANNALS], SEPTEMBER, 1 964,

BLALOCK. H,M,"BEYOND ORDINAL MEASUREMENT: WEAK TESTS OF STRONGER THEORIES," IN BLALOCK.

(ED.) (MEASUREMEN1 IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES],(CHI CAGO 1 ALD INE ATHERTON , CHAPTER 15.)

BLE I BERG, NINA* "THE NEGLECTED CHILL) AND THE CHILD HEALTH CONFERENCE,"

(NEW YORK J OF MEDICINE], JULY 15, 1965, 6511800005,

BLOCH, HARRY41. "OIL EMMA OF BATTERED CHILD AND BATTERED CHILDREN,"

(NEW YORK J OF MED IC IN E] sM ARCH 15, 1973, 731799"80,

BLOCKEY, N.J.* "OBSERVATIONS ON INFANTILE COXA VARA," t.

LJ OF 60PE AND JOINT SURGERY; BRITISH VOLUME] (LONDON). FEBRUARY, 1969, 510(1) :106 -11.

BLOOMBERG, WARNER411."A CITY FOR CHILDREN! THE YEAR 2005,"

(CHILDHOOD MCA TI ON3g JAN, 1972, 48(4 )117044 .

BLUE, M.T.411."THE BATTERED CHILD SYNOROME FROM A SOCIAL WORK VIEWPOINT,"

(CANADIAN J OF PUBLIC HEALTH), MAY 1965, 56:19798,

BLUMBERG, MARVIN L.41"PSYCHOPATHOLOGY OF THE ABUSING PARENT,"

(AMERICAN J OF PSYCHOTHERAPY]. 1974,28(1)1210291

BLUMBERG, MYRNA.*"WHEN PARENTS HIT OUT."

[TWENTIETH CENTURY.], WINTER 1964065, 174139.44,

510538

BLUMENTHAL, MONICA D.4)"JUSTIFYING VIOLENCE: ATTITUDES OF AMERICAN MEN," IN AGGRESSION, VIOLENCE

AND CHILDHOOD,FIFTH ANNUAL SEMINAR, CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, TULSA, OKLA/ OCT', 1972,

BOARDMAN, HELEN41)"4 PROJECT TO RESCUE CHILDREN FROM INFLICTED INJURIES."

[SOCIAL WORK], JANUARY, 1962. :43 -51,

BOARDMAN, HELEN, El"'HO INSURES THE CHILD'S RIGHT TO HEALTH?" IN CTHE NEGLECTED AND BATTERED

CHILD SYNDROME].(N.Y,: CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA. JULY 1963.)

BOEHM, BERNICE,41)"AN ASSESSMENT OF FAMILY ADEQUACY IN PROTECTIVE CASES,"

[CHILD WELFARE], JANUARY 1962. 111616,

bUERM, BERNICE* "TIE COMMUNITY.AND THE SOCIAL AGENCY DEFINE NEGLECT."[CHILD WELFARE], NOVEMBER 1964, 145364,

BOEHM, BERNICE,LPROTECTIVE SERVICES FOR NEGLECTED CHILDREN] IN NATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SOCIAL

W34K PRACTICE, 1967:(N.Y.: COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS. 1967.)

BOISVERT, MAURICE J.41."THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."

(SOCIAL CASEWORK), OCTOBER, 1972, 53(13):475.480,

w.SCOTT* "THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."

CUELEWARE MEDICAL J], JULY, 1967, 391176..80o

BOND, DOUGLAS Of, ET AL."MEDICCLEGAL," INI BOND, Do CTHE YEARBOOK OF PSYCHIATRY AND APPLIED MENTAL

HEALTH]."(CHICAGO: YEAR BOOK MEDICAL PUBLISHERS, 1971, PP 32434-,)

bONEM, G., ET AL,"ElY BREAD ALONE AND LITTLE[SUCIAL WORK], 1968, 13.

ii READ,"

bONGIOYII J.J. ET AL,41)"PANCREATIC PSEUDOCTST OCCURRING IN 11.1E. BATTERED CHILD Sf0DROME,"CJ OF PEDIATRIC SURGERY], APRIL 1969, 4(2)122026

BORGMAN, ROEERT D.41"INTELLIGENCE AND MATERNAL INADEQUACY,"

(CHILD WELFARE], MAY 1969, 48(4),

BORGMAN, ROBERT 0,LHATERNAL INFLUENCES UPON DEVELOPMENT OF MORAL REASONING IN RETARDED CHILDREN](UNPUBLISHED PH.0, DISSERTATION. RALEIGH, NoCt: N. CAROLINA STATE UNIV,, 1972.)

BOURKE, WILLIAM A,F,* "DEVELOPING AN APPRCPRIATE FOCUS IN CASEWORK WITH FAMILIES IN WHICH CHILDREN

ARE NEGLECTED,"CDISSEATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL), 1970, 31(4A)11891,

BOURKE, WILLIAM."THE OVERVIEW STUDY -- PURPOSE, METHOD AND BASIC FINDINGS," IN CAN INTENSIVE

CASEWORK PROJECT IN CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES],(DENVER, COLO: ANA, 1963.)

BOWEN, D.A."THE ROLE OF RADIOLOGY AND THE IDENTIFICATION OF FOREIGN BODIES AT POSTMORTEM

EXAMINATION."CJ OF FORENSIC SCIENCE AND SOCIOLOGY], 1966,

541539

r

BOWLBY, Jt(FORTY -FOUR JUVENILE THIEVES](LONDON: BAILLIERE,TINDALL, AND COX, 19460

BOWLBY, JOHN,[MATERNAL CARE AND MENTAL HEALTH),(GENEVA: WORLD HEALTH CARE ORGANIEATION 19520

BOWLBY, JOHN[SEPARATION ANXIETY: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF THE LITERATURE],(N,y,: CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 1962,)

BRAILSFORD, JAMES FeIF"OSSIFYING HEMATOMA AND OTHER SIMPLE LESIONS MISTAKEN FOR SARCOMATA,"[BRITISH J OF RADIOLOGY], APRIL 1948, 21(244)1157.70,

BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY PAPERS IN SOCIAL WELFARE,(NATIONAL SURVEY OF LEGALLY REPORTED PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN], 015,(NoY0 BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY, 1968,)

BRANDWE1N. HAROLD,4I"THE BATTERED CHILD: A DEFINITE AND SIGNIFICANT FACTOR IN MENTAL RETARDATION,"[MENTAL RETARDATION], OCTOBER 1973,11(5):50..51,

M,,ET AL,41."JEJUNAL HEMATOMA, CHILD ABUSE AND FELSON'S SIGN,"

[CONNECTICUT MEDICINE], APRIL 1970, 34(4)1261.641

BRAULANDo DONALD"PROTECTIVE SERVICES AND CHILD ABUSE: IMPLICATIONS[SOCIAL SERVICE REVIEW], 1966, XL(4):369-3771

BRAUN, IDA, ET AL,9F"THE. MISTREATED CHILD,"

(CALIFORNIA MEDICINE], 1963, 99(2)898.103,

FOR PUBLIC CHILD WELFARE,"

OEM, JACOB,4F"CHILD ABUSE CONTROL CENTERS: A PROJECT FOR THE ACADEMY?"CPEOIATRICS):, 1970, 45(5):89495,

BREMNER, ROBERT He(CHILDREN AND YOUTH IN AMERICA],(CAMBRIDGE: HARVARD UNIV, PRESS, 1970,)

BREMNER, ROBERT H.(CHILDREN IN SOUTH AMERICA: A DOCUMENTARY HISTORY, VOL 111600..1885](CAMBRIDGE, MASS: HARVARD UNIV, PRESS, 1970,)

BRENNEMAN, GEORGE11."BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

[ALASKA MEDICINE], DECEMBER, 1968, 10:175.78,

BRENTON, MYRON"TROUBLED TEACHERS WHOSE BEHAVIOR DISTURBS OUR KIDS,"(TODAY'S HEALTH], NOVEMBER 1971, :17.19 i 56.6e,

BRESLOW, L,"PROPOSALS FOR ACHIEVING MORE ADEQUATE HEALTH CARE FOR CHILD AND YOUTH,"[AMERICAN J OF PUBLIC HEALTH], APRIL 1970, 66(SUPPL)1106"22,

BREZ1NA, 2o ET AL,"EXPERIENCES IN OSTRAVA WITH CHILD ABUSE,"CCESK iDRAV], OCTOBER, 1973, 211439,

BRIELAND, DONALD"THE CHILO SEX VICTIM...SOME UNANSWERED QUESTIONS,"[SEXUAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN: IMPLICATIONS FOR CASEWORK), AMERICAN HUMANE

ASSOCIAT ION, 1967, 23, 24,

512540

BRIELAND, DONALD,"EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE SERVICE IN ILLINOIS,"LCHILD WELFARE]. MAY 1965.

oRILLANO. OONALO41"PROTECTIVE SERVICES ANOCRILD ABUSE; IMPLEMENTATION FOR PUBLIC WELFARE."

LSOCIAL SERVICE REVIEW). 19661 40(4)1369.47,

BRIELANO, DONALD,"PROTECTIVE SERVICES AND PUBLIC WELFARE; IMPLICATIONS FOR PUBLIC CHILD WELFARE"CSOCIAL SERVICF REVIEW], DECEMBER, 1966,

HRIFAULT, ROBERT,LTHL MOTHERS] (3 VOL,)(N.Y.: MACMILLAN. 1927,)

J,Co, ST AL,LSOCIALIZATION AFTER CHILDHOOD],(N,Yo: JOHN WILEY ANO SONS, 1906.)-

BRISCOE, RAYMONO GENE oomm.4IE"LUUCATIONAL IMPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENCES or PERCEPTION BY DRUG -USING AND

NON-DRUG-USING STUDENTS IN aAvis SCHOOL DISTRICT,"COISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL-31,7E8o 1971,31(8..A)1376768,

BRISSET, 0,4I."TOwARD A CLARIFICATION OF SELF- ESTEEM,"

CPSYCHIATRY]. AUGUST 1;172. 35, 125563,

BRITISH MEDICAL JOURNAL"BATTERED RABIES,"CEIRITISH MEOICAL J3 (LON00:0. 1969. 5672:667.-68,

BROADBENT, P,"MRS, JONES 22 YEARS. - GRAVIDA 2 PorcNTIAL BATTERER."ChEALTH VISIT], OCT,. 1972, 45: 321,

bROOY, S,LPATTERNS OF MOTHERING](N,Y.: INTERNATIONAL UNIV, PRESS. INC, 19560

BROECK, ELSA TEN* "THE EXTENDED FAMILY CENTER."LCHILDREN TODAY], MARCH /APRIL 1974, 3(2): 2-6,

BROGUAN, BoG,s ET AL,41"LITTLE LEAGUER'S ELBOW,"(AMERICAN J OF ROENTGENOLOGY]. APRIL 1960, 83(4)867175,

BROWN. JOHN A,* "SOME OBSERVATIONS ON ABUSIVE PARENTS,"

CCHILD WELFARE]. FES,. 1968. 47(2): 89-94

BROWN. RICHARD J."BRAIN DAMAGED ADOLESCENTS: THEIR MISEDUCATION IN REHABILITATION CENTER,"CAMERICAN J OF ORTHUPSYCWATRY3, 1972, 42(2)1326.27,

BROhNE, KENNETH M,411."WILLFUL ABUSE OF CHILDREN,"

(NEBRASKA SMJ3, DECEMBER 1465 501598-'99,

BRUMBAUGH. OLIVER L,"D ISCUSS ION,"LCHILU WELFARE]. FEBRUARY 1957, 36: 13.151

BRYANT. Co"PROBLEMS OF INSTITUTIONAL INEFFECTIVENESS," IN CSOCIAL PROBLEMS TODAY;

DILEMMAS AND DISSENSUS],(PHILADELP):1A1 LIPPINCOTT, 19710

54/.'s541

BRYANT, HAROLD 0., ET AL,ii"PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN -AN AGENCY STUDY,"(CHILD WELFARE), MARCH 1963, *125.30,

BUELL, BRADLEY, ET AL.* "REORGANIZING TO PREVENT AND CONTROL DISORDERED SEHAVIOR"

[MENTAL HYGIENE], APRIL, 1958, 421155.94,

BUGLASS, ROBERT* "PARENTS WITH EMOTIONAL PROBLEMS,"(NURSING TIMES). AUGUST 12, 1971, 671 1000.1,

BUHRDEL. P."NEGLECT SYNDROME IN THE CHILI. ".(DTSCH GESUNDHEITSW3, JULY 16. 1970, 25;1352.54,

BUIS% NEAL R. M,11."DELIBERATE INJURY OF CHILDREN."

[BRITISH MEDICAL J). DECEMBER 22, 1973, 4)739,

BUIST, NEAL R. M..111."VIOLENT PARENTS,"

[LANCET], JANUARY 1, 1972, 1)36.

BULLARD. DEXTER H., ET AL.40FAILURE TO THRIVE IN THE °NEGLECTED NILO".

(AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY3o JULY, 1967, 1679090,

BUMBALO. JUDITH A., ET AL.41"THE SELF -HELP PHENOMENON."

[AMERICAN J OF NURSING]. SEPTEMBER 19731 73(9); 15d8 -1591,

dURIAN, R."A FORM OF PEOOPHILIA RESULTING FROM SEXUAL IMPRESSION FORMATION,"[PSYCALATHIE. NEUROLOGIE UND MEDI2INISCHE PSYCHOLOGIES (LEIPZIG), JULY

197W;24953.

BORLAND, J. ALEXIS, ET AL."CHILD ABUSE; ONE TREE IN THE FOREST,"[CHILD WELFARE] 1973, 52(9)8585..592o

BURT, MARVIN P., ET AL.41."A NEW SYSTEM FOR IMPROVING THE CARE OF NEGLECTED AND ABUSED CHILDREN,"

[CHILD WELFARE], MARCH 1974, 53(3)8167.179.

BURT, RC/CERT A,4)"PROTECTING CHILDREN FROM THEIR FAMILIES AND THEMSELVES; STATE LAWS AND

THE CONSTITUTION."E.) OF YOUTH AND ADOLESCENCE], 1972, 1(1)891 -111

PHIBO,"BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."[EAST AFRICA MEDICAL J3, NOV,. 1972, 498934 -.8.

1114180,, N.O."BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."[EAST AFRICA MEDICAL J3. FEB, 1971,461.5661,

BYNUM, A,S,"A REPORT ON THE BATTERED CHILD- INDIANA, 19661"EJ OF THE INDIANA MEDICAL ASSOC], APRIL, 1967, 691469,

CABANIS, 0,"UNUSUAL ACT OF AGGRESSION,"EBEITRAEGE 2UR GERICHTLICHEN MEOIIEN3 (WIEN). 1970 271176.81,

CABANIS, 0.0 ET AL."THE PAEDOPHILE-HOMOSEXUAL INCEST IN COURT."[DEUTSCHE 2EITSCHRIFT FUR DIE GESAMT GERICHTLIGHE MEDIAN] (BERLIN), 1969.

66846074,

544542

CAFFEY, JOHN,4/"INFANTIE CORTICAL HYPEROSTOSIS,"

CJ OF PEDIATRICS]. NOVEMBER. 1946, 29(5)1541.59.

CAFFEY, JOHN,CJ OF PEDIATRIC X -RAY DIAGNOSIS], : 664.87,(CHICAGO: YEAR BOOK PUBLISHERS, INC,. 2ND EDITION, 1950,)

CAFFEY, JOHN,* "MULTIPLE FRACTURES IN THE LONG BONES OF INFANTS SUFFERING FROM CHRONIC SUB

DURAL HEMATOMA,"(AMERICAN J OF ROENTGENOLOGY)* 1946* 56(2):163"73,

CAFFEY, JOHN,41.00N THE THEORY AND PRACTICE OF SHAKING INFANTS,"

[AMERICA J OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN], AUG, 1972, 124(2):L61.69,

CAFFEY, JOHN,***THE PARENT-INFANT TRAUMATIC STRESS SYNDROME,"

CAMERICAN J OF ROENTGENOL RADIUM THEORY OF NUCLEAR MEDICINE], FEBRUARY* 1972*114(2):21829,

CAFFEY, JOHN,41."SIONIFICANCE OF THE HISTORY IN THE DIAGNOSIS OF TRAUMATIC INJURY TO CHILDREN,"

CJ OF PEDIATRICS], NOV. 1965* 67(5):10013.14.

CAFFEY, JOHN.0."SOML TRAUMATIC LESIONS IN GROWING BONES OTHER THAN FRACTURES AND DISLOCATIONS.

CLINICAL AND RAOIOLOGICAL,"IBRITISH J OF RADIOLOGY]. MAY 19,57, 30(353): 225"238,

CAFFEY, JOHN,41."SYRHILIS OF THE SKELETON IN EARLY INFANCY,"

CAMERICAN J OF ROENTGENOLOGY AND RADIUM THERAPY], 1939* 42:637.55,

CAFFEY, JOHN.0."TRAUMATIC CUPPING OF THE METAPHYSES OF GROWING BONES,"

CAMERICAN J OF ROENTGENOLOGY, RADIUM THERAPY AND NUCLEAR MEDICINE)*MARCH, 1970* 108(3):45160,

CAFFEY, JOHN,"TRAUMATIC LESIONS IN GROWING BONES OTHER THAN FRACTURES AND DISLOCATIONS -

CLINICAL AND RADIOLOGICAL FEATURES; "(BRITISH J OF RADIOLOGY], 1957, 30:225.235*

CAFFEY, JOHN.* "THE WHIPLASH SHAKEN INFANT SYNDROME,"

PEDIATRICS], OCT, 1974. 54(4) 1 396 -401,

CAFFEY, JOHN, ET AL,ii"CHILO BATTERY: SEEK AND SAVE,"(MEDICAL WORLD NEWS), JUNE 2 1972, 0(22):21.33,

CALDWELL, BETTY El41".THE EFFECT OF PSYCHOSOCIAL DEPRIVATION ON HUMAN DEVELOPMENT IN INFANCY,"

CMERRILL- PALMER QUARTERLY], 1970, :260.77,

CALIF. VICTOR,"THE HOSTILITY OF PARENTS TO CHILDREN; SOME NOTES ON INFERTILITY . CHILD ABUSE

AND ABORTION,"[INTERNATIONAL J OF PSYCHOANALYTIC PSYCHOTHERAPY]. 1972] 1(1)176.96,

CALK INS, CARL ET AL,

III

4109CHILDRENIS RIGHTS: AN INTRODUCTORY SOCIOLOGICAL OVERVIEW,"[PEABODY J OF EDUCATION], JAN, 1973, 5ds 09109.

CALLAGHAN. K,A.. ET AL.il."PRACTICAL MANAGEMENT OF THE BATTERED BABY SYNDROME,'

CMEOICAL J OF AUSTRALIA], JUNE 27. 1970, 1:1202.44,

543

545

CAMERON, J.M.11."THE BATTERED BABY."

(NURSING MIRROR], JUNE 9, 1972. 134:32..38.

CAMERON, J.M.il."THE BATTERED BABY SYNDROME."

(PRACTITIONER], SEPT,. 1972, 2091302010.

CAMERON. J.M., ET AL,4F"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

(MEDICAL SC LAW], JAN, 1966,

CAMERON. J.S.* "ROLE OF THE CHILD PROTECTIVE ORGANIZATION."

(PEDIATRICS], APRIL. 1973, 51(11)1793095,

CANADIAN WELFARE COUNCIL.[CHILD PROTECTION IN CANADA],(OTTAWA: CANADIAN WELFARE COUNCIL, 1954,)

CARY, ARA C., ET AL.* "PREVENTION AND OETECTION OF EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCES IN PRESCHOOL CHILDREN."

(AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY), 1967, 371 719 -24,

CASTRO DE LA MATA, RENATO. ET AL,"A MODEL OF ACTION IN SOCIAL PSYCHIATRY."LACTA PSIOUIATRICA Y PSICOLOGICA DE AMERICA LATINA). DEC.. 1972,16(6)1377084f

CAULFIELUtERNEST.EIRE INFANT WELFARE MOVEMENT IN THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY].(N.Y.; PAUL B. HOEBER. 1931.)

CAVILLIN, H,il."INCESTUOUS FATHERS: A CLINICAL REPORT,"

[AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], 1966, 1221 1132.

CENTRE D'ETUOE DE LA DELINOUANCE JUVENILE,(CHILD VICTIMS OF BAD TREATMENT],(bRUSSELS1 CENTRE D'ETUDE DE LA DELINOUANCE JUVENILE, 197L,)

CHABON, ROBERT St, ET AL,41."THE PROBLEM OF CHILD ABUSE - -A COMMUNITY HOSPITAL APPROACH,"(MARYLAND STATE MEDICAL J], OCTOBER, 19731 221 50 -55,

CHANURA, R,K,* "THE BATTERED CHILD,"

(INDIAN J OF PEDIATRICS], ANNOTATIONS, JULY. 1968, 351365,

CHANELES, S.*."ADJUSTMENT TO CRISIS IN FAMILIES OF CHILD SEX VICTIMS," IN (SEXUAL ABUSE

OF CHILDREN: IMPLICATIONS FOR CASEWORK],(DENVER: AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION] 1967o)

CHANELES, SOL,.11F"CHILO VICTIMS OF SEXUAL OFFENSES,"

[FEDERAL PROBATION], JUNE, 1967, 152 "56,

CHANELES, SOL41"FAMILY STRUCTURE OF CHILD SEX VICTIMS," IN (SEXUAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN$

IMPLICATIONS FOR CASEWORK],(DENVER: AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, 1967.)

CHANSKY. N,"MOBILITY AND THE RURAL SCHOOL DROPOUT,"SPEECH REAO AT THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOC', SEPTEM0

DER. 1967,

CHASE, H, PETER,/ ET AL,41"UNDERNUTRICIAN AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT,"

(NEW ENGLAND J OF MEDICINE], APRIL 23; 1979, 202[17)1 933030,

5i6544

CHAZAVO, J,, ET AL, ('"MENTAL DISORDERS IN A CHILD WITH SILVERMAN'S SYNDROME."[REV NEUROPSYCHIOR INFANT), MAY, 1972, 20:411'15,

CHENEY, KIMBERLY Be0"SAFEGUARDING LEGAL RIGHTS IN PROVIDING PROTECTIVE SERVICES,"[CHILDREN). MAY=JUNE, 1966, 13(3)1 66.92,

CHERRY, BARBARA J,, UT AL,41"OBSTAOLES TO THE DELIVERY OF MEDICAL CARE TO CHILDREN OF NEGLECTING PARENTS,"CAMERICAN J PUBLIC HEALTH) MARCH, 1971, 61(3)156873,

CHESS, STELLA,. ET AL,[ANNUAL PROGRESS IN CHILD PSYCHIATRY AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT),(N,Y,1 SRUNNERMAIEL, 1966,)

CHESSER, EUSTACE,CCRUELTY TO CHILDREN)(N,Y.1 THE PHILOSOPHICAL LIBRARY, INC,, 1952,)

"CHILO NEGLECT: DUE PROCESS FOR THE PARENTS,"[COLUMBIA LAW REVIEW), 1970,70,

CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES, KENT COUNTY DEPT, OF SOCIAL WELFARE,[THE ABUSED CHILD IN THIS COMMUNITY)(GRAND RAPIDS, MICH; KENT COUNTY DEPT, OF SCIAL WELFARE, OCTOBER 25$ 1911151)

CHILD STUDY ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA,[WHAT TO TELL YOUR CHILDREN ABOUT SEX),(OWNS POCKET BOOKS, 19550

CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA,CTHE NEGLECTED, BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME; ROLE REVERSAL IN PARENTS),(N.Y.; CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 1903,)

CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA,CSTANOAROS FOR4HILD PROTECTIVE SERVICE),(Rao; CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 1960,)

CHILDREN'S BUREAU,[THE ABUSED CHILD),(WASH,, 0,C.1 U,S, GOV'T PRIG, OFFICE, 1966,)

CHILDREN'S BUREAU, SOCIAL AND REHABILITATION SERVICE, U,S, OPT, OF MEW,[THE CHILD ABUSE REPORTING; A TABULAR VIEW],(WASH1, D4.1 U.S, GOV'T PRIG, OFFICE', 1946, REVISED496111)

CHILDREN'S BUREAU, WELFARE ADMINISTRATION, U,SIDEPTi OF NEW,CTHE ABUSED CHILD0PRINCIPLES AND SUGGESTED LANGUAGE FOR LEGISLATION ON

REPORTING OF THE PHYSICALLY ABUSED CHILD),(WAS es 04.1 U.S, GOV'T PRIG, OFFICE, 1963,

CHILDREN'S MEOICAL CENTER"AGGRESSION. VIOLENCE AND CHILDHOOD."TULSA, OKLAHOMA: FIFTH ANNUAL SEMINAR, CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, Mal

CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER"THE BATTERED PARENT1 STRESSES OF CONTEMPORARY PARENTHOOD.°(TULSA, OKLAHOMA: SIXTH ANNUAL SEMINAR, CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER. OCTOBER,

111731)

CHILTON, ROLAND, ET AL,40"FAMILY DISRUPTION, DELINQUENT CONDUCT AND THE EFFECT OF SUBCLASSIFICATION."CAMERICAN SOCIOLOGIC/14 REVIEW), FEB, 1972, 371 53.99,

CHRISTIANSEN, Het,"CHILD ABUSE, CASE MATERIAL FROM GENERAL PRACTICES"MEM LAEG), JULY 18, i966,

547545

CLADWELL, B.M,"THE EFFECTS OF PSYCHOSOCIAL DEPRIVATION ON HUMAN DEVELOPMENT IN INFANCY,"'CMEHRILL.PALMER QUARTERLY], 1970. 38 260.70,

CLASS, NORRIS E.4)"NEGLECT, SOCIAL DEVIANCE AND COMMUNITY ACTION,"

ENATIONAL PROBATION AND PAROLE ASSOC J], JANUARY, 19601 6(7)117°231

CLASS, NORRIS1)"SOME COMMENTS ON THE CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA'S STANDARDS FOR CHILD

PROTECTIVE SERVICE,"(CHILD WELFARE]. MARCH, 1963, 1139°40,

CLAUS, H,G."BONE CHANGES FOLLOWING BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."EMADIOLDGE] (BERLIN), JUNE, 1970, 101241°48,

CLAUS, RIG.* "THE INTRICACIES OF VIOLENCE AGAINST CHILDREN IN AMERICAN SOCIETY,"

(CLINICAL PEDIATRICS], OCTOBER, 1971; 10(10)8557.58,

cOCHRANE, W.* "THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

(CANADIAN J OF PUBLIC HEALTH], 1965, 56 :193 -96,

OMEN. M,, ET AL,4F"PSYCHOLOGIC ASPECTS OF THE MALTREATMENT SYNDROME OF CHILDHOOD,"

(J OF PEDIATRICS], AUG., 1966, 69(2) 1279,

COHLNMATTIJSEN. 1.,"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"INEUERL T GENEESK], JANUARY 24. 1970, 114:142-490

COL AROSS It G,. ET AL,411 "DOMLSTIC TRAUMAS AND SWALLOWING OF VARIOUS OBJECTS,"

(MINERVA PEDIATRICA7, AUG, 25, 1970,

COLAROSSI, G,, ET AL,"HONE INJURIES ANO INGESTION OF FOREIGN BODIES. STATISTICS OF THE YEARS 1957-

1967 OF THE CLINICA PEDIATRICA OF ROME,"[MINERVA REDIAT], AUGUST 25, 1970. 25(2)11696°1021

CULOACK, E.M."PSW-1/ATRIC CRITERIA FOR COMPASSIONATE REASSIGNMENT IN THE ARMY,"(AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY). 1970. 1271 508 -10,

CULCLOUGH, I,R,"VICTORIAN GOVERNMENT'S REPORT ON CHILD ABUSE A REINVESTIGATION,"(MEDICAL J OF AUSTRALIA], DECEMBER 30, 1972, 281491-97,

COLES. ROBERTil"CROSS..CULTURAL FIELD WORK IN SOCIAL PSYCHIATRY," IN THE BATTERED PARENT1

STRESSES OF CONTEMPORARY PARENTHOOD,CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, TULSA, OKLAHOMA, SIXTH ANNUAL SEMINAR, CHILDREN'S

MEOICAL CENTER, OCTOBER, 1973,

CULES, ROBERT,11."TERROR-tSTRUCK CHILDREN,"(THE NEW REPUBLIC], MAY 30, 1964,

COLLINS, CAMILLA,*!'ON THE DANGERS OF SHAKING YOUNG CHILDREN,"

(CHILD WELFARE]. 1974, 53(3)110°460

COLUMBIA J OF LAW AND SOCIAL PROBLEMS.1P"REPRESENTATION IN CHILD NEGLECT CASES: ARE PARENTS NEGLECTED?"(COLUMBIA J OF LAW AND SOCIAL PROBLEMS], JULY, 1964, 4(2)1230°54

518

546

COMMITTEE ON ACCIDENTS IN CHILDHOOD,"THE SATTEREO BABY."mitiss MEDICAL J]o 1966, 1160103.

COMMITTEE ON INFANT AND PRESCHOOL CHILD, AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS,

4I"MALTREATMENT OF CHILDREN: THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"EPEOIATRICSJ, JULY, 1972, 50(1)(160.42,

COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES, DIVISION OF INSTITUTIONAL KNAGEMENT, STATEDEPT, OF SOCIAL WELFARE,

CCASEBOOK AND PROCEEDINGS: SEMINAR ON THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME),(TOPEKA, KAS STATE DEPT, OF SOCIAL WELFARE, JANUARY 21, 1965,)

CONNELL, JOHN R,"THE DEVIL'S BATTERED CHILDREN,"1J OF KANSAS MEDICAL SOCIOLOGY]; 1963, 641365.911

CORBETT, JAMES T,"1: PSYCKIATRIST REVIEWING THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME AND MANDATORY REPORTING

LEGISLATION,"ENORTHWEST MEDICINE], OECEMBER, 1964. 631920.22,

CORCELLE, LI, ET AL,"SILVERMAN SYNDROME, APPROPOS OF A FAMILY CASE,"EBULL SOC OPHTAL FRANC], JULYAUG, 1967, 67:644"47,

COSGROVE, JOHN C,41"MOAGEMENT ANO FOLLOWUP OF CHILO ABUSE."

CJ OF MEDICAL SOCIETY OF NEW JERSEY), JANUARY, 1972,

COSTIN, Lee.CCHILD WELFARE: POLICIES AND PRACTICE],(N,Y,1 MCGRAWHILL, 1972,)

COURT, JOAN,"THE BATTERED CHILO SYNOROME11NURSING TIMES), (LONDON), 1971,

69(1)127.31,

THE NEED FOR A MULTIDISCIPLINARY APPROACH,"67(22)1 659.61,

COURT, JOAN"BATTERING PARENTS,"CSOCIAL WORK). (LONDON). 1969, 26(1)120.24,

COURT, JOAN"PSYCHO-SOCIAL FACTORS IN CHILD BATTERING,"CJ OF MEDICAL WOMEN'S FEDERATION], 1970, 521 99104$

COURT, JOAN, ET AL,"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROMES A BIBLIOGRAPHY,"(LONDON: NATIONAL SOCIETY FOR PREVENTION OF CRUELTY TO CHILDREN, 196110

COURT, JOAN, ET Al,411"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROMEA PREVENTABLE DISEASE,"

CNURSING TIMES], (LONDON), JUNF. if, 1971, 67(23)1695 -97,

COURIER, E,M,"PHYSICIANS MUST COOPERATE IN CHILD ABUSE CASES,"CMICHIGAN MEDICINE), MAY, 19731 721361.62,

CREM1Ns Jell,41"SATTERED BABY SYNDROME,"CS AFRICAN MEDICAL J], SEPT, 12, 19711 :1044,

CRISWELL, HOWARD Of. JR***WHY 00 THEY BEAT THEIR CHILD?"

CHUMAN NEEDS], MARCH, 1973, 1(9)1507,

CROUGNS, 111, ET AL,"PSYCHOGENIC GROWTH DISORDER AND POTENCE, CHILI; SYNDROMECNEDIRL T CENEESK3o

IN 3 CHILDREN,"APRIL 10, MO, 1141672..78;

549547

CURPHEY, Tj4EOOORE Jo* ET AL,* "THE bATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

(CALIFORNIA MEDICINE), FEB, 1965, 1021102-4.

CURRAN WILLIAMJ,IF"THE REVOLUTION IN AMERICAN CRIMINAL LAW: ITS SIGNIFICANCE FOR PSYCHIATRIC

DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT,"[AMERICAN J OF PUBLIC HEALTH], DECEMBER, 1968. 581(12)1220916,

CURRAN, 14,j,"TRACY'S 'THE DOCTOR AS A WITNESS' ",(PHILADELPHIA: 416, SAUNDERS, 1965.)

CURRIE, J,11.11,11"A PSYCHIATRIC ASSESSMENT OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

CS AFkICAN MEDICAL J3t JUNE 30, 1970, :635 -39,

CURTIS, GEORGE C,t MOii"VIOLENCE BREEDS VIOLENCE -- PERHAPS ?"

( AMERICAN j OF PSYCHIATRY], OCTOBER, 1963* 120:386 -87,

WAGOSTINO, PAUL A,.11K"DYSFUNCTIONING FA"ILIES AND CHILD ABUSE: THE NEED FOR AN INTERAGENCY EFFORT."(PUBLIC WELFARE], PALL 1972, )0(0:14-17,

UALECKAt M,, ET AL,"SOCIAL AN° LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE PROTECTION OF THE CHILD IN THE FAMILY,"EGLSK PEUIATR), MAY, 1971t 26:25(.055,

°ALTON, KATHARINA* "CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL ADMISSIONS ANO MOTHER'S MENSTRUATION,"

(BRITISH MEDICAL J), APRIL 4, 1970, 2127.28,

1.'AM9ROSIO, RICHARD,ENO LANGUAGE GUT A CRY].((,ARDEN CITY, N,Y,1 '00uBLEDAY, 19701)

uAilU, LESTER,[THE SHOCKING PRICE OF PARENTAL ANGER],(N,Y,t HEARST, 1964,)

UAVILS, JOANN,* "THEN THE AGENCY MUST INTERVENE,"CPUULIC WELFARE), APRIL, 1965r :1W2-105,

GAMES, JOANN F,, IT AL,* "EIATTEREO, HUT NOT DEFEATED: THE STORY OF AN ABUSED CHILD AND POSITIVE CASEw

ORK,"(CHILD WELFARE], FM/ROW', 1970, 110101041

UAVoREN, ELIfARETH,"THL ROLE OF THE SUCIALWORKER," IN ETHE BATTERED CHILD] (E0) dY RAY 1.1 HELFER

AND C, HENRY KEMPEI(CHICAGO: UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS, 1965,

UEBENLAM, A,E,"CR'JI.LTY ANO NEGLECT," IN [THE INNOCENT VICTIMS),(bYDNLY, AUSTRALIA: EDWARDS AND SHAW, 1969,)

uE CUURCY, PETER, ET AL,LA SILENT TRAGEDY[ CHILD ABUSE IN THE COMMUNITY],(PT, WASHINGTON, N,Y,$ ALFRED, 1973,)

IA:FRANCIS, VINCENT,"THE BATTERED CHILDA ROLE FOR THE JUVENILE COURT, THE LEGISLATURE AND THE

CHILD WELFARE AGENCY,"(JUVENILE. COURT JOD6ES J]t JUNE. 1963, 1412,

530548

.DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,(CHILD ABUSE LEGISLATION],(DENVER, COLOt AHA, 1966o)

DEFRANCIS, VINCENTal.[CHILD ABUSE LEGISLATION IN THE 1970'S],

AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, CHILDREN'S DIVISION, 1970, DENVER, COLORADO,

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,(CHILD ABUSE. -A PREVIEW OF A NATIONWIDE SURVEY],(DENVER, COLOt AHA, 1983,)

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,"CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES -- 1967,"(DENVER, COLO AHA, 1967,)

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,[CHILDREN WHO WERE HELPED THROUGH PROTECTIVE SERVICES),(DENVER, COLO1 AHA, 1960,)

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,(COMMUNITY COOPERATION FOR BETTER CHILD PROTECTION),(DENVER, COLO; AHA, 1959,)

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,(THE COURT AND PROTECTIVE SERVICES: THEIR RESPECTIVE ROLES),(DENVER, COLOt AMA, 1960,)

DEFRANCIS, VINCENTiF"DUE PROCESS IN CHILD PROTECTIVE PROCEEDINGS,"

(THE CUMBERLAND...SANFORD LAW REVIEW], 1971, (FALL), 2(2)11.24,

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,(THE FUNDAMENTALS OF CHILD PROTECTION),(DENVER, COLOt AHA, 1955,)

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,(INTERPRETING CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES(DENVER, COLOt AHA, 1957,)

TO YOUR COMMUNITY),

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,"LAWS FOR MANDATORY REPORTING OF CHILD ABUSE CASES,"(STATE GOVERNMENT], WINTER, 1966, 39(1)18.13,

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,(LET'S GO TECHNICAL: THE 'WHY AND WHAT' OF CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES),(DENVER, COLO; AHA, 19591)

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,41"PARENTS WHO ABUSE CHILDREN,"

(PTA MAGAZINE], NOVEMBER, 1963,

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,"PROTECTING THE CHILD VICTIM OF(FEDERAL PROBATION), SEPTEMBER,

DEFRANCIS, VINCENTil(PROTECTING THE CHILD VICTIM OF SEX CRIMES),

(DENVER, COLD: AHA, 1969,)

56(3)116c15,

SEX CRIMES,"1971; 115.20,

DEFRANCIS, VINCENTil(PROTECTING THE CHILD VICTIM OF SEX CRIMES),NINETYFIRST ANNUAL FORUM OF NAT'L CONF ON SOCIAL

CITY, N,J,, MAY 25,.1965,

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT(PROTECTIVE SERVICES AND COMMUNITY EXPECTATIONS),(DENVER, COLO! AHA, 1961,)

551549.

WELFARE, ATLANTIC

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,(PUBLIC WELFARE RESPONSIBILITY FOR CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES],(DENVER. COLD; AHA. 1968)

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT,(REVIEW OF LEGISLATION TO PROTECT THE BATTERED CHILD: A STUDY OF LAWS ENACTED

IM 1963],(DENVER. COLO: AHA, 1964 , )

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT.(SPECIAL SKILLS IN CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES],(DENVER, COLO: AHA, 1959,)

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT.THE STATUS OF CHILD PROTECTION - -A NATIONAL DILEMMA],(DENVER. COLO: AHA, 1971,)

DEFRANCIS, VINCENT.8FLTERMINATION OF PARENTAL RIGHTS: BALANCING THE EQUITIES),

(OLNVER. cm: AHA, 1971, :1 -19,)

DEGOS, R,, ET AL,"SILVERMAN'S SYNDROME, SO- CALLED BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."(BULLETIN DE LA SOCIET FRANCAISE UE DERMATOLOGIE ET DE SYPHILIGRAPHIE] (PARIS),

1971. 70:26B-09,

DELANEY. D,W..11"THE PHYSICALLY ABUSED CHILD."

[WORLD MEDICAL J3 SEPT -OCT. 1966. 131145-47,

"UMBEL:ATE INJURY OF CHILDREN,"L6RITISH MEDICAL J]. OCTOBER 138 1973. 4196-97,

UELSORDO, JAMES U,*"PROTECTIVE CASEWORK FOR ABUSED CHILDREN,"

(CHILDREN], NOVEMBER - DECEMBER, 1963, 10(6):214,

OELSOROO, JAMES Do(PROTECTIVE CASEWORK IN BEHALF OF PHYSICALLY ABUSED CHILDREN].(DENVER, cm; STATE DEPT, OF PUBLIC WELFARE. DIVISION OF STAFF DEVELOPMENT,

1964,)

OEMBITZ, NANETTE."CHILD ABUSE AND THE LAW- -FACT AND FICTION,"(THE RECORD.). DECEMBER, 1969. 241623..27,

DENNISON, DAVID V.(THE NEGLECTED CHILD AND THE SOCIAL SERVICES],(MANCHESTER: MANCHESTER UNIV, PRESS/ 1954.)

DENVER DEPT, OF WELFARE: BETTY JOHNSON AND HAROLD MORSE,(THE BATTERED CHILD: A STUDY OF CHILDREN WITH INFLICTED INJURIES],(DENVER: DENVER DEPT OF WELFARE, 1968,)

(DENVER pDsT (THE)3FEATURED ARTICLE ON CHILD ABUSE,(THE DENVER POST]. JANUARY 16, 1966,

UENZIN, NORMAN K, (ED,).(CHILDREN AND THEIR CARETAKERS],(NEW BRUNSWICK, NEW JERSEY: TRANSACTION BOOKS. 1973,)

DEPT, OF HEW.(THE CHILD ADVOCATE, 1970 WHITE HOUSE CONFERENCE ON CHILDREN, REPORT OF

FORUM 243,DEPT, OF HEW, 1970,

550

[DEPRIVATION OF MATERNAL CARES A REASSESSMENT OF ITS EFFECTS),PUBLIC HEALTH PAPERS, 014,1962, WORLD HEALTH ORGANIZATION,

DESCHWEINITZ, ELIZABETH AND KARL,"THE PLACE OF AUTHORITY IN THE PROTECTIVE FUNCTION OF THE PUBLIC WELFARE AGENCY"[CHILD WELFARE). JUNE 1964,

DESPERT, J.L.[THE EMOTIONALLY(N,Y,1 VANTAGE.

DEUTSCH, HELENE.[THE PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEA, VOL II, MOTHERHOOD,(NIT'S CRONE AND STRATTON, 1945,)

DEUTSCH. M."THE DISADVANTAGED CHILD ANC THE LEARNING PROCESS," IN L,A, FERMAN (ED),

[POVERTY IN AMERICA),(ANN ARBOR, MICH: UNIV. OF MICHIGAN PRESS, 1961,)

DISTURBED CHILD-0THEN AND NOW),1965,)

DF,WEES, P,E."THE ROLE OF THE FAMILY DOCTOR IN THE SOCIAL PROBLEM OF CHILD ABUSES COMMENTS

ON NEW LEGISLATION AFFECTING THE LEGAL IMMUNITY OF PHYSICIANS,"[NORTH CAROLINA MEDICAL J], )9664 271385 -88,

DICK, KENNETH, ET AL,4)"THE MULTI - PROBLEM FAMILY AND PROBLEMS OF SERVICE,"

[SOCIAL CASEWORK), JUNE. 1958, 1349 -355,

DIEFFENBACH, A,(TIMES); A,P, (PI).111)"SCHOOLS MISTREAT CHILDREN", "ABUSE TO BE PROBED,"SEATTLE TIMES, OCTOBER 6, 1972, SEATTLE POST INTELLIGENCER,

OIGGLE, GEOFFREY, ET AL.* "CHILD INJURY INTENSIVE MONITORING SYSTEM,"

[BRITISH MEDICAL J). AUG 11, 1973, 31334.36,

DINE MARK S.il"TRANDUILIZER POISONING: AN EXAMPLE OF CHILD ABUSE,"

[PEOIATRICS3, NOV 1965, 36(5)1782 -85,

DINE, MARK So ET AL,4,"SLAUGHTER OF THE INNOCENTS,"

CJAMAL JANUARY 1. 19730 2211)1 81 -82,

DISBROW, MILDRED A,"DEVIANT BEHAVIOR AND PUTATIVE REFERENCE PERSONS,"(UNPUBLISHED DOCTOR'S DISSERTATION, UNIV OF WASHi 19680

DISBROW, MILDRED A,"PARENTS WHO ABUSE THEIR CHILDREN,"[WASHINGTON STATE J OF NURSING)! SUMMER, 19728 44154,

OCTOBER 6, 1972,

DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA DEPT OF PUBLIC WELFARE,[TOWARD SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC INDEPENDENCE, THE FIRST THREE YEARS OF THE DISTRICT

OF COLUMBIA TRAINING CENTER],(WASHINGTON, D.C,I 1965.)

DOERR. HO., ET AL,"BASAL AUTONOMIC ACTIVITY LEVEL AS PREDICTORS OF CONDITIONING MEDIATED BY

THE SECOND SIGNALLING SYSTEM,"EJ OF PSYCHOMATIC MEDICINE), 1971, 325549.50,

DOLL, P,J,"MEDICAL PROFESSIONAL SECRECY AND PROTECTION OF MARTYRED CHILDHOOD,"(MEDICINE LEGALE ET DOMMA4E CORPORCE) (PARIS), JOLYBIPTIt 1971, 4I21721,

553551

DOLLARD, J,. ET AL,[FRUSTRATION AND AGGRESSION].(NEW HAVEN. CONN: YALE UNIV PRESS, 1939,)

DONNON, S,P."SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSEEXPERIENCE IN GUY'S HOSPTIAL ACCIDENT AND EMERGENCY

DEPARTMENT."[GUY'S HOSPITAL REPORT], 1972, 121:295.48,

DOWNS. WILLIAM ToIF"THE MEANING AND HANDLING OF CHILD NEGLECTA LEGAL VIEW,"

(CHILD WELFARE], MARCH. 1963, 1131-34,

DOXIADIS, SPYROS,iF"MOTHERING AND FREDERICK II,"LCLINICAL PEDIATRICS], 1970, 9(9)156566.

DRISCOLL, PAUL."CHILD ABUSE LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE PHYSICIAN'S DUTY,"LTRIAL AND TORT TRENDS], OF 1967, P. 395,

UROGENDIJK. A.C."PROFESSIONAL SECRET: CHILD ABUSE."[NEDERL T GENEESK], JUNE 6, 1970, 1141949..54,

OROGENOIJK, A,C.. SR,".*HAT KIND OF PARENTS ARE THOSE WHO ABUSE THEIR CHILDREN?"[NED TIJDSCHR GENESKO], FEB. 6, 1971 115122426.

DUNCAN, GLEN H., ET AL.41."ETIOLOGICAL FACTORS IN FIRST- DEGREE MURDER,"CJAMA], NOVEMBER 29, 1958, 168(13):175558,

DUNCAN, JANE WATSONr ET AL,IF"NURDER IN THE FAMILY: A STUDY OF SOME HOMICIDAL ADOLESCENTS,"[AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], MAY, 19710 127(11)U498 ...502.

DUNN. COURTENAY.(THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE CHILD),(NoYo: JOHN LANE, 1920o)

OUNOVSKY, J.r ET AL."COMPLEXITY OF SOCIAL BACKGROUND IN THE CASE OF A BATTERED CHILD,"CCESK ZORAV], AUG,. 1973, 21:34144,

DYNES, R,, ET AL.CSOCIAL PROBLEMS; DISSENSUS AND DEVIATIONS IN AN INDUSTRIAL SOCIETY],(NEW YORK: OXFORD UNIVERSITY, 1964, 188 1211)

EARL, HOWARD* "10,00d CHILDREN BATTERED AND STARVED, HUNDREDS DIE,"

[TODAY'S HEALTH], SEPT, 1968, 43124.31,.

EARLE, ALICE MORSE,[CHILD LIFE IN COLONIAL DAYS]'.(NoYol MACMILLAN, 1926o)

MIN, ALLAN Je, ET AL,4013,i.TTERED CHILD SYNDROME AT THE LOS ANGELES COUNTY GENERAL HOSPITAL,"[AMERICAN J OF DISEASES OF THt CHILD], OCTOBER. 1969, 118:660 -67,

ECKERT, W,G,"SLAUGHTER OF THE INNOCENTS,"CJ OF THE FLORIOA MEDICAL ASSOC], MARCH, 1967, 541256,

EDELBERG, ROBERT4!"ELECTRODERMAL RECOVERY RATE, GOAL ORIENTATION ANO AVERSION,"[PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY]. SEPT, 1972, 9(5)1512'20,

554552

EDELMAN/ PETER Be4,19THE MASSACHUSETTS TASK TORCE REPORTS ADVOCATE FOR CHILDREN,"CHARVARD EDUCATIONAL REVIEW). NOV,, 19738 43(4): 6392.

EDWARDS. A.L,CTECHNIOUES OF ATTITUDE SCALE CONSTRUCTION),(N.Y,1 APPLETONCENTURY CROFT, INC,. 1957.)

EGER, H.JI, ET AL,"THE ABUSED CHILDS PROBLEMS AND PROPOSALS."CDUOUESNE LAW REVIEW], 1969.70# 01159060e

EIGELBERNER. J.CTHE INVESTIGATION OF BUSINESS PROBLEMS),(N.Y,; MCGRAW -HILL BOOK 1926,)

EIGHMIE. ()ORLAND,"LEGISLATION; CHILD ABUSE."CJ OF THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOC OF PUPIL PERSONNEL WORKERS), 1972, 16(2)198.99,

EISENBERG, LEON41"THE SINS OF THE FATHERS; URBAN DECAY AND SOCIK PATHOLOGY,"[AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY), 1962, 321

EISENMENGER, W., ET AL,"CHILD ABUSE IN MUNICH IN THE YEARS 196171."CBEITR GERICHTL MED), 1973, 31192"96,

EISENSTEIN, ELLIOT ET AL,41"JEJUNAL HEMATOMAI AN UNUSUAL MANIFESTATION OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

CCLINICAL PEDIATRICS), 1965, 4(8)1436.40,

EIST, HAROLD I., ET AL,* "FAMILY TREATMENT OF ONGOING INCEST BEHAVIOR,"LFAMILY PROCESS], 196, 21632

ELMER, ELIZABETH,"ABUSED YOUNG CHILDREN SEEN IN HOSPITALS,"CSOCIAL WORK), OCTOBER, 1960,

ELMER, ELIZABETH,41"CHILD ABUSE; THE FAMILY'S CRY FOR HELP,"

C.1 OF PSYCHIATRIC NURSING), JULY0AUG,, 1967, 51332..411

ELMER, ELIZABETH,CCHILDREN IN JEOPARDYI A STUDY OF ABUSED MINORS AND THEIR FAMILIES),(PITTSBURGH; UNIV DF PITTSBURGH PRESS, 1967,)

ELMER, ELIZABETH,"DEVELOPMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ABUSED CHILDREN,"EPEDIATRICS), OCTOBER, 1967, 41(4)1596,402f

ELMER, ELIZABETH,4I"FAILURE TO THRIYE"RDI.g..OF THE MOTHER,"CPEDIATRICSII APRIL. 11161# 017,

ELMER, ELIZABETH,"FIFTY FAMILY STUDY; A STUDY OF ABUSED AND NEGLECTED CHILDREN AND THEIR

FAMILIES,"(PITTSBURGH; UNIV OF PITTSBURGH SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, JUNE, 19650

ELMER, ELIZABETH,* "HAZARDS IN DETERMINING CHILD ABUSE," 4'

CCH1LD WELFARE), JANUARY, 1996i 128"33,

ELMER, ELIZABETH,10"IDENTIFICATION or ABUSED CHILDREN,"

CCHILDREN), SEPTOCT. 1963, 10(511 11111,

555553

ELMER* ELIZABETH,[PROGRESS REPORT- .FIFTY FAMILIES STUDY].(PITTSBURGH: CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL, JAN, 20, 1964,)

ELMER, ELIZABETH, ET AL,(CHILDREN IN JEOPARDY8 A STUDY OF ABUSED MINORS AND THEIR FAMILIES),(PITTSBURGH: UNIV OF PITTSBURGH PRESS, 1967,)

ELMER, ELIZABETH, ET AL,11."DEVELOPMENTAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ABUSED CHILDREN,"[PEDIATRICS]. OCTOBER 1967, 40(4)8596+602,

ELMER. ELIZABETH, ET AL.SEGAL J., (E0.) [MENTAL HEALTH PROGRAM REPORTS] 5 OHEW PUBLICATION

CHSM) 72+9042.(WASHINGTON. DeCel US GOV'T PRIG OFFICE, 1971, 858+890

ELMER ELIZABETH, ET AL,ilE"STUDIES OF CHILD ABUSE AND INFANT ACCIDENTS,"[MENTAL HEALTH PROGRAM REPORTS], 19711 8346701

ELMORE, Je, ET AL,"THE NURSE'S ROLE IN THE CARE OF THE BATTERED CHILD: PANEL DISCUSSION,"NUN PROC CHILD HOSP DC], DECEMBER, 1968, 248364+741

ENELOW, ALLEN J.41."THE SILENT PATIENT,"[PSYCHIATRY], 1960. 23e

ENTER N, Bet ET AL,"A CHILD GUIDANCE CLINIC APPROACH TO THE MULTIPROBLEM FAMILY,"PAPER PRESENTED AT NATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SOCIAL WELFARE, JUNE. 1966,

EPSTEIN, NORMAN, ET AL.41."PARAPROFESSIONAL PARENT AIDES AND DISADVANTAGED FAMILIES,"

[SOCIAL CASEWORK]. APRIL 1974, :230+36,

ERIKSON, E,H,[CHILDHOOD ANO SOCIETY],(N,Y.I W,W. NORTON. 1950.)

ERIKSON, E,H,41."THE PROBLEM OF EGO IDENTITY,"(J OF AMERICAN PSYCHOANALYTIC ASSOC], 1956. 4156+121

ERLANGER, HOWARD S.* "SOCIAL CLASS AND CORPORAL PUNISHMENT IN CHILDREARIN A REASSESSMENT,"

[AMERICAN SOCIOLOGICAL REVIEW], FEB, 1974, 39:68+85,

ERWIN DONALD F,"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"LMEDICOLEG BULLETIN). 1964, 13081+10,

EVANS, PHILLIP11."INFANTICIDE,"

[PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF MEDICINE], DECEMBER 1968, 61:1296 -98,

EVANS, SUE L,. ET AL,41."FAILURE TO THRIVE - -A STUDY OF 45 CHILDREN AND THEIR FAMILIES,"

[AMERICAN ACADEMY OF CHILD PSYCHIATRY J]. 1972. 21 440-57,

EVERETT, M,G,, ET AL,4F"THE BATTERED BABY SYNDROME, THE TASMANIAN APPROACH,"

(MEDICAL J OF AUSTRALIA, OCT, 13. 1973, 287350471

FAIRBURN. A. C,4I"SMALL CHILDREN AT RISK,"

[LANCET]. JANUARY 27, 1973, 18199.200,

550554

FAIRSURN. Aset ET AL,4I"CAFFEY'S 'THIRD SYNDROME°0,4A ZRITICAL, EVALUATION",

CMEOICINE, SCIENCE, ANO THE LAW], APRIL, 1964, 41123.26,

FALK, W., ET AL."CLINICAL PEDIATRIC AND FORENSIC ASPECTS OF CHILD ABUSE,"CO1SCHR KINDERHEILK]. APRIL/ 1967. 1151196.97,

FANAL, F,"COURSE AND PROGNOSIS OF CHILD NEGLECT, FOLLOW-UP STUDIES OF JUVENILES WITH

DISTRUBED SOCIAL BEHAVIOR,"CRSYCHIAT CLIN], 1969, 211013.

FANAROFF, Adel, ET AL,4I"FOLLOW0UP OF LOW BIRTH WEIGHT INFANTS 7THE PREDICTIVE VALUE OF MATERNAL

VISITING ,"[PEDIATRICS], FEBRUARY, 1972. 491287090,

FANTL, 9ERTA,4I"INTEGRATING PSYCHOLOGICAL, SOCIAL AND CULTURAL FACTORS IN ASSERTIVE

CASEWORK,"[SOCIAL WORK], OCTOBER, 1958/ 130.37,

FAURE, Jet LT AL,"SILVERMAN'S SYNDROME OR BATTERED CHILO SYNDROMES A CASE"[MED LEG DORM CORPOR], APRIL/ 1968, 11139041,

FEINSTEIN, HOWARD Mo. ET AL,41."GROUP THERAPY FOR MOTHERS WITH INFANTICIDAL IMPULSES,"

(AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], 1964, 1291882.86,

FELDER, SAMUEL.4I"A LAWYER'S VIEW OF CHILD ABUSE,"

PUBLIC WELFARE], SPRING, 1971, 1181.8E6

FELKER, E,H.,"THE JOB OF THE CASE WORKERFOSTER PARENTING YOUNG CWILDREN1 GUIDELINES FROM

A FOSTER PARENT,"[ CHILO WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA]. 1974,

FELKER. E, H,*"PARENTAL VISITS," IN (FOSTER PARENTING YOUNG CHILDREN1 GUIDELINES FROM

A FOSTER PARENT],(NEW YORK! CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 1974,)

FEW., F, PITTS,"THE WORK OF THE NATIONAL SOCIETY FOR THE PREVENTION OF CRUELTY TO CHILOREN,"(INTERNATIONAL J OF OffENOER_THERAPY.AND COMPARATIVE CRIMINOLOGY], 1972.'

16(3)1201205,

FENrCHEL, 0,(THE PSYCHOLOANALYTIC THEORY(N,Y,1 W,W, NORTON, 1945.)

FENLASON, ANNE Et(ESSENTIALS IN INTERVIEWING],(N,Y,1 HARPER I OROS,/ 1952.)

FERGUSON, WILLIAM M,"BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME' ATTORNEY GENERAL'S OPINION REGARDING THE REPORTING

OF SUCH OCCURRENCE,"(J OF THE KANSAS MEDICAL SOCIETY], FES,, 1964, 6516709,

FERGUSON/ WILLIAM M,41"THE REPORTING OF CHILD ABUSE,"

(BULLETIN OF THE MENNINGER CLINIC], SEPT,/ 1964/ 281269075,

OF NEUROSIS],

557555

FERGUSSON DAVID M ET AL,(CHILD ABUSE IN NEW ZEALAND: A REPORT ON A NATIONWIDE SURVEY OF THE PHYSICAL

ILLTREATMENT OF CHILDREN IN NEW ZEALAND,](WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND! A,R, SHEARER, 1972,)

FESHBACK. Nips"THE EFFECTS OF VIOLENCE IN CHILDHOOD,"[J OF CINICAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY], 1973, 11:28 -41,

FESSARODC,,ET AL,"SILVERMAN'S SYNDROME! MULTIPLE FRACTURES IN INFANTS,"[ARCH FRANCE PEDIAT], JUNE JULY, 1967, 24:651..66,

FICARRA, BERNARD J,"PIONEER LAWS FOR CHILD PROTECTION,"[INTERNATIONAL J OF LAW AND SCIENCE],1970, 7(2)168-71,

FINBERG, LAWRENCE,411."A PEDIATRICIAN'S VIEW OF THE ABUSED CHILD,"

[CHILD WELFARE], JANUARY 1965, t41

FISCHER, Li., ET AL,"TRAUMATIC LU2ATION SUCCESSIVELY AFFECTING BOTH HIPS IN A.CHILDI PREDISPOSING

FACTORS,"[LYON MED], SEPT,. 1969, 222:26366oPASSIM,

FISER. R,H,, ET AL,* "CONGENITAL SYPHILIS MIMICKING THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME, HOW DOES ONE TELL

THEM APART?"[CLINICAL EDIATRICS], MAY, 1972, 11(5):05307,

FISHER, SA MU L H,* "SKELETAL MANIFESTATIONS OF PARENT - INDUCED TRAUMA IN INFANTS AND CHILDREN,"

[SOUTHERN MEDICAL J,] AUGUST 1958, 51:956 -60

FLAMMANG, CHRISTOPHER,[THE POLICE AND THE UNDERPROTECTED CHILD],ISPRINGFIELUI THOMAS, 1971,)

FLANAGAN, JOHN Co41."THE CRITICAL INCIDENT TECHNIQUE,"

[PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN], 1954, 54,

FLATO, CHARLES,.""PARENTS WHO BEAT CHILDREN,"

[SATURDAY EVENING POST], OCTOBER 6. 1962,

FLECK, STEPHEN* "CHILD ABUSE,"

[CONNECTICUT MEDICINE], JUNE. 1972, 36(6)1337,

FLEMING,4F"CRUELTY TO CHILDREN,"

[BRITISH MEDICAL J. MAY 13, 1967. 2142122,

FLYNN. N.R.*"FRONTILR JUSTICE! A CONTRIBUTION TO THE THEORY OF CHILD BATTERY,"[AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], SEPT,. 1970, 127(3):37579,

FOLKS, HOMER[THE CARE OF DESTITUTE. NEGLECTED, AND DELINQUENT CHILDREN],(N,Y,$ MAC MILLAN CO., 1902,)

FONTANA, VINCENT J,.11"THE BATTERED CHILD 0,1973, WHEN TO SUSPECT CHILD ABUSE."[MEDICAL TIMES], OCT,. 1973, 101(10)111642,1

FONTANA, VINCENT J,*"CHILD ABUSE! A TRAGIC PROBLEM"

. [PARENT'S MAGAZINE], MARCH 1973.

558556

FONTANA, VINCENT Jo41"THE DIAGNOSIS OF THE MALTREATMENT SYNDROME IN CHILDREN,"[PEDIATRICS]. APRIL. 1973 51(4)1 78062,

FONTANA, VINCENT Jo46"FACTORS NEEDED FOR PREVENTION OF CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT,"

(PEDIATRICS], 1970, 46(2)1318+19,

FONTANA, V. J,4?"FURTHER REFLECTIONS ON MALTREATMENT' OF CHILDREN,"

(NEW YORK STATE J OF MEDICINE], AUG, 15, 1968, 6812214.15,

FONTANA, V,J,"AN INSIDIOUS AND - DISTURBING MEDICAL ENTITY."(PUBLIC WELFARE:. JULY, 1966,

FONTANA, V,J,"LETTER: BATTERED CHILDREN,"(NEW ENGLAND J OF MEDICINE), NOV. 8, 1973, 28911044,

FONTANA. V,J,(THE MALTREATED CHILDI THE MALTREATMENT SYNDROME IN CHILDREN) (2ND EDITION)(SPRINGFIELD, ILL: CHARLES Co THOMAS, 1971.)

FONTANA. V.J,4""THE MALTREATMENT SYNDROME IN CHILDREN,"

(HOSPITAL MEDICINE)/ MARCH, 1971, 17+25,

FONTANA, V.J,41"THE NEGLECT AND ABUSE OF CHILDREN,"

(NEW YORK STATE J OF MEDICINE], JAN, 15, 1964, 641215.24,

FONTANA. V.J11)"PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN,"[PEDIATRICS)/ MARCH, 1970, 45009+11,,

FONTANA. V,J, 0, '41"RECOGNITION OF MALTREATMENT AND PREVENTION OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"(PEDIATRICS], DECEMBER, 1966, 38:1078,

FONTANA, V,J,(SOMEWHERE A CHILD IS.CRYING1 THE BATTERED CHILD),(N,Y,1 MACMILLAN, 1973,)

FONTANA. V.J,IF"SYNOPSIS OF PROGRAM ON CHILD ABUSE AT NEW YORK FOUNDLING HOSPITAL,"

NEW YORK FOUNDLING HOSPITAL CENTER FOR PARENT AND CHILD DEVELOPMENT, ABUSINGPARENTS AND CHILD UNIT

FONTANA, V,J,II"WHICH PARENTS ABUSE CHILDREN?"

(MEDICAL INSIGHT). OCT, 1971, 3(10)116.21,

FONTANA. V,J,4)"WHY DO PEOPLE BEAT UP THEIR KIDS?"

CU,S, CATHOLIC], MARCH 1974, 128032,

FONTANA, V,J;, ET AL,41"THE MALTREATMENT SYNDROME IN CHILDREN,"

(NEW ENGLANO J Of MEDICINE), DECEMBER 26/ 1963, 269(26)11389+94,

FORESMAN, LOUISE.60,STRENCTNENING FAMILY LIFE,"(CHILDREN), JANUARYFESRUARYI 1965, 12(1)123.26,

FORESMAN, LOUISE, ET AL,11"THE TEAM APPROACH IN PROTECTIVE SERVICES,"(CHILD WELFARE], MARCH, 19631 435414

559

557

FORSYTH, WILLIAM Bo"COMMITTEE ON INFANT AND PRESCHOOL CHILD: MALTREATREATMENT OF CHILDREN, THE

BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"CPEDIATRICSJ, 1972.50(1)1160.42e

FORSYTH, WILLIAM Bo"MALTREATMENT OF CHILDREN- -THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."[PEDIATRICS], 1972, 50(1),

FOSTER, H,14,, jR,[A BILL OF RIGHTS FOR CHILDREN],(SPRINGFIELD, ILL* CHARLES Co THOMAS. 1974,)

LFOSTER HOME SERVICE TD CHILDREN; HELPING THE CHILD Tr' USE FOSTER HOME CARE),

(N.Y,: CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 1954,)

FOX, DAVID J.[FUNDAMENTALS OF RESEARCH IN NURSING,](N.Y.; APPLETOW.CENTURYCROFT. 1970,)

FOX, EX,, ET AL,*"THE TERMINATION PROCESS, A NEGLECTED DIMENSION IN SOCIAL WORK,"

LSOCIAL WORK). OCTOBER, 1969, 14(4), 53-63,

FRANCIS, H,W,S,41."CHILD HEALTH -- POINTS OF CONCERN,"CPUBLIC HEALTH], JULY, 19671 81(5)1246..491

FRANKIEL, RITA V.CA REVIEW OF RESEARCH IN CHILO PERSONALITY],(NoY,1 FAMILY SERVICE ASSOCIATES OF AMERICA. 1959,)

FRANKLIN, LEE R."AN EXCEPTION TO USE OF THE PHYSICIAN - PATIENT PRIVILEGE IN CHILD ABUSE CASES,"CUNIV OF DETROIT LAW J). 1964. 42100-941

FRASER, BRIAN Qo"MOMMA USED TO WHIP HER,,,', THE TRAGEDY OF CHILD ABUSE,"[COMPACT], 197A. 8(2):10'.12,

FRASER, BRIAN G,* "A PRAGMATIC ALTERNATIVE TO CURRENT LEGISLATIVE APPROACHES

[THE AMERICAN CRIMINAL LAW REIVEW]. 1974, 12(103)1 103...1241TO CHILD ABUSE,"

FRAY, PIERRE,"CRIMES AND OFFENSES BY PRIMITIVE REATIVITY,"[ANNALES HEDICOPSYCHOLOGIGUES). MAY, 1970, 1(9)1701°18,

FREEDMAN, DIA', ET AL,41."ON THE ROLE OF COENESTHETIC STIMULATION IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHIC STRUC"

TORE,"[PSYCHOANALYTIC QUARTERLY], JULY, 1968. 37141B-38,

FREUD, ANNA,CTHE EGO AND THE MECHANISM Cif DEFENSE],(N.Y.; INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITIES PRESS, 1946o)

FREwo MARY J.o ET AL,* "ROLE OF THE PEDIATRIC NURSE CLINICAN IN EARLY IDENTIFICATION OF POTENTIAL

CHILD ABUSE,"(MADIGAN ARMY MEDICAL. TACOMA, WASHINGTON,)

FRICK. A,"MISTREATED SMALL CHILDREN,"[SVENSKA LAKARTIDN), 1964. 61/3004.42

5th)

558

FRIEDMAN, MORRIS So* "TRAUMATIC PERIOSTITIS IN INFANTS AND CHILOREN,"[JAMA), APRIL 12. 1958, 166(15)1184045,

'FRIENDLY, DAVID S,91."OCULAR MANIFESTATIONS OF PHYSICAL CHILD ABUSE,"

ITRANSATIDNS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY'OF OPTHAMOLOGY AND OTOLARYNGOLOGY).MARCHAPRILI 1971, 75131032,

FRISK, A,"MISTREATED SMALL CHILDREN,"ESVENSK LAKARTIDN), OCT, 7, 1964, 611 3004.12,

FULK, DELORES .

.""THE BATTERED CHILD,"[NURSING FORUM], 1964, 3(2)111-27,

FULK, DELORES L."CHILD ABUSE,"[NURSING FORUM], 1964, 3179,

FULLER, MARJORIE G,1/"CHILD ABUSEI THE PHYSICIAN'S RESPDNSIBILITY,"

[U OF LEGAL MEDICINE], MAY 1975, 1 24.29,

GAGNON, JOHN H.* "FEMALE CHILD VICTIMS OF SEX OFFENSES,"

[SOCIAL PROBLEMS], 1963, 1176"92e

GALDSTON, RICHARD41."THE BURNING AND THE HEALING OF CHILDREN,"[PSYCHIATRY). FEBRUARY, 1972, 35157..66,

GALDSTON, RICHARD1/"DYSFUNCTIONS OF PARENTING: THE BATTERED CHILD, THE NEGLECTED CHILD. THE

EXPLOITED CHILD,", IN [MODERN PERSPECTIVES OF INTERNATIONAL CHILDPSYCHIATRY], JOHN. G, HOWELLS 1ED),

(EDINBURGH, SCOTLAND* OLIVER AND BOYD, OCTOBER 19680--

GALDSTON, RICHARD1/"OBSERVATIONS ON CHILDREN WHO HAVE BEEN PHYSICALLY ABUSED AND THEIR PARENTS,"

[AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], 1965, 1221440.43,

GALDSTON, RICHARDINt [PATTERNS OF PARENTAL BEHAVIOR LEADING TO PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN],NORKSHOP SPONSORED BY CHILDREN'S BUREAU IN COLLABORATION WITH THE UNIV OF

COLO SCHOOL OF MEDICINE,

CALDSTON, RICHARDi/"PREVENTING THE ABUSE OF LITTLE CHILDREN,"

(BOSTON, MASS* THE PARENT'S CENTER PROJECT FOR THE STUDY AND PREVENTION OFCHILD ABUSE,)

GALDSTON, RICHARD49"YIOLENCE BEGINS AT HOME, THE PARENT'S CENTER PROJECT FOR THE STUDY AND PRE"

VENTION OF CHILD ABUSE,"(J OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF CHILD PSYCHIATRY), APRIL.1971, 101336401

GANS, B,41/"BATTERED BABIES ...HOW MANY DO WE MISS?"

(LANCET), JUNE 13, 1978, 111286.871

GANS, Be"UNNECESSARY XRAYS7"(BRITISH MEOICAL FEB, 28. 1970, 1564,

GARDNER, JOHN W,49"THE ABUSED CHILD,"

[MCCALLS], SEPTEMBER, .1967, 971143,

559

561

GARRETT, ANNETTE,CINTERVIEWING1 ITS PRINCIPLES AND METHODS),(N.Y.; FAMILY SERVICE ASSOCIATES OF AMERICA,)

GAUTLER, E,"CLINICAL DEMONSTRATIONS, AMINOPTERIN EMBRYOPATHY0 KWASHIORKOR, CHILD ABUSE,

CONGENITAL LISTERIOSIS AND LEAD POISONING, WEIL'S DISEASE,"[SCHWEIZ NED WSCHRL JANUARY 11, 1969, 99133.42,

GEISMAR' L,L,C555 FAMILIES: A SOCIALPSYCMOLOGICAL STUDY OF YOUNG FAMILIES IN TRANSITION],(NEW BRUNSWICK, NoJ01 TRANSACTION, 19730

GEISMAR, LUDWIG, ET AL,* "FACTORS ASSOCIATED WITH FAMILY DISORGANIZATION,"

[MARRIAGE ANO FAMILY LIVING], NOVEMBER 19631 1 47981,

GEISMAR, L, ET AL,[UNDERSTANDING THE MULTIPROBLEM FAMILY: A CONCEPTUAL ANALYSIS AND EXPLORATION

IN EARLY IDENTIFICATION],(NEW YORK: ASSOCIATION PRESS, 1964,)

GELLES, RICHARD J,"CHILD ABUSE AS PSYCHOPATHOLOGY, A SOCIAL CRITIQUE AND[AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRYT, JULY, 1973, 43:611.21,

REFORMULATION,"

GELLES, RICHARD O, ET AL,1/"TOWARO AN INTEGRATED THEORY OF INTRA0FAMILY VIOLENCE,"PAPER GIVE AT NAT'L COUNCIL ON FAMILY RELATIONS ANNUAL MEETING, SEPT, 2401974,

GEORGE, JoEs"SPARE THE ROD, A SURVEY OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"CFGRENSIC SCIENCE], MAY, 1973 2112967,

GIBBENS, T,C,N,"FEMALE OFFENDERS,"CBRITISH J OF HOSPITAL MEDICINE), 1971, 6(3)1279.820285°66,

GIBBENS, T,C,N,, ET AL,4F"VIOLENT CRUELTY TO CHILDREN,"

CBRITISH J OF DELINQUENCY], APRIL 1956, 61260077,

GIEOION, A,"THE REPEATED SKELETAL TRAUMA IN THE INFANT AND SMALL CHILD IN X.RAY FILMS,"CPRAXIX]o FEB 13 1968, 57119196,

GIL, DAVID Go"FIRST STEPS IN A NATIONWIDE STUDY OF CHILO ABUSE, " IN NATIONAL CONFERENCE ON

SOCIAL WELFARE, CSOCIAL WELFARE PRACTICE), 19661(N,Yel COLUMBIA UNIV PRESS, 1966,)

GIL, DAVID G,B/"A HOLISTIC PERRSPECTIVE ON CHILD ABUSE AND ITS PREVENTION,"

CAMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY], APRIL/JUNE, 1975,

GIL, DAVID G,"INCIDENCE OF CHILD ABUSE. AND DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS OF PERSONS INVOLVED,"

IN [THE BATTERED CHILD], (0) BY RAY E, HELFER AND C,HENRY KEMPE,(CHICAGO, ILLI UNIV OF CHICAGO PRESS, 1968$)

GIL, DAVID G,"LEGALLY REPORTED CHILD ABUSEI A NATIONWIDE SURVEY," INI NATIONAL CONFERENCE

ON SOCIAL WELFARE, CSOCIAL WORK PRACTICES, 19681(N,Y,I COLUMBIA AJNIV PRESS, 199$0

5 f'.;,

560

GIL, DAVID G,[NATIONWIDE EPIDEMIOLOGIC STUDY OF CHILO ABUSE! PROGRESS REPORT NO, !.](WALTHAM, MASS.* BRANDEIS UNIV. FLORENCE HELLER GRADUATE SCHOOL FOR ADVANCED

STUDIES IN SOCIAL WELFARE. 19860.

...

GIL, DAVID G,41"PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN,"

[PEDIATRICS], MARCH' 1970, 451510..11,

GIL, DAVID G..1,"A SOCIOCULTURAL

[CHILD WELFARE],PERSPECTIVE ON PHYSICAL CHILD ABUSE,"JULY. 19710 50(7)t 389-95,

GIL, DAVID G."VIOLENCE AGAINST CHILDREN,"[PEDIATRICS], APRIL. 1972. 491641,

GIL, DAVID G."VIOLENCE AGAINST CHILDREN,"[J OF MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY],

GIL, DAVID G.[VIOLENCE AGAINST CHILDRENS PHYSICAL CHILD ABUSE IN THE U,S0(CAMBRIDGE, MASSt HARVARD UNIV PRESS. 19700

NOV. 1971. 33(4)1637.48,

GIL, DAVID G,"WHAT SCHOOLS CAN 00 ABOUT CHILO ABUSE,"[SOCIAL SERVICE OUTLOOK], FEBRUARY. 1970,

GIL, DAVID Ge, El ALI4I"PUBLIC KNOWLEDGE, ATTITUDES ANO OPINIONS ABOUT PHYSICAL CHILD ABUSE IN THE US,"

(CHILD WELFARE], JULY, 1969, 48(7)1 395.426,

GILDEN, J,, ET AL,"CON GENITAL INSENSITIVITY TO PAIN$ A NEUROLOGIC SYNDROME WITH BIZARRE SKELETAL

LESIONS."(RADIOLOGY], 1959. 721178'49,

GILL, THOMAS O.4I"TME LEGAL NATURE OF NEGLECT."

(NATIONAL PROBATION AND PAROLE ASSOC J]. JAN,. 1960, 6(1)11.18,

GILLESPIE, ROBERT H,g),ITHE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME! THERMAL AND CAUSTIC MANIFESTATIONS,"

CJ OF TRAUMA], 1965, 5(4)1523033,

GILLIES, CO.,. ET AL,4I"FRACTURE OF THE TIBIA IN SPINA BIFIDA VERA, REPORT OF TWO CASES,"(RADIOLOGY]. 1938. 31182123,

GINSBURG, L."SOCIAL PROBLEMS IN RURAL AMERICA,"(N,Y,$ COLUMBIA UNIV PRESS, 1969,)

GIOVANNONI. JEANNE M,4/"PARENTAL MISTREATMENT1 PERPRETRATORS AND VICTIMS,"

CJ OF MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY], NOVEMBER, 1971, 1649.87,

GIOVANNONI. JEANNE M,4I"RESEARCH IN CHILD ABUSE! A WAY OF SEEING IS A WAY OF NOT SEEING,"

(PAPER PRESENTED TO NAT'L SYMPOSIUM ON CHILD ABUSE. CNICAGO0 1974,)

GIOVANNON:. JEANNE Mos ET AL,* "A STUDY OF PARENTAL ADEQUACY IN FAMILIES OF CHILD NEGLECT AMONG THE POOR*

THREE ETHNIC GROUPS,"(CHILD WELFARE), APRIL, MI, 49(4)1108,-

GJERDRUM, K."THE BATTERED CHILD BYNORDHEI"CTIDSSNR NORSKE LAEGErOREN3, 1MP 5411619420

565

IN [SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE]. 1969,

561

GLASER, HELEN H,, ET AL,ii"PHYSICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT OF CHILDREN WITH EARLY FAILURE TO THRIVE

[J OF PEDIATRICS], NOVEMBER, 1968/ 73(5)1690.98.

GLAZIER, ALICE E., (ED)(CHILD ABUSE! A COMMUNITY CHALLENGE),(EAST AURORA, N,Y,1 HENRY STEWARD, 1971,)

GLICKMAN, ESTHER,[CHILD PLACEMENT THROUGH CLINICALLY ORIENTED CASEWORK],(N.Y,: COLUMBIA UNIV PRESS, 1957,)

GLUCKMAN, Loki41"CRUELTY TO CHILDREN,"

[NEW ZEALAND MEDICAL J), 1968, 671155.59,

GNEHN, H,E."BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[HELV PAEOIATR ACTA), 1973, 31(31)1147o

GODFREY, ELIZABETH,[ENGLISH CHILDREN IN OLDEN TIME).(LONDCN: METHUEN AND !C,. 29W70

GODFREY, JOSEPH po* "TRAUMA IN CHILDREN,"[J OF BONE AND JOINT SURGERY), 1964, 46:42247,

GOLDBERG, HARRIET L,41"SOCIAL WORK AND LAW,"[CHILDREN], SEPTOCT, 1960, 7(5)!167.71,

GOLDFARB, MI* "PSYCHOLOGICAL PRIVATION IN INFANCY AND SUBSEQUENT ADJUSTMENT,"(AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY], 1945/ 15/ ;24755,

GOLDNEY, R, D,*"ABUSING PARENTS! LEGAL AND THERAPEUTIC ASPECTS,"

(MEDICAL J OF AUSTRALIA], SEPT, 90 1972, 2(11)097.6600,

GOLDSTON, STEPHEN El, ET AL,"APPRAISALS OF MENTAL HEALTH ASPECTS COVERED IN PUBLIC HEALTH TRAINING, IN!

GALDSTON, S, [MENTAL HEALTH TRAINING AND PUBLIC HEALTH MANPOWER.),(ROCKVILLE, MD.! NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH, 197111330550

GOLUB, SHARON41"THE BATTERED CHILD, WHAT THE NURSE CAN DO,"[RN7/1968, 3042.451,

GOOOE, W, J.4FITORCE AND VIOLENCE IN THE FAMILY,"

ZJ OF MARRIAGE ANO THE FAMILY), NOV, 1971, 33(4)1624.38o

GORUON, ALEX,"A CHILD IS BEING BEATEN,"(PHYSICIAN'S MANAGEMENT), JUNE, 1965, 122.34,

GORDON, HENRIETTA,(CASEWORK SERVICES FOR CHILDREN],(Nil's! HOUGHTON, 1956,)

G6ROONt HENRIETTA Le4."eMOTIONAL NEGLECT,"

t,'7!41L0 WELFARE], FEBRUARY, 1959, 124027,

HENR1!TTA,!PROTECTIVE SERVICES FOR CHILDREN,"(CHILD WELFARE], MAY, 1946, 25,

564562

GORMSEN, H,, ET AL,"CHILD ABUSE, THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME, 20 CAS.03., 11 OF WHICH WERE FATAL,"CUGESKR LAEGL JULY 18, 1968$ 13011203°90

5GORNALL, P., ET AL,"INTRAABDOMINAL INJURIES IN THE BATTERED BABY SYNDROME,"[ARCHIVES OF THE DISTURBED CHILD]. APRIL, 1972, 4722t114,

GOSTOMZYK, J,G,, ET AL,"FINDINGS IN CHILD ABUSE AND CHILD NEGLECT,"[BEITR GERICHTL MED], 1973, 311102.9,

GOTTLIEB, DAVID (ED,)(CHILDREN'S LIBERATION],(NEW JERSEY: RRENTICEHALL, INC.. 1973,)

GOTTLIEB, WERNERIF"MUTUAL GOALS AND GOALSETTING IN CASEWORK,"[SOCIAL CASEWORK], OCT, 1967. 47M:47107o

GRABOWSKA, H,"CHARACTER DISORDERS IN A PHYSICALLY MISTREATED CHILD,"CPSYCHIAT POL], JULYSEPT,, 1968, 2:463.65,

GRADEWOHL, R,B.H,[LEGAL MEDICINE], EDITED BY T1A, GONZALES,(N,Y,I APPLETONCENTURYCROFTS; 19541)

GRANTMYRE, EDWARD 8,.10"TRAUMA X- .WEDNESDAY'S CHILD,"

[NOVA SCOTIA MEDICAL BULLETIN], FEB 1973. 52129.31,

GRAY, JANE"HPSPITALBASED BATTERED CHILD TEAM,"[NURSING DIGEST], AUGUST, 19731 1126.31,

GRAY, JANE11."HOSPITAL BASED BATTEREDCI4ILD'YEAMI"

[HOSPITALS JANA]. FEBRUARY, 1973, 47150.52,

GREEN, A,H,"PSYCHIATRIC ELEMENTS OF ABUSING PARENTS,"[AUDIO DIGEST]. 1973, 19,

GREEN, A,H,"SELF.OESTRUCTIVE BEHAVIOR IN PHYSICALLY ABUSED SCHIZOPHRENIC CHILDREN,"(ARCHIVES OF GENERAL PSYCHIATRY], 19681 191171.791

GREEN, A,H,, ET AL,"REACTIONS TO THE THREATENED LOSS OF A CHILDI A VULNERABLE CHILD SYNDROME,"(PEDIATRICS], 1964, 34I5866,

GREEN, K,"THE ABUSED CHILD,"(MARYLAND STATE MEDICAL J]. MARCH, 1966, 1514749,

GREEN, K,"DIAGNOSING THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"(MARYLAND STATE MEDICAL J], SEPT,, 1965, 14I8384,

GREEN, MORRIS, ET AL,e"REACTIONS TO THE THREATENED LOSS OF A CHILDS A VULNERABLE CHILD SYNDROME,

(PEDIATRIC MANAGEMENT OF THE DYING CHILD, PART 1110"(PEDIATRICS], JULY 1960 1 511.611$

GREEN, ORVILLE Co41"SIZIN% UP THE SMALL CHILD,"

[POSTGRADUATE MEDICINE]. OCTOBER, 1971, 55111,314,

565563

GREEN AND SOLNIT,"REACTIONS TO THE THREATENED LOSS OF : CHILD; A VULNERABLE CHILD SYNDROME,"

[PEDIATRICS]. JULY. 1964,

GREENGARD, JOSEPH,"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[MEOICA SCIENCE), 1964, 15182'"91,

GREGG, GRACE S.*"INFANT TRAUMA,"

[AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN]. MAY, 1971, 311015,

GREGG, GRACE*"PHYSICIAN, CHILD ABUSE REPORTING LAWS AND INJURED CHILD,"(CLINICAL PEDIATRICS), DECEMBER, 1968, 7(2)17205,

GREGG. GRACE S., ET AL,Mh"INFANT INJURIES; ACCIDENT OR ABUSE?"[PEDIATRICS], SEPT, 1969, 44(3)1434391

GREGORY, ROBERT J,"TO THE RESCUE OF CHILD ADVOCACY,"[PEABODY J OF EDUCATION], 1972, 49(2111196251

GRIFFITHS , ALAN L.Mh"FATIGUE FRACTURE OF THE FIBULA IN CHILDHOOD,"

[ARCHIVES OF DISEASES OF CHILDHOOD], 1952, 271552 -57,

GRIFFITHS, D, 41 ET AL,* "MULTIPLE EPIPHYSIAL INJURIES IN BABIES (BATTERED BABY SYNDROME),"

[BRITISH MEDICAL J3. DECEMBER 211 1963, 41155861,

GRISLAIN, J,R,, ET AL,"CHILD ABUSES MEDICAL ASPECTS,"[ANN PEDIAT], JUNE -JULY, 1968. 151429 -39,

GRISLAIN, j,Re. ET AL,*"MEDICAL CONSEQUENCES OF CURELTY TO CHILDREN,"

[ANNALS OF PEDIATRICS], JUNE+JULY, 1968, 151438,

GRISLAIN, J,R,, ET AL,*"SOCIAL AND LEGAL PROBLEMS RAISED BY CRUELTY

[ANN PEDIAT], JUNE.JULY, 1968, 151440.48,

GROW, LUCILLE J,"REQUESTS FOR CHILD WELFARE SERVICES A FIVE(CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA. 1969,)

TO CHILDREN,"

DAY CENSUS,"

GRUMET, BARBARA R,"THE PLAINTIVE PLAINTIFFS) VICTIMS OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[FAMILY LAW QUARTERLY], 1970. 4(3)1296..317,

GUANDOLO, V. ET AL,"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[CLINICAL PROCEEDINGS OF THE CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL OF THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA],

MAY. 1967, 231139.160,

GUANDOLO, V, f ET AL,"GRAND ROUNDS; THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[CLIN PROC CHILD HOSP DC], MAY, 1967, 231139.60,

GUARNASCHELLIt FREPERICH, ET AL,*"FALLEWPFONTANELLE, A VARIANT OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

(JAMA], DEC, 18, 1972, 22211545.46,

GUNN, ALEXANDER 0,G,"THE NEGLECTED CHILD,"[NURSING TIMES], 1970, 66(31)194607,

566564

GUNN, ALEXANDER D.41 "WOUNDS OF VIOLENCEs"CNURSING TIMES) SAY SP 1967 6301102o

'GUTHKELCH,.16mINFANTILE SUBDURAL HAEATOMA AND ITS RELATIONSHIP TO WHIPLASH INJURIES,"[BRITISH MEDICAL J]. MAY 22 1971 21430411

GUTTMACHER, ALAN F,4F"UNWANYED PREGNANCY: A CHALLENGE TO MENTAL HEALTMi"

[MENTAL HYGIENE], OCTOBER. 1967,

GWINN, J.Ls ET AL."RADIOLOGICAL CASE OF THE MONTH,"[AMERICAN J OF DISTURBED CHILD], MAY'', 1965, 169145746,

GWINN, JOHN L, ET AL.*"ROENTGENOGRAPHIC MAPJFESTATIONS.OF UNSUSPECTED TRAUMA IN INFANCY."

[JANA], JUNE 17, 1961, 176, 1926029.

GYEPES, MICHAEL ET AL,41."META PHYSICAL AND PHYSEAL INJURIES IN CHILDREN WITH SPINA BIFIDA AND MENIN

GOMYELOCELEW[AMERICAN J OF ROENTGENOLOGY]. 1965 951166+77o

HAAS. L.11."INJURED BABY,"

[BRITISH MEDICAL J] SEPT, 11

HAGEBEK, ROBERT W,"DISCIPLINARY PRACTICES IN DALLAS CONTRASTED WITH SCHOOL SYSTEMS WITH RULES

AGAINST VIOLENCE AGAINST CHILDREN,"CJ OF CLINICAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY]. 1973, 2(3)114..16i

1956, 1645,

HALL. MARIAN.11."TME RIGHT TO LIVE."

CNURSING OUTLOOK], 19671 15:63.05o

HALLER, J, ALEX, , ET AL.41."TRAUMA WORKSHOP REPORTS TRAUMA IN CHILDREN,"

[J OF TRAUMA], NOVEMBER, 1970, 10(11)11052.54,

HALLIDAY, SAMUEL B.[THE LITTLE STREET SWEEPER; OR LIFE AMONG THE POOR].IN,Y,I PHINNEY, BLAKEMAN ANO MASON,

HAMILTON, GORDON,[THEORY AND PRACTICE OF SOCIAL CASEWORK],(NgYo1 COLUMBIA UNIV PRESS. 1964,)

HAMLIN, HANNIBAL,.11"SUBGALEAL HEMATOMA CAUSED BY HAIRPUL[JANA), APRIL 22 1966, 204(4;1339,

HAMMEL, CHARLOTTE L.* "PRESEVING FAMILY LIFE FOR CHILDREN,"

[CHILD WELFARE], DECEMBER, 1969, 46(11)1 591.94,

HANCOCK. CLAIRE.[CHILDREN AND NEGLECT,,,HAEARDOUS HOME CONDITIONS];(WASHINGTON DoCol US WELFARE ADMINISTRATION. 19630

HANCOCK, CLAIRE,WISEST OF A STUDY OF PROTECTIVE SERVICES AND THE /MOSLEM OF NEGLECT OF CHILDREN

IN NEW JERSEY],(TRENTON NoJt! STATE BOARD OF CHILD WELFARE, 195$,)

567

565

HANCOCK, CLAIRE R,"SERVICES UNDER AID TO FAMILIES WITH DEPENDENT CWILDSSN FOR CHILDREN WHO NEED

PROTECTION." A MANUAL FOR CASEWORKERS IN PUBLIC ASSISTANCE AGENCIES.(WASHINGTON, D.C.1 US GOV'T PRINTIN OFFICE. 110211102310

HANSEN, 0,, ET AL,"FAMILIES UNDER STRESS." IN H, CHRISTENSEN, (ED)i (HANDBOOK OF MARRIAGE AND

THE FAMILY),(CHICAGO1 RAND MCNALLY, 1964, 1782011160

HANSEN, RICHARD Hoil"DOCTORS, LAWYERS AND THE BATTERED CHILD LAW,"

CJ OF TRAUMA), NOVEMBER, 1956, 5(6)1626.30,

HANSEN, RICHARD4)"LEGAL IMPLICATIONS OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

(NEBRASKA STATE MEDICAL As DECEMBER, 1965$ 501595097,

HANSEN, R,H,"SUGGESTED GUIDELINES FOR CHILD ABUSE LAWS,"CJ OF FAMILY LAW), 1967, 7(1) 161065,

HARCOURT, BRIAN, ET AL.1)"OPHTHALMIC MANIFESTATIONS OF THE BATTERED BABY SYNDROME,"[BRITISH MEDICAL J3. AUG, 14 1971. 313980401p

HARDER, THIGER.41)"THE PSYCHOPATHOLOGY OF INFANTICIDE."

CACTA PSYCHIATRICA SCANDINAVICA1, JULY 2 1966, 43(2)1196245,

HARDIN, GARRETT."WE NEED ABORTION FOR THE CHILDREN'S SAKE" IN REITERMAN. C,

[ABORTION AND UNWANTED CHILD).(N0'0 SPRINGER, 1971,12P 1 060

HARE. ROBERT D., ET AL.11."PSYCHOPATHt AND AUTONOMIC CONDITION14Cy"

CJ OF ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY), 1971, 77(3)C2230235,

HARING, J.[FREEDOM OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN PARENTS AND ADOLESCENTS WITH PROBLEMS),UNPUBLISHED OSW OISSERTAION, CASE WESTERN RESERVE UNIV.; 1965,

HARLEM, 0,K,"CHILD ABUSE."CT NORSK LAEGEFOREN), DECEMBER 1. 1914, 6111635°361

HARLOW, H.F., ET AL,1)"THE EFFECT OF REARING CONDITIONS ON BEHAVIOR,"

(BULLETIN OF THE MENNINGER CLINIC), SEPT, 1962, 196(26)1213.24,

HARNETT, ARTHUR L.1)"HOW DO WE DO IT?"

(J OF SCHOOL HEALTH), OCT' 1971, 1425 -26,

HARPER, FOWLER V,* "THE PHYSICIAN. THE BATTERED CHILD AND THE LAW,"'PEDIATRICS], JUNE 1963. 311899.902,

HARRINGTON, J, A,4)"VIOLENCE$ A CLINICAL VIEWPOINT,"

CWRITISH MEDICAL J3, JANAORY 221 1972, 11221.31,

WARRINGTON. 14,(THE OTHER AMERICA].(NEW YORK! 'MACMILLAN, 1962,)

HARRIS, J."DISCUSSION ON THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[AUSTRALIAN J OF FORENSIC SCIENCES), $9711 3(277,

568566

HARRIS, THOMAS At[I'M OK YOU'RE OK],(NoYtI HARPER AND ROW, 1967,)

HARRISON,"CHILD ABUSE CONTROL CENTERSI A PROJECT FOR THE ACADEMY?"[PEDIATRICS], MAY 1970,'451895.

HART, 14,14,"THE LAW CONCERNING ABUSE OF CHILDREN."[U OF THE SOUTH CAROLINA MEDICAL ASSOC]. DEC., 1965, 61:391

HARTL, H."INJURIES IN NEWBORNS, INFANTS AND SMALL CHILDREN,"[WIENER MEDIUNISCHE WOCHERSCHRIFT], OCTOBER 10, 1970i 1201702+41

HARTLEY, AO,IF"IDENTIFYING THE PHYSICALLY ABUSED CHILD,"

[TEXAS MEOICINE], MARCH, 1969. 65150+551

HARTMAN. ANN,"USE OF WORKER'S VACATION IN CASEWORK TREATMENT."[SOCIAL CASEWORK], 6(60):310+3138

HARTMAN, LOUISE 6,, ET AL."USING THE GROUP METHOD IN PROTECTIVE SERVICES,"[TENNESSEE PUBLIC WELFARE RECORD], JUNE, 1969

HAVENS, LESTON L.11"YOUTH, VIOLENCE AND THE NATURE OF FAMILY LIFE."

[PSYCHIATRIC ANNALS], FEB, 1972, 2(2)118 -29,

HAWARD, LIR."SOME PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF PREGNANCY,"[MIDWIVES CHRONICLE]. 1969, 831199+200,

HAWKES. D,4?"ORANO+CEREBRAL TRAUMA IN INFANCY AND CHILDHOOD,"

[CLINICAL NEUROSURGERY], 1964. 11:66 -75,

HAYASHI, VALERIE,CAN INVESTIGATION OF THE PHYSICIAN'S KNOWLEDGE OF CHILD ABUSE, WILLINGNESS TO

REPORT SUSPECTED CASES AND FAMILIARITY WITH THE LAW AND APPROPRIATEAGENCIES],

(UNPUBLISHED MASTER'S THESIS, UNIV OF WASHINGTON,)

HAYNES, Q,, ET AL."NATIONAL CHILDREN'S BUREAU TENTH ANNUAL REVIEW,"(LONDON, ENGLAND: THE BUREAU, 1973,)

HAZELWOOD. ARTHUR I,11."OHILD ABUSE: THE DENTIST'S ROLE,"

[N,Y, STATE DENTAL J], MAY, 1970, 36128991,

HEARINGS BEFORE THE SELECT COMMITTEE ON NUTRITION AND HUMAN NEEDS OF THEUS SENATE, 93RD CONGRESS, FIRST SESSION,

PART I CONSEQUENCES OF MALNUTRITION(WASHINGTON. OtO11 US GOV'T PRTG OFFICE, JUNE 5 8 6. 1973,

HEARINGS BEFORE THE SELECT COMMITTEE ON NUTRITION AND HUMAN NEEDS OF THEUS SENATE. 93RD CONGRESS. FIRST SESSION,

PART II GOVERNMENTAL RESPONSE(WASHINGTON, 0,C,1 US GOV'T PRTG OFFICE, JUNE 7, 19738

HEARINGS BEFORE THE SELECT COMMITTEE ON NUTRITION AND HUMAN NEEDS OF THEUS SENATE. 93RD CONGRESS. FIRST SESSION,

PART III OVERSIGHT, THE WIC PROGRAM(WASHINGTON. 04,1 US GOV'T PRTG OFFICE, DECEMBER 6i 1973,

569

567

HEBER, R,CA MANUAL IN TERMINOLOGY AND CLASSIFICATION IN MENTAL RETARDATION] ,(SPRINGFIELD ILL .1 AMERICAN ASSOC ON MENTAL DEF IC IENCY, 1961.)

HE INS, MAR ILYN.* "CHILD ABUSEANALYS IS OF A CURRENT EPIDEMIC,"

[MICHIGAN MEDICINE], SEPT, 1969, 68(17) :887-91,

HELFER, RAY E."THE BATTERED CH ILD"..1973, WHAT TO 00 WHEN THE EVIDENCE HARDENS,"[MEDICAL TIMES), OCTOBER, 1973, 101:1,27.28,

HELFER RAY* "THE ETIOLOGY OF CHILD ABUSE,"

PEDIATRICS), APRIL 1973. 51(4)1777..79,

HELFER. RAY E.* "A PLAN FOR PROTECTION THE CHILD ABUSE CENTER,"

[CHILD WELFARE], NOV, 1970, 49(9)1 486 -94,

HELFER, RAY E AND KEMPE, C,HENRY (ED,)[THE BATTERED CHILD],(CHICAGO, IL UNIV OF CHICAGO PRESS, 1968,

HELFER, RAY E. ET AL,*"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."

[ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS], 1968, 15:927.

HELFER, RAY E. ET AL,*"PHYSI CAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN,"

[PEDIATRICS], OCTOBER, 1978, 461651.57,

HENDERSON. RONALD W,*"ENVIRONMENTAL PREDICTORS OF ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE OF DISADVANTAGED MEX ICAN

AMERICAN CHILDREN,"[.1 OF CONSULTING AND CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY]. APRIL 1972, 38(2)1 297.

HENLEY ARTHUR,"THE ABANDONED CHILD,"[MCCALL'S), MAY, 1964,

HENRY, CHARLOTTE.LH ARO., TO.FIEACH CLIENTS],(CLEVELAND I MAY 1958, )

HENRY, CHARLOTTE So* "MOT IV AT 10 N IN NON - VOLUNTARY CLIENT,'

(SOCIAL CASEWORK), FEB- MARCH, 1958, 1130..38

HENRY. JUL ES.[CULTURE AGAINST MAN],(N,Y, I RANDOM HOUSE, INC. 1963,)

HEPNER. R ET AL,* "GROWTH RATE, NUTRIENT INTAKE AND 'MOTHERING, AS DETERMINANTS OF MALNUTRITION

IN DISADVANTAGED CHILDREN."[NUTRITION REVIEWS], OCT. 1971, 29(10)1219.-23,

HEPWORTH, PHILIP"LOOKING AT BABY BATTERING1 ITS DETECTION AND TREATMENT,"[CANADIAN WELFARE], 1973, 49(4)113..15o 25 o

HERBER , F,

"ON THE SECURING OF EVIDENCE BY THE PHYSICIAN ,"EZERTOCHIFT FUR AERZTLICHE FORTBILDINGL MARCH 15, 1969, 1344-45,

14ERBICH, J ET AL,"DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS IN CHILD ABUSE,"CBEI TR GER ICHTL MEW , 1973, 31197"1e1t

568

HERRE ERNEST A.il"AGGRESSIVE CASEWORK IN A PROTECTIVE SERVICE UNIT,"

[SOCIAL CASEWORK], JUNE. 1965/ 1130.35,

HERREt ERNEST A.it"A COMMUNITY MOBILIZES TO PROTECT ITS CHILDREN,"

[PUBLIC WELFARE], APRIL, 1965. $93.970

HER206. Ef. ET AL."FAMILY STRUCTURE ANO COMPOSITION." IN R. MILLER (ED), [RACE* RESEARCH AND

REASON: SOCIAL WORK PERSPECTIVES).(N,Y,1 NATIONAL ASSOC OF SOCIAL WORKERS. 1969,)

HESSEL*, SAMUEL Jo* "RIGHTS OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN."(NEW ENGLAND J OF MEDFCINEL JULY 16; 1979702831156..57,

HICK* JOHN F,, ET AL,411."SUDDEN INFANT DEATH SYNDROME AND CHILD ABUSE,"

[PEDIATRICS]. JULY. 1973, 521147+40o

HILL, LEWIS Bs11."INFANTILE PERSONALITIES,"

[AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], DEC. 1952 102,

HILLER, H,G.4i"BATTERED OR NOTA REAPPRAISAL OF METAPHYSEAL FRAGILITY,"

[AMERICAN J OF ROUNGENOL RADIUM THEORY OF NUCLEAR MEDICINE],24146,

HILLER, RENATE B.411."THE BATTERED CHILDA HEALTH VISITOR'S POINT OF VIEW,"

[NURSING TIMES], OCT. 20 1969, 6511265.66,

HINES. J.U."FATHER* THE FORGOTTEN MAN,"LNURSING TIMES]. 1971, 101177200,

HIRAMATSU, Y,t ET AL."SD...CALLED BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."LRINSHO HOSHASEN3, OCTOBER* 1971, 1616143.46,

HIRSCHBERG. J. COTTER, ET AL.41"TERMINATION OF RESIDENTIAL TREATMENT OF CHILDREN,"

[CHILD WELFARE], OCT', 1970, 49(8)1443.47.

HOFFMAN, MARTIN L.411."POWER ASSERTION BY THE PARENT AND ITS IMPACT ON THE

t

CHILD,"[CHILD DEVELOPMENT]. 1960, 31, 1129.43.

HOFFMAN, MARTIN Lot ET AL.41F"FARENT DISCIPLINE AND THE CHILD'S MORAL DEVELOPMENT,"

CJ OF PERSONALITY ANO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY], 1967, 515.57.

MOLCZABEK, Not ET AL."DOWNFALL IN INFANCY,"[DEUTSCHE MEOIZINISCHE WOCHENSCHRIFT1, OCTOBER 27,

HOLDER. AoR.41P"CHIL0 ABU5E ANO THE PHYSICIAN,"

[JANA]. OCTOBER 23. 1972, 222(4) 1517.18,

HOLLAND. J. GO 4141"THE INFLUENCE OF PREVIOUS EXPERIENCEcAND RESIDUAL EFFECTS OF DEPRIVATION ON

HOARDING IN THE RAT," `'i

CJ OF COMPARATIVE AND PHYSIOLOGICAL PlYCHOLOGY7 1954, 471 244.470

:

FEB. 1972, 1141

19727 9711640.46.

571569

HOLLAND, J,Get ET AL,(THE ANALYSIS OF BEHAVIOR; A PROGRAM FOR SELF-INSTRUCTION],(N,Y,I;MCGRAWHILL, 1961,)

HOLLIDAY. KATE."DIALAFAMILY."(THIS WEEK], AUGUST 4, 1968.

HOLLINGSHEAO, A,"CLASS DIFFERENCES IN FAMILY STABILITY," IN SA, EISENSTADT/ (ED), (COMPARATIV

SOCIAL PROBLESSSOCIAL PROBLEMS),(NEW YORK: THE FREE PRESS, 1964, :265 -70,)

HOLLIS, F.(DEVELOPMENT OF A CASEWORK TREATMENT TYPOLOGY ](UNPUBLISHED RESEARCH PROJECT REPORT, COLUMBIA UNIV SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK,

1966,)

HOLMES, S, A,. ET AL,* "WORKING WITH THE PARENT IN CHILD ABUSE CASES,"

(SOCIAL CASEWORK), JANUARY 1975, :3 -12,

HOLT, J,(1-.SCAPE FROM CHILDHOOD; THE NEEDS AND RIGHTS OF CHILDREN],

E,P, DUTTON AND CO., INC,/ 1974,)

HOLIER. JOAN, ET AL.iF"CHILD ABUSE* EARLY CASE FINDING IN THE EMERGENCY DEPARTMENT,"(PEDIATRICS), JULY 1968, 42(1)812548,

HOLIER, JOAN'C., ET AL."ETIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF SEVERELY BURNED CHILDREN; PSYCHOSOCIAL

AT IONS. "*

(AMERICAN J OF THE DISTURBED CHILD), 1969, 118:680.46,

HOLIER, JOAN C., ET AC.4P"PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT IN CHILD ABUSE CASES,"(AMER/CAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY31 JANUARY. 196B, 38:1271

HOPKINS, JOAN41."THE NURSE AND THE ABUSED CHILD,"

(NURSING CLINICS OF NORTH AMERICA), DECEMER, 1970, 5(4) :589 -98,

CONSIDER'

HOSHINO, GEORGE ET AL.* "ADMINISTRATIVE DISCRETION IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF CHILD ABUSE LEGISLATION,"(CHILD WELFARE), JULY 1973, 52(7)1414240

HOUSDEN. L,G.(THE PREVENTION OF CRUELTY TO CHILDREN].(LONDON, JONATHAN CAPE, LTD., 1955.)

' HOWELLS, JOHN G.41"THE PSYCHOPATHOGENESIS OF HARDCORE FAMILIES,"(AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY), APRIL 1966, 122, 21159 -64,

HOWELLS, JOHN G., ET AL.40SEPARATION EXPERIENCES AND MENTAL HEALTH,"(LANCET), AUG, 6, 1955, 285 -88,

HUDSON, P,"THE DOCTOR'S HANDY GUIDE TO CHRONIC CHILD ABUSE,"(J OF MEDICAL SOCIETY OF NEW JERSEY]; NOVEMBER, 1973, 701651 52.

HUDSON, P,41"HOW TO SET UP A NOdUDGET BATTERED CHILD PROGRAM,"

(J OF MEDICAL SOCIETY OF NEW JERSE'll'i JUNE/1973, 70(6)1441'421-

HUNT, DAVID.[PARENTS AND CHILDREN IN HISTORY),(N,Y,: BASIC BOOKS, INC,, 19760

5.11

570

WYMAN, CLARE A,* "I 'Qs OF PARENTS OF BATTERED BABIES,"

[BRITISH MEDICAL J), DEC. 22. 1973 417396

ILLINOIS MEDICAL JOURNAL* "REPORT SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE,"

[ILLINOIS MEDICAL J), JUNE 19721 1587,

ILLINOIS STATE DEPT OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES,[ILLINOIS CHILD ABUSE ACT.A SURVEY OF THE FIRST YEARS;

(SPRINGFIELD, ILL DEPT OF CHILDREN AND FAMILY SERVICES,

INGRAHAM, FRANC D., ET AL,* "SUBDURAL HEMA TOMA IN INFANCY AND 'CH iLDHDODI "

(JAMA), 1939, 112(3)1198,204.

IRELAND, WILLIAM 84,* "A REGISTRY ON CHILD ABUSE,"

[CHILDREN], MAY -JUNE, 1966, 13(3)1 113-15,

IRVINE, MAY,* "COMMUNICATION AND RELATIONSHIP IN SOCIAL CASEWORK,"

[SOCIAL CASEWORK]. JANUARY, 1.955,

ISAACS, JACOB L,* "THE LAW AND THE ABUSED AND NEGLECTED CHILD,"

[PEDIATRICS], APRIL, 1973. 51(11)

ISAACS. SUSANNA,* "EMOTIONAL PROBLEMS IN CHILDHOOD AND

INC."[BRITISH MEDICAL J]I 1972. 3:224 -26,

ISAACS. SUSANNA* "PHYSICAL ILL"TREATMENT OF CHILDREN,"

(LANCET), JAN. 6, 1968 1137+313.

ISAACSON, EOWARD K.* "THE EMOTIONALLY BATTERED CHILD,"

(PEDIATRICS), 1966: 523.

NOV. 15. 0660

ADOLESCENCE$ NEGLECT, CRUELTY AND SATTER

JACKSON, GRAHAM*"CHILD ABUSE SYNL)ROMETHE CASES WE HISS."

(BRITISH MEDICAL J), JUNE 24. 19721 21756'657

JACOBUCCI s L,* "CASEWORK TREATMENT OF THE NEGLECTFUL MOTHER,"

(SOCIAL CASEWORK]. APRIL, 1965, 1221.46s

JACOBY ARTHUR PI' "TRANS IT ION TO PARENTHOOD: A RE ASSESSMENT I"

CJ OF MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY). NOVEMBER 1969, 720.727,

JACOBZ INER, HAROLD,* "RESCUING THE BATTERED CHILD,"

[AMERICAN J OF NURSING], JUNE 1964. 64192.471

JA,FFEE L,CAN INVESTIGATION DF SOME FACTORS RELATED TO DELINQUENCY PRONENESS),

(UNMLISHED MASTERS THESIS, COLUMBUS, OHIO, OHIO STATE UNIV. DEPT,

OF SOCIOLOGY, 19591)

JAFFEE, LESTER 0, ET AL,* "VERBAL INACCESSIBILITY IN YOUNG ADOLESCENTS SHOWING DELINQUENT TRENDS,"

(J OF HEALTH AND HUMAN BEHAVIOR]. 1962, 31 105 -111,

JAMES, JOSEPH, JR."CHILD NEGLECT AND ABUSE,"(MARYLAND STATE MEDICAL .13, JULY. 1972, 21164,065,

573571

JANEC, Jo, ET AL,"TWO CASE HISTORIES OF CHILDREN MALTREATED BY THEIR PARENTS,"[PRAKTICKY LZKAR], 1969, 49(23)1902..903.

JARRETT. Do"CHILDHOOD'S PATTERN," IN JARRETT, 0, [ENGLAND IN THE AGE OF HOGARTH],'VIKING PRESS, 1974,

JEFFERS, C,(LIVING POOR],(ANN ARBOR, MICHI ANN ARBOR SCIENCE PUBLISHERS, 1967,)

JENKINS. RICHARD L.4)"THE PSYCHOPATNC OR ANTISOCIAL PERSONALITY,"[J OF NERVOUS AND MENTAL DISORDERS], 1960, 131018334,

JENKINS. RICHARD L,. ET AL.4)"INTERRUPTING THE FAMILY CYCLE OF VIOLENCE."

[.) OF THE IOWA MEDICAL SOCIETY], FEB, 19701 60(2)185.89,

JENKINS, SHIRLEY,4)"FILIAL DEPRIVATION IN PARENTS OF CHILDREN IN FOSTER CARE,"

(CHILDREN], JANFEB, 1967, :612,

JENNETT, 8.4)"HEAO INJURIES IN CHILDREN,"

[DEVELOPMENTAL MEDICINE AND CHILD NEUROLOGY], APRIL, 1972, 141137.47,

JETER, HELEN,[CHILDREN, PROBLEMS AND SERVICES IN CHILD WELFARE PROGRAMS],(WASHINGTON, DoC0 US GOV'T PRTG OFFICE, 19631)

JOHNSON, BETTY, ET AL,[THE BATTERED CHILD: A STUDY OF CHILDREN WITH INFLICTED INJURIES],(DENVER, COLO: DENVER DEPT OF WELFARE, 1968,)

JOHNSON, BETTY, ET AL,1)"INJURED CHILDREN AND THEIR PARENTS,"

[CHILDREN], JULY-AUGUST, 1968, 15:4.

JOHNSON, Mo"SYMPOSIUM: THE NURSING RESPONSIBILITIES IN THE CARE OF THE BATTERED CHILD,"[CLIN PROC CHILDREN'S HOSP DC], 1968, 24:35253,

JOHNSON, RICHARD S,"THE CHILD BEATERS: SICK, BUT CURABLE."[THE NATIONAL OBSERVER], MARCH 24, 1973,12(12)11+o

JOHNSTON. C.A."PARENTAL STRESS SERVICE: HOW IT ALL BEGAN,"[J OF CLINICAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY], FALL, 1973,

JONES, DOROTHY M,(CHILDREN WHO NEED PROTECTION: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY],(WASHINGTON, (LC.: US DEPT OF HEW, GOV'T PRTG, OFFICE. 1966,)

JONES, DOUGLAS, ET AL,111"A TEETHING LOTION RESULTING IN THE MISDIAGNOSIS OF DISPHENYLHYDANTION ADMINI-

STRATION,"(AMERICAN J OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN)i SEPT,, 1971, la2:259.60,

JONES, HoHoo ET AL,ii"MULTIPLE TRAUMATIC LESIONS OF THE INFANT SKELETON,"

(STANFORD MEDICAL BULLETIN]. 1957, 1,025943,

JONES, M,[THE THERAPUTIC COMMUNITY],(N,Y,: BASIC BOOKS, 1964,)

574

572

JOOS, THAD H,* "CHILD ABUSE! A DIFFERENT POINT OF VIEW,"

(PEDIATRICS], MARCH. 1970, 4515111

JOSSELYN, i Me41"CULTURAL FORCES. MOTHERLINESS AND FATHERLINESS,"

[AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY7, 1956; 261264.71,

J OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION"BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME AND BRAIN DYSFUNCTION,"EJAMA3. MARCH 19, 1973. 223(12)1090410

CJ OF THE LOUISIANA STATE MEDICAL SOCIETY],41"BATTERED CHILD LAW (LSA RS 141403)"

EJ LA STATE MED SOU, AUG. 1970, 122(5)1247.48,

(J OF THE TENNESSEE MEDICAL ASSOCIATION],"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[J TENN MED ASSN], 1971, 64(4)1346.47,

JOYNER. EDMUND No III,"THE BATTERD CHILD,"(NEW YORK J OF MEDICINE], 1970# 261383.85,

JOYNER. EDMUND No41"CHILD ABUSE -.THE ROLE OF THE PHYSICIAN AND THE HOSPITAL,"

(PEDIATRICS], APRIL. 1973. 51(11/1799.803,

JOYNER. EDMUND N,"M.D,. RESPONSIBILITY'FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE BATTERED CHILD,"[NEW YORK J OF MEDICINE], 19711 27159"610

JUHASE, ANNE ,

* "TO HAVE OR NOT HAVE.CHILDREN? THAT IS THE QUESTION,"CJ OF SCHOOL OF HEALTH], DEC, 1973, 43(10/163245o

JUSTISS,,HOWARD Ho"A NEW LAW HELPS AN ABUSED CHILD AND HIS FAMILY,"[TENNESSEE PUBLIC WELFARE RECORD]. DECEMBER. 1965,

KADUSHIN, ALFRED,(CHILD WELFARE SERVICES](N,Yol MACMILLAN. 1967.)

KADUSHIN, A,"INTRODUCTION OF NEW ORIENTATIONS IN CHILD WELFARE RESEARCH," IN M, NORRIS AND

B, WALLACE (ED.) [THE KNOWN AND THE UNKNOWN IN CHILD WELFARE RESEARCHIAN APPRAISAL],

(N,Y,) CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 1965,)

KAHN, ALFRED J.(PLANNING COMMUNITY SERVICES FOR CHILDREN IN TROUBLE],(WO COLUMBIA UNIV PRESS, 1963,)

KAHN, ROBERT LEWISi ET AL,[DYNAMICS OF INTERVIEWING],1W,1 'JIM. WILEY, 1957,)

KANFER, Folio, ET AL,[LEARNING FOUNDATIONS OF BEHAVIOR THERAPY],(N0,1 JOHN WILEY, 1970,)

KANSAS CITY TIMES EDITORIALilsA NEW MISSOURI APPROACH TO THE AGONY OF CHILD ABUSE,'

KANSAS CITY TIMES, OCT'. 20. 1969, 6704156,

KANSAS STATE DEPT OF SOCIAL WELFARE, COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES,(CASEBOOK AND PROCCEDINGSI SEMINAR ON THE BATTERED CHILD SYNOME3,CTOPEKA1 KANSAS STATE DEPT OF PUBLIC WELFARE, 1 1451)

KARLSSON, Al"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME IN ICELANO,"(NORD PSYKIATR TIDSSKR), 1971, 251112-181

KATE, SANFORD,"THE LEGAL BASIS FOR CHILD PROTECTION," IN [PROCEEDINGS OF INSTITUTES ON

PROTECTIVE AND RELATED COMMUNITY SERVICES,](RICHMOND, VA1 RICHMOND SC)43T% OF SOCIAL WORK, 19680

KAU, SANFORD N.[WHEN PARENTS FAIL: THE RESPONSE TO FAMILY BREAKDOWN],(BOSTON; BEACON PRESS, 1971,)

KAUFMAN, IRVING,.11"THE CONTRIBUTION OF PROL:CTIVE SERVICES."

[CHILD WELFARE), FEB., 1957, 18..13,

KAUFMAN, IRVING11."HELPING PEOPLE WHO CANNOT MANAGE THEIR LIVES,"

[CHILDREN], MAY -JUNE, 1966,

KAUFMAN, IRVING"PSYCHIATRIC IMPLICATIONS OF PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN," IN (PROTECTING THE

BATTERED CHILD), PP 17..221(DENVER. COLO1 ANA* 1952,)

KAUFMAN, IRVING,"PSYCHOOYNAMICS OF PROTECTIVE CASEWORK," IN PARADi HOWARD J AND MILLER,

ROGER R,, (ED) CEGOORIENTED CASEWORK: PROBLEMS AND PERSPECTIVES),(N,V,1 FAMILY SERVICE ASSOC OF AMERICAN, 1963,)

KAUFMAN, IRVING, ET AL,AF"THE FAMILY CONSTELLATION AND OVERT INCESTUOUS RELATIONS BETWEEN FATHER AND

DAUGHTER."[AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSVCHIA'FIV], APRIL, 1954,.:266791

KELLEY , FLORENCE M,.19"ROLE OF THE COURTS,"

(PEDIATRICS), APRIL. 1973, 51(01796..95,

KELLY, JOSEPH B,.11."WHAT PROTECTIVE SERVICES CAN DO,"

[CHILD WELFARE], APRIL, 1959, 381 21.25

KELMAN, HERBERT C,it"PROCESSES OF OPINION CHANGE,"[PUBLIC OPINION QUARTERLY), SPRING, 1961, 157648,

KEMP, MAUDE VON P,it"SUPERVISINC THE BEGINNER IN CHILD PROTECTION,"

(CHILD WELFARE), APRIL, 1957, 11141

KEMPE, [,HENRY,41"THE BATTERED CHILD AND THE HOSPITAL,"

[HOSPITAL PRACTICE). OCTOER 1969,

KEMPE, C,HENRY,IF"PEDIATRIC IMPLICATIONS OF THE BATTERED BABY SYNDROME,"

[ARCHIVES OF DISEASE IN CHILDHOOD). 1971, 46(245)128-37,

KEMPE, C,HENRY,1111"A PRACTICAL APPROACH TO THE PROTECTION OF THE ABUSED CHILD AND REHABILITATION

OF THE ABUSING PARENT,"[PEDIATRICS), APRIL, 1973 51(11)1814009,

KEMPE C,HENRY, ET AL,ii"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

[JANA)/ JULY 7, 1962, 1811 107.12,

576

574

KEMPE, Co HENRY, ET AL.[HELPING THE BATTERED CHILD AND HIS FAMILY).(PHILADELPHIA: LIPPINCOTT, 1972,)

KENNEDY, R.24[NONPENETRATING INJURIES OF THE ABDOMEN,)(SPRINGFIELD, ILL: CHARLES C,ITHOMASI 1960,)

KERNBERG, OTTO41"80ROERLINE PERSONALITY ORGANIZATION,"

EJ OF THE AMERICAN PSYCHOANALYTIC ASSOC). 1967, 15.

KIFFNEY, G.T.41"THE EYE OF THE BATTERED CHILD."BRIEF PATHOLOGY CASE REPORTS. U OF CALIF., MEDICAL CENTER ARCHIVES OF OPH

THALMOLOGY. 1964. 7012..341

KIM, TACK, ET AL.4)"PSEUDOCYSTE OF THE PANCREAS AS A MANIFESTATION OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,[MEDICAL ANNUALS OF THE D.C. REPORT OF A CASE), WASH, Mos NOV, 1967

36(11)266466,

KIRCHNER, SIG."X -RAY OF THE MONTH..CHILD ABUSE."C.) OF THE TENNESSEE MEDICAL ASSOC), NOVEMBER, 1973, 66:1053.54,

KLAUS, MARSHALL H,, ET AL.41:"MOTMERS SEPARATED FROM THEIR NEW BORN INFANTS,"

[PEDIATRIC CLINICS OF NORTH AMERICAN), NOVEMBER, 1970] 17(4)1101537,

KLEIN, MICHAEL. ET AL,11."LOW BIRTH WEIGHT AND THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

[,AMERICAN J OF OISEASES OF CHILOREN]1 JULY. 1971# 122I15".:A8t

KLUCKHOHN, C."VALUES AND VALUE ORIENTATIONS." IN: PARSONS AND SHILS (ED) [TOWARD A GENERAL

THEORY OF ACTION).(N.Y.: HARPER AND ROW, 1951,)

KLUSKA, V., ET AL,"BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."CCASOPIS LEKARU CESKYCH], FEBRUARY 18. 1972. 111$153.57.

KOEL, BERTRAM S.* "FAILURE TO THRIVE AND FATAL INJURY AS A CONTINUUM."

[AMERICAN J OF DISEASES OF CHILOREN],' 1969, 118(4)156567,

KOGAN, KATE L.. ET AL,* "ANALYSIS OF MOTHER - CHILO INTERACTION IN YOUNG MENTAL RETARDATES,"[CHILD DEVELOPMENT) 1969.,40:799.812,

KOGAN, KATE LI. ET AL.* "AN APPROACH TO DEFINING MOTHER-CHILD INTERACTION STYLES,"

[PERCEPTUAL AND MOTOR SKILLS], 19661 23211714177.

KOGELSCHATZt J. Lo, ET AL."FAMILY STYLES OF FATHERLESS HOUSEHOLDS."[AMERICAN ACADEMY OF CHILD PSYCHIATRY At t 11$ 365 -83.

KOHLBERG, L,"DEVELOPMENT OF MORAL CHARACTER AND MORAL IDEOLOGY."

[REVIEW OF CHILD DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH) VOL(N.Y,: RUSSELL -SAGE FOUNDATION, 1964o)

KOHLHAAS, VON MAXl:"DUTY TO SECRECY IN CASES OF CHILD ABUSE."

[MUNCHEN MED WSCHR), SEPT.30, 1966, 106219414441

57

IN M i L.W, HOFFMAN. (ED)

KOHLHAAS. H,"NUGATORY DISCRETION DOES NOT REPRESENT RESPONSIBILITY FOR PREVENTION,"CO'UtSCHE MEDIEINISCHE WOCHENSCHRIFT3i OCT. 11, 1968. 9311914.75,

KOHLHAAS, Mee ET AL,"CHILD ABUSE AND MEDICAL ETHICS,"[DEUTSCH 0 GES GERECHTL MED], 1968, 63:176.42,

KOKAVEC, Mel ET AL,"PROBLEMS OF MOTIVATION IN MISTREATING CHILDREN,"CoESK PATOL3, NOVEMBER. 1971. 71558,

KOMAROVSKY, M,IN ROACH, JACK, ET AL, CSOCIAL STRATIFICATION IN THE UNITED STATES].(NEW JERSEY: PRENTICE -HALL, INC., 19691 119h200,)

KOMROWER, G.M,li"FAILURE TO THRIVE,,"

(BRITISH MEDICAL J], NOV, 26, 1964, 1171.80,

KORMER,ii"MOTHERCHILD INTERACTION: ONE OR TWO WAY STREET,"

CSOCIAL WORK], 1965. 10:47+51,

KOSCIOLEK. EDWARD J."CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICE,"[MINNESOTA WELFARE], SPRING.

KOSCIOLEK, EDWARD J,"WHO IS THE BATTERED CHILD?"[MINNESOTA WELFARE], SUMMER/FALL 1966.

KOTTGENI V."CHILD ABUSE."CBSCHR KINDERHEILK3. APRIL, 1967, 1151186...92,-

KOTTGEN, V,"CHILD ABUSE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"CME0 KLIN3, DECEMBER 23, 1966, 6112025 ...28o

KOUNIN, J."EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES OF RIGIDITY,"[CHARACTER AND PERSONALITY], 1941, 9,

KRAULANO, W."MORPHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF TRAUMATIC BRAIN DAMAGE,"[WIENER MEDIEINISCHE WOCHENSCHRIFT], SEPT, 1968, 1181742-46,

KREECH, FLORENCE46"ADOPTION OUTREACH."

[CHILD WELFARE], DEC, 1973, 52(10): 669.45.

KREISLER, L., ET AL,"THE PERPETRATOR OF CRUELTY UPON YOUNG CHILDREN, A PSYCHOLOGICAL APPROACH,"[ARCHIVES FRANCAISE DE PEDIATRIE3, 1971, 28124?..65,

KRIEGER, INGEBORGii"FOOD RESTRICTIONS AS A FORM OF CHILD ABUSE IN TEN CASES OF PSYCHOSOCIAL

DEPRIVATION DWARFISM,"[CLINICAL PEDIATRICS]. FEBRUARY, 1974, 13112733,

KRIGE,* "THE ABUSED CHILD COMPLEX AND ITS CHARACTERISTIC X -RAY FINDINGS,"

[SOUTH AFRICAN MEDICAL J3, JUNE 11, 19661 401490+93,

KRINGE, H,N,"THE ABUSED CHILD COMPLEX AND ITS CHARACTERISTIC X -RAY FINDINGS,"[SOUTH AFRICAN MEDICAL J31 1966, 401490.63e

KROMROWER/ G, Mo"FAILURE TO THRIVE,"[BRITISH MEDICAL At 1964, t 1377.80,

KROPSKI, A,. ET AL,"PHYSIOLOGICAL AND PERSONALITY CORRELATES OF COMMISSION ERRORS IN AN AUDITORY

VIGILANCE TASK,"[PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY]. 1971, 6;324.11,

KRYWULAK, Eot ET AL,"THE PHYSICALLY ABUSED CHILD,";MANITOBA MEDICAL REVIEW), OCTOBER, 1967,

1

471472.754

KUIPERS, F.. ET AL,110,ZHILO ABUSE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[MEDERL I,GENEESK]. DEC. 12, 1964, 108:2399406.

KUNDSTAOTER, RALPH Hst ET AL,41"THE BATTERED CHILD AND THE CELIAC SYNDROME."'

[ILLINOIS MEDICAL J), SEPT, 1967. 1321267..72,

KUNiEL, El"JUVENILE DELINQUENCY ANO NEGLECT, THEIR ORIGIN AND TREATMENT FROM THE VIEW-

POINT OF DEPTH PSYCHOLOGY',"CPRAX KINDERPSYCHOL), 1965, 11136.

KUSHNJCKI, THEODORE, ET AL,411"SYNOROME OF THE ABANDONED SMALL CHILD,"

[CLINICAL PEDIATRICS], JUNE 1970, 9(6)1356..61,

LACEY. T,"AUTONOMIC INDICES OF ATTENTION READINESS AND REJECTION OF THE EXTERNAL EN-

VIRONMENT," IN: D.P. KIMBLE (ED) [READINESS TO REMEMBER),(N.Y.: GORDON AND BREACH, 1969,)

LACEY, T,"PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGICAL APPnOACHES TO THE EVALUATION OF PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC PROCESS

AND OUTCOME," IN E, Al RUBINSTEIN AND Has PARLOSS 1ED) [RESEARCHIN PSYCHOTHERAPY),

(WASHINGTON, D.C.: AMERICAN PSYCHIATRIC ASSOC,, 1959, PP 1750.'2080

LAKIN, 1.1,

"PERSONAL FACTORS IN MOTHERS OF EXCESSIVELY CRYING (COLICKY) INFANTS.,"[SOCIETY FOR RESEARCH IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT], 1557, 221 7.48,

LAMPARD, F,GILLIANI ET AL,41."NANOOK OF VSKIMO POINT,"CNURSINC TIMES). NOV. 13, 1969, 651 147273,

[LANCET)II"VIOLENY PARENTS"[LANCET)/ NOW:MBER 6,1971, 2110174.18,

LAND. K.C."PRINCIPLES OF PATH ANALYSIS," IN BORATTA (ED) [SOCIOLOGICAL METHODOLOGY),(SAN FRANCISCO; JOSSEYBASS,'INGsr 1969, PP 3371)

LAND IS, JO',41"A REEXAM/LAT10V OF THE ROLE OF THE FATHER AS AN INDEX OF FAMILY INTEGRATION,"[MARRIAGE 010 FAMILY LIVING). MAY 1962, 241122128e

LANE, LIONEL CO11"AGGRESSIVE APPROACH IN PREVENTABLE CASE WORK WITH CHILDREN'S PROBLEMS,"

[SOCIAL CASEWORK), FEBRUARY! 1952o 33161'66

LANECLAYTONe 4AMET E,ETRE CHILD WELFAE MOVEMENT)(LONDON: 192160

579

577"

LANGER, MARION F* "NEW YEAR'S RESOLUTION: NO MORE CORPORAL, PUNISHMENT,"

[TEACHER], 1973, 90( 5 ):19021

LANCER, WILLIAM* "EUROPE° S INITIAL POPULATION EXPLOSION,"

CAMERICAN HISTORICAL REV -IEW), OCT, 1963, 69:1.17,

LANGSHAW. W,C,"THE- BATTERED CHILD. ":.AUSTRAL IAN J OF FORENSIC SCIENCES), 1970, 31260,

LANSKY,"AN UNUSUAL CASE OF CHILDHOOD CHLORAL HYDRATE POISONING,"CAMERICAN J OF THE DISTURBED CHILD). FEB.. 1974, 12712750761

LAPIDUS. LEAH B.* "COGNITIVE CONTROL. PARENTAL', PRACT ICES AND CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS,"[PROCEEDINGS 78TH ANNUAL CONVENT ION OF THE AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGICAL ASSOC]. APRIL

1970, SW 84274 Ss

LASCARI. A eD"THE ABUSED CHILD."CJ OF THE IOWA MEDICAL SOCIETY). MAY 1972. 623229032,

LASK IN, DANIEL M* "THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."

CJ ORAL SURGERY). DECEMBER. 1973, 3119213.,

LAUER, BRIAN ET AL,* "BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME: REVIEW OF 138 PATIENTS WI-1)1 CONTROLS".

CPEDIATR ICS]. JULY 1974. 54(1)1 61781

LAURIN HYDE ASSOCIATES.[PROTECTIVE SERVICE FOR THE CHILDREN IN NEW YORK CITY; A PLAN OF ACTION],(N.Y.; LAURIN HYDE ASSOCIATES, 1962,)

LAURY, GABRIEL V.41 "TSE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME: PARENTAL MOTIVATION. CLINICAL ASPECTS,"

[BULLETIN NEW YORK ACADEMY OF MEDICINE), SEPT, 1970, 46 (9)866608B

LAURY, GABRIEL V,, ET AL."MENTAL CRUELTY AND CHILD ABUSE."[PSYCHIATRIC QUARTERLY SUPPLEMENT), 1967, 41(2)8203054,

LAURY, GABRIEL. ET AL,* "SUB-TLE TYPE 0.F MENTAL CRUELTY TO CHILDREN."MILD AND FAMILY), SPRING 1967. 6(2 )128034.

LAZARUS, R ,S ,t ET AL,* "A CROSS- CULTURAL STUDY OF STRESS0REACTI ON PAT TERN IN JAPAN,"

[4 OF PERSONAL AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY); 1966, 4(,6)1622.33,

LAZENBY, HERBERT C.*"00 WE NEED CHILD ABUSE LAWS?"'[WASHINGTON STATE J OF NURSING), FEBMARCH, 1965, :6.8,

LEADER, ARTHUR L.* "THE PROBLEM OF RESISTANCE IN SOCIAL WORK,"

[SOCIAL WORK], APRIL, 1958,

LEAV.ERTON, DAVID R,* "THE PEDIATRICIAN'S ROLE IN MATERNAL DEPRIVATION,"

[CLINICAL FEDI ATRICS3, JUNE, 1963, 7(6):340.43,

LEAVITT, JEROME E,[THE BATTERED CHILD),(CALIFORNIA: GENERAL LEARNING CORP, 1974.)

580578

LEBOUROAIS4 ELEANOR*:"LOOK AGAINIS IT ACCIDENT OR ABUSE,"

(CANADIAN HOSPITALS], JAN, 1972, 49126.28,

LECKER, SIDNEY.11"COPING WITH DRUG ABUSE,"

(CANADA'S MENTAL HEALTH], MARCH -APRIL 1970. 6411.13.

"LEGALLY REPOTED CHILD ABUSES A,NAT/ONWIDE SURVEY,"(SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE], (N.Y,! COLUMBIA UNIV PRESS. 1968,1,

'LEGER, L."TO PROTECT ABUSED CHILDREN, ARE PHYSICIANS FORCED TO REPORT THE CASES? AN

AMBIGUITY TO CLEAR UP."CPRESSE IIEDICALE], MAY 29, 1971, 7911261,

LEIK, ROC,"MONOTONIC REGRESSION ANALYSIS FOR ORDINAL VARIABLES."(UNI ' OF MASSACHUSETTS, 19740

LEIKEN, SANFORD Lot ET AL."CLINICAL PATHOLOGICAL CONFERENCE: TNE1ATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"(CLINICAL PROC CHILD HOSP DC], NOVEMBER,, 1964, 191302.306,

LEIVESLEY, SeIF"THE MALTREATED CHILD .A CAUSE FOR CONCERN."

(MEDICAL J OF AUSTRALIA], APRIL 29, 2972, 11935.36,

LEMASTERS, E, E."PARENTH000 AS CRISIS," IN M, SUSSMAN, (Me CSOURCEBOOK IN MARRIAGE AND THE

FAMILY].(BOSTON: HOUGH1ON MIFFLIN CO.. 1966,)

LENTLE, B.C.iF"PYCNOOYSOSTOSISI A CASE REPORT,"

EJ OF THE CANADIAN ASSOC OF RADIOLOGIST], SEPT,, 1972. 221210.14,

LEONARD, MARTHA F., ET AL.* "FAILURE TO THRIVE IN INFANTS,"(AMERICAN J OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN], JUNE 1966, 1111 600612.

LESERMAN, S..11."THERE'S,A MURDERER IN MY WAITING ROOM,"

(MEDICAL ECONOMICS], AUGUST 24, 19641 41(17)16271,

LEUCHTER, H.J.41"ARE SCHOOLS TO BE OR NOT TO BE COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH CENTERS?"

(AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], OCTOBER, 2968, 125(4)1167.681

LEVENSTEIN. Pi, ET AL,* "AN EFFECT OF STIMULATING VERRBAL INTERACTION BETWEEN MOTHERS AND CHILDREN

AROUND PLAY MATERIALS,"(AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY]i 1967, 371 34435,

LEVI, L.0.. ET AL.IF"FATHERS AND SONS* INTERLOCKING CRISIS OF INTEGRITY AND IDENTITY,"

(PSYCHIATRY], FEBRUARY 1972, 35, 148.56,

LEVITAN, So"ALTERNATIVE INCOME SUPPORT PROGRAMS," IN H, MILLER,AED) (POVERTY AMERICAN

STYLE].WADSWORTH, 1966,

LEVY, DAVID M,(MATCRNAL OVERPROTECTION],(N,Y,$ COLUMBIA UNIV PRESS. 1943,)

581579

LEVY, DAVID"PRIMARY AFFECT HUNGER,"[AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY), 1937. 94,)

LEWIS.: HAROLD,ill "PARENTAL AND COMMUNITY NEGLECT."

[CHILDREN). MAY -JUNE, 1969, ;114.118

LEWIS, HAROLD"SYNOROMES OF URBAN PO VERT Y, " INS Me GREENBLATT c ET AL. ( ED ), (POVERTY AND

MENTAL HEALTH),(W ASHI NGTON, 0, C, I AMERICAN PSYCHIATRIC ASSOC, 1967,)

LEWIS. HAROLD, ET AL.[DESIGNING MORE EFFECTIVE PROTECTIVE SERVICES -- INTERVENING IN THE RECURRENCE

CYCLE OF NEGLECT AND ABUSE OF CHILDREN],(PHI LADELPHI At RESEARCH CENTER, UNI V OF PENN SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK, JUNE. 1967)

LEWIS. M,, ET AL.(THE EFFECT OF THE INFANT ON ITS CAREGIVER).(NEW YORK: JOHN W ILEY d SONS, 1974. )

LEWIS, MELV I N. ET AL,41. "SOME PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF SEDUCTION, INCEST AND RAPE IN CHILDHOOD,"

[o; OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF CHILD PSYCHIATRY], OCT,, 1969, 61606.49,

WWI, DAVID* "THE PROTECT ION OF THE CHILD VICTIM OF A SEXUAL OFFENSE IN THE CRIMINAL JUST ICE

SYSTEM."[WAYNE LAW REVIEW], SUMMER, 1969. 1519774032,

LIBERMAN, R.P.[A GUI OE TO BEHAVIORAL ANALYSIS AND THEORY],(N.Y .t PERGAMON PRESS, 19720

LIEBER To ROBERT Ht"TELEVISION it ITS EFFECTS ON AGGRESSIVE BEHAVIOR IN CHILDREN," AGGRESSION,

VIOLENCE Aro CHILDHOOD,FIFTH ANNUAL SEMIN )41, CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, TULSA, OKLA, 1972,

LIEVRE, Jo, A o . ET AL,"OSTEOARTICULAR MA NIFESTA7 IONS OF CONGENITAL GENERALIZED ANALGESIA,"[REVUE OU RHUMATISME ET DES MALADIES OSTEOART ICULA IRIS]. NOV,. 1968.35158389,

LIGHT, RICHARD Jo"ABUSED AND NEGLECTED CHILDREN IN AMERICA; A STUDY OF ALTERNATIVE POLICIES,"[HARVARD EDUCATIONAL REVIEW], 1973. 43 (4 )155698 I

LINDENBERG, RICHARD. ET AL,41 "MORPHOLOGY OF BRA IN LESIONS FROM BLUNT TRAUMA IN EARLY INFANCY,"

(ARCHIVES OF PATHOLOGY], MARCH 1969. 8712933050

LI NUE Y, G.WSOME REMARKS CONCERNING INCEST, THE INCEST TABOO AND PSYCHOANALYTIC THEORY."

[AMERICAN PSYCHOLOGIST], DECEMBER 1967, 20) 1051,

LION, JOHN R,*"EMOTIONAL HAZARDS IN THE TREATMENT OF THE VIOLENT PARENT," AGGRESSION,

VIOLENCE AND CHILDHOOD,FIFTH ANNUAL SEMINAR, CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, TULSA, OKLA, OCTOBER, 1972,

LIS EDWARD F,. ET AL,* "MULTIPLE FRACTURES ASSOCIATED WITH SUBDURAL HEMATONA IN INFANCY,"

[PEDIATRICS], 1950, 61890..92,

LI TTNER. NER,[SOME TRAUMATIC EFFECTS OF SEPARATION AND PLACEMENT],(CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 1956.)

582

580

LLOYD, ROBERTS Go111/"THE DIAGNOSIS OF INJURY OF BONES AND JOINTS IN YOUNG BABIES,"

(PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF MEOICINE], DEC. 12, 1968,61112993001

LOCAMA, ROBERT."NOTES FROM THE AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION CONFERENCE, JANUARY, 19691"DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL AND HEALTH SERVICES,

LOCKETT, PATRICIA"DEALING WITH ABUSE."[TENNESSEE PUBLIC WELFARE RECORD). JUNE, 1971,e

LOOF, D. H.(APPALACHIA'S CHILDREN; THE CHALLENGE OF MENTAL HEALTH],(LEXINGTON, KENTUCKY; THE UNIVERSITY PRESS OF KENTUCKY, 19710

LOPRESTI, J.M."THE ABUSED BATTERED CHILD."(CLINICAL PROC CHILD HOSP DC), DECEMBER, 1968. 24$351521

LORENit iKONRAO,(ON AGriESSION],(N,',$ HARCOURT, BRACE AND WORLD. 19660

LOOR, MAURICE-19"TNE WITTENBORN PSYCHIATRIC SYNDROMES; AN OBLIQUE ROTATION,"

(J, OF CONSULTING PSYCHOLOGY], 1957, 2116,

LORR, MkORTIET AL,it"FACTORS DESCRIPTIVE OF PSYCHOPATHOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR OF HOSPITALIZED

PSYCHOTICS,"[J OF ABNORMAL AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY]. 1:955, 50,

LORR, MAURICE, ET AL,"PATTERNS OF MALADJUSTMENT IN CHILDREN,"CJ OF CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY], 1953, 4826.19,

LOW. COLIN.0} "THE BATTERING PARENT, THE COMMUNITY AND THE LAW,"(APPLIED SOCIAL STUDIES], 1971, 3(2)16540,

LOWRY, THOMAS P., ET AL,11"ABORTION AS A PREVENTIVE FOR ABUSED CHILDREN,"

(PSYCHIATRIC OPINION], 1971, 6(3)1190251

LUKIANOWIC2, N.11"BATTERED CHILDREN,"

(PSYCHIATRIC CLINIC], 19721 41257..00,

LUSTIG, Llo ET AL,"INCEST, A FAMILY GROUP SURVIVAL PATTERN,"(ARCHIVES OF GENERAL PSYCHIATRY], 1967, 161 5951

LUSTIG, NOEL, ET AL.IF"INCEST,"

(ARCHIVES OF GENERAL PSYCHIATRY], JANUARY, 1966, 14131.49e

LUX, B,"A DENTIST'S EYEVIEW OF DELINQUENCY,'(DENTAL NEWS), 1969, 617$

HAAS. HENRY, ET AL,ECHILOREN IN NEED OF PARENTS),(141Y1) COLUMBIA UNIV PRESS,'19590

MACDONALD, JOHN M,41"THE THREAT TO 'KILL,"[AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], 1963, 126112500,

583581

MACHOTKA, PAUL. ET AL!il"INCEST AS A FAMILY AFFAIR,"

[FAMILY PROCESS], MARCH 1967, 61 90116.

HAMER, STUART F.. ET AL."DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF SKELETAL INJURIES IN THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[SOUTHERN MEDICAL J], 1970, 5813112742.

MAGINNIS, ELIZABETH, ET 4L."A SOCIAL WORKER LOOKS AT FAILURE TO THRIVE,"(CHILD WELFARE), JUNE 1967. 461 335.38,

MAHANNAH. B.J.CA STUDY OF PUBLIC HEALTH NURSES' KNOWLEDGE ABOUT AND ANTICIPATED BEHAVIOR

REGARDING CHILD ABUSE],(UNPUBLISHED MASTER'S THESIS. UNIV OF WASHINGTON, 1969,)

MAJLATH. GYORGY."ON THE VERACITY OF INJURED JUVENILES AND ON THE GENERAL POSSIBILITIES OF

DRAWING UP AN ADEQUATE PSYCHOLOGICAL EXPERTISE IN CASES OF DEPRIVATIONAND INCEST,"

[PSEICHOLOGAI TANULNANYOK] , 1968. 111623.40e

MAKOVER. H.[PATTERNS OF PARENTAL BEHAVIOR LEADING TO PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN).WORKSHOP SPONSORED BY THE CHILDREN'S BUREAU IN COLLABORATION WITH THE UNIV

OF COLORADO SCHOOL OF MEDICINE,, 1966,

A.K."THE BATTERED BABY SYNDBOME,"[MED LEG BULL). DEC., 1968. 11010.8,

MANEKE. 14.. ET AL."TRAUMATIC BONE CHANGES IN INFANTS, ESPECIALLY FOLLOWING ABUSE,"[MSCHR KINDERHEILK), APRIL, 1967, 1151197.99,

MARER, J.W.4F"DEVELOPMENT OF THE LAW OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

ENEBRAKBA STATE MEDICAL J3, SEPTEBMER, 1966. 511368.72,

MARKER. GAIL. ET AL.il."RETHINKING CHILDREN'S RIGHTS,"[CHILDREN TODAY). NOVDEC 1973, 2(6)18.11,

MARKFIELD, At"A XH"CHILD ABUSE IS SOARINGIN U.S."[NATIONAL ENQUIRER], JULY 18. 1971: 45(46).

MAROTEAUX0 P.11"SEQUELAE OF SILVERMAN'S SYNDROME, INFANTS MULTIPLE FRACTURES I SO-CALLED

BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[LAPRESSE MEM MARCH 22. 1967, 751711.16,

MARQUIS, O.P."CAN CONDITIONED RESPONSES BE ESTABLISHED' IN THE NEWBORN INFANT?"[J OF GENETIC PSYCHOLOGY], 1931, 391479.920

MARTIN, DAVID L.'"THE GROWING HORROR OF CHILD ABUSE AND THE UNDENIABLE ROLE OF THE SCHOOLS IN

PUTTING AN END TO IT."[THE AMERICAN SCHOOL BOARD J3, 1973, 160111115155,

MARTIN, HAROLD Ps. ET AL,10"THE DEVELOPMENT OF ABUSED CHILDREN,"

[ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS], 1974, 21125.73,

MARTIN. H."THE CHILD AND HIS DEVELOPMENT." IN C,H, KEMPE AND R.E, HELFER: (ED,) [HELPING

THE BATTERED CHILD AND HIS FAMILY),(PHILADELPHIA1 J.B. LIPPINCOTT, C0,1 1972, PP 93.114,

584582

MARTIN, HELEN L.*"ANTECEDENTS OF BURNS AND SCALDS IN CHILDREN,"

[ BRITISH J OF MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY], MARCH, 19701 43139047,

MASSING, ROSEil"REGLECTED CHILDREN: A CHALLENGE TO THE COMMUNITYi"

[SOCIAL WORK]. APRIL, 1958, 130.36,

MASTERS, ReEoL,[PATTERNS OF INCEST],(N,Y,1 THE JULIAN PRESS, INC,1

MATHEWS, K,E,, JR,* ET AL,(EMPATHY FANTASY AND HELP].(800K IN THE FINAL STAGES OF PRODUCTION,

1963,)

19740

MAXWELL, I'D,"ASSAULT AND BATTERY OF CHILDREN AND OTHERS,"[NOVA SCOTIA MEDICAL BULLETIN], APRIL; 1966r 451105.7,

MCCLOSKY, KENNETH 0."TORTS: PARENTAL LIABILITY TO A MINOR CHILD FOR INJURIES CAUSED BY EXCESSIVE

PUNISHMENT."[HASTINGS LAW J], FEBRUARY, 1960411335.40e

MCCOID, ALLAN H."THE BATTERED CHILD ANO OTHER ASSAULTS UPON THE FAMILY,"[MINNESOTA LAW REVIEW], 1965, 5011058,

hCCORT, JAMES, ET AL,41"VISCERAL INJURIES IN BATTERED CHILDREN,"

[RADIOLOGY], MARCH 1964r 821424.28, A

MCCREA, ROSWELL,[THE HUMANE MOVEMENT],(N,Y,1 COLUMBIA UNIV PRESS, 1910,)

MCFERRAN, JANE,4I"PARENT'S DISCUSSION MEETINGS: A PROTECTIVE SERVICE AGENCY'S EXPERIENCE,"

[CHILD WELFARE], JULY, 1957, 36(7)131431

MCFERRAN JANE,49"PARENT'S GROUPS IN PROTECTIVE SERVICES,"[CHILDREN], NOV -DEC 19581 5(6)1223.28,

MCGUIRE, C,, ET AL,[THE MEASUREMENT OF SOCIAL STATUS],(AUSTIN, TEXAS: UNIV OF TEXAS; DEPT OF SOCIOLOGY, 1955o)

MCHENRY, THOMAS, ET AL,41"UNSUSPECTED.TRAUMA WITH MULTIPLE SKELETAL INJURIES DURING INFANCY AND CHILDHOOD

[PEDIATRICS], JUNE, 1963, 31190308,

MCKINNEY, G,, ET AL,4I"CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT CONCERNS SRS MULTI- EFFORTS,"

(WASINGTON, D,C,1 SOCIAL AND REHABILITATION.SERVICES1 1973, 1140150

MCRAE, KENNETH, ET AL,"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"(CANADIAN MEDICAL ASSOC J3, APRIL 7, 1973, 188(7)1859.661

MEACHAM, WILLIAM F,"THE NEUROSURGICAL ASPECTS OF THE BATTERED CHILD,"(SOUTHERN-MEDICAL BULLETIN], JUNE 1971, 58(3)133036e

MEAD, Me ET AL.(THE FAMILY),(60,( MACMILLAN CO,, 19650)

385583

MECH, Et"PFOACTICEORIENTED RESEARCH ON SEPARATION IN CHILD WELFARE," IN M.NDRRIS AND

B,WALLACE (ED) [THE KNOWN AND UNKNOWN IN CHILD WELFARE RESEARCH],(NO.,1 CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 1965,)

[MEDICAL J OF AUSTRALIA] ,"WHIPLASH INJURY IN INFANCY,"DIED J OF AUSTRALIA), AUGUST 2641971, 2145,

"MEDICAL MANAGEMENT OF CHILD ABUSE,"[J OF MEDICAL SOCIETY OF NEW JERSEY]; JUNE, 1972, 691551.53,

MEDICAL SOCIETY OF THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, SYMPOSIUM ON CHILD ABUSE, NEW YORKUNIVERSITY MEDICAL CENTER, JUNE 15, 1971,

[PEDIATRICS], APRIL, 1973 51(4)1771.812,

MEDLEY, H, EARL,CA NEW APPROACH IN PUBLIC WELFARE IN SERVING FAMILIES WITH ABUSED OR NEGLECTED

CHILDREN],(NASHVILLE/ DEPT OF PUBLIC WELFARE, MAY 2b, 19670

MEERLOO, J,A,N,41"MENTAL CRUELTY,"[NEDERL T GENEESK], DEC,13 1969, 113(50)1223639,

MEIER, ELIZABETH G."CHILD NEGLECT.1' IN) COHEN, NATHN Elo(ED) [SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL(N,Yot NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SOCIAL WORKERS, 1964,)

MEIER, ELIZABETH Go[FORMER FOSTER CHILDREN AS ADULT CITIZENS],(UNPUBLISHED PH.D. THESIS, COLUMBIA UNIV PRESS, APRIL, 1962,)

MELNICK, BARRY, ET AL,11"DISTINCTIVE PERSONALITY ATTRIBUTES OF CHILDABUSING MOTKRS,"

[J OF CONSULTING CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY], 1969, 33(6)1746..490

PROBLEMS],

NELSON, E, F."INTERPRETING, TESTING AND PROVING NEGLECT, CASEWORKER AND JUDGE IN NEGLECT

CASES,"(NEW YORK1 CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 197B, 12641,)

MENCHER, SAMUEL (ED)"CONCEPT OF AUTHORITY IN CASEWORK,"[CASEWORK PAPERS], FAMILY SERVICE ASSOC*, 1960,

MERRILL, E,J,"PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN/ AN AGENCY STUDY," IN [PROTECTING THE BATTERED

CHILD],(DENVER, COLOR AHA, 19620

MERRILL, EDGAR J,"REPORTING OF ABUSED OR BATTERED CHILDREN,"CJ OF JHE MAINE MEDICAL ASSOC], MAY, 1965, 501119.20,

MERRILL, EDGAR Jo ET AL,[PROTECTING THE BATTERED CHILD7t(DENVER COLO1 AMA, 19620

MERTON, R,K,"SOCIAL STRUCTURE AND ANOMIE," IN4

(GLENCOE, ILL1 FREE PRESS, 19490CSOCIAL THEORY AND SOCIAL STRUCTURE],

MICHAEL, MARIANNE K,"THE BATTEREDCHILO,"[IOWA J OF SOCIAL WORK], 1970, 3(3)176,063,

58584

MICHAEL, 14,K,ii"FOLLOW+UP STUDY OF ABUSED CHILDREN REPORTED FROM UNIVERSITY HOSPITALS,"

CI) or IOWA MEDICAL SOCIETY', MAY, 1972, 62(5)1235+37,

MILES, A.E.W.41"FORENSIC ASPECTS OF ODONTOLOGYI A MUSEUM EXHIBIT,"

(PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF MEDICINE], FEB,, 19710 641112.

HILLER, Av"ON THERAPEUTIC TECHNIQUE REGARDING THE SOCALLED NARCISSISTIC NEUROSES,"(PSYCHE], 1971, 251 641+68,

MILLER, DIR., ET AL,THE CHANGING AMERICAN PARENT],

(NoYol JOHN WILEY AND SONS, 1958,.)

MILLER, 8,R,, ET ALP(INNER CONFLICT ANO OEFENSEL(NoYol HENRY HOLT AND CO., 19620)

MILLER, DONALD Soil^"FRACTURES AMONG CHILDREN, PART I, PARENTAL ASSAULT AS A CAUSATIVE AGENT."

(MINNESOTA MEDICINE], SEPT, 19590 4211209+13,

MILLER, JOHN K.41"RED, WHITE AND BRUISED, THE MALTREATMENT SYNDROME IN THE ARMY,"

(BEHAVIOR SCIENCE), JUNE 24, 1974, 11+22,

MILLER, MARY BAILEY41"COMMUNITY ACTION ."

(NURSING OUTLOOK), MARCH, 1969, 17144+46,

MILLER, $014."SOCIAL CLASS AND PROJECTIVE TESTS,"EJ OF PROJECTIVE TECHNIQUES', 1958, 22,

MILLER, T, W,"LOWER+CLASS CULTURE AS A GENERATING MILIEU OF JUVENILE DELINQUENCY," IN

Sp N, EISENSTADY (ED) [COMPARATIVE SOCIAL PROBLEMS],(NEW YORK!' THE FREE PRESS, 1965,)

WILOWE 10.(PATTERNS OF PARENTAL BEHAVIOR LEADING TO PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN),WORKSHOP SPONSORED BY CHILDREN'S BUREAU IN COLLABORATION WITH THE UNIV OF COLO

SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, 1966,

MORE, IRVIN 0., ET AL,46"THE CHILD'S ROLE IN THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

LI OF PEDIATRICS], 1964, 45(6)1187981,

MORE, IRVIN 0.. ET AL."SOME PROVOCATIVE ANO CONTROVERSIAL MENTAL HEALTH PROBLEMS'POSED BY THE BATTERED

CHILD SYNDROME," IN1 [PROCEEDINGS OF THE 3RD ANNUAL CONFERENCE( MEN+TAL HEALTH CAREER DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM], MAY 26+211, 19640PP7101076,

(WASHINTON, D,C,$ NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH, PUBLICATION 1145, 1964,

MINN, PING MO,"OPERIATION*HELPI AN APPROACH TO CHILD PROTECTION," INS NATIONAL CONFERENCE

ON SOCIAL WORK,(SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE], 1964, NEW YORK; COLUMBIA UNIV PRESS,

MINTZ. A,A,411"BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

(TEXAS STATE J OF MEDICINE), FEBRUARY/ 1944. 60;117,

MINUCHIN, St, ET AL,"ADAPTING FAMILY THERAPY FOR THE LOW SOCIOECONOMIC GROUP,"PHILADELPHIA CHILD GUIDANCE CLINIC, 1966, 'MIMEO,

587.585

MINUCHIN, S., ET AL.[FAMILIES OF THE SLUMS: AN EXPLORATION OF THEIR STRUCTURE AND TREATMENT],(NEW YORK: BASIC BOOKS, 19671)

MITCHELL. BETTY*"WORKING WITH ABUSIVE PARENTS, A CASEWORKER'S VIEW,"

[AMERICAN J OF NURSING), MARCH, 1973, 731480.43.

MNOOKIN. ROBERT Ht*"FOSTER CAREI IN WHOSE BEST INTEREST?"

CHARVARD EDUCATIONAL REVIEW], NOV. 19731 43(4)1599..038.

MONEY, JOHN, ET AL.* "PAIN AGNOSIA AND SELFINJURY IN THE SYNDROME OF REVERSIBLE SOMATOTROPIN

DEFICIENCY (PSYCHOSOICAL DWARFISM).CJ OF AUTISM ANO CHILDHOOD WillOPHRENIA]. APRILJUNE. 1972. 2(2)8127.'39,

MOORE. CAROL Woo ET AL,"4 THREEYEAR FOLLOW-UP STUDY OF ABUSED ANDCAMERICAN J OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN].

MOORE. J,L.. JR."REPORTING OF CHILD ABUSE."CJ OF THE MEDICAL ASSOC OF GEORGIA]. JULY, 1966,

MORRIS, MtCPATTERNS OF PARENTAL BEHAVIOR LEADING TO PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN),WORKSHOP SPONSORED BY CHILDREN'S BUREAU IN COLLABORATION WITH THE UNIV 'OF

COLO. SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, 1966,

MORRIS, MARIAN GENNARIA,"PSYCHOLOGICAL MISCARRIAGE: AN END TO MOTHER LOVE,"CTRANSACTION]. JAN -FEB., 19600

MORRIS, MARIAN Got ET AL,*"ROLE REVERSAL; A NECESSARY CONCEPT IN DEALING WITH THE BATTERED CHILD

SYNDROME."(AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY], MARCH 1973.

MORRIS, MARIAN Go, ET AL."ROLE REVERSAL; A NECESSARY CONCEPT IN DEALING WITH THE BATTERED CHILD

SYNDROME," IN CTHE NEGLECTED ,BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME),(NoYof CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, JULY, 1963, 1290..090

MORRIS, MARIAN Sot ET AL.* "TOWARD PREVENTION OF CHILD ABUSE,"

CCHILDREN], HARCHAPRIL, 1964, 11(2),

MORRIS ToN..0o, ET AL,* "A BATTERED BABY WITH PHARYNGEAL ATRESIA,"

C4 OF LARYNGOLOGY AND OTOLOGY], (LONDON), JULY, 1971, 051729.31,

MORSE, CoW.E ET AL.411."A THREE -YEAR FOLLOW.UP STUDY OF ABUSED AND NEGLECTED CHILDREN,"

CAMERICAN J OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN], NOV.. 1970, 1201439461

MOSS, SIDNEY Z.*"AOTHORITY AN ENABLING FACTOR IN CASEWORK WITH NEGLECTFUL PARENTS,",CCHILD WELFARE], OCTOBER, 1963, 130.403

MOSS, SIDNEY Z.il"INTEGRAIION OF THE FAMILY INTO THE CHILD PLACEMENT PROCESS"

[CHILDREN)", NOV -DEC, 1960. :21924,

NOYES. P.O.40SUBDURAL EFFUSIONS IN INFANTS,"[CANADIAN MEDICAL ASSOC J), FEB. 1. 19691 100(5)823144o

NEGLECTED CHILDREN,"1970. 120(5)1439.46,

58$

586

)

MOYSON. TOO ET AL,"IGNORED FRACTURES AND MISTREATED CHILDREN,"CBRUXELLES MEM SEPT, 16 19664 461115771,

MULCOCK, DONALD41"A STUDY OF 100 NON - SELECTED CASES OF SEXUAL ASSAULTS ON CHILDREN,"

CINTERNATIONAL J OF SEXOLOGY]. FEB, 1954, 7(3)1125 -28,

MULFORD, ROBERT 14,il"EMOTIONAL NEGLECT OF CHILDRENA CHALLENGE TO PROTECTIVE SERVICE,"

CCH/LO WELFARE), OCT,, 1958, 11191,29,

MULFORD, ROBERT Moo ET AL,[CASEWORKER AND JUDGE IN NEGLECT CASES],(AGYI: CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 1956,)

MULFORD, ROBERT Mo, ET AL,CPROTECTIVEPREVENTIVE SERVICES1 ARE THEY SYNONYMOUS?)(DENVER. COLO1 AHA, 1969g)

MULFORD, ie M,. ET AL,"PSYCHOS(JCIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF NEGLECTING PARENTS*

TREATMENT,"(DENVER: AMERICAN HUMANE ASSOCIATION, 1967. 11+280

IMPLICATIONS FOR

MURDOCK, C.GEORGE411"THE ABUSED CHILD AND THE SCHOOL SYSTEM,"

[AMERICAN J OF PUBLIC HEALTH), JANUARY, 1970, 601105.9;

MUSHIN A,S,"OCULAR DAMAGE IN THE BATTERED BABY SYNDROME,"[BRITISH MEDICAL J3, (LONDON), AUGUST 14, 1971, 1402.4,

MUSNIN. ALAN. ET AL,1:"OCULAR INJURY IN THE BATTERED SYNDROME, REPORT OF TWO CASES,"

CWRITISH J OF OPHTHALMOLOGY], (LONDON). MAY. 1971. 55184347,

MUSSING, ROSE,"NEGLECTED CHILDREN; A CHALLENGE TO THE COMMUNITY,"[SOCIAL WORK], APRIL, 1958, 3,

MYERS, STEVEN A.ii"THE CHILD SLAYER$ A TWENTY -FIVE YEAR SURVEY OF HOMICIDES INVOLVING PRE+

ADOLESCENT VICTIMS,"[ARCHIVES OF GENERAL PSYCHIATRY], AUG, 1967, 17(2)1211.13,

MYREN, RICHARD A,, ET AL,CPOLICE WORK WITH CHILDREN1 PERSPECTIVES AND PRINCIPLES],(WASHINGTON, Mg; U,S, CHILDREN'S BUREAU, 1962,)

NAPIER, HARRY,1:"SUCCESS AND FAILURE IN FOSTER CARE,"[BRITISH J OF SOCIAL WORM 1971 2. (2)1 1072041

NASH, J,"THE FATHER IN CONTEMPORARY'CULTURF AND CURRENT PSYCHOLOGICAL LITERATURE,"CCHILO DEVELOPMENT], 196.1, 8317914492g

NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,"REDUCE T'1 FLOW OF UNWANTED BABIES," IN H, MILLER (ID) CPOVERTY AMERICAN

STYLE]WAUSWORTH, 1966,

NATIONAL CENTER FOR SOCIAL STATISTICS,[CHILD WELFARE STATISTICS)(WASHINGTON, OIC11 1969,)

589587

NATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SOCIAL WELFARE,"LEGALLY REPORTED CHILD ABUSE! A NATIONWIDE SURVEY," IN! [SOCIAL WORK

PRACTICE], 1968,(N,Y,1 COLUMBIA Ut4IV PRESS, 19660

NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JUVENILE COURT JUDGES, (ED,)"HANDBOOK FOR NEW JUVENILE COURT JUDGES,"[JUVENILE COURT J], 1972, 23(1)11"31,

NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH, OFFICE OF PROGRAM PLANNING AND EVALUATION,"STUDIES OF URBAN LIFE AND MENTAL HEALTH," IN [MENTAL HEALTH OF URBAN

AMERICA],(WASHINGTON, 0,C0 US GOVT PATGOFFICE, 1969.)

NATIONAL PROBATION AND PAROLE ASSOCIATION,CTHE NEGLECTED CHILD),.(N,Y11 NATIONAL PROBATION AND PAROLE ASSOCIATION, 1968,)

NATIONWIDE,[SURVEY OF LEGALLY REPORTED PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN],(N,Y,t BRANDEIS UNIVI, PAPERS IN SOCIAL WELFARE, PUB, #15, 1968,)

NAU, E,"CHILD ABUSE,"CMSCHR KINDERHEILK), APRIL, 1967, 1151192.94,

NAU,

"THE CRIME OF CHILD ABUSE FROM A FORENSIC PSYCHIATRIC VIEWPOINT,"CMUCHEN MED WSCHRJ/ MAY 22, 1964/ 1061972.74,

NAU, E,"PREVENTION OF CHILD ABUSE,"CBEITR GERICHTL MED], 1973, 301324 -32,

NAU, E,, ET AL,"KASPARHAUSER SYNDROME,"CMUNCHEN MED WSCHR], APRIL 29, 1966, 100192931,

NAUMANN, P,"CHILD ABUSE,"CMUNCHEN MED WSCHR7, AUGUST 18, 1967, 10911703-4,

NAllARO/ JEAN,"CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT,"[EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN], 1974, 40(5)1351 -54,

NECHAMIN, SAMUEL41"BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME AND BRAIN DYSFUNCTION,"

CJAMA7, MARCH 19, 1973, 223(12)11390,

NEILL, A.S,CFREEDOM NOT LICENSE],(WO HART, 1966,)

NEILL, A,S,CSUMMERHILLI A RADICAL APPROACH TO CHILD REARING],

HART, 19600

NEIMANN, N,"CHILD ABUSE,"CSEMAINE DE HOSPITAUX DE PARIS], MAY 8, 1968, 4411523+25,

NEIMANN, N,, ET AL,"CHILDREN VICTIMS OF MALTREATMENT,"CPEDIATRICS7, DECEMBER, 1968. 23186145,

NEISSER, MARIANNE,"JUDGMENTS AND THE NON- JUDGMENTAL ATTITUDE IN THERAPEUTIC RELATIONSHIPS,"[SOCIAL CASEWORK), MAY, 1965,

5DO588

NELSEN, LLOYD H."THE ABUSED CHILD LAW,"CUTAH PUBLIC WELFARE REVIEW), WINTER; 1966,

NELSON, GERALD D,, ET AL,41"BURNS IN CHILDREN,"[SURGERY. GYNECOLOGY AND OBSTETRICS], MARCH. 1969, 120151822,

NETTLER, GWYNNE.CA STUDY OF OPINIONS ON CHILD WELFARE IN HARRIS COUNTY),(HOUSTON; COMMUNITY COUNCIL OF HOUSTON AND HARRIS COUNTY, OCTOBER, 1958,)

NEW YORK CITY MAYOR'S TASK FORCE ON CNILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT; SOLOMON, THEO,ET AL,

[THE MAYOR'S TASK FORCE ON CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT),(N,Y,; CENTER FOR COMMUNITY RESEARCH; 19700

NEW YORK CITY YOUTH BOARD,[REACHING THE UNREACHED3t(N,Y11 NEW YORK CITY YOUTH BOARD, 1952,)

NEW YORK STATE DENTAL JOURNAL41"DENTISTS REQUIRED TO REPORT CASES

CNEW YORK STATE DENTAL J), 629,

NEWBERGER. ELI H,"THE MYTH OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"CCURRENT MEDICAL DIALOGUE), APRIL, 1973, CONDENSATION OF PAPER PRESENTED AT

THE 95TH ANNIVERSARY SYMPOSIUM OF AHA, 1971,

OF ABUSED AND MALTREATED CHILDREN,"

NEWBERGER, E.. ET AL,"CHILD ABUSE IN MASSACHUSETTS,"CMASS PHYSICIAN), 1973, 32131#

NEWBERGER, ELI H,. ET AL,"CHILD ABUSE; PRINCIPLES AND IMPLICATIONS OF CURRENT PEDIATRIC PRACTICE."PAPER, MARCH 1975.

NEWBERGER, ELI Hu ET AL,41"REDUCING THE LITERAL ANO HUMAN COST OF CHILD ABUSE, IMPACT OF A NEW HOSPITAL

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM,"[PEDIATRICS], MAY, 1973, 51(5)1840°48,

NEWTON, NILES R,41"THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN INFANT FEEDING EXPERIENCE AND LATER BEHAVIOR,"

CJ OF PEDIATRICS), 1951, 381 28.40,

NIXON, 11,11,ii"NON..ACCIDENTAL INJURY IN CHILDREN,"(BRITISH MEDICAL J3, DEC, 15. 1973, 1656.57,

NOMURA, FIR,"THE BATTERED CHILD 'SYNDROME'. A REVIEW,"(HAWAII MEDICAL At 1966# 251387 -94,

NORTH CAROLINA HEALTH COUNCIL.(GOVERNOR'S CONFERENCE ON CHILD ABUSE),(RALEIGH, N.Co: NORTH CAROLINA HEALTH COUNCIL, 1967,)

NURSE, SHIRLEY M,"FAMILIAL PATTERNS OF PARENTS WHO ABUSE THEIR CHILDREN,"[SMITH COLLEGE STUDIES IN SOCIAL WORK), OCTOBER, 1964, 35,

NYDEN, PAUL V,* "THE USE OF AUTHORITY,"(PUBLIC WELFARE] . JULY, 1966. 1239.12,

591589

"OBSERVATIONS ON THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICE SYSTEM INCALIFORNIA,"

[STANFORD LAW REVIEW], 1969, 21111291

OCHBERG, FRANK MI11."THEORIES OF VIOLENCE," AGGRESSION, VIOLENCE AND CHILDHOOD.

FIFTH ANNUAL SEMINAR, CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, TULSA, OKLA, OCTOBER, 1972,

OWOHERTY, N.J.al,"SUBOURAL HAEMATOMA IN BATTERED BABIES,"

[DEVELOPMENTAL MEDICINE AND CHILD NEUROLOGY], APRIL. 1964, 61192.'93,

MUM/ D.M,"NEGLECTED CHILDREN,"[ROYAL SOCIETY HEALTH J), NOV -DEC. 1959, 79:737 -43,

OETTINGER, KATHERINE B.1/"PROTEGTING CHILDREN FROM ABUSE,"

[PARENTS MAGAZINE], NOV., 1964, 39 :11 -12,

O'KEEFE, EDWARD J,"COMPARISON OF HIGH AND LOW IMPULSE GROUPS ON TWO TESTS OF MOTOR INHIBITION"[PERCEPTUAL AND MOTOR SKILLS], 1973, 37(2):43541,

OKELL, C."THE BATTERED BABY SYNDROME: RECENT RESEARCH AND IMPLICATIONS FOR TREAT-

MENT."[COMMUNITY HEALTH, PUBLIC NURSING SECTION, ROYAL SOCIETY OF HEALTH], 1972,

23: 89.95,

OKLAHOMA STATE DEPT OF HEALTH,[BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME: A BIBLIOGRAPHY].(OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA: STATE DEPT OF HEALTH, 1964,)

OLIPHANT, WINFORD,"AFDC FOSTER CARE: PROBLEMS AND RECOMMENDATIONS,"[CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA], 1974.

OLIVER, J.E.41."A FAMILY KINDRED WITH ILL -USED CHILDREN THE BURDEN ON THE COMMUNITY,"

[BRITISH J OF PSYCHIATRY ], JULY, 1973, 123:81 -90,

OLIVER, J.E., ET AL.1/"FlVE GENERATIONS OF ILL- TREATED CHILDREN IN ONE FAMILY PEDIGREE,"

[BRITISH J OF PSYCHIATRY], NOV., 19710 119:473-8N,

OLIVER, J.E. s ET AL,MF"SIX GENERATIONS OF ILL -USED CHILDREN IN A NUNTINGTONIS PEDIGREE,"

[POSTGRAD MED A, OEC1s 1969/ 451757.'68,

OLIVER, K,, ET AL,1/"STANFORDBINET AND GOODENOUGHHARRIS TEST PERFORMANCES OF HEADSTART CHILDREN,"

[PSYCHOLOGICAL REPORTS], 1967, 20, :1175 -79.

OLSON,' I."SOME EFFECTS OF INCREASED AID IN MONEY AND SOCIAL SERVICES TO FAMILIES

GETTING AFDC GRANTS,"[CHILD WELFARE], 1970 49: 94100.

OLTMAN, JANE E., ET AL,41"PARENTAL DEPRIVATION IN PSYCHIATRIC CONDITIONS. III, (IN PERSONALITY DIS

ORGERS AND OTHER CONDITIONS,)(DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM]. MAY 1967, (28): 298-303,

O'NEILL, JAMES A., JR,* "DELIBERATE CHILDHOOD TRAUMA - SURGICAL PERSPECTIVES,"(J OF TRAUMA), APRIL, 1973. 131399400,

592590

O'NEILL. JAMES Al; JR,' ET AL,41PPATTERNS OF INJURY IN THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME"

CJ OF TRAUMA], APRIL, 1973. 13(4)133249

MINE, MARTIN T., ET AL,411."ON THE DETECTION OF DECEPTION; A MODEL FOR THE STUDY OF THE PHYSIOLOGICAL

EFFECTS OF PSYCHOLOGICAL STIMULI," IN; N, GREENFIELD AND R. STERNBACH,(ED), [HANDBOOK OF PSYCHOPHYSIOLOGY],

(N,Ygl HOLT, 1972: PP 74350

OTT, JOHN F."NEGLECTED OR PHYSICALLY ABUSED CHILDREN 1 A REVIEW,"(J OF THE SOUTH CAROLINA MEDICAL ASSOC], OCTOBER, 1964; 60:309 -15,

OVERSTED, CHRISTOPHER. ET AL,il"ASPECTS OF BONDING FAILURE: THE PSYCHOPATHOLOGY 4D PSYCHOTHERAPEUTIC TREAT-

MENT OF FAMILIES OF BATTERED CHILDREN,"[DEVELOPMENTAL MEDICINE AND CHILD NEUROLOGY], 19,1,

OVERTON, ALICE* "SERVICE FAMILIES WHO DON'T WANT HELP,"

[SOCIAL CASEWORK] JULY, 1953.

OVERTON, ALICE, ET AL,(CASEWORK NOTEBOOK],(ST,PAUL, MINN: FAMILY CENTERED PROJECT, GREATER ST, PAUL COMMUNITY

AND COUNCILS, INC,, 1959,)CHESTS

OWENS, M,P., ET AL."THE MANAGEMENT OF LIVER TRAUMA,"[ARCHIVES OF SURGERY], AUGUST, 1971, 1031211*1.

OZER, MIN,(MEASURE FOR EVALUATION OF SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN],(WASHINGTON, D.C.; UNPUBLISHED * CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL OF THE DISTRICT OF

COLUMBIA. 1967o)

PAGE, NORMA KNOLL,(PROTECTIVE SERVICE: A CASE ILLUSTRATING CASEWORK WITH PARENTS],(N,Y,: CHILO.WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 1947,)

PAGET, NORMAN,"CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES -- HISTORY. THEORY AND PRACTICE," IN: [PROCEEDINGS

OF INSTITUTES ON PROTECTIVE AND RELATED COMMUNITY SERVICES],(RICHMOND, VA: RICHMOND SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK. 1966,)

PAGET: NORMAN Wo,41."EMERGENOY PARENTS - -A PROTECTIVE SERVICE TO CHILOREN IN CRISIS,"

(CHILD WELFARE], JULY, 1967,

PAGET. NORMAN W,. ET AL,[FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION AND PROTECTIVE SERVICES],(DENVER: AHA, 1966, )

PAINTER, HAL.(MARK, I LOVE YOU].(N,Y,1 SIMON AND SCHUSTER, INC,. 1967,)

PALOMEOUE, L,E,, ET AL,1F"BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME:

[ARCHIVES OF DERMATOLOGY],

.PANETH. J,41"DEFLATION IN AN INFLATIONARY PERIOD; SOME CURRENT SOCIAL HEALTH NEED PRO*

VISIONS,"[AMERICAN J OF PUBLIC HEALTH], JANUARY, 1972, 62160.63,

UNUSUAL DERMATOLOGICAL MANIFESTATION,"1964, 90;326.27g

PAPANEK, Go O.41"OTNAMICS OF COMMUNITY CONSULTATION."[ARCHIVES OF GENERAL PSYCHIATRY. AUGUYT 1966,

593591

19g :0946,

PARKER, GRAHAM E.48,"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME, (THE PROBLEM IN THE UNITED STATES),"

[MEDICAL SCIENCE AND LAW], 1965, 51160 -63,

PARRY. N.H., ET AL,41,"CHILO ABUSE SYNDROME,"

[BRITISH MEDICAL J], JULY 8, 1972, 31113 -14.

PARSILL. NEAL (ED)[GROWING UP IN IDAHO: THE NEEDS OF YOUNG CHILDREN],(BOISE, IDAHO: IDAHO STATE OFFICE OF CHILD DEVELOPMENT, 1973.)

PARSON, T,Mh"THE INCEST TABOO IN RELATION TO SOCIAL STRUCTURE AND SOCIALIZATION.OF THE

CHILD."[BRITISH J OF SOCIOLOGY]. JUNE 1954, 5: 101 -107,

PARSON, T., ET AL,(FAMILY SOCIALUATION AND INTERACTION PROCESS],(NEW YORK{ THE FREE PRESS, 1955, :6 -26,)

'PASAMANICK, BENJAMIN.IIF"A CHILD IS BEING BEATEN."

[AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY], JULY, 1971, 41(4)1540.'56.

PASHAYAN. H, . ET AL."MALTREATMENT SYNDROME DF CHILDREN."[NOVA SCOTIA MEDICAL BULLETIN], JUNE, 1965, 44:139.42,

PATTERSON. G.R,[FAMILIES],(CHAMPAIGN, ILL: RESEARCH PRESS. 19710

PATTERSON, G.R.. ET AL,(LIVING WITH CHILDREN],(CHAMPAIGN, ILL: RESEARCH PRES, 1968,)

PATTERSON Poll.. ET AL."CHILD ABUSE IN HAWAII."(HAWAII MEDICAL JJ, 1966, 25:395 -97,

PAUL,"THE ABUSE OF BRAIN DAMAGED CHILDREN,"[MSCHR KINDERHEILK]. APRIL, 1967, 1151202.6,

PAUL, NI"PARENTAL EMPATHY," IN: E,J, ANTHONY 'AND I, BENEUEK (ED). (PARENTHOOD],(BOSTON: LITTLE, DROWN AND CO., 1970, PP 339 -52,)

PAUL. S.D."RECOGNITION OF THE ENTITY THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME IN INDIA,"[INDIAN J OF PEDIATRICS], FEB,, 1972, 39858.62.

PAULL. Do. ET AL."A NEW APPROACH TO REPORTING CHILD ABUSE,"[HOSPITALS], 1967, 41:62 -64,

PAULSEN, MONRAD Gr"CHILD ABUSE REPORTING LAWS i THE SHAPE OF THE LEGISLATION,"[COLUMBIA LAW REVIEW], 1967,671149,

PAULSEN, MONRAD Cr"THE LAW AND ABUSED CHILDREN," IN: RAY HELFER d Co HENRY KEMPE (ED) [THE

BATTERED CHILD].(CHICAGO: UNIV OF CHICAGO PRESS, 1968,)

PAULSEN, MONRAD G,4P"THE LEGAL FRAMEWORK FOR CHILD PROTECTION,"

(COLUMBIA LA" REVIEW), APRIL, 1966. 66:679717,

594592

PAULSEN, -MONRAD."LEGAL PROTECTION AGAINST CHILD ABUSE,"(CHILDREN). 1966, 13142'45,

PAULSEN. MONRAD G,. ET AL,"CHILD ABUSE REPORTING LAWS 40ME LEGISLATIVE HISTORY,"[THE GEORGE WASHINGTON LAW REVIEW], MARCH. 1966, 34(3):482.506,

PAULSEN. MORRIS do ET AL,ii."THE PHYSICALLY ABUSED CHILD: A FOCUS ON PREVENTION,"

[CHILD WELFARE], FEBRUARY, 1969, 46:(2),

PAULSON, MORRIS Js4 ET AL,"THE ABUSEO. BATTERED AND MALTREATED CHILD: A REVIEW,"(TRAUMA), 1967. 9:3.

PAULSON, MORRIS Jo, ET AL,"PARENT SURROGATE ROLES: A DYNAMIC CONCEPT IN UNDERSTANDING AND TREATING

ABUSIVE PARENTS."[J OF CLINICAL CHILD PSYCHOLOGY], 1970. 2(3)13840,

PAULSON, MORRIS Je. ET AL."THE PHYSICALLY ABUSED CHILD: A FOCUS ON PREVENTION,"ECWiLD WELFARE). FEBRUARY. 1969,

PAVENSTEDT. E, (ED)[THE DRIFTERS: CHILDREN OF DISORGANIZED LOWERCLASS FAMILJES),(BOSTON: LITTLE. BROWN, 1967,)

PAVENSTEDT. E."THE MEANINGS OF MOTHERHOOD IN A DEPRIVED ENVIRONMENT," IN E, PAVENSTEDT

ANO V, BERNARD (EDS) (CRISIS OF FAMILY DISORGANIZATION: PROGRAMS TOSOFTEN THEIR IMPACT ON CHILDREN),

(NEW YORK: BEHAVIORAL PUBLICATIONS, 1971, :5974,

PAVENSTEDT. ELEANOR, ET AL, (ED)(CRISES OF FAMILY DISORGANIZATION: PROGRAMS TO SOFTEN THEIR IMPACT ON CHILDREN)(NeY,1 BEHAVIORAL PUBLICATIONS, 1971,)

PAYNE. A.M,(KNOWLEDGE, ACTIONS AND ANTICIPATED ACTIONS OF NURSES WITH RESPECT TO CHILD

ABUSE).(UNPUBLISHED MASTER'S THESIS, UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON, 19720

PAYNE. ANNA "MARIE,"A STUDY TO INVESTIGATE THE KNOWLEDGE ACTIONS ANO ANTICIPATED ACTIONS OF

NURSES WITH RESPECT TO CHILD ABUSE,"(UNPUBLISHED MASTER'S THESIS, UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON, 1972,)

PECK, Hat. ET AL,(TREATMENT OF THE DELINQUENT ADOLESCENT],(NeY0 FAMILY SERVICE ASSOC OR AMERICA, 1954e)

PEIPER, A,"REVERSED PEDIATRICS,"(WIEN MED WSCHR3o OCTOBER 7. 19670 117:895.99,

PELIKANo Let ET AL."SEVERE DEPRIVATION SYNDROME IN TWINS FOLLOWING PROLONGED SOCIAL ISOLATION"CCESK PEDIAT30 NOVI!.1969, 241950"84

PgNA, SERGI°, ET AL,40"CHILD ABUSE AND TRAUMATIC PSEUDOCYST OF THE PANCREAS ,"

CJ OF PEDIATRICS), DEC. So 19734 83(6311126.211.

PENNER. LEWIS Goo ET AL.(THE PROTECTIVE SERVICES CENTERAN INTEGRATED PROGRAM TO PROTECT CHILDREN),(OENVERa COLOI AMA, 1968,)

595593

PERLMAN, HELEN HARRIS46"THE CASEWORKER'S USE OF COLLATERAL INFORMATION,"

(SOCIAL CASEWORK]. OCTOBER, 1951, ;325 -33,

PERLMAN, HELEN H,[SOCIAL CASEWORK),(CHICAGO; UNIVERSITY PRESS, 1957o)

PETERSON, D.R.11."BEHAVIOR PROBLEMS OF MIDDLE CHILDHOOD,"

CJ OF CONSULTING PSYCHOLOGY], 1961, 25(3):20509,

PFUNUT, THEODORE R,il"THE PROBLEM OF THE BATTERED CHILD,"

[POSTGRADUATE MEDICINE), APRIL, 1964, 35142631,

PHILBRICK. ELISABETH BARRY,[TREATING PARENTAL PATHOLOGY THROUGH CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES).(DENVER, COLO: AHA, 1960,)

PHILLIPS, L,[HUMAN ADAPTATION AND ITS FAILURES],(NO' of ACADEMIC PRESS, 1968,)

PHILLIPS, LESLIE, ET AL;41."RORSCHACH INDICES OF DEVELOPMENTAL LEVEL,"

[J OF GENETIC PSYCHOLOGY], 19591 94; 267°435,

PHILLIPS, ET AL,il,"SOCIAL ROLE AND PATTERNS OF SYMPTOMATIC BEHAVIOR,".CJ OF ABNORMAL ANU SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY], 1958, 5/,

PICKEL, So. ET AL,11"THIRSTINC AND HYPERNATREMIC DEHYDRATION ...A FORM OF CHILD ABUSE,"

(PEDIATRICS), JANUARY. 1970, 45(1):54..59,

PICKERING, DOUGLAS.41)"NEONATAL HYPOGLYCAEMIA DUE TO SALICYLATE POISONING,"

[PROCEEDINGS OF TH ROYAL SOCIETY OF MEDICINE], (LONDON),

PICKETT, L,K,iF"ROLE OF THE SURGEON IN THE DETECTION OF CHILD ABUSE,"

(CONNECTICUT MEDICINE), SEPT,. 1972, 36(9):51314,

PIETERSE,11."THE BATTERED CHILD."

[NEDERL T GENEESK] JUNE 13, 1970, 114(24)1100Z-2,

DEC, 1968, 61(12)21256,

PINCHBECK, IVY, ET AL,[CHILDREN IN ENGLISH SOCIETY. VOL, II FROM TUDOR TIMES TO THE ENLIGHTENMENT

CENTURY],(LONDON: MEGAN PAUL, TRENCH. TRUBNER AND CO., 1969.)

PIVEN. Foo ET AL,[REGULATING THE POOH; THE FUNCTIONS OF PUBLIC WELFARE],(NEW YORK; PANTHEON BOOKS, 19710

PLATOU, RALPH V,40,4ATTERING,"

C0ULLETIN OF THE TULANE MEDICAL FACULTY],

PODELL, LAWRENCEiF"FAMILY PLANNING BY POTHERS ON WELFARE."[BULLETIN OF THE NEW YORK ACADEMY OF MEDICINE], OCTOBER 197J, 49(10)1 93137,

POLANSKY, N,A,(CHANGING SERVICES FOR CHANGING CLIENTS),(N,Y,; NATIONAL ASSOC OF SOCIAL WORKERS, 19690

MAY, 1964, 231157..65o

596594

POLANSKY, N.A,EEO PSYCHOLOGY AND COMMUNICATION THEORY FOR THE INTERVIEW).

(CHICAGO; ALDINEATHERTON, 19710

POLANSKY, N,A,"TECHNIQUES FOR ORDERING CASES," IN; N,A, POLANSKY (EO) CSOCIAL WORK RESEARCH

(CHICAGO; UNIV OF CHICAGO PRESS. 196110

POLANSKY, N.A,, ET AL."CHILD NEGLECT IN APPALACHIA," IN: [SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE), One(N.Y.! COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY PRESS, 1971.)

POLANSKY, NORMAN Ato ET AL,4/"CHILD NEGLECT IN A RURAL COMMUNITY."

[SOCIAL CASEWORK]. OCTOBER. 1968. 1467..74,

POLANSKY, N.A,. ET AL,[CHILD NEGLECT: UNDERSTANDING AND REACHING THE PARENT).

(N,Y,$ CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA, 1972,)

POLANSKY, N.A., ET AL,"THE CURRENT STATUS OF CHILD ABUSE AND CHILD NEGLECT IN THIS COUNTRY,"(WASHINGTON. 040 REPORT TO THE JOINT COMMISSION ON THE MENTAL HEALTH OF

CHILDREN. FEB,' 19680

POLANSKY, NORMAN Afir ET AL.ik"PSEUOOSTOICISM IN MOTHERS OF THE RETARDED."

CSOCIAL.CASEWORK's DEC, 1971, 511643.50,

POLANSKY, N.A., ET AL.[ROOTS OF FUTILITY],(SAN FRANCISCO: JOSSEYBASS. INC,. 19720

POLANSKY, N,A,, ET AL,"SOME RESERVATIONS REGARDING GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY IN INPATIENT PSYCHIATRIC

TREATMENT,"[GROUP PSYCHOTHERAPY). 1955. 8,

POLANSKY, NORMAN Att ET AL.41"TWO MODES OF MATERNAL IMMATURITY AND THEIR CONSEQUENCES."COOL() WELFARE]. JVNEs 1970. 49(6) 1 312023.

'POLANSKY. NORMAN A,, ET AL,41"VERBAL ACCESSIBILITY IN THE TREATMENT OF CHILD NEGLECT,"

ECHILD WELFARE), JUNE, 1971, 1(6)1 349 -56,

POLIERt JUSTINE WISE,DOTHE INVISIBLE LEGAL RIGHTS OF THE POOR,"ECHILDREN), NOVDEC. 1965, 12(6)1 215.02204

POWER, JUSTINE W,, ET AL,"THE FAMILY COURT IN AN URBAN SETTING," IN; C,WENRI KEMPE 8 RAY HELFER (ED)

EHELPING THE BATTERED" CHILD AND HIS FAMILY),

(PHILADELPHIA; oPpimcoyy CO.. ,5020

POLLOCK. C,B,"EARLY CASE FINDING AS A MEANS OF PREVENTION OF CHILD ABUSE," IN( NELrERIRAY

A KEMPE, C,HENRY (ED). [THE BATTERED [MILD),(CHICAGO; UNIV OF CHICAGO PRESS, 19640

POLLOCK. C,, ET AL."A THERAPEUTIC APPROACH TO PARENTS." IN; KEMPE, CO4NRY 4 farm RAY C, (EON

[HELPING THE BATTERED CHILD AND HIS FAMILY),

(PHILADELPHIA; J.B. LIPPINCOTT CO.. 49720

POOMEQUE, Fa., CT AL,"BATTERED CHILD' SYNDROME: UNUSUAL DERMATOLOGICAL MANVICATATIONO(ARCHIVES OF DERMATOLOGY] 1964, 041326.271

597595

POLTAWSKA, W,, ET AL,"RESULTS OF THE PSYCHIATRIC STUDIES OF PERSONS BORN OR IMPRISONED IN THE

CHILDHOOD IN NAZI CONCENTRATION CAMPS,"EPRZEGL LEK]. 1966, 22:21 -36,

POSPISIL ZAVRSKI, Ke, ET AL."ALCOHOLISM ANO PARAGRAPH 196 OF CRIMINAL LAWENEUROPSIHIJATRIJA], 1968, 16149.'53o

POTTS, WILLIAM E.. ET AL,"WILLFUL. INJURY IN CHILDHOOD - -A OISTINCT SYNDROME."[J OF THE ARKANSAS MEUICAL SOCIETY], DECEMBER, 1962, 591266.701

ABUSE AND NEGLECT OF MINORS,"

POVE0A, T, G,il."A PERSPECTIVE ON ADOLESCENT SOCIAL RELATIONS,"

[PSYCHIATRY]. FEBRUARY 1972, 35,

POWELL, Go Fop ET AL,41."EMOTIONAL DEPRIVATION ANO GROWTH RETARDATION SIMULATING IDEOPATHIC HYPOPI

TUITARISMI I, CLINICAL EVALUATION OF THE SYNOROME,"(NEW ENGLAND J OF MEDICINE], JUNE Be 1967, 2761 1271 -78,

PRATT,. BRANNEN41."THE ROLE OF THE UNCONSCIOUS IN THE ETERNAL HUSBAND,"

[LITERATURE AND PSYCHOLOGY], 1971. 21(1)129 -40o

PRESIDENT'S NATIONAL ADVISORY COMMISSION ON RURAL POVERTY,[THE PEOPLE 1EFT BEHIND],(WASHINGTON, 040 US GOV'T PRTG DFFICE, 1967,)

"PROBLEMS OF INSTITUTIONAL INEFFECTIVENESS," 01 BRYANT, C, [SOCIAL PROBLEMSTODAY: DILEMMAS AND DISSENSUS],

(PHILADELPHIA: LIPPINCOTT, 1971, PP 1674401)

"PROFESSIONAL SECRECY AND ABUSED CHILDREN,"[SEMAINE OES MOPITAUK DE PAP'S], NOV. 26, 1971, 47(1(1)1263..67,

"PROTECTIVE SERVICES PROJECT( AN INTERIM REPORT,"(TENNESSEE PUBLIC WELFARE RECORD]. APRIL, 1968.

PUGH, R.J.41."BATTEREO BABIES,"

[LANCET], AUGUST 29. 1970. 2: 466 -67,

QUIGLEY, THOMAS Boo ET AL,ii"ADVANCES IN THE MANAGEMENT OF FRACTURES ANO DISLOCATIONS IN THE PAST DECADE,"

(ORTHOPEDIC CLINICS OF NORTH AMERICA], NOV,, 1972, 3(3)1793.4251

RAAB, E.. ET AL.[MAJOR SOCIAL PROBLEMS],(ILLINOIS: ROW, PERSON, 1959, 1355..4130

RABOW, L,"CRANIOCCREBRAL INJURIES IN MALTREATED CHILOREN,"[LAKARTEDNINGEN]. (STOCKHOLM), JANUARY 26, 1972, 66146942,

RACINE, Al"INTRODUCTORY DISCUSSION OF CHILD ABUSE,"LLES ENFANTS VICTIMES DE MAUVALS TRAITMENTS]. (BRUXELLES), 1971. 28161.16,

RADBILL, SAMUEL X,* "THE FIRST TREATISE ON PEDIATRICS,"

[AMERICAN J OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN], NOV, 1971. 122(5)1 369 -76,

59 8

596

RADBILL, SoX,"A HISTORY OF CHILD ABUSE AND INFANTICIDE,"

CTHE BATTERED CHILD],"(CHICAGO: UNIV OF CHICAGO PRESS, 1960,)

RA06, So[MOWER'S DAY IS OVER],CHARTERHOUSEi 1973,

RAFFALLI, HENRI CHRISTIAN.4F"THE BATTERED CHILD: AN OVERVIEW OF A MEDICAL, LEGAL AND SOCIAL PROBLEM,"

[CRIME AND DELINQUENCY], 1970, 16(2), 139.058,

RAINWATER, L,IN JACK ROACH, (ED), [SOCIAL STRATIFICATION IN TWE UNITED STATES],(ENGLEWOOD CLIFFS, N,J.: PRENTICE,HALL, 1969,)

RALL, MARY E,1?"THE CASEWORK PROCESS IN WORK WITH THE CHILD AND THE FAMILY IN THE CHILD'S OWN

IN: HELFER, R,E,& KEMPE, C,H, (EO)

HOME,[NATIONAL CONFERENCE OF SOCIAL WORK, CASEWORK PAPERS', 1955, 131404Z

I

RAPHLING, 0. L., ET AL.il"INCEST: A GENEALOGICAL STUDY,"

[ARCHIVES OF GENERAL PSYCHIATRY', APRIL 1967, 161 505,

RAPPAPORT, HAUE Foo ET AL,"THE NEGLECTED CHILDw*COLLABORATIVE APPROACHES TO RECOGNITION AND MANAGEMENT,"[CLINICAL PEDIATRICS], SEPT., 1963, 2t9)15216,524,

RATNER, HERBERT,.11"A PUBLIC HEALTH PHYSICIAN VIEWS ABORTION,"

[CHILD AND FAMILY', WINTER 2966, 7(1)138.46,

RAYFORO, L., ET AL."THE SOCIAL AND LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE BATTERED

PANEL DISCUSSION."CCIINICAL PROCEDURES OF CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL

CHILD IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA:

0C3, DEC', 19611 24:375093,

REEK, KENNETH G., ET AL,411"A CONFERENCE ON CHILD ABUSE,"

[WISCONSIN MEDICAL 41 OCTOBER, 1972, 711226.29,

REIN, MARTIN.[CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES IN MASSACHUSETTS", PAPERS IN SOCIAL WELFARE, #6,(WALTHAM, MASS: FLORENCE HELLER GRADUATE SCHOOL FOR ADVANCED STUDIES IN SOCIAL

WELFARE, NOVEMBER, 1963,)

REINER, B.S,, ET AL.[CHARACTER OISRODERS IN PARENTS OF DELINQUENTS',(N,Y,I FAMILY SERVICE ASSOC OF AMERICA, 19591)

REINHARD, WILLIEMFKINDEFAISSHANDLUNGEN

OUNCHENER MEDIZINISCHE WOCNENSCHRIFT3,

REINHART, JOHN Be, ET AL.41"THE ABUSED CHILD: MANDATORY REPORTING

[JAMAL-APRIL 27, 0641 00(4)1351662o

REINHART, JOBS. ET AL,46"LOVE OF CHILDREN4 MYTH?"

[CLINICAL PEDIATRICS', DECEMBER, 1960i 7(12)1 7035,

MAY 5, 1967,

LEGISLATION,'

REINTZ, FREOA G.il"SPECIAL REGISTRATION PROJECT ON THE ABUSED CHILD,"

[CHILD WELFARE], FEB,., 1965. 44(2)1113.5,

599

597

REISSMAN, F,, ET AL."SOCIAL CLASS AND PROJECTIVE TESTSt"CJ OF PROJECTIVE TECHNIQUE], 1958, 22.

REISTROFFER, MARY,"CONVERSTIONS NO, 3- FOSTER PARENTS AND SOCIAL WORKERS: ON THE JOB TOGETHER,"[CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA], 1974.

"REPORT SUSPECTEO CHILD ABUSE,"[ILL. MEDICAL At JUNE. 1972, 141:587,

RESKOW, JUDITH."CHILO ABUSE: WHAT THE EDUCATOR SHOULD KNOW,"CNJEA REVIEW], 1973. 47(3):14 -15.

RESNICK, PHILLIP J.* "CHILD MURDER BY PARENTS A PSYCHIATRIC REVIEW OF FILICIDE,"

(AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY]. SEPT,. 1969, 126(3).:32534,

REYNOLDS, H.T.[MAKING CAUSAL INFERENCES WITH ,ORDINAL DATA].(CHAPEL HILL: INSTITUTE FOR RESEARCH IN SOCIAL SCIENCE, UNIV OF NO,

WORKING PAPERS IN METHODOLOGY. 15, 1971.)

RHLINGOLUt JOSEPH C.LTHE FEAR OF BEING A WOMAN: A THEORY OF MATERNAL DESTRUCTIVENESS].(N.Y.: GRUNE ANO STRATTON.,19640

RdINEHART, JOHN W,il."GENESIS OF OVERT INCEST,"

:COMPREHENSIVE PSYCHIATRY]. FEB,, 1961, 1338.49,

RICCARDS, MICHAEL P."CHILDREN AND POLITICS OF TRUST,"(CHILD STUDY J3, 1971, 1; 227"32.

RICHARDS, LAUREL A."CAN THE SCHOOLS HELP PREVENT CHILD ABUSE?"(ILLINOIS TEACHER]. SEPT,. 1973, 17W:43152:

CAROLINA

RICHARDSON, S, A,41)"THE BACKGROUND HISTORIES OF SCHOOLCHILDREN SEVERELY MALNOURISHED IN INFANCY,"

[ADVANCES IN PEDIATRICS], 1974, 21i 167.45

RICHETTE, L.A.(THE THROWAWAY ChILOREN3,(N.Y.: DELL PUBLISHERS, 19690

RIESSMAN, FRANK* "SOCIAL CLASS AN° PROJECTIVE TESTS',"

CJ OF PROJECTIVE TECHNOLOGY], 1958. 221433"391

RILEY, HARRIS D."THE dATTERED CHILD SYNDROME: GENERAL ANO MEDICAL ASPECTS,"(SOUTHERN MEDICAL .11, 1972. 58(3)19'13.

RILEY, N,M,41)"THE ABUSED CHILO,"

CROCY MT. MEDICAL J.10 SEPT., 1971, 68133.36,

RINGEL, Jo"CRUELTY TO CHILD IN THE FAMILY."CCESK PEDIATR3, MAY. 197i, 261243m46,

ROACH, J,IN JACK ROACH, ET AL (ED) [SOCIAL STRATIFICATION IN TWE UNITED STATES],(NEW JERSEY: PRENTICE'...HALL, 1969,)

600

598

RCAF, ROBERT**CHILD CARE IN GENERAL PRACTICE; TRAUMA IN CHILDHOOD,"

[BRITISH MEDICAL J3, JUNE 12, 1965, 544911541.43,

ROBBINS, JERRY H,[THE LEGAL STATUS OF CHILD ABUSE ANO NEGLECT IN MISSISSIPPI],(JACKSON, MISS: RIE, AUGUST, 1974, GOVERNOR'S OFFICE OF EDUCATION AND TRAINING

1974,)

ROBERTSON, Ate,"CHILDREN, TEACHERS AND SOCIETYI THE OVER PRESSURE CONTROVERSY,"(BRITISH J OF EDUCATIONAL STUDIES), 1972, 20(3)131523,

ROBERTSON, Io ET AL,"HISTOPATHOLOGY OF HEALING ABRASIONS,"(FORENSIC SCIENCE), APRIL. 19724 111725,

ROBERTSON, Je"MOTHER...INFANT INTERACTION FROM BIRTH TO TNELVE MONTWS$ TWO CASE STUDIES,"

IN: BoMtFOSSo (ED), [DETERMINANTS OF INC ANTS BEHAVIOR),(CARNES AND NOBLE, INC,* 1965, PP 1111'1270

ROBERTSON, JOYCE"MOTHERING AS AN INFLUENCE ON EARLY DEVELOPMENT,"(PSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OF THE CHILD), 1962, 171245.64,

ROBINSON, Hatt ET AL,IMONGITUDINAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE VERY YOUNG IN A COMPREHENSIVE DAY CARE PROGRAMS

THE FIRST TWO YEARS,"(CHILD DEVELOPMENT), 19711 42: 167343t

ROBSON, KENNETH, ET AL,11"PATTERNS AND DETERMINANTS OF MATERNAL ATTACHMENT,"

(THE J OF PEDIATRICS), DEC, 1970, 77(6):976-65o

ROCHEL, Mel ET AL,"PROTECTIVE MEASURE AGAINST CHILD ABUSE AND CHILD NEGLECT,"EBEITR GERICHTL MED), 1973, 311110.14t

RODENBURG, MARTIN41"CHILD MURDER BY DEPRESSED PARENTS,"

(CANADIAN PSYCHIATRIC ASSOC J), FEB,, 1971, 16141.018,

RODHAM, HILLARYirCHILDREN.UNDER THE LAW,"

(HARVARD EDUCATIONAL REVIEW). NOV.. 1073, 43(4)1489514,

ROLSTON, RICHARD HUMMERL41"THE EFFECT OF PRIOR PHYSICAL ABUSE ON THE EXPRESSION OF OVERT AND FANTASY

AGGRESSIVE BEHAVIOR IN CHILDREN,"[CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY DISSERTATION ABSTRACTS INTERNATIONAL), 19711 320B/13016,

ROSE, Coe,11."UNUSUAL PERIOSTITIS IN CHILDREN,"

(RADIOLOGY), 1936, 27(2)113137,

ROSEN, SHIRLEY R,, ET AL,**AFTERMATH OF SEVERE MULTIPLE DEPRIVATION IN YOUNG CHILD* CLINICAL IMPLI

CATION,"[PERCEPTUAL AND MOTOR SKILLS], 1967, 241 219.26,

ROSENBERG, A.H.IP"LAWAED/CINE NOTES, COMPULSORY DISCLOSURE STATUTES,"

MEW ENGLAND J OF MEDICINE), JUNE S. 19614 2111112117410,

ROSENBERG, C,H.*"THE YOUNG AODICT AND HIS FAMILY,"

[BRITISH J OF PSYCHIATRY], APRIL, 1971, 118(545)146949,

601599

ROSENHEIN, MARGARET K.

* "THE CHILD AND HIS UAY IN COURT."(CHILD WELFARE), JAN, 1966, 451 17-21,

ROWE, DANIEL S."RIGHTS OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN,"(NEW ENGLAND J OF MEDICINE], JULY 16, 1978, 283115657,

ROWE, DANIEL S., ET AL.* "A HOSPITAL PROGRAM FOR THE DETECTION

CHILDREN,"(NEW ENGLAND J OF MEDICINE], APRIL 23 19701 282:950*52,

AND REGISTRATION OF ABUSED AND NEGLECTED

ROWE, NORMAN L.* "FRACTURES OF THE FACIAL SKELETON IN CHILDREN,"

(J OF ORAL SURGERY], AUG. 1968, 261505.615,

RUBIN, JEAN."THE BATTERED CHILD."LWELLESLEY ALUMNAE MAGAZINE], MARCH, 1966, 50(3)I8 90

RUBIN, JEAN.* "THE NEED FOR INTERVENTION."

(PUBLIC WELFARE], JULY, 1966. 1230.45.

RUUEEN, SCOTT, ET AL,"THE PRENATAL. PERINATAL AND POSTNATAL STATUS OF CHILDREN IN IDAHO, VOL. I,"(BOISE, IDAHO; IDAHO STATE OFFICE OF CHILD DEVELOPMENT, 1973o)

RUSSELL, DONALD HAYES* "LAW, MEDICINE ANA MiNORS..PAR1

LNEW ENGLAND J OF MEDICINE], JULY 4, 1968, 279:31 -32,

RUSSELL, PATRICIA A.* "SUBOURAL HEMATOMAS IN INFANCY,"

(BRITISH MEDICAL Jlo AUG 21. 1965, 2144648.

RYAN t J,H,(SUFFER THE LITTLE ONES].(NASHVILLE, TENNS AURORA PUBLISHERS' 1972.)

RYAN, WILLIAM BURKE,(INFANTICIDE; ITS LAW, PREVALENCE, PREVENTION AND HISTORY].(LONDON: J, CHURCHMILL, 18620

SAFRIET, A, WILLIAM."REACHING THE NEGLECTED CHILD."(NORTH CAROLINA PUBLIC .WELFARE NEWS] DECEMBER, 19611)

SALK, LEE*"EFFECTS OF EARLY EXPERIENCE ON LATER BEHAVIOR." THE BATTERED PARENT;

STRESSES OF CONTEMPORARY PARENTHOOD,SIXTH ANNUAL SEMINAR, CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, TULSA, OKLA. OCTOBER 1973,

SALK, LEEih"ON THE PREVENTION OF SCHIZOPHRENIA,"

(DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM]. 1968, 291 11'150

SALK, LEE*"WHAT EVERY CHILD WOULD LIKE HIS PARENTS TO KNOWN" THE BATTERED PARENT;

STRESSES OF CONTEMPORARY PARENTHOOD,SIXTH ANNUAL SEMINAR, CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, TULSA, OKLA, OCTOBER, 1974,

SALMON, JAMES H,ii."SUBDURAL HEMATOMA IN INFANCY; SUGGESTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT,"

(CLINICAL PEDIATRICS], OCTOBER, 1971, 10(1e) 150.99,

SALMON, M,A,AlF"THE SPECTRUM OF ABUSE IN THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

(INJURY], JAN,. 1971. 2(3)1211171

66N

600

SALMON, WILMA H,4:"PROTECTING CHILDREN THROUGH SERVICETO FAMILIES,"

[PUBLIC WELFARE], JULY, 1962 1162 -67,

SANDER. L,W,"ISSUES IN EARLY MOTHER -CHILD INTERACTION,"CAMERICAN ACADEMY OF CHILD PSYCHIATRY) 1962 11161066,

SANDERS, R,WYMANi:"RESISTANCE TO DEALING WITH PARENTS OF BATTERED CHILDREN,"

[PEDIATRICS]. DEC,, 1972, 50(6)1553 "57,

SANDUSKY. ANNIE L,"PROTECTIVE SERVICES," IN: [ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SOCIAL WORK),(NO.,: NATIONAL ASSOC OF SOCIAL WORKERS, 1964,)

SANDUSKY, ANNIE LEE,46"SERVICES TO NEGLECTD CHILDREN$ A PUBLIC WELFARE RESPONSIBILITY,"

[CHILDREN]. JANUARY - FEBRUARY, 1960. 711)123"26,

SANTHANAKRISHNAN. Bat. ET AL,4:"PITS SYNDROME."[INDIAN PEDIATRICS), FEBRUARY, 1973, 10:97"100,

SARABON. IRWIN G,6:"INTERRELATIONSHIP AMONG INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCE VARIABLES BEHAVIOR IN PSYCHO-

THERAPY AND VERBAL CONDITIONING,"c..; OF ABNORAML AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY), 1956. 56:339044,

SATTIN, DANE B.. ET AL,"THE ECOLOGY OF CHILD ABUSE WITHIN A MILITARY COMMUNITY,"[AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY), JULY, 1971, $675.78,

AUER, L,W,* "PEDIATRIC PROBLEMS OF TEENAGE PARENTS,"CJ OF THE INTERNATIONAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS), MAY, 1965, 46(4)15560591

SAURY. H,"MEDICAL EXPERT TESTIMONY IN CHILD ABUSE, INDECENT BEHAVIOR AND DRUG ADDICTION

(EXCLUDING PSYCHITRIC EXPERT TESTIMONY,) VIEWPOINT OF THE MAGISTRATE,"CMED LEG DOMM CORPOR), JAN - MARCH, 1973, 6162.64,

SAVINO, ANNE ,B.. ET AL,411"WORKING WITH ABUSIVE PARENTS, GROUP THERAPY AND HOME VISITS,"

[AMERICAN J OF NURSING), MARCH, 1973, 731460063,

SAYRE, JAMES Wot ET AL,41:"COMMUNITY COMMITTEE ON CHILD ABUSE, A STEP TOWARD BETTER UNDERSTANDING AND

COOPERAT ION."CN,Y, STATE J OF MEUICINE3t AUG* 15, 1973 7312071"75,

SCARR0SALAPATEK. S,"RACE, SOCIAL CLASS, AND 100"[SCIENCE]. 19711 174$ 1285 -95,

SCHAVIL I,o ET AL,"THE BATTERD CHILD SYNDROME,"[HAREFUAH3, MARCH It 1970, 76:246049,

SCHERER, LORENA,11"FACILITIES AND SERVICES FOR NEGLECTED CHILOEN IN MISSOURI."

[CRIME AND DELINQUENCY). JANUARY, 1966, 6, 166066,

SCHERER, LORENA,46"PROTECTIVE CASEWORK SEVICE,"CCHILDREN), JAN-FED 1956, 3(1),

603601

SCHERL, DONALD J., ET AL.*"AN EXAMINATION OF THE RELEVANCE FOR MENTAL HEALTH OF SELECTED ANTI - POVERTY

PROGRAMS FOR CHILDREN ANO YOUTH."[COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH J], 1972, 8(1):

SCHLEIFFEPs ET AL."THE MOTHER OF THE SCHOOL DROP -OUT: THE ALIENTATED ADULT,"(BOSTON, MASS: JUDGE BAKER GUIDANCE CENTER, 1964,)

SCHLOESSER, PATRICIA T.* "THE ABUSED CHILD,"

[BULLETIN OF THE MENNINGER CLINIC], SEPTEMBER, 1964, 126168

SCHLOESSER, P, T."THE REPORTING OF CHILD ABUSE."LBULL MENNINGER CLINL SEPT., 1964, 28 :271 -72,

SCHMIDT, DOLORES M.* "THE CHALLENGE OF HELPING THE 1UNTREATABLES'."

[PUBLIC WELFARE], APRIL, 1965,

SCHMIDT, DOLORES M.ih"THE PROTECTIVE SERVICE CASEWORKER: HOW DOES HE SURVIVE JOB PRESSURES?"

CCHILO WELFARE], MARCH, 1963. 1115.-119.

SCHMIDT, DOLORES M., ET AL.*"FACILITIES AND SERVICES FOR NEGLECTED CHILDREN."

[CRIME AND DELINQUENCY), JANUARY, 1960, 6,

SCHMIDT, F."STUDIES ON THE REGISTRATION AND CARE OF SOCIALLY ENDANGERED GROUPS OF PERSONS

IN A DISTRICT,"CZ GESAMTE HYG], MAY, 1973, 19 :378 -84,

SCHNEIDER, 0,, ET AL,"INTERVIEWING THE PARENTS." IN: C.H, KEMPE d F,E. HELFER

BATTERED CHILD AN") 41S FAMILY],(PHILADELPHIA: J.H. LIPPINCOTT CO,, 1972, PP 55..65.)

(ED), CHELPING THE

SCHORR, ALVIN."HOW THE POOR ARE HOUSED," IN L, FERMAN, ET AL. CPOVETY IN AMERICA).(ANN ARBOR; UNIVEriSITY OF MICHIGAN PRESS, 1968, :349 -68,)

SCHREIBER, LOTHAR HANS.[MISTREATMENT CF CHLOREN AND OLD PEOPLE],(HAMBURG, GERMANY: KRIMINALISTIK VERLAG, 1971,)

SCHROTEL,"RESPONSIBILITIES OF PHYSICIANS IN SUSPECTED CASES OF BRUTALITY,"[CINCINNATI J OF MEDICINE], OCTOBER, 1961, 42(10)1406.-7,

SCHULMAN. I.L."ON THE MANAGEMENT OF THE IRATE PARENT."1.1 OF PEDIATRICS), 1970,771338.40,

SCHULTE, LEROY Go*"THE CHILD SEX VICTIM - SOCIAL, PSYCHOLOGICAL AND LEGAL PERSPECTIVES,"

CCHILO WELFARE]. MARCH, 1973, 52(3)1147 -57,

SCHUURMANS, STEKHOVEN, W."CHILD ABUSE AND PROFESSIONAL SECRET,"CNEDERL T GENEESK], JANUARY 24* 1970, 114:170.'71,

SCHWARTZ, EMANUEL K,*"CHILD MURDER TODAY. (PLAYWRIGHTS AND PSYCHOLOGISTS VIEW FILICIDE IN LIFE,

DRAMA).CTHE HUMAN CONTEXT), 1972, 4(2):360 -61,

604

602

SCHWARTi, L.Hil ET AL.iF"PSYCHIATRIC CASE REPORT OF NUTRITIONAL BATTERING WITH IMPLICATIONS FOR

COMMUNITY AGENCIES."[COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH J], SUMMER. 1967, 3(2)116369,

SCHWOKOWSKI."SEVERE TRAUMATIC DESTRUCTION OF BOTH KNEE JOINTS AND MULTIPLE FACE HEMATOMAS

IN AN 8 -MONTH OLO INFANT. A CONTRIBUTION ON THE BATTEREO CHILDSYNDROME."

EIBL CHIR), SEPT. 2, 1967,'92124a.67,

SCOGGIN, J.P.[THE EFFECTS OF LEARNING BREAST- FEEDING ON, SUCCESS].(UNPOLISHED MASTER'S THESIS, ARIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY, 1971,)

SCOTT, P.O.* "FATAL BATTERED BABY CASES."

(MEDICAL SCIENCE/LAW). JULY. 1973, 13(3)1197.1061

SCOTT, P.O.41"PARENTS WHO KILL THEIR CHILDREN."

(MEDICINE SCIENCE AND THE LAW), APRIL, 1973, 13(2)1120026.

SCRANTON, WILLIAM :Asii"BATTE,RED CHILO BILL . STATE LEGISLATION OF 1964 OF INTEREST TO PHYSICIANS."(PENNSYLVANIA MEDICAL J), OCTOBER, 196,3, 66123264

SCRIMSHAW, N. S.41."EARLY MALNUTRITION ANU CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM FUNCTION."

LMERRILL - PALMER QUARTERLY], 19691 15137544,

SEARS. R.R.. ET AL,(PATTERNS OF CHILD REARING).(N.Y,$ HARPER ANO ROW, 1957.)

SEELEMANN. K."BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"CMONATSSCHR KINDERHEILKUL JANUARY, 1971, 119160.65.

SEELEMANN, K,"OBSEVATIONS ON THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."NoNAisscHlari FUR KINDERHEILKUNOEL 1471, 119(1)160651

SEGAL, JULIUS (ED)[MENTAL HELATH PROGRAM REPORTS 5).(14ASHINGTON U.S, GOV'T PRIG OFFICE, 19 /1,)

SELLTIf. G,, ET AL,[RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIAL RELATIONS).(N,Y.1 HOLT, 1959.)

SELTZER, II,"THE DISADVANTAGED CHILO AND COGNITIVE DEVELOPMENT IN THE EARLY YEARS,"EMERRILLPALMER QUARTERLY), 1973, 191 241 -52,

[SEMAINE DES HOPITAUX OE PARIS]."PROFESSIONAL SECRECY AND ABUSED CHILOREN,"[SEM HOP PARIS]. NOieo 26, 19710 47(14)1263-61,

SHADE, D.A.4/"LIMITS TO SEVICE IN CHILD ABUSE,"

[AMERICAN J OF NURSING]. AUGUST, 1969,

sHprrc . HELEN B.4" -- :ASE: SEARCH FOR REMEDIES,"

[EDITORIAL RESEARCH REPORTS] MAY 32, 1965, 1(14)1343591

691171012,

SHAMES. MIRIAM,ii"USE OF HOMEMAKER SERVICE IN FAMILIES THAT NEGLECT THEIR CHILDREN,"

(SOCIAL WORK], JANUARY, 1964. :12..16,

60603

SHANKAR, YELAGA A,11."THE ABUSED CHILD,,,A REMINDER OF DESPAIR,"

[CANADIAN WELFARE]. 1973, 49(2)1811,

SHARON, S,A,"INFANTILI2ATION1 A STUDY IN INTRAFAMLIAL COMMUNICATION,"(ATHEN, GA: UNPUBLISHED PH.D. DISSERTATION, UNIVEkSITY OF GEORGIA, DEPT OF

SOCIOLOGY, 1971.)

SHARLIN SHLOMO A,, ET AL,ii"THE PROCESS OF INFANTILISM."

[AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY], 1972, 42192.102,

SHAW, ANTHONY,"HOW TO HELP THE BATTERED CHILD."[RISS], 1963, 6:71.104,'

SHAW, ANTHONY.41."1HE SURGEON AND THE BATTERED CHILD."

[SURGICAL GYNECOLOGY ANU OBSTETRICS], 1964, 119:'355,

SHENGOLD, LEONARD41."THE EFFECTS OF OVERSTIMULATION1 RAT PEOPLE,"

[J OF.PSYCHOANALYtIS]o 1967, 48:403 -15,

SHEPHERD, R.E,, JR,"THE ABUSED CHILD AND THE LAW"[WASHINGTON AND LEE LAW REVIEW], 1965, 22(2)1182.95,

SHEPHERD, ROBERT E. JR."THE BATTERED CHILD AND THE LAW,"[WASHINGTON AND LEE LAW REVIEW], FALL, 1965, 22:180.95,

SHERIDAN, MARY,"THE INTELLIGENCE OF 10Z NEGLECTFUL MOTHERS,"[BRITISH MEDICAL J], JANUARY 7, 195o 1,

SHERIDAN, MARY O.41."NEGLECTFUL MOTHERS,"

[LANCET], APRIL 4, 1959, 2: 722 -25,

SHERIDAN, WILLIAM H*, ET AL,CA SOCIAL WORKER TAKES A CASE INTO COURT],(WASHINGTON, D. C.: U*S. GOV'T PRTG OFFICE, 1962,)

SHERMAN, EDMUND A. ET AL,(SERVICE TO CHILDREN IN THEIR OWN HOMES: ITS NATURE AND OUTCOME),(WASHINGTON, D.C*1 U,S. GOV'T PRTG OFFICE, 1973,)

SHERMAN, GILBERT41."THE ABUSED CHILD- -NEW YORK STATE,"

NEW YORK DENTAL J], FEB', 1970, J61109.

SHERRIF, HILLA."THE AaUSED CHILD."CJ OF THE SOUTH CAROLINA MEDICAL ASSOC], JUNE, 1964, 601191.93,

SHOPFNER, CHARLES E,ih"PERIOSTEAL BONE GROWTH IN NORMAL INFANTS,"

[AMERICAN J OF ROENTGENOLOGY], MAY 1966, 97(1)1154.63,

SHULMAN, KENNETH41"LATE COMPLICATIONS OF HEAD INJURIES IN CHILOREN,"

[CLINICAL NEUROSURGERY], 1972, 191371'80,

SIERRA, S,"RX TO CHECK CHILD MOLESTING,"[ILLINOIS MEOICAL J], JUNE, 1969, 1351731*32

606

604

SILBER, 00.,"THE NEUROLOGIST AND THE PHYSICALLY ABUSED CHILD,"(NEUROLOGY], OCTOBER, 1971, 211991-99$

SILVER, HENRY K,, ET AL,"THE PROBLEM OF PARENTAL CRIMINAL NEGLECT AND SEVERE PHYSICAL, ABUSE OF(AMERICAN .1 OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN], OCTOBER, 1959, 98(4):520,

SILVER, LARRY B.il."CHILo.ABusr SYNDROME; A REVIEW,"

[MEDICAL TIMES]. AL,G, 1968, 96(8)1803 -20,

SILVER, LARRY 8,"THE PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF THE BATTERED CHILD AND HIS PARENTS,"NON PROC CHILD HOSP DC] DECEMBER 1968, 241 355 -64,

SILVER, LARRY B. ET AL,41)"AGENCY ACTION AND INTERACTION IN CASES OF CHILD ABUSE."

(SOCIAL CASEWORK], MARCH, 1971, :164 -71,

SILVER, LARRY B., LT AL,* "CHILD ABUSE LAWS- -ARE THEY ENOUGH,"

WANA], JAN,, 1967, 199(2):65...68$

SILVER, LARRY B,. ET AL,* .THILD ABUSE SYNDROME: THE 'GRAY AREAS' IN ESTABLISHING A DIAGNOSIS,"

(PEDIATRICS], OCT, 1969, 44(01594-600,

CHILD PEN,

SILVER, LARRY 6,, ET AL,"COMMUNITY AGENCIES: ACTIONS, NON - ACTIONS AND INTERACTIONS IN CASES OF CHILD

ABUSE,"(SOCIAL CASEWORK], IN PRESS,

SILVER, LARRY B., ET AL,411."OOLS VIOLENCE BRE(b VIOLENCE? CONTRIBUTION FROM A STUDY OF THE CHILD ABUSE

SYNDROME."(AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], SEPT,' 1969, 126(3):484-7,

SILVER, LARRY R., ET AL,ii."MANDAToRy REPORT11,6 OF PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN IN THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA:

COMMUNITY PROCEDURES AND NEW LEGISLATION,"(MEDICAL ANNALS OF 1HE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA], FEB, 1967, 36:127-30,

SILVERMAN, F,N,"THE BATTTEREO CHILD,"(MANITOBA MEDICAL REVIEW], OCTOBER, 1965, 451473 .77,

SILVERMAN, F,N,"RAOIOLOGIC ASPECTS OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME," IN: HELFER, R.F. ANO

KEMPE, C,H. (ED), (THE BATTERED CHiLD),(CHICAGO: UNIV OF' CHICAGO PRESS, 1968,)

SILVERMAN, FREDERIC N,.111."THE ROENTGEN MANIFESTATIONS OF UNRECOGNIUD SKELETAL TRAUMA IN INFANTS,"

(AMERICAN j OF ROEkTGENOLOGY], MARCH 1953, 69(3):413-27$

SILVERMAN, F,N,"UNRECOCNIUD TRAUMA IN INFANTS: THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME OF AMBROSE TARDIEWTHE RIMER LECTURE PRESENTED IN MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA, OCTOBER 21, 1971,

SILVERMAN, MARTIN A,, ET AL,* "EARLY INTERVENTION AND SOCIAL CLASS; DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF PRESCHOOL

CHILDREN 14 A DAY CARE CENTER,"CJ OF AMERICAN ACADEMY OF CHILD PSYCHIATRY], 1971, 101 603-18,

SIMON, HAROLD E.(PROTECTIVE SERVICES FOR CHILDREN: A PUBLIC WELFARE RESPONSIBILITY].:SACRAMENTO: GENERAL WELFARE PUBLICATIONS, 1968,)

607605

SIMONS. B., ET AL,411."CHILD ABUSE: EPIDEMIOLOGIC STUDY OF MEDICALLY REPORTED CASES,"

[N.Y. STATE J OF MEDICINE]. NOV. 1. 1966, 66:278388,

SIMONS. B., ET AL,CCHILD ABUSE, A PERSPECTIVE ON LEGISLATION IN 5 MID+ATLANTIC STATES AND A

SURVEY OF REPORTED CASES IN NEW YORK CITY].'(N.Y,: COLUMBIA UNIV SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND ADMINISTRATIVE MEDICINE, 1966)

SIMPSON, HELEN."THE UNFIT PARENT,"CUNIV OF DETROIT LAW REVIEW], FEBRUARY, 1962, 39,

SIMPSON, JAMES S.41"SELF...MUTILATION CASE OF A 13 YEAR OLD GIRL,"

(PEDIATRICS], JUNE 1970, 45(6):1008..11,

SIMPSON, KEITH41 "THE BATTERED BABY PROBLEM."

CSOUTH AFRICAN MEDICAL J], JULY 6, 1968, 42:66163,.

SIMPSON, KEITH* "THE BATTEREO BABY PROBLEM,"

(ROYAL SOCIETY OF HEALTH J], MAY-JUNE, 1967. 871168r70,

SIMS, B.G., ET AL,111."BITE MARKS IN THE 'BATTERED BABY SYNDROME',"

(MEDICAL SCIENCE AND THE LAW], JULY, 1973, 13(3)1207"10.

SINGER, J.[THE CONTROL OF AGGRESSION AND VIOLENCE].(N.Y,: ACADEMIC PRESS, 1971,)

SKEELS, H., ET AL."MENTAL DEVELOPMENT OF CHILDREN FROM UNDERPRIVELEGU HOMES,"CJ OF GENETIC PSYCHOLOGY] 1937, 50.

SKINNER, ANGELA, ET AL.ESEVENTY.EIGHT BATTERED CHILDREN: A RETROSPECTIVE STUDY],(LONDON: NATIONAL SOCIETY FOR THE PREVENTION OF CRUELTY TO CHILDREN,

SEPTEMBER, 1969,)

SLATER, PHILIP.EINE PURSUIT OF LONELINESS: AMERICAN CULTURE AT THE BREAKING POINT],(LIUSTON: BEACON PRESS, 1970 154.)

"SLAUGHTER OF THE INNOCENTS."(JAMA], JANUARY 1, 1973. 223:81 -82,

SLINGERLAD, W.H.CCHILD PLACING IN FAMILIES].(NO,: RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION, 1919,)

SLOAN, PAUL, ET AL,iF"EFFECTS OF INCEST ON PARTICIPANTS."

(AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY], DECEMBER* 1942, :666.83

SMITH, Al Coe ET AL.ill"PRED1CTION OF DEVELOPMENTAL OUTCOME AT SEVEN YEARS FROM PRENATAL, PERINATAL

AND POSTNATAL EVENTS,"(CHILD DEVELOPMENT]. 1972, 43: 495 -507,

SMITH, AUSTIN E.*"THE BEATEN CHILD,"

CHYGEIA), 1944 22:386 -87,

SMITH, CLEMENT A,AP"THE BATTERED CHILD."

NEW ENGLAND J OF MEDICINE], AUGUST 9i 19730 289i322023,

603606

SMITH, DAVID E., ET AL,*"THE HIPPIE COMMUNAL MOVEMENT: EFFECTS OF CHILDBIRTH AND DEVELOPMENT,"[AMERICAN J OF ORTROPSYCHIATRY), APRIL, 1970, 40(3):52730.

SMITH. HOMER A."THE LEGAL ASPECTS OF CHILD ABUSE,"LSOUTHERN MEDICAL BULLETIN], 19701 58(3):19..21,

SMITH, MARCUS J,41."SUBOORAL HEMATOMA WITH MULTIPLE FRACTURES,"

[AMERICAN J OF ROENTGENOLOGY], MARCH 1950. 63(3):342+44,

SMITH, R.C.41"NEW WAYS TO HELP BATTERING PARENTS,"

[TODAY'S HEALTH], JANUARY, 1973. 51(1):57."641

SMITH, SELWYN*"CHILD INJURYINTENSIVE MONITORING SYSTEM."

[BRITISH MEDICAL J.), SEPT. 15, 1973, 3:593-94.

SMITH, SELWYN m., ET AL,*."EEG AND PERSONALITY FACTORS IN BABY BATTEHERS,"

[BRITISH MEDICAL.)). JULY 7, 1973.

SMITH, SELWYN M., ET AL.*"FAILURE TO THRIVE AND ANOREXIA NERVOSA,"[POSTGRAU MEDICAL J), JULY 7. 1973, 3:2022,

SMITH, S.M.. ET AL.* "PARENTS OF BATTERED BABIES: A CONTROLLED STUDY."

[BRITISH MEDICAL J]s 1973. 4, :366 -91,

SNEDECCR, S.T,, ET AL.*"SOME OBSTETRICAL INJURIES TO THE LONG BONES,"

[J OF DONE AND JOINT SURGERY], APRIL 1949. 31(4):37684,

SNEDECOR, S.T,. ET AL.*"TRAUMAT IC OSSIFYING PERIOSTITIS OF THE NEWBORN,"

[SURGICAL GYNECOLOGY ANU OBSTETRICS]. 1935, 61:385-87,

SNEDEKER, LENEON,41."NOTES ON CHILDHOOD TRAUMA,"LNEW ENGLAND J OF MEDICINE.), NOV, 10, 1966, 275(9):1061 -62.

SNEUEKER, LEONARD*"TRAUMATIEATION OF CHILDREN."

[NEw ENGLAND J OF PEDICINE), SEPT. 1962, 267(11)1572,

SOCIAL WELFARE COURT DIGEST ft

"FIRST DEGREE MURDER I NO IC THEN T OF PARENTS,"[SOCIAL WELFARE. COURT DIGEST), DEC. 1971, 16(12),

SCCIAL WELFARE COURT DIGEST"PHYSICALLY ABUSED CHILD HELD 'DEPRIVED',"[SOCIAL WELFARE COURT DIGEST). DEC 1972, 17(4):4,

SOKOLOV, E.N."NEURONAL MODELS MID THE ORIENTING REFLEX," IN: M.A,B. BRAZIER

CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM AND BEHAVIOR),(NoYo: JOSIAH MACEY, JR. FOUNDATION. 1960. PP 187-276,0

SOLOMON. THEODORE*"HISTORY AND DEMOGRAPHY OF CHILD ABUSE,"LPEDICATRICS). APRIL. 1973, h1(4):77376.

SOLOMON. THEO, ET AL,[THE MAYOR'S TASK FORCE ON CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT.).(N,Y.I CENTER FOR COMMUNITY RESEARCH, 19700

609607

(ED). [THE

SOMAN, SHIRLEY CAMPER,"EMERGENCY PARENTS,"(SOCIAL SERVICE OUTLOOK], DECEMBER, 1967,

SOTO VIERA. Mao"COMMENTS ON A THESIS,OF CHILD ABUSE,"COOL ASOC MED PR]. SEPTEMBER 19711 63: 219-22,

SPECIAL-COMMITTEE ON CHILD HEALTH OF MEDICAL SOCIETY OF NEW JERSEY411"MEDICAL MANAGEMENT OF CHILD ABUSE,"

(4 OF MEDICAL SOCIETY OF NEW ZERSEY]i JUNE. 1972, 69(6),

SPINETTA, JOHN Jot ET AL,41"THE CHILD ABUSING PARENT: A PSYCHOLOGICAL REVIEW,"

(PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN], 1972, 77(4): 296 -304,

SPITZ, RENE A,11."HOSPITALISM,"

(PSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OF THE CHILD]. 19451 1:5374,

SPITZ. RENE A,41F"HOSPTIALISMI AN INQUIRY INTO THE GENESIS OF PSYCHIATRIC CONDITIONS IN

EARLY CHILDHOOD."(PSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OF THE CHILD]r 1946. 2 :113.17,

SPITE, RENE A,411."ON THE GENESIS OF SUPEREGO COMPONENTS,"

(PSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OF THE CILD]t 1956. 13 :375.403,

SPITE, RENE A,41"RELEVANCY OF DIRECT INFANT OBSERVATION."

(PSYCHOANAL "TIC STUDY OF THE CHILI)). 1950. 5166-73.

SPREY,ah"THE FAMILY AS A SYSTEM IN CONFLICT,"

(4 OF MARRRIAGE AND THE FAMILY). NOVEMBER 1969. :699.706,

STAAK. M,. ET AL,"ON THE DIAGNOSIS AND SOCIAL THERAPY OF THE NEGLECTED CHILD,"CMSCHR KINDERHEILK). APRIL 1967, 115: 199 -201, (GERMAN)

STARK, RODNEY. ET AL,ih"MIDDLECLASS VIOLENCE,"

(PSYCHOLOGY TODAY), NOVEMBER 1970. :5254 a 110-112.

STEELE. BRANOT F,41."DISTORTED PATTERNS OF PARENTING AND THEIR ORIGIN," THE BATTERING

PARENTS: STRESSES OF CONTEMPORARY PARENTHOOD,SIXTH ANNUAL SEMINAR, CHILDREN'S MEDICAL CENTER, TULSA, OKLA, OCT,, 197,3,

STEELE, BRANDT F,"PARENTAL ABUSE OF INFANTS AND SMALL CHILDREN," INS EIJI ANTHONY AND

F, BENEDIK (ED) (PARENTHOOD 1 ITS PSYCHOLOGY AND PSYCHOPATHOLOGY),(BOSTON: LITTLE, 1970.)

STEELE. BRANDT F,41"VIOLENCE IN OUR SOCIETY,"

(THE PHAROS]. APRIL. 1970. 142.48,

STEELE. BRANDT Fot ET AL,(PATTERNS OF PARENTAL BEHAVIOR LEADING TO PHYSICAL ABUSE OF CHILDREN),WORKSHOP SPONSORED by CHILDREN'S BUREAU IN COLLABORATION WITH THE UNIV OF

COLORADO SCHOOL OF MEDICINE, 1966,

STEELE. BRANOT F,. ET AL."A PSYCHIATRIC. STUDY OF PARENTS WHO ABUSE INFANTS AND SMALL CHILDREN,"

RAY HELFER AND C,HENRY KEMPE (ED). (THE BATTERED CHILD],(CHICAGO: UNIV OF CHICAGO PRESS, 1968

6iO608

IN:

STEINHAUSEN, H.C.fh"SOCIAL MEDICINE ASPECTS OF PHYSICAL CHILO ABUSE,"

CMONATSSCHRIFT FUR XINDERHEILKUNDE), AUGUST. 1972, 120:314+18,

STEINMETZ. SUZANNE K.41."OCCUPATION AND PHYSICAL PUNISHMENT: A RESPONSE TO STRAUS,"

CJ OF MARRIAGE ANO THE FAMILYit NOV. 1971, 33(4)1664+66.

STEINMETZ, S.K. ET AL.[VIOLENCE IN THE FAMILY],(N.Y.: DOM. MEAO AND CO,, 1974.)

VENDER; W:*"CONSEQUENCES OF CHILD ABUSE."CMONATSSCHRIFT FUR KINDERZEILKUNDEL JUNE, 1970, 1181342+43.

STEPHENS. EDWARO.[RELIEF OF APPRENTICES WRONGEO BY THEIR MASTERS],(LONDON: 1687g)

STEPHENSON, P, SUSAN41."JUOGING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF A CONSULTATION PROGRAM TO

[COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH J], 1973, 9(3): 253 -259,

STERN. LEO,41."PREMATURITY AS A FACTOR IN'CHILO ABUSE,"

[HOSPITAL PRACTICE]. MAY, 1973, 8(5)(1)117+231

STERN. U."IMMUNITY AGAINST VIOLATION OF PROFESIONAL SECRECY DUE TO CONFLICTING MI+

CATIONS."NUNCHENER MEOIZINISCHE WOCHENSCHRIFT), OCTOBER 23, 1970 112(3)11967 -70,

A COMMUNITY AGENCY,"

STILL, GEORGE FREOERICK.CTHE HISTORY OF PAEDIATRICS: THE PROGRESS OF THE STUDY OF DISEASES OF CHILDREN

UP TO THE ENO OF THE 18TH CENTURY].(LONOON: OAWSONS OF PALL MALL, 1965,)

STOERGER R."CHILD ABUSE FROM THE FORENSIC - PSYCHIATRIC VIEWPOINT,"[MEOI/IMISCHE KLINIK SEPT, 20, 1969, 64:2083+881

STONE, F.H.* "PSYCHOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF EARLY MOTHER- INFANT RELATIONSHIPS."

[BRITISH MEDICAL J], OCTOBER 23, 1971, :224 -26.

STONE, HELEN. ET AL."FOSTER PARENT ASSOCIATIONS: DESIGNS FOR DEVELOPMENT,"[CHILO WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA. INC,] 1974,

STONE, N.H. ET AL."CHILD ABUSE BY BURNING."(SURGICAL CLINICS OF NORTH AMERICA], DECEMBER. 1970, 5011419-24.

STOREY, BRUCE,41"THE BATTERED CHILD."(FIEDIC.AL J 0 F AUSTRALIA) DEC 14, i 1964 2:789 -91,

STOTLAND, EZRA41"EXPLORATORY INVESTIGATION OF EMPATHY,"(ADVANCES IN EXPERIMENTAL WORK IN SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY31 1969 SO11419+29,

STOTLAND, E., ET AL.[EMPATHY AND BIRTH ORDER),(LINCOLN: UNIV OF NEERASKA PRESS. 1971,)

STRAUS, MURRAY.A,411"LEVELING, CIVILITY. AND VIOLENCE IN THE FAMILY."

[J OF MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY), FEBRUARY 1974, 113+291

611609

STRAUS' P.."FROM UNRECOGNIZED ACCIDENT TO DELIBERATE INJURIES,"(ANN PEDIATR] OCTOBER 2, 1972, 191 658

STRAUS, P., ET AL."CONTRIBUTION OF RADIOPEDIATRICS TO THE DETECTION OF CHILD ABUSE, ITS

LIMITATIONS,"(ANN RADIOL], 1968, 111 159-69,

. STRAUS, P.. ET AL."A TOPICAL SUBJECTS THE BATTERED CHILD."CPSYCHIATRIE DE LENFANT]. 1969, 12(2):577.628.

STRESHINSKY, NAOMI, ET AL,11."A STUDY OF SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE IN PROTECTIVE SERVICES.

KNOW. IT'S WHERE YOU WORK,"CCHLD WELFARE], OCTOBER, 1966 $44571

STRIKER. M.ih"TRAUMA OF THE COLUMELLA,"

(REV STOMATOL CHIR MAXILLOFAC], SEPTEMBER

IT'S NOT WHAT YOU

1972, 73: 485 -94,

STRINGER, ELIZABETH A,iF"HOMEMAKER SERVICE IN NEGLECT AND ABUSE: A Tom FOR CASE EVALUATION,"

(CHILDREN]. JAN -FEB., 1965, 12(1): 26 -29,

STUCHLIK. S."PATHOLOGIC PERSONALITY OF AGGRESSIVE PARENTS,"CCESK PEDIATR] MAY 1971, 26: 247 -51,

STUDT, ELLIOT."WORKER- CLIENT RELATIONSHIPS IN SOCIAL(SOCIAL WORK], JANUARY, 19591

WORK."

SULLIVAN' EUGENE, ET AL."SYMPOSIUM: BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"(CLINICAL PROCEEDINGS OF CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL (WASHINGTONi 041), SEPT, 1964

20 :229 -39,

SULLIVAN. Mop ET AL."THE BOWEN CENTER PROJECT,"(CHICAGO; JUVENILE PROTECTIVE ASSOCIATION, 1974,) MIMEO IN PROCESS,

SULLIVAN. MICHAEL F."CHILD NEGLECT: THF. ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS."(OHIO STATE LAW 4], WINTER, 1968. 29(1)$ 85.115.

SUSSMAN, SIDNEY.),* "THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

(CALIFORNIA MEDICINE], JUNE, 1968 108(6)1437,..39,

SUSSMAN, SIDNEY J,iF"SKIN MANFESTATIONS OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"

(4 OF PEDIATRICS], 1968, 72(1):99.101,

SYMPOSIUM ON CHILD ABUSEAMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS, SYMPOSIUM ON CHILD ABUSE,(PEDIATRICS], APRIL 1973. 51(4): .768.8121

SWANSON, 0,0 ET AL."ALCOHOL ABUSE IN A POPULATION OF INDIAN CHILDREN,"CDISEASES IN THE NERVOUS SYSTEM]. 1972 71 4-6.

SWANSON, LYNN D.4111'"ROLE OF THE POLICE IN THE PROTECTION OF CHILDREN FROM NEGLECT AND ABUSE,"

(FEDERAL PROBA.TIONL MARCH, 1961,

SWISCHUK, LEONARD E,"THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROMES RADIOLOGIC ASPECTS,"[SOUTHERN MEDICAL BULLETIN], 1970, 58(3)124 -26,

612619

SWISCHUCK, LEONARD E,II"THE BEAKED. NOTCHED OR HOOKED VERTEBRA, ITS SIGNIFICANCE IN INFANTS AND

YOUNG cHILD130,"[RADIOLOGY). JUNE, 1970. 95166164t

SWISCHUK, LEONARD E,MF"SPINE AND SPINAL CORD TRAUMA IN THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."

[RADIOLOGY]. MARCH. 1969, 921733..38.

TAIPALE, V.. ET AL."EXPERIENCES OF AN ABUSED CHILD."CACTA PAEDOPSYCHIATRYL 1972. 3915358,

TALBERT, JAMES L.. ET AL."IDENTIFICATION AND TREATMENT OF THORACOABDOMINAL INJURIES

CHILDREN."[SOUTHERN MEDICAL BULLETIN], 1970, 58(3)137.43,

TANK, E.So. ET AL.400LUNT ABDOMINAL TRAUMA IN INFANCY AND CHILDHOOD."

[J OF TRAUMA IN INFANCY AND CHILDHOODJ, 1968, 81439.48,

IN 'BATTERED

TARDIEU, Ao. ET AL."UNRECOGNIZED,TRAUMA IN INFANTS, THE BATTERED CHILD SHYNDROME AND THE SYNDROME

OF AMBROISE TARDIEUt RIGLER LECTURE."[RADIOLOGY], AUGUST. 1972, 104133753,

TATE, R,J,IF"FACIAL INJURIES ASSOCIATED WITH THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."

[BRITISH J OF ORAL SURGERY], JULY, 1971, 9141.45,

TEAGUE, R,E,"KENTUCKY LEGISLATION CONCERNING REPORTING OF ABUSED CHILDREN,"

EJ OF KENTUCKY MEDICAL ASSOC). JULY. 1966. 6415841

TEUESCHI, JAMES T,t ET AL,* "A REINTERPRETATION OF RESEARCH ON AGGRESSION,"

(PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN] 1974, 81(9)1 540562,

TEMKIN. OWSEI.CSORANUS' GYNECOLOGY),(BALTIMORE; JOHNS HOPKINS PRESS. 1956,)

TEN BENSEL. ROBERT Woe ET AL.* "THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME."

[MINNESOTA MEDICINE], OCTOBER. 1963. 46197782,

TEN HAVE, RALPH,*'"A PREVENTIVE APPROACH TO THE PROBLEMS OF CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT,"

[MICHIGAN MEDICIEN), SEPT.. 1965, 64(9)1645'49e

TENG, CHING TSENG, ET AL.*"SKELETAL INJURIES OF THE BATTERED CHILD,"

[AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPEDIC SURGERY]. OCT 1964. 61282qt

TERR.,LENORE C.f0A FAMILY STUDY OF CHILD ABUSE,"

[AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], NOV. 1970, 127(5)125.31.

TERR, LENORE Cot ET AL.*"THE BATTERED CHILI) REBRUTALIZEO....TEN CASES OF MEDICAL-LEGAL CONFUSION,"

[AMERICAN J OF PSYCHIATRY], APRIL. 1968. 124(10)126°37.

THOMAS, MASON Pot JR,"CHILD ABUSE CASESA COMPLEX PROBLEM,"[STATE GOVERNMENT]. OCTOBER. 19651

THOMAS, MASON P,. JR,"CHILD ABUSE CASES..A COMPLEX PROBLEM,"(NORTH CAROLINA PUBLIC WELFARE NEWS], SEPT,. 1965,

613611

THOMAS, W, A,, ET AL,"FAMILY DISORGANIZATION," IN L, COSER, (ED) [SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY: A BOOK

OF READINGS],(NEW YORK( MACMILLAN CO,, 19641 15080900

THOMSON. ELLEN M,"CHILD ABUSE IS NO MYTH."CINSTRUCTOR3. 19741 83(5) 18485,

THOMSON, ELLEN Mo ET AL,[CHILD ABUSE - -A COMMUNITY CHALLENGE],(BUFFALO: HENRY STEWART, 19710 %

TILL, KENNETH4F"SOBDURAL HAEMATOMA AND EFFUSION IN INFANCY

[BRITISH MEDICAL J]. SEPT 1960g 3:804,I"

TOGUT. MYRA Boo T AL.41F"A PSYCHOLOGICAL EXPLORATION OF THE NONORGANIC FAILURETOTHRIVE SYNDROME,"

[DEVELOPMENTAL MEDICINE AND CHILD NEUROLOGY], OCTOBER, 19690 111601°7,

TOLAND, MARJORIE,"ABUSE OF CHILDREN- -WHOSE RESPONSIBILITY?"[CONNECTICUT MEDICINE]. JUNE, 1964, 28:438 -42,

TORMES, YVONNE M,[CHILD VICTIM OF INCEST],(DENVER: AHA, 1968.)

TOULOUKIAN, ROBERT J,IF"A8D0MINAL VISCERAL INJURIES IN BATTERED CHILDREN,"

[PEDIATRICS]. OCT, 1968, 42(4)1642°46,

TOULCUKIAN, R,J,"BATTERED CHILDREN WITH ABDOMINAL TRAUMA,"CG.P, (CHANGED TO "AMERICAN FAMILY PHYSICIAN GP ")], OCT, DEC,. 1969, 1106091

"wft`N

TRACY, JAMES 4,. Er AL.4""TREATMENT FOR CHILD ABUSERS,"

[SOCIAL WORK], MAY, 1974. :3380.42,

TRUUVERN0TREND, J,B., ET AL,11."PREVENTION OF CHILD ABUSE: CURRENT PROGRESS IN CONNECTICUT, I, °THE

PROBLEM.',"CCONNLCTICUT MEDICAL J3, MARCH, 1972. 36(3);135 -37,

TRUBE - BECKER, ELIZABETH41."AUTOPSY IN SUDDEN DEATH OF A CHILD,"CMEUIZINISCHE KLIN/K3. JANUARY 8, 1971, 68:58059,

TRUBE08ECKER. ELIZABETH* "THE DOCTOR'S PLEDGE OF SECRECY AND HIS RIGHT AS A WITNESS TO REFUSE TO ANSWER

IN CRIMES AGAINST CHILDREN,"[MUNCH MEDIZINISCHE WOCHENSCHRIFT]. MARCH 3, 1972i 11413890920

TRUBEBEKCERe E."MALTREATMENT OF CHILDREN FROM A LEGAL MEDICAL VIEWPOINT,"[DEUTSCH I GES GERICHTL MED]. SEPTEMBER 1, 1964, 55; 173083,

TRUBE4ECKER. E."ON CHILD ABUSE."LMED1CAL KLINIK3. 1964, 59:164953,

TRUBE- BECKER, Et .

"THE PHYSICIAN'S PROFESSIONAL DISCRETION AND CHILD ABUSE,"CMED KLIN], SEPTEMBER 8. 1967, 621 13980400,

TRUBEBECKERt E,"RICKETS AS CAUSE OF DEATH IN INFANT AND CHILDREN?"EMEDIZINSCHE KLINIK], MARCH 21, 19691 641527029,

614612

TRUBEBECKER, E."TRACES OF HUMAN BITES IN CHILD ABUSE,"[BEITR GERICNTL MED], 1973, 31: 115.23,

TRUNNELL, 1, L."THE ABSENT FATHER'S CHILDREN'S EMOTIONAL DISTURBANCES."(ARCH GEN PSYCHIATRY). AUGUST 1966,

TULKIN, STEVEN 13,, ET AL.IF"MOTNERCHILD INTERACTION IN THE FIRST YEAR OF LIFE."[CHILL DEVELOPMENT); 1972, 431 3141,

TURIEL. ELLIAS41F"EXPERYMENTAL TEST OF THE SEQUENTIALITY OF DEVELOPMENTAL STAGES IN THE CHILD'S

MORAL JUDGMENTS,"[.1 OF PERSONALITY AND SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY]. 1966, 3(61:61118,

TURNER, ERIC11"BATTERED BABY SYNDROME."

[BRITISH MEDICAL FEB,lo 1964, 53761306i

TURNER, FRANCIS J, (ED)[DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT IN SOCIAL WORK),(N,Y,1 THE FREE PRESS, 19660

U.S, BUREAU OF FAMILY SERVICES,(SERVICES UNDER AFDC FOR CHILDREN WHO NEED PROTECTION),(WASHINGTON, D.C,1 BUREAU OF FAMILY SERVICES, 1965.)

U.S. CHILDREN'S BUREAU,[THE ABUSED"CHILD1 PRINCIPLES AND SUGGESTED LANGUAGE FOR LEGISLATION ON

REPORTING OF THE PHYSICALLY ABUSE CHILD],(WASHINGTON, 0,C0 U,S, CHILDREN'S BUREAU, 1963.)

U.S, DEPT OF HEW,[BIBLIOGRAPHY ON THE BATTERED CHILD],(WASHINGTON, D.C.; U.S. GOV'T PRTG OFFICE, 1969 it 1973 REVISED,)

U.S. DEPT OF HEW.[THE CHILD ABUSE REPORTING LAWSA TABULAR VIEW].(WASHINGTON, D.C,1 U.S. GOV'T PRIG OFFICE. 1966.)

U.S, DEPT OF NEW, OFFICE OF CHILD DEVELOPMENT(CHILDREN TODAY].(WASHINTON, 0,C,1 U.S. GOV'T PRTG OFFICE, VOL.

U,S, DEPT OF HEW. OFFICE OF CHILD DEVELOPMENTRESEARCH RELATING TO CHILDREN, APRIL DECEMBER, 1969,(WASHINGTON 0,C0 U.S. GOV'T PRTG OFFICE. 1969,)

U,S, DEPT OF HEW. SRS CHILDREN'S BUREAURESEARCH RELATING TO EMOTIONALLY DISTURBED CHILDREN(WASHINGTON. D.C.; U,S. GOV'T PRIG OFFICE, 19661)

U.S. NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH, OFFICE OF PROGRAM PLANNING ANDEVALUATION,

"STUDIES OF URBAN LIFE ANO MENTAL HEALTH,"[MENTAL HEALTH OF URBAN AMERICA], (WASHINGTON, 1314i! U.S. GOVT PRIG OFFICE.

1969. PP 7.290

VAN STOLK. Ho(THE BATTERED CHILD IN CANADA],(TORONTO, ONTARIO; MCCLELLAND AND STEWART, 19/20

VAN STOLK. MARY,41"WHO OWNS THE CHILD?"

[CHILDHOOD EDUCATION]. MARCH 1974, 50(5)1259065,

4, .4, MAY -JUNE 19750

615613

VARON, EDITH,*"COMMUNICATION1 CLIENT, COMMUNITY AND AGENCY,"

(SOCIAL WORK), APRIL, 1964, 151.57

VESIN Co ET AL,"BRUTALITY TOWARDS YOUNG CHILDREN, CLINICAL STUDY OF 110 CASES,"(MED LEG DORM CORP OR), APRIL -JUNE, 1971. 4$ 95.107.

VESIN Cot ET AL,"MISTREATMENT OF YOUNG CHILDREN,"[MEDECINE LEGALE ET DOMAGE CORPORAL], 1971, 4(2)195..107.

"VIOLENT PARENTS,"CLANCET]. NOV,. 1971, 2$1017 -18,

VOLK. P."SURVIVAL AFTER SEVERE AND TYPICALLY INFANTICIDAL INJURIES."CDEUTSCH 2 GES GERICHTL MED] 1966 571190.96,

VORE. D."PRENATAL NUTRITION AND POSTNATAL INTELLECTUAL DEVELOPMENT."CMERRILLPALMER QUARTERLY], 1973, 191 253.60,

WAKE, SANDRA BYFORO, ET AL,RESEARCH RELATING TO CHILDREN,(WASHINGTON, D.C,$ U,S, GOV'T PRTG OFFICE, JUNE 1970.FEB 1971.)

WALD. MAX,(PROTECTIVE SERVICES,AND EMOTIONAL NEGLECT].(DENVER: ANA. 1961,)

WARREN, E.R,"BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"(o) OF THE ARKANSAS MEDICAL SOCIETY], MARCH, 1966, 621413,

(WASHINGTON POST)."THE CHILD BEATERS."(WASHINGTON POST PARADE SECTION], JUNE 25 1972, 123,

WASSERMAN, HARRY41"EARLY CAREERS OF PROFESSIONAL SOCIAL WORKERS IN A PUBLIC WELFARE AGENCY,"(SOCIAL WORK), JULY 1970, 151 93101,

WASSERMAN. SIDNEY,.11F"THE ABUSED PARENT OF THE ABUSED CHILD,"

[CHILDREN]. SEPT -OCT,. 1967, 14(5)1175.79

WATSON, DILI,' ET AL,(SELFDIRECTED BEHAVIOR: SELFMODIFICATION FOR PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT],(MONTEREY. CALIF: BROOKS/COLE, 9720

WEBER, A,"CHILD ABUSE."(PRAXIS], FEBRUARY 13, 1966 571 15690

WEDGE, P,, ET AL,(BORN TO FAIL].(LONDON: ARROW BOOKS, LTD., 1973,)

REICH, N.J.ih"THE TERMS 'MOTHER' AND 'FATHER' AS A

CJ OF AMERICAN PSYCHOANALYTIC ASSOC],DEFENSE AGAINST INCEST,"OCTOBER 1968, 161 783,

WEINBERGER, PAUL Eo ET AL,* "THE DISPOSITION OF CHILD NEGLECT CASES REFERRED BY CASE WORKERS TO A JUVENILE

COURT,"(CHILD WELKFARE] OCT,. 1966 145771t

616614

WEINER* IRVING BOil"FATHERDAUCHTER INCEST: A CLINICAL REPORT."

[PSYCHIATRIC QUARTERLY], 1962, 368607,

WEINER, IRVING B,"ON INCEST: A SURVEY,"[EXCERPTA CRIMINOLOGIC], MARCH -APRIL 1964,

WEINSTEIN, E,A.(SELF -IMAGE Or THE FOSTER CHILD],(N,Y,1 RUSSELL SAGE FOUNDATION, 1960,)

WEIR, J.G,iF"THE PREGNANT NARCOTIC ADDICT! A PSYCHIATRIST'S IMPRESSION,"

[PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF MEDICINE]* OCT.. 1972r 658869-.721

WELCH, EXIE,"SUSTAINING THE CHILD IN HIS IMPAIRED HOME."[CHILD WELFARE]* JULY* 1953, 33,

WERTHAM. FREDERIC41."BATTERED CHILDREN AND BAFFLED ADULTS"

[BULLETIN OF NEW YORK ACAEMY OF MEDICINE]. AUGUST, 1972, 48(7)8888.48,

WEST, S,"ACUTE PERIOSTEAL SWELLINGS IN SEVERAL YOUNG INFANTS OF THE SAME FAMILY, PROB-

ABLY RICKETY IN NATURE."LBRITISH MEDICAL J]* isee. 1:856"57,

HESTON, J.T."THE PATHOLOGY OF CHILD ABUSE ," IN( HELFER, R,E AND KEMPE, C.H,

BATTERED CHILD],(CHICAGO: UNIV OF CHICAGO PRESS, 1968,)

WESTON, W.*J.il"METAPHYSIEAL FRACTURES IN INFANCY,"[J OF BONE AND JOINT SURGERY)* 1957, 398(4)8694-.700*

WHALEY, Delft ET AL,[ELEMENTARY PRINCIPLES OF BEHAVIOR].(N,Y,8 APPLETONCENTURYCROFTS, 1971,)

4,"WHIPLASH INJURY IN INFANCY,"[MEDICAL J OF AUSTRALIA], AUGUST 28, 1971, 28456,

(ED), [THE

WHITE, D. J,* JR:"PROTECTING THE ABUSED CHILD IN GEORGIA: IDENTIFYING AND REPORTING,"CJ MED ASSOC GA)* MARCH 1971, 60: 86-88,

WHITE, L, A."A DEFINITION AND PROHIBITION OF INCEST,"[AMERICAN ANTHROPOLOGIST]. JULYSEPT 1948, 158 416,

[WHITE HOUSE CONFERENCE ON YOUTH, 1978],"CHILDREN IN TROUBLE: ALTERNATIVES TO DELINQUENCY, ABUSE, SAND NEGLECT. INt

(WHITE HOUSE CONERENCE ON YOUTH, 1970],(WASHINGTON, D.C,$ U,S, GOV'T PRIG OFFICE, 1971, PP 371560

WHITING. BEATRICE 8, (ED)[SIX CULTURESt STUDIES OF CHILD REARING].(NO', il LONDON: JOHN WILEY AND SONS, 19631)

WHITING. J, W. Mo ET AL,(CHILD TRAINING AND PERSONALITY],(NEW HAVEN, CONNECTICUT: YALE UNIVERSITY PRESS,

WHITTEN. CHARLES,"TLC AND THE HUNGRY CHILD."[TODAY'S NUTRITION3, JANFEB,o 1972, 7(1)110-14,

617615

19531)

WHITTEN, CHARLES R,. ET AL,ik"EVIDENGE THAT GROWTH FAILURE FROM MATERNAL DEPRIVATION IS SECONDARY TO

UNDEREATING,"CJAMA], 1969, 209(11)1 1675432,

WICKES, IAN G., ET AL,41."BATTERED OR PIGMENTED,"[BRITISH MEDICAL A. MAY 13, 1972, 284041

WIGHT. BYRON W.* "THE CONTROL OF CHILD- ENVIRONMENT

ACCIDENT OCCURRENCE,"[PEDIATRICS], NOV,. 1969, 44(SUPPL):799-825.

INTERATIONSI

WILD, DAVID."BABY BATTERING AIL,[MIDWIVES CHRONICLE

ITS PREVENTION,"ANU NURSING NOTES], JULY

WILKERSON, A.E.ETHE'RIGHTS OF CHILDREN: EMERGENT CONCEPTS IN(PHILADELPHIA: TEMPLE UNIV PRESS. 1973,)

A CONCEPTUAL APPROACH TO

1971, 1242.244,

LAW AND SOCIETY].

WILLE, lige ET AL."CHILD ABUSE, PSYCHOSOCIAL SITUATIONS AND CASE HISTORIES,"[MUNCHEN MED WSCHR], MAY 5, 1967. 109; 98997,

WILLIAMS, AA,[BARNARD° OF STEPNEY: THE FATHER OF NOBODY'S CHILDREN],(LONDON; ALLEN & UNWIN, LTD,. 1966.)

WILLIAMS, FREDERICKA 0.41"THE AFDC WORKER'S ROLE IN PROTECTIVE SERVICES,"[CHILD WELFARE], MAY. 1969, 48(5)8 273 -78,

WILSON, HARIETT.[DELINQUENCY ANO CHILD NEGLECT],(LONDON: GEORGE ALLEN AND UNWIN. LTD,, 19621)

WILSON, HARRIETT."PROBLEM FAMILIES AND THE CONCEPT OF IMMATURITY."LCASE CONFERENCE], OCTOBER, 1959. 6,

WILSON, J.8,, JR."THE BATTERED CHILD ACTA SUMMARY AND ANALYSIS."ORES GESTAE]. JUNE. 1965, 9(6)19...10,

WILSON, REGINALD A.41."LE6AL ACTION ANU THE 'BATTERED CHILD",

[PLDIATRICS], 1963, :1003.

WILSON, THELMA G.[VENTURA VENTURES INTO CHILO PROTECTIVE SERVICES],(DENVER: ABA, 1960.)

WINICK, MYRON.41"MALNUTRITION ANO BRAIN DEVELOPMENT,"CJ OF PEDIATRICS] MAY 1969, 74(5)1667-79,

WINKING, CYRIL H,41"COPING WITH CHILD ABUSE: ONE STATE'S EXPERIENCE,"[PUBLIC WELFARE], JJLY, 1966, 818992,

WINNICOTT, 0,W,41"THE DEPRESSIVE POSITION IN NORMAL EMOTIONAL DEVELOPMENT,"

[BRITISH J OF MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY]. 1955, 28:

WINTER, WILLIAM 01, ET AL,il"TALKING TIME AS AN INDEX OF INTRAF1MILIAL SIMILARITY IN

FAMILIES,"CJ OF ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY], 1969, 74(5): 574+75.

618616

NORMAL AND ABNORMAL

WINTERS, N,[THE RELATIONSHIP OF TIME OF INITAL BREAST FEEDING TO SUCCESS IN.BREAST FEEDING](UNPUBLISHED MASTER'S THESIS: UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON, 19730

(WISCONSIN MEDICAL J],41)"THE ABUSED CHILD LAW,"

[WIS MED J]. JAN, 1970, 69:25 -26,

[WISCONSIN STATE J]"WISCONSIN STATE JOURNAL, SECTION 6."(MADISON, NISI MAY 24, 1964,)

WISDN, J,C., JR,"FRACTURES AND DISLOCATIONS IN CHILDHOOD,"[PEDIATRIC CLINIC OF NORTH AMERICA], 1967. 141659.82,

WOLBERG LEWIS Re(THE TECHNIQUE OF PSYCHOTHERAPY].(N.Y.: GRUNE AND STRATTON, 1954,)

WOLFF, HOWARD,11)"ARE DOCTORS TOO SOFT ON CHILD BEATERS?"

[MEDICAL ECONOMICS]:, OCT, 3, 1966, 184...87.

:MOAN, IRVING J,4)"THE ABUSED OR SEXUALLY MOLESTED CHILD: CLINICAL MANAGEMENT,"

[CLINICAL PEDIATRICS HANDBOOK] go MAY-JUNE, 1969 8(16 B)15,

WOOLEY, PAUL V., JR."THE PEDIATRITION AND THE YOUNG CHILD SUBJECTED TO REPEATED PHYSICAL ABUSE,"[J OF PEDIATRICS], 621625.30,

WOOLEY-T PAUL V., JR., ET AL,* "SIGNIFICANCE OF SKELETAL LESIONS IN INFANTS RESEMBLING THOSE OF TRAUMATIC

ORIGIN,"EJAMA] JUNE18, 1955, 158:539 -43,

WRIGHT, BYRON W.41"THE CONTROL OF CHILDENVIRONMENT INTERRACTION: A CONCEPTUAL APPROACH TO ACCI-

DENT OCCURRENCE,"[PEDIATRICS], NOV,. 1969, 44(SUPPPL)1799.805,

WRIGHT, E,A.* "DYSMORPHOGENESISI PARENTAL BEHAVIOR AND SURVIVAL OF NORMAL AND DEFORMED

OFFSPRING."[PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF MEDICINE]. DEC, 12, 1968, 6111283'8-5,

WRIGHT, LOGAN,"PSYCHOLOGIC ASPECTS OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[SOUTHERN MEDICAL BULLETIN], 1970, 58(3)114.18.

WURFEL, LeJto ET AL,"RADIOGRAPHIC FEATURES OF THE BATTERED CHILD SYNDROME,"[J OF THE COLLLEGE OF RADIOLOGISTS OF AUSTRALIA], OCTOBER, 1965, 9:220 -23,

WYLEGALA, V. B,"COURT PROCEDURES IN NEGLECT, CASEWORKER AND JUDGE IN NEGLECT CASES,"(NEW YORK: CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA. 1970, :9 -19,)

YARBER, WILLIAM L,"TENTH GRADE HEALTH STUDENTS CONDUCT A COMMUNITY PROGRAM AGAINST CHILD

MOLESTING,"[j OF SCHOOL HEALTH], 1971, 41(8)1425*26,

YARROW, LEON J.111"MATERNAL DEPRIVATIONI TOWARD AN EMPIRICAL AND CONCEPTUAL REEVALUATION,"

[PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN], 1961. 58(6)1 459.90.

619617

YARROW, LEON J,, ET AL,.11"SOME CONCEPTUAL ISSUES IN THE STUDY OF MOTHER- INFANT INTERACTION,"

[AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY], 1965/ 352473.-811

YARROW, Hifi,"PROBLEMS OF METHODS IN PARENT -CHILD RESEARCH,"[CHILD DEVELOPMENT] 1963/ 342215 -26,

YARROW, H.R., ET AL.[CHILD REARING: AN INQUIRY INTO RESEARCH AND METHODS]),(SAN FRANSCISO: JOSSEY..BASSt 19680

YELAJA, S,A,"THE ABUSE CHILDoo.A REMINDER OF DESPAIR,"[CANADIAN WELFARE], 1973, 49(2))8`11,

YELAJA, SHANKAR A,41."THE CONCEPT OF AUTHORITY AND ITS USE IN CHILD PROTECTIVE SERVICES,"

[CHILD WELFARE], NOV,. 1965, :514 -22.

YOUNG, LEONTINE R,.IIF"AN INTERIM REPORT ON AN EXPERIMENTAL

[CHILD WELFARE], JULY. 1966, 2373.-87,PROGRAM OF PROTECTIVE SERVICE."

YOUNG, LEONTINE."PLACEMENT FROM THE CHILD'S VIEWPOINT,"[SOCIAL CASEWORK], JUNE/ 1950, 2250...55,

YOUNG, LEONTINE."THE PREVENTIVE NATURE OF PROTECTIVE SERVICES," IN [PROCEEUINGS OF INSTITUTE

ON PROTECTIVE AND RELATED COMMUNITY SERVICES]).(RILHMOND2 RICHMOND SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK. 1968,)

YOUNG, LEONTINE.CWEDNES :AV'S CHILDREN: A STUOY OF(N.Y.: MCGRAW-HILL/ 1964,)

CHILD NEGLECT AND ABUSE],

iADNIK, DONNA"SOCIAL AND MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE BATTERED CHILD WITH VISION IMPAIRMENT."[NEW OUTLOOK FOR THE BLIND], 1973, 67(6) 1 241...50,

EALBAt SERAPIOit"THE ABUSED CHILD, PART I, A SURVEY OF THE PROBLEM,"

[SOCIAL WORK], OCT,/ 1966. 2316,

4ALBA, SERAPIO.III."THE ABUSED CHILD, PART II, A TYPOLOGY FOR CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENT,"

[SOCIAL WORK], JAN,/ 1967, 27074,

ZALBAt SEARPIO R.11"BATTERED CHILDREN,"

[TRANSACTION], JULYeAUG's 1971, 8:58 -61.

2APHIRIS, ALEX Go"A COMMUNITY RESPONSIBILITY FOR PREVENTION OF NEGLECT, ABUSE AND EXPLOITATION

OF CHILDREN,(DENVER: AHA, FEB,. 1969.)

iETTERSTROM, R,"WHAT'S BEHIND THE CHILD ABUSE CASES AND HOW TO PREVENT IT,"[LAKARTIONINGEN), MARCH 191 1969, 661 1152.47.

iIERING. WILLIAMii"THE BATTERED BABY SYNDROME,"

[J OF PEDIATRICS], AUGUST, 1964, 65(2)2321-22,

iIEBOORG, Goik"SIDELIGHTS ON PARENT -CHILD ANTAGONISM,"

[AMERICAN J OF ORTHOPSYCHIATRY]t 1932, 2135.43,

6') 0

_618

ILOTNIK. GIDEONiPTHILD ABUSE, A MATERIAL FROM COURT PSYCHIATRIC PRACTICE,"

EUGESKR LAEGER3, MARCH 26, 1971. 1331 567 -72,

2LICKER, HERBERT,"RESISTANCE," FROM1 [PROBLEMS OF PSYCHOTHERAPY),(N,Y, THE FREE PRESS, 19670

EUCKERMAN, KENNETH. ET AL,* "CHILD NEGLECT AND ABUSE, A STUDY OF CASES EVALUATED AT COLUMBUS CHILDREN'S

HOSPITAL IN 1968 -69,"[THE OHIO STATE MEDICAL A. JULY, 1972, 68:629 -32,

EWERDLINGI ELLA."THE ABC'S OF CASEWORK WITH CHILDREN A SOCIAL WORK TEACHER'S NOTEBOOK,"[CHILD WELFARE LEAGUE OF AMERICA], 1974.

621619

And Others Child Protective Services - ERIC

Documents

Transcript of And Others Child Protective Services - ERIC